CLEMSON

HEAD COACH: TOMMY BOWDEN

Clemson’s football program has been to a bowl game each of the first four years of the Tommy Bowden era. He is the first Clemson coach to achieve that distinction and it marks the first time since the 1985-91 era that Clemson has gone to a bowl game four consecutive seasons. With the return of 11 starters, including seven on offense, plus the return one of the top place kickers in the nation in Aaron Hunt, and perhaps the top return tandem in the nation in Justin Miller and Derrick Hamilton, returning to postseason play is certainly an attainable goal for the 2003 Tigers. The elevation to active duty of a talented 2002 first-year freshman class that included 17 players who red-shirted, should also enhance Clemson’s outlook for the coming season. That class should give the Tigers the depth it lacked at times during the 2002 season. The Tigers are coming off a 7-6 campaign that included a victory over arch-rival South Carolina to finish the regular season. It was Clemson’s third win in the last four years over the Gamecocks under Bowden. The season began with a last minute 31-28 loss to eventual SEC champion and third ranked Georgia. Clemson fans wonder what might have been had the Tigers pulled out the season opener that late summer night in Athens. The Tigers were improved on defense in 2002, holding the opposition to 40 less yards of total offense per game. The point prevention unit allowed the Bulldogs to gain just 203 yards of total offense, their season low in a 13-1 campaign. The Tigers intercepted 21 passes altogether in 2002, the program’s highest figure since 1995, and it ranked 15th in the nation in that area. The defensive leaders include sophomore All-America candidate Justin Miller, who led the ACC in both kickoff returns and interceptions, and John Leake, who averaged 13 tackles per game last year, fourth best in the nation. Offensively, Clemson gained 4726 yards in 2002, the sixth highest figure in Clemson history. That total included a school record 3157 yards passing. Two different Clemson quarterbacks (Willie Simmons and Charlie Whitehurst) passed for at least 1500 yards, a first in school history. Three different Tiger receivers caught 50 passes, and two of them return (Kevin Youngblood and Hamilton). The top rusher (Yusef Kelly) and four of the five starting offensive linemen are also back.

Offense (7 Returning Starters, 17 returning lettermen) Clemson returns eight starters on offense, plus two other players who were position starters for the final five games of the season. Balance has been a hallmark of successful Clemson teams of the past. Clemson has never lost a game in its history when gaining at least 200 yards passing and 200 yards rushing in the same game. Improving the ground attack, especially in short-yardage to attain that balance will be a barometer Bowden will follow this year. The review of Clemson’s depth on offense starts at quarterback. Three quarterbacks have thrown for four touchdowns passes in a game in school history and two of them are on the 2003 Tiger team. The duo will compete for the starting quarterback position this spring and into next fall, giving Clemson the deepest quarterback position in the ACC. Charlie Whitehurst is number-one on the depth chart entering the spring, but he will be challenged by graduate student Willie Simmons. Both threw for over 1500 yards a year ago, a first in Clemson history. They were the reasons Clemson completed 268 passes as a team last year, also a school record. Whitehurst was the starter over the last five games of the season and he had some record setting performances. He led the Tigers to victories over Duke and North Carolina on the road and South Carolina at home in the final month of the season, leading Clemson to a bowl bid. The son of former Green Bay Packer quarterback David Whitehurst, Charlie completed 34-52 passes for 420 yards and four touchdowns at Duke in his first college start. He established Clemson single game records for completions and passing yards in that first start, a 34-31 Clemson victory. His second week he threw for just 274 yards, but again threw for four scores. For the season, Whitehurst set Clemson freshman records for completions (123), attempts (214), passing yards (1554), and touchdown passes (10). His most impressive and important performance came against South Carolina in the regular season finale when he completed 27-38 passes for 287 yards. He did not throw an interception and scored the tying touchdown on a nifty 11-yard run in the final period. Simmons started the first eight games of the season. He completed 142-244 passes for 1559 yards and six scores overall, his completion percentage (.582) was eighth best in school history and his completion total was fourth best. Simmons, who threw for four scores at North Carolina as a freshman backup to Woodrow Dantzler in 2000, might have had his best game at Florida State when he gained nearly 350 yards of total offense. He was especially efficient in leading Clemson to wins over bowl teams Georgia Tech and Wake Forest. Entering his final season, Simmons is ranked in the top 12 in Clemson history in passing yards, completions, interception avoidance, completion percentage and touchdown passes.

Leading the receiver group are veterans Kevin Youngblood and Derrick Hamilton. Both caught at least 50 passes in 2002 and this will be the first time in history Clemson has a pair of 50-catch receivers. They combined for 111 catches for 1193 yards and four scores. Both are already ranked in the top 20 in Clemson history in total receptions and reception yards. Youngblood led the way with 59 catches for 591 yards and two scores. He began the season with a 6-66 game at Georgia on ESPN and finished the year with a career best 134 receiving yards on seven catches in an ESPN game against Texas Tech. The native of Jacksonville, FL caught at least one pass in every game last year. Hamilton had 52 receptions for 602 yards and two scores. He now has 105 receptions in two seasons, the first player in Clemson history to catch at least 100 balls by the end of his sophomore year. He is more than 60 percent of the way to Rod Gardner’s record of 166. The junior is an all-purpose player for the Tigers. He was one of just two players nationally to record at least 200 yards rushing, receiving, in punt returns and kickoff returns in 2002. He led the ACC in all-purpose running with a Clemson record 1883 yards, and ranked 20th in the nation in that category with 144.8 yards per game. He had four games of at least 200 all-purpose running yards, including the victory over Georgia Tech when he had a 77-yard run and a 79-yard punt return. Another big play performer is junior Airese Currie, a starter in six of the 13 games a year ago. Ranked fifth in Clemson history in yards per reception with a 17.7 figure, Currie caught an 83-yard game breaker from Whitehurst at North Carolina last year, the longest pass play in the history of Keenan Stadium. He had 16 catches for 282 yards and three scores a year ago. Clemson will miss 2002 seniors J.J. McKelvey (52-785) and team leader Jackie Robinson (18-229), but two newcomers should fill in nicely. Red-shirt freshman Kelvin Grant and Tennessee transfer Michael Collins, are a pair of young and athletic tall receivers. Also contributing to the offense will be Ronnie Thomas and Curtis Baham. Both saw limited action last year, but have played well in the spring and look to replace the graduated Jackie Robinson. The tight end position will be led by sophomore Bobby Williamson, who had five catches for 47 yards and a touchdown last year. He is an outstanding blocker who will have an even bigger role in Clemson’s success on offense from a running game standpoint. Rod Whipple has moved from defense to tight end this spring. Bowden has a diverse roster of running backs. He is looking for someone who can be a game breaker, something he has never had in his four previous years at Clemson. He has some young players who could fill that role, and still has tough veteran players who will give the Tigers that needed change of pace.

The top returning rusher from last year is junior Yusef Kelly. The bullish all-around back gained 520 yards in 125 attempts and scored eight touchdowns, fifth best in the ACC. He also showed his ability as a receiver with 18 catches, fourth on the Clemson team. He started just four of the 13 games last year, but ranked second on the team in runs of 10 yards or more. He had 48 yards rushing on the clinching drive in the win over South Carolina last year. Chad Jasmin is another veteran back who is capable of contributing in the backfield in a number of areas. The senior from Louisiana has a 4.4 career rushing average and also has three career touchdown receptions, including two in the win at North Carolina last year. He is perhaps the best blocker among the Clemson running backs. Clemson returns just four starters from last year’s defense, but there are nine other players returning who played at least 100 snaps from scrimmage in 2002. The Tigers have also moved a couple of offensive players over to defense in an effort to improve the team’s overall speed. Similar to the case on offense, the return of many talented red-shirt freshmen should help Clemson’s depth and hopefully overall defensive performance in 2003.

Leading the Clemson defense will be three-year starter Khaleed Vaughn, leading tackler John Leake, and freshman All-American Justin Miller. All three are certainly capable of having a breakout season. Leake is one of the top returning tacklers in the nation. The native of Plano, TX had 169 tackles last year and his 13.0 per game figure ranked fourth best in the nation. A team leader, Leake now has 312 career tackles to rank 13th in Clemson history. His 169 stops last year ranked fifth best for a single season. In his third year as a starter, Leake combines quickness and toughness to be one of the top linebackers in the nation. Clemson must replace Rodney Thomas, a senior in 2002 who had 167 tackles a year ago. But, a pair of junior college transfers who will be seniors look to step into leading roles. Kelvin Morris is an athletic WHIP linebacker who showed what he can do at that position in the Tangerine Bowl when he had a career high 13 tackles and a sack. It was the first time he played the position all year. Brandon Jamison is a candidate for a starting position at linebacker. He had 48 tackles in just under 200 plays and his one tackle for every 4.6 plays led the team. Leroy Hill will battle for the starting middle linebacker position with Jamison. Hill was the top special teams tackler on the Clemson team by far last year with 21 stops. He played just 47 snaps from scrimmage, but that figure will increase greatly this year. Also in the middle linebacker picture are Roosevelt Nelson, a special teams player much of last year, and Charles Bennett, who moves over from defensive end. Red-shirt freshman Anthony Waters, a highly regarded player during his first-year freshman season, and letterman Nigel Vaughn, will also be in the mix at a linebacker position.

The most talented player on the Clemson team may be sophomore cornerback Justin Miller. The native of Kentucky tied a Clemson record with eight interceptions last year. He was a first-team freshman All-American according to the Football Writers Association and the Sporting News. Miller led the ACC and ranked fifth in the nation in interceptions, quite an accomplishment considering he started just seven games on defense last year. He was the only first-year freshman to appear in a game last year. Miller will hold down one of the cornerback positions. Last year he teamed with senior Brian Mance to give Clemson one of the top cornerback combos in the nation. Mance’s replacement will be a battle between Tye Hill, Toure Francis and Buddy Williams this spring. Hill was Clemson’s third leading rusher last year when he averaged a team best 5.4 yards per carry. He had a 100-yard game at North Carolina. But, Bowden wishes to make use of his speed on defense and he has played well in the secondary so far in the spring. Hill is also a stalwart on the Clemson men’s track team. Francis was a starting cornerback in the season opener against Georgia, but he suffered a torn ACL just 12 plays into the season. He should be back to 100 percent in the fall for the opener against the Bulldogs. Williams is a highly regarded red-shirt freshman who will get a strong opportunity in the spring and fall. Jamaal Fudge and Travis Pugh look to hold down the safety positions. They must replace 2002 starters Eric Meekins and Altroy Bodrick. Fudge saw action as a cornerback last year and had 27 tackles overall as a reserve. Pugh had 34 stops as Meekins’s backup a year ago and has the range to be an outstanding free safety. Reserves Tavaghn Monts and Gerald McCloud, a converted receiver, are also in the mix in the secondary.

Clemson’s deepest area on defense may be the defensive line. Clemson has eight returning lettermen for the four positions. The group is led by Khaleed Vaughn, who has started each of the last 26 Clemson games, including three bowl games. He had 60 tackles last year and had six tackles for loss, including four sacks. He was second on the team in quarterback pressures with 18. J.J. Howard, an athletic defensive end in his fifth year in the program, should finally get his chance at a starting assignment. He had 34 tackles last year, including four tackles for loss. A player who runs a 4.5 in the 40, Howard can chase down an enemy quarterback and make the big play. Maurice Fountain, who played in all 13 games as a reserve last year, is another athletic defensive end. Fountain had two interceptions, including one in the late stages of the Louisiana Tech game that iced the victory in Clemson’s column. Vontrell Jamison, who played on the offensive line last year, and red-shirts Gaines Adams and Brandon Cannon, are also in the defensive end race this year. The defensive tackle position is led by Donnell Washington and DeJuan Polk. Washington started all 13 games last year and had 55 tackles. At 6-6 and 320 pounds, he has the potential to be Clemson’s chief run-stopper on the inside in 2003. Polk had 25 tackles as a reserve last year. He is a graduate student in his final year of eligibility. Eric Coleman will also challenge for a starting position. Coleman had 31 tackles last year most among reserve defensive linemen. Todd McClinton had 15 tackles in his 141 plays of action last year in an injury plagued season. If healthy, McClinton could make a run for a starting position. Trey Tate and Donnell Clark are a pair of young players who could contribute this year.

DUKE

HEAD COACH: CARL FRANKS

The Blue Devils, under the direction of fifth-year head coach Carl Franks, return 23 starters and 53 lettermen from last year's 2-10 club. Headlining the returnees are All-ACC selections Ryan Fowler (LB; Honorable Mention), Alex Wade (FB; 2nd Team) and Matt Zielinski (DT, Honorable Mention). Fowler led the 2002 Blue Devils in tackles for the third straight season with 145 total stops while Wade finished third in the league in rushing (979 yards) and matched a school single-season record with a conference-high six 100-yard rushing games. Zielinski spearheaded a Duke defensive unit that paced the ACC in rushing defense, totaling 49 tackles, 18.5 tackles for loss and 10 quarterback hurries. All 11 starters are back for the Blue Devil offense including quarterback Adam Smith (2,031 yards & 12 TDs), wide receiver Khary Sharpe (30 rec., 458 yards & 6 TDs) and tailback Chris Douglas (640 yards). Joining Fowler and Zielinski on the defensive side are safety Terrell Smith (106 tackles), cornerback Kenneth Stanford (52 tackles & 14 total passes defended), linebacker Brendan Dewan (59 tackles in 8 games) and defensive end Micah Harris (61 tackles & 11.5 tackles for loss). The 2003 season will mark Duke’s 91st campaign of intercollegiate football, and the Blue Devils hold an all-time record of 436-400-31 ... Football was introduced at Duke by Dr. John Crowell, who coached then Trinity College to victories in its first two games ever — wins of 16-0 and 25-17 over North Carolina in 1888 ... After the 1894 season, football was banned at Duke by the Board of Trustees, but returned in high form in 1920 when Floyd Egan guided the team to a 4-0-1 ledger. The most significant player position changes involve rising sophomore Malcolm Ruff, who will switch from tailback to linebacker for spring drills, and redshirt freshman Paul Campitelli, who moves from tight end to defensive tackle ... In addition, Jim Scharrer and Phillip Alexander, both of whom have seen action at both linebacker and defensive end, will begin spring practice at defensive end. The Blue Devil offense brings back all 11 starters along with every key reserve from the 2002 campaign.

Duke’s offensive line, which will feature a starting unit comprised of four seniors and one junior, will look to remain healthy as the group of five starters — center Luke Bayer, guards Daryl Lewis and Rusty Wilson, and tackles Christian Mitchell and Drew Strojny — started all 12 games a season ago. Duke QB Corps Led By Smith Duke’s quarterback unit consists of three juniors — Chris Dapolito, Adam Smith and Chris Wispelwey — and one freshman, Mike Schneider ... Smith started all 12 games in 2002, and became just the third Duke sophomore to throw for over 2,000 yards ... By completing 174- of-308 passes for 2,031 yards, Smith joined Leo Hart (2,238 yards in 1968) and Spence Fischer (2,563 yards in 1993) as the only second-year players to accomplish the feat. Douglas & Wade Form Solid Duo Duke’s running back tandem of Chris Douglas and Alex Wade — a pair of rising seniors — enter their final season in Durham with a combined 3,278 rushing yards ... Douglas, who battled through injuries and managed to rush for 640 yards in 2002, ranks sixth on Duke’s career chart with 1,984 career yards on the ground ... Wade posted the school’s fifth highest single-season rushing total last fall with 979 yards, and enters 2003 with a career total of 1,294 yards ... Wade also matched a Duke single-season record with six 100-yard rushing games including a career- best 165-yard effort against Wake Forest ... Douglas and Wade finished the year ranking fifth and third in the ACC, respectively ... In addition to their running prowess, both Douglas and Wade have proven to be valuable receiving threats out of the backfield ... Douglas caught 21 passes in 2002 (69 career receptions) while Wade hauled in 20 passes last fall (44). 100-Yard Rushing Games Backfield mates Chris Douglas (4) and Alex Wade (6) have combined for 10 career 100-yard rushing games ... Wade’s six during the 2002 season led the ACC and matched Duke’s single-season record also held by Steve Jones (1972) and Randy Cuthbert (1989).

Jones also holds Duke’s career standard with 13. Landrum Pulls Double Duty Wide receiver Senterrio Landrum is pulling double duty for the second year in a row by participating in spring football practice while playing for the Blue Devil baseball team ... As of March 17, Landrum had started all 21 games in the outfield for Duke and was hitting .348 (24-of- 69) with one home run, four doubles, 11 RBI and five stolen bases ... Last fall on the gridiron, Landrum caught 29 passes for 294 yards and three touch-downs. Kittleson Posts Top Track Times Wide receiver Ben Kittleson joined Duke’s track and field team during the winter, and posted the team’s top times in a pair of events ... His time of 7.02 was Duke’s fastest performance in the 60- meter dash and his time of 22.45 was tops in the 200-meters. Sharpe ACC’s Top Returnee A rising junior, Khary Sharpe is joined by N.C. State’s Jerricho Cotchery as the top two re-turning wide receivers in the ACC in terms of touchdown receptions ... Both Sharpe and Cotchery finished third among the league’s receivers with six scoring grabs a year ago, trailing only Anquan Boldin (12) and Talman Gardner (8) of Florida State ... Boldin decided to forego his final season of eligibility while Gardner completed his eligibility. Douglas Closes In On All-Purpose & Kickoff Return Leaders Tailback Chris Douglas enters the 2003 season with 4,310 career all-purpose yards, needing just 72 to become Duke’s all-time leader in that category ... Mike Grayson holds the top spot with 4,381 yards amassed in his career from 1980-83 Duke’s Tight Ends

In 2002, Duke lost All-ACC tight end Mike Hart to graduation and then suffered a blow during preseason camp when projected starter Nick Brzezinski was lost to a knee injury ... The slack was picked up by sophomore Calen Powell and redshirt freshman Andy Roland, who combined for 42 pass receptions for 603 yards and three touchdowns. Defensive Secondary Returns All four starters in Duke’s defensive backfield will return for the 2003 ... The group is led by senior safety Terrell Smith and junior cornerback Kenneth Stanford ... Smith finished second on the team in tackles with 106 last season, and led the ACC with four fumble recoveries while Stanford, who earned Duke’s Most Outstanding Defensive Back honor, was among the league leaders in total passes defended with 14 on 11 PBUs and three interceptions. Also back is junior safety Alex Green (64 tackles in 2002) and sophomore cornerback Brian Greene (44 tackles in 2002). Duke received a big lift from its defense in 2002 as the Blue Devils led the ACC in rushing defense just one year after finishing ninth in the league ... The Duke defense returns nine-of-11 starters from last season including Honorable Mention All-ACC selections Ryan Fowler (LB) and Matt Zielinski (DT) ... In 2002, Fowler led Duke in tackles (145) while becoming the first player in school history to lead the team in tackles in his first three seasons in the program ... He will begin the 2003 campaign ranked seventh on Duke’s career tackle chart with 359 ... Zielinski secured the middle of the Duke defensive line from his tackle position, and finished the year with 49 tackles ... In addition, he was among the ACC leaders in tackles for loss (18.5 - 3rd) and forced fumbles (3 - t4th).

FLORIDA STATE

HEAD COACH: BOBBY BOWDEN

Being Florida State, there are athletes and players with raw talent that most programs can only dream about. The question is whether or not this crew can use all this talent to form a devastating offense. The quarterback situation is fine, but Chris Rix could be running for his life behind an inexperienced line with no depth. The running backs could be outstanding if Greg Jones is healthy again. Quarterbacks Projected Starter Chris Rix, Jr. - Has a star quarterback ever had a more bizarre career? The unsung player among a group of young quarterbacks, Rix won the starting job in his freshman season only to get blasted for his mistakes. After Florida State lost to the better teams on the schedule last year, Adrian McPherson came in and looked like a star against the weaker squads. Just when Rix had a shot to take over the job again, he overslept. He's a speedy player with a nice arm and great all-around skills. What he doesn't seem to have is the command over, and full trust of, the team. Florida State quarterbacks never star without a few years under their belt, so this needs to be the time when Rix goes from talented prospect to superstar. If this spring was any indication, he'll make that move. Top Backups - Fabian Walker, Jr. - A big, strong quarterback with nice, but raw, skills, Walker will be in the mix for the starting job if he can get over shoulder problems. Over the course of spring ball, he looked better and better with the more work he got. Thrown to the wolves in the Sugar Bowl, he did an admirable job against a frothing Bulldog team. Wyatt Sexton, RFr. - Sexton won't get in the mix for the starting gig, but he'll see plenty of chances at the number two job if Walker's shoulder isn't right. A sensational passer, he might make an impact with some more seasoning.

Running Backs - Greg Jones, Sr. - Jones was on his way to pushing for All-America honors before tearing up his knee against Wake Forest. The big back was unstoppable at time averaging 5.8 yards per carry and rushing for 938 yards. A true workhorse, he can kill defenses that are worrying about the Florida State passing game. He missed spring ball rehabbing his knee. Fullback B.J. Dean, Soph. - The 256-pound junior won't see the ball, but he'll once again be a key in making the running game go. There might not be a more unsung player in the ACC. Top Backups - Leon Washington, Soph. - One of the best kick returnees in the ACC, Washington can also carry the ball rushing for 273 yards and a touchdown last season when Jones and Nick Maddox went down. He's a quick back with surprising power. Lorenzo Booker, RFr. - The No. 1 recruit in the county in 2002, the lightning fast booker could be a Warrick Dunn-like difference maker. Bowden has vowed to find a spot for Booker somewhere on the field as he makes plays every time he touches the ball. Torrance Washington, Soph. - Washington has enough experience to push for playing time. He'll add power to the rushing mix if Jones is having problems with his knee.

Receivers - P.K. Sam, Jr. - The split end job isn't his for sure, but he's expected to be a star. A hamstring problem limited him last year as he only caught 13 passes for 162 yards. A big receiver with speed, this should be his breakout year. Dominic Robinson, Jr. - The former cornerback has worked his tail off to be ready to star at flanker. He only caught nine passes last season, but he has the size and the moves to become a top player. He has looked like a superstar at times this spring and could surprise as one of the ACC's best new receivers. Tight end Paul Irons, Jr. - The former fullback worked his way into the tight end rotation last season catching one pass, but used more as a blocker. He'll face some still competition for the starting job. Top Backups - Craphonso Thorpe, Jr. - The 6-2 flanker is a premier deep threat leading the team with a 22.2 yard per catch average last season. He caught 17 passes for 377 yards and four scores. Chauncey Stovall, Jr. - One of the candidates at split end, Stovall should make a huge impact coming out of a redshirt season. He's big, athletic, and very, very strong for a receiver. Willie Reid, Soph. - He'll add the flash to power that Jones brings if used as a running back, but he'll most likely stay at receiver playing at split end. Joey Kaliekini, Sr. - The backup split end is a nice special teams player who can get open and make the tough catch. He won't make any highlight plays, but he'll do all the dirty work, like blocking, that goes unnoticed. Matt Hensaw, Soph. - He'll get every shot at winning the starting tight end job. He's not all that big at only 209 pounds, but the former quarterback can get open.

Offensive Line - Tackle Alex Barron, Jr. - He was out this spring with a knee scope, but he should be fine returning to his spot at the strong tackle. A big blocker and the next FSU star on the line, he should be in for a big season. - Guard Matt Meinrod, Soph. - He'll be in the mix at tight guard after serving as an understudy to Todd Williams last year. An intense player with a little bit of experience, he should be a fine fill in. Center David Castillo, Jr. - A good, young player, Castillo became a factor towards the end of last year filling in when Antoine Mirambeu went down. At 300 pounds, he's a good sized player in the middle after being named the Offensive MVP this spring - Guard Bobby Meeks, Jr. - A spot starter when Montrae Holland had injury problems, the 295 pound Meeks is expected to be a top player if he continues to improve. Tackle Ray Willis, Jr. - The lone returning starter to the line, the 6-6, 295-pound Willis will have to be the anchor at tight tackle. He's the best run blocker on the team and is progressing into a good pass protector. Top Backups - OT Ron Lunford, Soph. - With little depth, Lunford has to become a factor at tackle. The 345-pound sophomore is still learning on the job, but should be the team's top backup as the season goes on. C Andrew Henry-Kennon, Soph. - Castillo has a hold on the starting job, but the 308-pound sophomore might turn out to be the better player. OG Eric Broe, Soph. - At 327 pounds, Broe is a big player with a little bit of experience. He played in every game last year, but it was mostly on special teams. He'll push for time behind Meeks.

Eleven starters (ten if you don't count Darnell Dockett) return and 26 lettermen will be in the mix for an experienced defense that got better and better as last season went on. There aren't any monsters on the defensive line other than Dockett, but the linebacking corps is more than good enough to pick up the slack. The secondary is experienced, but it has to be far better than it was last year. With at least eight good players to choose from, Mickey Andrews will find the right mix. Defensive Line Defensive end Kevin Emanuel, Sr. - One of the better tackling ends in the ACC, Emanuel made 40 stops and was tremendous at getting into the backfield making four sacks and 15 tackles for loss. He's not the most physical player in the world, but he's great at making one-on-one plays. Defensive tackle Darnell Dockett, Sr. - This is assuming that he'll end up back on the team this summer after getting tagged for petty theft charges. If he's not back on the team, Brodrick Bunkley will take over. One of the best linemen in the country, Dockett is a force in the middle making 57 tackles, 17 tackles for loss and seven tackles for loss last season even though he was never healthy. Defensive tackle Travis Johnson, Jr. - Lining up on the nose, Johnson provides a little more bulk to the line. He had problems with a shoulder that hampered him this spring, but he should be fine. By the end of last year, Johnson was one of the team's most effective linemen finishing with 50 tackles and 2.5 sacks. His biggest problems are off the field as he was charged on a felony count for an alleged sexual assault. - Defensive end Eric Moore, Jr. - Moore will be in a battle for the starting job on the right side, but he should be a factor as one of FSU's best pass rushing prospects. The 245-pound junior made 24 tackles last year, but ten were behind the line of scrimmage including four sacks. Top Backups - DT Broderick Bunkley, Soph. - A little small at 260 pounds, Bunkley saw time as a true freshman making 13 tackles. Extremely quick, Bunkley should be a terror at getting into the backfield from the middle of the line. He'll get the nod if Dockett isn't reinstated. DT Jeff Womble, Sr. - The 300-pound senior started over the first half of last season on the nose before getting knocked out with an ankle injury. Over the first five games of last year, he made 37 tackles and 11 tackles for loss. DE Kamerion Wimbley, Soph. - As a true freshman, Wimbley came along nicely as a reserve making 17 tackles. He has room to get a little bigger, but he's already looking like he'll be a top end in the rotation. DE Charles Howard, Jr. - If Howard doesn't take over the end job outright, he'll at least split time with Moore. He injured his knee last season, but appears to be as good as new. With 41 career tackles and two sacks, he has a little big of experience.

Linebackers - Michael Boulware, Sr.- Boulware is a star on the strong side. He finished last season with 127 tackles as a top run stuffer, but he's also great against the pass breaking up seven passes and picking off two. He might be used more as a pass rusher this season. Allen Augustin, Sr. - Augustin took over the job in the middle of last season and became a top playmaker finishing with 83 tackles and two sacks. With two great linebackers on the outside, he has more freedom to make plays knowing that Boulware and Pope will clean up any mistakes. Kendyll Pope, Sr. - The leading returning tackler with 296 for his career, Pope is one of the best linebackers in America and should be a near-lock for All-ACC honors. From the weak side, he has unbelievable speed and has used it to be more of a force at getting into the backfield. He used to be more of a safety playing linebacker, but now he has more strength and size at 220 pounds. Top Backups Ray Piquion, Jr. - The 215-pound junior made 11 tackles last season and mostly played on special teams. He'll back up Boulware on the strong side. A.J. Nicholson, Soph. - At 230 pounds, Nicholson is one of the bigger linebackers in the mix. He made 23 tackles last season and should become a factor this season as Pope's backup. He'll find a spot in the starting lineup soon if his performance this spring was any indication. He was tearing up the FSU offense. Ernie Sims, Fr. - Possibly the top high school prospect in the country, Sims was a huge signing for the Noles. An inside linebacker, he could make an instant impact if Augustin struggles at all. He's big and very, very fast clocking in a 10.7 in the 100 meters at a high school track star.

Secondary - Cornerback Stanford Samuels, Sr. - Sitting this spring after shoulder surgery, Samuels will return this fall to his spot on the left side. He came on at the end of last year to lead the team in broken up passes with seven. The team's best cover corner, he's also a great open-field tackler. - Rover Jerome Carter, Jr. - A big player and a big hitter, Carter became a top player by the end of last season finishing with 94 tackles and three pass breakups. He plays like another linebacker, but he's good in pass coverage. After a little bit of a shoulder problem, he'll be 100% by the start of the season. - Free safety Kyler Hall, Jr. - Combining with B.J. Ward, Hall will start at free safety again after seeing time in 26 straight games. He struggled at times last year, but he should be even better with all of his experience. He had a tremendous spring named the team's "most dependable defensive back." - Cornerback Rufus Brown, Sr. - Brown returns to the right side where he picked off two passes and broke up eight. He's a good all-around corner, but he's not quite the player Samuels is and had some major problems handling the Seminole receivers this spring. Top Backups FS B.J. Ward, Jr. - Ward will split time again with Hall. A bigger player than Hall, Ward could take over the job now that he has a better handle on the position. He moved over from the offense to make 51 tackles. After blocking four kicks last season, he needs to be accounted for when he's on the field. CB Bryant McFadden, Jr. - A nice sized playmaker, McFadden will play behind Brown on the right side. He made 21 tackles and picked off three passes last year. CB Leroy Smith, Jr. - With Samuels out this spring, Smith saw plenty of action with the first team. He was a valuable backup last season making 22 tackles and intercepting a pass. Rover Claudius Osei, Jr. - He was out this spring with an ankle problem, but he should be fine by the start of the season and could push for the starting job. He has starting experience making 41 tackles in 2002. Special Teams - Placekicker Xavier Beitia, Jr. - Beitia was on his way to an All-America season, but a missed 43 yard kick to Miami sent his season south as he missed six of his final twelve kicks over the rest of the year. He has a big leg and is accurate, but he must break out of the funk that hurt hi over the second half of last year. Punter Chris Hall, Soph. - Hall will get the first chance to take over for Chance Gwaltney. He attempted two kicks last season averaging 35 yards per boot. Gwaltney didn't have the biggest leg, so replacing his deep kicks won't be too much of a problem, but it'll be hard to replace Gwaltney's outstanding accuracy and ability to pin teams deep.

GEORGIA TECH

HEAD COACH: CHAN GAILEY

The quarterback situation is the key needing consistent play from A.J. Suggs or Damarius Bilbo for the offense to run effectively. The receiving corps isn't good enough to allow for average quarterback play. There's a stable of experienced running backs ready to run behind one of the ACC's best offensive lines. Quarterbacks Projected Starter - Damarius Bilbo, Soph. - The 6-3, 225-pound Bilbo is neck and neck with Suggs for the starting job. D-Bo's a better quarterback with better skills than Suggs, but he doesn't have the same experience or decision making ability. With his arm and talent, all he needs is time. He threw three touchdown passes last year in a reserve role and got better and better the more he played this spring. Top Backups A.J. Suggs, Sr. - Suggs started every game last year, but he lacked consistency and at times, accuracy. He threw 15 interceptions and 12 touchdowns passes playing well in games against Virginia and NC State, but looking miserable against BYU and Fresno State. He has the size and the arm, but he needs to be more accurate and has to show he can lead the team week in and week out. Brian Camp, Sr. - Camp played in two games last year, but didn't do much of anything not throwing a pass. He'll battle Al Pena for the No. 3 job.

Running Backs Ajenavi Eziemefe, Soph. - Eziemefe could grow into a star. He's 6-2 and 225 pounds with decent moves and quickness. He took over when Hollings went down rushing for 136 yards against North Carolina. Unfortunately, a sprained ankle kept him from doing much over the rest of the year. It's his show now after all the suspensions. Fullback Jimmy Dixon, Jr. - More of a tailback than a fullback, Dixon has to become a bit more of a tenacious blocker. He can catch the ball out of the backfield. Top Backups P.J. Daniels, Soph. - Daniels has gone from a walk-on to becoming a dependable backup. With all of the problems in the corps last year, Daniels became a factor rushing for 255 yards and two scores. Brian Johnson, Soph. - Johnson will get the first look as a backup fullback with Jonathan Jackson recovering from a broken ankle. At 250 pounds, he provides necessary bulk to the position. Tony Hollings, Sr. - Hollings tore up the college football world in the first few games of last year, and then he tore up his knee. After starting the year with 633 yards and 11 touchdowns in the first four games, Hollings went down early enough last year that he would've had a chance to be back to 100% by some point this year, but he was declared academically ineligible. He's 211 pounds with tremendous speed, but the question is whether or not he'll have the same quickness he showed before the injury. Now he'll have another year to get healthy. Michael Sampson, Soph. - An up and coming player, Sampson got the starting nod against Fresno State in the Silicon Valley Bowl rushing for 35 yards. He's a lanky back with decent speed, but he has to hit the weight room, and the library, hard. He looked great at times this spring and would've been the lead dog for the starting running back spot, but he's academically ineligible.

Receivers - Levon Thomas, Jr. - The 6-0, 205-pound Thomas is a physical receiver with decent speed. He doesn't have wonderful hands, but he's progressing and will have to shine in place of Kerry Watkins and Will Glover. Jonathan Smith, Sr. - The team's leading returning receiver, Smith caught 36 passes for 430 yards and three touchdowns last year. He's an experienced player with great quickness and an wonderful ability to find the openings. He's also a solid punt returner. Tight end John Paul Foschi, Sr. - He'll replace Will Heller in the starting spot. At 270 pounds, he's more of a pure blocker than a receiver, but he does have 17 catches in his career. Top Backups - Xavier McGuire, RFr. - The 6-3 McGuire is the team's tallest receiver and will push Thomas for time at one of the receiver spots. He's young and very talented. - Nate Curry, Jr. - Curry was never quite right after recovering from a broken kneecap. After a solid freshman season, he only caught one pass last year. If he's 100%, he'll be a great help to the depth. Lekeldrick Bridges, Soph. - Bridges can fly. He's 6-0 and could play a huge factor this season with his overall ability. With his speed, he's the team's best deep threat averaging 18 yards per catch.

Offensive Line - Tackle Nat Dorsey, Jr. - He's one of the best blockers in America. Dorsey will start again at left tackle where he has blocked out the sun with his 6-6, 330-pound frame for the last two years. The two-time All-ACC pick is getting better and better with more experience, but the coaching staff wants him to get down to about 315. He missed most of spring ball after shoulder surgery. - Guard Leon Robinson, Jr. - With 18 games of starting experience, Robinson should be in for a big season if he can overcome hand surgery that cost him spring ball. At 320-pounds, he's a sensational run blocker. He's coming off an off-season hand surgery. Center Hugh Reilly, Sr. - One of the best centers in the country, Reilly moved over from guard last year and became a star. The former defensive lineman is still improving and should be a top Rimington Award candidate. Guard Brad Honeycutt, Soph. - It'll be up to the 6-4, 295-pound Honeycutt to take over for Raymond Roberts-Blake on the right side. He mostly played as a backup tackle last year and needs time to learn the guard spot. Tackle Kyle Wallace, Jr. - He's 6-6, 285 pounds and a perfect complement to Dorsey on the right side. He's not as good as Dorsey, but he's growing into a top talent on his own and could be up for some all-conference honors. Top Backups OT Jeremy Phillips, Jr. - The junior spent almost two years trying to overcome a knee injury and became a dependable backup last year. He'll back up Wallace on the right side. OG Andy Tidwell-Neal, Jr. - With Robinson hurting, Tidwell-Neal saw most of the snaps in spring ball at left guard. He's an experienced and capable backup. He had problems with an ankle injury late this spring. C Clay Hartley, Sr. - With Reilly in the middle, Hartley won't see too much action, but he could fill in at guard if necessary.

The defense should be outstanding upfront with problems in the secondary. The pass rush should be tremendous with a slew of big, fast ends led by the return of Greg Gathers. The linebackers won't get much press, but they're good. Defensive Line - Defensive end Greg Gathers, Sr. - The superior sack-master returns after missing almost all of last year with a kidney problem. Getting his strength back has been a little bit of a problem, but he should be back to his All-America level by this fall. For his career, the 270-pound senior has 31 sacks and 57 tackles for loss. Defensive tackle Alfred Malone, Jr. - The team's biggest defensive lineman, the 300 pound Malone returns for his third season as the starter in the middle. With more work, he could develop into an All-ACC caliber talent. Defensive tackle Travis Parker, Soph. - Parker is small for this line as a 265-pound tackle, but he's strong and extremely quick. Defensive end Darius Williams, Jr. - With little developed depth at tight end, the hope was for the 6-6, 265-pound Williams to become a factor. It probably won't happen as he was moved over to the defensive line this spring. He'll start now that Tony Hargrove is ineligible. Top Backups DE Eric Henderson, Soph. - A Freshman All-American last year, Henderson took over when Gathers was out making 58 tackles and 15 tackles for loss. He'll only get better with more time and could become a devastating situational pass rusher. DT Omar Billy, Soph. - The 270-pound sophomore saw a little bit of action last year but didn't do much. He'll be the primary backup behind Parker. DE Terron Pullen, RFr. - The 270-pound redshirt freshman is yet another big end in the rotation. He'll back up Williams. DE Tony Hargrove, Jr. - A great athlete for a 266-pound player, Hargrove made 49 tackles last year and helped to pick up the slack after Gathers went down. He'll hopefully get back next year after being declared academically ineligible.

Linebackers - Tabugbo Anyansi, Jr. - One of the team's fastest linebackers, Anyansi will take over the starting job on the outside now that Kingi McNair is ineligible. Daryl Smith, Sr. - The leading tackler last year with 99, the 235-pound Smith will be back and ready to roll this fall after undergoing shoulder surgery. He's not just a great tackler, but he's also sensational in pass coverage and at getting into the backfield. Keyaron Fox, Sr. - Fox is more of a safety playing linebacker, but he became a star last year making 92 tackles even though he was hampered by a sprained ankle. With his quickness, he's great at handling receivers out of the backfield. Top Backups - Ather Brown, Sr. - Brown gives the corps experience and versatility able to play on the outside or in the middle. He made 23 tackles last year. He mostly played in the middle this spring. Kingi McNair, RFr.- It would've been his job to replace Recardo Wimbush after redshirting last year, but he's academically ineligible. He started his Tech career practicing at safety, but he'll be used on the outside as a speedy linebacker ... next year. He looked fantastic this spring. Gerris Wilkerson, Soph. - He's a nice sized linebacker who tore it up this spring. After getting a ton of playing time, the coaching staff appears to have faith in him.

Secondary - Cornerback Reuben Houston, Soph. - An unbelievable athlete, Houston mostly played as a nickel back last year making 44 tackles and an interception. He finished fourth in the ACC indoor meet in the triple jump and will get the first look at one of the corners. Strong safety Dawan Landry, Soph. - The former quarterback will get the first shot at strong safety after making eight tackles last year. He brings nice size to the position and is still learning on the fly. Free safety James Butler, Jr. - It'll be up to Butler to replace Jeremy Muyres. He isn't starting from scratch after seeing a little bit of time last year making 19 tackles. At 6-3 and 210 pounds, he's the team's biggest defensive back. Cornerback Jonathan Cox, Sr. - Cox will need to shine this year as the only returning starter in the defensive backfield. He was better last year at open field tackling than he was at defending the pass. He's a solid overall corner that should be in for a strong season. Top Backups CB Dennis Davis, Jr. - An all-conference sprinter, Davis is the team's fastest player and brings nice size to the corner. As spring ball went on, he made the transition from track star/football player to football player/track man. CB Venice Gilliam, Soph. - Mostly a special teams player, Gilliam will back up Cox. He's another quick Tech corner. FS Nathan Burton, Jr. - He'll get the first shot at free safety behind Butler. He saw a little bit of time last year making five tackles. Special Teams - Placekicker Dan Burnett, Sr. - Burnett missed his two field goal attempts last year, but he hit all eight of his extra point attempts. He'll be in for a big fight to replace Luke Manget from redshirt freshman David Jordan. Burnett looked fine this spring nailing some bombs. Punter Hal Higgins, Sr. - After spending his career as the team's holder, Higgins will get the first shot at the punting job. He got a sixth year of eligibility after being diagnoses with Hodgkin's disease a few years ago. If he can't get it done, Tech will have to hope an incoming freshman will take over. Andy Thomson and Travis Bell will be in the hunt before the season starts.

MARYLAND

HEAD COACH: RALPH FRIEDGEN

Ralph Friedgen, the most successful second-year coach in ACC history with a 21-5 record over two seasons as the Terps’ head coach, embarks on Year No. 3 in charge of the Terrapin football program in 2003. To date, Friedgen has overseen an astonishing turn of events since taking control of the Terps’ program following the 2000 season. In his rookie season following 32 seasons as a successful assistant, Friedgen captured consensus national Coach of the Year honors after leading his alma mater to an ACC title, a BCS bowl berth (FedEx Orange), a 10-2 overall record, and a final coaches’ poll ranking of No. 10. This past season, the Terps exceeded expectations once again, winning 10 of their final 11 games to finish with a school record-tying 11-win season (11-3) and a berth in the Chick-fil-A Peach Bowl, where they overpowered Tennessee, 30-3. A year ago at this time, shortly after the Terps completed their amazing 10-2, ACC-championship season of 2001 under first-year head coach Ralph Friedgen, critics were ready to label Maryland’s football program the latest “one-hit wonder.” No longer. Maryland followed its turnaround season of 2001 with only the second 11-win campaign in school history in 2002. 17 Starters Return Maryland’s early preseason Top 25 recognition can be attributed to the fact the Terps return a total of 17 starters – nine defense, seven offense, one special teams – from its 11-3 season of 2001. The 17 players have combined for 331 starts (average: 19.5) over the last three seasons.

A breakdown: QUARTERBACK Outlook: Senior Scott McBrien, a 14-game starter who finished 12th nationally in passing efficiency last season, headlines a group signal-callers which returns virtually in-tact from a year ago. McBrien, a left-handed transfer from West Virginia, rallied after a slow start to help lead the Terps to victories in 10 of their last 11 games. On the year, he completed 57 percent of his passes for 2,497 yards and 15 touchdowns. In the Terps’ 11 wins, he completed 60 percent of his throws and totaled 14 TDs vs. four interceptions. McBrien proved to be more than just an accurate passer, however. He also was adept running the ball, totaling seven rushing touchdowns and 284 net yards on 88 carries. McBrien figures to become an even more important cog 2003 with another year of experience running Friedgen’s offense under his belt. Last year’s backup, Chris Kelley , has moved to the defensive secondary, meaning promising redshirt freshmen Joel Statham and Sam Hollenbach will vie for the backup duties behind McBrien.

TAILBACK Outlook: Surprising Chris Downs (1,154 yards as a senior) has completed his eligibility, but the Terps are well-stocked at the position nonetheless, beginning with 2001 ACC Player of the Year Bruce Perry . The 5-9, 196-pounder missed the first 2/3 of last season with a torn groin, but started to show his old form – he rushed for 1,242 yards as a sophomore in 2001 — when he returned to action late in the year. Perry has rushed for 1,778 yards and caught 47 passes in his career and is an obvious candidate for postseason all-star honors, when healthy. Josh Allen , who is entering his sophomore season, was one of a handful of true freshmen to see action for the Terps last year. A player to watch, Allen finished his impressive rookie season as the team’s No. 2 rusher, totaling 405 yards and eight touch-downs, including a 116-yard, two-TD effort in a pivotal win over West Virginia. Sophomore Mario Merrills also returns after seeing action in 2002. A pair of players who sat out last season, redshirt freshman J.P. Humber and transfer Sam Maldonado , also will compete for time.

FULLBACK Outlook: Senior Bernie Fiddler is the lone returning fullback who has carried the ball for the Terps, and he has seen most of his action on special teams. The Terps must replace the departed Chad Killian (eligibility expired) and James Lynch (declared for NFL draft), both of whom combined to start 14 games in 2002. Fiddler is a solid isolation blocker who also is a threat catching the ball out of the backfield. The other returning lettermen are sophomore Jason Crawford , who is being moved from tailback, and sophomore Maurice Smith , a converted linebacker who has seen virtually all of his action on special teams.

WIDE RECEIVER Outlook: Six of the Terps’ top seven wideouts from 2002 return, the lone loss being Scooter Monroe, who led the team in receptions (37) and receiving yards (614) as a senior. The six returnees combined for 82 receptions, 1,513 yards (18.5 average) and seven touchdowns last season. Seniors Jafar Williams (28 receptions, 562 yards, 2 TDs) and Latrez Harrison (20-369-2) are big targets with good speed who ranked 2-3 on the team in receptions last season while combining for 13 starts. Junior Steve Suter, a slot receiver, might be the most heralded of the bunch following his breakout season of last year, when he scored seven touchdowns (four on punt returns, two on receptions, and one on a reverse) on his way to second team All-America honors as a return specialist. Other returnees who saw significant playing time in ’02 include junior Rich Parson and sophomores Dan Melendez and Jo Jo Walker .

TIGHT END Outlook: The Terps enter spring drills with the tight end position easily one of the deepest spots on the team. It is a unit led by three-year starter Jeff Dugan , who is considered by his coaches to be one of the best blocking tight ends in the country. Dugan, who is backed by sophomore Derek Miller , is the most senior member of the Terps’ offensive unit, with a team-best 34 starts and 36 games played to his credit. In three seasons, the 6-4, 261-pound Dugan has caught 41 passes, but routinely draws more notice for his blocking, which has been pivotal in helping spring 1,000-yard rushers each of the past two seasons. Miller, an imposing target at 6-8, 257 pounds, saw action in relief of Dugan in 2002, and will be looking to return to form after breaking his right leg in the Chick-fil-A Peach Bowl.

OFFENSIVE LINE Outlook: Three of five starters return to an offensive front that played a key role in Maryland’s balanced and productive offensive attack in 2002. The key questions entering spring camp are finding replacements for All-American center Todd Wike and two-time All-ACC right tackle Matt Crawford, both of whom completed their collegiate eligibility last season after combining for 88 career starts. The Terps return starting guards Lamar Bryant (a second team All-ACC choice) and C.J. Brooks (honorable mention All-ACC) along with starting left tackle Eric Dumas, all of whom started every game in 2002. Sophomore Stephon Heyer is expected to challenge for a starting spot after an impressive true freshman campaign as a backup at left tackle. Moving from tight end to bolster the tackle position is junior Ryan Flynn . At center, junior Kyle Schmitt will begin spring camp in the spot manned most of last season by Wike. In all, nine of 11 lettermen from the 2002 team will be in spring camp.

DEFENSIVE LINE Outlook: Two starters and seven lettermen return to the defensive front, including honors candidates Randy Starks and C.J. Feldheim . Starks emerged last season as one of the top young tackles in the game, registering 93 tackles, 12.5 TFLs, 6.5 QB sacks and 17 quarterback hurries. Feldheim, a nose tackle, was enjoying his finest season as a junior last year before tearing the ACL in his right knee in the season’s eighth game. He won’t be available for any contact this spring. The biggest loss on the defensive front is end Durrand Roundtree, a 14-game starter in 2002 who finished second on the team in QB hurries (15). Among the seven re- turning lettermen who will vie for playing time in the spring include senior end Scott Smith (12 career TFLs), senior tackle Landon Jones , senior Tosin Abari , sophomore Justin Duffie , who played very well when pressed into a starting role in the Chick-fil-A Peach Bowl, and junior Kevin Eli. All told, the Terps’ seven returning lettermen combined for 10 sacks and 28 TFLs in 2002. Outlook: Even though the Terps graduated Butkus Award winner E.J. Henderson, the two-time ACC Defensive Player of the Year, linebacker still figures to be a strength of the Maryland defense. Fellow inside backer Leon Joe , who finished No. 2 on the team in tackles (103) and third in QB hurries (11), returns to headline this unit. He is joined by fellow starters Leroy Ambush and Jamahl Cochran, as well as six other lettermen, virtually all of whom saw significant playing time last season. The Terps return a trio of sophomores who saw time in backup roles, including promising Shawne Merriman, William Kershaw and D’Qwell Jackson.

SECONDARY Outlook: The Terps figure to field one of the country’s most talented and experienced secondary units in 2003, a four-man unit which has combined for 81 career starts. All four starters return from last year, including 2002 honors recipients Madieu Williams at free safety and Domonique Foxworth at cornerback. The other returning starters are cornerback Curome Cox , who has made 33 career starts, and strong safety Dennard Wilson , who has made 18 career starts. In total, the quartet combined for 13 of the team’s 18 interceptions a year ago. Williams, a transfer from Towson University where he played the 1999 and 2000 seasons, finished fourth on the squad in tackles (82) on his way to earning third team All-America honors from The Sporting News. Foxworth finished tied for third in the ACC in interceptions (5) and led the league in passes defended (23).

NORTH CAROLINA

HEAD COACH: JOHN BUNTING

The University of North Carolina football team returns 49 letter winners, including 15 starters, who will look to erase memories of last season ’s disappointing finish when spring practice begins on March 18. In 2002, Carolina fielded of the youngest teams in the Atlantic Coast Conference, with over 73 percent of its roster consisting of freshmen or sophomores. Spring practice will be as valuable as ever this year and should be another stepping stone in Carolina ’s overall improvement. “We were so young last year and we had several key injuries,” said head coach John Bunting..“This spring is a chance for a lot of young players to step up and seize the opportunity to play. I can’t wait to get back on the practice field and see how much we’ve progressed.” A pair of honors candidates – record--setting quarterback Darian Durant and first-team All-ACC free safety Dexter Reid – headline the squad. Durant, a junior from Florence, S.C., is on pace to shatter several school career records, while Reid, a senior from Norfolk,Va., is the nation ’s leading returning tackler. Despite breaking his thumb at Virginia and missing four games last year, Durant still led the ACC in total offense (285.6 yards per game),becoming the first Tar Heel to do so since Paul Miller in 1971.

Although he has made just 12 career starts, Durant has already made a sizeable dent in the school record book. He currently ranks first in career completion percentage (.614),tied for second in career touchdowns (33),fourth in career passing yards (3,966), sixth in career total offense (4,255)and seventh in career completions (289). Reid ranked as the nation ’s No. 2 tackler in 2002, averaging 13.8 stops per game. He finished the season with 166 tackles, a school record for a defensive back and just five shy of linebacker Buddy Curry ’s Carolina record of 171 in 1979. Offense :Last year, Carolina set a school record with 266.6 yards passing per game, but struggled running the ball, averaging 102.5 yards per game on the ground. While the Tar Heels still plan to utilize Durant ’s outstanding playmaking ability, they are seeking a more balanced attack.

For the first time since at least the 1980s, Carolina returns all five starters on the offensive line. Center Jason Brown started all 12 games last year and is a candidate for All-ACC honors after allowing just two sacks and dominating the line of scrimmage. Brown is flanked on the right by senior Jeb Terry, who is considered one of the top guards in the conference. A two-year starter, Terry is a team leader who can also play tackle if needed. He allowed just two sacks from the guard spot last year. At left guard, sophomore Kyle Ralph enters the spring as the starter, but will be pushed by senior Jupiter Wilson. Wilson started the first seven games last season, but gave way to Ralph, who came out of a redshirt season to start the final five games of the season. A pair of juniors – Skip Seagraves and Willie McNeill – return at the tackle positions. Seagraves is at right tackle and McNeill will protect Durant ’s blind side at left tackle. Both started 11 games last year. One of the most promising professional prospects in the ACC is Carolina tight end Bobby Blizzard. An honorable-mention all-conference selection last year, Blizzard finished fourth on the team with 28 catches for 440 yards and tied for the team lead with five touchdowns. An accomplished receiver who can run after the catch, Blizzard has worked hard to improve his run blocking ability. The Tar Heels enter the spring searching for replacements for departed wide receivers Sam Aiken and Chesley Borders. Aiken set school records in catches and yards last year and is expected to be selected in the 2003 NFL Draft in April. Jarwarski Pollock and sophomore Derrele Mitchell will be asked to step up this season after playing for the first time last year. A lightning quick speedster, Pollock had 31 catches for 464 yards and scored four touchdowns, while Mitchell had 15 catches for 232 yards. Sophomore Danny Rumley, senior Brandon Russell and sophomore Michael Gilmore will also contend for playing time.

At running back, Jacque Lewis returns as the starter. He led the team with 574 yards rushing last year, but should be challenged this spring by seniors Willie Parker and Andre ’Williams. Parker has started games in each of the last three seasons and Williams was the team ’s top rusher in 2001. All three have the ability to come up with big lays, but the coaching staff is looking for more consistency in the running game. Williams had back surgery last spring and missed the final eight games of 2002 with lingering back pain. After several months of rest and rehabilitation, he is at full strength heading into the spring. Defense: Carolina ’s youth on defense was often exposed last season as the Tar Heels allowed 450 yards per game. A year of experience and another off-season in the weight room should pay dividends this fall. Heading into the spring, Carolina has just two players who started every game last year – Reid and defensive tackle Chase Page.

Among the top concerns for the coaching staff is the development of the defensive line. Several opportunities exist along the front line as new defensive line coach Brad Lawing works to find a cohesive unit. Jocques Dumas started nine games at defensive end in 2002, but he will be challenged this spring by sophomore Kendall High. Last season, High started seven games at defensive tackle as a true freshman. Page and senior Donti Coats have the inside track at the tackle positions, but will face competition from junior Jonas Seawright and redshirt freshman Mickey Rice. Converted defensive ends Issac Mooring and Jermicus Banks are also under consideration at tackle. Tommy Davis, who started the final five games of the year at defensive end, should retain his starting spot, especially with the loss of senior Will Chapman to a medical hardship. Redshirt freshman Alden Blizzard will battle Davis for playing time this spring.

At linebacker, Carolina returns starters Doug Justice and Clarence Gaddy. Justice started 11 games at middle linebacker and finished second on the team with 97 tackles, the most by a UNC freshman since Dwight Hollier in 1990. He earned All-ACC freshman honors from The Sporting News and was a fourth-team freshman All-America. Gaddy started seven games at outside linebacker and finished with 25 tackles. Senior Clay Roberson will battle for the other outside spot, along with sophomore Jeff Longhany. Both started at least one game last year. In the backfield, Carolina returns Reid and senior cornerback Michael Waddell. Waddell had started 34 consecutive games until breaking his fibula against Clemson and missing the last two contests of the season. Although Waddell struggled last season, he still led the team with eight pass breakups. If he returns to his All-ACC form of 2001, then Carolina should have one of the top secondaries in the conference. Mahlon Carey, the Tar Heels third-leading rusher last year, will move to safety this spring. He started last season at tailback against Maryland, but the coaches feel he can be a valuable asset on defense. Carey, senior Michael Harris, junior Chris Curry and sophomore Tommy Richardson will all compete for playing time. Curry started four games last year and played as a true freshman in 2001. Carolina will miss starter Kevin Knight at the other cornerback position, but returns senior Derrick Johnson, who made three starts last season, and promising sophomore Cedrick Holt. Holt was one of seven true freshmen to see action in 2002 and had a solid game against Florida State in his most extensive playing time. On special teams, Carolina returns kicker Dan Orner, kickoff specialist Topher Roberts, holder Greg Warren and all of its kick and punt return men, including sophomore walk-on Wallace Wright, who finished fifth in the conference last season in kickoff returns.

NORTH CAROLINA STATE

HEAD COACH: CHUCK AMATO

There's no weakness among the starters. The line is strong, the running backs have speed and power, the receivers have potential greatness written all over them and oh yeah, there's a Heisman caliber quarterback ready to pull it all together. The problem is in the depth as there isn't much of it yet. The hope is that the starters can stay healthy while the backups will develop in practices.

Quarterbacks - Philip Rivers, Sr. - Rivers is Ken Dorsey with a better arm. Going into the season, he might be the lead dog for the Heisman with the talent around him to shine and the likeability to be a star with the media. To win the Heisman though, his overall numbers have to go up a bit and he has to lead the Wolfpack to the ACC title. He's been the signature star on the current uprising of a program. Expect a fantastic year. Top Backups - Jay Davis, Soph. - Davis has a little bit of experience seeing time in five games last year, but he's not quite as talented as Moore. He's getting more of the action with the first team being groomed as the prime backup. - Chris Moore, RFr. - Moore is big, strong and has a huge arm. He'll be pushing Davis all year for playing time and should be in a head-to-head battle for the starting gig in 2004. The Skinny: The coaching staff knows what they have in Rivers, so they spent the spring looking at the younger players. That luxury allowed Davis and Moore to see more playing time and get them some valuable experience. Davis might be a great replacement this year if Rivers goes down.

Running Backs - T.A. McLendon, Soph. - While the college football world was oohing and aahhing over Ohio State's true freshman Maurice Clarett, McLendon was having a better season. He's not as good as Clarett is when No. 13 is healthy, but McLendon was a big key to the team's success last year. A big back with a tremendous nose for the goal line, McLendon ran for 18 scores last year. Even when he was hampered by injuries, he still fought for playing time and still produced. - Fullback Chance Moyer, Jr. - The Wolfpack hardly ever uses the fullback so Moyer's job is almost exclusively as a blocker. Top Backups - Josh Brown, Soph. - Brown's quickness is a perfect complement to the powerful McLendon. He rushed for 483 yards last year, but he was caught a bit too much behind the line. He's not a bad receiver catching ten passes. Jeffrey Graves, Jr. - At only 228 pounds, Graves might be a little more of a big tailback than a fullback, but he'll be Moyer's backup.

Receivers - Jerricho Cotchery, Sr. - "J-Cho" came alive last year as No. 17's favorite target on his way to a 67 catch season. He's at his best when he's needed most and became a big-time playmaker averaging 17.8 yards per grab. He's so valuable that the coaching staff held him out of most of the action in pre-season scrimmages.- Sterling Hicks, Jr. - Hicks was fourth on the team with 37 catches last year. The 6-2 split end is a big receiver who has to recover from a shoulder problem to return to his physical self. - Tramain Hall, Soph. - Hall is a backup wide receiver by trade, but he was a sensational high school running back. He could be used to help the depth problem at tailback if he doesn't end up spending most of his time in an H-Back role. Tight end John Ritcher, Soph. - Ritcher played in every game and saw plenty of action, but he only caught one pass. Sean Berton was huge at the position last year as a great pass catcher and blocker and it'll take a while for Ritcher to replace him. Top Backups - Andy Bertrand, Jr. - Bertrand hasn't seen much action, but he played in every game catching three passes. He's expected to push for time at split end. - T.J. Williams, Soph. - Williams might provide a better receiving option at tight end and should be a factor if he overcomes a shoulder problem that prevented him from doing much last year. He caught three passes in 11 games. - Dovonte Edwards, Jr. - With all the talent at receiver, Edwards might end up at corner in a full-time role after seeing a little time there last year. He made 26 catches and could be one of the top pass catchers again if he plays at flanker. Most likely, he'll be on the defensive side.

Offensive Line - Tackle Chris Colmer, Sr. - The team's best offensive line over the last two years, the 6-6, 305-pound senior is a dominating run blocker and has nice enough feet to protect Rivers' blindside. - Guard Ricky Fowler, Jr. - Fowler doesn't have a lock on the starting job yet, but he'll get the first look on the left side. He's still getting used to the offensive side after starting his career on the defensive line. - Center Jed Paulsen, Jr. - Paulsen was becoming a top lineman and a top run blocker before tearing his ACL. He missed spring ball still recovering, but he's expected to be ready to roll for the season. - Guard Sean Locklear, Sr. - His move over from the defensive line last spring worked out well giving the Wolfpack a 295-pound guard. He became one of the line's steadiest players and should be even better this season now that he knows what he's doing. - Tackle Derek Morris, Fr. - Is Morris really ready? The 358-pound star recruit is expected to handle the right side from the word go. After originally signing with Ohio State, he was able to register early to get time this spring. Top Backups - OG Leroy Harris, RFr. - He's big and talented and all he needs is a little bit of time. He'll push Fowler hard for the right guard job. He'll also have to contend with senior Ashley Wingate. - OT John McKeon, Soph. - The 306-pound sophomore saw time in seven games last year as a backup and will push for playing time along with Morris. If the freshman isn't ready to roll, McKeon will see more time. - C Brandon Sanders, Sr. - When Paulsen was knocked out with a knee injury, Sanders filled in and was more than fine. He's not as good as Paulsen, but he can hold his own. Antoine Colvin will push him for the number two job.

Defensive tackle John McCargo, RFr. - McCargo redshirted last year and will be expected to be a top player in the middle. He'll get the first look at the nose, but that's written in pencil. - Defensive tackle Alan Holloway, Sr. - At the most experienced member of the line, Holloway will have to be the anchor in the middle. He was rarely healthy last year and lost time because of it. When he was right, he was a decent run stuffer and was good at getting into the backfield. - Defensive end Renaldo Moses, Soph. - Moses is mostly a special teams player, but he'll use his 210 pounds as a backup behind Lewin. He'll add some speed on the edge. Top Backups - DT Sheldon Lewin, Sr. - Lewin can play on the end or at tackle. The 270-pound former JUCO transfer played in every game last year and made 13 tackles and will backup Holloway at tackle. - DE Terrance Chapman, Sr. - Talk about stepping up your game, Chapman couldn't be blocked in the spring game. He looked great at getting to the quarterback all season. DE Chip Cross, Soph. - Fourth in the end rotation in 2002, he made 13 tackles and a sack. He's only 248 pounds, but he played a bit at tackle. - DT Dwayne Herndon, Soph. - Herndon rebounded from back surgery to see time in the middle. He made seven tackles and is expected to be a top producer rotating with Holloway. - DE DeMarcus "Tank" Tyler, Fr. - The line needs bulk and the Tank provides it. He joined the team early and will add his 308 pounds to the middle of the line.

Linebackers - Manny Lawson, Soph. - Lawson was an expert at blocking punts last year leading the nation with three. Names the dominant defensive player this spring, he also showed he could play a little bit at linebacker in 2002 making 35 tackles last year. He's a rangy player at 6-5 and 216 pounds - Freddie Aughtry-Lindsay, Jr. - It'll be his unenviable job of taking over for Dantonio Burnette in the middle. Aughtry-Lindsay played mostly on the outside last year finishing fifth on the team with 86 tackles and was a huge factor on special teams. Even though he'll start in the middle, he might be moved back to the outside if someone else looks strong inside. Pat Thomas, Jr. - Thomas cleaned up everything Burnette didn't get to. On the weakside, Thomas made 106 tackles and was great at getting into the backfield making three sacks and nine tackles for loss. He put on a show in the Gator Bowl and looks even better coming into this season. With a few breaks, he should be a dark-horse candidate for All-ACC honors. Top Backups- Roger Pollard, Sr. - Pollard provides the senior leadership to the corps. He'll start on the strong side after making 31 tackles last year. At 216 pounds, he's more about speed than strength, but he's still a sure tackler. Oliver Hoyte, Soph. - Hoyte is a big hitter on the special teams and should bring that same intensity to the middle as Aughtry-Lindsay's backup.

Secondary - Cornerback Marcus Hudson, Jr. - Hudson started most of last year and returns on the right side. He's not the coverman that Lamont Reid is, but at 6-2, he's great at handling the bigger receivers. - Rover Andre Maddox, Jr. - Maddox is essentially a fourth linebacker. He's the leading returning tackler making 128 stops last year and isn't all that bad in pass coverage. He hits like a ton of bricks and should be one of the best safeties in the ACC. Free safety Troy Graham, Jr. - After mostly playing on the special teams, it's Graham's job to replace All-Everything Terrence Holt. The former receiver is still learning the position and will have to battle for playing time. He could stand to add a little more weight to his 6-3 frame. Cornerback Lamont Reid, Jr. - The team's best cover corner, Reid broke up nine passes last year and was a top special teams player. He's a big corner who's getting better and better with more work. Top Backups - CB Greg Golden, Jr. - Golden did a little bit of everything last year playing a little at tailback and becoming the team's top kickoff returner. After the emergence of T.A. McLendon, Golden moved to corner where he made 26 tackles. - Rover J.J. Jones, Soph. - After having to sit out last year, Jones is ready to make a splash. He was able to practice and should hit the ground running as Maddox's backup bringing excellent athleticism, but not the Maddox's tackling ability. - CB A.J. Davis, RFr. - Davis was ready to be a top contributor last season before breaking his leg in the a practice. The injury happened so early that he should be better than ever by the start of the season. Special Teams - Placekicker and Punter Austin Herbert, Sr. - Herbert will contend with Adam Kiker for the starting placekicker job. Kiker made 5 of 7 field goals last year before having problems with back spasms cutting his season short. If he's healthy, he'll be a strong weapon. Herbert hit 5 of 9 field goals last year in Kiker's place.. Herbert also handled the punting duties, but he only averaged 37.2 yards per kick.

VIRGINIA

HEAD COACH: AL GROH

It's all about the offensive line. Needing to overcome injuries and youth, the line took a long while to come together last season. The running game which was so average last year should be far better this season as a the line is better. The passing game could use a few game-breaking receivers, but Matt Schaub should make the average corps look great. Quarterbacks - Matt Schaub, Sr. - Schaub came from out of nowhere to be the best player in the ACC last season. He was ultra-efficient completing 69% of his passes throwing for 2,976 yards, 28 touchdowns and seven interceptions. Even when the rest of the team was having problems, Schaub still produced and always found ways to keep the offense moving. If a few receivers step up, Schaub should have another great season. Top Backups Anthony Martinez, RFr. - The 249-pound Martinez has a big arm and is getting better and better with more time. He was strong enough this spring that the coaches moved Marques Hagans to receiver.

Running Backs Wali Lundy, Soph. - The 212-pound Lundy became more of a factor as last year went on finishing the season with 826 yards and six touchdowns. He had a hard time find holes to run through behind an inexperienced line, so he became more useful as a receiver making 58 grabs for 435 yards and four scores. His breakout game came against West Virginia in the Continental Tire Bowl scoring four times Fullback Kase Luzar, Sr. - The former tight end spent last year learning how to play fullback. A smart player with nice hands, Luzar will play a key role in making the running game go. Top Backups Marquis Weeks, Jr. - Weeks did a little of everything last year from running the ball to returning kicks to catching a few passes out of the backfield. He led the team with a 5.1 yard per carry average. Alvin Pearman, Jr. - Pearman is still recovering from a knee injury and is expected to be a factor this year behind Lundy. He was second on the team with 343 yards and four touchdowns. Michael Johnson, Soph. - All of the Cavalier tailbacks are quick, but Johnson adds the blazing speed. Even though he was slowed by an ankle injury, he still ran for 133 yards and a touchdown. Jason Snelling, Soph. - Snelling will back up Luzar at fullback. He's a better rusher and receiver than a blocker rushing for 38 yards and catching 31 passes for 314 yards and four touchdowns.

Receivers - Ryan Sawyer, Sr. - The 6-2 Sawyer stepped into the limelight when Billy McMullen went down in the bowl game and caught four passes. He mostly played on special teams, but he showed a great ability to get deep averaging 17.7 yards per catch on his 11 grabs. Michael McGrew, Sr. - The team's leading returning wide receiver, McGrew made 27 catches for 428 yards and two touchdowns. He's a big, strong receiver that should end up being one of Virginia's top deep threats and Schaub's number one target. Tight end Heath Miller, Jr. - Miller had a huge freshman season as one of the best young tight ends in college football. He became a nice blocker as the season went on. He has great hands around the goal line making 14 catches for 33 yards and nine touchdowns. Top Backups - Ottowa Anderson, Jr. - Anderson was dependable receiver last season making 17 catches for 184 yards and three touchdowns. He'll be more of a factor as the season goes on. Art Thomas, Sr. - Thomas will move over from corner to receiver adding his 6-2 size to the corps. He should turn into a playmaker with more time. Marques Hagans, Soph. - With Schaub at quarterback, Hagans will move to receiver to find a way to get him on the field. He's too athletic and too talented not to see time somewhere. Patrick Estes, Jr. A great all-around tight end, Estes will join Miller in two tight end sets. He can catch the ball as well as block making 13 grabs for 97 yards and four touchdowns.

Offensive Line - Tackle D'Brickashaw Ferguson, Soph. - Ferguson established himself as one of the best young tackles in the ACC with a great true freshman season. He's not huge at only 265 pounds, but he has great athleticism and outstanding technique. - Guard Brian Barthelmes, Soph. - The 286-pound sophomore can play either guard or tackle starting the season on the left side. He has a big frame and could end up adding a few more pounds to become more of a dominant run blocker. He was sidelined this spring with inflamed blood vessels in his brain, but he's expected to get clearance to play by the summer. Center Kevin Bailey, Sr. - Bailey injured his knee early last year cutting short what should've been an all-star campaign. At 293 pounds, he's one of the bigger players on the line. Guard Elton Brown, Jr. - The 333-pound Brown is a great all-around lineman combining size and great athleticism. He had a few problems with a foot injury last year and still turned in one of the best seasons of any lineman in the conference. Tackle Brad Butler, Soph - Butler started as a true freshman playing both at guard and center. The 6-8 sophomore will start the season on the right side. Top Backups C Zac Yarbrough, Jr. - He stepped in when Bailey hurt his knee and did an admirable job. He was supposed to be the team's long snapper before hurting his hand. OG/C Mark Farrington, Jr. - Able to play either at guard or center, the 280-pound Farrington will back up Brown on the right side. He can play on the left side if necessary. This was a very, very young defense that took several lumps last season. Now this is an experienced group with several rising superstars. The linebackers could eventually be among the best in the country if Ahmad Brooks and Kai Parham make the instant impact many think they will. The secondary has to tighten up.

Defensive Line - Defensive end Brennan Schmidt, Soph. - The 269-pound Schmidt can play either on the nose or end. He had a wildly productive freshman season making 87 tackles and showing a tremendous motor. Nose tackle Andrew Hoffman, Jr. - Hoffman returns to the nose after making 56 tackles. The 285-pound junior started every game last year turning into one of the team's steadiest defensive players. Defensive end Chris Canty, Jr. - On the verge of superstardom, the 6-7, 280-pound Canty could be an elite pro prospect with a little more work. He's a tremendous tackler and a blossoming pass rusher. Top Backups DT Melvin Massey, Soph. - Massey isn't big at only 262 pounds, but he'll push for time on the inside after making three tackles in a reserve role. DE Braden Campbell, Soph. - The 278-pound Campbell adds more size to the end behind Schmidt. He was a valuable reserve playing in every game making 17 tackles. DE Kwakou Robinson, Soph. - A potential superstar, the 327-pound Robinson is a big player with an explosive step. He made 34 tackles as a reserve on the end and should be even better with more time.

Linebackers - Raymond Mann, Sr. - Mann was becoming one of the most dependable players on the Cavalier defense before having problems with an injured knee. He still finished the season with 28 tackles, but he wasn't nearly 100%. All should be fine and he should once again be a force on the outside. Rich Bedesem, Jr. - A sure tackler with outstanding instincts, Bedesem should be a force on the inside again coming off a 58 tackle season. Bryan White, Jr. - White has spent his career as a reserve with 49 total tackles. Versatile enough to play inside or out, he'll get the first look on the inside keeping the seat warm for Kai Parham and Ahmad Brooks. Darryl Blackstock, Soph. - Blackstock became a star in his freshman season on the outside making 107 tackles and ten sacks. Able to run wild with veteran linebackers occupying everyone's attention, he'll be a little bit more of a marked man this season in blocking schemes. He's 230 pounds and has the 6-4 frame to get even bigger. Top Backups Kai Parham, RFr. - The superstar recruit is expected to become one of the best linebackers in the ACC. He'll start the season behind Bedesem, but he'll get in the starting lineup soon into the season. He's too good to keep off the field. Ahmad Brooks, Fr. - After spending last year at Hargrave Military Academy to get his grades up, the hyped prep player should become an instant star on the inside. He's big, fast and should be a superstar after a little bit of time.

Secondary - Cornerback Almondo Curry, Sr. - Even at 5-8, Curry finds ways to make plays and is able to overcome his size with outstanding tackling ability. He made 59 tackles and three sacks last season while also being one of the team's top cover corners. Safety Jermaine Hardy, Jr. - More of a big corner than a safety, Hardy will get the first look at one of the safety spots after making 48 tackles and picking off two passes as a reserve. - Safety Jay Dorsey, Jr. - At 6-2, Dorsey is a big defensive back who'll need to make a big impact as a starter. He made 14 tackles playing as a reserve and on special teams. Cornerback Jamaine Winborne, Sr. - Winborne is one of the best hitting corners in the ACC. At 202 pounds, he packs a punch making 61 tackles last season. He also broke up six passes. Top Backups S Willie Davis, Soph. - Davis might be the team's best hitter. He made 33 tackles last season as a true freshman and should see plenty of action as the third safety in the rotation. - CB Marcus Hamilton, RFr. - After redshirting last year, the coaching staff really likes the 6-0 Hamilton as a bigger option than Curry at one corner.

WAKE FOREST

HEAD COACH: JIM GROBE

It's hard to imagine that a team with only three returning starters will be better than the year before, but it's possible. Wake Forest has replaced the departed starters with better athletes, and all they need is a little bit of time. The line should be outstanding and the running game should be as strong as it was last year. Wide receiver Jason Anderson is a star. Quarterbacks - Cory Randolph, Soph. - The backup behind James MacPherson last year, Randolph played in nine games throwing for 333 yards. He's a better runner than a passer, but his accuracy is coming around. He'll be a more effective runner than MacPerson was, but he has to show he can make the same decisions. Top Backups Zac Taylor, RFr. - More of a pure passer than Randolph, Taylor could see playing time if the Demon Deacons are looking for more production in the passing game. Anders Larson, RFr. - The walk-on is a smart player who could become a valuable practice player. He'll be the clear number three.

Running Backs - Chris Barclay, Soph. - A good all-around back, Barclay was second on the team with 703 rushing yards and nine touchdowns last season. He only caught four passes last year, but he'll be used more out of the backfield as well. He's not a big back, but he used his quickness to average five yards per carry. - Fullback Nick Burney, Sr. - After the team was hammered by injuries, Burney took over a bulk of the carries and finished the season rushing for 412 yards and a touchdown. He's not a traditional fullback, but is a great blocker nonetheless. Top Backups - Cornelius Birgs, Soph. - A great combination of power and speed, Birgs ran for 260 yards and four touchdowns last year. He'll be a major factor. Dominic Anderson, Soph. - After seeing time at safety, Anderson will give running back a shot again after making 20 tackles last season. He' sonly 6-0 and 190, but he's freakishly strong. Fred Stanton, Jr. - Coming off a redshirt season to concentrate on his studies, he has the potential to be the star of the backfield. As a pure talent, Stanton is the best of the bunch, but he has to keep his weight down and has to establish himself again in practices.

Receivers - Jason Anderson, Jr. - While not technically a starter last year, Anderson became the team's most dangerous receiver averaging 23.3 yards per catch and leading the team with six touchdown catches. No one else caught more than one scoring pass. The Demon Deacons don't throw much, but they have a weapon in the 6-3 junior. Chris Davis, Soph. - He played as a true freshman catching five passes for 53 yards. He's one of the fastest players on the team with his sprinter's speed. Tight end R.D. Montgomery, Jr. - A solid all-around tight end, Montgomery isn't involved in the passing game, but he should be. At 229 pounds with speed, he can get open. Now the team needs to get him the ball. Top Backups Anthony Young, Sr. - Young was a backup quarterback before switching over to the receiving corps and made ten catches for 116 yards. Before last year he couldn't stay healthy, but now he needs to become a consistent playmaking receiver. Willie Idlette, RFr. - A great all-around athlete with great speed and jumping ability, Idlette will backup Davis. He has looked sensational at times this spring and there are whispers that he could be starting very soon. Dan Callahan, RFr - After starting his career on the offensive line, the 259-pound Callahan will back up Montgomery at tight end as a pure blocker. He spent his spring working on his studies.

Offensive Line - Tackle Mark Morosz, Sr. - He missed spring ball, but he should be back in time for the fall to fight Wesley Bryant for the job. He might be every bit as god a pro prospect as Tyson Clabo with great feet and is getting stronger. A former tight end, Morosz brings great athleticism to the position. - Guard Chad Rebar, Sr. - After moving from tackle to guard, Rebar gives the line a decent amount of experience and nice size. The 32-pound senior can move a bit. Center Blake Lingruen, Jr. - Lingruen returns to his starting spot in the middle. He overcame a shoulder problem to become a solid player who got better and better as last season went on. Guard Tyson Clabo, Sr. - The best player on the line, Clabo flourished at guard after starting his career at tackle. A superior run blocker, the 314-pound Clabo is a strong warhorse who'll be the leading factor in a strong running game. Tackle Greg Adkins, Soph - Known as one of the hardest workers on the line, Adkins is making himself into a solid player. He'll start on the right side. Top Backups - OG Joe Sasich, Jr. - The former defensive lineman can move, but he needs to get a little big bigger. He'll back up Rebar on the left side. OT Wesley Bryant, Soph. - The Florida transfer sat out last year, but will challenge Moroz for the left tackle job. A star prep player, he could end up starting the season.

On defense, the back eight pretty much returns intact, but the pass defense has to tighten up. Even though the entire undersized front line needs replacing and is a huge concern, it's active and might not be all that bad if the top four linemen can stay healthy. Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Jerome Nichols, Jr. - Nichols saw a little bit of playing time last year making fie tackle in seven game. An great athlete at 274 pounds, he's expected to be one of the team's top pass rushers. - Nose tackle Goryal Scales, Soph. - After backing up Montique Sharpe, Scales is ready to start in the middle. He played in every game last year making 22 tackles. The 283-pound sophomore has to be a big time run stuffer on the nose. - Defensive end John Finklea, Soph. - Finklea could be a star. He's 273 pounds with great quickness. He played sparingly in ten games last year making four tackles and will star this year on the right side. Top Backups DT Cory Stukes, Soph. - He's only 250 pounds, but he'll be the team's primary backup at tackle. Even at his size, he's extremely strong. The coaching staff would love to move him to linebacker, but can't. His motor is always running. DE Jamaal Argrow, Sr. - After getting hurt in spring ball last year, Argrow played some at linebacker making 28 tackles and two sacks. He's a little small at 230 pounds, but he'll add more speed at the end. - DE Arthur Orlebar, Soph. - At 6-4 and 246 pounds, he's a rangy player with room to grow. He's considered one of the smarter players on the line, but only saw time in three games.

Linebackers - Dion Williams, Sr. - Williams battled with Brad White for the middle linebacker job, but he was never healthy enough to push for the position. He'll get the first look at one of the outside spots after making 45 tackles last year. Brad White, Jr. - After coming over from Georgia, White became a force in the middle leading the team with 94 tackles and made five tackles for loss, a sack and broke up six passes. He bulked up a little bit, but is still a hard-nosed player for only being 226 pounds. Kellen Brantley, Sr. - Brantley led the team in tackles in 2001 and made 61 last season. The 236 pound senior can move and should make a huge impact with White cleaning up everything inside. Top Backups - Mike Hamlar, Jr. - After missing spring ball last year with a hand problem, he wasn't able to have the season expected of him. He's a nice prospect who should be one of the main backups on the outside. Jason Pratt, Soph. - Pratt will get the first shot at backing up Brantley on the outside. He's a little more of a bulked up strong safety than a linebacker, but he could be a factor.

Secondary - Cornerback Eric King, Jr. - One of the team's rising stars, King tied for the team lead with three interceptions and made 63 tackles. As the best cover corner on the team, he broke up seven passes last year. Strong safety Warren Braxton, Jr. - A big hitter who always seemed to make big plays last season, Braxton returns to his strong safety spot after making 61 tackles. He's just as big a factor against the pass as he is against the run. Bandit Caron Bracy, Jr. - Without a lot of fanfare, Bracy was second on the team with 82 tackles last year. He's got nice size with enough speed to cover most running backs coming out of the backfield. Free safety Quintin Williams, Sr. - Possibly the best defensive back on the team, Williams is a big hitter making 72 stops. He's also great at getting into the backfield with nice timing and instincts. Cornerback Daryl Shaw, Sr. - Shaw can play safety if necessary, but he's establishing himself as a solid corner. He picked off three passes last season and made 57 tackles. Top Backups Bandit Obi Chukwumah, Sr. - A big player that can jump through the roof, Chukwumah adds experience to the secondary. If Bracy ever gets off the field, Chukwumah will see some action. CB Marcus McGruder, Jr. - McGruder's time decreased as last season went on, but he's good enough to fill in if something happens to Shaw or Williams. He made 31 tackles and broke up two passes last year. CB Robert Simmons, Soph. - A sensational athlete, all Simmons is missing is more playing time. He'll back up King after seeing time in eleven games last year. Special Teams Placekicker Matt Wisnosky, Soph. - The placekicking job was a concern at the beginning of 2002, but Wisnosky alleviated all fears hitting 17 of 25 field goals and 33 of 36 extra points. With a wee bit of improvement, he could be one of the ACC's best. Punter Ryan Plackemeier, Soph. - As a true freshman, Plackemeier came on to average 43.2 yards per kick on 32 punts last year. In a pinch, he could also kick field goals even though he missed both of his attempts last year.

BIG TEN CONFERENCE

ILLINOIS

HEAD COACH: RON TURNER

Illinois has to overcome the loss of some major skill players including the whole receiving corps. Even so, things aren't that bad. There's talent at receiver with help on the way. The running backs should be strong going with a committee of backs. The quarterback situation is the best in the Big Ten. Quarterbacks - Jon Beutjer, Sr. - After Dustin Ward started the season, Beutjer took over and became a top player. It took a little while, but he was sensational once the light went on finishing the season averaging a Big Ten best 228 passing yards per game. A big player with a huge arm, he was precise completing 62% of his throws down the stretch. Look for him to be an All-Big Ten caliber player this year. Top Backups - Dustin Ward, Sr. - Ward started the first five games and came off the bench to lead the Illini to a comeback win over Purdue. He's not as talented as Beutjer, but he's an outstanding No. 2 option if need be. He missed all of spring ball overcoming a shoulder problem. Chris Pazan, RFr. - The 6-2, 210-pound redshirt freshman and Tim Brasic are battling for the No. 3 job, but they might see some playing time getting groomed as the quarterbacks of the future.

Running Backs - Morris Virgil, Jr. - Virgil might get the starting nod, but it's doubtful if he'll be a workhorse sharing time with three other backs. The 195 pound junior averaged 7.7 yards per carry on rushing for 216 yards and three scores last year before missing the second half of the season with a knee injury. Fullback Carey Davis, Sr. - The 225-pound fullback isn't just a blocker, Davis is a solid ball carrier as well. He was second on the team in rushing last year carrying the ball 59 times for 319 yards averaging 5.4 yards per carry. Top Backups James Cooper, Soph. - Cooper can flat out fly. He the biggest of the rotating tailbacks at 200 pounds and brings his sprinter's speed to the backfield. Cooper played in five games last year rushing for 32 yards. Ibrahim Halsey, Fr. - The 2002 star recruit is expected to make an impact when he joins the team this season. He's already listed as neck-and-neck starter with Virgil. Franklin Payne, RFr. - A great all-around athlete and nice pass catcher in practice, Payne will most likely be third in the running back rotation seeing time in passing situations. Brad Haywood, Jr. - While Davis is a runner at fullback, Haywood is more a pure blocker. He carried the ball once last year. Jason Davis, Soph. - The 220-pound sophomore played in five games last year rushing for 64 yards. He'll be another decent running option at fullback.

Receivers - Kendrick Jones, Soph. - Jones played in eight games catching one pass for 12 yards, but he's mainly been a special teams standout. He has the speed, but now he has to prove he can be relied on to consistently make plays. Ade Adeyemo, Jr.. - A speed receiver, Adeyemo has been a special teams player throughout his career. Now he's expected to be one of the team's top deep threats. Tight end Anthony McClellan, Jr. - McClellan caught eleven passes last year for 142 yards and two touchdowns. He's not a very physical tight end, but he's a great pass catcher. Top Backups Kelvin Hayden, Jr. - Hayden is the best receiver on the team. The NJCAA Offensive Player of the Year, he's a sensational athlete and knows how to get into the end zone. Look for him to provide an instant spark when he gets into camp. Jamaal Clark, Sr. - The former defensive back returns to his natural position to back up Jones. At 6-2, he's a big target and very physical. Mark Kornfeld, Jr. - He came to Illinois as a quarterback, but he moved to receiver last year. He'll compete with Adeyemo for playing time. Melvin Bryant, RFr. - Bryant is an interesting prospect. He has the speed of a receiver, but the size of a tight end at 6-5 and 220 pounds. He'll be a backup at both positions. Estus Hood, Jr. - Primarily a special teams player, Hood will be the top back up at tight end. He's not much a pass catcher yet, but he can block.

Offensive Line - Tackle Sean Bubin, Sr. - Bubin will start his third year in a row at left tackle. The 300-pounder has grown into the job becoming one of the rocks of the line. - Guard Bryan Koch, Jr. - Mainly a backup last year, Koch will get the first look at left guard replacing all-star Dave Diehl. He's 285 pounds with enough experience to be a top prospect on the inside. Center Duke Preston, Jr. - Preston learned on the job starting last season for the Illini. At 305 pounds, he's a tough run blocker and is expected to progress into an All-Big Ten type of player. Guard Matt Maddox, RFr. - Maddox is neck and neck with Kyle Schnettgoecke for the starting right guard job. Maddox is younger, but he has 15 pounds on the sophomore. Tackle Bucky Babcock, Jr. - Babcock is one of the best in the Big Ten. He's moving from guard to right tackle to take over the spot held by All-Everything Tony Pashos. He's experienced, strong and very athletic. Top Backups - G Kyle Schnettgoecke, Soph. - He'll get every shot at the starting right guard job. He's a little light at 275 pounds, but he's getting better. C David Hilderbrand, Jr. - Preston is becoming a rock in the middle, but Liderbrand will see time as his backup at center and left guard. OL Martin O'Donnell, Fr. - An interesting prospect, O'Donnell is one of the Illini's best offensive line recruits in the Ron Turner era. He might not be in the mix right away, but he's worth keeping an eye on. The Illini has speed and athleticism, but it isn't all that physical.

The front seven should be great at getting into the backfield and should once again be solid against the run. The secondary is a concern without much talent on the corners. Defensive Line - Defensive end Derrick Strong, Sr. - Strong became a sensational pass rusher last year making 54 tackles, five sacks and 12 tackles for loss. After being hampered by a shoulder problem over the second half of the season, he should be a terror now that he's 100%. All that's missing is consistency. Defensive tackle Aaron Hodges, Sr. - After starting last year on the offensive side, Hodges became a top player in the defensive tackle rotation over the second half of last year. With a little more work, he's expected to become a big-time producer splitting time with Charles Gilstrap. Defensive tackle Jeff Ruffin, Sr. - At 295 pounds, Ruffin is the biggest run stuffer on the inside making 22 tackles last year. He's athletic and great at getting into the backfield. Defensive end Mike O'Brien, Sr. - O'Brien came out of nowhere to become a superior pass rusher making three sacks and 11 tackles for loss despite splitting time with Brian Schaefering. He'll combine at the position again, but that only helps the 225-pound O'Brien recharge. Top Backups DE Brian Schaefering, Jr. - At 260 pounds, he provides a bigger option behind O'Brien. Schaefering made 34 tackles, four sacks and five tackles for loss. DE Scott Moss, Soph. - Moss is one of the few linemen that won't rotate into the lineup since Strong always stays on the field, but he's still a good backup and provides a bigger option on the end. DT Charles Gilstrap, Sr. - Expected to be a key in the tackle rotation, Gilstrap made six tackles last year and should play more of a role this year.

Linebackers - Joe Bevis, Sr. - He'll combine with Antonio Mason at one of the outside positions. The 220-pound Bevis is smaller than Mason, but a little bit more active, more polished and more experienced. He made 49 tackles last year. Matt Sinclair, Jr. - It'll be up to Sinclair and Mike Gawelek to combine to take over for 2002's leading tackler Jerry Schumacher in the middle. Sinclair finished fourth on the team with 56 tackles and is one of the stronger linebackers on the team. Ty Myers, Sr. - Myers has the line on one of the outside jobs battling with Winston Taylor and Cyrus Garrett. Myers has started 18 games over the last couple of years making 36 tackles last season. He's also outstanding at getting into the backfield. Top Backups Antonio Mason, Soph. - Mason will be in the mix with Bevis for the starting job on the outside. At 245 pounds, he's bigger than Bevis and will turn out to be the better player. All that's missing is experience. - Mike Gawelek, Jr. - Primarily a special teams player, Gawelek isn't quite the player Sinclair is, but Gavelek will see plenty of action in the rotation. Winston Taylor, Sr. - Taylor is a 240 pound physical player seeing time in 11 games making 28 tackles last year. Cyrus Garrett, RFr. - This is the future star of the linebacking corps. Garrett is 6-3, 230 pounds and fast. He'll combine with Taylor and Myers on the outside, but his time will come.

Secondary - Cornerback Sharriff Gillon, RFr. - It'll be up to Gillon and Darnell Ray to take the place of superstar Eugene Wilson. Gillon isn't all that big, but he's extremely quick. Free safety Travis Williams, Soph. - Williams made 38 tackles last year and might be the most athletic of all the safeties. He's a solid kickoff returner and could become a major playmaker as his career goes on. Strong safety Marc Jackson, Sr. - Jackson will get the first look at strong safety and will be a primary backup at free safety. With three players rotating at the two starting spots, Jackson will find a spot on the field after finishing last year second on the team with 67 tackles and always found his way to the ball. Cornerback Christian Morton, Sr. - With teams staying away from Wilson, Morton got a lot of work thrown his way, and he responded at times with five pass breakups, but he had major problems at other times. He has to step up his play as the team's number one cover corner. Top Backups Strong safety Eric McGoey, Sr. - McGoey made a nice transition from receiver to make 25 tackles and an interception last year. He'll see time at strong safety. Cornerback Darnell Ray, RFr. - The 6-1, 160-pound Ray is bigger than the 5-8 Gillon. It should be cornerback by rotation for a while until the Illini coaching staff finds someone they can count on. Special Teams - Placekicker John Gockman, Sr. or J.J. Tubbs, Sr. - Peter Christofilakos was solid from short range, but he can be replaced. Gockman has a cannon of a leg hitting five of five from 40-49 yards, but missed his two kicks from beyond 48 yards. Tubbs was one of the team's main kickers in 2001 hitting 6 of 9 field goals. Punter Steve Weatherford, Soph. or Matt Minnes, Jr. - The two combined to punt for the Illini last year and each could use some improving. Weatherford averaged 39.7 yards per kick over the second half of the season taking over for the Minnes who lacked any boom on his kicks. The two will battle for the job again this season.

INDIANA

HEAD COACH: GERRY DINARDO

The offense will only work if the offensive line shines. The skill players should be excellent with the 1-2 receiving punch of Glenn Johnson and Courtney Roby working well with new quarterback Matt LoVecchio. There are three good running backs to rely on. The problem will be on the line with no depth and little overall experience. Quarterbacks Projected Starter - Matt LoVecchio, Jr. - The former Notre Dame signal caller will take over the starting job after sitting out a year. He has experience leading the Irish to a good 2000 season before losing the job in 2001 to Carlyle Holiday. An average passer, he's used the last year to sharpen his skills to go along with his decent mobility. Top Backup - Graeme McFarland, RFr. - After spending last season seeing time in practice as the team's third string quarterback, the decent armed McFarland should be a well-prepared No. 2. He isn't big, but he has good passing skills and O.K. mobility.

Running Backs - Brian Lewis, Sr. - Lewis was the team's top back before injuries knocked him out for the season. He averaged 4.4 yards per carry going for 438 yards, but he didn't get into the end zone. He's the best receiving tailback on the team and should be better and more effective splitting time with Yamar Washington. - John Pannozzo, Soph. - Pannozzo is an average blocker, but a fantastic receiver out of the backfield catching 26 passes for 258 yards and three touchdowns. He can carry the ball a little bit and should see a few more short yardage carries this year. Top Backups - Yamar Washington, Soph. - Washington became a godsend after Lewis got hurt taking over the starting role rushing for 688 yards and nine touchdowns. He turned into a decent receiver catching 15 passes for 91 yards. He's extremely quick and should emerge once again be a top back in the IU offense ... next year. He thought he sprained his knee in the spring game, but it turned out to be a torn ACL and will keep him out this year. - Chris Taylor, Soph. - Taylor became a major factor in the offense after Lewis went down as Washington's backup. At 207 pounds, he's a good sized back able to carry the load rushing for 102 yards against Northwestern. - Alex Stscherban, RFr. - A decent athlete, Stscherban will initially be used as a blocking fullback.

Receivers - Glenn Johnson, Sr. - Johnson became an top target blowing up for 53 catches for 837 yards and five touchdowns averaging 15.8 yards per grab. He's a good sized receiver with the experience to outsmart most defensive backs. - Courtney Roby, Jr. - Roby emerged as one of the Big Ten's most dangerous receivers averaging 17.6 yards per catch leading IU with 59 grabs for 1,039 yards and four touchdowns. With his size, speed and playmaking ability, he could grow into a superstar with Johnson taking the heat off on the other side. He's the cousin of former Iowa Hawkeye star punter Reggie Roby. - Tight end Aaron Halterman, Jr. - Halterman turned into one of IU's most reliable receivers catching 27 passes for 292 yards and a touchdown. He's a big player who's physical enough to play defensive tackle and quick enough to get open on offense. Top Backups Tyke Spencer, Soph. - Spencer is a quick receiver able to find the seams in the defense. He'll back up Roby after catching 17 passes for 231 yards and two touchdowns. - Travis Haney, Jr. - The 6-4 Haney is the team's biggest target with great potential. He's athletic and physical. Now he has to put it all together after catching 11 passes for 174 yards. - Patrick Thompson, Jr. - Thompson can be used as a big receiver or a small tight end. The 6-2, 223-pound sophomore will start the season behind Halterman at tight end.

Offensive Line - Tackle Isaac Sowells, Soph. - Sowells played as a reserve seeing time in every game. The 310-pound sophomore is expected to become a top starter on the left side. - Guard Jacob Wagner, Jr. - At 324 pounds, Wagner is a huge player with a little bit of experience playing in every game last year. He'll be in the starting role now that Anthony Oakley was kicked off the team. - Center Brandon Hatcher, Soph. - Hatcher was never healthy last year hindering his development. After being Chris Jahnke's understudy, the 296-pound sophomore will get the start at center. - Guard Adam Hines, Soph. - One of the rising stars on the line, the 301-pound Hines took over as a starter early on and was a fixture for the final ten games. He's a great run blocker on the right side and should grow into the best player on the line. - Tackle Chris Jahnke, Jr. - Jahnke is 305 pounds and a veteran center. He'll move out to right tackle to use his experience and all-around ability. Top Backups - OG Anthony Oakley, Sr. - Will he be let back on the team? Oakley earned time as a starter at both guard and center. He's the best player on the line earning Honorable Mention All-Big Ten honors last season showing a nice combination of power and quickness. He was supposed to be the starter before getting released from the team for failing a conditioning drill. DiNardo and Oakley made a deal before the spring that the senior wouldn't make the team if he didn't pass the test.

Defense - It's hard to see how this defense is going to come close to stopping anyone in the Big Ten. There are seven players with starting experience, but this is still a very, very young defense. The front seven is undersized and there's no depth whatsoever. The secondary should be greatly improved. Star of the defense: Senior FS Joe Gonzalez Player that has to step up and become a star: Junior DT Martin Lapostolle Unsung star on the rise: Sophomore DE Victor Adeyanju Best pro prospect: Sophomore CB Damien Jones - Defensive Line - Defensive end Jodie Clemons, Jr. - The 275-pound Clemons is a good sized defensive end with a little bit of speed. He made 33 tackles, two sacks and 5.5 tackles for loss. - Defensive tackle Martin Lapostolle, Jr. - Lopostolle is a former linebacker moved to the defensive line to take advantage of his size. He has decent quickness and a little bit of experience making 14 tackles in ten games. - Defensive tackle Russ Richardson, Soph. - Richardson played as a true freshman and took over the starting role after the opener. He's only 251 pounds and wasn't able to use his quickness to get into the backfield only making one sack. Defensive end Victor Adeyanju, Soph. - He got better as last season went on finishing the season as one of IU's better pass rushers. The sophomore made 33 tackles and two sacks. Top Backups - DT Chris Beaty, Soph. - At 265 pounds, Beaty is one of the team's smaller tackles, but he's one of the most experienced even though he only saw action in seven games.

Linebackers - Jason Cartwright, Jr. - The 5-11, 217-pound Cartwright isn't big and isn't experienced. He played in four games last season and didn't make a tackle, but he'll start on the weak side. - Kyle Killion, Soph. - Killion missed most of last year with an injury, but he still made 28 tackles, a sack and a tackle for loss. Only 223 pounds, he makes plays in the middle with his speed. He had a tremendous spring and should be IU's top linebacker. - Kevin Smith, Jr. - Smith came off a knee injury to become a top reserve making 18 tackles. He has five games of starting experience and will start on the strong side. Top Backups - Andy Halterman, RFr. - At 242 pounds, Halterman is a bigger player in the mix. He redshirted last season and appears ready to player on the strong side. - Randy Cate, Jr. - The former walk-on hasn't seen the field and will be the main backup in the middle.

Secondary - Cornerback Damien Jones, Soph. - Jones started every game last season before missing the last few games with an ankle problem. He's an experienced player after getting thrown into the fire as a freshman and came through clutch making 55 tackles and led the team with three interceptions. - Free safety Joe Gonzalez, Sr. - Gonzalez missed most of last season with a hernia. Before getting knocked out, he was one of IU's top hitters making 18 tackles and picking off two passes. He's not huge, but he's an active player who's always around the ball. - Strong safety Will Lumpkin, Soph. - Lumpkin saw more action as last year went on finishing the season with 17 tackles and broke up three passes. He's a smart, quick player that should become more of a factor with more experience. The problem? He might not be able to keep Herena Daze-Jones off the field. Cornerback Leonard Bryant, Soph. - Bryant became more of a factor by the end of last year after being a key reserve. He finished with 26 tackles proving to be a great open-field hitter. Top Backups - Strong safety Herena-Daze Jones, Jr. - Jones was IU's second leading tackler as a linebacker making 108 stops and 7.5 tackles for loss even though he misses a game. He's more of a defensive back with his 205-pound size and will be a big-time hitter when he gets a head of steam from the safety position. - Cornerback Buster Larkins, Soph. - Larkins became a starter midway through last year making 49 tackles as a safety. At 5-11 and 177 pounds with decent speed, he'll be better as a corner. - Free safety Luke Stone, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is a big player and a big hitter. He's too athletic and too talented to keep off the field. Special Teams - Placekicker Bryan Robertson, Jr. - Robertson was maddeningly inconsistent from mid-range, but he showed a huge leg from deep hitting 6 of 7 shots from beyond fifty yards while connecting on only 2 of 5 from 30 to 39. He'll battle Adam Brucher for the job. Punter Tyson Beattie, RFr. - The Australian native was the only punter on the Hoosier roster this spring. He's a big player with a big leg replacing the 38.2 yard per kick production of Ryan Hamre. If it helps, Beattie is a sensational cricket player.

IOWA

HEAD COACH: KIRK FERENTZ

Iowa has to replace a Heisman Trophy runner-up at quarterback, a John Mackey Award winning tight end and four starters from the offensive line. It's not time to panic yet with a great set of receivers and good running backs returning, but this group won't be the juggernaut that last year's Iowa offense was. Everything started up front last year and unfortunately, this line isn't anywhere near as good. Quarterbacks - Nathan Chandler, Sr. - It's asking too much for Chandler to step in and become the nation's passing efficiency leader like Brad Banks was. but Chandler could shine with a great array of skill players to help him out. The 6-7, 250 pound senior has the arm and the experience to instantly shine if he can improve on his accuracy. Top Backups - Matt Bohnet, Soph. - The 6-3 Bohnet is another big quarterback with a huge arm on the Iowa roster. He doesn't have the playing experience that Chandler has. He'll see some action being groomed as the starter for next year. - Jason Manson, RFr. - Manson will be neck and neck with Bohnet for the number two job behind Chandler.

Running Backs - Fred Russell, Sr. - The first team All-Big Ten performer returns after rushing for 1,284 yards and nine touchdowns last year. He has home run hitter speed once he gets through the line with the wiggle to make anyone in the defensive back seven miss. While not necessarily a workhorse, he doesn't seem to wear down despite only being 5-8 and 190 pounds. - Fullback Edgar Cervantes, Sr. - He's used primarily as a blocker but he can carry the ball a bit as well carrying the ball 26 times for 134 yards and a touchdown averaging 4.8 yards per carry. He is one of the Big Ten's best fullback. Top Backups- Jermelle Lewis, Jr. - At 212 pounds, Lewis provides more pop than Russell does and also has some decent wheels once he gets through the line rushing for 709 yards and eight touchdowns with a team best 5.8 yards per carry. He suffered a torn ACL and will be out for at least six months, but the coaches are still hoping he can be back for the season. - Marcus Schnoor, Soph. - A big back with talent, Schnoor was great when he got a chance to get on the field. All he needs are a few more reps to get comfortable.- Aaron Mickens, Jr. - Mickens saw a little bit of playing time last year only carrying the ball seven times. He won't unseat Cervantes serving as a reliable replacement at fullback if need be.

Receivers - Ed Hinkel, Soph. - Hinkel became invaluable as a redshirt freshman hitting singles while Maurice Brown took care of the home runs. The 6-1 sophomore caught 22 passes for 218 yards and a touchdown last year. He's not going to scare too many people primarily serving as a consistent underneath receiver. - Maurice Brown, Sr.. - Brown, a physical receiver with speed, was deadly last season catching 48 passes for 966 yards and 11 touchdowns averaging 20.1 yards per grab. While Nathan Chandler isn't Brad Banks, he can throw the deep ball and there's no reason to think the talented Brown can't repeat his 2002 production. - Tight end Erik Jensen, Sr. - Hi Erik. All you have to do is replace the best tight end in America. With Dallas Clark leaving early for the NFL, it'll be up to the 259-pound Jenson to learn how to catch the ball more after being used primarily as a blocker in two tight end sets. He doesn't have anywhere near the speed that Clark possesses. Top Backups - Clinton Solomon, Soph. - As a true freshman, the 6-4 Solomon caught 14 passes for 159 yards and a touchdown, but was inconsistent. The former quarterback is developing into a better and better receiver and will back up Hinkel at split end. - Ramon Ochoa, Sr. - A decent kick returner in the past, Ochoa will back up Brown this year. He made five catches last year averaging 12.8 yards per grab. Tony Jackson, Jr. or Mike Follett, Soph. - Each has a chance to become a big part of the offense as the Hawkeyes will be looking for receiving production from the tight end slot. Follett, a former outside linebacker, might have the best shot of turning into a productive receiver. The 270-pound Jackson will be used almost as a third tackle, but he didn't look bad this spring and could become a major factor.

Offensive Line - Tackle Robert Gallery, Sr. - The lone returning starter from last year's amazing line returns to his spot at left tackle. He isn't just the best player on the line, but he might be the best offensive lineman in the Big Ten and should be up for every post-season honor. If he had decided to come out early, he would've been a first round draft pick. Instead, the 6-7, 317-pound senior will have to be the anchor on a young line. Guard David Walker, Jr. - Walker is good enough and big enough to see time on the left side. He'll start the season as starter, but he'll get plenty of competition. Center Eric Rothwell, Sr. - After missing all of 2001, Rothwell came into last year as a backup guard. He'll get the first look at center and could end up seeing more time at guard if another center emerges. Guard Kory Borchers, Sr. - Borchers isn't the most talented player on the line and will have to battle to keep his job, but he provides some experience to the left side having started three games in 2001 and playing last year as a reserve. - Tackle Pete McMahon, Jr. - The 323-pound junior can play tackle or guard and will see the time on the right side. The former walk-on is extremely athletic for a player of his size. Top Backups - G Chris Felder, RFr. - Possibly the next great Iowa lineman, Felder is a big player who could still add a few more ponds to his frame. He'll push McMahon for time on the right side. - G Sam Aiello, Sr. - Aiello has a little bit of starting experience over the first two years of his career and he's a much better player now. With decent feet and good quickness, Aiello should be a nice backup on the right side if he gets off a team suspension. - T Blake Larson, Soph. - He's a 6-7, 310-pound player that's been clocked at 4.9 in the 40. He'll be a starting tackle in 2004.

Even with some major losses, the defense should be outstanding. The line could be the best in the Big Ten if there aren't any injuries to the starters, while the linebackers could be strong with time. The concern is over the secondary where two young corners have to give Iowa more production than it got last year. Defensive Line - Defensive end Howard Hodges, Sr. - The 6-2 senior is one of the nation's best defensive ends. An All-Big Ten performer last year, Hodges made 62 tackles and nine sacks last year. - Defensive tackle Jared Clauss, Sr. - With Colin Cole gone, Clauss becomes the team's top tackle. An honorable mention All-Big Ten performer last year, Clauss made 59 tackles and six sacks in the middle. He's not all that big, but he's extremely active. - Defensive tackle Jonathan Babineaux, Jr. - The junior will make the move from end to tackle this season to replace Cole. He had a solid season on the outside, but he'll be much better inside to utilize his run stopping talents. - Defensive end Matt Roth, Jr. - Roth came on to become one of the Big Ten's premier pass rushers as 2002 went on recording nine sacks in conference play and ten overall. He could be an All-Big Ten player if he progresses as much as he did at the end of the year. He was arrested for public intoxication and possession of a fake driver’s license, but the matter will be handled internally and he should play. Top Backups - DE Derreck Robinson, Jr. - Robinson saw time in 11 games making six tackles. He'll back up Roth and will be a major player in the line rotation. - DT Joey Helms, Sr. - He didn't see a whole bunch of time last year only playing in five games, but as a senior, he's expected to be one of the team's top backup tackles.

Linebackers - Grant Steen, Sr. - Steen was a second-team All-Big Ten performer last year and will start on the outside. Equally strong against the run or pass, Steen made 57 tackles last year and picked off three passes in a game against Indiana. - Kevin Worthy, Sr. - Possibly the most valuable linebacker on the team now that Fred Barr is gone, Worth, who made 84 tackles last year, could end up playing in the middle or get moved to the outside if Abdul Hodge looks ready to take over inside. He has nice speed clocking in at 4.7 in the 40. - Chad Greenway, Soph. - Greenway's season never got going trying to overcome an early knee injury, but he ended up playing in eight games making 15 tackles. He might start on the weakside if Worthy doesn't get moved there. Top Backups - Abdul Hodge, Soph. - Hodge played in every game last year making 38 tackles. He has nice range for a middle linebacker prospect and could take over the job full-time. - Ed Miles, Soph. - After looking strong this spring, Iowa has another option it can rely on at any of the three positions. - Jermire Roberts, Sr. - The former defensive back brings that speed to the linebacking corps. He beefed up 15 pounds and should be a factor on the outside.

Secondary - Cornerback Jovon Johnson, Soph. - Johnson started twice as a true freshman picking off four passes and is expected to develop into the team's top corner. He's not big, but he has a knack for making plays. - Free safety Sean Considine, Jr. - Considine will take over for Derek Pagel at free safety after seeing time throughout his career as a backup. A smart player, he made 26 tackles last year and will have to play a huge role this season. - Strong safety Bob Sanders, Sr. - A leading candidate for the Jim Thorpe Award, Sanders is the best safety in the Big Ten packing a wallop in his 5-8 frame. He was second on the team with 102 tackles last year. While he hits like a linebacker, he also covers like one even though he was second on the team with twelve broken up passes. - Cornerback Antwan Allen, Soph. - Allen is growing into a great corner. He's a sure open field tackler making 60 stops last year and he picked off four passes. Top Backups - Free safety Chris Smith, Sr. -Smith played in five games last year making five tackles. He'll combine with Considine at free safety. - Cornerback Chigozie Ejiasi, Jr. - At 6-0, he's the team's biggest corner and should play a bigger role this season. He played in every game last year making 13 tackles. - Strong safety Marcus Pashal, RFr. - He's not going to unseat Sanders at strong safety, but he might be almost as talented as will be groomed as the star of the future. Special Teams - Placekicker Nate Kaeding, Sr. - He's the nation's best kicker as the returning Lou Groza Award winner. He hit 21 of 24 field goals last year showing marvelous range connecting on 8 of 9 from beyond 30 yards. - Punter David Bradley, Jr. - Bradley's 39.5 yards per kick was a bit misleading as he put 30 inside the 20. He became a night and day better kicker since his freshman year and could be an All-Big Ten performer if he makes another step up.

MICHIGAN

HEAD COACH: LLOYD CARR

Michigan should be brutally effective with one of the nation's most talented offensive lines. Having a front wall like thus will allow seasoned veteran John Navarre time to throw, and provide big holes for star back Chris Perry. There isn't a whole bunch of explosiveness, so don't expect big play after big play. Look for this to be an offense that grinds out yards, time and moves down the field with little problem. Keep an eye on the team's conversion percentage on third down. It could be ridiculously high. Quarterbacks Projected Starter - John Navarre, Sr. - The whipping boy of the program for a few years, Navarre didn't even have a firm grasp on the starting job going into last season. As happens with most young college quarterbacks, he got much better with more reps and more experience. Now he's a confident quarterback with a good command of the offense. His interception total dropped from 13 to 7 while his touchdown passes went from 19 to 21. Look for him to be a sneaky sleeper candidate for the Heisman if Michigan goes on a big run. Top Backup - Spencer Brinton, Sr. - Brinton is John Navarre-big with a good arm and nice drive on his passes. He hasn't seen much action, but he's a mature player with a good understanding of the offense. - Matt Gutierrez, RFr. - The 6-4 Gutierrez fits the typical mold of big, strong Michigan quarterbacks. He won't be in the mix for the starting job anytime soon, but he has to use this year to get groomed for the run at the top spot in 2004.

Running Backs - Chris Perry, Jr. - One of the nation's top underrated backs, Perry grew into weapon last season rushing for 1,110 yards and 14 touchdowns. He capped off his great year with a huge performance against Florida flashing his receiving skills catching six passes for 108 yards. Beware Big Ten, he looks even better coming into the 2003 season. - Sean Sanderson, Soph. - The 289-pound Sanderson is a huge player and a big blocker, but he lost time this spring sitting out to work on his studies. If and when he returns, he'll take over the job. Top Backups - David Underwood, Jr. - Underwood saw a limited amount of action last year rushing for 105 yards and a touchdown. Look for the 225-pound junior to make a major impact this year with good size and wonderful power playing behind Perry.- Tim Bracken, Jr. - The 207-pound Bracken is behind Underwood in the running back rotation for the moment, but he'll see plenty of action with good skills and nice quickness. He carried the ball 27 times last year for 97 yards and a touchdown before breaking his leg. - Brian Thompson, RFr. - With Sean Sanderson missing time this spring, Thompson saw a bulk of the action at fullback. He isn't as big or as physical as B.J. Askew was, but he should be fine with a little bit of time.

Receivers - Braylon Edwards, Jr. - Edwards is the next, great Michigan receiver. Taking over the fabled #1 jersey, Edwards should establish himself as one of the premier receivers in college football this season coming off a 67 catch, 1,035 yard, ten touchdown season. He has size, speed, and great playmaking ability, but he's not necessarily a deep threat. Working with a veteran quarterback like Navarre, Edwards should be a lock for 12 scores and 1,200 yards. - Tyrece Butler, Sr. - Butler will battle for the starting receiver job after making 21 catches for 199 yards. Playing both offense and special teams, he has more experience than any receiver on the team. With his size and smarts, he should be a great complement to Edwards as the year goes on. - Tight end Andy Mignery, Sr. - Also the backup punter, the 6-3 Mignery will push for Bennie Joppru's starting tight end job. The former quarterback is a smart player with good athleticism, but he's still learning how to be a top receiver. Top Backups - Calvin Bell, Sr. - Bell was a rising playmaker after the 2001 season catching 15 passes for 169 yards and three touchdowns, but he didn't make much of an impact last year only making two catches. He'll be in the mix for the starting receiver spot on the other side of Edwards. - Jason Avant, Soph. - Potentially a great one, all the 6-1 sophomore needs is time to grow into the role. He caught two passes for 21 yards last year. - Jermaine Gonzalez, Jr. - Gonzalez was in the quarterback mix a few years ago adding mobility and speed to the position. Firmly entrenched in the receiver rotation now, he'll be a factor as the year goes on. He's been a big playmaker so far in his career averaging 21.7 yards per catch on six grabs. - Tim Massaquoi, Jr. - He came to Michigan as an elite wide receiver prospect, and bulked up to become an athletic tight end. He'll battle Mignery for the starting job adding better receiving skills to the mix, but he won't just be a tight end playing a little at receiver and fullback.

Offensive Line - Tackle Adam Stenavich, Soph. - A CFN Freshman All-American, Stenavich will take over the starting job on the left side after getting three starts last year. He has a little bit of experience at guard, but he has feet and athleticism more suited for tackle. - Guard David Baas, Jr. - The 299-pound Bass is one of the best offensive linemen in the country. He's an experienced player with great leg drive making him punishing at the point of attack. He can play either guard spot starting this year on the left side. - Center Dave Pearson, Sr. - Pearson isn't just great on the field, he's wonderful in the classroom as well as an Academic All-America candidate. He brings experience and leadership to the line after starting every game last season. He's one of the best run blocking centers in America. - Guard Matt Lentz, Soph. - Lentz is in a neck-and-neck battle with Leo Henige for the starting right guard job. He was the prime backup behind Dave Petruziello last year giving the line more experience, but not as much size as Henige. - Tackle Tony Pape, Sr. - The Michigan line has some great players, but Pape is the star. The 305-pound tackle has grown into a tremendous pass blocker with good feet for and nice shuffling ability for a player of his size. He's the most experienced, and versatile, lineman on the team able to play on the left or right side. Top Backups - C Andy Christopfel, Jr. - He provides an experienced backup behind Pearson in the middle. He's good enough to start if necessary being groomed as the team's 2004 center. - G Leo Henige, Soph. - The 318-pound sophomore is emerging as a top player on the line. If he doesn't end up taking over on the right side, he'll be one of the first players in the line rotation.

With the glaring exception of the Iowa game, Michigan's defense turned into a brick wall as the regular season went on. Even though there were a few key injuries and problems against Florida, this was still a good defense. Now it needs to overcome the loss of players like Dan Rumishek, Shantee Orr, Victor Hobson, Charles Drake and Cato June. Michigan has the talent to reload, but it might take a while to jell. Defensive Line - Defensive end Larry Stephens, Sr. - Stevens is poised for a breakout year after making 45 tackles, four sacks and nine tackles for loss. He isn't just a pass rusher, he's a strong player against the run able hold at the point of attack. - Defensive tackle Norman Heuer, Sr. - Heuer missed most of spring ball having a cyst removed from his knee, but the 288-pound senior should be ready to start this season. The 2001 starter, he started the first four games of last year before Bowman took over. Look for him to be strong at getting into the backfield. - Defensive tackle Grant Bowman, Sr. - The 290-pound senior is one of the team's most experienced players, and an anchor on the line. He isn't going to get many headlines or honors, but he's a steady force needed for the rest of the line to work around. Defensive end Alain Kashama, Sr. - Kashama is a good sized end with great athleticism and a decent amount of experience seeing time in thirty games. He's a good pass rusher that has never quite lived up to his potential, but now he'll get his chance to shine. Carr has raved about him coming out of spring ball. Top Backups - DT/DE Patrick Massey, Soph. - Massey will be in the hunt for a starting job somewhere on the line. He's 6-8, 262 pounds with good overall athleticism. Even though he isn't all that heavy, he's a little more suited for tackle. Michigan needs him on the end. - DT/DE Alex Ofili, Soph. - Ofili saw time as both an end and a tackle last year. At 262 pounds, he isn't quite big enough to be an effective every down tackle. - DT Gabe Wilson, Soph. - At 358 pounds, Watson is a mammoth body on the inside. He saw a little bit of time as a true freshman, and should play a huge role this year.

Linebackers - Carl Diggs, Sr. - Diggs is coming off a broken leg suffered against Ohio State. Before the injury, he saw time in 36 games making 15 starts with 135 career tackles and 21 tackles for loss. He's a true run stopper with great sideline to sideline skills. Zack Kaufman, Sr. - Kaufman started ten games last year making 43 tackles, two sacks and five tackles for loss. He missed the last few games of the season with a knee injury, but he's scheduled to be 100% by the start of the season. While he's a rock against the run, he can also make plays dropping back into pass coverage. - Pierre Woods, Soph. - Woods will get a shot at playing on the outside after seeing a little time last year on defense and special teams. He's a tall, rangy player with good speed and a nice nose for the ball. Top Backups - Roy Manning, Jr. - Manning was supposed to grow into a top producer on the outside, but he was hurt almost all of last year. He's good at getting into the backfield showing nice instincts and timing. - Scott McClintock, Soph. - McClintock turned into one of the team's better inside linebackers starting two games and earning time as a top reserve making 39 tackles. He started out as a good special teams performer before becoming a valuable defender. - Joey Sarantos, Soph. - Sarantos is a smart player that got stronger as last year went on. He ended up starting against Wisconsin and made four tackles against Ohio State. He's more of a strong safety than a linebacker, but he's physical enough to be strong on the outside. - Lawrence Reid, Soph. - The 219-pound Reid will try and become a factor in the linebacker mix after getting hurt midway through last year. He was turning into a top reserve making 13 tackles in five games before going down.

Secondary - Cornerback Marlin Jackson, Jr. - Jackson doesn't get a whole bunch of national recognition, but he's one of the best cover-corners in college football with size, speed and great open field tackling ability. He has 98 career tackles, but he's at his best locking on to everyone's top receiver. In his first two years, he has 98 tackles, six tackles for loss, a sack, six interceptions and 25 broken up passes. - Strong safety Jon Shaw, Sr. - Shaw has made a name for himself as one of the best special teams players on the team, but now he has to make more of an impact as a defensive back. He got two starts last year at free safety when Cato June went down, but he's more likely to compete for the starting strong safety slot. - Free safety Ernest Shazor, Soph. - At some point, Shazor is going to be a star. The 6-4, 218-pound athlete is too good and has too much talent not become a top defensive back. He saw a little bit of time as a reserve last year making 25 tackles and broke up four passes. Even though he can play either safety position, he's more suited for free safety. - Cornerback Jeremy LeSueur, Sr. - LeSueur got a fifth year in the program as a top corner and kickoff returner. He's one of the most experienced players on the team with 122 tackles, two interceptions and 15 broken up passes. A big player with speed, he's an effective corner on the other side of Jackson. Top Backups - Safety Jacob Stewart, Soph. - Stewart saw action as a true freshman making three tackles on special teams. Now he's expected to push for time at both safety spots utilizing his hitting ability and size. - Cornerback Markus Curry, Jr. - Curry is an experienced reserve with three starts and time in 17 games. He's a good sized corner able to hit and able to make plays when the ball is in the air with seven broken up passes last year. He'll be the first player in behind LeSueur and Jackson. - Placekicker/Punter Adam Finley, Jr. - Finley helped turn around the Michigan kicking game last season hitting seven of ten field goals showing the consistency the team sorely needed. He also hit 20 of 20 extra points. He turned into a whale of a punter as well averaging 42.2 yards per kick putting 16 inside the 20.

MICHIGAN STATE

HEAD COACH: JOHN L. SMITH

There aren't any established stars, so the Spartans will rely on several players to fill the roles at all the key spots. The quarterback situation will remain a mystery until the fall when Jeff Smoker gets an honest shot at taking back the job. The running backs and receivers lack any appreciable experience, but they can all fly. Quarterbacks Damon Dowdell, Jr. - Dowdell came in last year and gave the offense and occasional shot in the arm. He was fearless at throwing the deep ball throwing for ten touchdowns and four interceptions. He has decent size and a little bit of speed, but he isn't necessarily a running quarterback. It'll be a battle up until the opener for the starting job. Top Backup - Drew Stanton, RFr. - Stanton has a big arm and a surprisingly good command of the offense for a redshirt freshman. He can throw equally well on the move or in the pocket. If his performances this spring were any indication, he's ready to take over the starting job. Jeff Smoker, Sr. - Smoker was off the team for a bit last year after having substance abuse problems. He hasn't been given a free pass by the new coaching staff needing to earn his way back into playing time. With his arm strength and experience, he'll be the perfect quarterback to lead the John L. Smith offense if he can get in the mix for the No. 1 job.

Running Backs - Jaren Hayes, Soph. - Hayes will combine with Tyrell Dortch to give the Spartans a decent rushing attack. While he isn't going to barrel over anyone, he'll be a home run hitting back with his sub-4.4 speed and great cutting ability. He finished last season third on the team with 340 yards with four touchdowns averaging 5.6 yards per carry. Top Backups - Tyrell Dortch, Jr. - Dortch spent last year trying to come back from a broken leg suffered when he played corner. The 209-pound junior will add some power to the backfield as the team's biggest running back. - Jerramy Scott, RFr. - Scott is a quick back with good breakaway speed. He saw action in one game carrying the ball nine times for 44 yards. - Jason Teague, Soph. - Teague saw action in eleven games last year rushing for 59 yards on nine carries. He won't take over the starting job, but he'll see plenty of action battling Scott for the number three job.

Receivers - Kyle Brown, Soph. - Brown is a good sized receiver with great speed and fantastic upside. He tore an ACL in high school, but now appears to be ready to make a big impact. No, he's not Charles Rogers. No one is. Even so, he's a good enough prospect to get the coaching staff excited. - Ziehl Kavanaght, Sr. - Kavanaght spent last season playing behind B.J. Lovett at flanker making 11 catches for 123 yards. He isn't a speed receiver using his quickness and hands to make plays. - Agim Shabaj, Soph. - Shabaj was a huge recruit for the Spartans and needs to turn into one of the team's best deep threats. He only made six catches for 45 yards last year, but with his 4.37 wheels, that should change. - Tight end - Eric Knott, Jr. - The 272-pound Knott made the successful transfer from the defensive line to tight end in a hurry. He's a punishing blocker with great hands finishing second on the team with 35 catches for 349 yards and four touchdowns. Top Backups - Matt Trannon, Soph. - The 6-7 basketball star was a top recruit for the program and should be one of the team's top receivers this season. He isn't just big and athletic, he's also very, very fast. - Ben Steckler, Soph. - Steckler didn't come through last year only catching one pass for 16 yards. This season, the 6-4, 208-pound athlete should play a huge role using his size and wonderful speed to push for starting time. - Robert Gallegos, RFr. - The super-quick redshirt freshman will be a top backup in the slot. Even though he's only 5-9 and 169 pounds, he'll have to make plays across the middle. Aaron Alexander, Soph. - The 6-5 quarterback has been converted to receiver after getting nudged out of the mix. With his speed and athleticism, he's too good to keep off the field. - Jason Randall, Jr. - Randall and Knott will combine to give the Spartans a great 1-2 tight end punch. Even though he isn't as big as Knott, he's a decent blocker with good deep speed for a 256-pound player catching 20 passes for 255 yards and three touchdowns.

Offensive Line - Tackle Stefon Wheeler, Sr. - Wheeler spent most of last year playing behind Ulish Booker, and he should grow into a top lineman. He's 320 pounds with decent speed and excellent feet. - Guard Joe Tate, Sr. - The 304-pound senior returns to his starting spot on the left side. One of the smartest players on the team, he's an Academic All-Big Ten performer off the field, and a power run blocker on it. - Center DeMarco Monroe, Sr. - With Brian Ottney out with chronic knee problems, the 330-pound Monroe will be the man in the middle. A big blocker who could be great in the running game with great strength. - Guard Paul Harker, Sr. - The line got a huge break when the NCAA gave Harker a sixth year of eligibility. He had a problem with neck and shoulder injuries over the course of his career, and now he gets an extra year to give the line more experience and talent. He's taking on the leadership role on the line. - Tackle Steve Stewart, Sr. - Stewart returns to his starting spot on the right side providing two years of experience to the line. He should turn into a devastating all-around blocker in his final year. Top Backups - C Chris Morris, Soph. - Monroe might be listed as the starter, but Morris is the better player and will end up taking over the center job very soon. C Joe Brooks, Sr. - The 299-pound Brooks should be more in the mix now that Ottney can't go. Brooks will back up at center, and he can play guard in a pinch. - G William Whitticker, Jr. - One of the best physical specimens on the team, the 6-6, 315-pound junior will provide tremendous depth if he doesn't take over one of the starting jobs. - T Sean Poole, Jr. - Poole has a little bit of experience and plenty of practice time over the years. He's a big player able to step in at either tackle spot.

The MSU defense got worse as last year went on getting shoved around against good running teams. This is a defense completely devoid of stars, but that doesn't mean it can't play. The linebacking corps has decent returning production, while the secondary has some excellent young prospects. Now the line has to come through against the run. Generating some semblance of a pass rush wouldn't be a bad thing. Defensive Line - Defensive end Greg Taplin, Sr. - Taplin missed a little time for violating team rules, and it cost the team. He isn't a great pass rusher with average speed, but he's a solid force against the run and is able to be a disruptive force in the backfield. In ten games, he made 38 tackles and two sacks. - Defensive tackle Brandon McKinney, Jr. - He got bigger adding a almost twenty pounds to his frame. An extremely strong tackle with decent quickness, the 312-pound junior should be a force coming off a 26 tackle, two sack season. - Defensive tackle Kevin Vickerson, Jr. - Vickerson returns to his starting spot on the line after becoming one of the team's steadiest forces making 42 tackles, a sack and six tackles for loss. Even though he isn't huge, he's strong and is good at shedding blockers. - Defensive end Clifford Dukes, Jr. - Dukes overcame and injured shoulder to grow into MSU's best pass rusher. He made 39 tackles, 8.5 tackles for loss, and four sacks in nine games. Top Backups - DT Greg Yeaster, Jr. - Yeaster isn't all that big at 265 pounds, so he uses his quickness to make plays. He made a bit of an impact as a reserve with 13 stops. - DE Clifton Ryan, RFr. - At 281 pounds, Ryan adds a huge body to line backing up Taplin at the end. He bulked up 20 pounds over the last year.

Linebackers - Seth Mitchell, Soph. - Mitchell has the size suited to play in the middle, but the 242-pound sophomore will use his size and speed on the weak side. He missed time with problems with his shoulder and neck finishing with 29 tackles in six games. - Ronald Stanley, Jr. - Stanley has been an unsung playmaker in the Spartan linebacking corps for two years now. After turning into big hitting player as a freshman, he grew into a top force on the defense finishing second on the team with 99 tackles with two sacks and nine tackles for loss. The 225-pound junior will get the start in the middle. Monquiz Wedlow, Sr. - Wedlow ended up moving from the middle to the strong side and became a top playmaker finishing with 90 tackles and three sacks. He's only 198 pounds using his speed and quickness to make plays on the outside. He's not quite fast enough to be an effective defensive back, so his physical style is better suited for linebacker. Top Backups Mike Labinjo, Sr. - Labinjo saw time on the weak side when Mitchell couldn't go. He's a bit of a freak of nature with 4.7 speed, great strength, and outstanding athleticism making 62 tackles. Luc Mullinder, Sr. - Mullinder didn't do too much last year making three tackles, but the 291-pound senior will have to be a top backup behind Dukes.

Secondary - Cornerback Ashton Watson, Soph. - Watson is a good sized defensive back with great speed. He was a top recruit last year and came through as a true freshman making 20 tackles and an interception. Now he'll be asked to be the team's new lockdown corner. Free safety Jason Harmon, Jr. - Harmon adds leadership as the lone returning starter into the secondary. He was fourth on the team with 64 tackles to go along with three interceptions. He has to be a bit stronger when the ball is in the air using his speed and size to be an intimidator. Strong safety Derron Ware, Soph. - The 6-3, 215-pound Ware stepped in as a true freshman making three tackles on special teams. He has the speed and the size to become a good player, and he needs to shine right away at strong safety. - Cornerback Roderick Maples, Jr. - After being a top reserve for two years, Maples will get the start at right corner. He isn't the speed player that Watson is, but he's quick. Top Backups - Defensive back Jeremiah McLaurin, Sr. -He has the size and speed to play either corner or safety. He was a solid reserve last year with 15 tackles, and will backup both Harmon and Maples. - Cornerback Darren Barnett, Soph. - At 6-0 and 175 pounds, he's a good sized corner prospect with a bit of speed. He has great hands and quick feet.

MINNESOTA

HEAD COACH: GLEN MASON

Fresh off its 29-14 victory over Arkansas in the 2002 Music City Bowl, the Golden Gopher football team heads into the 2003 season full of confidence and poised to raise the stakes to an even higher level. After competing in their third bowl game in four years under head coach Glen Mason and winning their first postseason game since 1985, the Gophers have reason to believe that last year's bowl victory is a preview of things to come in 2003. With 41 returning lettermen, including eight starters on offense and eight on defense the table has been set for the Gophers to build off their first eight-win season since 1999. Coach Mason is excited about the options his team will have offensive y with a veteran cast returning. “Our offense returns almost entire y intact, especially at the skill positions with Asad Abdul-Khaliq at quarterback, the trio of Thomas Tapeh, Terry Jackson and Marion Barber III at running back and Ben Utecht at tight end,” said Mason. “We also have four of five starters back on the offensive line which will be a big plus for us and with the addition of several role players at wide receiver and incoming junior college player Paris Hamilton, we are looking to have an exciting spring.”

QUARTERBACK Leading the charge will be senior quarterback Asad Abdul-Khaliq, who is on the verge on becoming one of the most prolific quarterbacks in Golden Gopher history. Despite playing with a nagging ankle injury for a majority of the season, Abdul-Khaliq still managed to complete 165 of 315 passes for 2190 yards, which ranks sixth all-time in school history for passing yards in a season. His 19 touchdown passes in 2002 were only one shy of the school record for scoring passes in a season. He enters his final year at Minnesota only three touchdown passes away from setting the school record in that category. Besides posting solid passing numbers, Abdul- Khaliq continued to give opposing defenses problems with his scrambling ability and knack for making plays outside the pocket. He had a career-high 322 rushing yards last season, including a career-best 103 yards rushing in the Gophers ’win over Toledo. Backing up Abdul-Khaliq for the second straight season will be Benji Kamrath, who filled in nicely in his only start last year. Kamrath engineered a 45-42 win over Northwestern on October 10. 2003

RUNNING BACK Abdul-Khaliq will have plenty of weapons to work with this season, including possibly the strongest trio of running backs in the nation. Junior Terry Jackson II and senior Thomas Tapeh became one of the best backfield combinations in the Big Ten last season. After a hamstring injury forced tailback Marion Barber III to the sideline following the fourth game of the season, Jackson stepped up and made the most of his opportunity as a starter. He exploded onto the scene with 1,317 yards on 239 carries. Jackson has great vision and his slashing style led him to the fifth best rushing total in single-season history. He became the first Gopher ever to rush for 200 yards in consecutive games as he totaled 239 and 238 yards, respectively, in wins over Northwestern and Michigan State. By contrast, Tapeh used his powerful prowess to steamroll over opposing defenses. Tapeh registered four 100-yard games in 2002, including three straight Thomas Tapeh against Illinois, Northwestern and Michigan State. His signature moment last season came against Arkansas in the Music City Bowl as he powered through several would-be tacklers on his way to a 33-yard touchdown run, sealing the game for Minnesota. Even with the accomplishments of Jackson and Tapeh, Barber will not be a forgotten man in 2003. The sophomore tailback has a great blend of size and speed that enabled him to average 6.9 yards per carry in 2001. Barber has fully recovered from his injury last season and is expected to return to form this year. The Gophers ’receiving core will feature a great mix of size and speed. Aaron Hosack returns for his senior season after leading the team with 649 receiving yards. Hosack has great hands and leaping ability and was able to capitalize on mismatches with smaller cornerbacks last season. He was the Gophers ’ big--play threat, averaging 22.4 yards per catch. With the loss of Antoine Burns to graduation, junior college transfer Paris Hamilton is projected as the Gophers ’ other starting receiver. Hamilton was ranked as the No. 1 junior college receiver by JCFootball.com and should have an immediate impact on the offense. Much like Hosack, Hamilton has good size and is very dangerous after the catch. Also returning to the mix are lettermen Tony Patterson, Keith Matthews and Jared Ellerson. Patterson finished last season strong by posting his three best receiving games to end the regular season. He is another big receiver (6-2,205)who does most of his damage over the middle. Matthews will compete for time after his season was cut short by a knee injury. He played in 11 games, totaling 51 yards on six catches. Ellerson showed big-play potential last year by scoring touchdowns on his first two receptions of the season. He has good speed and showed improvement throughout the season.

The key to the Gophers ’offensive success may lie neither with a running back nor receiver, but with senior tight end Ben Utecht. Utecht started last season in overdrive, scoring five touchdown in his first three games, including three against Louisiana-Lafayette before an ankle injury limited his production. He came up big for the Gophers ’in their biggest game of the season, hauling in five passes for 77 yards with a touchdown in the Music City Bowl. A dominant run blocker as well, Utecht can create mismatches in favor of the offense because of his versatility. Also returning at tight end is Chad Redmann, who lettered for the second time last season after playing in all 13 games. Despite being very young, the Gophers ’strength for 2003 and beyond could reside on the offensive line. The Gophers lose two longtime contributors in tackles Jeremiah Carter and Jake Kuppe, but have stability with all three starters returning on the interior line. Center Greg Eslinger and left guard Mark Setterstrom set the standard last season by starting all 13 games as true freshmen. The freshmen duo was named to the Sporting NewsFreshman All-America Team. Eslinger has great quickness, and with a year of experience and 30 pounds added to his frame ,he should be a key contributor up front. Setterstrom was also a big reason for the Gophers ’success on the ground last season. He is among the best on the team at finishing off his blocks and his relentlessness allowed the Gophers to rush for at least 200 yards seven times last season. Senior Joe Quinn earned his second letter in 2002, starting all 13 games. The former walk-on is the elder statesman of the offensive line and provides leadership to a very young group. At tackle, the Gophers will turn to junior Rian Melander and sophomore Mike Nicholson. Melander earned his way into the starting lineup for the final two games of 2002 and will move from right tackle to left tackle to protect Abdul-Khaliq ’s blindside. He was part of a group last season that allowed less than 1.5 sacks per game. Nicholson will take over at right tackle after seeing significant playing time last season on the interior line. Also competing for playing time are veterans Matt McIntosh (6-8,305), Mark McElroy (6-5,275),Trevor McCulloch (6-4,330), and Lance Sannes (6-7,295). Defensively, the Gophers are hoping to pick up in 2003 where they left off at the Music City Bowl.

Defensive coordinator Greg Hudson loses cornerback Michael Lehan to graduation, but sees a majority of his defense return with another year of experience. Coach Mason believes that with another year under their belt this defense could be much improved for the 2003 campaign. “Youth was the term that was used most often last year in association with our defense, and while we will still be a young defense, we will also be more experienced. We were able to add additional size through our strength and conditioning program last fall and winter and we are looking forward to seeing an improved defense this spring,” said Mason. The defensive line is completely intact from last season with veterans Dan Kwapinski, Paul Nixon and Darrell Reid leading the way. Kwapinski is a solid run stopper at tackle and provides continuity to the line after missing only one start during the past two seasons. Reid made huge strides last season at nose tackle, leading all defensive lineman in tackles with 43 and tying linemate Paul Nixon for the team lead in tackles-for-loss with eight. Nixon was a key component on the line last season at defensive end and showed he had big-play potential by recording a career-high three sacks at Ohio State. Sophomore Mark Losli earned a starting spot at defensive end four weeks into the season and displayed a knack for getting to the quarterback by accumulating six sacks. Another player who figures to be fighting for a starting spot is sophomore Anthony Montgomery. The 6-5,315-pound Montgomery forced opposing offenses to think twice before running his direction. He is very athletic for his size and made significant strides toward the end of the season. Sophomore Scott Stephenson has had a tremendous offseason after finishing strong with an increased role at the end of last season. Stephenson lettered as a true freshman, starting twice.

The position of highest competition may reside at linebacker, where several veteran players will be competing against each other. Heading the group is senior Ben West. West started every game at strong-side linebacker last season, finishing second on the team in tackles with 103, including seven tackles-for-loss. West is solid against the run and is a sure tackler. Sophomores Terrance Campbell and Kyle McKenzie didn’t enter last season in the starting lineup, but they made enough of an impression to end the season there. Campbell gradually improved throughout last season at weak-side linebacker and although he doesn’t have tremendous size, he more than makes up for it with his speed. He is good in pursuit and tallied seven tackles-for-loss in 2002. McKenzie displayed his athleticism when he took over as a starter in the last two games. He has great lateral movement and showed the ability to cut off running lanes and to close quick y in coverage. He will compete with senior Phil Archer at drop linebacker. Archer is a three-year letter- winner who specializes in shutting down the running game. He will provide veteran leadership after playing in at least 10 games each of the past three seasons. Eli Ward has become the leader of the secondary after leading the team in tackles last season with 116. An honorable-mention All-Big Ten selection in 2002, Ward has terrific instincts and is always around the ball. He intercepted two passes against Louisiana-Lafayette last season and had four games with at least 10 tackles, including a 22-tackle performance at Wisconsin. Senior Justin Isom resumes his role at strong safety after finishing third on the team in tackles. Isom had team highs in passes defensed with eight and interceptions with three last year. Junior Ukee Dozier and sophomore Ken Williams will apply the pressure on opposing receivers as returning cornerbacks. Dozier is a two-year starter who has great stop-and-start speed and helped Minnesota finish first in the Big Ten in passing defense (178.6 ypg).Williams filled in for an injured Lehan mid-way through the season and did an admirable job against some of the conference ’s best wideouts. Williams has good technique and excels at preventing yards after the catch. Justin Fraley will compete for time at strong safety after making the switch from linebacker last season. Fraley finished seventh on the team with 42 tackles. Mike Wojciechowski earned his second letter last season in the secondary and will work at cornerback after playing primarily in nickel situations in 2002. Junior Johnathan Richmond, sophomore Quentin White and redshirt freshman Trumaine Banks will also be in the mix for playing time in the defensive backfield.

NORTHWESTERN

HEAD COACH: RANDY WALKER

If the offense can avoid injuries, it should be potent. The running backs are tremendous with the under publicized Jason Wright and Noah Herron forming a solid 1-2 punch. The passing game will be fine if a deep threat emerges. The line has to replace two stars, but should be fine with a little bit of time. Quarterbacks - Brett Basanez, Soph. - Considering he was a freshman and had to suffer through a broken leg, Basanez had decent season. He not only showed toughness, but also resolve fighting through all of the adversity. By the end of the season, things started to come around throwing for 368 yards against Illinois. He has some mobility to go along with his good arm rushing for 96 yards and four touchdowns. Top Backups Alexander Webb, RFr. - Webb was granted medical hardship after suffering a liver injury in the TCU game. He doesn't have the passing skills of Basanez, but he can move. Derell Jenkins, Soph. - Jenkins saw time last season, but was miserable throwing the ball going 0 for 5 with two interceptions. He's a running quarterback.

Running Backs - Jason Wright, Sr. - Northwestern had such a miserable 2002 season that Wright's outstanding performance was overlooked. He was fourth in the country in all-purpose yards as a great kickoff return man and a solid rusher. The 210-pound senior rushed for 1,234 yards and 12 touchdowns and caught 27 passes for 266 yards. He can block as well. Top Backups Noah Herron, Jr. - Another solid all-purpose back, Herron was second on the team with 365 yards and seven scores averaging 5.5 yards per carry. At 230 pounds, he combines power with nice speed. Terrell Jordan, Soph. - A decent special teams player, the speedy Jordan will see more carries this season.

Receivers - Kunle Patrick, Sr. - The leading returning receiver, Patrick comes into 2003 with a nation's best 34-game catch streak. He's a big slot receiver starting at the Y. Ashton Aikens, Jr. - The 6-2, 200 pound Aiken caught eight passes for 72 yards and a score last season. He'll play on the outside needing to stretch teams deep. Mark Philmore, Soph. - Philmore isn't big, but he's a quick possession receiver. He was third on the team with 31 catches for 245 yards averaging 7.9 yards per grab. He'll start at the X. - Tight end Ray Bogenrief, Sr. - The former defensive end will move over to the offense to give the Wildcats a big pass catcher. He'll mostly be used as a blocker to start. Top Backups- Brandon Horn, Soph. - At 6-1 and 210 pounds, Horn adds more size to the X than Philmore. He caught six passes for 72 yards and a score last year. Roger Jordan, Sr. - He's a big receiver at 6-3 and 215 pounds. He caught 23 passes for 207 pounds and will back up Aikens on the Z. Joe Wohlscheid, Jr. - At 280 pounds, Wohlscheid is essentially another tackle. He only caught three passes last year.

Offensive Line - Tackle Zach Strief, Soph. - Zach became a top player by the end of his freshman season. At 6-7 ad 335 pounds, he's the team's biggest lineman and will once again start on the right side. Guard Bill Newton, Jr. - At 310 pounds, Newton is a big replacement for all-star Jeff Roehl. He's the one major question mark on what should be a solid line. Center Carl Matejka, Sr. - Matejka can play guard, but he'll get the unenviable task of trying to replace the production of All-Big Ten center Austin King. At 315 pounds, he's big, but has to avoid the injury bug that bit him last year. - Guard Matt Ulrich, Jr. - One of Northwestern's rising stars, the 305-pound Ulrich will start again at left guard. He'll end up being the rock of the line. Tackle Trai Essex, Jr. - It took a little while, but Essex became a fine player by the end of last season overcoming the switch from tight end and an ankle injury. He's the lightest player on the line at 280 pounds. Top Backups - T Greg Lutzen, Soph. - Filling in when injuries hit, Lutzen made 21 tackles in ten games as a defensive end. At 270 pounds, he's a nice sized player experimenting on offense G Donnie Baskin, Jr. - The 295-pound Baskin will push for time at left guard behind Ulrich. C Jim Devine, RFr. - If Devine shows he can become a decent center, it might allow the coaching staff to move Matejka to guard.

The potential is there for this defense to be a whole bunch better. After giving up 41 points and close to 500 yards per game, it can't be any worse. The return of Pat Durr and Ryan Peterson from injury should do wonders for the run defense. Production from the corners has to improve and a pass rush of any kind would be nice. Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end David Thompson, Soph. - Thompson saw the most time of any of the candidates at right end and making 73 tackles, but he couldn't get to the quarterback. Defensive tackle Luis Castillo, Jr. - Castillo started last season making 84 tackles. As productive as he was, the starting job isn't assured as the team is looking for more options on the inside. Defensive tackle Colby Clark, Jr. - The best tackle on the team, the 285-pound Clark has started 23 straight games and will be the anchor. He made 81 tackles and was solid at getting into the backfield with 6.5 tackles for loss. Defensive end Loren Howard, Soph. - One of Northwestern's only pass rushing threats on the line, the 270-pound Howard is expected to become a top playmaker coming off a 13.5 tackle-for-loss season. Top Backups DE DeMaris Wilson, Soph. - In the hunt for time at right end, Wilson, played in six games making nine tackles last year. DT Barry Cofield, Soph. - Cofield will push Castillo for time at left tackle. He made 36 tackles last year and is progressing into a fine player.

Linebackers - Tim McGarigle, Soph. - The 215-pound sophomore will start again on the weak side coming off a 98 tackle season. As one of the team's more talented prospects, McGarigle is expected to grow into a top Big Ten linebacker. - Pat Durr, Sr. - Considered one of the top linebackers going into the 2002 Big Ten season, Durr injured his knee at the beginning of the first game and was knocked out for the year. He's supposed to be back at 100% by fall giving the Wildcats more talent, and more leadership, to the defense. John Pickens, Jr. - Pickens was second on the team in tackles with 101. The 235-pound junior struggled at times, but should be far stronger with Durr coming back in the middle. Top Backups Doug Szymul, Sr. - Filling in for the injured Durr, Szymul led the team with 106 tackles. He's a bit small for the middle and not necessarily fast enough for the outside, but he'll find time somewhere. Ryan Peterson, Jr. - He's out for spring ball trying to get healthy, but he's expected to come back and be a top producer after making 19 tackles in only four games last year.

Secondary - Cornerback Marquice Cole, Soph. - Cole will get the first look on the left side. He's not as big as the other options at corner, but he's active and quick. He didn't see much time last season so he'll have to establish himself in early practices. - Strong safety Dominique Price, Jr. - With 68 tackles, Price made several plays, but failed to do much against the pass. He's a big hitter with nice size and a dominating presence against the run. Free safety Torri Stuckey, Sr. - Stuckey brings senior leadership to the secondary. He made 50 tackles and led the team with nine broken up passes Cornerback Jeff Backes, Soph. - After moving over from running back, Backes will get the first look at right corner. If someone else steps up and becomes a top player, Backes could move back to the offensive side, but he has looked great at times in spring ball. Top Backups - Free safety Louis Ayeni, Sr. -The former wide receiver moved to safety towards the end of last season and made six tackles. He'll play behind Stuckey. - Cornerback Herschel Henderson, Jr. - Henderson started most of last season on the right side making 48 tackles and making an interception. He's not the best corner Northwestern has, but he's a big player that might match up well with bigger receivers. Special Teams - Placekicker Slade Larscheid, RFr. - If Brian Huffman doesn't handle all of the kicking duties, Larscheid and Joel Howells will push for the placekicking job. Punter Brian Huffman, Jr. - One of the Big Ten's better punters, Huffman averaged 41.5 yards per kick and put 14 inside of the 20. An accomplished high school field goal kicker, he might take over David Wasielweski's placekicking job.

OHIO STATE

HEAD COACH: JIM TRESSEL

All eleven starters return to an offense that was maddeningly frustrating at times, powerful at others, and always, always clutch. The running game will be among the best in the country with three great backs running behind a senior filled offensive line. The passing game might not be high-octane, but it's effective. Quarterbacks - Craig Krenzel, Sr. - He's not going to be an NFL star and he won't wow anyone with his passing ability, but there isn't a better winner in college football than Craig Krenzel. Few have his ability to make the big play in the clutch and few are as accurate from short to medium range. You don't want a team full Krenzels, but you sure want one leading an offense with a ton of talented players. Top Backups Scott McMullen, Sr. - A big, strong, capable backup, McMullen has seen plenty of action over his career and completed 25 of 31 passes in five games last season. If something happens to Krenzel, the Buckeyes are hardly in trouble. Justin Zwick, RFr. - One of the top rated quarterback recruits of 2002, Zwick is a pro-style passer who needs to see a little bit of playing time this season getting groomed for 2004. He looks ready to roll now throwing for 217 yards and four touchdowns in the spring game.

Running Backs - Maurice Clarett, Soph. - If Clarett can somehow stay healthy, he'll be in the hunt for the Heisman all season long. One of the best goal line runners in the country, Clarett is deadly inside the ten-yard line. The team isn't afraid to make him a workhorse continuously feeding him the ball against Washington State. As banged up as he was last season, he still rushed for 1,237 yards and 16 scores. He's a decent, but not outstanding, receiver out of the backfield. - Fullback Branden Joe, Sr. - When the Buckeyes use a fullback, Joe is the man. A true blocker, the 245-pound senior only carried the ball once last season. Top Backups - Lydell Ross, Jr. - A great option behind Clarett, Ross was second on the team with 619 yards and six touchdown runs. He doesn't have the moves that Clarett has, but he'll see plenty of carries as the coaching staff wants to make sure No. 13 stays healthy. Maurice Hall, Jr. - A clutch runner, Hall scored the winning touchdowns against Illinois and Michigan. Used more as a kick returner than a running back, he's a valuable number three option behind Clarett and Ross. - Brandon Schnittker, Soph. - Schnittker is a big player can catch the ball as well as block from his fullback slot.

Receivers - Michael Jenkins, Sr. - One of the best receivers in America, Jenkins should be in the NFL right now. Instead, the 6-5 senior returns to be the team's deadly deep threat and go-to receiver coming off a 61 catch, 1,076-yard and six touchdown season. He's a dangerous combination of speed and strength. Chris Gamble, Jr. - Gamble needs to spend most of his time on the defensive side, but he's too talented not to keep using as a receiver. He was second on the team with 31 catches for 499 yards, but surprisingly didn't catch a touchdown pass. With his athleticism, he's once again going to be a scary receiver on the other side of Jenkins. - Tight end Ben Hartsock, Sr. - The 264-pound Hartsock has the potential to be a top pro prospect with his blocking ability and outstanding hands. He caught 17 passes for 137 yards and two touchdowns last season. Top Backups - Drew Carter, Sr. - The 6-4 Carter can fly and needs to be more of a factor this season behind Jenkins at split end. He caught ten passes for 147 yards last year. Bam Childress, Jr. - With Gamble being counted on more and more on the defensive side, Childress needs to be a playmaker this season. He played in 13 games last year, but he only caught four passes for 47 yards. He's too quick not to be a big player and if this spring was any indication, he'll finally live up to the hype. Ryan Hamby, Soph. - One of several strong tight end options behind Hartsock, Hamby will get the first look in the rotation after playing in every game last year and catching two passes with one for a touchdown. He has great speed for a tight end. Jason Caldwell and Redgie Arden will also be used in two tight end sets.

Offensive Line - Tackle Ivan Douglas, Sr. - Douglas came back last year after missing 2001 with a lung problem to be a fixture at left tackle. He showed he can start on the right side as well. - Guard Adrien Clarke, Sr. - Clarke is the rock of the line with the most experience. He's been the team's most important blocker at times. When the running game needs a key block up the middle, it goes behind the 355-pound mauler. Center Alex Stepanovich, Sr. - Versatile enough to move to guard or tackle, he'll be one of the better centers in America and a Rimington candidate with great size and nice feet. Guard Bryce Bishop, Sr. - Even though he won't win too many awards, Bishop will be a top player on the right side coming off a great 2002 season. He's a punishing run blocker. Tackle Shane Olivea, Sr. - The 310-pound Olivea is the star of the line. He's great at getting to the outside and has the feet to handle most speed rushers. The great run blocking Olivea should be in the hunt for All-America honors. Top Backups - T Rob Sims, Soph. - Saw spot starting duty last season and can play anywhere on the line. He'll start the season behind Douglas on the left side. C Nick Mangold, Soph. - considered one of the stars of the future at center, Mangold will play a key role behind Stepanovich. - T Mike Kne, Jr. - Kne has gotten much bigger over the past season bulking up to 300 pounds. After working his tail off, or on, he'll become a top backup behind Olivea on the right side.

The defense bent, but hardly ever broke last season. It might be dangerous to play with fire again with several new replacements in the back seven. Fortunately, the defensive line is awesome with, potentially, the best pair of ends in the country. Leaders need to be found to replace Matt Wilhelm and Mike Doss. Defensive Line -Defensive end Simon Fraser, Jr. - An outstanding athlete, Fraser will take over on the left end with Darrion Scott moving to the middle, He's not just tough, he's smart getting nominated as an Academic All-American. With five sacks last season in a reserve role, he's expected to flourish as a starter. Defensive tackle Darrion Scott, Sr. - The 271-pound senior led the team with 8.5 sacks and finished with 43 tackles on the end. He'll move inside to take the place of Kenny Peterson and should be an All-Big Ten performer. Defensive tackle Tim Anderson, Sr. - One of the best tackles in America, Anderson isn't a huge brick wall at 289 pounds, but he's the one the rest of the line revolves around. His stats will never be huge, but he's the type of player every defensive coach would love to have. Defensive end Will Smith, Sr. - The 250-pound Smith is a pass rushing terror and also strong against the run with 59 tackles last season. He should be in the mix for All-Big Ten and All-America honors. Top Backups - DT Marcus Green, Soph. - At 300 pounds, Green provides more bulk on the inside and is expected to be a top run stopper. He saw time in every game last year making two tackles. - DE Mike Kudla, Soph. - Kudla made a nice impact as a true freshman playing in every game and making 12 tackles. He'll be a top reserve behind Smith.

Linebackers - Robert Reynolds, Sr. - The unsung player on the defense, Reynolds is a great all-around player on the strong side. He's always around the ball using his great speed. He finished with 62 tackles last season. - Fred Pagac, Sr. - He hasn't been able to stay healthy throughout his career, but he'll still get the first look at replacing Matt Wilhelm in the middle. Pagac is an experienced player, but he's keeping the seat warm for Mike D'Andrea. A.J. Hawk, Soph. - Hawk is one of the rising stars n the defense. He always seemed to make things happen when he got a chance to play behind Cie Grant finishing with 26 tackles, a sack and two interceptions. Starting on the weak side, he'll be a top playmaker. Top Backups Mike D'Andrea, Soph. - D'Andrea was a fine backup as a true freshman making seven tackles and showed flashes of greatness. He's a big linebacker with decent speed and wonderful instincts. At some point, he'll take over the starting job in the middle. Bobby Carpenter, Soph. - Carpenter will once again backup Reynolds on the strong side after finishing with 12 tackles last season. He's a smart player and will be a reliable reserve.

Secondary - Cornerback Dustin Fox, Jr. - Fox hits like a safety, but he also covers like one. He might move to his natural safety position if another corner emerges, but Fox isn't all that bad on the outside breaking up 14 passes and intercepting three. He was the third leading tackler on the team making 84 tackles. - Free safety Will Allen, Sr. - Last year's nickel back will start at free safety replacing Donnie Nickey. Allen had problems with a shoulder injury, but he was still able to make 32 tackles pick off two passes. Strong safety Tyler Everett, Soph. - Forget about replacing Mike Doss, it can't be done. Everett is a little bit bigger than Doss, but the Buckeyes are going to need to find leadership and big hitting ability that No. 2 provided. Everett saw a decent amount of time making 12 tackles and picking off a pass against Washington State. - Cornerback Chris Gamble, Jr. - Gamble's raw athleticism was enough to all but shut down Andre Johnson in the Fiesta Bowl. Potentially the best cornerback in college football, he still needs work on his overall technique. Even though he was raw, he picked off four passes last season and finished with 24 tackles. Quarterbacks are going to avoid him like the plague. Top Backups - Cornerback E.J. Underwood, Soph. - His development is a key since the Buckeyes would love for him to develop into a shut down corner to give the secondary more options. The 6-1 Underwood looked strong last season as he made 24 tackles and broke up six passes. Strong Safety Nate Salley, Soph. - A huge corner, the 6-3 Salley hits like a safety and could become a factor at corner or behind Everett at strong safety. Special Teams - Placekicker Mike Nugent, Jr. - One of the best kickers in America, Nugent nailed 25 of 28 field goals showing a huge leg going 10 of 12 from beyond forty yards. He didn't miss a field goal until 12th game of last year. - Punter B.J. Sander, Sr. - Normally the loss of an All-American line Andy Groom would be a killer, but Sander can kick. He averaged 41.9 yards per kick as a starter in 2000.

PENN STATE

HEAD COACH: JOE PATERNO

It'll be impossible to replace Heisman-caliber running back Larry Johnson, first-round draft pick receiver Bryant Johnson and almost the entire offensive line. Things aren't hopeless as the line will end up being fine with some time and the receiving corps has weapons. The running game is another story with little to no pop among the tailbacks. The stars are under center as Zack Mills and Michael Robinson form one of the better quarterbacking tandems in the Big Ten. Quarterbacks - Zack Mills, Jr. - Very, very quietly, Mills had a great 2002 season throwing for 2,417 yards and 17 touchdowns while rushing for 201 yards and three scores. He has outstanding mobility and is just as dangerous throwing on the run as he is in the pocket. On a team that lost more big-time stars than any other top program, Mills will be the leader that'll have to be the rock through any adversity. Paterno has said that Mills is the unquestioned starter. Top Backups - Michael Robinson, Soph. - Robinson made a huge splash as a nearly unstoppable rushing threat behind Johnson averaging 5.3 yards per carry running for 263 yards and six touchdowns. He can also play receiver seeing time in the slot. This year he'll be the backup quarterback with great size, wonderful moves and a big arm. - Chris Ganter, Soph. - The clear number three and holder for kicks, Ganter adds a surprise weapon able to throw for two-point conversions and can run the fake on field goals. He has good mobility and a nice arm.

Running Backs - Mike Gasparanto, Jr. - Gasparanto is listed as the number one back on the depth chart, but it's written in pencil. He emerged as a decent backup running back rushing for 158 yards and a touchdown and catching two passes for 62 yards. - Sean McHugh, Sr. - McHugh became a great all-around fullback and a great blocker paving the way for Johnson. He rushed for 46 yards and three touchdowns on 20 carries. Top Backups - Ricky Upton, Sr. - He's a little bit bigger and a better blocker than Gasperanto. He'll get every chance to win the starting job coming off season as a reserve rushing for 37 yards and a touchdown. - Tim Shaw, Soph. - Shaw is a big and fast back ready to make an impact. He averaged 4.2 yards per carry rushing for 59 yards. - Donnie Johnson, RFr. - He's being given every chance to win the starting tailback job after leading the White team with 34 yards in the Spring Game. The 6-0, 207-pounder isn't as big as Upton or Shaw, but he might be the most talented player of the bunch. - Paul Jefferson, Sr. - As good as McHugh is, Jefferson might end up being the starting fullback before the season is over. He's a solid blocker and a great pass catcher.

Receivers - Tony Johnson, Sr. - It'll be up to the 5-11 Johnson to step into the role as the team's number one receiver coming off a 34 catch season. He's a big, physical player with good all-around skills and a ton of experience. Johnson, the brother of former star running back Larry, will be one of the team's leaders and top kickoff returners. - Kinta Palmer, Soph. - Palmer is a 6-4 target with good speed and excellent hands. Even though he only made one catch last year, he'll be asked to be one of the new stars in the passing attack - Tight end Casey Williams, Sr. - Williams became a decent target as last season went on making 24 catches for 256 yards and two touchdowns. He's not a tall player at only 6-0, but he finds ways to get open. Top Backups - Gerald Smith, Jr. - One of the most experienced returning wideouts, Smith is coming off an 11-catch season to backup Johnson at split end. He used to play defensive back before turning into a sure-handed receiver. - Ernie Terrell, Soph. - Terrell could be the new star in the receiving corps with great size and outstanding speed. He's 6-3 and a star on the Penn State track team running the 60 in 6.76 and 400 in 46.63. - Mike Lukac, Sr. - Lukac is a bigger, stronger tight end than Williams. While not quite the receiver Williams is, Lukac is excellent around the goal line catching seven passes for 39 yards and four touchdowns.

Offensive Line - Tackle Chris McKelvy, Sr. - McKelvy started eight games at both guard and tackle last year finishing at left guard as one of the better players on the line. He'll move back outside to tackle as the team's anchor and most experienced lineman. He's 327 pounds and has to fight to stay that light. - Guard E.Z. Smith, Soph. - Smith has a little bit of experience starting six games at guard. He had problems with his shoulder and missed most of spring ball because of it, but he should be fine by the start of the season. If not, Scott Davis could be the starter here. - Center David Costlow, Sr. - This could be the sore spot of the offensive line with the least returning experience. Costlow is a 280-pound senior with a great motor and good work ethic. - Guard Tyler Reed, Soph. - One of the rising stars on the line, the 311-pound Reed was a solid backup in practices last year. He has a great combination of size, quickness and skills at right guard. - Tackle Damone Jones, Sr. - The 310-pound Jones saw a little bit of playing time last season behind Gus Felder at left tackle. He'll get the start on the right side with McKelvy playing on the left. Top Backups - T John Wilson, Soph. - At 313 pounds, Wilson is one of the bigger backups. He'll start the season behind Jones on the right side. - G Scott Davis, Jr. - Smith might be an emerging star, but Davis is turning out to be a strong prospect as well. He'll be in the mix for the starting spot at left guard - C Nick Marmow, Jr. - Marmow is a little bit bigger than Costlow and will give a huge push for the starting job.

On the defense, there's experience and production returning, but almost all the star power of last year is gone. With several great young athletes, the defense should eventually be decent with a little work to figure out the right combinations. Until then, the linebacking corps will have to carry the load with several excellent prospects. Defensive Line - Defensive end John Bronson, Jr. - The unknown starter, Bronson will be the only returning holdover from last year's outstanding starting front four. The 266-pound junior made 41 tackles and four sacks improving as the year went on. - Defensive tackle Tamba Hali, Soph. - The 271-pound sophomore saw a little bit of action as a true freshman making ten tackles. He needs to come through as a star on the inside. Defensive tackle Levi Brown, RFr. - Brown gives the line some much needed size at 312 pounds. He has a ton of raw talent, but it's going to a take a little while before he comes close to being as productive as Jimmy Kennedy and Anthony Adams were. - Defensive end Sam Ruhe, Jr. - It'll be a battle all year long for the starting job on the right side. Ruhe has a little more size than Jeremiah Davis and a great deal of experience. He played in every game before missing last year with a neck injury. Top Backups - DT Jason Robinson, Jr. - Robinson is neck-and-neck with Brown for the starting right tackle job. He's not as big as Brown, but he's a little bit quicker. - DT Scott Paxson, Soph. - The former outside linebacker is being moved to the line to add some more athleticism. He bulked up and could become a factor at either tackle or end. - DE Matt Rice, Soph. - He's not Michael Haynes, but he has some of the same moves. With his potential, he'll see plenty of action behind Bronson.

Linebackers - Deryck Toles, Sr. - He's not all that big at 213 pounds, but he packs a wallop on the outside. Even though he missed a time with a sprained ankle, he still made 32 tackles. One of the best athletes among the starting linebackers, he needs to stay on the field. - Gino Capone, Sr. - A rock in the middle, Capone turned in an All-Big performance making 86 tackle and two sacks even though he missed the last three games with a shoulder problem. With his instincts, he's always around the ball and always making plays. - Derek Wake, Jr. - Wake came off a torn knee to turn in a great season making 51 tackles and ten tackles for loss. He's a big player and should contend for all-star honors if he's able to hold off Jimi Mitchell for the job. Top Backups - LaMar Stewart, Jr. - Stewart started most of last year even though he had problems with a shoulder injury. He made 62 tackles, but is in a battle with T.C. Cosby for the backup job behind Toles. - Jimi Mitchell, Jr. - He's a safety playing linebacker adding speed and athleticism to the corps. He'll battle on the outside with J.R. Zwierzynski for playing time on the outside. - Andy Ryland, Sr. - The former walk-on became a player last year making 23 tackles on the inside. He'll see time behind Capone.

Secondary - Cornerback Rich Gardner, Sr. - Gardner has turned into a decent corner and a solid hitter with 64 stops and returned two interceptions for touchdowns. With an inexperienced group of defensive backs, Gardner will have to shine as one of Penn State's most experienced player in the secondary. - Hero Calvin Lowery, Jr. - Lowery was on his way to a decent freshman season before breaking his leg. He's a smart player with great all-around talent and should mature into a solid producer. - Free safety Andrew Guman, Jr. - The 6-3 Guman is a big player with a little bit of experience. He has some huge shoes to fill needing to replace the production of unsung star Shawn Mayer. - Cornerback Alan Zemaitis, Soph. - After mostly playing on special teams, Zemaitis will get the first look at right corner. At 6-2, he's a big cover corner, but he's still learning how to play the position. Top Backups - Hero Chris Harrell, Sr. - Even if he doesn't end up taking over the starting job over Lowery, he'll still see plenty of action. He filled in when Yaacov Yisrael went down and made 91 tackles getting better and better as the season went on. Cornerback Gio Vendemia, Soph. - Vendemia won't win the starting job over Gardner, but he'll see plenty of time as one of the rising stars in the secondary. - Cornerback Maurice Humphrey, Soph. - By the time the season starts, he could be the main backup by Humphrey and is expected to be one of the top players very soon. - Hero Yaacov Yisrael, Sr. - He was one of the stars of the defensive backfield before tearing his ACL. It will still take a little while before he comes back at 100%, but he's scheduled to be ready to be a productive player in the secondary at some point this year.

PURDUE

HEAD COACH: JOE TILLER

Purdue has some of the most dangerous skill players in college football with two talented quarterbacks, three solid running backs and a sensational trio of receivers. All that talent will go to waste if the line can't replace several starters and find a few backups. Quarterbacks Kyle Orton, Jr. - It wasn't that Orton was bad last season, he did throw for 2,257 yards and 13 touchdowns, but he didn't provide the spark that Brandon Kirsch gave the team. That all changed in the Sun Bowl with an MVP performance against Washington throwing for 283 yards and two touchdowns looking like the quarterback that Purdue coaches have been looking for since Drew Brees graduated. He's a big player with a good arm and the experience to run the Tiller offense. Top Backups - Brandon Kirsch, Soph. - A better rushing option than Orton, Kirsch ran for 423 yards and three touchdowns in limited duty. He started in four games as a true freshman with his best performance coming against Iowa in relief of Orton. While he might not have the starting job, Kirsch is as good a backup as any Big Ten team has.

Running Backs - Joey Harris, Sr. - Joe Tiller wanted to run the ball more last season and Harris became the star to make it happen. Brandon Jones and Montrell Lowe had a lot to do with the new balance to the offense, but Harris was the workhorse rushing for 1.115 yards and eight touchdowns. A strong player that's always moving forward, he's a positive yardage back that combines power with decent quickness. He can catch a little bit too making 12 grabs for 185 yards and a score last season. Top Backups - Brandon Jones, Soph. - Jones is a perfect player to back up Harris. At 225 pounds, he's a powerful back that can kill defenses that are softened up by Harris. Jones averaged 5.3 yards per carry rushing for 668 yards and three scores. He also caught eight passes for 130 yards and two touchdowns. - Jerod Void, Soph. - Purdue doesn't really use a fullback, but the 204-pound Void can be used as one. A great goal line runner, Void only carried the ball ten times for 156 yards, but he scored ten times.

Receivers - John Standeford, Sr. - One the premier home run hitters in college football, Standeford averaged 17.4 yards per catch last season on 75 grabs. The 6-4 senior is fast, clutch and has a nose for the goal line with 13 touchdown catches last season and 23 for his career. Taylor Stubblefield, Jr.. - Stubblefield led the Boilermakers with 77 catches last season, but he didn't score. While not necessarily a possession receiver, he's a reliable pass catcher. What's most impressive is that he put up these numbers last year after missing the first three games with a broken skull. - Ray Williams, Soph. - Another big receiver in the mix. Williams caught eight passes averaging 17.6 yards per grab. At 6-2 and 188 pound with legitimate 4.4 speed, he should be one of Purdue's stars for years to come. He holds the New Jersey state high school record in the indoor 400 meters. - Tight end Charles Davis, Soph. - The returning starter caught 12 passes for 102 yards. While he wasn't much of a factor in the passing game, he was a key cog as a run blocker and will have a bigger role this season with so many new offensive linemen. Top Backups Anthony Chambers, Sr. - One of Purdue's top kick returners, Chambers was also a factor in the passing game finishing third on the team with 28 catches for 228 yards and two touchdowns. Andre Chattams, RFr. - A fantastic athlete with great track skills, Chattams is expected to play a huge role in the passing game backing up Standeford. - Jamaal Wilson, Sr. - The 6-3 Wilson caught three passes as a reserve. He'll back up Williams. - Jeff Bennett, Soph. - Bennett started two games and didn't catch a pass. He's a decent blocker and will back up Davis at tight end.

Offensive Line - Tackle David Owen, Jr. - A converted tight end, Owen will get the first look on the left side at tackle. He has also seen time on special teams and at defensive end, but he might have finally found a home. - Guard Matt Turner, Soph. - One of Purdue's rising stars, Turner can play center or guard. He grew into a good player last season and should be even better with more reps at guard. There won't be a problem learning on the job as he's an Academic All-Big Ten performer. - Center Nick Hardwick, Sr. - It's been a long trip for Hardwick getting the starting gig in the middle starting off as a defensive tackle before moving to guard before moving into the middle. Most of his experience came as a guard last season, but he did start a bit at center. - Guard Tyler Moore, Jr. - A two-time Academic All-Big Ten performer, Moore has been a reserve on the line. He'll get the first look at right guard. - Tackle Kelly Butler, Jr. - Purdue's biggest and best lineman, the 6-8 and 315 pound right tackle got better and better as last season went on. As the most experienced returning lineman, he'll need to be the anchor. Top Backups - C Nick Pilipauskis, Sr. - With three appearances as a reserve, that makes Pilipauskis one of Purdue's most experienced backups. - OT Ryan Davis, Soph. - Davis began his career as a defensive end, but was moved to the offensive side late last season. He has fantastic quickness for a tackle and could end up playing a big role.

On defense, there's not a whole bunch of depth, but the starters should be excellent. The line can get to the quarterback with consistency, while the linebacking corps, along with safety Stuart Schweigert, are excellent against the run. Once again though, there can't be a slew of injuries or there will be some major problems. Defensive Line - Defensive end Shaun Phillips, Sr. - An outstanding pass rusher, the 260-pound Phillips makes things happens by getting into the backfield, forcing fumbles, and generally disrupting things. Phillips is great at breaking up passes with the athleticism of a linebacker. - Defensive tackle Craig Terrill, Sr. - One of the best tackles in the Big Ten at getting into the backfield, Terrill has made 12 sacks and 20 tackles for loss so far. He's not bad against the run, but his strength is in using his quickness against slower offensive linemen. Defensive tackle Brent Grover Jr., Soph. - A star as a redshirt freshman, Grover made 33 tackles and four tackles for loss after bulking up and making the successful conversion from linebacker. - Defensive end Kevin Nesfield, Sr. - Nesfield is a far better player going into this year than he was last year at this time as evidenced by his Most Improved Award. He's a good pass rusher and takes advantage of all the blocking schemes focusing on Phillips. Top Backups - DT Brandon Villarreal, Soph. - A reserve player seeing time in almost every game last season, the 287-pound Villarreal made 33 tackles as a key cog inside. - DE Vedran Dzolovic, Sr. - An active end, Dzolovic made 23 tackles last season and has proven to be a top reserve. He can even start in a pinch. - DT Dontrey Flemings, Soph. - He didn't do much as a reserve last season, but he could play a bigger role as one of Purdue's biggest linemen.

Linebackers - Landon Johnson, Sr. - Johnson was second on the team last season with 90 tackles and should be in the running for the Butkus Award this year. With 243 tackles, seven sacks and 20.5 tackles for loss in his career, he has the past production and the experience to be one of the Big Ten's best on the outside this season. He'll start on the weak side. - Niko Koutouvides, Sr. - The average college football fan wouldn't have a clue who Koutouvides is. The unsung star led the Boilermakers in the middle last season with 121 tackles and 11.5 tackles for loss. As great as he is against the run, he's also one of the better middle linebackers in America in pass coverage. - Gilbert Gardner, Sr. - Few players have Gardner's motor. After breaking his leg in 2001, Gardner came on to become a great backup last season making 57 tackles. Top Backups - Jon Goldsberry, Jr. - More of a special teams player so far, Goldsberry was also used as a goal line fullback and a reserve linebacker finishing the season with 25 tackles. He'll get a look as the backup on the inside. - Jason Leimberger, Soph. - He made seven tackles as a reserve and will see time on the outside and special teams this season.

Secondary - Cornerback Jacques Reeves, Sr. - The 6-1, 195-pound Reeves is a big, physical corner who has grown into a solid player. He doesn't make too many tackles used as a lock down corner, but he can make the play in the open field. - Free safety Stuart Schweigert, Sr. - One of the best safeties in college football, Schweigert had a bit of a down season in 2002 compared to the ridiculously high standard he set over his first two years. A big player with great range, he's made 272 tackles and 13 interceptions in his career. Used a little more on the blitz, he made five tackles for loss. Strong safety Deaunte Ferrell, Sr. - Mostly a reserve player, Ferrell made 17 tackles last season. He has the speed and quickness to be one of Purdue's top kick returners, but now he has to become a factor in the secondary. - Cornerback Antwaun Rogers, Jr. - Rogers has become a top playmaking corner flourishing on the other side of Reeves. He broke up 13 passes last season with two interceptions, and he's not afraid to get his nose dirty with 109 tackles over the last two seasons. At 6-2, he gives Purdue another big corner. Top Backups - Strong safety Torry Vogel, Sr. -The former walk-on might not be the best defensive back, but he's a nice fill in when necessary. He's more of an undersized linebacker playing safety making 11 tackles last season. - Cornerback Sean Petty, Soph - Mostly a special teams player, Petty will back up Reeves on the outside and made eight tackles.

WISCONSIN

HEAD COACH: BARRY ALAVAREZ

With a statue at quarterback now, the offense will have to be a bit more conventional. The Badgers will still run the ball with star Anthony Davis to give the ball too, but the main job will be to protect senior quarterback Jim Sorgi so he can get the ball to his fantastic receiving corps. Quarterbacks - Jim Sorgi, Sr. - When Brooks Bollinger went down with injuries, Sorgi stepped in. The 6-5 pure passer doesn't provide the running element Bollinger did, but he's a better passer. With five starts, Sorgi has a little bit of experience throwing for 536 yards and a touchdown. Projected Backups Matt Schabert, Jr. - Schabert has seen a little bit of time and will be the main backup. He has a little bit of mobility, but he's more of a pure passer completing 13 of 15 passes for 11 yards and a touchdown in the spring game. John Stocco, RFr. - He might not have much experience, but he's a talented player with tremendous raw skills. He'll push Schabert for the backup job this summer. Devin Hollins, Soph. - Hollins was a top scout team quarterback last year. He adds more of a rushing element to the mix.

Running Backs - Anthony Davis, Jr. - Davis hasn't received the acclaim that he deserves. All he's done is lead the nation in total rushing yards (3,021) over the last two seasons coming off another tremendous year. He's only 5-8 and 194 pounds, but he's able to withstand a pounding. It's asking a lot for him to carry the ball 300 times again, so he'll need help. Matt Bernstein, Soph. - Bernstein returns with a year of experience after starting nine times as a freshman. The 270-pounder is turning into a sensational blocking back and can carry it goal line as well. Projected Backups Dwayne Smith, Soph. - The 223-pound sophomore adds a bit more power to the mix after rushing for 552 yards and six touchdowns last year. With the Badgers going to more of a two-back set, he could be even more of a factor in the offense. Jerone Pettus, Jr. - Pettus is a Davis clone and is good enough to carry the load if Davis or Smith have problems. He ran for 26 yards last season in a limited role. Greg Root, Soph. - The former linebacker is still learning how to be a fullback. He isn't as bit as Bernstein, but he's a good sized player at 255 pounds.

Receivers - Lee Evans, Sr. - Evans returns from the knee injury that sidelined him all of last year. After almost leaving for the NFL Draft after a sensational junior year, he blew out his knee in the 2002 spring game. He appears to be back at 100% giving an already great group of receivers a go-to superstar. He set the Big Ten record with 1,545 yards in 2001. Brandon Williams, Soph. - Williams started his career as a running back, but became a key receiver catching 52 passes as a true freshman for 663 yards and three touchdowns. He showed outstanding moves in the open field and always seemed able to find the seems. Tight end Tony Paciotti, Jr. - Paciotti will split time with Bob Docherty again at tight end. After Docherty got hurt, Paciotti took over the job. He isn't much of a receiver, but he's a strong blocker. Projected Backups Jonathan Orr, Soph. - The team's next great receiver, the 6-3 Orr led the Badgers with 842 yards and eight touchdowns picking up the slack after Evans went down. He's a big-time playmaker averaging 17.9 yards per catch. With Evans back, he'll be one of the best backups in the nation. Darrin Charles, Jr. The 6-6 junior started to come into his own as the season went on finishing with a solid game against Colorado. With decent hands, the junior caught 25 passes for 323 yards and two touchdowns. Bob Docherty, Jr. - Docherty was the team's starting tight end last year before getting knocked out with injuries. He made ten catches for 118 yards and a touchdown.

Offensive Line - Tackle Morgan Davis, Jr. - One of the UW's big losses is left tackle Ben Johnson. It'll be up to the 318-pound Davis to take over. David is big and has improved by leaps and bounds, but he's going to be stronger against the run than he will against the quicker ends. The 318 pounder have average feet at best. Guard Dan Boenning, Jr. - Raiola might be turning into the star of the line, but Boenning could be the most solid player on the front wall. He's 303 pounds with two years of starting experience on the interior. Center Donovan Raiola, Soph. - Center Al Johnson was the best player on the line last year, but Raiola, brother of former Nebraska star and current Detroit Lion, Dominic, should turn out to be just fine. He played a little bit at quart last year with one start. Raiola took over the role as the leader of the line this spring. Guard Jonathan Clinkscale, Jr. - Clinkscale didn't get a whole bunch of credit with Al and Ben Johnson getting all the headlines, but he turned in a very steady season. He should be a force in the running game. Tackle Mike Lorenz, Soph. - Lorenz has grown into a big tackle replacing Jason Jowers after playing some at tight end last year. He's 314 pounds with decent quickness for a right tackle. Projected Backups OT Jake Wood, Soph. - He'll push Davis for time this season at left tackle. He has good size and athleticism, so he'll provide a solid backup at the very lest. OG Kalvin Barrett, Jr. - The 315-pound junior has eight starts in his career and can play either guard spot. C Jake Polermo, Soph. - He isn't going to push Raiola for the starting job, but he appears to be a solid backup.

There's no reason for the defense not to be one of the best in the Big Ten. The front seven should be outstanding, and if the secondary can tighten up, look out. It'll be a major disappointment if the Badgers aren't near the top of the Big Ten in sacks. Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Erasmus James, Sr. - When his motor is going, James can be an extremely disruptive force making 57 tackles, four sacks and eight tackles for loss. He also came up with 17 quarterback hurries. He's a big, athletic player on the end. Defensive tackle Anttaj Hawthorne, Jr. - Hawthorne returns to his left tackle spot after being the team's most productive lineman last year making 68 tackles. He's the big run stuffing anchor that needs to have a huge season for the rest of the line to shine. Defensive tackle Jason Jefferson, Jr. - Jefferson became a force against the run by the end of last year and joins Hawthorne to give the Badgers a great pair of tackles. Defensive end Jonathan Welsh, Jr. - The one new starter to the line, the 225-pound Welsh will combine with Joe Monty on the right side. Welsh has been a strong reserve making 32 tackles last season and a sack. Projected Backups DE Darius Jones, Jr. - One of the best backup ends in the country, the 276-pound junior is great against the run and tremendous at getting into the backfield making five tackles and ten tackles for loss. - DE Joe Monty, Fr. - The freshman could be strong enough to see time right away in the rotation. At 244 pounds, he's a decent sized player with great natural skills. DT Mike Kleber, Soph. - The 289-pound sophomore was a reserve last season, but he didn't do too much. He'll have to shine instantly on the inside this season as the team's main reserve tackle.

Linebackers - LaMarr Watkins, Soph. - The sophomore gives the Badgers more speed in the linebacking corps. He took over the job on the outside halfway through last year finishing with 41 tackles. Jeff Mack, Sr. - Mack returns to his spot on the inside after missing half of last year. He finished the year with 72 stops and will lead the team in tackles if he plays the whole season. After missing some of last year injured, he turned into a stud closing out the season with a sensational performance against Colorado. He's the leader of the defense. Alex Lewis, Sr. - Joining Mack on the inside is Lewis, who finished the year third on the team in tackles with 86 despite mainly playing as a reserve. The 234-pound senior led the team with 11 tackles for loss showing a great flash at making plays in space. Projected Backups Kareem Timbers, Jr. - Timbers could be considered a returning starter after making 27 tackles as UW's starter on the outside. He's a little bit bigger than Watkins, but isn't quite the same playmaker. If he doesn't end up starting, he'll be one of the first players off the bench. Mark Zalewski, RFr. - Zalewski will combing with senior Kyle McCorison backing up Mack in the middle. McCorison was a life saver when Mack went down making 46 tackles, but Zalewski is better as one of the rising stars in the linebacking corps. Elliot Goode, Soph. - The 238-pound Goode has a bit of experience making 14 tackles last year. He had problems with an elbow injury this spring, but he should be a fine backup on the inside.

Secondary - Cornerback Scott Starks, Jr. - Starks has grown up into a top cover-corner and a good all-around defensive back. He made 61 tackles, picked off two passes and broke up ten passes last year. He'll be in charge of handling everyone's number one receiver. Even though he gambles a little bit too much using his speed to close gaps, he's still a technically sound corner. - Free safety Jim Leonhard, Jr. - The 5-8 safety came out of nowhere to be one of the best players in the country. The junior picked off eleven passes and broke up 25 showing an uncanny knack for always being around the ball. He might not look like an intimidating player, but he's a tremendous athlete with good enough hitting ability to more from strong to free safety. Strong safety Ryan Aiello, Sr. - Aiello led the team in tackles last year at free safety making 105 stops. He'll move to strong safety this season. As sure a tackler as he is, he has to be stronger when the ball is in the air after only breaking up one pass. Cornerback Brett Bell, Jr. - Bell needs to live up to his prep hype and become a solid playmaker. He has good size and wonderful quickness making 33 tackles and breaking up two passes as a reserve. He took over the starting corner spot this spring after having problems as a safety. Pojected Backups CB Levonne Rowan, Soph. - The 6-1 sophomore gives the Badgers a big corner with a little bit of experience. He played in ten games backing up B.J. Tucker, and will now work on the right side on the other side of Starks. With his size and athleticism, he's expected to grow into a top corner pushing Bell for the starting job. SS Dontez Sanders, Soph. - At 6-1 and 210 pounds, Sanders is the biggest defensive back on the team, and will back up Aiello. He saw a little bit of action last year making 12 tackles. Special Teams Projected Starters - Placekicker Mike Allen, Jr. - Allen started to find a clutch groove by the end of last year kicking the game-winning field goal in the Alamo Bowl. He finished the year hitting 12 of 19 field goals occasionally showing a decent leg. Senior Scott Campbell will mostly kickoff again. Punter R.J. Morse, Jr. - The beefy junior only averaged 37.4 yards per kick, but the stats are misleading since he put 24 inside the 20. At 252 pounds, he's a big player with a decent leg, but he wasn't all that productive this spring opening the door for several walk-ons this summer.

BIG EAST CONFERENCE

BOSTON COLLEGE

HEAD COACH: TOM O’BRIEN

The Eagles begin the 2003 campaign with proven defense, questions at QB and O-Line Thirty-eight letter winners (11 offense, 24 defense, three special teams) return from an Eagle team that finished with a 9-4 record after an impressive 51-25 victory over Toledo in the Motor City Bowl in Detroit. The Eagles will enter the 2003 season in the hunt for an unprecedented fifth straight bowl bid and fourth consecutive bowl win. Since his arrival at Boston College in 1996, Coach Tom O’Brien has transformed a struggling program into one that is a consistent winner. O’Brien has coached a running back who has rushed for 1,000-plus yards five seasons in a row; he led last year’s senior class to 32 wins over four years, tying the 1981-84 Eagles for the most wins in a four-year period in the past 60 years of BC football; he has signed recruiting classes regarded among the best in the nation; and he has helped maintain Boston College’s tradition of producing winners in the classroom as well.

Here’s a look at the 2003 squad, position-by-position: Offense Offensive Line No doubt about it – this could be O’Brien’s primary area of concern heading into the spring campaign. Departed tackles Leo Bell and Marc Parenteau, along with center Dan Koppen, leave some big shoes to fill along the line. The Eagles do return both starters at the guard positions in Chris Snee and Augie Hoffmann, and sophomore Jeremy Trueblood did see big-game experience in 2002 as a redshirt freshman, along with Pat Ross. O’Brien plans to move junior Anthony Crosson and seniors Justin Hinds and Keith Leavitt back to the offensive side of the ball to help shore up the line and will look to sophomore Chris Hathy and redshirt freshmen Josh Beekman, Shadu Moore and James Marten to have a strong spring. “Right now, it’s a little unsettled,” O’Brien says. “But hopefully by the end of spring, we can come up with a two-deep we’re comfortable with.” Don Horton, the Eagles’ former tight ends coach, will take over the offensive line coaching responsibilities following the departure of Dave Magazu to the NFL’s Carolina Panthers. Tight End The Eagles are in good shape at this position with the return of 2002 starter Sean Ryan, who was named to the All-BIG EAST second team following a stellar junior campaign. Ryan will be backed up by junior David Kashetta, who saw significant action at tight end last season as one of Ryan’s backups. Sophomore Chris Miller, who played a key role with the scout team last year, also will vie for playing time at tight end in 2003. Jim Bridge, offensive line coach last season at Eastern Michigan University and a former offensive line assistant at The Ohio State University, will coach BC’s tight ends, replacing Horton. Quarterback Easily the most high-profile position on any team, this will be, no doubt, the hottest topic of discussion among BC fans heading into the 2003 season. Veteran QB Brian St. Pierre, who ended his career third on the Boston College all-time passing list, has graduated, and his backup, junior Quinton Porter, saw action in only five games last season. But O’Brien expresses confidence in Porter heading into spring practice. “Quinton will get most of the reps in the spring,” O’Brien says. “I think he’s ready to step up to the plate and play well for us.” O’Brien also will take a look at redshirt freshmen Karim El Nokali and walk-on Dan Berglund.

Running Back At ease - the position that had fans wringing their hands heading into the 2002 season could have them jumping for joy in the fall. Tailback Derrick Knight heads into his senior year after gaining 1,432 yards on 259 carries last season and picking up second team All-BIG EAST honors. Knight was also BC’s third-leading receiver on the season after grabbing 37 catches for 372 yards and two touchdowns. While Knight seems to have a solid grip on the starting tailback job, he will be pushed by returning senior Horace Dodd, who actually got the starting nod for the first two games of last season and finished the year on a strong note, gaining 33 yards with a touchdown in the Motor City Bowl. Redshirt freshman Jeff Ross and walk-on Everett Lee also will have an opportunity to compete for playing time at tailback. “I look for Derrick to improve upon last year,” O’Brien says, “and we look for Horace to have a strong spring, also, to give us a solid backup at tailback.” Senior Greg Toal, who started the final 10 games of last season, gives O’Brien a strong starter at the fullback position, while sophomore Haven Perkins has recovered from surgery and hopes to make his presence known in spring drills.

Wide Receiver - One would think this would be an area of concern with the departure of leading receiver Keith Hemmings (41 catches, 559 yards) and fellow starter Jamal Burke (33 catches, 498 yards). Not so fast. O’Brien is confident juniors Grant Adams and Joel Hazard are up for the task. Indeed, both showed flashes of good things to come at the Motor City Bowl – Adams led all BC receivers with five catches for 92 yards and two touchdowns, while Hazard caught five passes for 66 yards and one touchdown in that game. “We really liked the way Adams and Hazard played in the bowl game,” O’Brien says. “They will start out as our top two wide receivers, but then we have four freshmen on campus (Taylor Sele, Jason Lilly, Tony Gonzalez and Kevin Challenger) who will get a strong look.”

Defense -Defensive Line The area weakened last season by season-ending injuries to Doug Goodwin and Antonio Garay could be the strength of the 2003 team. Although he will sit out spring drills, left tackle Goodwin is expected to be back at full strength in time to reclaim a starting job in the fall. Senior Tom Martin brings experience to the line after starting all 13 games last season. Junior Tim Bulman, who was thrust into a starting role midway through last season when Goodwin was injured, returns to challenge again for a starting role, along with Al Washington, who saw action last year as a true freshman. Senior Leonard Bennett also will get a look during spring drills. Although starting defensive end Derric Rossy is gone, his counterpart, junior Phil Mettling returns. Mettling was another player thrust into the limelight in 2002 as he replaced the injured Antonio Garay and started the last eight games of the season. Standout sophomore Mathias Kiwanuka returns, along with sophomore Jim Unis, who was called into action last season as a true freshman. Junior Myran Hunter and redshirt freshmen Jake Ottolini and Robert Ziminski also are on the radar screen for spring drills. Linebacker “Our main concern on defense,” O’Brien says, “is to find a middle linebacker.” Indeed, the key to this position is finding a replacement for departed starting middle linebacker Vinny Ciurciu. O’Brien will look at sophomores Ray Henderson, who played a key backup role in 2002, and Ricky Brown, who saw action as a true freshman, to step into Ciurciu’s role. Starters Josh Ott and Brian Flores return to lay claim to the other two starting linebacker positions. Ott started all 13 games last season, was BC’s leading tackler, and was named national defensive Player of the Week after his performance against Notre Dame, which included a 71-yard interception return for a touchdown. Fellow senior Flores earned BIG EAST Player of the Week honors last season for his play vs. Central Michigan. Senior Kevin Kiley, sophomores Jon Misiewicz and Patrick McShane and redshirt freshmen Jeff Burns also will get a look in spring drills.

Defensive Backs The Eagles lose three starters in safeties Doug Bessette and Ralph Parent and corner Trevor White, but a strong spring practice could enable some talented young players to step to the plate. Peter Shean, who started at corner for the first two games of 2002 before being sidelined with a torn anterior cruciate ligament, will sit out spring drills but is expected to return to the lineup in the fall. Sophomore Larry Lester returns as a veteran after being thrust into Shean’s starting position early last season as a redshirt freshman. Sophomore talent Will Blackmon, who showed flashes of brilliance as a true freshman, and fellow sophomore Jazzmen Williams return to provide depth at this position. Senior Paul Cook, who started one game at safety in 2002, and talented reserve T.J. Stancil are the frontrunners at the safety spots, while O’Brien will be watching sophomore Nathanael Hasselbeck and redshirt freshman Larry Anam at the position as well. Kevin Lempa, defensive coordinator at Hawaii since 2000 and a former member of the BC coaching staff, will coach the Eagles’ defensive backfield, replacing Bob Shoop, who resigned in January to become the head football coach at Columbia University. Specialists Senior Sandro Sciortino is a proven place-kicker for the Eagles. Sciortino handled all kickoff, PAT and field goal duties for the Eagles in 2002 and set a Boston College single-season record for field goals made (23). O’Brien will call on walk-on Rob Leuffen to replace four-year starter Kevin McMyler.

MIAMI-FLORIDA

HEAD COACH: LARRY COKER

After a three-year run in which they won 35 of 37 games, captured one national championship and three BIG EAST Conference titles and made two appearances in the Bowl Championship Series Title Game, the Miami Hurricanes have several challenges to face this spring in their quest to maintain a tradition of excellence and dominance established over the last 20 seasons. The Hurricanes must replace 12 starters (5 offense, 5 defense, 2 specialists) from a year ago and have undergone an al-most complete makeover from their starting unit of two years ago. Only two players – linebackers Jonathan Vilma and D.J. Williams – remain as starters from the 2001 national champions. But the “generational change” that has taken place over the last two seasons hasn’t lowered the expectations of the players, the coaching staff or the fans. The Hurricanes fully expect to compete for another BIG EAST title and make another run at national contention this season as 47 lettermen return from the squad that went 12-1 in 2002 and narrowly missed a second consecutive national championship. Overall, 13 starters (6 offense, 6 defense, 1 specialist) re-turn for Miami including the team’s leading pass catcher, top five tacklers, leading blocker, all four defensive backs, and leading return men. Miami completed its first ever back-to-back 12-win seasons in 2001 and 2002 and head coach Larry Coker mans the helm of a program that is one of only two in the nation (along with Texas) to have constructed five consecutive nine (or more) win seasons. Miami has finished ranked among the top two each of the last three seasons, but this group of Hurricanes is not satisfied. The bar of expectations remains high at Miami and this team wants to raise it even higher.

QUARTERBACK The Hurricanes enter the spring of 2003 looking to replace one of college football’s supreme winners and the most prolific passer in Miami history in Ken Dorsey. Despite the fact that the Hurricanes have a quartet of talented passers ready to compete for the starting job, Miami faces the prospect of a starting quarterback this fall that will be making his first stop in a UM uniform for the first time since Larry Coker took over the program in 2001. Two players return with extensive playing experience – juniors Derrick Crudup and Brock Berlin – but only one (Crudup) has significant playing time in the Miami system. Crudup is entering his fourth year working with the Miami offense and has played in 16 games over the last two seasons. An athletic player with a strong arm, Crudup served as Dorsey’s primary backup the last two seasons after redshirting in 2000. Crudup has completed 25 of 48 passes for 326 yards and three touchdowns without throwing an interception at Miami. Fellow junior Brock Berlin is a heralded transfer from the University of Florida who sat out the 2002 season per NCAA transfer rules. Berlin went through spring practice in 2002 and is in his fourth spring practice of college ball. The Shreveport, La., native played in 12 games for the Gators in 2000 and 2001, completing 53 of 87 passes for 653 yards and 11 touchdowns with two interceptions. Berlin started his final game at Florida, leading the Gators for much of their victory over Maryland in the 2002 Orange Bowl following the 2001 regular season. Redshirt freshman Marc Guillon appears to have the right bloodlines for the job, hailing from the same high school that produced Dorsey (Orinda High School in Miramonte, Calif.). Guillon played once last year before settling for a medical redshirt in 2001, completing three of five passes for 53 yards and a touchdown without an interception against Florida A&M. True freshman Kyle Wright enrolled early at UM in January. A talented passer, Wright was considered by many to be the nation’s top high school signal caller in 2002.

RECEIVERS The player who wins the quarterbacking derby will be able to rely on a receivers corps that combines some veteran experience with exciting young talent. Several young players will be looking to make the most of their chance for a starting job this spring as there is an opportunity for work at both split end and flanker. The loss of split end Andre Johnson to the NFL a year early was a blow, but not an unexpected one, for the Hurricanes. At flanker, senior Kevin Beard will miss the spring while recovering from a knee injury suffered in late November. That leaves senior Jason Geathers as the leading veteran returnee at split end with sophomore Roscoe Parrish the leading returnee at flanker. Geathers spent much of 2002 at tailback, but moved back to split end after Beard’s injury. Geathers is no stranger to the position, having spent the 2000 and 2001 seasons there and he had seven catches for 99 yards with two touchdowns in 2002. Geathers has 16 catches for 211 yards and three scores in his career. Joining Geathers at split end will be sophomore Akieem Jolla, who caught five passes for 96 yards and one touchdown last season. Ryan Moore is a gifted talent at split end who could be ready to make an impact in his redshirt freshman season. While Parrish leads the way at flanker, the Hurricanes have no shortage of talent there this spring while awaiting Beard’s return this fall (he had 23 catches for 262 yards and four touchdowns last year to rank fourth in receptions). Parrish began to establish himself as a big-play threat late in the season, making several important catches after Beard’s injury. Parrish ended 2002 with 19 catches for 340 yards and two touchdowns. True freshman Darnell Jenkins will make a much-anticipated debut in orange and green this spring while sophomore Sinorice Moss is expected to miss the spring after offseason ankle surgery. Moss was a special teams regular who also caught three passes last year.

TIGHT ENDS Perhaps the position that will provide the greatest comfort to UM’s new quarterback will be tight end. Junior Kellen Winslow returns to the starting position after posting the most productive pass catching season ever by a Miami tight end in 2002. Winslow, a first team All-America selection by CNNSI.com in 2002, caught a team-high 57 passes for 726 yards and eight touchdowns last season. He capped the year with a record performance in the Fiesta Bowl against Ohio State with 11 catches for 122 yards and a touchdown. A finalist for the John Mackey Award (nation’s top tight end) in 2002, Winslow is college football’s undisputed top returning tight end. But Miami’s talent pool at tight end doesn’t stop with Winslow. Joining the Hurricanes this spring is Kevin Everett, who starred the last two years at Kilgore (Texas) Junior College after originally signing with UM in 2001. Everett has the size, speed and agility to give Miami a pair of out-standing athletes at the position. Sophomore Brandon Sebald returns for his third season in the Miami system after redshirting in 2001 and playing sparingly in 2002. He has one career catch, a 14-yarder against Connecticut in 2002. Redshirt freshman Curtis Justus continues to learn the Miami system and will be competing for playing time this spring, along with Sebald. Winslow’s primary backup, sophomore Eric Winston, has moved from tight end to the offensive line.

RUNNING BACKS For the third straight season, Miami needs to replace its starting tailback. In 2001, the Hurricanes replaced former starter James Jackson with future NFL first round draft pick Clinton Portis (the 2002 NFL Rookie of the Year). In 2002, Miami replaced Portis with Willis McGahee, who shattered every Miami single- season rushing and all-purpose yardage record in his only season as the starter. One of this spring’s most anticipated competitions will be the battle for the starting job at tailback between fifth-year senior Jarrett Payton and third-year sophomore Frank Gore. Payton has experience on his side, having played in 27 games during his UM career including 12 games last season as a reserve tailback. Payton rushed for 223 yards (4.5 avg.) last season and has 511 yards (4.4 avg.) and three touchdowns in his Miami career. Gore was the touted star of the future heading into 2002 after a dazzling 2001 campaign in which he averaged a whopping 9.1 yards per carry with 562 yards on 62 carries and five touchdowns. Payton and Gore are the only scholarship tailbacks on the roster this spring. Miami will welcome freshman recruit Tyrone Moss to join the rotation this fall. There is plenty of experience returning at fullback as the Hurricanes welcome back incumbent sophomore starter Quadtrine Hilland top reserves junior Kyle Cobia and senior Talib Humphrey. Undersized for a fullback at 6-2, 213, Hill showed surprising blocking skill along with the ability to be a dependable receiver as he caught 14 passes for 270 yards (19.3 avg.) but will be looking for more touches on the ground after carrying only six times for 16 yards last season. Cobia is a more traditional fullback whose blocking in short yardage situations has been vital. But Cobia will miss the spring following surgery to repair a shoulder. Humphrey played extensively as a reserve last year and will be looking to expand his role this spring.

OFFENSIVE LINE The Miami offensive line has produced at least one first-team All-American each of the last four seasons. Miami lost three of five starters from 2001 (LT Bryant McKinnie, RT Joaquin Gonzalez and RG Martin Bibla) and loses two more starters from 2002 (C Brett Romberg and LG Sherko Haji-Rasouli). Romberg and Haji-Rasouli combined for 61 starts in their careers at Miami. Three starters return who started all 13 games in 2002 – senior tackle Vernon Carey, senior tackle Carlos Joseph and junior guard Chris Myers. But line coach Art Kehoe has made it clear that no one’s starting job is safe. Carey could be set up for a monster year in his senior campaign after a dominating performance in 2002 in which he led the team in pancake blocks and metrorails”. Joseph and Carey have the ability to be outstanding tackles while Myers could be the star of the future at guard. All three players were vital members of a unit that showed the ability to be a punishing run blocking unit while allowing just 11 sacks by the starters last sea-son. Two key starting jobs are open at center and left guard. Junior Joel Rodriguez appears primed to step in at Romberg’s center spot after three seasons of apprenticeship while veteran senior guard Joe McGrath is the most experienced returnee vying for the job at left guard. A group of talented younger players will battle for playing time and starting jobs, as well. Sophomores Tony Tella and Rashad Butler will be in the mix at tackle while sophomore Robert Bergman, and redshirt freshman Alex Pou will get a look at guard. The most intriguing position change of the spring could be former tight end Eric Winston’s move to the line. The sophomore, who has bulked up to 290 pounds over the offseason, will begin at tackle but could play either guard or tackle this season. Also, look for true freshman Derrick Morse to make his presence felt at tackle this spring after enrolling in time for the spring semester.

DEFENSIVE LINE On paper, at least, the Hurricanes appear decimated along the defensive front. Six key players from 2002, including all four regular starters, have departed leaving Miami with crucial work to do in the defensive front. But the cupboard is far from cleared of talent and experience as the Hurricanes return veterans at both tackles spots and younger players with experience at the ends. Headlining the Miami front wall will be junior defensive tackle Vince Wilfork, who returns for his third season at UM with designs on making a huge impact for the Hurricanes in his first season as the probable starter. Wilfork was close to cracking the team’s top 10 in tackles last year with 43 stops including 15 tackles for losses, eight quarterback hurries and seven quarterback sacks. Joining Wilfork in the middle will be Santonio Thomas and Orien Harris. Thomas played in two games last year before missing the rest of the season with a shoulder injury. He has played in 15 games over the last three years and had three tackles for losses and one sack in little more than a game of play in 2002. Harris earned increasing playing time as last season progressed, racking up 36 tackles (14 solos), 14 quarterback hurries, one sack and a fumble recovery. Another veteran tackle, senior Larry Anderson, returns this season and figures to battle for playing time after missing much of 2002 with an illness. The process to find a rotation of defensive ends figures to be one of the team’s primary concerns this spring. Miami returns two players with extensive experience in junior John Square and sophomore Thomas Carroll. Square has played in 13 games over the last two seasons, including four games in 2002. He had five sacks in nine games two years ago before being limited by a chest injury last season. Carroll worked into regular playing time last season as a redshirt freshman, garnering six tackles (two for losses) and one quarterback sack. The arrival of junior college transfer Alton Wright this spring from Kilgore (Texas) JC could shore up some of the depth at end, as will the emergence of a pair of talented redshirt freshmen in Baraka Atkins and John Wood. Both Atkins and Wood are considered stars of the future for the Hurricanes. Junior David Williams moves to defensive end this spring after spending his first three seasons at Miami at tight end.

LINEBACKERS The Hurricanes return two starters who started every game in 2002, and a third who started the final segment of last season. As usual, Miami has exceptional talent at all three positions headed by senior middle linebacker Jonathan Vilma and weakside linebacker D.J. Williams. Both Vilma and Williams made the 11-man list of semi-finalists for the 2002 Butkus Award and figure to be prime candidates for national honors again this season. Vilma is the most experienced starter on the Miami roster with 24 career starts in the middle. A First-Team Verizon Academic All-American 2002, Vilma has led the Hurricanes in tackles the last two seasons, including 133 tackles last year along with eight stops for losses, two sacks, two fumble recoveries, one forced fumble and four quarterback hurries. Williams was a disruptive influence for opposing offenses throughout the season, ranking second on the team in tackles (108) and tying for the team lead in tackles for loss with 16 (45 yards) along with four sacks and two forced fumbles. A former fullback, Williams could be on the verge of a huge season in 2003. The young pup of the linebacker corps is sophomore Roger “Rocky” McIntosh, who broke into the starting lineup at strongside linebacker last year and appears ready to master the UM defensive scheme. McIntosh started five of the final six games of 2002 and finished with 43 tackles (24 solos), eight for losses, and one forced fumble. A group of talented linebackers will continue to provide depth across the board led by senior SLB Jarrell Weaver, sophomore MLB Leon Williams, junior WLB Darrell McClover and sophomore SLB Buck Ortega.

SECONDARY The Hurricanes welcome an entirely different situation in the defensive backfield than they faced a year ago as all four starters and the top eight secondary players from 2002 return. The 2002 starting quartet of cornerbacks Kelly Jennings and Antrel Rolle and safeties Maurice Sikes and Sean Taylor not only settled in comfortably as starters but led the nation in pass defense and pass efficiency defense. Along the way, the Hurricanes tied the NCAA record for fewest yards allowed per completion for a single season at 9.5 for the year. Rolle, Sikes and Taylor earned First-TeamAll-BIG EAST honors in 2002 and all four returning starters should be top honors candidates this fall. The star of the unit could be junior free safety Sean Taylor, who established an edge to the unit with a series of bruising stops along the way to ranking third on the team with 85 tackles. Taylor picked off four passes and broke up a team-best 15 passes and forced a fumble. Redshirt freshman Brandon Meriweather figures to be the backup to Taylor. At strong safety, Sikes will sit out the spring following shoulder surgery. Sikes could return to his starting job in the fall after a season in which he was fourth on the team in tackles (80), intercepted three passes (returning two for touch-downs), knocked down nine passes, forced two fumbles and recovered another in addition to blocking a field goal on special teams. Rolle had an impressive campaign in 2002 with 66 tackles (fifth on the team), six stops for losses, two sacks, one interception, seven passes broken up and three fumble recoveries. The junior from Homestead figures to be one of college football’s top all-purpose corners, showing exceptional cover skills along with a hard nosed approach to run support. Jennings was overshadowed much of last season, but asserted himself as the starter at left corner as a redshirt freshman despite playing much of the season with a cast on one hand. The speedy Jennings made 25 tackles, broke up six passes and intercepted a pass in 2002. Alfonso Marshall returns as one of the team’s most experienced reserves at cornerback. Marshall started three games last season as a nickel or dime back and has played in 32 games over the last three seasons. He made 20 tackles last season, intercepted one pass and broke up six aerials. Sophomore Glenn Sharpe returns to provide depth at corner, as well, after a rookie season in which he made 18 tackles in 12 games and broke up three passes, in addition to recovering a fumble. Sophomore safety Marcus Maxey and soph Greg Threat return at strong safety and could thrive in Sikes’ absence during the spring. Maxey (11 games) and Threat (12 games) played extensively last year. True freshman Terrell Walden will join the team for spring drills at cornerback.

PITTSBURGH

HEAD COACH: WALT HARRIS

The Pittsburgh offense could explode this year if all the returning skill players can improve just a little bit. Quarterback Rod Rutherford is an emerging superstar and he has two sensational weapons at his disposal in Larry Fitzgerald and Kris Wilson. The running game should be strong, but the line has to fill in some big holes. Quarterbacks - Rod Rutherford, Sr. - Rutherford came into 2002 battling for the starting job and finished with such a flourish that he has to be considered an All-America candidate going into his final year. A great runner who's still improving his passing skills, Rutherford might make a Brad Banks-like jump into the higher echelon of the college football world this season if he can be a bit more accurate and make better decisions. At 6-3 and 220 pounds, he could become a decent pro prospect with a big season. Top Backups - Tyler Palko, Soph. - The superstar recruit is the future of the position. He played in a backup role last year and should be a strong. With another season to improve, he should be ready to step in next year. Luke Getsy, RFr. - He's roughly the same size and makeup of Palko, but he isn't the same player. Getsy is the clear number three trying to challenge for the No. 2 spot.

Running Backs - Brandon Miree, Sr. - Miree became a workhorse as the season wound down rushing for more than 100 yards in four of the final five games of the year. The 235-pound wrecking ball led the team in rushing and is a fine receiver out of the backfield. He'll play an even bigger role this season seeing the ball on the goal line more. Fullback Lousaka Polite, Sr. - This is Polite's fourth starting season as a great blocking back and solid short-yardage ball-carrier. He was third on the team last year rushing for 211 yards, but his real skill is in opening up holes for the tailback. Top Backups Raymond Kirkley, Jr. - After beginning last year as the starting tailback, Kirkley gave way to Miree after a few game and finished the year with 152 rushing yards. The 215-pound Kirkley is an experienced option to give Miree a spell. Fullback Tim Murphy, Soph. - An experienced backup, the 230-pound Murphy broke off a 52-yard run against Virginia Tech showing off his speed. He had problems with a shoulder problem, but he should be 100% this year.

Receivers - Larry Fitzgerald, Soph. - Fitzgerald is one of the best wide receivers in the nation. He has a knack for making the great play when the ball is in the air with a Cris Carter-like ability around the goal line. At 6-3 and 210 pounds, he's ready for the NFL right now. He's also a great character player with the drive to get even better. Yogi Roth, Sr. - It'll be up to Roth to take over for Lamar Slade opposite Fitzgerald. Roth made two catches last year in a reserve role with enough experience to handle the job of catching the underneath passes. Tight end Kris Wilson, Sr. - It's unfortunate that Wilson plays in the same conference as Kellen Winslow. The 6-3, 240-pound Wilson is a legitimate John Mackey Award candidate averaging 21.6 yards per catch with the speed to beat most linebackers and the strength to be one of the nation's better blocking tight ends. Top Backups Princell Brockenbrough, Jr. - The JUCO transfer had a hard time with a knee injury causing him to miss last year. At 6-3, he adds a bigger option to the receiving corps than Roth and Gaines provides. Tight end Eric Gill, Soph. - Gill played in all 13 games last year as Wilson's backup. A little bit bigger than Wilson, Gill is more of a blocker than a receiver only catching one pass last year.

Offensive Line - Tackle Rob Petitti, Jr. - Petitti returns to his starting job on the left side where he'll once again be an All-Big East and All-America candidate. At 330-pounds, he's a mauling blocker with good enough feet to handle most speed ends. Guard Dan LaCarte, Sr. - A starter over the last two years, LaCarte brings experience and side to the left side. He's not the most talented player in the Big East, but he works well with Petitti. Center Justin Belarski, Jr. - The 290-pound junior might take over the starting center job left by Chad Reed. He hasn't seen too much time, so his development is key. Rob Frederick played mostly with the first team early this spring, but he didn't look all that strong. Guard Jon Schall, Sr. - After starting at left guard in 2000, Schall has been more of a backup over the last two years. He has a huge task to replace Bryan Anderson at right guard. Tackle Matt Morgan, Sr. - Morgan has 22 starts of experienced, but he had problems with an ailing hip last year. He has excellent size at 6-7 and 295 pounds with the athleticism to protect Rutherford's blind side. Top Backups C Matt Maiers, Jr. - Maiers has spent more of his time as a backup guard. He'll move over to center this year to provide the depth. T Dale Williams, Soph. - The 285-pound Williams will push for time at right tackle being groomed as the 2004 starter. G Penny Semaia, Sr. - The 330-pound Semaia has seen plenty of action over his career and will push for time at left guard. Pittsburgh's defense doesn't have much star power outside of end Claude Harriott, but it should be in the top twenty all year. This group can best be described as solid with strong tackles, linebackers and safeties, but no one that stands out. The backups are talented and young.

This should be a superior defense in 2004 and it won't be too bad this year. Defensive Line - Defensive end Claude Harriott, Sr. - The concern going into last year was how the line was going to replace Bryan Knight. From out of nowhere, Harriott became one of the Big East's best players last year making 9.5 sacks and 21 tackles for loss. He's not just a pass rusher, he's great against the run as well. Defensive tackle Vince Crochunis, Jr. - After injuries hammered the scheduled starters last year, Crochunis ended up starting every game and became a top run stuffer making 71 tackles and 2.5 sacks. Defensive tackle Dan Stephens, Jr. - An active tackle with 16 games of starting experience, he's a solid player in the middle making 52 tackles last year. Defensive end Thomas Smith, Soph. - The 265-pound Smith gives the line a big option on the other side of Harriott. He played in 12 games last year making ten tackles and a sack. Top Backups DE Andy Alleman, Soph. - It'll be up to the 235-pound Alleman and Thomas Smith to take over for Brian Guzek. Alleman has seen playing time, but he hasn't done much yet playing mostly on special teams. DT Jake Holthaus, Jr. - Holthaus saw plenty of action last year on the nose making 18 tackles and six tackles for loss. DT Charles Spencer, Soph. - The 320-pound Spencer adds needed beef on the inside. He'll combine with Holthaus to backup Crochunis.

Linebackers - Lewis Moore, Sr. - Moore was sensational last year on the strong side making 94 tackles and eight tackles for loss. He's 6-2 and 245 pounds with sideline to sideline range. He has three years of experience making 199 tackles. He might be moved to the middle to replace Gerald Hayes. Joe Dipre, Soph. - Gerald Hayes led the team with 133 tackles last year and was one of the nation's best middle linebackers. Dipre will combine with Azzie Beagnyam to try and take his place unless Moore moves over to the inside. Dipre has superstar written all over him, but he'll need time to get his feet wet after redshirting his first year and declared ineligible last year. Malcolm Postell, Jr. - The former running back made 15 tackles in a reserve role last year. He learned enough on the job last year to use his athleticism on the weak side. After looking great in early practices, the spot is his on the weak side. Top Backups Brian Bennett, RFr. - Bennett is only 215 pounds and needs to hit the weights a little more, but he has raw talent. He'll back up Moore on the strong side if not start. Azzie Beagnyam, RFr - A top recruit, Beagnyam will find a place in the rotation. All he needs is a little more practice time before he becomes a major factor. If Moore moves the middle, Beagnyam will move to the outside. The coaching staff loves him. Charles Sallett, Soph. - The 210-pound walk-on will push for time on the weak side. He's not all that big and doesn't have too much of a chance at starting, but he'll need to become a consistent backup.

Secondary - Cornerback Shawntae Spencer, Sr. - Spencer has grown into an outstanding corner. He's big, fast and very productive making 51 tackles and three interceptions. He'll be the shut down corner on one side, but won't see much action since teams are going to stay away from him. Free safety Tez Morris, Soph. - Morris was steady last year finishing season on the team with 119 tackles and broke up six passes. He's not big and isn't a huge hitter, but he makes plays and is getting better and better with more experience. Strong safety Tyrone Gilliard, Jr. - Gilliard made 49 tackles last year and is a good run stuffer. Like Morris, he's not a big hitter, but he's a sure tackler and isn't too bad in pass coverage. Cornerback William Ferguson, Sr. - Ferguson has spent most of his career at free safety making 33 tackles last year. He'll get one of the first chances at replacing Torrie Cox at corner and has looked fantastic in early practices. Top Backups Cornerback Bernard Lay, Soph. - Lay saw time as a true freshman making five tackles coming in as a nickel back. At 6-2 and 195 pounds, he adds size to the position. Strong safety Corey Humphries, Sr. - Humphries was one of the rising stars of the secondary with size and instincts, but a torn ACL put a hold on that. He came back in time to play in six games, but he wasn't quite the same. He might be more of a factor this season. - Cornerback Marcus Furman, Jr. - The speedy Furman spent time at running back over the first two years of his career rushing for 75 yards and a touchdown last year. Special Teams Placekicker David Abdul, Soph. - Abdul eased all fears about the kicking game last year making 13 of 20 field goals hitting eight of 13 from beyond 40 yards. He was hitting bombs in spring practices. Punter Andy Lee, Sr. - One of the nation's better punters, Lee averaged 43.1 yards per kick last year putting 17 inside the 20. He'll be a Ray Guy Award finalist.

RUTGERS

HEAD COACH: GREG SCHIANO

New offensive coordinator Craig Ver Steeg is attempting to put in a new Pro-Style offense, but it's all about the offensive line. There are several running back options, some speedy receivers, and decent quarterback prospects, but none of that matters if the line isn't much, much better than it was last year. Rutgers averaged 1.5 yards per carry and allowed 51 sacks. With an experienced and injured line, the production might not improve. Quarterbacks - Ryan Hart, Soph. - Hart took over this spring as the team's top quarterback and starter finishing by going 7 of 9 for 102 yards in the spring game. He became a solid player over the second half of last year throwing for 479 yards and two touchdowns with six interceptions. He has a better command of the offense now, and has better mobility compared to the other quarterbacks. Top Backups - Ted Trump, Sr. - Trump is the leading returning quarterback completing 71 of 155 passes for 740 yards and four touchdowns. His problem was in his decision making throwing 11 interceptions. He has the biggest arm on the team. Chris Baker, Jr. - The former receiver caught 13 passes for 117 yards and two touchdowns. He'll be in the mix for the backup quarterback job if he doesn't moved back to receiver.

Running Backs - Markis Facyson, Soph. - Facyson started five games as a true freshman rushing for 398 yards and a touchdown. He's a quick player with a good boost once he gets past the line. - Fullback Cedric Brown, Jr. - The former linebacker saw time at fullback last season starting in one game. At 250 pounds, he's a good blocker, but not much of a runner. Top Backups - Clarence Pittman, Jr. - Pittman started in seven games rushing for 316 yards and a score. He has a little bit of power, but he wasn't able to provide much of a spark. - Jason Nugent, Soph. - Nugent was the best power back on the team averaging 4.3 yards per carry. At 210 pounds, he's strong in short yardage situations. - Marcus Jones, Jr. - The 200-pound Jones will get every chance to see time in the tailback rotation. He ran for 55 yards on 19 carries. He was the team's top runner in 2001. Fullback Brian Leonard, Soph. - The scout team performer will play along with Cedric Brown as the team's top fullback. He's a strong runner, now he has to develop into a good blocker.

Receivers - Shawn Tucker, Soph. - The 6-2 Tucker turned into a great reserve making 21 catches for 195 yards and a touchdown. He should grow into the number one role with his great speed and tremendous hands. - Tres Moses, Jr. - Moses was expected to be a top playmaker, but he hurt his knee on a punt return and was knocked out for the year. He caught 13 passes for 159 yards and a touchdown in 2001, and is now expected to be a decent starter. Tight end Chris Loomis, Jr. - Loomis will be one of three tight ends trying to replace L.J. Smith. After a sensational spring, the 230-pound junior should be a top pass catcher. He caught 11 passes for 110 yards and a touchdown as a backup and in a two tight end set. Top Backups Corey Barnes, Soph. - Barnes played in every game as a true freshman catching three passes for 41 yards. He isn't big, but he's extremely quick and should be great at finding the seems. Jerry Andre, Jr. - The 6-1 Andre started in four games catching eight passes for 137 yards with most of his work coming in the opener against Villanova. One of the fastest players on the team, he'll be asked to be a top deep threat. - Tight end Ray Pilch, Sr. - Pilch moves over to tight end after playing all of last year as a fullback carrying the ball 16 times for 135 yards. He has good athleticism and is a decent blocker.

Offensive Line - Tackle Ron Green, Jr. - The 320-pound JUCO transfer is a big blocker with great athleticism. With the tackle positions in question, the star recruit could make a solid starter when he gets to the team. - Guard Brian Duffy, Sr. - Duffy was the starting guard last season before tearing up his knee. He missed spring ball and is trying to come back for the season to start on the right side. When he's right, he's one of the team's best run blockers. - Center Marty Pyszcymuka, Sr. - He's the best offensive lineman on the team and the most versatile, Pyszcymuka can play defense, offensive guard or center. He's tough, but he's had problems with a variety of injuries. - Guard Rich McManis, Sr. - Experienced at both guard spots, McManis will get the first look on the left side after playing in ten games last season. He's big and has decent power, but he isn't quick.- Tackle Mike Williamson, Sr. - Williamson needs to make the move from being a great reserve to a solid starter. He has a little time at center and at both tackle spots. Top Backups - T Mark Segaloff, Jr. - Segaloff will get a shot somewhere on the offensive line. If Green doesn't end up making an impact at tackle, Segaloff could fill in. - T Mike Clancy, Jr. - Clancy saw a little bit of action playing in four games. He needs to be a top player after playing on the scout team. - G Sameeh McDonald, Jr. - McDonald should be more of a factor with all the injuries at guard. The 300-pound junior played behind McManis last season as a top scout team player.

The numbers weren't great, but it's unfair to pin all of the problems last year on the defense. The offense rarely kept drives going and never helped give the D any support. Even so, the defense has to be stronger in all areas after giving up 33 points and 405 yards per game. There are a couple of great playmakers, but little overall talent. Defensive Line - Defensive end Raheem Orr, Sr. - The 260-pound Orr is one of the most talented players on the team. Now he has to have a huge season to take the pressure off the rest of the line after making 62 tackles, 4.5 sacks and 9.5 tackles for loss last year. He has a great first step and is decent against the run. - Defensive tackle Gary Gibson, Sr. - Gibson is the most experienced player on the interior making 32 tackles on the inside. He's a relatively decent athlete and can get into the backfield. - Defensive tackle Vai Barnaby, Soph. - Barnaby will battle for the vacant starting spot after making 39 tackles as a reserve. He's one of the rising playmakers on the line and could be even better with some more time in the weight room. - Defensive end Ryan Neill, Sr. - Neill was on his way to a big season making 43 tackles and 3.5 tackles for loss in nine games before getting knocked out for the year with a knee injury. Top Backups - DE Alfred Peterson, Jr. - Peterson started in three games when Neill went down. He's a better overall prospect than Neill and will find more playing time as the year goes on. - DT Ron Jenerette, Sr. - Jenerette has grown into a decent reserve and could see plenty of time behind Gibson. The 290-pound senior made 16 tackles last year. - DT J'Vonne Parker, Jr. - He didn't see any playing time last year after transferring from Howard. At 345 pounds, he might grow into a run stopping factor. - DT Luis Rivas. Soph. - Rivas is one of the rising stars on the line making 14 tackles as a true freshman. At 275 pounds, he could end up starting very soon.

Linebackers - Brian Bender, Sr. - Bender is one of the veteran leaders on the team with 133 career tackles, three sacks and ten tackles for loss. He's expected to be one of the team's leading hitters and top all-around playmakers. - Jeremy Campbell, Sr. - Campbell and Ismael Medley could end up combining to try and take over for Gary Brackett. Campbell has a little bit of experience playing in 18 career games. He isn't all that fast, but he has decent instincts. Brian Hohmann, Sr. - Hohmann turned into a top outside linebacker making 47 tackles and five tackles for loss. He has decent speed and decent athleticism. Top Backups - Ishmael Medley, Jr. - Medley went from being a scout team player to a solid reserve. Now he's expected to be one of the better linebackers and special teams performers. - Will Gilkison, Soph - Gilkison turned into the team's top backup last year making 21 tackles looking stronger and stronger as the season went on. He might end up moving to the middle to give the team more experience.

Secondary - Cornerback Nate Jones, Sr. - Jones is a tremendous blend of speed and quickness. The best pro prospect on the team, Jones is great with the ball in the air making two interceptions and breaking up seven passes. He can tackle as well finishing third on the team with 84 stops. - Free safety Terry Bynes, Soph. - The 6-2, 210-pound sophomore will get the first shot at replacing Shawn Seabrooks at free safety. Bynes has seen time at linebacker to give the corps a little more speed. He could shine with his big hitting ability and great speed. - Strong safety Jarvis Johnson, Jr. - The big hitting junior is growing into one of the team's better players. He turned into a top playmaker with 61 stops and four broken up passes. Look for him to be all over the field and to take for Seabrooks as the team's best tackling defensive back. - Cornerback Brandon Haw, Sr. - The 6-0 Haw isn't quite the talent that Jones is, but he's been as productive leading the team with four interceptions and 18 broken up passes. He can also hit a little bit making 35 tackles. After missing most of 2001 with a knee injury, he looked strong all of last year. Top Backups - Cornerback Bryan Wilson, Jr. - Wilson played in every game mostly seeing time on special teams. He moved from receiver to defensive back last year and should be one of the key corners. - Free safety Jason Grant, Sr. - Grant will be in the mix for the starting free safety job after starting in two games. He's a good tackler making 42 stops and three tackles for loss. Free safety Anthony Frazier, Sr. - Frazier has seen time for three years mostly playing on special teams. He has a shot at playing at either safety spot. - Strong safety Eddie Grimes, Jr. - Grimes has been a fifth defensive back coming in as a nickel making 14 tackles. He's expected to play a huge role behind Johnson at strong safety. Special Teams - Placekicker Ryan Sands, Sr. - Sands handled most of the kicking duties last season struggling to hit only 5 of 12 field goals. He was far stronger as a sophomore hitting six of six. He'll get pushed by sophomores Justin Musiek and Mike Cortese. Punter Joe Radigan, Soph. - The 6-5, 240-pound sophomore will get the first shot at replacing Mike Barr. Barr was tremendous averaging 40.3 yards per kick putting 45 inside the 20. Radigan has a big leg, but he's not expected to be Barr right away.

SYRACUSE

HEAD COACH: PAUL PASQUALONI

Syracuse was able to move the ball and score, but it struggled too much in key moments. The rushing attack should be outstanding with two great backs working behind a veteran offensive line. The talent is there at quarterback and receiver, but the Orangemen need far more production this year out of both areas. Quarterbacks - R.J. Anderson, Sr. - Anderson had a strong sophomore season completing half his passes and rushing for 245 yards and five touchdowns. His stats weren't out of this world, but he moved the team and looked like a star of the future. He wasn't so strong in his junior year throwing interceptions and having problems with the passing game. Struggled to prove the necessary spark, he was benched for Troy Nunes. As the most experienced quarterback on the team, he has to provide the leadership and playmaking ability the offense got from Nunes. If he can't do it, SU has two great options ready to take over. Top Backups - Xavier Gaines, Soph. - Gaines could end up as the starter very soon to take advantage of his tremendous athleticism and size. The 6-4 sophomore was a wide receiver for a while before moving back to his more natural position at quarterback. - Perry Patterson, RFr. - Patterson is a very big, very strong quarterback with a big arm and great mobility. The 6-4, 240-pound redshirt freshman is in the mix for the staring job.

Running Backs - Walter Reyes, Jr. - Reyes turned into a machine last season rushing for 1,135 yards and 17 touchdowns averaging 6.2 yards per carry. He has excellent speed through the hole and is automatic inside the ten-yard-line. He isn't used much as a receiver, but he can catch making seven grabs for 62 yards. - Fullback Thump Belton, Sr. - How great is his name for a fullback? His real name is Keith, but Thump just sounds better. He's a 240-pound battering ram able to open up holes and carry the ball a bit in short yardage situations. He ran for 102 yards on 21 carries last year and is a team leader voted the offensive captain. Top Backups - Damien Rhodes, Soph. - The speedy Rhodes turned in a great freshman season rushing for 568 yards and seven touchdowns averaging 4.1 yards per carry. He isn't necessarily a big runner, but he has good size at 6-1 and 193 pounds. His game is all about speed clocking in at 10.7 in the 100 meters in high school. - Tim Washington, RFr. - Washington was a highly decorated recruit and appears ready to make a bit of an impact. It'll be hard with Reyes and Rhodes getting so many carries, but he'll get on the field using his quickness and cuts as a good third option. He led the team in the spring game rushing for 100 yards. Fullback Greg Hanoian, Jr. - Hanoian and Stephen McDonald will combine to play behind Belton. Hanoian moved over from linebacker to tight end and from tight end to fullback. He's the biggest of the fullbacks at 267 pounds. The 238-pound McDonald is more of a runner.

Receivers - Johnnie Morant, Sr. - It's time for Morant to be a star. He has the speed and the size at 6-4, 223 pounds to be a sensational all-around receiver. After averaging 22.7 yards per catch in 2001, he was merely average last season catching 24 passes for 327 yards without a score. - Jared Jones, Jr. - The former quarterback grew into a nice receiver last season catching 22 passes for 213 yards and two touchdowns. He has great speed and quickness able to get open from short to medium range. Tight end Lenny Cusumano, Sr. - The 255-pound Cusumano is a three-time Big East All-Academic performer and a big, physical tight end. The former fullback is used more as a blocker than fellow tight end Joe Donnelly. Top Backups - Rashard Williams, Soph. - Williams played as a true freshman making six catches for 46 yards. He's only 5-6 and 152 pounds, but he's lightning quick. He'll play behind Jones. - Andre Fontenette, Soph. - Fontenette is a physical receiver with good speed. He started to become a factor last year catching seven passes for 89 yards. Tight end Joe Donnelly, Sr. - Donnelly saw time in every game with five starts catching 12 passes for 148 yards and a touchdown. He's not quite the blocker that Cusumano is, but he's a physical player able to be a strength in the running game.

Offensive Line - Tackle Adam Terry, Jr. - The 300-pound Terry is a mountain of a player getting better with the more time he gets. He's a solid run blocker looking stronger on passing downs. - Guard Matt Tarullo, Jr. - One of the smarted players on the team, the two-time Big East All-Academic honoree started every game at right guard. At 313 pounds, he's the biggest starter on the line. Center Nick Romeo, Sr. - One of the best centers in America, the 298-pound Romeo is a three-time Big East All- Academic performer in the classroom, and a rock on the middle of the line on the field. He's been a fixture on the line for three years. - Guard Jason Greene, Soph. - Greene is the one new starter on the line, but he has a little bit of experience playing in five games as a true freshman. He has as much raw talent on anyone on the line and should be a factor with a little more time. Tackle Kevin Sampson, Jr. - Sampson has been a solid contributor since he came to SU starting in every game last year. He's not the best player on the line, but he's a strong player with decent drive. Top Backups - T Quinn Ojinnaka, Soph. - He was the last true freshman offensive lineman since 1986 to see starting time. He's only 264 pounds, but he has experience and good feet. - T Tim Carignan, Soph. - The former defensive tackle and guard will be the primary backup at tackle. He'll start the season behind Terry. G Steve Franklin, Soph. - The 310-pound JUCO transfer is expected to push for playing time right away. He'll back up Tarullo, but could be moved to the other side. C Chris Buda, Sr. - Buda hasn't done all that much in his career stuck behind Romeo. He has a little bit of experience and can step in if needed.

The defense was beyond horrible last year giving up 33.8 points and 478 yards per game. With those numbers, it might not be a bad thing that only two starters return to the back seven. The secondary is the biggest weak spot needing to tighten up in all phases. The line could be tremendous with several veteran stars. Defensive Line - Defensive end Josh Thomas, Sr. - Thomas has defensive tackle size playing on the end. The 288-pound senior lost a little bit of time with a foot injury, but still had a strong season making 33 tackles, three sacks and 6.5 tackles for loss. Don't be shocked if he grows into one of the Big East's top ends Defensive tackle Louis Gachelin, Sr. - Gachelin is the star of the line and a rock in the middle. He moved over from end to tackle a few years ago and has been great making 48 tackles, 8.5 sacks and 17 tackles for loss. He has decent size to stop the run to go along with a great first step. - Defensive tackle Christian Ferrara, Sr. - After missing two games with a knee injury, Ferrara became a solid tackle making 31 stops and 2.5 tackles for loss. At 302 pounds, he provides the beef on the inside as a the biggest player on the line. Defensive end James Wyche, Soph. - Wyche started seven games as a true freshman finishing the year with 40 tackles and 4.5 tackles for loss. He's a great athlete with the best speed on the line. With all the attention paid to the other three starting linemen, he should have a big year. Top Backups - DE Ryan LaCasse, Soph. - LaCasse was the top reserve on the end making 19 tackles and 2.5 sacks. He's a former running back bringing that quickness to the line. DT Brian Hooper, Jr. - Hooper saw a little bit of time even starting a game. He'll push for time behind Ferrara on the nose.- DE Julian Pollard, Jr. - Pollard was a key reserve making ten tackles and a tackle for loss. At 252 pounds, he's not nearly as big as Thomas, but he'll be a good player behind the senior star on the left side. - DT Kader Drame, Soph. - Drame saw time as a true freshman giving the Orangemen a big body in the middle. The 288-pound sophomore moved over from the offensive side to make seven tackles.

Linebackers - Kelvin Smith, RFr. - Smith could be one of the new stars on the defense. The nephew of Keith Bulluck is strong and athletic getting the starting nod on the strong side. - Rich Scanlon, Sr. - Scanlon is a smart, productive player with a ton of experience. He'll move over to the middle after making 59 tackles, three sacks and nine tackles for loss on the outside. He's not Clifton Smith, but he should come close to leading the team in tackles. - Kellen Pruitt, Soph. - Pruitt played in every game primarily on special teams. He was a decent reserve filling in when Jameel Dumas got hurt making 25 tackles, a sack and three tackles for loss. Top Backups - Cory Brooks, Soph. - Brook saw a little bit of time as a true freshman making six tackles. He isn't huge for a middle linebacker, but he has good speed and nice instincts. - Luke Cain, RFr - The former safety brings his speed to the outside. The 205-pound redshirt freshman will battle for time on the weakside behind Pruitt.- Tommy Harris, Soph. - The 245-pound Harris will push Smith for the starting job on the weakside. The former defensive end spent this spring learning how to play linebacker. He's not quite as talented as Smith, but he has little bit of experience.

Secondary - Cornerback Steve Gregory, Soph. - Gregory is the team's best cover corner and the only returning starter to the secondary. He broke up 19 passes and made two interceptions locking on everyone's top receiver. With great quickness and good hitting ability, he's one of the rising stars in the Big East. - Free safety Anthony Smith, Soph. - Smith played as a true freshman making 31 tackles with two tackles for loss. He had a big spring taking over the safety spot, for now, just ahead of O'Neil Scott. - Strong safety Diamond Ferri, Jr. - The former running back has settled into a role as a defensive back. He spent last year at Bunker Hill Community College and re-enrolled at Syracuse. His speed and quickness should be a huge help, and he's developing the ability to make the big hit. He ran for 256 yards and two touchdowns during his first two years on the team. - Cornerback Terrell Lemon, RFr. - Lemon has gotten bigger over the last year. Now he's a strong cornerback with outstanding wheels. If he struggles at all, Thomas Whitfield will take over the job. Top Backups - Cornerback Moe Sidibe, Jr. - The JUCO transfer brings great athleticism and nice size to the secondary. He'll push hard for time at both corner positions. - Free safety O'Neil Scott, Jr. - Scott has a good deal of starting experience getting the nod in seven games. He's a good sized player and a decent hitter making 61 tackles and an interception. - Strong safety Troy Swittenburg, Jr. - The former running back is still learning on the fly in the secondary. He saw most of his time on special team and will push Ferri for time. - Cornerback Thomas Whitfield, Soph. - He played in every game primarily seeing time on special teams. A good hitter for a player of his size, he forced two fumbles. Special Teams - Placekicker Collin Barber, Jr. - Barber is a steady, but unspectacular field goal kicker, hitting 16 of 26 in his career. He his a 50-yard shot, but was 2 of 6 from beyond 40 yards. - Punter Brendan Carney, RFr. - Carney has to replace the deadly accurate Mike Shafer. Shafer didn't have a huge leg, but he put 23 kicks inside the 20 and forced a whopping 13 fair catches. Carney is a big kicker with a good leg.

TEMPLE

HEAD COACH: BOBBY WALLACE

The offense struggled mightily at times last year, but it wasn't always horrible. The passing attack could be great if quarterback Mike McGann progresses, or if superstar JUCO transfer Walter Washington becomes a factor right away. The addition of JUCO star Phil Goodman to an experienced receiving corps should add more zip. The concern is in the running game needing Makonnen Fenton to shine behind a deep, but average, line. Quarterbacks - Mike McGann, Jr. - McGann has strong all-around skills, a good arm and solid mobility. What he needs to improve on is his decision making completing less than half of his passes and throwing 22 interceptions. He shows promise and should be better now that he knows the offense and has an experienced receiving corps to work with. He threw for 13 touchdowns and ran for 299 yards and three scores. Top Backups Walter Washington, Soph. - McGann might be looking over his shoulder at the extremely talented Washington. The 246-pound JUCO All-American has a big arm, tremendous mobility and could instantly step in an take over the job. If he gets the system down, he'll be a force.

Running Backs - Makonnen Fenton, Sr. - Fento is a big back with decent skills. Now he has to become a star in the Superback role taking over for Tanardo Sharps. Fenton has showed great quickness and speed as a top kickoff returner averaging 27.1 yards per return. He hasn't done much in the running game so far in his career. Top Backups Jamil Porter, Jr. - The JUCO transfer was able to participate in spring drills earning the spot behind Fenton. He doesn't have the power that Fenton has, but he's very quick with good moves.

Receivers - Phil Goodman, Jr. - The JUCO All-American made 79 catches for 1,272 yards and ten touchdowns for Sacramento City College. The 6-3, 215-pound receiver should instantly become one of the team's best receivers getting the start on the X. Terrence Stubbs, Sr. - Stubbs is a little more of a deep threat than Cobb averaging 11.4 yards per grab. He was second on the team with 32 catches for 364 yards and a touchdown. If the quarterback play can improve, he should put up some big numbers. Zamir Cobb, Sr - The team's leading receiver, Cobb made 45 catches for 483 yards and six touchdowns. He's a good mid-range receiver and a consistent playmaker. He isn't going to light up anyone's secondary, but he'll be a nice player for everyone else to work around. Sean Szarka, Soph. - Szarka is a big player with great deep speed. As a true freshman, he averaged 16.1 yards per catch making 22 grabs and scoring four touchdowns. Tight end Eric Carpenter, Jr. - Carpenter isn't much of a receiver, but the 255-pound Carpenter can block. He's a smart player and a returning starter, but he didn't catch a pass last year. Top Backups - Jamel Harris, RFr. - The redshirt freshman will initially get the backup job behind Cobb at the Z, but 6-3 JUCO transfer Andre Mixon-Toland could take over the job once he joins the team this fall. - Bill Monan, RFr. - The 6-3 Monan and JUCO transfer Buchie Ibeh will battle for time behind Goodman on the X. They're both big, and potentially productive. Tight end Collin Hannigan, Jr. - Hannigan was out this spring with an injury, but is expected to come back this fall to be one of the team's better blocking backs.

Offensive Line - Tackle John Gross, Soph. - Gross has bulked up twenty pounds to 285 to handle the full-time role at left tackle. He's growing into one of the team's stronger players. Guard Joe Laudano, Sr. - Laudano is the anchor of the line as one of its strongest, and most experienced players. The 290-pound senior is a dominating run blocker with decent feet. - Center C.J. Blomvall, Jr. - The 290-pound JUCO transfer was able to get to Temple early to show what he could do. He jumped up the charts instantly this spring earning the starting center job. - Guard Jose Portillo, Sr. - Portillo joins Laudano to give Temple a pair of very strong, experienced guards. He's bigger than Laudano and is expected to become one of the team's best linemen. Tackle Adam Boyd, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer was a reserve last year. An athletic 295-pound player, he'll take over the starting job at right tackle. Top Backups - G Yohance Perry, Soph. - The 325-pound Perry is one of the biggest linemen on the team. He has a little bit of experience and will challenge for time on the right side behind Portillo. T Tariq Sanders, RFr. - One of the rising starts on the line, the redshirt freshman will battle junior Chris Harris to play behind Gross on the left side.

For all of the problems Temple had last year, defense wasn't necessarily one of them. The D didn't give up all that many yards, but it couldn't keep teams out of the end zone continually hurt by bad field position and little help from the offense. Even so, this was a good group with a solid run defense, and it should be strong again. The secondary has to hope several JUCO transfers can contribute right away. Defensive Line - Defensive end Mike Mendenhall, Soph. - Mendenhall is a very fast, potentially productive end. He's a great all-around prospect making 35 tackles and a sack as a reserve last season. Expect him to quickly grow into a star. Defensive tackle Taso Apostolidis, Sr. - The strongest player on the team, the 285-pound Apostolidis will have to be the team's top run stuffer in the middle. He made 40 tackles and three sacks as a starter last season seeing time at both tackle spots. - Defensive tackle Luis Lumpris, Sr. - Lumpris will have to take over on the inside for Dan Klecko. The 295-pound senior is a good prospect, and a potentially strong player, but it's asking for too much for him to be Klecko. Defensive end Rodney Wormley, Soph. - Wormley is the best athlete on the line and a potentially strong speed rusher. He started last year making 42 tackles and 2.5 sacks. Top Backups DE Jason Johnson, Soph. - Johnson has practiced a little bit at both tight end and defensive end, but he settled in to a role on the rush end and will battle senior J.D. Stanley for time behind Mendenhall. DT Adam Fichter, Soph. - The 280-pound sophomore saw a little bit of time as a freshman playing in five games with a start making five tackles. He'll combine with Antown Burton to play behind Apostolidis on the nose. DE J.D. Stanley, Sr. - Stanley overcame the ankle injury that cost him time in 2001 to be a strong reserve on the end making 13 tackles.

Linebackers - Troy Bennett, Sr. - Bennett turned into a top player playing both linebacker positions making 53 tackles. He's extremely strong and is becoming a tremendous player on the strong side. Rian Wallace, Soph. - The 244-pound Wallace was one of the better tacklers on the team finishing third making 76 tackles. He's decent against the pass, but his real strength is stopping the run on the weak side. Look for him to grow into a star as his career progresses. Top Backups Christian Dunbar, Jr. - Dunbar turned into a decent all-around player as a back up. He'll see plenty of time playing behind Bennett on the strong side. Manuel Tapia, Soph. - Tapia was a strong reserve last year making 17 tackles. He isn't as big as the rest of the linebackers, but he's a productive player and a reliable backup.

Secondary - Cornerback Donnie Coleman, Sr. - Coleman is the best all-around athlete in the secondary with tremendous speed and great leaping ability. A receiver last year making four catches for 32 yards, he'll get the start on the corner. Free safety Jonathan McPhee, Soph. - McPhee isn't all that big, but he has tremendous speed and quickness. A solid reserve player, he could be a missile once he learns the job. It remains to be seen how big a hitter he can consistently be. Strong safety Sadeke Konte, Jr. - The JUCO transfer came to school early this spring and took over a starting job. He's an athletic player who should become one of the team's top three tacklers. Owl safety Lawrence Wade, Jr. - The former running back will need to become a playmaker in the secondary getting the start as the Owl safety. He'll get pushed by JUCO talents, but he has a little bit of experience and good enough speed to make an impact. Cornerback Yazid Jackson, Sr. - The only returning starter to what was a good secondary. Jackson is going to have to be the leader and rock among the defensive backs. He not only led the team in interceptions with three, but he also became a top tackler making 65 stops. Top Backups - Cornerback Carl Marshall, Jr. - Marshall and Bobby Fullmore come in from the JUCO ranks to provide some decent depth in the secondary. They'll get the chance to win a starting corner job this fall. Free safety Eric Wright, Jr. - The JUCO transfer brings great speed and good hitting ability to the secondary. He'll get a shot at pushing for McPhee's job this fall. Strong safety Shawn Bullard, Sr. - Bullard is a good sized hitter with a little bit of experience. He's not going to take over a starting job, but he'll be a reliable backup. Special Teams - Placekicker Jared Davis, Sr. - Davis will have to take over for Cap Poklemba who hit 14 of 20 field goals. He's only 5-6 and 145 pounds as one of the smallest players in college football. He doesn't have a huge leg, but he has decent accuracy. Punter Garvin Ringwelski, Sr. - Ringwelski doesn't have a booming leg, but he isn't bad putting eight inside the 20 and averaging 38.7 yards per kick.

VIRGINIA TECH

HEAD COACH: FRANK BEAMER

Don't expect much of a drop-off in overall production from the offense that scored 30.6 points and averaged 371.5 yards per game. The running game will be as good as ever with Kevin Jones running behind an experienced line. The new wrinkle will be an upgraded passing game with a speedy receiving corps and a more mature Bryan Randall at quarterback. If Randall isn't the leader of the show, that means the time has arrived for Marcus Vick. Quarterbacks - Bryan Randall, Jr. - Randall came in for Grant Noel and became one of the nation's most efficient quarterbacks. And then he started throwing interceptions. The multi-talented junior ran for 507 yards and threw for 2,134 yards and 12 touchdowns completing 64% of his passes. But then there are those interceptions throwing 11. When he was on, he was a weapon, a great leader and an effective passer. He doesn't have a big arm, but he's great from short to medium range. Top Backups - Marcus Vick, RFr. - Vick came to Blacksburg a rail-thin athlete and has grown into a bigger, stronger, more talented quarterback. He's not Michael, but he has an arm most quarterbacks would die for and some of his brother's quickness. All that's missing is experience.

Running Backs - Kevin Jones, Jr. - As good as Lee Suggs played and as amazing as he was at getting into the end zone, he might not have been as talented as Jones is. The 212-pound junior is as flamboyant as Suggs was understated. After waiting for his turn to be the main man, look for Jones to have a breakout season and possibly even garner some Heisman consideration if he can get over his fumbling problem. In a backup role, he ran for 871 yards and nine touchdowns averaging 5.4 yards per carry. - Fullback Doug Easlick, Sr. - Easlick had a huge season turning into a better blocking back than the coaching staff could've hoped for. The 235-pound senior wasn't just a strong blocker, he was a decent runner carrying the ball 19 times for 92 yards. Top Backups - Cedric Humes, Soph. - The 218-pound sophomore will see time as both a backup tailback and a fullback. He has good speed and excellent power as a bigger running option than Jones. He carries the ball 16 times for 68 yards. Fullback Jim King, Jr. - With two good tight ends already in the mix, the 6-5 and 252 pound King will see time at fullback. He'll also go back to being a tight end when needed.

Receivers - Ernest Wilford, Jr. - Wilford is Tech's leading returning receiver with the size and speed to become an elite player. He made 51 catches for 925 yards and seven touchdowns averaging 18.1 yards per grab, but it was his performance against Syracuse that really showed what he can do. In the overtime loss to the Orangemen, he was an unstoppable machine with eight catches for a Big East record 279 yards and four touchdowns. Now the quarterbacks have to find ways to get him the ball more. - DeAngelo Hall, Jr. - The superstar cornerback will see time on the offensive side bringing his warp speed to the receiving corps. He won't be a full-time receiver, but he'll fill-in at times replacing Richard Johnson at flanker. Playing both ways in the spring game, he caught four passes for 47 yards. - Tight end Keith Willis, Sr. - The 6-5, 254-yard Willis is the best receiving tight end on the team catching eight passes for 188 yards and a touchdown. He showed good speed making an 87-yard play against Syracuse. Top Backups Justin Hamilton, Soph. - The 6-3 Hamilton saw more and more action as last season went on finishing with five catches for 56 yards. The former tailback is still learning the position, but he has the raw tools to become a top receiver behind Wilford at split end. Richard Johnson, Jr. - Johnson is one of the speedier receivers on the team, but he doesn't seem to have the full trust of the coaching staff. They want him to go from being a good speed receiver to a premier deep threat after only averaging 10.5 yards per catch on 14 grabs. Tight end Jared Mazzetta, Jr. - The 260-pound Mazzetta will be in the mix for the starting spot. He isn't the receiver Willis is, but he's a stronger blocker.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jon Dunn, Jr. - Dunn became a top tackle as last year went on becoming more and more physical. He started in seven games bringing the experience and his 6-7, 319-pound frame to the left side. All that's missing is a bit of consistency. - Guard Jacob Gibson, Sr. - Gibson can play either guard spot or tackle if needed. The 302-pound senior is one of the more dependable and durable players on the line. A punishing run blocker, Tech will run behind him on key plays. - Center Jake Grove, Sr. - Grove is the anchor and the best player on the line. He's a tough player and a great technical run blocker. Guard James Miller, Jr. - The 6-6, 304-pound Miller will get the start at right guard also able to play on the left side. He's a hard worker with the experience to instantly be a solid contributor. Tackle Jimmy Martin, Soph. - Martin had a solid freshman season able to play at left or right tackle. At 269 pounds, he's one of the smaller players on the line, but he has outstanding quickness and is one of the best blockers on the run. Top Backups - G Jason Murphy, Soph. - The former defensive lineman brings size and decent athleticism to the offensive line. He'll backup Miller on the right side. - T Tripp Carroll, Fr. - The 306-pound Carroll is expected to be a top backup at both guard and tackle. He's big enough and physical enough to back up Dunn on the critical left side. - G Will Montgomery, Soph. - Montgomery has gotten stronger and much better in the off-season winning the spring award as the team's most improved player. He'll back up Gibson at left guard.

The defense should be among the best in America if the backups can come through in the back seven. The line should come close to making 50 sacks and will be a brick wall against the run. The linebackers are very fast and very productive, while CB DeAngelo Hall leads what should be a strong secondary. Defensive Line - Defensive end Cols Colas, Sr. - Colas will be back after missing this spring recovering from a torn patellar tendon. He's not as big as Nathanial Adibi and not quite as strong, but he's extremely fast and great at getting into the backfield with 24 quarterback hurries, nine sacks and 19 tackles for loss. Defensive tackle Jonathan Lewis, Soph. - Lewis saw plenty of action filling in when injuries hit the line. He was the team's best run-stuffing tackle making 56 stops, two sacks and seven tackles for loss. - Defensive tackle Kevin Lewis, Jr. - The 292-pound junior is one of the bigger players on the inside. He missed most of spring ball still recovering from a torn pectoral muscle. As good as he was against the run making 49 tackles, he was equally solid at getting into the backfield with five tackles for loss. - Defensive end Nathanial Adibi, Sr. - Adibi is a superior pass rusher and a top pro prospect. At 261 pounds, he has good size and great strength against the run making 55 tackles. Most importantly, he has tremendous 4.5 speed with 16 quarterback hurries, nine sacks and 15 tackles for loss. Top Backups - DE Darryl Tapp, Soph. - Tapp has gotten much bigger and much stronger over the last year. Mostly a strong special teams player, he'll be a factor behind Adibi. - DT Jason Lallis, Jr. - The 250-pound Lallis isn't big, but he's active and productive. He'll split time with Kevin Lewis and will see plenty of action. - DT Tim Sandidge, Soph. - Sandidge had a great freshman year showing a wonderful ability to get to the quarterback from the middle of the line with four sacks. - DE Jim Davis, Sr. - When he's right, he's a dangerous pass rusher with experience and great big-play ability. Unfortunately, he can't stay healthy, so redshirt freshman Noland Burchette was listed as the primary backup behind Colas coming out of spring ball.

Linebackers - Vegas Robinson, Sr. - Even though Robinson missed three games with an ankle problem, he still finished fourth on the team with 71 tackles. He's the best hitter in the linebacking corps and the best run stopper. - Mikal Baaqee, Jr. - Baaqee took over in the middle and came through with a huge season leading the Hokies with 112 tackles. He's not big at only 217 pounds, but he has tremendous instincts and excellent speed. Able to shed blocks and avoid getting stopped at the point of attack, he's great at getting into the backfield making 3.5 sacks and 12 tackles for loss. He was second on the Hokies with eight quarterback hurries. Brandon Manning, Soph. - The former walk-on has emerged as a great player with an outstanding motor and decent speed. He'll start on the weak side after finishing third on the team with 75 tackles and five tackles for loss. Top Backups - Blake Warren, Soph. - The former safety couldn't stay healthy last season only playing in nine games. When 100%, he has the best athleticism of any of the backups. - Jordan Trott, Soph - Mostly a special teams player, Trott adds a bigger body in the middle. At 245 pounds, he's almost thirty pounds bigger than Baaqee and will be a top backup after hurting his knee. - Aaron Rouse, RFr. - The 6-3, 203-pound Rouse is a great athlete playing as the top reserve Whip behind Manning.

Secondary - Cornerback DeAngelo Hall, Jr. - Hall should be one of the best corners in America with all the tools to be a top draft pick. He has good size, great athleticism, and unbelievable wheels. He'll be the team's top cover corner coming off 55 tackle, 12 pass breakup, four interception season. He's also one of the best punt returners in America and will see time as a receiver. - Free safety Jimmy F. Williams, Soph. - Williams takes over for second-leading tackler William Pile. It took Williams a little while, but he turned into a decent player in his freshman year playing in the bowl game and finishing the season with 18 tackles in five games. Rover Michael Crawford, Sr. - Crawford fortunately appears to be back at 100% after missing time due to concerns over possibly having cancer. He's back as one of Tech's most dependable defensive backs. Even in a limited role, he made 49 tackles and an interception. Cornerback Vincent Fuller, Jr. - It's asking a lot for anyone to immediately take over for Ronyell Whitaker. The 6-1 Fuller is one of the team's biggest corners taking over the job after playing free safety. Once he learns the subtleties of the position, he'll be a top cover man. Top Backups - Cornerback Garnell Wilds, Sr. - Wilds can start if necessary, or just be a great backup behind Hall. He's a dependable player making 44 tackles and five interceptions. Free safety Mike Daniels, Jr. - The former linebacker is a big-hitter and will be a great reserve behind Williams. He made 51 tackles last year. - Rover James Griffin, Jr. - The JUCO All-American joined the team this winter. All he needs is time to learn the system before he becomes a top player. Cornerback Eric Green, Jr. - Green is trying to come back after a knee injury cut short his season. He's an experienced player with a shot at taking over the starting job as the season goes on. Special Teams - Placekicker Carter Warley, Sr. - Warley was decent, but Virginia Tech doesn't like its kickers to be merely good. He hit 9 of 15 field goals, but he had problems from big distances and was rarely consistent. To be fair, he had problems with a bad back. If big-legged Nic Schmitt ends up finding some accuracy, he'll get more work. - Punter Vinnie Burns, Jr. - Burns is a dangerous weapon. He averaged 40.5 yards per kick putting 22 inside the 20.

WEST VIRGINIA

HEAD COACH: RICH RODRIGUEZ

The West Virginia offense has the skill weapons to run the ball as well as ever, but the offensive line might not be there to open the same holes as it did last year. Quarterback Rasheed Marshall has to step up the passing game, but he doesn't have the receivers to do it. Quarterbacks - Rasheed Marshall, Jr. - The concern last year was over whether or not Marshall would be able to become a reliable player and handle what was supposed to be a high octane passing game. As it turns out, Marshall ran one of the nation's best rushing attacks to perfection running for 666 yards and throwing for 1,616 more. He also ran for 13 scores. The problem was when West Virginia was forced to throw, the offense bogged down. Marshall has to be a little more of a passing threat to balance out the offense. Top Backups - Charles Hales, Jr. - It's up to the JUCO transfer to progress into a top backup. There's no experience whatsoever behind him, so he'll have be counted on if something happens to Marshall.

Running Backs - Quincy Wilson, Sr. - A sensational number two option last year behind Avon Cobourne, Wilson rushed for 901 yards and six touchdowns averaging 6.4 yards per carry. An extremely strong rusher, Wilson could be one of the breakout players of 2003. - Fullback Moe Fofana, Sr. - The 250-pound back is one of the best, and strongest, lead blockers in the Big East. He only carried the ball twice last year used only as a blocker. Top Backups - Kay Jay Harris, Jr. - The JUCO transfer will make an instant impact on the offense. At 240 pounds, he gives the Mountaineers a true power tailback to complement the speed backs like Wilson. - Jason Colson, RFr. - Colson could turn into a top back in this offense. He's 200 pounds with sprinter's speed. His athleticism has been impressing everyone. Erick Phillips, RFr. - A smart, young player with nice speed, Phillips will get a few carries, but might be stuck in a running back log jam. Fullback Adam King, Sr. - When Fofana needs a break, King is a solid backup fullback. He's not as big as Fofana, but he's plenty strong.

Receivers - Miquelle Henderson, Jr. - The team's leading receiver in 2002 will have to come up big early until the rest of the receivers can get their feet wet. Henderson caught 40 passes for 496 yards and two touchdowns last season. He has big play ability, but he hasn't really shown it yet. - Aaron Neal, Sr.. - In six games of action, Neal caught five passes for 34 yards. The 6-4, 205-pound senior has to become an integral part of the passing game right away. Travis Garvin, Sr. - Garvin only caught two passes last year. He has to try and fill the void left by A.J. Nastasi. - Tight end Tony Johnson, Sr. - Johnson might be the team's most reliable pass catcher if used properly. While the coaching staff begs to differ, the Mountaineers don't go to the tight end enough. Johnson's an underutilized weapon only catching the ball six times last year scoring twice. Top Backups - Cassel Smith, Sr. - The former running back brings some speed and experience to the group. After looking great in 2001 spring ball at receiver, he primarily played as a backup running back carrying the ball 12 times for 96 yards. - Chris Henry, RFr. - After sitting out due to Prop 48, he has been lighting it up in early drills. At 6-5, he might be the team's main receiver very quickly. - Scott Beresford, Sr. - The 6-4, 220-pound Beresford is a fine downfield blocker, but an average receiver. John Pennington, Jr. - A quick little receiver, Pennington will have to find his way into the rotation. - Josh Bailey, Soph. - Bailey is the team's second leading returning receiver catching eight passes for 110 yards and a touchdown. He'll backup Johnson at tight end.

Offensive Line - Tackle Josh Stewart, Soph. - He'll take over at left tackle after backing up Lance Nimmo last season. All he needs is a little bit of time to become a top player. Guard Jeff Berk, Jr. - Berk started every game last year and is one of only two returning starters to the line. His strength has gotten far better with time in a college weight room, and he could get even better with a little bit of work. Center Ben Timmons, Sr. - After moving from tackle to center, Timmons became a solid backup behind Zack Dillow. He'll have to stay healthy until a reliable number two guy can be found. Guard Geoff Lewis, Sr. - Lewis will take over for Sandor on the right side as one of the team's up and coming producers on the line. He can play tackle if necessary. Tackle Tim Brown, Sr. - The star of the line, Brown will have to be the team's rock on the right side. While not always a mauling blocker, his athleticism allows him to pull as well as any tackle in the Big East. Top Backups - T Travis Garrett, Soph. - Garrett can see time at either guard or tackle. He's expected to push for time on the right side. G Justin Williams, Jr. - One of the team's strongest linemen, the 300-pound Williams will be the primary backup at guard and can play center as well. T Dan Mozes, RFr. - The 290-pound redshirt freshman won't start right away, but that'll change in a hurry as he's one of the rising stars on the line. - T Mike Watson, Jr. - The JUCO transfer has all the talent, but he has to get his motor running at full-speed. He could push hard for the right tackle job.

The West Virginia defense wasn't always great, but it could defend against the run. Now the whole line has to be replaced and doesn't have any obvious stars up front. The back seven should be strong helped by changes in the secondary. If nothing else, the D will be really, really fast. Defensive Line - Defensive end Ben Lynch, Jr. - Lynch has a nice first move and decent size from the edge, but he needs help against the run. He'll take over for Tim Love after making 11 tackles last year. - Defensive tackle Ernest Hunter, Soph. - Hunter was expected to be a big-time player last year making eight tackles in five games, but a broken leg knocked him out for the season. He'll replace Jason Davis in the middle of the line. - Defensive end Fred Blueford, Sr. - Blueford has some huge full-time shoes to fill taking over for David Upchurch. He has the mad 15 tackles and four sacks as a pass rushing specialist. Top Backups - DE Warren Young, RFr. - One of the better athletes on the line, Young has to make an instant impact. - DT Craig Wilson, RFr. - A big player who's expected to make big strides, Wilson will be the top backup behind Hunter. DT Rachid Stoury, RFr. - Stoury has talent, but he needs a little time to develop.

Linebackers - Leandre Washington, Sr. - Washington will take over for James Davis and will try and give the Mountaineers the same pass rushing production. Washington made 37 tackles last season and three tackles for loss. He can hit and could become a top player. Grant Wiley, Jr. - The star of the team. Wiley led the Mountaineers with 133 tackles and 13.5 tackles for loss last season. A player of the highest intensity, Wiley exploded after switching from the middle to the outside last year. He should challenge for All-Big East honors. - Adam Lehnortt, Jr. - Lehnortt has the size and the speed with a great deal of experience. He made 63 tackles last season behind Ben Collins. Top Backups - Scott Gyorko, Jr. - He's only 200 pounds, but he's one of the fan's favorite players and a top backup behind Wiley. - Alex Lake, Soph - Lake will see time behind Lehnortt in the middle. The 230-pound sophomore adds much needed size to the group.

Secondary - Cornerback Adam Jones, Soph. - "Pac Man" will get in the secondary mix early. He's been timed at 4.38 and has made plays all over the place in practices. Needing to find a spot for him among the starters, the coaching staff moved Brian King to safety to get Jones in at corner. - Free safety Brian King, Sr. - King was the team's top cover corner making 79 tackles and finishing with 12 broken up passes last year. With his 4.4 speed, he can play either corner position. but he's moving over to free safety. - Strong safety Jahmile Addae, Jr. - He's the only returning starter at safety after finishing last season with 99 tackles. He led the team with four interceptions and 16 broken up passes and will get the look at the bandit position to take the place of Angel Estrada. - Back safety Lawrence Audena, Jr. - After playing in six games last year, Audena has enough experience to take over one of the safety jobs, but he'll have to battle Akeem Jackson for the job. - Cornerback Lance Frazier, Sr. - Frazier will get the first look at the field corner. He's a speedy player who has nice cover skills and brings experience to the secondary. Top Backups - Cornerback Anthony Mims, Soph. - Mims is a big, fluid corner who runs extremely well. Now he has to turn into a top backup after playing in only three games last year. Strong safety Mike Lorello, Soph. - In a reserve role behind Angel Estrada last year, Lorello made seven tackles. He'll get the look at strong safety. Strong safety James Woodruff, Sr. - He's only 5-7, but he's a great tackler. Mostly playing on special teams, Woodruff needs to contribute more to the secondary. Safety Akeem Jackson, RFr. - Jackson is one of the team's rising stars. He might be an instant factor as a reserve at every safety spot. Special Teams Placekicker and punter Todd James, Sr. - James has a huge leg, but he only hit two of five field goals with a long of 42. He'll have to replace Mark Fazzolari, who had a slightly disappointing 2002 season. James averaged 37.4 yards per kick on his 14 punts. Eric Daugherty has improved his punting and could ending up taking over the job. Brad Cooper has looked great and might be the full-time field goal kicker. Casey Welch is also pushing for the starting job.

PAC TEN CONFERENCE

ARIZONA

HEAD COACH: JOHN MACKOVIC

There's no reason whatsoever for the Arizona offense to score a mere 227 points again. The running game was pathetic last year and needs Clarence Farmer to not only come back from a knee injury, but is now back after getting suspended. The line is fine, but not deep while the receiving corps has explosive young talent ready to break out. The quarterback situation is a bit of a problem with almost no experience returning. Quarterbacks Nic Costa, Soph. - As bad as Arizona's season was last year, the Wildcats at least had some firepower at quarterback. Nic Costa will get the first shot at replacing Jason Johnson, but that could change in a heartbeat. In the difficult offense, Costa has seen the most time and has it down better than the other quarterback options. He's not a big player at only 5-11, but he's athletic and smart. Top Backups - Ryan O'Hara, RFr. - The 6-6, 210-pound O'Hara is the prototype quarterback for the offense. Considered the savior of the offense and the program, the coaching staff will give him every shot at taking over the job. - John Rattay, Jr. - An experienced and talented quarterback, Rattay might be out of the mix after missing spring ball with a knee problem. If Costa and O'Hara struggle, Rattay will get back into the picture.

Running Backs - Clarence Farmer, Sr. - When Farmer was healthy, he was one of the best running backs in America combining power with unparalleled home run hitting ability. He rushed for 309 yards before going down for the year with a knee injury. He might be back from that injury problem, but now he has to overcome being suspended from the team by Mackovic. The Wildcats need him a lot more then he needs them. Fullback Gilbert Harris, Soph. - He's only 215 pounds, but he'll get the first look at fullback. He carried the ball for 56 yards last year and will spend most of this season as a blocker. Top Backups Mike Bell, Soph. - The jewel recruit of a couple of years ago has to become the back everyone's expecting him to be. Bell led the team with 341 rushing yards, but he only scored once on the ground and only averaged 3.2 yards per carry. Gainus Scott, Soph. - Scott has experience rushing for 68 yards last year in a reserve role. If Farmer isn't a part of the team, Scott will suddenly have to become a playmaker. Beau Carr, Soph. - The 206-pound Carr will get every opportunity to see time as a power back and might play at fullback. He was third on the team with 126 yards and led the squad with four rushing touchdowns. Sean Jones, Soph. - At 230 pounds, Jones provides more beef at fullback. He ran for six yards on one carry last year.

Receivers - Andrae Thurman, Sr. - A solid home run hitter with a 92-yard play to his credit, Thurman has to take over the No. 1 job now that Bobby Wade is gone. He's always been a reliable receiver, but now he has to be a star coming off a 61 catch, three touchdown season. Lance Relford, Sr. - A decent player with nice size, Relford has always been a possession-receiver plus, not seeing too many catches with Wade and Thurman getting all the passes. With his experience, he'll get the first shot at the starting job, but he'll get pushed hard to keep the job. Tight end Ray Gurley, Jr. - One of the nation's best JUCO prospects, the 255-pound Gurley caught 46 passes for 479 yards and six scores for in the JUCO ranks last year. Top Backups - Biren Early, Soph. - A big receiver, the 6-2 Early saw a little bit of action catching six passes for 89 yards and a touchdown last year. He'll start out backing up Relford, but he's talented enough to take over the job at some point. Mike Jefferson, RFr. - A huge recruit for Mackovic, Jefferson is 6-2 and can fly. He'll get every chance to see playing time if not take over a starting job outright. Marcus Thomas, Fr. - A superstar high school running back, Thomas wants to play receiver and the coaching staff is more than happy to oblige. He could be an instant impact player when he gets some practice time. Tight end Tommy Briggs, Jr. - The 255-pound Briggs was a nice pass catcher at Fresno City College and will instantly get into the mix when he joins the team. Tight end Matt Padron, RFr. - He'll get a shot to show what he can do this summer, but he might not have a shot at the starting job with JUCO recruits coming in to push for the job. The Arizona tight ends are mostly used to block, and the 260-pound Padron can do that.

Offensive Line - Tackle Chris Johnson, Jr. - Johnson can play either guard or tackle, and will get the first look at left tackle. He'll be pushed hard for the job, but it's his for now.- Guard John Parada, Soph. - At 6-8 and 326 pounds, Parada gives the Wildcats even more beef at guard, or tackle if necessary. He saw a little bit of time in 2002 and will get moved around depending on how the rest of the line shapes up. Center Keoki Fraser, Jr. - After taking over the job in the middle a few years ago, Fraser has been a solid player in the middle giving the Wildcats beef with his 300 pounds. Guard Kili Lefotu, Soph. - He'll take over at right guard is expected to grow into a top player. He saw a little bit of time last year, but one of Mackovic's top recruits should be ready to handle the full-time role. Tackle Brandon Phillips, Sr. - The 330-pound Phillips has grown from a decent defensive tackle as a rookie into a massive and very talented offensive tackle. He's not one of the most publicized offensive linemen, but he could be in the hunt for All-Pac 10 honors. Top Backups - C Reggie Sampay, Sr. - Sampay has bulked up over his career and been one of Arizona's most valuable players. He can play on either side of the line and has started at center as well. After getting a look at left guard, he'll push for time at center. G Keith Jackson, RFr. - The top recruit could be ready to step in and start right away. The 312-pound Jackson will be one of the team's top backups to start, but could come on with a little more time. T Tanner Bell, Soph. - The 324-pound Bell could become the new star of the line. He saw a little bit of playing time last year filling in when necessary, and is poised to become a top tackle.

The defense wasn't all that bad last season considering the offense didn't provide any support. Switching to a 3-4, Arizona will take advantage of the bulk of linebackers and will try and get pressure into the backfield from the outside. The secondary might be fine if Michael Jolivette comes back healthy at corner. Defensive Line - Defensive end Carlos Williams, Jr. - The 295-pound Williams started nine games last year making 27 tackles and 3.5 tackles for loss. With his size, he'll be more of a defensive tackle than a pass rushing end. Defensive tackle Vince Feula, Jr. - The 300-pound Feula played in nine games in 2002 making 11 tackles. He's a work in progress, but he's the best option at tackle right now. Defensive end Brad Brittain, Soph. - Brittain became a player as the year went on finishing with 19 tackles. He's a big player with nice athleticism and could be one of Arizona's top linemen over the next few years. Top Backups DT Carl Tuitavuki, Sr. - At 334 pounds, the former JUCO transfer will have to use that bulk to make more than 12 tackles this year. DE David Sharp, Jr. - Sharp had problems with his shoulder last yea and was never right. He's an active player that could make a huge impact as a pass rusher. DE Fata Avegalio, Jr. - A starter for several games last year, he only made 12 tackles and half a sack. He'll be a coach on medical scholarship ending his playing career.

Linebackers - Marcus Smith, Soph. - Smith was on his way to being a top player before getting dinged up last year. After looking like he'd push for time behind Bryan, he's scheduled to take over one of the starting outside jobs. Joe Siofele, Sr. - Siofele played on the outside, more as a defensive end, finishing third on the team in tackles and led the team with 5.5 sacks. He'll initially make the move to the inside to take advantage of his size and his tackling ability. Patrick Howard, Jr. - Assuming Siofele will be a fixture in the middle, the other inside spot is up for grabs. The 225-pound Howard, who made 30 tackles last year, will battle with John McKinney and a host of other players for the job. Copeland Bryan, Soph. - Bryan was a solid pass rusher last year making 7.5 tackles for loss and five sacks. The former walk-on has become one of the team's better producers and will be a terror coming off the edge. Top Backups - Matt Molina, Sr - Molina has seen starting time on the outside and will push Torrey for time. He made 20 tackles last year. Kirk Johnson, Jr. - Johnson is neck and neck and neck for the inside spot alongside Siofele. He made 29 tackles last year and should be an impact player yet again. John McKinney, Soph. - A scout team superstar, McKinney has the motor and the speed to be a force on the inside. Andre Torrey, Jr. - Torrey was never healthy last year with a hip injury keeping him out. Before he got hurt, he looked like he'd be a star in last spring with his pass rushing ability and his overall athleticism.

Secondary - Cornerback Gary Love, Sr. - Love took over when Michael Jolivette went down and had a decent season. Love broke up five passes and made 39 tackles when needed. With Jolivette back, he might be a backup again. Free safety Darrell Brooks, Soph. - The 6-0 Brooks has the speed to play corner to go along with his tackling ability, but he's needed at safety. He made 50 tackles and broke up three passes last year. Strong safety Lamon Means, Soph. - The 6-3, 190-pound Means was named one of the spring's most improved players. He was so strong that Clay Hardt was moved over to strong safety. Cornerback Michael Jolivette, Sr. - One of the best corners in the country, Jolivette went down with a knee injury and the pass defense took a major hit. If he's healthy and back in the good graces of the coaching staff, he'll start again. Top Backups - Cornerback Jason Martin, Soph. - Martin was listed this spring as the starter, but Jolivette ended up taking over at corner. Martin made three tackles as a reserve last year and will be pushed for time this season by JUCO transfer Zeonte Sherman. Cornerback Zeonte Sherman, Jr. - A big, experienced corner, Sherman comes from the JUCO ranks to push for time right away at either corner spot. Strong safety Tony Wingate, Jr. - In ten games, Wingate made ten tackles and broke up a pass. He's 6-1 and 200 pounds with great potential. Free safety Clay Hardt, Sr. - One of the leaders of the secondary, Hardt was fourth on the team with 65 tackles. He's big and fast with nice instinct splitting time with Brooks at free safety. Special Teams - Placekicker Bobby Gill, Jr. - Gill split the kicking duties last season hitting seven of 11, but he got three kicks blocked. He has a nice leg, but he lacks a bit of boom. Punter Danny Baugher, Soph. - Baugher struggled a bit last year as a freshman, but he should make a leap up after a year of experience. He only averaged 37.7 yards per kick and put a mere five inside the 20.

ARIZONA STATE

HEAD COACH: DIRK KOETTER

For most college football coaches in their second year at the helm, an 8-6 season capped by an appearance in a major bowl game is considered a remarkable accomplishment. But if you know anything about ASU's Dirk Koetter, you know he's not like most head coaches. Koetter, who serves as his own offensive coordinator, likes to throw deep or run flea flickers when a situation calls for a conservative play. He runs double reverses to wide receivers, giving them rare touches behind the line of scrimmage. So it comes as no surprise that a year after a trip to the Holiday Bowl, Koetter is envisioning much bigger things. The Sun Devils hope to take that next step this fall when they return the nucleus of a team that finished third in the Pac-10 after being tabbed to finish ninth in the preseason polls. They lost their share of stars in defensive end Terrell Suggs and wide receiver Shaun McDonald, both of whom left early for the NFL, but the Sun Devils return more than enough depth on both sides of the ball to head back to the promised land. Koetter sets countless goals for his team, many of which are achieved at various stages throughout the season. ASU's primary long-term goal for the upcoming season is to get to the Rose Bowl.

The Offense - Quarterback - In Koetter's offensive system, the quarterback is the spearhead of the operation. With more than a handful of competent signal-callers, Koetter can rest easily at night. Coming off a sensational sophomore season in which he established himself as one of the premier quarterbacks in the Pac-10, junior Andrew Walter is in search of more big things. Walter not only enters the season as the hands-down starter, but he also carries a nice feather in his cap. Several media outlets have him among a group of candidates for the Heisman Trophy. Walter, who has been selected by his teammates as a team co-captain with safety Riccardo Stewart for 2003, hopes to back up that honor by posting numbers similar to those he put up in 2002. Last year, Walter completed 56.7 percent of his passes for a school-record 3,877 yards. He threw 28 touchdowns, which ranked second on the ASU single-season charts and just one touchdown shy of the school record. He became the first Sun Devil quarterback in school history to reach the 3,000-yard plateau in a single season and almost hit the 4,000-yard mark. After starting four games to open the 2002 season, sophomore Chad Christensen will compete for the No. 2 spot this spring/fall with redshirt freshman Kellen Bradley. Christensen completed 27 of 64 passes in eight games last season. He also threw three touchdowns. Bradley was listed by SuperPrep Magazine as the state's 16th-best prospect after his senior year at Scottsdale's Saguaro High School. In his final season, he led the state with 3,085 yards passing and 38 touchdowns. Christensen (knee) and Bradley (left shoulder) have both recovered from minor surgery in the off-season. Koetter says either quarterback could claim the backup role. Freshman Mike Affleck heads to Tempe rated as the 11th-best quarterback in the nation by SuperPrep. He threw 22 touchdowns and only nine interceptions during his senior season at Timpview High School in Provo, Utah. Freshman Sam Keller has a build similar to that of Affleck, and his numbers at San Ramon Valley High School in Danville, Calif., were just as impressive. Keller threw for 3,282 yards in his senior campaign with 38 touchdowns and only five interceptions.

Running Back - ASU's tailback situation includes senior Mike Williams and sophomore Cornell Canidate. The top spot belongs to Williams this fall after neither of the rushers solidified themselves as the primary back last season. Despite missing some action late in the season due to a series of ankle injuries, Canidate still got the most touches last year. He carried the ball 130 times for 493 yards, scoring seven TDs in 11 games. Williams also found the end zone seven times. He played in all 14 games, rushing for 482 yards. Williams was ASU's Player of the Game in the 2002 regular-season finale vs. Arizona with 162 yards and four touchdowns on 40 carries in the second 100-yard game of his career. Senior Jermaine McKinney appeared in six games last season, rushing 13 times for 24 yards. Redshirt freshmen Randy Hill and Loren Wade are expected to make an immediate impact. Wade was ranked as the sixth-best running back in the West by PrepStar after his senior season at Serra High School in Gardena, Calif., and Hill, a local product from Tempe's McClintock High School, was tabbed at the No. 8 spot by the same publication. Fullback - Although senior Mike Karney didn't touch the ball much last season in Koetter's pass-filled offense, he is still considered by many as one of the nation's best fullbacks. He possesses both the size and speed to protect the quarterback in pass-rushing situations. Karney appeared in all 14 games last year, carrying the ball eight times for 20 yards. He also had 13 catches for 121 yards. Sophomore Mike Talbot emerged as a viable backup to Karney, playing in 11 games last season. He had 11 yards on four carries. After spending all of last season on the scout team, sophomore Joseph Aboussie hopes to make more of an impact this year.

Wide Receiver - The Sun Devils return several explosive wide receivers, even with the departure of Shaun McDonald, a two-time All-Pac-10 performer who left early for the NFL. They return three of their top four wide-outs from a year ago in junior Daryl Lightfoot, sophomore Derek Hagan and senior Skyler Fulton. Fulton looks to do more in his final year in Tempe after averaging 26.4 yards receiving per game (on 30 receptions) as a junior. He is capable of playing all of the different wide receiver spots and seems to be a favorite target of Walter's. Last season, Lightfoot caught 40 passes for 552 yards, an average of 13.8 yards per catch. He also scored two touchdowns, one of which came on an 85-yard reception in ASU's 55-38 home loss to California. Hagan marked 32 receptions for 405 yards in his first year removed from Palmdale (Calif.) High School. He figures to carry an increased load this fall. His 32 catches broke the ASU freshman record of 30 set by College Football Hall of Famer John Jefferson in 1974. Koetter is also high on Matt Miller, a sophomore from Mesa Mountain View High School who shined during winter practices in preparation for the Holiday Bowl. Last season, Miller made six catches, two of which went for 68 yards in ASU's dramatic win at Oregon. Perhaps the most underrated player in the Sun Devil receiving corps is redshirt freshman Terry Richardson, last year's offensive scout team player of the year. Coming out of Centennial High School in Corona, Calif., Richardson earned All-America status from PrepStar and was rated as the third-best wide receiver in the West. Sophomore Moey Mutz and true freshman Rudy Burgess, a versatile player who saw time at both wide receiver and defensive back for four years at Desert High School in Edwards, Calif., will vie for playing time in 2003.

Tight End - The Sun Devils have a big gap to fill at tight end due to the graduation of Mike Pinkard. Lee Burghgraef saw more playing time than Maddox last year, however, he didn't get involved offensively when stuck behind Pinkard. He caught one pass in 13 games in 2002. Maddox appeared in 13 games last season, but was rarely used as a target and had only two catches for 37 yards. ASU's most highly-touted incoming tight end is junior Aaron Austin, who signed with the team for the second consecutive year. After completing a productive sophomore season at Fresno (Calif.) Community College in which he scored nine touchdowns in 10 regular-season games, Austin enrolled in classes during the spring semester at ASU while participating in workouts with the Sun Devils. Having bulked up since entering camp last fall, redshirt freshman Jamaal Lewis wants to have an impact this season. Lewis still isn't as big as some of ASU's other tight ends, but his contributions might be just as meaningful. Of all 21 signees, true freshman Brent Miller is, perhaps, the most versatile in the bunch. During his days at Phoenix's Desert Vista High School, Miller played linebacker, quarterback, fullback, tight end and wide receiver.

Offensive Line - Heading into last season, the Sun Devils had to replace five seniors along the offensive line, four of whom were drafted in the NFL. This year, the Sun Devils won't have to worry about experienced depth being a problem. ASU returns all five starters up front, including senior right guard Regis Crawford, senior left guard Tim Fa'aita, senior center Tony Aguilar, junior right guard Drew Hodgdon and sophomore left tackle Chaz White. A year after moving from center and guard to left tackle, Crawford will head back to his old spot at right guard this season. He is backed up by Hodgdon, who may also see time at center in place of Aguilar and Zach Krula, who is coming off of a redshirt season. Aguilar might also play guard. Fa'aita remains at left guard, having solidified himself as one of ASU's most consistent forces on the offensive line during the second half of last season. Playing behind him is Adrian Ayala, who started five games at right tackle and is still recovering from a severe ankle injury suffered at Washington State and aggravated during spring workouts. Koetter decided to move White from right tackle to left tackle, a position he hopes White will occupy for the next three years. White will compete with redshirt freshman Andrew Carnahan at left tackle. Redshirt freshman Stephen Berg and sophomore Grayling Love will compete for the starting right tackle position. Berg doesn't have game experience, but Koetter calls him a "prototype of what you are looking for at that spot." Love filled in at right tackle last season, however, he came to ASU as a center and can play any spot on the line. Sophomore Chad Rosson will provide back-up at right tackle. Four freshman offensive linemen signed with ASU in February, including Robert Gustavis, Julius Orieukwu, Mike Pollak and Brandon Rodd.

The Defense - Defensive Line - It's impossible for the Sun Devils to replace Suggs, a unanimous All-American and the most decorated player in school history, but they've got a number of players that will try to fill his shoes. Senior tackles Brian Montesanto and Shane Jones and junior end Jimmy Verdon anchor a defensive line that is a key component to ASU's success. Last year, Verdon, an honorable-mention All-Pac-10 selection, acted as the understudy to Suggs, who recorded an NCAA-record 24 sacks in 14 games. Verdon will line up at either end and can also move inside to defensive tackle during obvious pass (Cobra) situations. Sophomore defensive end Nick Johnson is penciled in opposite Verdon. He will be used as an every down player this season after playing extensively in the Cobra pass rush unit last year. Junior Connor Banks, a converted linebacker who has speed off the edge, will be asked to contribute on the line this season. Although he has played primarily as a defensive end, he is also good on special teams. Montesanto, who has started 29 games over the last three years, made the successful switch from end to tackle and was one of the main reasons ASU improved its overall team speed a year ago. After tallying 44 tackles in 14 games last year, Jones will be looked upon to help stop the run again this season. Sophomore defensive tackle Josh Kirkwood could find himself somewhere on the depth chart, along with junior Gabe Reininger, a transfer from Moorpark (Calif.) College who resembles Jones. Senior Matt Mason figures to continue pushing for playing time at both the tackle and end positions. Also providing depth along the defensive line is redshirt freshman Rickey Parker, who can play either end or tackle. He excelled on the scout team last season. At 309 pounds, redshirt freshman Ali Likio has few problems stopping the run. Junior Jared Wolfgramm, who appeared in six games last year, could be used as a replacement at defensive end. True freshman Kyle Caldwell comes to ASU after a star-studded senior season at Saguaro High School in Scottsdale in which he recorded 131 tackles, 34 tackles for loss, 30 sacks, 29 quarterback hurries, four forced fumbles and three fumble recoveries. True freshman Brett Palmer will also compete as a defensive tackle. Another local product from Marcos de Niza High School in Tempe, he led his team in sacks and tackles for loss during his junior and senior seasons.

Linebacker - With the departure of three talented seniors, sophomore Jamar Williams will undoubtedly assume the leadership role among the linebacking corps. Williams made great strides last season not only on defense but also on special teams. Sophomore Barton Hammit will be a key component in ASU's 4-2-5 defense, which looked much better last year as players became familiar with it and developed a trust in it. Hammit, who played in seven games as a true freshman in 2001, returned from knee surgery last fall and looked impressive in winter conditioning. After earning Most Valuable Player honors on ASU's defensive scout team last season, redshirt freshman Jordan Hill hopes to make his impact felt this year. Hill hails from Highland High School in Pocatello, Idaho, the same school Koetter attended. Junior Justin Burks has taken a liking to life on the Tempe campus in his first year removed from Cerritos Community College in Norwalk, Calif. Koetter calls him "one of the best junior college linebackers in the country." Freshman De'Andre Johnson could redshirt this season, providing opportunities for others to make some noise. Junior Ishmael Thrower, a converted defensive end who redshirted last year due to a hamstring injury, has the versatility to play on special teams and in the Cobra package as a defensive end. Senior Tyrone Bowers made three tackles in four games last season, while true freshman Mark Washington joins the team in the fall after totaling 165 tackles, 28 tackles for loss, nine sacks and eight forced fumbles in two years at Long Beach (Calif.) Poly High School.

Cornerback - Anything the Sun Devils lack in experience at cornerback, they'll easily make up for in speed. Junior R.J. Oliver, a two-year starter and an honorable-mention All-Pac-10 performer last season, is one of the fastest players on the team, while junior Chris McKenzie has run the 40-yard dash in 4.3 seconds in junior college. Junior Emmanuel Franklin and sophomores Josh Golden and Mike Davis Jr. will line up on the other side of Oliver. Franklin hopes to return to the team this fall after recovering from brain surgery, while Davis is a taller, physical corner who is vying for more playing time. Golden is looking to build upon a productive freshman campaign in which he had 33 tackles in 14 games. Golden will also return kickoffs. ASU added depth to the cornerback position with the signing of McKenzie, a transfer from Glendale (Calif.) Community College who was rated as a first-team All-American by JNCAA last year. Freshman Chad Green, who collected 30 tackles and five interceptions as a senior at Birmingham High School in Van Nuys, Calif., also caught 48 passes for 1,141 yards and 17 touchdowns in 14 games as a wide receiver. Safety - Despite the loss of Alfred Williams to graduation, the Sun Devils are well-stocked at safety with more than enough depth to last through the 12-game season. Juniors Jason Shivers and Riccardo Stewart, both honorable-mention All-Pac-10 selections a year ago, combined for 204 tackles last year despite Stewart missing four games with a shoulder injury. Stewart will also serve as a team co-captain in 2003 along with quarterback Andrew Walter. Originally recruited as a safety out of Grossmont Junior College in El Cajon, Calif., senior Brett Hudson played cornerback last season after injuries depleted ASU's secondary. He will compete for one of the starting strong safety positions this fall after a successful junior campaign in which he made 52 tackles in 12 games and had the game-saving interception in ASU's upset at then sixth-ranked Oregon. ASU also has plenty of depth in sophomores Joey Smith and Matt Fawley. Smith played well at the end of last season, while Fawley appeared in eight games as a true freshman, earning four starts before going down with a broken arm. Koetter likes the versatility of sophomore Lamar Baker, who added muscle in the off-season to help ease his switch from cornerback to safety. Baker played in only two games last year before being sidelined with a season-ending injury and receiving a medical redshirt. J.W. Lucas redshirted last season. He played quarterback at Cactus High School in Phoenix, but he worked out as a safety on the scout team last fall. Daniel Varvel is one of ASU's three true freshman safeties. He comes to Tempe from Bakersfield (Calif.) High School with a reputation for being able to deliver big hits. True freshmen Josh Barrett and Darnel Henderson aren't as highly billed as Varvel but have the potential to be just as good. Last season, Barrett made five interceptions as Reno (Nev.) High School amassed an unblemished 11-0 record before being defeated in the Northern 4A championship game. As a senior at McClymonds High School in Oakland, Henderson also collected five interceptions, two of which he returned for touchdowns.

CALIFORNIA

HEAD COACH: JEFF TEDFORD

When University of California Athletic Director Steve Gladstone hired Jeff Tedford to revive a sagging Golden Bears football program last year, one local sportswriter gazed in his crystal ball and made a bold prediction about the new head coach. Wrote veteran Oakland Tribune columnist Carl Steward: “Tedford will be a name everyone will know in short order when he leads Cal out of the college football swamp…(he) has the look, the sound and the feel of a guy who can be what one observer termed, ‘Cal’s first ‘legacy’ coach since Pappy Waldorf.’ Here’s betting that assessment, and Gladstone’s instincts, are right on.” Right on, indeed. While it may be a bit premature to make lofty comparisons to the legendary Waldorf—who chiseled out a 67-32-4 record in 10 years as Cal coach, including a 39-3- 1 mark and three consecutive Rose Bowl appearances from 1948-50—when it came to first impressions, Tedford almost scored off the charts in 2002. What he did in resurrecting the California football program almost overnight was nothing short of incredible. For the Bears to continue to lay a winning foundation in Year Two of the Tedford tenure, the Cal coach, much like last season, will not rely on any magic formulas but simply hard work. “We need to do what we’ve been doing from Day 1 when we got here,” he stressed. “We don’t talk about how many games we’re going to win. Just take care of the little things and the big things will take care of themselves. Our goal is always to compete for the Pac-10 championship. And that’s a day-to-day proposition.” The 2003 schedule will be another challenge for Tedford and his Golden Bears. No less than eight of their 12 opponents were bowl teams last year. The pre-conference slate includes Southern Mississippi and Colorado State at Memorial Stadium, as well as stern road tests at Utah and Illinois. The Bears christen the Pac-10 season by hosting conference co-champion USC on Sept. 27. “There are no soft spots,” admits Tedford. “We have a very strong preseason schedule. And the Pac-10 is tough every Saturday.” Tedford hopes the same can be said about his 2003 Bears.

A position-by-position breakdown of the team, as it enters the 2003 season - The departure of Boller, who completed his career as the school’s all-time TD pass king (64) and No. 2 passing yardage (7,980) leader, leaves large void in the Golden Bears’ offense in 2003. Yet, Tedford—the man who has developed the likes of Trent Dilfer, David Carr, Akili Smith and Joey Harrington into NFL first-round draft choices—has a way of reloading at the quarterback position. Most likely candidates to succeed the laser-armed Boller are returning junior Reggie Robertson and JC transfer Aaron Rodgers, a sophomore from Butte College. Robertson, whose ’02 duty consisted of cameo appearances (2-for-2, 64 yds., 1 TD) in two games as Boller’s under-study, saw more significant time as a redshirt freshman in 2001. He played in four games that season—including starts against Oregon State and Arizona—completing 43.1 percent of his passes (28 of 65) for 298 yards, one touchdown and one interception, while rushing for 49 yards and another score. Rodgers, listed as the No. 41 best junior college player the country by SuperPrep magazine, set school records in passing for 2,408 yards and 28 TDs for a 10-1 Butte team that earned a No. 2 national JuCo ranking. In completing 61.9 per-cent of his passes, he only threw four interceptions all season long. Other quarterbacks who may figure in the mix are sophomore Richard Schwartz and redshirt fresh-man Steve Levy, both ’02 holdovers, as well as fresh-man Cary Dove, who passed for 3,277 yards and 31 TDs at Taft High last fall. Schwartz is a former PrepStar All-American from Huntington Beach’s Edison High, while Levy was the 2001 North Jersey Player of the Year at Don Bosco Prep. Reggie Robertson -Another Cal legend leaves the program this year, as the school’s No. 2 career rusher Joe Igber (3,124 yards) graduates.

Vying for his tailback position is a bevy of quality ball carriers, led by veteran returnees Achimchinobe Echemandu (formerly Joe Echema) and Terrell Williams. Echemandu, a fifth-year senior who has yet to see extensive playing time due to medical and academic issues, is an intriguing player. He was, perhaps, the story of last year’s spring practice sessions, performing so well that Tedford had given him the starting nod over the more accomplished Igber. However, the former prep All-American from Hawthorne High School tore his ACL and lateral meniscus in the final week of spring practice, sidelining him for the entire 2002 campaign. A big and explosive back, he figures to have an inside track for the starting spot this fall if he can return to his previous form. Meanwhile, Williams is another back who may be on the verge of greatness. Two years ago as a true freshman, he replaced an injured Igber at midseason and averaged 105 yards per game in the final five contests of the season, leading the Bears with 688 rushing yards overall. The Pac-10’s No. 8 rusher that season, Williams bolted for a Cal freshmen-record 185 yards in the final game at Rutgers. With Igber almost used exclusively for much of last season, Williams’ sophomore season was less eventful, carrying the ball only 37 times for 139 yards before he, too, was shelved with a season-ending knee injury after Game 9. If Echemandu or Williams do not show signs of full recovery, the door might swing open for redshirt-freshman Marcus O’Keith or JC transfer J.J. Arrington. O’Keith zoomed for more than 3,300 yards and 35 touchdowns rushing as a prep All-American at Narbonne High in Carson two years ago, while Arrington barreled for 769 yards and 19 touchdowns on only 135 carries for College of the Canyon’s high-octane offense that averaged 54.5 points per game last season.

Sophomore Chris Manderino is the incumbent at fullback, primarily a blocking position in the Tedford offense. Manderino, who rushed for 31 yards on eight carries and caught six passes for 68 yards and one TD, started seven of the Bears’ 12 games last year as a freshman walk-on. He will be backed up by senior Steve Torgerson and redshirt-freshman Byron Storer. Terrell Williams -Senior Jonathan Makonnen, whose 54 receptions last year led all Cal receivers and ranked ninth in the Pac-10, returns to anchor a solid group of wide receivers that also includes part-time starter Geoff McArthur, who snared 36 passes for 454 yards and one TD in 2002 as the team’s No. 4 pass-catcher. Makonnen, who transferred from national champion City College of San Francisco last year, caught at least three passes in 11 of the Bears’ 12 games in piling up 682 yards and seven touchdowns through the air. McArthur opened the 2002 campaign by averaging 6.0 receptions per contest in starting Cal’s first five games, amassing 30 catches for 59 yards and a TD during that stretch. A hamstring injury sidelined him soon thereafter, and he started only one game the rest of the season. Other returning receivers with promise include senior Vincent Strang (5 rec., 100 yds., 1 TD), redshirt freshman David Gray, and juniors Chase Lyman and Burl Toler. Gray—a former prep All-American at Oakland’s McClymonds High—helped christen the Tedford Era by collaborating with Terrell Williams on a spectacular first play of the season in the Baylor game, racing for a 71-yard touch-down off a halfback pass from Williams. Soon there-after, however, Gray was sidelined with a shoulder injury, which led to a redshirt season. Lyman, who corralled a combined 28 passes for 419 yards and three TDs in his first two seasons at Cal, missed the entire 2002 slate with a hamstring injury that required post-season surgery.

Two incoming freshmen who may also demand attention are prep All-American Devin Stearns, a 4.4 sprinter from Serra High, and two-time national Fred Biletnikoff award winner Sam DeSa, who caught 166 passes for 3,154 yards and 40 touch-downs during his career at nearby Monte Vista High. In the Bears’ new offensive system, the tight end position became an offensive weapon for the first time in many years in 2002. Tom Swoboda, who had managed only eight career receptions entering his senior season, erupted for 42 catches for 451 yards and seven touchdowns in leading all Pac-10 tight ends in receptions and TDs. The 2003 season is a good news, bad news proposition at the tight end spot. The bad news: Swoboda has graduated. The good news: the cupboard is far from empty. Brandon Hall, who transferred from Orange Coast College as an accomplished pass-catcher last year, appears to have the inside track at the starting job. Hall, whose banged-up ankle limited his production to eight catches for 79 yards last year, is fully healthy and should return to his 2001 form when he snatched 26 passes for 295 yards and two TDs at Orange Coast. He may be severely challenged, however, by the arrival of another tight end transfer in first team JC All-American Garrett Cross, a teammate of Rodgers at Butte College last year. Cross hauled in 39 passes for 590 yards and led all of the state’s tight ends in touchdown catches with 10. Two returnees add further depth to the position, with junior Jordon Hunter, a former Pac-10 All-Freshman first team selection, and sophomore Eric Beegun, who impressed in last year’s practices after catching 25 passes for 621 yards and nine TDs at Palisades High School two seasons ago.

One of the most stable areas of the Golden Bears, the 2003 offensive line features three returning starters and 11 players who have varsity game experience. All-Pac-10 honorable mention left tackle Mark Wilson, the only Cal interior lineman to start all 34 games over the past three seasons, is the senior cornerstone of this unit. The 6-6, 295-pound veteran played a key role in protecting Boller last year, as the Bears tied for the Pac-10 lead in fewest sacks allowed (25). Senior tackle Chris Murphy (6-6, 310) and junior Jonathan Giesel (6-4, 300) also return as starters on the right side of the line. Marvin Phillip, who’s back from a two-year Mormon mission in North Dakota, will be trying to reclaim his starting center job. He played in six games in 2000 as a true freshman, starting the final two contests of the season against Oregon and Stanford. Others who will battle for playing time in ’03 include tackles Ryan O’Callaghan (12 games in ’02), Aaron Merz (9 games) Jonathan Murphy (4 games) and Derek Joyce (3 games), guards David Hays (8 games, 1 start) and Derek Deutsch (3 games), and guard-center Nolan Bluntzer (1 game). Redshirt-freshmen Michael Gray (6-6, 320), Paul Fraley (6-4, 300) and Erik Robertson (6-7, 315) may also emerge this season. While the leadership of departing senior guard Scott Tercero, an All-Pac-10 second team pick in 2002, will be missed, the Bears have reason to believe that this year’s offensive line could be improved over last year’s unit. A year ago, the Bears’ defensive line was one of the most experienced and deepest in the Pac-10, and arguably the strongest area of the team.

Unfortunately, defensive line coach Ken Delgado was forced to say good-bye to the likes of All-Pac-10 first team selection Tully Banta-Cain (13) and All-Pac-10 honorable mention pick Tom Canada (12), who combined for 25 sacks as Cal’s starting ends, and veteran tackle Daniel Nwangwu, a four-year starter. With their departure, the Golden Bears must rely heavily on the emergence of three returning tackles in All-Pac- 10 honorable mention junior Lorenzo Alexander (25 tackles, one sack, two blocked kicks in ’02), senior Josh Beckham (18 tackles, three sacks) and junior Tom Svercheck (10 tackles). Alexander, a former Pac-10 All-Freshman first teamer and prep All-American at St. Mary’s High of Berkeley, started six games last year. With the line so depleted with its senior losses, recruiting defensive line talent was a high priority this off-season. From all indications, Cal’s coaching staff was successful in replenishing that lost talent. The only question is, are they ready to excel on the Pac-10 level? In nabbing seven defensive linemen in the recruiting wars, the 2003 Bears feature five prep stars who were all ranked among California’s Top 100 players by Rivals.com—tackles Leon Drummer (Berkeley’s St. Mary’s High), Matt Malele (Carson High), Brandon Mebane (L.A. Crenshaw High) and Josh Tauanu’u (Long Beach Poly High), and end Kyle McClure (Oaks Christian— and two JC ends, Ryan Riddle (El Camino College) and Ray Tago (Long Beach City College), who were both listed among PrepStar magazine’s Top 125 junior college players in the nation.

Other ’02 hold-overs that could contribute include senior end Monte Parson, junior tackle L.P. Ladouceur and sophomore tackle Brandon Povio, all of whom saw sparse playing time last fall. Gone are Matt Nixon (61 tackles, 3.5 sacks in ’02), Marcus Daniels (68 tackles), John Klotsche (13 tackles in 2 games) and Paul Ugenti (37 tackles), as junior Wendell Hunter represents the only five career Cal starts on this fall’s linebacking corps. Hunter, a vicious hitter who has impressed with his speed and instincts, was the Bears’ sixth-leading tackler last year with 43 stops. He will be asked to provide leadership to this experienced group, which also features inside men Brian Tremblay and Sid Slater, both reserves last year, and Modesto JC transfer Ryan Estes, who caught the coaches’ eye in August drills before missing the season with a strained Achilles tendon. Tremblay quietly contributed 27 tackles off the bench last year. One incoming linebacker who may challenge for starting duty is Joe Maningo, a JC Gridwire second team All-American from nearby Foothill College, where he shredded foes for 127 tackles (including 33 for losses), 15 sacks, 24 quarterback hurries, four forced fumbles and two fumble recoveries last season. Also, two prep All-Americans who could demand playing time as true freshmen are Garrett Tremblay, Brian’s younger brother who stockpiled 233 tackles and 12 sacks at Palm Desert High during the past two seasons and Chris Purtz, who reeled off 156 tackles and 15 sacks at Clovis West High in 2002.

Another area that was decimated by departing seniors was the defensive secondary, where All-Pac-10 second team cornerback Jemeel Powell (No. 7 career interception leader with 10), veteran cornerback Nnamdi Asomugha (53 tackles, 3 interceptions, 10 passes broken up), and free safety Bert Watts (team-leading 80 tackles) were stalwarts last season. The only returning starters—both appearing in the opening lineup in seven games—are senior cornerback James Bethea, who tied for sixth in the Pac-10 with four interceptions last year and added 42 tackles, and sophomore rover Donnie McCleskey, who averaged 5.4 tackles per game as a starter and posted 45 stops, five passes broken up and one interception in a brilliant freshman campaign in 2002. Other returnees who will need to step up this fall are juniors Ryan Gutierrez (14 tackles, one fumble recovery) and All-Pac-10 second team special teams whiz Mike McGrath (21 tackles), and sophomores Wale For-ester, Will Scott and Obi Amajoyi. Fresno City College transfer Matt Giordano should provide a veteran force at safety in his initial Pac-10 season, while freshman cornerbacks Daymeion Hughes (L.A. Crenshaw High), Brandon Myles (Carson High), Brandon Sanders (Oakland’s Skyline High) and Thomas DeCoud (Pinole Valley High) are all speed merchants who can close fast. Tedford and position coach J.D. Williams are prepared to play some incoming high school recruits immediately, knowing full well that there will be early mistakes of inexperience.

OREGON

HEAD COACH: MIKE BELLOTI

This is still an offense trying to find some consistency. The quarterback situation isn't any more settled than it was at the beginning of spring ball. The Ducks lost running back Onterrio Smith early, but there are four good prospects ready to take over. The receivers weren't healthy this spring, so Oregon still doesn't quite know how the rotation is going to work out. If some tackles emerge, the line will be strong. Quarterbacks - Kellen Clemens, Soph. - Clemens stepped in to relieve Jason Fife at times last year, and was often more effective finishing the season with 201 passing yards, two touchdowns and an interception. He isn't as big as Fife and doesn't quite have the same arm, but provides a little bit more spark. There will be a battle for the starting job up until the opener, but if the season were to start now, Clemens would get the gig. Top Backups - Jason Fife, Sr. - Fife is a big player with a big arm and good talent. He had a good season taking over for Joey Harrington throwing for 2,752 yards and 24 touchdowns. He threw ten interceptions and had problems, at times, moving the offense. He regressed a little bit at the end of spring ball, but that doesn't mean too much since he'll get every chance at the starting job this summer. Johnny DuRocher, Fr. - The freshman looked strong enough this spring to move ahead of Scott Vossmeyer and force Andy Collins to move to the defense. He came to Oregon early taking advantage of the spring session.

Running Backs - Chris Vincent, RFr. - Vincent isn't Onterrio Smith, but he's a decent clone. The 218-pound redshirt freshman showed tremendous cutting ability this spring along with breakaway speed. The Duck offense had problems once Smith went down last year, so a game-breaking back like Vincent could be just what's needed to get everything rolling again. - Fullback Mark Floberg, Sr. - Floberg was out for most of the spring recovering from shoulder surgery. He'll return to his starting fullback job used solely as a lead blocker, and as a receiver making 12 catches for 70 yards and two touchdowns. Top Backups - Ryan Shaw, Jr. - Shaw saw limited action last season rushing for 74 yards. He isn't quite as speedy as the other Oregon backs, but he's incredibly strong with the potential to be the workhorse. - Terrence Whitehead, Soph. - Whitehead is another big, quick back in the Oregon mix. He had a strong spring game rushing for 46 yards making a big push for the starting job. - Kenny Washington, Jr. - Even though he has the talent to be a top back, he can't stay healthy. He's suffered a bad ankle injury early last season, and now he's nursing a bad shoulder. If he's 100%, he's too good to keep off the field. - Jerome Johnson, Fr. - Johnson was a highly recruited linebacker, and might still end up on the defensive side. He'll start out backing up Floberg at fullback.

Receivers - Samie Parker, Sr. - The bad news this spring was that Parker missed most of spring ball as a star member of the Oregon track team. The good news is that Parker has the top speed to actually be a star member of the Oregon track team.. He turned into the go-to guy last season making 49 catches for 724 yards and eight touchdowns including an 80-yard scoring grab. He lit up the spring game catching seven passes for 135 yards and a touchdown. - Demetrius Williams, Soph. - It's an open casting call for the wide receiver jobs. With Parker off running track and Keith Allen and Kellen Taylor banged up, the 6-2 Williams took over showing good speed and nice athleticism. Tight end Tim Day, Soph. - The battle for the starting tight end job appeared wide open when spring ball opened. Day closed it shut as a solid receiver, and outstanding blocker. Top Backups - Kellen Taylor, Jr. - Taylor was supposed to shine as one of the top stars this spring. That didn't happen as a strained foot ligament kept him from doing much. Even so, he's expected to be in the mix for a starting job this fall. Keith Allen, Jr. - Allen is a physical receiver with a little bit of experience catching three passes for 54 yards last season. He isn't necessarily fast, but he has functional football speed. He the strongest Oregon receiver and a good blocker. Marcus Maxwell, Jr. - The muddled Oregon receiving situation gets even crazier this fall when the 6-4 JUCO star comes to Eugene. He isn't a blazer, but he's fast enough to get by most defensive backs, and strong enough to overpower the smaller ones. Tight end Eddie Whitaker, Jr. - The JUCO transfer has the athleticism and talent, but he needs to get the subtle nuances of the offense down before he can make a big impact.

Offensive Line- Tackle Adam Snyder, Jr. - The 310-pound Snyder will be pushing for one of the tackle jobs, and can play guard as well. He's an experienced reserve player seeing plenty of action this spring with Joey Forster out. - Guard Nick Steitz, Jr. - The 305-pound Steitz will start again on the left side. He's a great combination of strength and athleticism. - Center Dan Weaver, Sr. - Weaver emerged last year as one of the top centers in the Pac 10. He's a rock of a player providing a veteran anchor in the middle. - Guard Joey Forster, Sr. - Forster has been one of the most dependable players on the line for the last three years. He isn't a mauler, but he's a technically sound player able to open up big holes. The starting job on the right side is his again after missing time this spring with a knee injury. Tackle Mike DeLaGrange, Jr. - The 328-pound DeLaGrange has gotten in far better shape than he was last year. He's still working on being a more effective pass blocker, but he's outstanding in the running game. Top Backups - C/T Robby Knebel, Jr. - Knebel will get a shot at the left tackle job, but will get a shot at center. The 316-pound junior has had problems with injuries, but he's big enough and strong enough to play anywhere on the line. T Josh Atkins, Jr. - The 319-pound Atkins will combine with Josh Hagemeyer and Shawn Perkins to push for time at tackle. Atkins is a former defensive lineman still learning how to play on the offensive side. C Enoka Lucas, RFr. - Lucas saw extensive action this spring getting action in the spring game. The 290-pound redshirt freshman will be groomed to be the team's future center for when Weaver is gone.

Oregon's defense was strong upfront, but pathetic against the pass getting burnt by everyone. This year's Duck defense has a more experienced secondary, so now there needs to be more production. The run defense should continue to be strong loaded at tackle. Defensive Line - Defensive end Chris Solomona, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is a big player apparently solid at stopping the run. He isn't a speed rusher, so the 275-pound junior has to use his strength to get into the backfield. He couldn't stay healthy this spring, but the Ducks are so thin on the end that he should end up starting come fall. - Defensive tackle Igor Olshansky, Jr. - The 305-pound Olshansky missed all of spring ball recovering from back surgery. Oregon desperately needs him back to give the line experience and leadership after finishing fourth on the team with 70 tackles. He also made four sacks and nine tackles for loss. Defensive tackle Haloti Ngata, Soph. - The top recruit is turning into everything the Duck coaching staff thought it was getting. The 339-pound sophomore got plenty of chances to play this spring with injuries to the rest of the line, and he made the most of it. He could end up starting at one of the tackle spots either winning one of the jobs, or filling in if Olshansky's back isn't right after making 44 tackles and 3.5 sacks last year. Defensive end Quinn Dorsey, Sr. - The 270-pound Dorsey gives the Ducks another big player on the end. Even at his size, he's still very fast and very athletic as one of the team's top pas rushers. He missed last year redshirting after violating NCAA rules from taking some discounts off his apartment rent. Top Backups DT Junior Siavii, Sr. - With Olshansky out this spring, Suavii got a chance to cement himself as one of the team's better tackles. The 323-pound senior isn't as talented as Olshansky is, but he should be a top run stopper as the year goes on. DT Robby Valenzuela, Jr. - He was dinged up after this spring, but the 275-pound junior is expected to be a factor in the tackle rotation this fall. He made 14 tackles and three sacks last year. DE Devan Long, Soph. - Long needs to be back and healthy to give the line some speed on the end. He had problems with his hamstring this spring missing most of the practices.

Linebackers - David Martin, Sr. - Martin has all the tools to be a top outside linebacker with good athleticism and nice hitting ability, but he can't stay healthy. He made 21 tackles in nine games starting in four games. - Jerry Matson, Jr. - Matson became a valuable reserve making 25 tackles. He's only 224 pounds, but he proved to be a good backup behind Mitchell in the middle, and he should be strong enough to handle the job full-time with Mitchell on the weak side. - Kevin Mitchell, Sr. - The Ducks desperately need him to be healthy. After missing most of this spring with knee problems, the linebacking corps didn't look nearly as strong. He's a 220-pound guided missile making 114 tackles and six sacks last year making plays all over the field. Top Backups - Marcus Miller, Jr. - Once he joins the team this fall, the JUCO star is expected to give Matson all he can handle in a battle for the middle linebacker job. Raymone Reed, Jr. - Reed looked like a burgeoning star as a freshman, but he regressed last season only making four tackles. He's too quick and too talented not to make more of an impact behind Mitchell. Anthony Trucks, Soph. - Trucks was a tremendous special teams player last season. Now he'll push for time on the outside behind Martin.

Secondary - Cornerback Aaron Gipson, Soph. - Gipson is only 5-8, but he can tackle making 53 tackles with five tackles for loss and two interceptions. He had a strong spring cementing himself as the starter. Free safety Keith Lewis, Sr. - Lewis returns to his role as one of the best tackling safeties in the Pac 10. He was third on the team with 80 stops last year and 191 career tackles with 16 broken up passes and eight career interceptions. He was the one bright spot in the secondary last year. Rover Marley Tucker, Jr. - Tucker is a good hitter with decent experience making 27 tackles last season. He'll hold down the starting job even after missing a little bit of time this spring. He's a key player as the Ducks need more production from the safeties when the ball is in the air. - Cornerback Steven Moore, Sr. - Moore tied for the team lead with five interceptions and led the way with 15 broken up passes. He's only 5-9, but he's fast and will handle opposing team's top receivers. Top Backups - Cornerback Justin Phinisee, Soph. - The 5-10 sophomore is one of the most versatile players in the secondary. He made 24 tackles playing mostly safety, and he filled in this spring at free safety, but he'll end up playing corner this season. Cornerback Marques Binns, Soph. - Binns was a major factor last season making 30 tackles and an interception. As talented as his is, he'll backup Gipson to start the year. Free safety Stephen Clayton, Jr. - Clayton is a big hitter and should be a strong reserve playing behind Lewis. He's extremely quick and a big hitter. Special Teams - Placekicker Jared Siegel, Jr. - Siegel is one of the most consistent and talented placekickers in the Pac 10. After hitting 7 of 12 field goals in 2001, he connected on 20 of 24 field goals last year only missing one from under 40 yards. He showed a monster leg making all three field goals from beyond 50 yards highlighted by a 59-yard blast. Punter Paul Martinez, Fr. - Siegel will get a shot at replacing the 42.2-yard average of Jose Arroyo, but all eyes will be on Paul Martinez once he gets to campus. It's asking a lot for a newcomer to be a star right away, but that's what Oregon is doing. Walk-ons Drew Larson and Chris Annis will get a chance to take over the job.

OREGON STATE

HEAD COACH: MIKE RILEY

With ten returning starters off a team that averaged almost 32 points per game last season, there's reason for Beaver fans to be a bit giddy. With a talented, but slightly erratic, quarterback throwing to a magnificent receiving corps, running back Steven Jackson should go crazy in the one-back set. The line is full of veteran starters, but there are few stars and little developed depth. Quarterbacks - Derek Anderson, Jr. - Anderson has all the talent in the world and isn't far off from being a superstar. He has a huge arm and isn't a total statue even though he's not much of a runner. With all of the yards, all the touchdowns and all of the talent, he's wildly inaccurate. He completed only 47% of his passes last season with an eight game span in the middle of the year in which he never completed more than 45% of his throws. After starting off the season with four straight wins, Anderson threw 11 interceptions and five touchdowns as the team went 3-4 over the seven game span. He threw one interception in OSU's eight wins and twelve in the five losses. Top Backups - Adam Rothenfluh, Jr. - A strong arm and a smart player, Rothenfluh is an excellent back up behind Anderson. He completed 10 of 18 passes for 101 yards and a touchdown in mop up duty last year. Anton Clarkson, RFr. - More of a rushing option than Anderson or Rothenfluh, Clarkson will battle Colt Charles, Matt Dickenson and Brandon Jones for the number three job.

Running Backs - Steven Jackson, Jr. - Jackson is one of the best running backs in America and should be considered an All-America and Heisman candidate. He broke the school record for rushing with 1,690 yards last year, but he's not just a rusher catching 17 passes for 165 yards and two touchdowns. A big back with outstanding speed, Jackson averaged 5.3 yards per carry and ran for 15 touchdowns. Top Backups - Dwight Wright, Jr. - More of a scat back than Jackson, he'll have more of a role this season to ease up Jackson's workload. Wright ran for 383 yards and four touchdowns averaging 4.6 yards per carry. He's been timed at 4.37 in the 40. Josh Farrell, Soph. - Coming off a reconstructed knee, Farrell played in every game rushing for 59 yards. Oregon State doesn't use a fullback, but he might be a good option should Riley and his staff decide to employ one. Riley Jenkins, Jr. - Jenkins has had problems with a torn up knee only playing in five games last season, but he'll see a few carries this season.

Receivers - James Newson, Sr. - A big receiver with blazing speed, Newson should be in the NFL right now. He led the team with 74 catches for 1,284 yards and 12 touchdowns as Oregon State's only real threat last season. He'll get overlooked with so many great receivers in college football this season, but he's one of the most talented, and most productive, in America. Kenny Farley, Sr. - The team's number two receiver last season, Farley caught 29 passes for 526 yards and three scores. A big receiver at 6-3 and 221 pounds and with 4.4 speed, he can make himself a legitimate pro prospect with a big season. Jason Boyd, Soph. - Yet another huge receiver, the 6-4, 200-pound Boyd started two games last year finishing with ten catches for 169 yards and a touchdown. He might turn into a top deep threat this season with sub-4.4 speed. Tight end Tim Euhus, Sr. - With two years of starting experience under his belt, Euhus has the familiarity with the position and the talent to have a huge season. At 251 pounds, he's a nice blocker. As a receiver, he averaged a whopping 17.5 yards per catch on 22 catches. He had all sorts of problems with his knee early in 2002, but turned out to be just fine. Projected Backups George Gillett, Jr. - He only played in nine games, but he averaged twenty yards per catch on his seven grabs. He'll back up Boyd as a split end. Cole Clasen, Jr. - The team's third leading receiver last year, Clasen made 23 grabs for 273 yards and a touchdown. He won't start with Farley getting one of the jobs again, but he'll see plenty of action. Dan Haines, Soph. - A nice sized tight end with decent hands, Haines caught ten passes for 144 yards and a touchdown. He'll back up Euhaus.

Offensive Line - Tackle Brian Kilkenny, Sr. - A smart player with a nice strength, Kilkenny is a dependable player on the left side after starting five games last year. Guard David Lose, Sr. - Tried at center and moved to guard, the 317-pound lose started in nine games last year. He'll start on the left side. Center Matt Brock, Jr. - After learning on the job as Chris Gibson's understudy, Brock took over the job and was solid in the middle. At 301 pounds, he's a big player with as much strength as anyone on the line. Guard Kanan Sanchez, Jr. - At 344 pounds, Sanchez is the big body, and the most experienced player, on the line. To go along with his size, he has one of the best motors on the team. Tackle Doug Nienhuis, Jr. - Nienhaus started every game at right tackle and became a solid player as the season went on. This season, he added more than ten pounds and should be even stronger. Projected Backups OG Matt Davis, Sr. - One of the few backup linemen with any experience. He hasn't seen too much time, but he will play behind Lose at left guard. OT Jake Pratt, Soph. - Pratt has gone from a skinny lineman with decent athleticism, to a stronger, bigger lineman. He'll push for time at left tackle. OG Brent Bridges, Jr. - The former JUCO transfer is a strong player with decent feet. He'll be a strong backup, if not see starting time.

Even after losing star players like corner Dennis Weathersby and linebacker Nick Barnett, the defense should be strong with great ends, a rock at middle linebacker and two great safeties. This isn't a big defense, but it's extremely athletic. Defensive Line - Defensive end Noah Happe, Sr. - A rangy, athletic player, Happe had a huge 2002 season making 45 tackles, five sacks and 10.5 tackles for loss. He has actually lost a little weight, but that should make him even faster on the outside. - Defensive tackle Henry Anderson, Soph. - Anderson has become a big lineman and a needs to be a top run stuffer alongside Edwards. He's strong and should be a fine player, but he hasn't seen any action yet. Defensive tackle Dwan Edwards, Sr. - One of the better defensive tackles in the Pac 10, the 305-pound Edwards was an Honorable Mention All-Pac 10 performer last year making 50 tackles and nine tackles for loss. He's an athletic player with outstanding strength. Defensive end Bill Swancutt, Jr. - One of the best players in the Pac 10 that no one knows about, the 6-4, 260-pound Swancutt should finally get some accolades this year. He's not only a superior pass rusher, making 11.5 sacks and 21 tackles for loss last year, but he's also outstanding against the run with 56 overall tackles. Few players in the league have his knack for making the big play. Projected Backups - DE Jayson Jean-Baptiste, Sr. - Progressing nicely over his career, Jean Baptiste should be a force as a backup. He made a ton of plays in a reserve role last year and could step into a starting role if need be. DT Derek Hall, Soph. - He's not big, but he's athletic with a vertical jump of 33 inches. He made one tackle last season in a very limited role and will back up Edwards this year.

Linebackers - Seth Lacey, Jr. - Backing up Nick Barnett on the strong side, Lacey made 18 tackles overcoming the neck problems he suffered in 2001. He's strong, fast and a great all-around athletic player. - Richard Siegler, Sr. - The All-Pac 10 player in the middle is Oregon State's leading returning tackler with 99 tackles. With the loss of running mate Nick Barnett, he'll have to up his production and be an even bigger factor. Jonathan Pollard, Jr. - Getting the first look on the weak side, Pollard made 22 tackles and two tackles for loss. Since coming to OSU, Pollard hasn't only gotten a lot stronger, but he's become faster making himself into a sleeper NFL prospect. Projected Backups - Trent Bray, Soph. - An active backup in the middle. Bray is a solid reserve behind Siegler. He made 23 tackles and 1.5 tackles for loss last season. Ryan Kanekeberg, Jr. - More of a glorified safety than a linebacker, Kanekeberg will push for time behind Lacey on the strong side. Kevin Davidson, Jr. - The JUCO transfer might make an instant impact. He has the athleticism of a strong safety with the size of a linebacker.

Secondary - Cornerback Shamon Jamerson, Sr. - An all-around defensive back, Jamerson can play either corner or safety. He's had to sit behind some great corners so far in his career, but he appears ready to have a breakout season - Strong safety Lawrence Turner, Sr. - The JUCO transfer made a big impact last season making 60 tackles and picking off four passes. He's not a huge safety, but he's very fast and has nice instincts. Free safety Mitch Meeuwsen, Jr. - A sprained knee cost him part of last season, but he still led the team with five interceptions and made 40 tackles. The leader of the secondary, he'll be back at 100% by this fall and could be the best all-around free safety in the league. Cornerback Aric Williams, Jr. - The main corner behind Dennis Weathersby, Williams made 15 tackles and broke up three passes last season. He's a nice sized player with decent speed. Projected Backups - FS Brandon Catenese, Sr. - At 202 pounds, Catanese is a nice sized safety with experience. He made ten tackles in seven games last year. CB Jamal Jackson, Soph. - He's extremely fast and is strong for a player of his size, but he hasn't seen much playing time yet, He'll push for time on the right side. Special Teams - Placekicker Kirk Yliniemi. Sr. - He hit 15 straight field goals last season after missing his first kick of the season. He showed a nice leg hitting two from 50 yards. There's no reason to think he won't be one of the best in the Pac 10 again this season. Punter Carl Tobey, Sr. - Tobey has a very nice season averaging 40.3 yards per kick and put 18 inside the 20. He'll be one of the better punters in the league this season.

STANFORD

HEAD COACH: BUDDY TEEVENS

Talk to second year head coach Buddy Teevens about the 2003 Cardinal and he'll use words like consistency, strength, durability, endurance, work ethic, productivity and commitment. These are the tenets for the '03 season as the Cardinal attempts to erase the memory of the 2002 season and begin anew in bringing Stanford football back to the national spotlight. And there's certainly reason for optimism in 2003. Teevens can count on eight returning starters and 21 returning letterman to a defense that has the potential to show vast improvement in '03. Offensively, the Cardinal has talent and experience at the skill positions, but must put together an offensive line that returns just one starter from last year's team. Defensively, Stanford's young and inexperienced team of a year ago is now a more seasoned, veteran group consisting of players who saw significant playing time in 2002 and showed continued improvement.

Defensive ends Amon Gordon and Louis Hobson return up front along with the starting linebacker corps of David Bergeson, Jack Covault and Jon Alston. In the secondary, the Cardinal returns starting corners Leigh Torrence and Stanley Wilson and strong safety Oshiomogho Atogwe, last year's leading tackler. The Cardinal returns just three starters on offense and will have to rely on a group of young players to mature quickly, especially on the offensive line. Early departures to the NFL by all-conference tackle Kwame Harris - a junior in 2002 - and leading receiver Teyo Johnson - a sophomore a year ago - have hurt the team's depth. The returning starters on offense include Chambers at tackle, Alex Smith at tight end and the quarterback tandem of Chris Lewis and Kyle Matter.

Below is a position-by-position breakdown of the 2003 Cardinal: Quarterback - Senior QB Chris Lewis - Chris Lewis played only five games a year ago due to a rotator cuff injury while redshirt freshman Kyle Matter started the other six and received valuable playing experience. The question in 2003 is will Lewis return to the form that has allowed him to throw for 3,168 yards and 25 touchdowns, or will Matter continue to grow and mature into the full-time starter? Or, are any of the three other candidates, junior Ryan Eklund and redshirt freshman Trent Edwards and David Lofton, ready to make a run at the starting job? Teevens would like to name a starter by the end of spring. "It's one of the most competitive positions on the team," he said. "Chris is healthy again from off-season shoulder surgery and Kyle is physically maturing and learning a great deal from his experiences of last year." Lewis is tied for seventh on Stanford's career touchdown list and has a chance to move into the all-time top-10 in virtually every passing category if he becomes the starter in '03. Matter completed 116-of-214 for 1,219 yards and eight touchdowns last season while starting six games, including the last five. Eklund has been a backup for the Cardinal the past two seasons and Edwards and Lofton will be serious contenders for playing time in 2003. "We need to be more consistent at the quarterback position, protect the football better and improve our accuracy in the passing game, " said Teevens.

Running Backs - Junior Kenneth Tolon and sophomore J.R. Lemon return as the team's two experienced running backs. Neither has started or been the team's main rushing threat, but both have shown that they have the potential to fill that role. Tolon has rushed for 692 yards and seven touchdowns the past two seasons and his 5.8 yards per carry average during this time is the best on the team. He has two, 100-yard rushing games in his career. A year ago, he was third on the team with 346 yards on the ground while scoring a team-best four rushing touchdowns. Lemon received his first playing experience last season and showed flashes of his talent. "We need to run the ball more effectively," said Teevens. "Both Kenny and J.R. are capable of becoming every down backs, but we need them to show more consistency and durability." Redshirt freshman Gerald Commissiong, a converted defensive back, is also in the hunt for playing time at running back. At the fullback position, four-year starter Casey Moore has left a void that will be difficult to fill. The trio of returnees looking to earn the number one spot includes senior Cooper Blackhurst, last year's backup, junior Pat Jacobs and sophomore Kris Bonifas.

Wide Receivers -Luke Powell has caught 83 passes for 1,560 yards (18.8 ypc) and 11 touchdowns in his career and is the unquestioned leader of the Cardinal's wide receiver corps. He played at less than 100 percent last season with an ankle injury, but when healthy he is one of the most dangerous players in college football. Junior-to-be Teyo Johnson, the team's leading receiver last year, departed the Farm for the NFL Draft, leaving with two years of eligibility remaining. A year ago, juniors Greg Camarillo and Nick Sebes and sophomores Grant Mason and Gerren Crochet received playing time in a reserve role. Mason finished fifth on the team with 23 receptions while Camarillo had eight catches, Crochet caught five balls and Sebes missed a month of the season with a knee injury. Tight Ends - Stanford found itself thin at the tight end spot in 2002 after starter Brett Pierce was lost for the year in the season opener and true freshman Matt Traverso suffered a season-ending injury in the second game of the year. That left Alex Smith as the starter and only experienced tight end on the team. Smith responded brilliantly by catching 30 passes, second best on the team, for 380 yards (12.7 ypc) and two touchdowns while starting the final 10 games of the year. With Pierce, a fifth-year senior and starter in 2001, and Traverso now healthy, Stanford enters the '03 campaign with three quality tight ends. Pierce has caught 26 passes for 299 yards (11.5 ypc) and three touchdowns in his career and was considered one of the best tight ends in the Pac-10 before his injury. Traverso is a talented second-year player who adds quality depth to the tight end position.

Offensive Line - Three-year starter Kirk Chambers returns to anchor an offensive line that must rebuild with young players after losing four starters off last year's team. Chambers has started every game at left tackle over the past three years (34 straight) and enters the 2003 season among the best in the Pac-10. The early departure of First-Team All-Pac-10 tackle Kwame Harris to the NFL was a key loss for the Cardinal. Harris, winner of last year's Morris Trophy as the top lineman in the Pac-10, still had one more year of eligibility remaining. Surrounding Chambers will be a cast of young, inexperienced but highly motivated and talented players hungry for their chance to compete for a starting spot. "We'll need Kirk Chambers to provide great leadership along with solid play up front," says Teevens. "There are questions that remain with the offensive line due to the limited number of players with game experience. With so many young faces, one of our primary challenges as a coaching staff this spring will be to develop these young players and get them ready to play in September." The only two players with game experience other than Chambers are senior Mike Sullivan and sophomore Brian Head. The Cardinal's freshman class a year ago included seven offensive linemen, some of whom will find their way into the starting lineup in 2003. Chambers will start at left tackle with freshman Matt McClernan backing him up. At left guard, redshirt freshmen David Beall and Ismael Simpson will compete for the to spot. Another pair of redshirt freshmen will battle for the starting spot at right guard: Jeff Edwards and Josiah Vinson. Sullivan and redshirt freshman Jon Cochran are the two candidates at right tackle with Head and redshirt freshman Tim Mattran competing at center. "We will rely heavily on last year's freshman class," says Teevens.

Defensive Line - The Cardinal returns two starters and experienced players at the end positions, but need to shore up the middle of their defensive line after losing both starters off last year's team. At the end positions, returning starters Amon Gordon and Louis Hobson return along with 2002 letter-winners senior Drew Caylor, junior Will Svitek and sophomore Julian Jenkins. All five players spent time in the starting lineup a year ago. Gordon, a junior, has five sacks and 12 tackles for loss in his career while Hobson, who started eight games last season, is the team' s leading returning tackler on the defensive line. Caylor started three games, Svitek three before being moved to tight end and Jenkins, a true freshman in 2002, started one and became a valuable reserve as one of two true freshman to earn a letter a year ago. Sophomore Michael Lovelady and redshirt freshman Chris Gaines add depth at defensive end and will be in the hunt for increased playing time. Inside, the Cardinal must replace starting tackle Matt Leonard and nose tackle Trey Freeman. Junior Scott Scharff and sophomore Casey Carroll lettered a year ago at tackle and will compete for the starting spot in 2003. Sophomore Babatunde Oshinowo was impressive in a reserve role last year at nose tackle and is the leading contender to start in '03. Senior Ian Shelswell will battle Oshinowo for playing time at NT. "We need to generate a greater pass rush and have more consistent play along the defensive line," says Teevens. "Our inside guys have to play at a higher level. We have some players at the end positions who have tremendous athletic potential and it will be crucial for them to continue to improve and heighten their play."

Linebackers - The Cardinal returns its top six linebackers from a year ago and will begin the 2003 campaign with an experienced, season corps from which to choose. Both outside linebacker positions and the middle linebacker spot will be very competitive. For the record, Stanford returns all three starters in OLBs Jon Alston and David Bergeron and MLB Jake Covault. However, all six returnees spent time in the starting lineup last year. Make no mistake, sophomore Michael Craven, junior Jared Newberry and senior Brian Gaffney will be in the hunt for starting roles in 2003. "We have some depth and experience at the linebacker positions," says Teevens. "A year ago, they were a young, inexperienced group. Now, we expect them to play like seasoned veterans." Covault, the only senior in the group along with Brian Gaffney, led the linebacking corps with 52 tackles last season while starting nine games at MLB. Gaffney started the final two games of the year, finishing with 27 tackles. Bergeron, now a junior, was Stanford's starting OLB in 10 games last season. He will be moved to MLB for the '03 campaign. At the outside positions, the battle for the two starting spots is likely to be among Alston, Craven and Newberry. Alston started five games last year as a redshirt freshman and finished with 30 tackles and two tackles for loss. Craven started the first four games of the '02 season. He finished the year with 28 tackles, 3.5 tackles for loss and one interception return for a touchdown. Newberry, a starter in three games, had 45 total stops, 4.5 tackles for loss and three sacks. Also in the hunt for playing time, both on defense and on special teams, are sophomore Capp Culver and redshirt freshmen Mike Silva and Taualai Fonoti. "We need greater consistency and play-making capability from our linebackers," says Teevens.

Secondary - Three starters are back in 2003, including corners Leigh Torrence and Stanley Wilson, and strong safety Oshiomogho Atogwe, but a question remains at free safety. Wilson and Torrence, both juniors, started all 11 games last year while redshirt freshman T.J. Rushing came off the bench as the team's third corner. That provides the Cardinal with three solid players from which to build. Torrence had three interceptions, five pass breakups and 38 total tackles last year, Wilson had two interceptions, six pass break ups and 32 tackles while Rushing had two INTs, 21 tackles and four tackles for loss. Atogwe led the team in tackles last year with 71 and was Stanford's most active player on defense. He also chipped in with three interceptions, one fumble recovery, three forced fumbles, four pass break ups, one sack and one tackle for loss in starting all 11 games. "We expect to perform at a higher level in 2003," said Teevens. "With three starters back, we have a more experienced, veteran group who continued to make progress last year." The starting role at free safety will be a battle between sophomores Kevin Schimmelmann and Timi Wusu, and redshirt freshman Trevor Hooper and Bryan Bentrott. Both Schimmelmann and Wusu played a reserve role last year and earned letters, mainly for their play on special teams. Sophomores Calvin Armstrong and Nick Silvas and redshirt freshman Marcus McCutcheon will also be competing for playing time at the cornerback positions.

UCLA

HEAD COACH: KARL DORRELL

There's a great deal of young talent to build around. The backfield features sophomores at quarterback and running back, while the receiving corps could turn into one of the Pac 10's best if Drew Olson or Matt Moore can get them the ball. They'll all have to get used to a new offensive system that'll strive for as much balance as possible. Quarterbacks - Drew Olson, Soph. - When Cory Paus was knocked out last season, Olson and fellow sophomore Matt Moore took over the starting duties. Olson started the final five games of the season with varying degrees of success playing well in a road win over Washington but predictably struggled at times. There were signs that he was in for a big game in the Las Vegas Bowl before banging his hand off a helmet. He's an athletic quarterback adding mobility to the position. Top Backups Matt Moore, Soph. - Moore started against Stanford throwing for 142 yards and a touchdown, and took over against New Mexico after Olson hurt his hand. He has the strongest arm of the all the Bruin quarterbacks. John Sciarra, Soph. - The clear number three behind Olson and Moore, Sciarra has a bit of experience seeing time in five games last season.

Running Backs - Tyler Ebell, Soph. - One of the nation's best young backs, Ebell tore off at least 100 yards in six straight games last season. With the season slipping away and the Bruins struggling behind their freshman quarterbacks, Ebell took over the offense after the fifth game. He's only 171 pounds, but he was able to handle the workload last year. Fullback Manuel White, Jr. - One of the team's multi-talented backs, the 247-pound White will line up at fullback, but has the speed and skill to play a little tailback. He suffered a hamstring pull last year missing time during the middle of the season. Top Backups Akil Harris, Sr. - Harris started the first four games of last season before giving way to Ebell. He has nice power to go along with his speed, and is a solid option to give Ebell a spell. Wendell Mathis, Soph. - Mostly a special teams player, Mathis carried the ball 18 times for 50 yards on the year. He might be the teams fastest back. Fullback J.D. Groves, Soph. - When White lines up at tailback, it'll be up to Groves and junior Pat Norton to take over the blocking duties. The 240-pound Groves took over the job in the middle of last year when White hurt his hamstring.

Receivers - Craig Bragg, Jr. - Bragg is growing into a star. At 6-2, he has nice size to go along with his blazing speed. One of the league's top deep threats, 14 of his 15 career touchdown catches has come from beyond 22 yards. On pace to be UCLA's all-time leading receiver, he can catch the short stuff too finishing last year with 55 grabs. He's also a great punt returner. Tab Perry, Sr. - As good as Bragg is at catching the deep ball, Perry is better averaging a Pac 10 best 19.9 yards per catch. At 6-3 and 215 pounds, he has prototype NFL size to go along with his speed. Tight end Keith Carter, Soph. - It'll be up to Carter to replace the talents of Mackey Award finalist Mike Seidman. Carter played in the last ten games of 2002 making five catches. In a pinch, he can play fullback as well. He was hurt in a motorcycle accident dislocating his hip. He's supposed to be fine, but it remains to be seen if he can go this season. Top Backups Junior Taylor, Soph. - Taylor can flat out fly. He made 14 catches last year and will push Perry for playing time at flanker. - Ryan Smith, Sr. - Smith has to overcome surgery to his ankle and is needed to add experienced depth to the receiving corps. Hampered by his bum ankle, he only caught five passes in 2002. Tight end Marcedes Lewis, Soph. - A better receiver than Carter, Lewis will battle all season for playing time. He's much too good a prospect to keep off the field.

Offensive Line - Tackle Ed Blanton, Soph. - After playing behind Mike Saffer last year, Blanton should be ready to take over at left tackle. He started against San Diego State when Saffer went down. He's already a great pass blocker, but has to use his 325 pounds a little bit better in his run blocking. Guard Eyoseph Efseaff, Jr. - Efseaff has become one of the Pac 10's best guards. A crushing run blocker who works as hard as anyone on the line, Efseaff will return to his spot on the left side. Center Mike McCloskey, Soph. - McCloskey started every game last year as a redshirt freshman. An athletic player with an ability to move, he still has a little room to get bigger and should progress into an all-star candidate. Guard Steven Vieira, Jr. - Vieira started every game last year at right guard. Technically, he might be the line's best blocker. Tackle Paul Mociler, Jr. - It'll be up to Mociler to take over the right tackle job, but he can play anywhere on the line. He's experienced as the main backup last year for every spot. Top Backups G Robert Cleary, Soph. - The 6-7, 304-pound mountain will back up Mociler on the right side. UCLA's defense will be geared around its speed and athleticism using more blitzes and attacking the ball more.

With seven returning starters, a great secondary, solid pass rushers and speedy linebackers, this will be a defense to watch. Defensive - Defensive end Dave Ball, Sr. - Ball was a second-team All-Pac 10 player last year leading the team with 11 sacks and 15 tackles for loss. The new defensive scheme should showcase his talents leading to a huge statistical season. Defensive tackle Rodney Leslie, Sr. - Leslie should probably be in the NFL right now. He's the All-America-level rock in the middle returning after missing five games last year with a broken foot. Defensive tackle Ryan Boschetti, Sr. - Boschetti filled in after Leslie went down making 23 tackles. He'll get the first shot next to Leslie in the middle. Defensive end Mat Ball, Sr. - A reserve for most of last year, Ball will get the first shot to play on the other side of his brother. A former outside linebacker, he has nice quickness on the end. Top Backups - DE Asi Faoa, Sr. - Faoa will be the top reserve at both ends. He made 24 stops last year. DE David Tautofi, Sr. - Another nice backup at end, Tautofi will see more of a role this season after only playing in five games last year. DT C.J. Niusulu, Soph. - Without much depth at tackle, Niusulu has to become a major factor. At 300 pounds, Niusulu provides the most beef in the tackle rotation.

Linebackers - Brandon Chillar, Sr. - The best of combination of size and speed of all the Bruin linebackers, Chillar has the quickness to drop into pass coverage and the size to stop the run. He was third on the team last year with 74 tackles on the strong side. Dennis Link, Sr. - Link will be battling Justin London for the starting job in the middle. He backed up Marcus Reese last year making ten tackles. Spencer Havner, Soph. - The team's leading returning tackler, Havner made 96 stops and three interceptions on the weak side. He's not all that big, but he's extremely athletic. Top Backups Marcus London, Soph - London is neck and neck with Link for the starting job in the middle. He made five tackles last year in a reserve role. Tim Warfield, Jr. - Warfield provides even more depth in the middle. He saw time in six games last year. Patrick Pierre-Louis, Jr. - He'll be the top backup behind Havner on the weak side. He made 97 tackles as a JUCO player two years ago.

Secondary - Cornerback Matt Ware, Jr. - Ware might be the Pac 10's best kept secret. A superior athlete, Ware played safety during the first part of his career before switching over to corner. He's 6-3, 201 pounds with sprinter's speed and big-time hitting ability. Look for him to take his game up a notch and become one of the better players in the league. Cornerback Matt Clark, Jr. - Clark isn't all that big, but he has great quickness. He'll have to battle with Marcus Cassel and Keith Short for the job on the other side of Ware. It'll be his job to try and replace all-star Ricky Manning Jr. Free safety Ben Emanuel, Jr. - Emanuel started in 12 games last year at free safety after moving from strong safety finishing with 58 tackles and four interceptions. He's an active player that always seems to be around the ball. Strong safety Jarrad Page, Soph. - Page became a godsend for the Bruin secondary. His emergence allowed Ware to shift to corner and Emanuel to free safety. As a true freshman, Page made 43 tackles and two interceptions. Top Backups Free safety Kevin Brant, Sr. - The team's best backup option at safety, Brant made 13 tackles in a reserve role. He'll see time behind Emanuel. Cornerback Glenn Ohaeri, Soph. - The sophomore will be in the mix with Clark for the starting spot on the other side of Ware or could play at strong safety. He has mostly seen time on special teams. Strong safety Jibril Raymo, Soph. - Raymo saw time at free safety as a true freshman making 18 stops and will combine with Eric McNeal to provide the depth at strong safety. Special Teams Placekicker Justin Medlock, RFr. - It'll be Medlock's job to replace Nate Fikse. He has a booming leg, but he has to prove he can hit the clutch kicks like Fikse did. Punter Chris Kluwe, Jr. - Kluwe made punted one ball last year for 44 yards. He can kick it a mile but he hasn't had much chance to show what he can do playing behind two-time All-Pac-10 punter Fikse.

USC

HEAD COACH: PETE CARROLL

There's so much talent here that it's hard to think the offense will be a problem, but there's almost no proven experience in the backfield and little depth at receiver. The offensive line should be among the five best in America with a second team that would be the first string on most teams. The four-way battle at quarterback should continue up until the start of the season. Quarterbacks - Matt Leinart, Soph. - Leinart has a biggest arm or the four competitors for the job, but Billy Hart has more quickness, Matt Cassel has more experience and Brandon Hance has better overall athleticism. At the end of spring ball, Leinart got the nod from head coach Pete Carroll even though the race is still wide open. Top Backups - Matt Cassel, Jr. - You'd think he'd be the number one candidate to take over Carson Palmer's job after he saw a little bit of mop up duty last season, but that's not the case. After backing up Palmer the last two years, he was able to learn the ropes and see how he operated. A big player with a nice arm, Cassel might not be Palmer, but he'd do just fine. Brandon Hance, Jr. - Not to be counted out of the race, the Purdue transfer has the skills to make a run for the starting job. Hance sat out last season and doesn't have nearly the practice time that Cassel has, but has nice mobility. He's having problems with a sore shoulder. Billy Hart, Soph. - A member of the USC baseball team, Hart was asked to stick around spring ball and compete for the job. A great athlete with a nice arm, he needs the practice time to get a fair shot at the position.

Running Backs - Hershel Dennis, Soph. - The running game went somewhat unnoticed last season with all the fireworks coming from the passing game, but it was extremely effective. Now Justin Fargas, Sultan McCullough and Malaefou MacKenzie are gone. The only back with any experience is Dennis and he has to become the star. He's not all that big, but he's extremely quick and very, very talented. The coaching staff thinks he's going to be next great Trojan running back, but at only 175 pounds, he needs some help carrying the load. Brandon Hancock, Soph. - He's big and very fast for a fullback, but he still needs to learn the job. Top Backups Reggie Bush, Fr. - A 2002 Parade All-American, Bush averaged 12.1 yards per carry for his high school team last year. He has nice size and blinding speed finishing third in the 100 meters in the California state championships running a 10.42. Chauncy Washington, Fr. - He had problems with a knee injury last year, but he'll be ready to roll at the start of the season. He's 6-1 and 205 pounds and has been clocked at 10.5 in the 100 meter dash. LenDale White, Fr. - At 225 pounds, White will be the biggest of the incoming backs. A power back, he might see some time at fullback.

Receivers - Mike Williams, Soph. - Few places can lose a receiver like Kareem Kelly and still not have a problem. He wasn't technically listed as a starter last year, but that'll all change for the super sophomore as he's one of college football's brightest young stars. When Williams came on last year, so did Palmer's Heisman campaign finishing with 81 catches for 1,265 yards and 14 touchdowns. Compared to Keyshawn Johnson, Williams has the size and speed to be an All-American this year. Keary Colbert, Sr. - Not to be overlooked in the shadow of Williams, Colbert comes into the season No. 6 on the on the USC career receptions list with 138. While not necessarily a possession receiver, he's the perfect guy to throw to on a big down. Tight end Alex Holmes, Sr. - He's an outstanding pass catcher and could become the team's key third down performer. Holmes is the biggest of the tight ends at 265 pounds and is a fine blocker. Projected Backups D. Hale, Sr. - Hale is a nice player, but not an adequate replacement if Williams of Co lbert goes down. He has one start in his career and caught seven passes in 2001. Sandy Fletcher, Sr. - He's a big receiver with a little bit of experience mostly on special teams. Greig Carlson, Soph. - The hope is that the sophomore can instantly develop into a dependable playmaker. As a punt returner, he averaged 6.6 yards per return. Steve Smith, Fr. - He's almost the perfect college football receiver prospect. A great basketball player, Smith has great all-around athleticism to go along with his 4.4 speed. Gregg Guenther Jr., Jr. The back up tight end has a little bit of experience and at 6-8 with his basketball athleticism could be a factor around the goal line. Dominique Byrd, Soph. - Byrd is yet another athletic player to add to the tight end mix. He caught one pass last year.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jacob Rogers, Sr. - The strength of the good line is at tackle led by Rogers. The 305-pound senior appears to be ready for All-America honors and is a lock to be All-Pac 10. Guard Larry Vandermade, Sr. - Vandermade returns to his spot at left guard, but he's still recovering from a torn biceps and could give way to Eric Torres. Center Norm Katnik, Sr. - Katnik returns for his third year as a starter on the line. He can start at any position, but will get the starting nod at center. Guard Fred Matua, RFr. - This is the only spot that needs tightening up. Matua was going to start last year before spraining his knee. At 305 pounds, he has the size. All he needs is experience. Tackle Winston Justice, Soph. - Justice might be young, but he's not far behind Rogers in talent. He'll start on the right side and could be in the mix for All-Conference honors along with his fellow tackle on the other side. Projected Backups - OT/OG Eric Torres, Sr. - A starter for two years, Torres will be first in the tackle rotation to replace Rogers and Justice if he doesn't end up starting at guard. He'd start for just about every other team in America. OT Nate Steinbacher, Sr. - A former defensive tackle, the 300-pound senior see time behind Justice. He's an athletic tackle that could be a solid player as the year goes on. OG Travis Watkins, Jr. - A shot putter on the track team, the 300-pound Watkins is an experienced guard and a fine backup.

On defense, the front seven could be among the best in America if a playmaker emerges at middle linebacker. The secondary has the potential to be great if the starters can stay healthy and some newcomers can star right away. Defensive Line - Defensive end Omar Nazel, Sr. - Nazel has outstanding speed coming off the edge finishing last year with 6.5 sacks. He's not just a pass rusher, he can make plays in pass coverage as well. - Defensive tackle Mike Patterson, Jr. - He'll primarily play on the nose and should be a lock for All-Pac 10, and possibly All-America, honors. He can play at either tackle position and should be a rock at either spot. Defensive tackle Shaun Cody, Jr. - The 275-pound Cody should emerge as one of the best tackles in America. If necessary, he can play on the end, but he's better in the middle. Even though he's coming off a knee injury, he should be fine for the start of the season. Defensive end Kenechi Udeze, Jr. - Udeze uses his size a little more on the end as a run stopper making 44 tackles. He's not bad at getting into the backfield making 7.5 sacks and 16 tackles for loss. Projected Backups DE Van Brown, Jr. - The 255-pound junior was a backup last year making four tackles and 1.5 sacks. He'll be first in the backup rotation at end. DE Frostee Rucker, Soph. - Rucker will see time on the outside after transferring from Colorado State. If he doesn't play on the end, he could be moved to outside linebacker. DT LaJuan Ramsey, Soph. - With several other players out this spring, Ramsey had a chance to see time on the inside. DT A.J. Single, Jr. - The former defensive end would've been a primary backup in the middle. He missed last year after having problems with a dislocated shoulder, and ended up retiring from the team this spring.

Linebackers - Matt Grootegoed, Jr. - Grootegoed led the team in tackles last year with 81 and should be on everyone's preseason All-Pac 10 list. He also made eight sacks and 16.5 tackles for loss. He always finds a way to get around the ball and will be considered one of the nation's best on the outside. Oscar Lua, Soph. - Lua tore up his knee in the Orange Bowl and won't be ready until the fall, but he'll most likely be the starter if he comes back 100%. At 245 pounds, he adds more bulk to the middle. Melvin Simmons, Sr. - Simmons finished second on the team with 71 stops last season. He's not as good at getting into the backfield as Grootegoed, but he's still a solid All-America candidate. Projected Backups Lofa Tatupu, Soph. - The son of former NFL running back Mosi, is coming off a year off after transferring from Maine. He's only 215 pounds, but he might be the answer on the inside if Lua can't go. Bobby Otani, Jr. - Yet another speedy player in the corps, Otani made ten tackles last season and will mainly back up Grootegoed. Daniel Urquhart, Jr. - The former transfer redshirted last season missing time with an ankle injury followed by an elbow infection. He mostly saw time on the line, but he'll be moved to the middle.

Secondary - Cornerback Marcell Allmond, Sr. - The only returning starter, Allmond should be one of the best in the Pac 10. The former receiver has sensational speed and great size for a corner making 37 tackles and breaking up six passes. Strong safety Darnell Bing, Fr. - A star recruit, Bing was unable to qualify academically and had to sit out all of last year. He's the all-star player of the future for the Trojans and could start right away. Free safety Jason Leach, Jr. - He led the team with four interceptions last year and will be in the mix to start. He's listed as the starter after spring ball, but he could be in for a fight once Will Poole gets in camp. Cornerback Kevin Arbet, Sr. - He missed all of last year with a broken foot. When he was right in 2001, he saw time at corner and as a nickel back. A solid kick returner, Arbet has great quickness and enough athleticism to handle the full-time role. Projected Backups CB/S Will Poole, Sr. - It's asking too much for someone to come in and replace Troy Polamalu, but the Trojans might get a boost from Boston College transfer. Poole, a JUCO All-American last season, is fast enough to play corner and big enough to play safety. CB William Buchanon, Soph. - If Arbet struggles at all, the 6-4 Buchanon, another converted receiver, will get a shot at the job. CB Ronald Nunn, Jr. - Nunn might need a little time recovering from a knee injury. He was the starter last year and a star special teams player before problems with the knee. S Mike Ross, Soph. - He'll combine with Darnell Bing at one of the safety spots. Ross has a little more experience than Bing, but it mostly came on special teams. Special Teams Placekicker Ryan Killeen. Jr. - He's back as a reliable placekicker hitting 16 of 23 field goals taking over the job after mainly handling kickoffs. He has a big leg mainly hitting four of six kicks from 40 to 48 yards. Punter Tom Malone, Soph. - Coming off a great season, Malone averaged 42.1 yards per kick last year with 28 kicks keeping the opponents at or inside the 20.

WASHINGTON

HEAD COACH: RICK NEUHEISEL

The coaching staff wants to get more physical and more two dimensional with a running game to take the pressure off the passing attack. But why? To paraphrase Freddie Bauer, played by John Candy, in the movie Splash, when something works for you, you stick with it. It's not like Washington needs the time of possession. It dominated last year holding the ball more than four minutes more than the opposition. This isn't a run n' shoot offense, it's a very effective passing attack that should be just as strong with the return of quarterback Cody Pickett and receiver Reggie Williams. There's talent in the backfield, so now the veteran offensive line has to open some holes. Quarterbacks - Cody Pickett, Sr. - It's easy to look at Pickett's numbers and simply think that he's a product of a top passing system, but that's simply not true. He has matured from a good quarterback into a sensational decision maker reading things far better than he did earlier in his career. The evidence? He threw the ball 311 more times in 2002 than he did in 2001, but he didn't throw any more interceptions while pitching 18 more touchdown passes. Now that he's a senior, expect an All-America caliber season with even more fireworks and more wins. Top Backups Casey Paus, Soph. - Paus, the younger brother of former UCLA quarterback Cory, is a dropback passer who'll get plenty of practice reps being groomed to be the star of the future. He has a good arm, but little to no mobility compared to Stanback. Isaiah Stanback, RFr. - Stanback isn't nearly the passer that Pickett or Paus is, but he can run. He struggled at times this spring throwing the ball, but the coaching staff still thinks he can end up being the number two quarterback this fall. If not, he might see time at receiver to utilize his speed and athleticism.

Running Backs - Rich Alexis, Sr. - Alexis is an experienced back with good size and great hands. Now he has to be more productive. He led the team with 688 yards and ten touchdowns, but he only averaged 3.4 yards per carry and disappeared at times. Granted, it's easy to lose momentum in an offense that passes as much as this one does. He missed this spring recovering from surgery on his shoulder. Fullback Zach Tuiasosopo, Jr. - The former linebacker has emerged as a top fullback. He's not much of a ball carrier, but he can be a power back for a yard or two, and can be used as a receiver out of the backfield if needed. He should be one of the better blocking fullbacks in the Pac 10. Top Backups - Chris Singleton, Jr. - As one of the only healthy tailbacks on the roster this spring, Singleton saw a ton of time and could grow into one of the better runners. He led the backs with a 3.5 yard per carry average last year rushing for 224 yards and a touchdown. He's a smart player with good overall skills. Kenny James, RFr. - On straight talent, James is the best Husky running back. He suffered a scare this spring with a sprained knee, but the coaching staff is hoping he'll be able to provide some pop at some point this year. Shelton Sampson, RFr. - Fast, fast, fast. The 175-pound back isn't going to run over anyone, but no one will catch him once he gets past the line. Ty Eriks, Soph. - Ericks moves from outside linebacker to fullback. He should be a good one with more work.

Receivers - Reggie Williams, Jr. - Williams was very good freshman receiver catching 55 passes for 973 yards and three touchdowns. Last year, he became an All-America superstar as an unstoppable receiving machine making 94 grabs for 1,454 yards and 11 touchdowns. He's big, physical, fast, and very, very productive when he was needed the most. No Pac 10 receiver has ever put up better two-year numbers as a freshman and sophomore. His signature game was a 12 catch, 169-yard performance against rival Washington State going against NFL first-round draft pick Marcus Trufant. Oh yeah, he can also block. Charles Frederick, Jr. - The perfect complement to Williams, Frederick is a fixture in the receiving corps after some rocky times in and out of the team's doghouse. He has good size and tremendous deep speed averaging 14.5 yards per catch highlighted by a 74-yard score. He's also one of the team's top kick returners with a 10.6 career punt return average and an 18.9 kickoff return average. Tight end Joe Toledo, Soph. - The 6-6, 290-pound Toledo is the listed as the starter, but he was out this spring with a shoulder problem and could have a fight for the No. 1 slot. He's huge and a good target catching three passes for 19 yards in a reserve role. Top Backups Justin Robbins, Jr. - Robbins has a world of talent, but he's had bad luck with injuries missing time with a torn up knee, a bum hamstring and a myriad of shoulder problems. He had a strong freshman season catching 22 passes for 207 yards and four touchdowns. He looks like he'll be a top backup behind Williams. Jordan Slye, RFr. - The 6-5, 195-pound redshirt freshman adds another huge receiver to the mix. He won't take over a starting job, but he has enough talent to see plenty of action behind Frederick. Tight end Ben Bandel, RFr. - At 6-7, 270 pounds, Bandel is another huge tight end in the mix. Looking more like he's ready to go surfing than he is to become top playmaker, he has been good enough to stay ahead of star recruit Jon Lyon on the depth chart. He's turning into a good all-around tight end.

Offensive Line - Tackle Khalif Barnes, Jr. - There's going to be lots of shuffling and movement along the line, but Barnes will stay put as the team's weak tackle with 25 straight starts. He's a smart, strong and quick player as one of the team's best pass blockers. Guard Nick Newton, Sr. - Newton spent most of last year starting as the team's strong side tackle. As one of the UW's most talented and versatile linemen, the 6-5, 330-pound Newton will initially move inside to play at the weak guard spot. Center Dan Dicks, Jr. - An experienced player at both guard and center, the 315-pound junior will start the season in the middle showing great promise filling in for Todd Bachert this spring. Guard Rob Meadow, Soph. - Meadow is one of the new starters in the mix. He'll play guard after spending last season backing up Newton at tackle. He started in two games showing great potential. Look for him to be a fixture on the line for the next three years. Tackle Todd Bachert, Sr. - One of the best centers in the Pac 10, Bachert has seen some time at tackle. Even though he's a Rimington Award candidate at center, he'll play at strong tackle giving the line an experienced and talented player on the strong side. He's expected to be back at 100% after having problems with his shoulder this spring. Top Backups G Clay Walker, RFr. - The initial plan was to get Walker time at center with Bachert hurt this spring. Instead, he'll see time at guard pushing Meadow for time. C Brad Vanneman, Soph. - Even though he missed spring ball with a foot injury, he'll get the backup job behind Dicks. G Aaron Butler, Jr. - The 320-pound junior was good enough to find a spot somewhere, but he left the team to go to culinary arts school. The Skinny: The line is experienced and has a little bit of talent, but it has to be more physical and needs to turn into one of the team's strengths. Even though UW threw the ball 621 times, 37 sacks are a lot to give up. There was no push whatsoever for the running game, so look for new line coach Dan Cozzetto to try and make this a more physical group.

The Huskies were great against the run, but some of that was because teams spent most of its time bombing away on the secondary. To be fair, the front seven did hold opposing running games to a paltry 2.8 yards per carry, and should be almost as strong again this year. The secondary could be better with the return of Roc Alexander at one corner and the emergence of Derrick Johnson at the other. The safeties have to stay healthy and must come through with big seasons. Defensive Line - Defensive end Graham Lasee, Soph. - Lasee will get the first shot at trying to replace Kai Ellis. While he might not instantly be the playmaker that Ellis was, Lasee should grow into a strong player with several other players taking away most of the attention. Defensive tackle Tui Alailefaleula, Jr. - The 310-pound junior has bulked up to be one of the bigger players on the Washington offensive line. He's been a reserve in his first two years making seven tackles. After some thought about putting him on the offensive line, he'll stay at tackle. Defensive tackle Terry Johnson, Sr. - Even though he's 285 pounds, Johnson can move. Also recruited as a volleyball player, he's fast, strong and very athletic. He's hard for any slow offensive lineman to handle. He made 25 tackles, five sacks and 9.5 tackles for loss. Defensive end Manase Hopoi, Soph. - What Hopoi lacks in overall athleticism, he makes up for in size and talent. Even though he's not all that fast, he finds ways to get into the backfield making seven sacks and 17 tackles for loss. He's simply a very good football player. Top Backups DT/DE Josh Miller, Jr. - One of the rocks on the line, Miller made 33 tackles last season. He's having problems with a bad back that could cost him this year. - DE Jerome Stevens, Jr. - More than just a backup, he was the third man in when one of the tackles needed a break. He has ten games of experience making 50 career tackles. He'll back up Alailefaluela.

Linebackers - Greg Carothers, Sr. - Carothers was one of the team's best defensive players as a safety making 84 tackles last year. He hits like a linebacker, but he also covers like one, so he should be more natural as an outside linebacker. He's always all over the field making plays, so look for his tackle total to go through the roof now that he gets to attack a little more. He should have a ton of tackles for loss. Joe Lobendahn, Jr. - The 5-10, 225-pound Lobendahn will try and replace Ben Mahdavi and hit 100 tackles on the inside. He started two games in the middle making 23 tackles showing he can be a top run defender. He's not Mahdavi, but he should do just fine. Marquis Cooper, Sr. - The 210-pound Cooper is one of the best athletes in the UW linebacking corps, and one of the best tacklers. He tied for the team lead with 100 stops last season to go along with 13 tackles for loss and three sacks growing into a strong linebacker as the year went on. Even though he had a sore shoulder this spring, he should be fine for the start of the season. Top Backups Tim Galloway, Jr. - Galloway played in every game backing up Mahdavi in the middle. He'll push Lodendahn for the starting job with good experience and a nice nose for the ball. Tyler Krambrink, Sr. - Krambrink will move from the middle to the outside to backup Carothers on the strong side. He isn't all that big and hasn't seen a ton of time making 28 career tackles.

Secondary - Cornerback Derrick Johnson, Jr. - Johnson became a solid corner last year after missing all of 2001 with a foot injury. By the end of last year, he was the team's most dependable defensive back finishing with 56 tackles, five interceptions and ten broken up passes. Free safety Jimmy Newell, Jr. - Newell couldn't stay healthy last season only able to play in eight games dislocating two fingers against Michigan and hurting his knee later on in the year. He still made 26 tackles looking like a decent safety prospect. Strong safety Evan Benjamin, Soph. - Benjamin became a valuable reserve last season making 46 tackles and an interceptions filling in when injuries hit. His season ended a little bit early with a sprained ankle, but he's expected to become one of the bigger hitters in the secondary. - Cornerback Roc Alexander, Sr. - Alexander missed most of last season with a shoulder injury. He'll return to take over his starting corner spot giving the secondary a good sized corner with experience and speed. With four career interceptions and 15 broken up passes, he'll be great on one side. Top Backups Free safety James Sims, Soph. - Sims stepped in at free safety when Newell went down and made 35 tackles. He's a smart player who, surprisingly, didn't make too many mistakes as a freshman under fire. In fact, the pass defense improved when he was in. Strong safety Owen Biddle, Sr. - Biddle has been a valuable backup making 62 tackles over the last two seasons. He played well in the Sun Bowl and made a key interception against Washington State. Cornerback Chris Massey, Sr. - Massey was the team's nickel back coming in to make 24 tackles and two interceptions. He's an experienced player who can fill in at either corner spot if needed. Special Teams - Placekicker Evan Knudson, Jr.or Michael Braunstein, Fr. - For now, Knudsen has the kicking job, but Washington doesn't have the situation figured out yet hoping that Braunstein can take over the gig when he arrives this fall. Punter Sean Douglas, Fr. - The all-state kicker from Nebraska had better be ready to roll from the word go, otherwise Washington will have to hope a walk-on can fill the void left by Derek McLaughlin who left to go on a two-year Mormon mission. McLaughlin was fine, but wasn't anything special.

WASHINGTON STATE

HEAD COACH: BILL DOBA

Even with the loss of several key stars, the offense should be fine as long as quarterback Matt Kegel can step in for Jason Gesser and produce. The running backs are strong working behind a good offensive line. The receiving corps should be good if the top prospects can develop to take the heat off of Devard Darling. Quarterbacks -Matt Kegel, Sr. - Kegel has always put up big practice numbers, now he appears ready to take over the starting job formerly held down by All-American Jason Gesser. Kegel has more mobility and has better overall skills than Gesser, but he has to prove he has the leadership and the magical quality that Gesser had. He has seen enough time on the field and in practice to be ready to shine. Top Backups- Chris Hurd, Soph. - Hurd is an even better athlete than Kegel with a great arm and good all-around ability. What he doesn't have is Kegel's experience but he's a good prospect and a fine No. 2. - Josh Swogger, RFr. - The 6-5, 243-pound Swogger has a huge arm and is an intriguing player cause of his size. He won't win the starting job, but look for him to establish himself as one of the team's rising stars.

Running Backs - Jermaine Green, Sr. - The JUCO transfer came in and made an immediate impact leading the team with 829 yards and nine touchdowns averaging 5.5 yards per carry. He's a big back with great breakaway speed. In this offense, he won't be asked to be the workhorse, but he could be if needed. He isn't a great receiver, but he's good enough making 15 catches for 176 yards and two touchdowns. Top Backups Jonathan Smith, Sr. - Smith doesn't have the power that Green has, but he's a little bit faster. He got bigger in the off-season to take more of a pounding after rushing for 284 yards and five touchdowns last year. Allen Thompson, Soph. - Thompson didn't do much having problems with an injured shoulder. When he's in, he provided even more speed to the running back corps.

Receivers - Devard Darling, Jr. - Darling is 6-3, physical and runs a 4.4 40. He turned into a top receiver leading the Cougars with 11 touchdowns and finished second on the team with 54 grabs for 800 yards. He goes from being part of a good receiving corps, to becoming the number one target sure to draw every opposing team's full attention. Sammy Moore, Sr. - The former JUCO star didn't get a chance to see much action last year, but he blew up when he did averaging 30.7 yards per catch on seven grabs with one touchdown. He has tremendous speed and good size. Scott Lunde, Sr. - It isn't quite fair to call Lunde a possession receiver, but he was able to find the seams and make plays underneath while the other receivers were able to get deep. He averaged 12.1 yards per catch making 30 grabs for 364 yards and a touchdown. Tight end Troy Bienemann, Soph. - Bienemann is a solid pass catching tight end making 15 catches for 233 yards and a touchdown as a true freshman. He has great athleticism, and is growing into a decent blocker as he gets bigger and sees more time. Top Backups Trandon Harvey, Soph. - Harvey is a great athlete with speed and jumping ability. He only caught two passes last year for 35 yards, and now he'll be one of the top deep threats on the outside behind Moore. Marty Martin, Soph. - Martin saw time in every game last season, and now he appears to be ready to be a top backup behind Lunde. He made two catches for thirty yards in the spring game capping a good spring. Tight end Adam West, Soph. - West is a tremendous athlete. Now he has to grow into a strong tight end playing behind Bienemann after seeing a little bit of time last year.

Offensive Line - Tackle Calvin Armstrong, Jr. - Armstrong continues to be one of the best offensive linemen in the country. The 6-8, 315-pound junior has been a starter for the last two years as a tremendous pass blocker. Against Arizona State's Terrell Suggs, he allowed a sack, but he more than held his own over the course of the rest of the game. He'll only get better with more time in the weight room. Guard Josh Parrish, Sr. - Parrish is a 322-pound veteran with years of starting experience. He has to come back from a broken leg, and he must get his grades in order, but if all is fine, he'll be on of the team's better run blockers playing on the left side. Center Mike Shelford, Sr. - Shelford has gotten bigger growing into a 275-pound monster in the middle. He has a little bit of experience, but he needs to battle Nick Mihlhauser for the starting job. Guard Billy Knotts, Sr. - Knotts is a tall, big guard overcoming a knee problem in 2001 to be a solid starter. He's also one of the smartest players on the team. Tackle Sam Lightbody, Jr. - The misnomer named Lightbody is 6-9 and 310 pounds returning to the line have having problems with a broken hand and a pinched neck nerve last year. He's a veteran with decent feet for a player of his size. Top Backups G Riley Fitt-Chappell, Soph. - He filled in last season when injuries hit the line starting five games. He's another big body in the mix able to play either guard spot. G Norvell Holmes, Soph. - The 295-pound Holmes saw time this spring when Parrish was out. If something happens, Holmes should be able to step in and play right away without much of a problem. T Patrick Afif, Jr. - The star JUCO recruit would be an instant starter if it wasn't for Armstrong and Lightbody holding down the tackle spots. Afif is a 6-8, 320-pound star playing behind Armstrong.

The defense will be strong even after losing Rien Long and Marcus Trufant. The run defense should once again be among the best in the Pac 10 with a tremendous front seven. The secondary is experienced, but it has to be better than it was last year when it gave up over 255 yards per game. Defensive Line - Defensive end Isaac Brown, Sr. - With 19.5 career sacks, Brown is one of the best, unknown pass rushers in the Pac 10. He's built more like an outside linebacker using his speed and quickness to make plays off the edge. He's a solid tackler, but he can be pushed a bit against the run. Defensive tackle Jeremey Williams, Sr. - With Rien Long gone, Williams is the leader of the line. The 284-pound senior is big and athletic making 47 tackles and five sacks. It'll be up to him to fill the void left by Long as the most active player in the middle. Defensive tackle Tai Tupai, Sr. - Tupai was a very big, and very valuable reserve last season making 11 tackles and 3.5 tackles for loss. He has gotten in better shape over the last year going from 343 to 318 pounds, but he's still the biggest defensive lineman on the team. Defensive end D.D. Acholonu, Sr. - Acholonu isn't listed as a returning starter, but he might as well be with 16 career sacks and 25 career tackles for loss. He's a bigger end than Brown with a good first step. Projected Backups DE Adam Braidwood, Soph. - Braidwood has gotten bigger adding a 260-pound end to the line. He was a solid back making 14 tackles and 2.5 sacks last year. DT Steve Cook, Jr. - Cook is a very active, good-sized tackle backing up Tupai on the right side. He's 286 pounds and experienced making 12 tackles.

Linebackers - Al Genatone, Sr. - Genatone will have to battle with Pat Bennett for the starting job on the weak side. With 72 career tackles, Genatone is an experienced player coming back from having a few injury problems in 2001 to be solid on the outside. Don Jackson, Sr. - Jackson will have to take over for Mawuli Davis and his 78 tackles on the inside. The 220-pound Jackson has a little experience making 16 tackles after transferring from Grossmont Junior College. Despite his limited playing time last year, he's expected to step in and be one of the team's leading tacklers. Will Derting, Soph. - Even though he missed five games with a high ankle spring, he still made 46 tackles, 3.5 sacks and three interceptions. He's tremendous at dropping back into pass coverage, and good at getting into the backfield from the strong side. Projected Backups - Pat Bennett, Jr. - Bennett is one of the smartest players on the team, and he's also experienced making 44 tackles seeing time on the weak side. If he doesn't overtake Genatone, he'll at least split time. Ira Davis, Sr. - Davis is one of the most experienced backups on the team making 30 stops last year. He'll be pushed for the backup job behind Derting on the strong side by Scott Davis.

Secondary - Cornerback Karl Paymah, Jr. - Paymah isn't Marcus Trufant, no one is, but he has the size, speed and athleticism to be an effective corner. He saw a little bit of time last season making 25 tackles and breaking up three passes, now look for him to shine in a full-time role. Strong safety Virgil Williams, Sr. - Williams and Erik Coleman formed one of the better safety tandems in the Pac 10 last year. Returning for another year, Williams is the big intimidator in the defensive backfield making 74 tackles last year. He had problems early in his career with injuries hurting a shoulder and pulling a hamstring, but he proved to be a force once he's healthy. Free safety Erik Coleman, Sr. - Even though he had problems with his shoulder, Coleman used his cornerback speed to become one of the best playmaking safeties in the Pac 10 leading the Cougars with 86 tackles. He's a good hitter that should once again be a tremendous leader in the secondary. Cornerback Jason David, Sr. - With everyone avoiding Trufant, David had plenty of chances to make plays. He came through big-time leading the nation in interceptions per game with seven in ten games. He's only 5-8 and might get picked on again, and once again, he'll come through. Projected Backups FS Jeremy Bohannon, Jr. - Bohannon has been a valuable backup making 24 tackles and a sack last year. He has good speed and decent hitting ability as Coleman's backup. SS Hamza Abdullah, Jr. - One of the biggest safeties on the team, he overcame a knee injury to make nine tackles as a backup. Special Teams Placekicker Drew Dunning. Sr. - Dunning has been outstanding hitting 22 of 33 field goals last year and 40 of 55 kicks over the last two years. He had a few problems with his consistency, but there's no reason to think he won't be one of the better kickers in the Pac 10 again. Punter Kyle Basler, Soph. - Basler came through as a freshman bombing away averaging 41.1 yards per kick and putting 15 inside the 20. He'll be a star for the next three years.

CONFERENCE USA

ALABAMA-BIRMINGHAM

HEAD COACH: WATSON BROWN

A quick glance at the 2003 UAB football roster might lead some observers to think the Blazers are pointing more toward the 2004 season than the one that looms just months away. After all, UAB had 23 seniors on its roster last fall and will feature but eight — and just five on scholarship — in 2003. On the other hand, there are 26 juniors listed on the roster for the upcoming season. But don’t tell Blazer head coach Watson Brown his team is still a year away. Brown knows his team can’t afford to think along those lines, not with his team facing perhaps its most challenging schedule in the program’s history. At the same time, Brown is quick to point out that while his team, by class, offers a youthful look, it also has plenty of players with significant game experience. Brown and the Blazers are fortunate to be “really good” at quarterback where Darrell Hackney (6-2, 235, So.) returns after bursting onto the scene last fall as he made a memorable and immediate impact in Conference USA. Hackney became the UAB starter in the season’s fifth game and finished the year with 1,977 passing yards and 14 touchdowns despite battling injuries the second half of the season. Hackney, with a powerful throwing arm, was the nation’s No. 3-rated fresh-man signal-caller in pass efficiency last season and went on to earn C-USA Freshman-of-the Year by The Sporting News.

Keeping Hackney healthy will be a priority as the Blazers’ backup quarterback will be unproven and untested. A pair of red-shirt freshmen, Curtis Falany (6-1, 190) and Chris Williams (6- 0, 195), will compete for the No. 2 job, as could highly-touted true freshman, Jake Tompkins (6-2, 210) of Russellville, Ala. The running game should be improved, if for no other reason that the three backs who accounted for 1,333 of the team’s 1,564 total rushing yards all return. Dan Burks (6-0, 200, So.) only made two starts as a true fresh-man in 2002, but down the stretch last season, he was the team’s closest to being the workhorse. Of Burks’ 124 carries last fall, 90 of them came over the season’s last six games as he finished with a team-high 554 yards. Kendal Gibson (5-11, 240, Jr.) ran for 460 yards last season, but more impressively, he has scored 11 offensive rushing touchdowns in his first two seasons. Theron Dudley (6-0, 235, Jr.) gives the Blazer offense another option when it comes to a big back. Dudley ran for 319 yards and three TDs last season. Bo Moncur (5-11, 185, R-Fr.) could also enter the running back picture after a redshirt season in 2002. The UAB receiving corps lost two-year starter Willie Quinnie (36 catches, 627 yards, 6 TDs in 2002) to graduation but returns its leading pass catcher in junior Roddy White (6-2, 190). White emerged last season as the Blazers’ top receiver and big things are expected of the Charleston, S.C. native in 2003. He finished last season with 39 receptions for 580 yards and three touchdowns.

Jhun Cook ( 5 -11, 185, So.) is another Blazer who made an impact as a true fresh-man last fall. The Birmingham product caught 17 balls during the season, and like fellow sophomore Burks, he contributed the most in the latter half of the season. Chico Cleveland (6-2, 210, Jr.) started six games last fall and had 12 catches and a pair of touchdowns. All five of Bradley Chavez’s (6-0, 180, Jr.) receptions came in the season’s last three games and he made the most of the opportunity to get his hands on the ball, averaging 24.2 yards per catch. Lance Rhodes (5-11, 180,So.), a Birmingham native, also is expected to give the Blazers a weapon at receiver as he enters his first season at UAB after transferring from Arizona State. Jason Southall (5-11, 170, Jr.) has seen most of his action with the Blazers as a kick returner, but his elusiveness makes him a threat at receiver as well. Sam Dudley (6-3, 265, Jr.) and Cedric Hampton (6-4, 270, So.) split tight end duty in 2002 with Dudley starting seven games. Look for increased production from the pair this fall from their combined six catches and one touchdown a year ago. The Blazer offensive line could be the best and deepest since Brown became head coach. Four of five starters return, as well as tackle Artavious Williams (6-5, 340, Sr.), who sat out last season for academic reasons. Missing, however, will be Kirk Tuck, who anchored the line the past two seasons from his starting center position and last season, was named second-team All-Conference USA. Wilbert Hamilton (6-4, 295, Sr.) started 11 of 12 games last Dan Burks ran for a team-leading 554 yards as a true freshman in 2002. season at tackle while fellow senior Larry Coachman (6-1, 340) held the starting right guard position in all 12 games. Andy Galloway (6-5, 310, Jr.) was a preseason All-Conference USA selection a year ago and has started 14 games in his first two seasons, primarily at the left guard spot. Anthony Larry (6-4, 290, So.) started six games last season, including the final five at left tackle as a redshirt freshman. The Blazers are also hopeful for a successful comeback from Barker White (6-4, 295, Jr.) who started the season-opening game at Florida last August at right tackle. His season ended, unfortunately, that night in Gainesville when he suffered a torn ACL. He should be in the offensive line mix again in 2003. Matt Batusic (6-2, 275, So.) is expected to take over the starting center duties with the departure of Tuck. Batusic saw a legitimate amount of action in a backup role last season and started the contest at Army when Tuck moved to guard because of injuries to the line. Rodney Outlaw (6-2, 300, Jr.), who enrolled in January after transferring from East Mississippi CC, entered spring practice listed No. 2 at center behind Batusic. Emilio Thompson (6-8, 325, So.), Joey Horne (6-7, 300, R-Fr.), Alan Klinner (6-4, 290, So.) and Paul Linsky (6-4, 290, So.) provide depth on the offensive line, with Linsky being the only one of the four who saw any playing last fall.

Much of the attention in the fall will be devoted to the UAB defense and the transition to the 4-3 scheme implemented by new defensive coordinator Wayne Bolt. Bolt, a veteran defensive mentor, spent the past 12 seasons as defensive coordinator at Troy State after stints at Wyoming (1980), Auburn (1981-85), Clemson (1986-89) and Auburn (1990) again. A fiery competitor, Bolt is known as an excellent game day tactician. In his final season at Troy in 2002, his Trojan defense ranked among the nation’s finest. Last fall, Troy State ranked No. 4 in the country in total defense (276.8 yards per game), No. 13 in rushing defense (105.3) and No. 11 in pass defense (171.6). Though overall the Blazers return seven defensive starters, three of those losses were suffered on the line. Replacing James Malone, Hassan McKeithan and Deijon Hart who had replaced 2002 NFL first-round draft pick Bryan Thomas and second-round choice Eddie Freeman from a year before will be a concern. Shamar Abrams (6-2, 330, Jr.) is the only returning starter on the defensive front after starting 10 games and making 84 tackles in 2002. Anthony Garrett (6-5, 225, So.) and Sam Kendrick (6-5, 245, So.) are expected to contend for one of the end starting jobs after each saw limited action last season. Sam Williamson (6-5, 280, So.) and redshirt freshman Quinton Harris (6-6, 330) will handle the tackle spot with Tony Williams (6-2, 340, So.) and Randal Gibson (6-0, 285, Jr.) also in the picture at nose tackle. Chris Mason (6-3, 235, So.) was moved from linebacker to defensive end last season and saw a respectable amount of action, recording 31 tackles. He’ll get help at end from Shane Pearson (6-6, 260, Sr.).

The Blazers look to have quality at linebacker, though Brown hopes to improve the position’s depth as the 2003 campaign nears. With the new scheme, UAB will put three ‘backers on the field and it’s a good bet that the trio will consist of Zac Woodfin (6-2, 235, Jr.), Nigel Eldridge (6-2, 230, Jr.) and Gaylon Black (6-1, 225, Jr.). Woodfin is quickly emerging as one of the top linebackers in Conference USA. He led the Blazers in tackles last season with 120 and ranked among the national leaders in tackles for loss with 18 en route to picking up second-team all-conference honors. Eldridge was thrust into prominent duty last season after Black was lost with a knee injury three games into the fall. Eldridge finished No. 2 on the team in tackles with 104 and also had seven tackles for a loss and a pair of sacks. Black’s return from injury fits nicely to the Blazers’ move to the 4-3. At the time of his injury, he was the team’s top tackler and in limited duty through two-and-a-half games, he had 32 tackles, two sacks and a 30-yard interception return for a touchdown. DeMarcus Rodgers (6-2, 230, Jr.) and Darrius Taylor (6-0, 230, So.) saw backup duty last year and will enter the 2003 season in the same role. It will also be interesting in the spring and preseason to see how Kyle Bissinger (6-3, 225, R-Fr.) adjusts after moving to linebacker from quarterback prior to spring practice. Brown and his defensive staff may also look for some linebacker help from his recruiting class. One of the signees who could factor into the mix is Vincent Pollard (6-3, 225, Jr.). Pollard enrolled last January and participated in spring practice after attending Middle Georgia College. The secondary returns four players who saw significant starting duty last season but will be without the unit’s best player, All-Conference USA performer Chris Brown, a four-year starter. Dio Hill (5-11, 185, Jr.) started all 12 games at cornerback in 2002 and finished with 54 tackles and a team-leading 13 pass breakups. He’ll get help from Warren Butler (5-11, 185, Sr.) who played his first year at UAB last fall, coming from the junior college ranks. Carlos Hendricks (5-10, 185, Jr.) saw action at both corner and safety last season and was listed No. 1 at right cornerback entering spring drills. He had 50 tackles, 4.5 tackles for loss, three sacks and three interceptions in 2002. The safeties look to be in solid shape with the return of Thurman Pearson (6-1, 185, Sr.) and Julius Wainwright (6-0, 190, So.). Pearson started 11 games and had 99 tackles, including seven for loss. Wainwright made seven starts and had 40 tackles, earning a spot on the C-USAAll-Freshman Team. Special

ARMY

HEAD COACH: TODD BERRY

The running backs and receivers are relatively talented, but the Black Knights have to settle the quarterback situation and has to pray that an inexperienced line can jell in a hurry. The offense only scored 18.8 points per game last season and should be a bit more potent this year. Quarterbacks - Reggie Nevels, Jr. - Nevels got hurt last season, then he left the team, then he came back after spring ball. He showed nice accuracy in the passing game last year, but he threw five interceptions and only four touchdowns. A good rusher, Nevels ran for 166 pounds. Top Backups Zac Dahman, Soph.- After injuries hit starting quarterback Reggie Nevels, Dahman stepped in as a freshman and was solid throwing for 1,039 yards and nine touchdowns. He has a little bit of mobility, but he's not all that much of a runner used more as a pocket passer. He'll battle Nevels for the starting job. Matt Silva, Jr. - Probably the best pure passer on the team, Silva is being given every chance to win the starting job. With a great arm, he'd probably be the best fit for the offense if he could only stop throwing interceptions. He gave away seven last season and only threw one touchdown pass. Laron Bybee, Soph. - The best athlete among the quarterbacks, Bybee is a big quarterback that could end up seeing plenty of playing time in the rotation.

Running Backs - Carlton Jones, Soph. - Jones became the team's rushing star midway through the 2002 season finishing with 611 yards and four touchdowns. He has nice speed and quickness able to skip to the outside extremely well. If a passing game develops to take the heat off of him, he should have a big season as the team's workhorse back. Top Backups - La'Berrick Williams, Soph. - Williams suffered an early knee injury in spring ball limiting him over the first part of the season. He was never a factor after looking like he'd be the starter before the injury, and now he's pushing for time behind Jones. If right, he has the best combination of speed and power among the backs. D.J. Blackledge, Jr. - At 207 pounds, he's the best power back in the group. He had a great spring and will be used extensively this year. Tyson Roy, Soph. - One of the best receiving backs on the team, he could end up being used as a third down back to utilize his great hands and speed.

Receivers - Aaron Alexander, Jr. - Alexander is a big receiver coming off an injury in his freshman season to became the team's top deep threat averaging 17.5 yards per catch. He was second on the team with 26 catches for 454 yards with two touchdowns. At flanker, he's going to become Army's best receiving weapon. William White, Jr. -The team's best athlete and a great deep threat, White led the team with 30 catches for 384 yards, but he didn't catch a touchdown pass. The former running back and defensive back has come into his own at the Z position. Blaine Cooper, Soph. - When Aris Comeaux went down last season, Cooper stepped in finishing the season with five catches for 54 yards and a touchdown. He was some of the best hands on the team. Tight end Doug Horaist, Jr. - He looks the part and has the physical ability to be a top playmaker, but he hasn't done it yet on the field. He'll need to be a factor in the passing attack right away. Top Backups Clint Woody, Sr. - A 6-5 physical player, Woody gives the offense a big target. He caught seven passes for 70 yards last season. Jacob Murphy, Soph. - Murphy is a big receiver with speed, but he disappeared last season. He played in every game and caught a 78-yard touchdown pass, but he only made one other grab on the year. Ben Barton, Soph. - One of the faster Cadets, he needs to use his open-field skills to become a factor this season. Tight end Chris Montagliani, Jr. -The former quarterback that's still learning the ins and out of the position. He's a decent athlete at 240 pounds.

Offensive Line - Tackle Joel Glover, Jr. - The only returning starter, Glover is one of the quicker linemen on the team and has gotten far stronger. He's growing into a top tackle. Guard Adam Wojcik, Sr. - Wojcik can play both guard and tackle and will mostly concentrate at guard this season. He'll get the first look at left guard. Center David Evetts, Jr. - Evetts moved from guard to center in the off-season and will get the first look at the job. Guard Jake Holly, Jr. - He's not all that big at 277 pounds and will get the firs look at guard. He doesn't have a ton of experience, but the coaching staff thinks he'll be a fine player. Tackle Brad Waudby, Jr. - The 320-pound Waudby will get a shot at right tackle on the other side of Glover. He'll be the biggest lineman of the starters. Top Backups G Andy Dytrych, Jr. - With the guard spots wide open, the 278-pound Dytrych will get every shot at taking over one of the starting jobs. T Regan Tatford, Jr. - One of Army's better backup tackles, he'll push Waudby for time on the right side. - C Josh Davis, Sr. - He'll combine with Justin Troy to back up Evetts in the middle.

The defense has better athletes than it's had in years and now has to stop someone. Completely helpless last season, the Cadets gave up 40.9 points and 393 yards per game last year failing to stop anyone. To be fair, much of the problem was due to an offense that never kept the chains moving, but this year's defense has to be far stronger. Defensive Line - Defensive end Odene Brathwaite, Jr. - Braithwaite made two sacks and 31 tackles last year. At 274-pound he gives the line a nice sized player on the end. For being as big as he is, he has decent speed. Defensive tackle Will Sullivan, Jr. - Sullivan got bigger in the off-season, but he's still only 254 pounds playing in the middle. He moved over from end to tackle and is active enough to be a playmaker at either position. He made 34 tackles and 3.5 sacks in 2002. Defensive tackle Trey Landry, Jr. - Thrown into the fire last year, Landry ended up starting four games and made 16 tackles. It'll be his job to be a run stuffer in the middle. Defensive end Keenan Beasley, Jr. - One of the quicker linemen on the team, the 246-pound Beasely has bulked up and should be stronger against the run. He made 27 tackles last season and 4.5 sacks as one of Army's best pass rushers. Top Backups DT Tommy Ryan, Soph. - At 271 pounds, Ryan is one of the bigger tackles on the team and will push for playing time on the inside. DE Mike Clark, Jr. - After learning the job for two years, Clark is ready to become one of the team's rising stars. He only made eight tackles in a reserve role last season, but he should flourish this year as a situational pass rusher.

Linebackers - Ryan Kent, Sr. - The team's best tackler, Kent made 99 stops last season with three for loss. The leader of the team, he's the one that gets in everyone's face and sets the tone for the defense. As much of a strong safety as he is a linebacker at the "sniper" position, Kent should once again lead the team in tackles. Brian Hill, Sr. - Hill was becoming a decent player before a knee injury cut his season short. He's a quick player in the middle and must return at 100% for the defense to have any hope of being better. Greg Washington, Jr. - Washington is a talented player that couldn't stay healthy last year with an ankle problem. A fast linebacker, he's needed on the inside to get to running backs at the point of attack. He got a little bit bigger in the off-season bulking up to 225 pounds with the hope that he can be more of a physical player. Mikel Resnick, Jr. - It'll be a battle between Resnick and Curt Daniels for one of the outside jobs. A great athlete, Resnick might be too good for Army to keep off the field. He made 59 tackles last season and is decent at getting into the backfield. Top Backups Curt Daniels, Jr. - Daniels can hit with some pop even though he's not all that big. If he doesn't take over on the outside, he'll at least split time with Resnick. Matt Maimone, Jr. - Maimone might be one of Army's best inside linebackers, but he's not strong enough to handle the job in a full-time role. He has instincts and playmaking ability and will be a top reserve. David Clamon, Soph. One of the team's better hitters, Clamon will push for time on the inside. He hits like a linebacker, but covers the pass like a defensive tackle.

Secondary - Cornerback Delente Brewer, Jr. - A better tackler than he is a cover corner, Brewer is a physical player finishing last year with 59 tackles. He picked off two passes and only broke up one other. He's good and one of the best defensive players on the team; now he has to be even better. Free safety Lucius Weaver, Jr. - A big safety at 6-3 and 229 pounds, Weaver is a monster hitter and should progress into an intimidator in the Army secondary. If he can learn to not to try and go for the kill shot on every play, he'll be even better. He was third on the team with 71 tackles last year. Cornerback Jonathan Lewis, Jr. - Considered one of Army's rising stars, Lewis had a good, but not great, 2002 making 45 tackles and breaking up three passes. He'll be the team's top cover corner with a nice mix of size and speed. Top Backups Cornerback Ray Stith, Soph. - Even though he's not as big as Brewer or Lewis, Stith is expected to make a big impact in the secondary with great speed and good overall skills. Cornerback Mario Price, Soph. - One of the better cover corner prospects on the team, he'll see plenty of action behind Brewer and Lewis. Free safety Dhyran Tarver, Soph. - The former corner will provide the depth behind Weaver at free safety. He'll add more speed to the position. Special Teams - Placekicker Joe Riley, Soph. - In limited work, Riley had a good season hitting four of five field goals. He didn't get much of a chance to hit any bombs, but he has the leg to do it. Punter Alex Bradford, Jr. - Bradford is a left-footed kicker with a good leg and decent all-around athleticism. He'll replace Chris Castelli who was completely average last year.

CINCINNATI

HEAD COACH: RICK MINTER

UC should still be explosive even after losing most of its ammo. The Bearcats lose the top four pass catchers, an all-star back DeMarco McCleskey and several top players on the line. It'll be a numbers game with five running backs and six receivers looking to pick up the slack. The line isn't deep, but it should be strong inside with two good guards and a rock at center. Quarterbacks - Gino Guidugli, Jr. - Guidugli is the team's signature star and needs to play like it. The receiving corps isn't nearly as strong as it was last season, so he'll have to come up with his best season yet. With 6,116 passing yards and 38 career touchdown passes, he's as productive as any returning quarterback in college football. The problem? He went through a sophomore slump when it came to giving the ball away throwing 21 interceptions. On the plus side, he became more of a scrambler rushing for positive yards and scoring three touchdowns. He has a nice arm and a decent ability to throw on the run. Top Backups - Billy Faulkner, RFr. - Faulkner is a pure passer. He's 6-5 and likes to stay in the pocket. Rod Stevens, RFr. - He isn't quite the passer Faulkner is, but he's better at throwing the ball on the run.

Running Backs - Richard Hall, Jr. - Hall was one of the top recruits in the country ... for Ohio State. With good speed and excellent quickness, the transfer appears ready to be one of the stars of Conference USA after rushing for 264 yards and three touchdowns in his first year as a Bearcat. He can catch the ball, but his main use will be as the team's top ball-carrier. - Booker Vann, Sr. - Vann isn't a true fullback. He's more of an ultra back doing a little of everything well. The 218-pound senior is a good runner and receiver along with being the team's best blocking back. Top Backups Tedric Harwell, Sr. - Hall is quick, Harwell is fast. With sub-4.5 speed and decent size, he'll see more than his share of carries along with Hall. David Harris, Sr. - He's been a valuable member of the special teams with various leg injuries limiting him in the running game. He is big with great moves and wonderful speed when healthy. Carl Jones, Soph. - The former receiver and cornerback adds a wonderful speed burst to the backfield.

Receivers - Derick Ross, Soph. - Ross is the best pure receiver on the team and a potential star on the outside. He's not a burner, but he should end up being a big play deep threat as the season goes on. George Murray, Jr. - The former quarterback is a 6-1 pure athlete with 4.5 speed. Even with his deep jets, he was only used as a possession receiver last season only averaging 10.7 yards per catch. Now that he knows how to player receiver, he should be stronger in a full-time starting role. Kevin Hazel, Jr. - Hazel is a great route runner and should make the most of his shot as a starter. He has a great combination of size and speed. Tight end A.J. Lucius, Jr. - The 242-pound Lucius returns to his starting spot at tight end. He's a great blocker and an average receiver catching three passes for 34 yards. As strong as he is, he's used more to help the running game go. Top Backups - Cedrick Dawley, Jr. - Look for Dawley to push for a starting spot right away. The 6-1, 210-pound JUCO transfer could be the team's most dangerous receiver once he gets the overall hang of the offense. Jeff Henderson, Jr. - After sitting out all of last year, Henderson is ready to make an impact. He has a rapport with the Bearcat quarterbacks and should be a reliable player behind Murray on the inside. Walter Dudley, Soph. - He made the team as a walk-on and should become a good reserve on the outside. He has good speed to get deep. Tight end Dennis Hart, Sr. - Lucius is the starting tight end, but Hart is the better receiving option. He caught 13 passes for 138 yards and a touchdown showing good open field moves for a 220-pound player.

Offensive Line - Tackle Steve Eastlake, Jr. - A backup last year, the 287-pound Eastlake will get the start at left tackle. He has always been a quick lineman, and now he has worked to bulk up to get stronger and more suited for the full-time role. Guard Kyle Takavitz, Jr. - Takavitz is one of the stars of the line moving over to left guard after playing tackle last season. He's a good run blocker and great in pass protection. As good as he is, he has to step his overall game with his new job on the inside. Center Josh Shneyderov, Sr. - It's never a bad thing when your center is the true anchor of the line. Shneyderov is one of the team's most dependable players playing almost every offensive down. He's a big player with great technique. Guard Travis McGee, Sr. - As the team's biggest offensive lineman, he's also the best run blocker with a year of experience after coming over from the JUCO ranks. He hasn't had any problems with his knee after tearing it up at San Francisco City College. Tackle Anthony Colton, Sr. - Colton played at both tackle and guard last season. He struggled a bit, but he should be a valuable starter on the right side. Top Backups OT Clint Stickdorn, Jr. - The 299-pound junior will see plenty of action on the left side if he doesn't take over the starting job. The former tight end bulked up to be in the mix for the starting role last year before getting hurt. OT Jeremy Schlicher, Jr. - Schlicher has been a reserve over the last two years. He's strong, but he doesn't have the feet that some of the other linemen do. He'll back up Colton on the right side. OG Adam Shorter, Jr. - Shorter is taller, bigger and much stronger coming into the season. He'll be a key reserve behind McGee on the right side. C Matt Mercer, Jr. - The former defensive tackle is a full-time offensive lineman now. He can play either guard or center.

The defense isn't all that big, but it's fast, productive and should be very good again. Even without a signature star like Antwan Peek, the Bearcats should be solid everywhere with good starters and decent depth. The tackles are the only big concern. Defensive Line - Defensive end Trent Cole, Jr. - The 227-pound Cole was an undersized tackle last year. Now he'll move to his more natural spot on the outside to use his strength and quickness. He's the most dependable player on the line not taking a down off with his non-stop motor. He made 87 tackles, five sacks and 12 tackles for loss from the inside, so expect those pass rushing numbers to skyrocket on the end. - Defensive tackle Ka'Son Love, Sr. - Love was never healthy last year and couldn't do more than make 22 tackles as a reserve. He isn't huge, but he has a quick first step on the inside. Defensive tackle Mike Wright, Jr. - After missing all of last year with a knee injury, he's back and bigger bulking up to 267 pounds to handle the pounding on the inside. He's probably the strongest player on the team. - Defensive end Andre Frazier, Jr. - Frazier takes over for star end Antwan Peek on the end. He was a top reserve making 62 tackles, six tackles and 12 tackles for loss. Even though he's only 213 pounds, he should be awesome coming off the edge with his blazing speed. Top Backups - DE Adam Roberts, Soph. - Roberts is good enough to play either end or tackle. He made 16 tackles as a reserve with five tackles for loss. He'll back up Cole. DT Lonnie Simmons, Jr. - At 274 pounds, he's UC's biggest lineman. The former Michigan State transfer is expected to make a huge impact on the inside.

Linebackers - Jason Russell, Sr. - The 207-pound senior is experienced enough to take over the full-time role on the outside. He made 58 tackles including eight tackles for loss showing the ability to get into the backfield on a regular basis. Jamar Enzor, Jr. - Enzor was a reserve last year, but he might as well be considered a returning starter after finishing with 91 tackles. He'll get the start in the middle using his quickness and great strength. Tyjuan Hagler, Sr. - Hagler turned into a top all-around producer on the outside for the Bearcats. He not only showed a great ability to stop the run with 79 tackles, he was a terror when he blitzed making three sacks and 18 tackles for loss. Top Backups Jamey Murphy, Jr. - Murphy was a top reserve making 49 tackles on the outside. As the season goes on, he's expected to play more and more of a role as the fourth man in the rotation. - Jermain Wilson, Jr. - Wilson has mostly spent his time on special teams. He's only 209 pounds, but he'll get a shot at playing behind Enzor in the middle. Akanni Turner, Jr. - Turner isn't big, but he's strong for his size playing behind Russell. He had to bulk up to get to 200 pounds.

Secondary - Cornerback Zach Norton, Sr. - Norton is big and very, very fast. As one of the team's most durable players and best corners, he should have a big senior year. He made 52 tackles and picked off two passes. Free safety Franklin Callicott, Sr. - Callicott didn't see too much action as a reserve, but he still had a huge season making 53 tackles showing big hitting ability. He'll have to make up for the loss of Ivan Fields and should do just fine. Strong safety Doug Monaghan, Jr. - Monaghan doesn't get too much recognition, but he's a tremendous all-around defensive back and should shine again this year. A starter from the word go, he has 189 tackles and three interceptions over the first two years of his career. He's not all that fast, so he might end up moving to linebacker. Cornerback Daven Holly, Jr. - The former receiver has blazing speed. With extra work, he has the ability to grow into a great defensive back to go along with his 4.39 wheels. After playing in every game, he made 17 tackles. Top Backups - Free safety James Julian, Sr. - Julian can play anywhere in the secondary. He'll start the season backing up Callicott at free safety. Cornerback Thaddeus Lewis, Sr. - Lewis played on special teams and as a backup corner. He's also one of the team's top candidates to return kicks. Special Teams - Placekicker/Punter Chet Ervin, Soph. - Gone is Jonathan Ruffin and his field goal accuracy. He hit 19 of 22 field goals last year. Ervin will take over using his big leg to try and hit like Ruffin did. He had a good first year as the team's punter putting 14 kicks inside the 20 while averaging 38 yards per boot.

EAST CAROLINA

HEAD COACH: JOHN THOMPSON

The dawning of a new era in East Carolina University football has arrived for 2003. And perhaps never before has there been this much enthusiasm and optimism for a team coming off a losing season—its first in five years. The reason for much of the newfound energy in Greenville is John Thompson, who was named the 18th head football coach in ECU history on December 20, 2002. The former University of Florida defensive coordinator's arrival marked a new approach for the Purple and Gold and a new attitude among a stable full of returning veteran players as well as followers and fans of the Pirate program. Thompson's area of expertise—defense—its perfectly with ECU's most concerning immediate need. The Pirates have finished 82nd and 106th nationally in total defense over the past two seasons, respectively, and lost six defensive starters from last season. While the ECU offense also struggled at times last season, primarily due to turnovers and inconsistency, Thompson has eight returning starters to build his new system round, including 1,000-yard rusher Art Brown in the backfield and All-America candidate Brian Rimpf on the offensive line.

Offense - Every position on the ECU offensive depth chart includes players who have starting experience, with eight regular starters returning from 2002. Art Brown For the second straight year, the Pirates return a deep and experienced offensive line, anchored by two-time first team All-Conference USA tackle Brian Rimpf. Center Doug White, another senior, is also an all-conference candidate. Junior Charlie Dempsey and senior Brian Fox both started each game at the guard positions, while senior Brandon Pope returned to the gridiron last season after overcoming injuries sustained in an automobile accident. Before the injuries, Pope was a regular starter in 2001. Senior Corey Schmidt and junior Hagen Mason also have starting experience. The Pirate O-line has paved the way for two consecutive 1,000-yard rushers in Leonard Henry (1,432 in 2001) and Art Brown (1,029 in 2002). The new ECU offense, coordinated by Rick Stockstill and operating under a new multiple scheme, calls for distinct tailback and fullback roles which will blend the existing Pirate personnel's talent and size. Brown, a second team All C-USA selection in 2002, ranked 29th in the nation in rushing (102.9 yards/game) and sixth in scoring (10.2 points/game) last season despite missing the final two games with a groin injury. He will share time in the backfield with junior Marvin Townes, who amassed 304 rushing yards last season. Versatile senior Vonta Leach, a three-year letterman who made the transition from linebacker to fullback midway through last season, had an explosive spring practice and caught major attention with his 108-yard rushing performance in the Spring Game. Used primarily as a blocking back in 2002, the 6-0, 253-pound Leach gives Thompson's rushing offense an extra punch and he is already being touted as an all-conference candidate. Junior Paul Troth is the returning starter at quarterback but, just as with other positions on the team, has been served notice that he, too, will have to fight to win that position again in preseason drills. Troth turned in the eighth-most passing yards in a season at ECU last year as he completed 49 percent of his passes for 2,315 yards and 15 touchdowns. However, he also suffered 20 interceptions, an area in which he must show improvement in order to have more success in 2003. Fellow junior Desmond Robinson, with a more option-oriented style of play, saw regular action as Troth's backup in eight games last year and completed 22-of-46 passes for 250 yards, plus rushed for 52 yards. The two are neck-and-neck for the starting role entering fall practice. ECU lost its top two receivers to graduation as Torey Morris and Richard Alston accounted for nearly half of the team's receiving yards in 2002. However, the 2003 corps includes seven returning lettermen and three seniors. Terrance Copper, the regular starting H-back last season, leads the returnees with 30 catches for 395 yards. Fellow senior Marcus White also has starting experience but must answer health questions to become a factor.

Senior Richard Hourigan, a former walk-on, emerged as one of the team's most sure-handed targets last season and finished with 19 catches for 197 yards. Juniors Garett Peterkin, Damarcus Fox, and Edwin Rios are each two-year lettermen and sophomore Bryson Bowling saw significant action as a true freshman last season. The tight end position could benefit most from Thompson's inaugural recruiting class, which includes three highly touted signees at that spot. Incumbent starter Tutu Moye, who split the lead role at the equivalent flex end position in 2002 with the now-departed Ben Thomas, caught 16 passes for 185 yards last season. However, Moye missed spring practice with a leg injury, leaving the spot up for grabs between sophomore James Myrick, who lettered at offensive lineman last season, and redshirt freshman Kort Shankweiler, a converted quarterback. The Pirates' linebacking corps looks to be the strength of the unit. Chris Moore, who was a Freshman All-America selection last season, and fellow sophomore Josh Chilsom are the team's top two returning tacklers with 72 and 74 total stops apiece, respectively. Moore was on track to potentially challenge for C-USA's top freshman award before being sidelined for three games in mid-season with a knee injury. Through the first five games of 2002, Moore was leading the nation's freshmen in tackles. Chilsom also caught attention as a redshirt freshman when he totaled six tackles for losses and four sacks. Senior Kent Nealy, a veteran who has played in every game over the past three seasons, should get his shot at a regular starting role in the other linebacker spot this fall. Junior Eric Butler, who accounted for 47 tackles and made four starts last season, will also factor into the preseason battles for starting roles. The defensive line will be anchored by 6-7, 300-pound tackle Damane Duckett, a veteran senior who recorded 45 tackles with five for losses last year. Only six lettermen return to man the four line positions, but two (Derek Helms and Eric Foushee) are experienced seniors and another, Guy Whimper, was a C-USA All-Freshman pick last year.

Hard-hitting Richard Koonce, who pounded out 46 tackles and six for losses as a redshirt freshman last season, and fellow sophomore Sammie Walden are in competition for the starting role at the newly created bandit position on the defensive line. Eight lettermen—including two starters—are in the shuffle for the four secondary positions. The most experienced of the group is senior Travis Heath, who has a reputation for creating big plays on defense and was a conference player-of-the-week selection last year. Cornerback Reicko Jones started 10 games as a true freshman and was named to the C-USA All-Freshman Team. Senior Brandon Rainer started five times at cornerback last year and is a three-year letterman. Junior Donald Whitehead and sophomores Mickey McCoy, who has moved over from the receiving corps, and Jared Brogden along with senior lettermen James Tyson and Richard Moton also return. Special Teams - For the first time in several years, ECU is completely void of experience at both the punter and place-kicker positions heading into a season. Gone are reliable kicker Kevin Miller, who finished his career as the school's all-time leading scorer, and booming punter Jarad Preston, who finished among the nation's top dozen punters in each of the past two seasons. The punting position was nailed down this past spring by redshirt freshman Ryan Dougherty, who came to ECU as a highly touted recruit prior to the 2002 season. An All-Florida punter in high school, Dougherty averaged 38 yards on five punts in the Spring Game. The starting job at place-kicker is a toss-up heading into preseason drills. Thompson is looking for either Cameron Broadwell or Chris Baglio, both junior non-lettermen, to emerge with the consistent leg that Pirate fans have grown accustomed to in recent seasons. Getting the ball to the newcomers will be lettermen Brandon Howard and Michael Yartin, who handled long and short snaps, respectively, last season. The Pirates also bring back their top punt and kick returners from a year ago as Terrance Copper, a preseason All C-USA pick, averaged 10.9 yards on punt returns and Damarcus Fox and Marvin Townes split kick return duties, averaging 22.4 and 21.7 yards, respectively. While one of the most intriguing schedules in school history will provide plenty of excitement among ECU fans, the slate is not particularly conducive to the gradual development and implementation of new systems and schemes.

The Pirates jump right into the Conference USA fire with a Labor Day (Sept. 1) opener at defending C-USA co-champ Cincinnati, which will be nationally televised by ESPN. The opener is followed by back-to-back games against teams that were nationally ranked in the final 2002 poll—at home against No. 25 West Virginia and on the road at No. 2 Miami—then a trip to Wake Forest, a bowl team in '02 which has beaten the Pirates in each of the past two seasons. Also included on the non-conference slate is an Oct. 11 home date with in-state rival North Carolina in the Tar Heels' first-ever visit to Dowdy-Ficklen Stadium. The home slate is also highlighted by visits from two of the Pirates' biggest rivals in C-USA, Louisville (Oct. 25) and Southern Miss (Nov. 29), along with a nationally televised midweek game (Sept. 30) against Houston.

HOUSTON

HEAD COACH: ART BRILES

It'll be hard to be as explosive as it was last season with the loss of the top two receivers and running back Joffrey Reynolds. Even so, there's enough talent here to move the ball with the best deep threats returning in the passing game and several decent options at quarterback. If Barrick Nealy can return after tearing his ACL, the offense should turn out to be fine. Quarterbacks - Nick Eddy, Sr. - Eddy took over the starting job early last year and went on to have a decent season throwing for 2,054 yards and 16 touchdowns. He needs to improve his overall decision making ability throwing 18 interceptions. He has a little bit of mobility, but he's not a runner. Top Backups - Barrick Nealy, Soph. - The 6-5 Nealy started the first four games of the season before going down with a torn ACL. He was effective when he was in throwing for 542 yards and rushing for 190 in the three and a half games of action. When healthy, he's the team's best quarterback. - Blade Bassler, Soph. - Bassler is a nice combination of Eddy and Nealy. He's a big quarterback with a good arm and nice mobility.

Running Backs - Anthony Evans, Soph. - Joffrey Reynolds handled almost all of the rushing chores last year, but the 214-pound Evans ran for 180 yards and two touchdowns. He was a top recruit and locked down the top spot with an excellent performance in the spring game. Top Backups - Jackie Battle, RFr. - Battle is 230 pounds and fast. He'll be pushed for the number two job, but he might be too good to keep off the field. - Bobby Tillman, Jr. - Tillman made a little bit of an impact this spring closing by rushing for 18 yards on five carries in the spring game. He's only 195 pounds, but he's quick.

Receivers - Brandon Middleton, Jr. - With the loss of leading receivers KeyKowa Bell and Brian Robinson, Middleton becomes the team's number one target. One of the premier deep threats in America, Middleton caught 28 passes for 674 yards and six touchdowns averaging 24.1 yards per catch. He had a few problems with injuries early in his career and finally showed what he could do last year. - Mark Hopkins, Jr. - The 6-4 Hopkins will be asked to become a top player after making five catches for 43 yards. He didn't play in 2001 after breaking his ankle and now finally looks ready to take over for Brian Robinson. - Harrison Arceneaux, Sr. - At 6-2, he's another big receiver with good quickness. He didn't catch a pass last year. but he'll have to take over the starting role in the slot. Tight end Stephen Cucci, Sr. - Cucci overcame problems to his shoulders to become a good all-around tight end. He ended up catching 12 passes for 173 yards and three touchdowns finishing as a second-team All-Conference season. Top Backups Leonard Gibson, RFr. - The 6-2 Gibson will back up Hopkins. He's a smart player with excellent quickness.

Offensive Line - Tackle Matt Mattox, Sr. - The 270-pound Mattox moves from tight end to left tackle to bring some more athleticism to the line. He was mostly a third tackle at tight end anyway. - Guard Rex Hadnot, Sr. - The 310-pound Hadnot is one of the best linemen in America. Versatile enough to play center or guard, he has the upper body strength to dominate as a run blocker and the feet to handle any inside pass rusher. Center Al James, Sr. - James missed spring ball still recovering from a knee injury that cost him most of the second half of the year. The hope is that he'll be ready by the start of the season, or else Hadnot could move to the middle. He's an awesome run blocker when healthy. - Guard Brandon Evans, Sr. - The 310-pound Evans could make an instant impact transferring from Wayne State. He's a big blocker with a little bit of experience. - Tackle David Douglas, Soph. - At 310 pounds, Douglas is a big player with enough experience to step in right away at right tackle. Top Backups OG Roy Swan, Soph. - If James can't go at center and Hadnot moves over, Swan will get the start at left guard. For being 315 pounds, he's quick. - OT John McGilvray, Soph. - He's a tall player able to run and pass block equally well. He's a rising player seeing time at right tackle. - OT Phil Hawkins, Jr. - At 300 pounds, Hawkins is another big, experienced player on the line. He'll push Mattox at left tackle.

The defense gave up way too many points and was miserable against the pass. The alignment has gone from a 4-2-5 to a 4-3 taking the pressure off the safeties so they don't have to make so many plays against the run. The front seven should be a wall against average running teams, so the key will be for the corners to be able to lock down. Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Kendric Goss, Jr. - The 270-pound Goss has made an impact at end after seeing time as a tight end. He played in nine games and made eight tackles in a slightly disappointing season. If he can turn into the pass rushing threat the coaching staff thinks he can be, the line will be strong. - Defensive tackle Kade Lane, Soph. - The 255-pound Lane was a top recruit and showed excellent promise making 28 tackles and two tackles for loss starting every game. - Defensive tackle Gerard Richard, Soph. - The 300-pound Richard adds some beef on the inside as one of the team's biggest linemen. He was mostly a reserve in his freshman year making five tackles. Defensive end Farouk Adelekan, Sr. - The 272-pound Edelekan has tackle size with the moves of an end. He was the team's top pass rusher making nine sacks and 18 tackles for loss after missing the season opener recovering from an appendectomy. Primarily used as a situational pass rusher, he could end up spending time platooning again. Top Backups DE Matthew Bentley, Soph. - The 270-pound sophomore was a valuable part-time starter and reserve making 35 tackles and three sacks. DE Ryan Huffman, Sr. - Huffman will push for time at both end positions. He's been a key reserve making 31 tackles and four tackles for loss. DT Jesse Bryant, Soph. - At 300 pounds, he'll be counted on to be a decent run stuffer in the tackle rotation.

Linebackers - Justin Davis, Sr. - Davis saw time in the middle making 23 tackles. He's a big player with decent pass coverage skills picking off a pass and breaking up three passes. He'll start on the weak side. - Damien West, Jr. - West became a major factor on the inside making 53 tackles and six tackles for loss. He didn't get too much publicity, but he had a fine season. Bryant Brown, Soph. - Versatile enough to play any linebacker spot, Brown will start at the Buck after missing all of last year to concentrate on his academics. He's a great athlete and could make a huge impact. Top Backups Travis Griffith, Jr. - Griffith came back from a knee injury to play in every game last year. He never quite looked back to pre-injury form, but he's fine now and will push for time on the strong side. Lance Everson, Jr. - Everson had a strong season making 44 tackles and six tackles for loss. He'll be in the mix for the middle linebacker job. - Matt Schirmer, Jr. - Pushing Brown on the weak side is the 235 pound Schirmer who made 38 tackles in a backup role. The former fullback is turning into a solid linebacker.

Secondary - Cornerback Roland Cola, Sr. - Cola is one of the team's best cover corners and is a solid tackler. He made 38 tackles and picked off a pass last year. He's not huge, but he has good quickness. - Free safety Levi Gaston, Jr. - It'll be up to Gaston, Will Gulley and Brian Hodges to try and take over for leading tackler Hanik Milligan. Gaston is big and can fly clocking in at 4.5 in the 40. He made 16 tackles as a reserve. Strong safety Jermain Woodard, Sr. - As the veteran of the secondary, it'll be up to the big senior to lead the way. The former running back was third on the team with 73 tackles and made four tackles for loss and broke up six passes. Cornerback Stanford Routt, Soph. - Routt is one of the bigger corners on the team seeing time in 11 games making 22 tackles. Top Backups - Cornerback Delenell Reid, Sr. - Reid could end up starting on either side and is one of the fastest players on the team. He intercepted two passes and made 27 tackles last season. - Free safety Will Gulley, Soph. - The 6-4 Gulley is a nice sized safety with good all-around skills. He played in every game mostly on special teams. Free safety Brian Hodges, Soph. - Hodges is in the mix for the starting free safety job. At the very least, he'll see plenty of action as a reserve. Strong safety Chad Davis, Sr. - The former running back was a strong special teams player and part time defensive back making ten tackles. He'll push for time behind Woodard. Special Teams Punter Jimmy McClary, Sr. - McClary wasn't too bad averaging 38.9 yards per kick putting 14 inside the 20. If he can add a little bit more boom on his punts, he could become one of the better Conference USA kickers. - Placekicker Dustin Bell, Jr. - Bell was outstanding hitting 12 of 14 field goals including seven straight to start the season. His two misses came from 43 and 54 yards. He doesn't have a huge leg, but it's good enough.

LOUISVILLE

HEAD COACH: BOB PETRINO

The offensive line was a disaster last season, but it should be far better this year with more experience and more depth. That's good news for a running game featuring superstar-to-be Eric Shelton. Stefan LeFors and Justin Rascati are locked in a battle to replace star quarterback Dave Ragone, but they might simply be buying time until superstar recruit Michael Bush joins the team. Quarterbacks - Stefan LeFors, Jr. - LeFors is a different type of Louisville quarterback with more mobility than Dave Ragone had. He has a good arm and excellent and is good at getting out of jams, but he isn't quite as big as Gerry Ahrens or Justin Rascati. After seeing a little bit of action over the past two years and plenty of practice time, he has a better command of the offense than the other two prospects. Top Backups - Gerry Ahrens, Sr. - Ahrens is back in the mix after transferring to Arkansas before coming back to Louisville. He's also almost over the shoulder problem that knocked him out for a year. He has a good medium range arm. - Justin Rascatti, RFr. - The redshirt freshman has the biggest arm on the team and was sensational at times this spring. He could grow into the starting quarterback very soon if he gets the offense down.

Running Backs - Eric Shelton, Soph. - The Florida State transfer was everything the coaching staff could've dreamed of and more. He's 245 pounds with speed and great overall talent. He was tremendous all spring as a pounding back. Expect defensives to wear down when trying to tackle him as games go on. Top Backups - Lionel Gates, Jr. - Gates is 220 pounds with wonderful speed. He started the first two games of last season, but was relatively ineffective giving way to Miller and Patterson. He finished the season with 209 yards and a touchdown. T.J. Patterson, Sr. - Patterson has the most experience out of the backs rushing for 329 yards and three touchdowns to go along with ten catches for 92 yards. Even with his veteran leadership and skills, he'll have a hard time getting past Shelton and Gates. Adam McCauley, Jr. - As much of a tight end as a fullback, he'll come in when the Cardinals want a lead blocker in the running game.

Receivers - Broderick Clark, Soph. - Clark didn't do too much in the passing game only making 13 catches for 110 yards, but he was one of the best kick returners in America. He had a big spring showing great deep speed and nice hands emerging as one of the team's most dangerous receivers. - J.R. Russell, Jr. - Russell is one of the fastest players of the bunch with great deep speed. At 6-3, he's a big receiver with a good amount of playing experience catching 8 passes for 438 yards and four touchdowns over the last two years. - Joshua Tinch, Jr. - The 6-2 Tinch is a tremendous all-around athlete seeing time as a reserve on the Louisville basketball team. He's the team's leading returning receiver catching 33 passes for 429 yards and four touchdowns last year. Tight end Ronnie Ghent, Sr. - Ghent was knocked out for the year with a knee-injury taking away one of the country's best tight ends. Even with his limited action, he was still the best tight end in the league for the third year in a row finishing with 25 catches for 206 yards and three touchdowns. At 255 pounds, he can block a little as well. Top Backups - Victor Glenn, Sr. - He hade a nice freshman year making 14 catches for 151 yards and two scores. At 6-3, he adds much needed size. Antoine Harris, Jr. - Harris overcame some early injury problems with his hand and his foot to become a factor over the second half of last year finishing with 14 catches for 227 yards and two touchdowns. He's a great deep threat with as much experience as any of the UL receivers. Tight end Richard Owens, Sr. - For a 275-pound tight end, Owens can move. He isn't nearly the receiver that Ghent is, but he's a better blocker and can still catch making 20 grabs for 182 yards and two touchdowns.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jason Hilliard, Sr. - The 340-pound tackle has gotten in better over shape and is a better conditioned athlete this year. He's a massive run blocker with decent feet for a player of his size. - Guard Jerry Spencer, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer came in to start every game last year at tackle. He'll move from right tackle to strong guard. He has the best technique of any of the linemen. Center Dan Koons, Sr. - Koons has the most experience of anyone on the line with 20 straight starts. The 286-pound senior was one of the few bright spots last year as the leader of the group. Guard Jason Spitz, Soph. - Spitz missed half of last year with a knee injury, but he looked like a rising star before going down. Able to play either guard position, he has the strength and drive to be one of the better players on the UL line. Tackle Travis Leffew, Soph. - Leffew is 289 pounds with great athleticism and a bright future. He started every game last year getting better and better as the season went. Top Backups OG Will Rabatin, Jr. - Rabatin is a strong veteran who came on last year when the line needed him. He had problems with a leg injury, but he's fine now and should provide a great backup at strong guard. OG Jon Scarborough, RFr. - At 319 pounds, he's a big body able to fill in behind Spitz.

The defense never quite got the credit it deserved last year, but it got strong as the season went on. Several top players are gone including Dewayne White, Anthony Floyd and Curry Burns, so it'll be up to a few young guns to instantly star. The corners and linebacking corps will be great. Defensive Line - Defensive end Bobby Leffew, Jr. - Leffew has been a solid player at both end and tackle. He had problems last year with leg injuries forcing him to miss six games. With Dewayne White gone, it'll be up to Leffew to be the new star of the line coming off a 21 tackles season. Look for him to be moved all over the line as the year goes on. - Defensive tackle Tyrone Saterfield, Jr. - The 320-pound Saterfield has all the makings of a star. He's big, quick and experienced making 19 tackles last season. If he shines, the run defense is going to be strong. - Defensive tackle Scott Lopez, Sr. - The 280-pound Lopez can play at end or tackle. He doesn't quite have the quickness to play on the outside, so look for him to be left at tackle unless the coaching staff want to get Leffew inside. Defensive end Marcus Jones, Jr. - Jones isn't all that huge at 235 pounds, but he has tremendous speed coming off the edge. Even with all of his athleticism, he needs to grow into a steady lineman. He was a reserve last year making 15 tackles and two sacks. Top Backups - DE Elvis Dumervil, Soph. - Dumervil saw a little bit of time as a true freshman making six sacks. He has a great speed burst and should become a top pass rusher as the year goes on. - DT Montavious Stanley, Soph. - The 299-pound Stanley adds more bulk to the inside expected to be a good run stopped in the tackle rotation. He made 16 stops last year.

Linebackers - Brandon Johnson, Soph. - The tall, skinny Johnson was a menace on special teams last year and a reserve linebacker making 19 tackles. Now the 6-5, 210-pound speedster will get the first look on the outside utilizing his ability to drop back into pass coverage. - Robert McCune, Jr. - McCune went from being a top special teams player to a top producer as a backup making 48 tackles. At 240 pounds with speed, he looks exactly like you'd want a middle linebacker to look. Rod Day, Sr. - Day never got all that much recognition playing in the same league as LaMarcus McDonald and Rod Davis, but he had a tremendous year making 101 tackles and two sacks showing big-time speed and hitting ability. He'll return on the weak side as a sideline-to-sideline terror. Top Backups. James Greene, Sr. - Mostly a top special teams player, Greene made nine tackles last year. The 220-pound senior will see time behind Day on the outside. Jonathan Jackerson, Jr. - Jackerson adds a little more size to the linebacking corps. He's an active player with enough talent to split time with Johnson. John Cardoza, Jr. - He hasn't done much in his career, but he looked good enough this spring at stopping the run that he should be a factor.

Secondary - Cornerback Laroni Gallishaw, Jr. - Gallishaw is 6-0, 215 pounds and fast. He's a great lockdown corner able to handle any receiver in the league one-on-one. He's a good tackler with 80 stops over the last two seasons, but his real talent is when the ball is in the air breaking up 23 passes over the last two years. Oddly enough, he didn't intercept a pass in 2002 after picking off five in 2001. - Free safety Kerry Rhodes, Jr. - Rhodes is a big player with a little bit of experience making 18 tackles behind Anthony Floyd and Curry Burns. The former quarterback is athletic with all the makings of a top safety. - Strong safety Brent Johnson, Soph. - Johnson isn't a lock to take over the strong safety job, but it'll most likely be his coming off a strong spring. He's a big player with tremendous quickness. - Cornerback Josh Minkins, Jr. - Minkins isn't the player Gallishaw is, but he has the most experience of any of the corners with 24 career starts. He isn't a burner using his strength to overpower most receiver. He's the leader of the secondary making 58 tackles, two interceptions with nine broken up passes. Top Backups - Cornerback J.T. Haskins, Sr. - Haskins is an experienced corner with fine speed. He'll be a fine backup as the third man in the rotation. - Cornerback Gavin Smart, R-Fresh. - The former receiver is learning on the job. With his quickness and hands, he should be a good option behind Gallishaw. - Free safety Abe Brown, RFr. - The 210-pound redshirt freshman had a big spring and should turn into a strong factor in the secondary. Special Teams - Punter Wade Tydlacka, Sr. - Tydlacka fell off the map last year after averaging 40.6 yards per kick in 2001. He only averaged 35.5 yards per kick last season before Nate Smith took over averaging 37.5 yards per punt, but put 16 inside the 20. - Placekicker Nate Smith, Sr. - Smith had a few problems with consistency last season only hitting three of nine field goals from 30 to 49 yards. He's extremely accurate from close range and should be more reliable with more time.

MEMPHIS

HEAD COACH: TOMMY WEST

The Tigers have the backfield to shine with a great quarterback and a wonderful stable of backs, but the young receivers need to shine right away. The line will take a while to come together needing to replace four starters. Quarterbacks - Danny Wimprine, Jr. - Wimprine is one of the rising stars in Conference USA with a big arm and a great touch on his deep throws. He had a breakout season throwing for 2,820 yards and 23 touchdowns showing a great command of the spread attack as the season went on. Even though he threw 18 interceptions, he's a good decision maker with fine accuracy. While not a running quarterback, he has mobility. Top Backups - Bobby Robinson, Jr. - The JUCO transfer was the star of the 2003 recruiting class with a good arm, great size and tons of experience from his days at NW Mississippi CC. - Patrick Byrne, RFr. - Byrne holds the Alabama state record for most points scored with 256 from his days as a placekicker. He can throw a little bit as well serving as the team's number three option. With a decent amount of mobility, he's more of a runner than Wimprine and Robinson.

Running Backs - DeAngelo Williams, Soph. - Dante Brown was supposed to be the star back last year for the Tigers, but Williams was too good as a true freshman to keep off the field. After bulking up to 205 pounds, Williams should add even more power this year after averaging a whopping 6.6 yards per carry with five touchdowns. He's a great mix of smarts, strength and speed. Top Backups - Derron Parquet, Jr. - Parquet is ready to roll after sitting out last year as a transfer from LSU. He's a big back with 4.4 speed, so look for him to see plenty of carries behind Williams. - Brian Davis, RFr. - Davis came to Memphis as a defensive back. With his 6-1, 185-pound size and 4.38, 40 speed, he could be the team's next star tailback.

Receivers - Tavarious Davis, Soph. - Davis is a great mix of strength and speed, and he finally appears ready to become a top player after missing time last year. He's had problems with an ACL, but he'll have to be ready to roll now that Tavares Gideon is hurt. - Maurice Avery, Soph. - The 6-1 sophomore came to Memphis as a highly touted quarterback with ridiculous arm strength and great mobility. With Wimprine firmly entrenched a quarterback, the Tigers had to find a way to get Avery on the field playing him at the H. In limited duty, he complete 4 of 9 passes for 32 yards, and was third on the team in rushing going for 76 yards and a touchdown. Chris Kelley, Jr. - The 6-2 Kelley will get the starting nod at the Y using his size and hands. Expect him to split time with Derron White. Darren Garcia, Sr. - Garcia is another big Tiger receiver with good experience and decent hands. He has good speed, but he's used more as an intermediate receiver making 19 catches for 204 yards last year. Tight end John Doucette, Soph. - Doucette was a huge recruit for the program last year. As a true freshman, he caught five passes for 44 yards and a touchdown. Look for him to be more of a factor in the passing attack as the season goes on. Top Backups - Tavares Gideon, Sr. - The 6-4 Gideon turned into a star last season as the team's second leading receiver catching 42 passes for 466 yards and a team-leading eight touchdowns. At the X, he's a big receiver with the speed to blow past most corners, but he'll have to do it next year after getting lost for the season with a knee injury. Darron White, Soph. - White has tremendous quickness and good size. He became a good possession receiver last year making 40 catches for 343 yards and two touchdowns. This year, he'll combine with Kelley at the Y. LaDarius Price, Soph. - Price became a factor last year after missing 2001 to concentrate on his studies. He caught four passes for 22 yards. This year, he'll back up Avery on the H. Tight end LaKendus Cole, Soph. - Cole is only 5-9 and 185 pounds, but he'll be asked to be the team's top backup tight end.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jeremy Rone, Jr. - At 238 pounds, Rone might be the lightest offensive tackle in America. The former defensive end has great athleticism and nice strength, but he obviously needs to be spelled from time to time to help give more punch to the running game. - Guard Andrew Handy, Jr. - Handy is the lone returning starter to the offensive line. He's a good run blocker with surprising speed for a 285-pound player. Center Gene Frederic, Jr. - Frederic can play tackle if needed, and will spend most of his time at center. He had problems early in his career, but he should be solid now that he's more experienced. - Guard Jason Matthews, Jr. - The 300-pound junior adds more size to the line. The junior should grow into a decent run blocker on the right side. Tackle David Davis, Jr. - The former JUCO transfer could be a star with a little more time. He has good athleticism and experience in the JUCO ranks seeing time at guard and tackle. He'll play at right tackle. Top Backups - OT Willie Henderson, RFr. - The 6-7, 350-pound monster has added a ton of weight since coming to Memphis. The former defensive end will be a much-needed shot of size into the line backing up the 238-pound Rone at left tackle. OT James Corder, RFr. - Corder has been a career backup giving the Tigers a big, strong backup on the right side.

Memphis had a few problems making plays last year getting torched by most offenses with a pulse. The front seven has to be more physical upfront, but they're experienced and could grow into something strong as the year goes on. The blazing fast secondary will be fine if it can avoid injuries. Defensive Line - Defensive end Marcus West, Soph. - The former tight end turned into a defensive lineman last year to bring his athleticism to the end. He only made four tackles, but he's a superior athlete that should grow into a terror on the outside. - Defensive tackle Kenyun Glover, Jr. - Glover added twenty pounds over the last year to become more of a force on the inside. He has experience and has been productive making 60 career tackles, and now he should be even more effective. - Defensive tackle Eric Taylor, Sr. - Taylor, like Glover, got bigger over the past year and should be stronger against the run. He has good athleticism and quickness to go along with his added strength. - Defensive end Treveco Lucas, Sr. - Lucas turned into one of the most productive players on the line making 43 tackles, four sacks and 4.5 tackles for loss. The former walk-on has made himself into a great pass rusher that should be even stronger this season. Top Backups DE Haracio Colen, RFr. - The former linebacker should grow into one of the team's stars. He's 255 pounds with tremendous speed. - DT Albert Means, Jr. - Is this finally the year Means becomes a player? After all of the drama surrounding his transfer from Alabama and then his academic suspension, he should finally break out this year giving Memphis a brick wall on the inside.

Linebackers - Derrick Ballard, Sr. - He's a 205-pound safety playing linebacker, but he's a great one leading the team with 101 tackles, three sacks, 13 tackles for loss, seven broken up passes and three interceptions. He has tremendous quickness and a great nose for the ball. When he's in space, he's deadly. - Shaka Hill, Sr. - Hill came into his own as a linebacker last year after spending the 2001 season leaning how to play the position. The former fullback made 53 tackles using his size and quickness to become a decent run stopper in the middle. - Greg Harper, Sr. - Harper missed half of last year, but he still made 37 tackles and four tackles for loss. He's a fast player on the weak side as one of the team's most active tacklers. Top Backups - Coot Terry, Sr. - Terry stepped in when Harper went down and became a star making 60 tackles. He's 222 pounds and experienced enough to play anywhere in the corps. Robert Douglas, Soph. - Douglas has two years of experience and turned into a star of the future making 39 tackles and two sacks on the outside. He'll be too good to keep off the field.

Secondary - Cornerback Cameron Essex, Jr. - Essex is a fast corner with excellent size and decent tackling ability. He needs to become the team's shut-down corner with little experience or depth elsewhere on the corners. - Free safety O.C Collins, Soph. - Collins became a top player as a true freshman finishing second on the team with 75 tackles and tied for the lead with three interceptions. He isn't huge for a safety at only 175 pounds, but he can fly with his 4.4 speed. - Strong safety/rover Scott Vogel, Jr. - Vogel played as a true freshman before becoming a top starter last season making 71 tackles and two interceptions. He's a big hitter and a sure tackler. - Cornerback Olen Whitely, RFr. - Getting the start at field corner, the redshirt freshman will take a few lumps early this season. Once he gets the subtle nuances of the position down, he's going to be a superstar with good size and sub-4.4 speed. Top Backups - Cornerback Tristan Thomas, Jr. - Thomas missed half of last year and had problems with a shoulder last spring. He should be ready to make more of an impact as one of the best all-around athletes on the team. - Strong safety Lionel Pieh, Jr. - Pieh only saw action in five games last year, but the former running back should grow into a good all-around backup. Special Teams - Placekicker Stephen Gostkowski, Soph. - Gostkowski had a weird freshman season missing kicks from 20 and 24 yards, but he nailed a 50-yard bomb and went 5 of 5 from 30 to 39 yards. He's a big kicker with a great leg. Punt Ryan Ivey, Jr. - It'll be up to Ivey to take over for James Gaither and his 40.3-yard average. Ivey shouldn't have too much of a problem replacing Gaither's accuracy. In a pinch, quarterback Danny Wimprine can kick.

SOUTHERN MISSISSIPPI

HEAD COACH: JEFF BOWER

Southern Miss is changing up the offense to try and be more explosive and get more big plays. Even with a Derrick Nix's 1,194-yard season, the running game was still a bit stale. The average passing attack didn't help matters. The offensive line will be a work in progress all season long, but the skill players should all be better than solid. Quarterbacks - Micky D'Angelo, Jr. - D'Angelo completed over half of his passes throwing for 1,647 yards and seven touchdowns, but he pitched eight interceptions. He has nice size and has nice zip on his throws. Now he has to take a step up and become a big-time producer in the offense rather than be just a caretaker. Top Backups - Dustin Almond, Soph. - Almond saw plenty of action playing in 11 games throwing for 757 yards and three touchdowns with three interceptions. With his mobility and rocket arm, the 6-2, 211-pound Almond is by far the most talented quarterback on the roster. He can't seem to take over the starting job unable to read defenses or move the team as well as D'Angelo. - Zac White, Jr. - The 242-pound White is the clear number three. He has nice size and is a decent prospect, but he isn't going to get past Almond or D'Angelo for the backup job.

Running Backs - James Walley, Jr. - Even though Walley had problems saying healthy, the 5-10 junior showed great speed rushing for 256 yards and two touchdowns. He looked even quicker this spring with outstanding cut-back ability. - Steel Adams, Soph. - In the new two-back set, it'll be up to the 225-pound Adams to grow into a top all-around player. He's still learning how to play fullback and had a rocky spring, but there's no real concern that he won't pick it up with a little more work. Top Backups - Anthony Harris, Soph. - The 216-pound Harris had problems with a shoulder injury this spring, but he should be back in time to be one of the team's most valuable players. He stepped in last year when Derrick Nix and Walley couldn't go rushing for 324 yards and four touchdowns. He's also the backup fullback. - Tim Blackwell, Jr. - Blackwell has tremendous quickness and decent power. Look for him to emerge as the No. 2 tailback with Harris getting more work at fullback.

Receivers - Marvin Young, Jr. - Young isn't all that big, but he's fast as the team's best deep threat. Even though he had hamstring problems, he still caught 41 passes for 615 yard and a team-leading six scores. A great punt returner, he's a dangerous player with the ball in his hands. - Chris Johnson, Jr. - Johnson led the Eagles with 50 catches for 673 yards and three touchdowns. He turned into a weapon by the end of last season having big performances when the team needed them the most. Young might be more dangerous, but Johnson is the go-to guy. - Antwon Courington, Soph. - The 6-3, 210-pound Courington looked outstanding this spring proving he's ready to have a big season. He played in 12 games last season making three catches for 41 yards. Tight end Terrell Bowden, Sr. - Browden is more of a blocker than a receiver bulking up to 260 pounds, He can catch a little bit making four grabs for 94 yards and two touchdowns, but his real talent comes through when he has to get physical. Top Backups - Rocky Harrison, Soph. - Harrison had problems staying healthy last year after falling on the ball. He was still trying to get back to form this spring spending most of his time getting back into playing shape. When he gets right, he might be the starting flanker ahead of Courington. The coaching staff tried to work him on the outside, but it didn't work, so he'll play on the inside again. - DaRon Lawrence, Jr. - He's big, fast, and much, much better than he was last year. The 6-3 junior earned the team's most improved player award this spring. - Tight end Otho Graves, Jr. - Graves is the best receiving tight end on the team. He's 260 pounds, but he has experience playing wide receiver in junior college.

Offensive Line - Tackle Neal Mead, Soph. - The guards need to gain weight, the tackles need to get in better shape. The 310-pound Mead should be a big run blocker, but he needs to get to around 295-300 to be more effective. - Guard Travis Cooley, RFr. - The 271-pound Cooley is only a redshirt freshman, but he's ready to be a big-time producer on the offense. Even though he's not all that big and doesn't have any game experience, he should be fine because of his athleticism. - Center Jim Hicks, Sr. - Hicks is the rock of the line as a three-year starter in the middle. With so many new parts in the offense, it'll be up to the senior to be the leader of the line. - Guard Chris White, Jr. - The JUCO transfer should be fine on the right side. He has good movement for a 280-pound player, but he needs to get into the weight room. - Tackle Jeremy Parquet, Jr. - One of the few returning starters on the line, he'll need to have a huge season on the right size. The 6-7, 312-pound mountain has outstanding feet and is great at protecting the quarterback. Top Backups - G Ben Culp, Jr. - Culp was on the verge of winning the starting job on the right side before getting hurt. At 302 pounds, he provides wonderful size and a good run blocker. - C Addaryl Edwards, Jr. - The former defensive lineman spent last year as a backup center. He played extremely well this spring and should see a ton of playing time. The Southern Miss defense gave up 18.3 points and 336 yards per game.

With all of the stars returning on defense, there's no reason to think the Eagles won't be just as good, if not better, this year. Forget doing much anything against the huge hitting back seven. To nitpick, everyone needs to get a little stronger and a little bigger, but every team wants to do that. Defensive Line - Defensive end Terrell Paul, Sr. - Paul wasn't quite the pass rushing threat that he was expected to be last season chalking up six sacks, but that's only because so many other players were getting the job done. He's still impossible to block one-on-one and should be an All-Conference performer again. - Defensive tackle Terrance Ford, Soph. - Ford stepped in an saw vital minutes in place of several injured players. He made 13 tackles as a true freshman, and should grow into a force on the nose. Defensive tackle Eric Scott, Jr. - The 302-pound Scott is the biggest run stuffer on the line. He's a rock in the middle making 34 tackles taking up space so the rest of the linemen can do their thing. - Defensive end Ronald Jones, Sr. - With so much attention paid to Paul and the other defensive players, Jones cleaned up last season making 63 tackles, eight sacks and 11 tackles for loss. He became a huge player by the end of last season, and now the coaches hope he can carry that over into 2003. Top Backups - DT Greg Casnave, RFr. - The 281-pound redshirt freshman is going to be a force once he figures out the nuances of the defense. He has as much raw talent as any tackle on the team. - DE LeVon Pears, Jr. - Pears has the raw speed to backup Paul at the Bandit position and the strength to play on the end. He made 19 tackles in a reserve role. - DE Akeem Lockett, Soph. - Lockett is very fast and could be very productive. He's being groomed as the team's next, great defensive end.

Linebackers - Antoine Cash, Jr. - The former safety will move over to the weak side giving the corps a little bit more experience and speed. He looked strong this spring and should be a sure tackler coming off a 78 stop season. As good as he looked, Michael Boley was able to move over to the strong side without much concern. - Rod Davis, Sr. - Davis is the best linebacker in America. He doesn't get the credit he deserves cause he isn't on TV like many of the other star players, but he's better with a nose for the ball like no one else. A tireless worker and the ultimate team leader, he'll be the signature star on one of college football's best defenses. Look for him to once again be a dominating force coming off a 168 tackle, 10.5 sack, 23.5 tackle for loss season. Michael Boley, Jr. - The 218-pound junior will move from the weak to the strong side. He was a sensational running mate alongside Davis making 142 tackles, eight sacks and 16 tackles for loss. While not the overall linebacker Davis is, Boley is better in pas coverage and should flourish in his new role. Top Backups - Kevin Coley, Soph. - Coley is an experienced special teams player and has seen a little action on defense. He'll push Cash for time on the strong side. Dillon Cleckler, Jr. - Cleckler won't see a whole bunch of time with Davis rarely coming off the field, but he's an experience and talented backup. He made 25 tackles last season.

Secondary - Cornerback Greg Brooks, Sr. - Brooks isn't all that big, but he's become a tremendous cover corner leading the team with 14 broken up passes to go with three interceptions. He has great quickness and is a solid all-around defender. - Free safety Etric Pruitt, Sr. - Pruitt is a 6-1, 188-pound guided missile. He's a huge hitting safety making 139 tackles, six interception and broke up 13 passes in an All-America season. He's also awesome at blocking kicks not afraid to throw his body into any situation. - Rover Alex Ray, Sr. - Ray stepped into a tough spot last season and came through big-time making 56 tackles. He's big and can apply the big hit. With Pruit and all of the linebackers covering so much ground against the run, Ray will be able to make more plays when the ball is in the air. Cornerback John Eubanks, Soph. - Eubanks made a name for himself as a top kick returner last season. With his outstanding speed, he should turn into a great corner after making 11 tackles and an interception as a reserve. Top Backups - Free safety Trevis Coley, Soph. - Coley will mostly play on special teams when he isn't backing up Pruitt. Pruitt has been durable, but he's so physical that there's always a chance he'll need a bit of a break. - Cornerback Seth Cumbie, Jr. - Cumbie is a little bit bigger than Brooks and should grow into a solid corner. He was a valuable backup making 18 tackles. Strong safety Darrell Bennett, Jr. - The 206-pound Bennett was effective last season as a reserve making 13 tackles. He's a big hitter and should work well in nickel situations. Special Teams - Placekicker Jacob Matlock, Sr. - Matlock has a big leg, but he has to find some consistency. If anything, he has far more range than former kicker Curt Jones who only hit 15 of 26 field goals. Look for Brad Langley to come in from mid-range if Matlock struggles at all. Punter Luke Johnson, Soph. - Johnson will battle Neal Schmidt for the right to replace the 41.8 yard per punt average of Mark Haulman. Schmidt has the bigger leg, but Johnson is more accurate and far more consistent.

TEXAS CHRISTIAN

HEAD COACH: GARY PATTERSON

The running game will be magnificent with two outstanding backs running behind a solid line. The passing game is a different story with several new faces at receiver and no real depth behind still-recovering Tye Gunn at quarterback. Quarterbacks - Tye Gunn, Soph. - When Gunn came in last season he played like a seasoned veteran throwing for six touchdowns and going 4-0 before tearing up his knee. Gunn has a nice arm, but his talent is in his decision making ability. If he's back to 100%, he'll be in the mix for all-conference honors. All indications are that he's as good as new. Top Backups - Brandon Hassell, Jr. - With Gunn out for spring ball, Hassell got plenty of work. He has more experience than any of the TCU QB’s and looked strong this spring, but he doesn't have any real game experience. - Jeff Ballard, RFr. - After running the scout team last year, he'll be the team's third team quarterback. He has nice mobility.

Running Backs - Lonta Hobbs, Soph. - Hobbs took the league by storm last season rushing for 1,029 yards and 12 touchdowns averaging 6.6 yards per carry. He showed both an ability to be the team's workhorse and the speed to breakaway once he gets through the line. - Fullback Corey Connally, Sr. - After spending time as a backup tailback, Connally will split time with Kenny Hayter at fullback. He's had problems with leg injuries that have kept him from being the back that had so much promise a few years ago. Top Backups Ricky Madison, Sr. - Madison might be the starter for every other Conference USA team. He started in eight games last year rushing for 719 yards and three touchdowns, but saved one of his best games for last rushing for 111 yards in the Liberty Bowl win over Colorado State. Robert Merrill, RFr. - Merrill might not see too much time with Hobbs and Madison taking so many carries, but he's got star potential written all over him. Fullback Kenny Hayter, Sr. - A little more of a sledgehammer than Connally, the Texas transfer will battle for the starting fullback spot all year long.

Receivers - Bruce Galbert, Sr. - The 6-4 target didn't make too many plays last year only catching two passes. He has to become one of the team's top targets at the X position. - Reggie Harrell, Jr. - At 6-4 and 209 pounds, Harrell is a strong receiver that can brush off most defensive backs. He's not just a power receiver, he's also on the TCU track team. He caught 13 passes last year and will line up at the H spot. Kevin Brown, Sr. - Brown hasn't been able to stay healthy in his career, but he has been on the field enough to make 39 catches. His eligibility is still in question seeking NCAA approval for a fifth year. If he's back, he'll start at the Z. Tight end Cody McCarty, Jr. - The former defensive end has been mostly a special teams player, but he's expected to become a consistent target in the passing game. He started three games last year making six catches for 63 yards and two touchdowns. Top Backups Ryan Pearson, Soph. - The walk-on played in six games last year and will see time behind Harrell at the H position. - Zack Moore, Soph. - The former quarterback has too much speed to sit in the back of Tye Gunn on the depth chart. He's been a special teams standout and could see plenty of action at the Z. - Tight end Stanley Moss, Sr. - Moss was knocked out for the season with a broken leg last year, but he should be ready to go for the season to back up Brown.

Offensive Line - Tackle Anthony Alabi, Jr. - He missed spring ball with a shoulder problem, but should be ready to go come fall. Big things are expected of Alabi as he's the team's best combination of size, athleticism and strength on the line. Guard John Glud, Sr. - He's the star of the line. Glud's a 6-7, 333-pound rock with 24 starts under his belt. - Center Chase Johnson, Jr. - Johnson provides the mean streak to the line. He'll also be in the running for all-conference honors. - Guard Shane Sims, Soph. - After playing behind Glud at left guard last year, he'll get the first look on the right side. Tackle Jon Morgan, Sr. - He has the unenviable task of replacing star Jamal Powell after seeing some experience over the last two years. Morgan has gotten in better and better shape playing at 311 pounds last year and is now down to a very athletic 298. Top Backups - G Zach Bray, Soph. - Bray is very, very strong and considered a great future prospect. He'll back up Sims on the right side. T Michael Toudouze, Soph. - With Alabi out for spring practices, Toudouze will be more seasoned coming into the season. He played in nine games last year and will see plenty of action this year. - C Stephen Culp, Soph. - He played in 11 games last year and will get a few reps this season behind Johnson.

The Horned Frogs lost several starters including star linebacker LaMarcus McDonald and top defensive back Jason Goss, but there might not be much of a drop-off from the defense that dominated last year. This is a fast crew with several all-star candidates. If they can to work together like last year's defense, there won't be much of a problem. If nothing else, the TCU D will be one of the best in the nation at getting into the backfield. Defensive Line - Defensive end Robert Pollard, Sr. He didn't get a whole bunch of recognition last year, but he was extremely productive making 47 tackles and 2.5 sacks. A 280-pounder with experience and quickness, Pollard could develop into something special. - Defensive tackle Chad Pugh, Sr. - Everything revolves around the anchor in the middle. Pugh weighs 314 pounds and is sensational at stuffing the run. Defensive tackle Richard Evans, Sr. - Even at tackle he's considered one of the team's up and coming pass rushers. In a reserve role, he made five sacks and 30 tackles. Defensive end Bo Schobel, Sr. - When he's on, he's the best end in Conference USA. A pass rushing terror, Schobel made 7.5 sacks and 19 tackles for loss last season. Top Backups - DE Raynorris Ray, Soph. - The young end will back up Pollard on the left side. In a reserve role, he made 20 tackles last year. - DT Brandon Johnson, Jr. - The nose tackle was in the rotation last year spelling Pugh. He made 36 tackles. - DE Andrew Calovich, Jr. - He's more of a glorified outside linebacker, but has the motor and speed to be a solid backup behind Schobel on the right side.

Linebackers - Martin Patterson, Jr. - After mostly playing in the middle, Patterson will move over to the strong side. With his speed and talent, he has the makings of TCU's next great linebacker. - Josh Goolsby, Jr. - In a reserve role, Goolsby made 24 tackles last season after suffering a torn pectoral muscle. He'll get the first look in the middle. All he needs is a little bit of luck avoiding the injury bug. Top Backups - Devon Davis, Sr. - He'll back up Goolsby in the middle. The Tennessee transfer adds great athleticism to the group. - Shawn Brooks, Soph - He's more of a free safety than a linebacker, but he'll see time on the strong side behind Patterson.

Secondary - Cornerback Mark Walker, Jr. - It took a little while, but Walker came on later last season filling in nicely when Tyrone Sanders went down. He also made ten tackles. If he progresses, he has all-conference talent. - Cornerback Tyrone Sanders, Sr. - The team's best and most experienced corner, Sanders started every game before missing time late in the year. He wasn't in on many tackles, but he broke up eight passes and picked off a pass. Free safety Jeremy Modkins, Soph. - He'll move over from the weak side to free safety after splitting time with Marvin Godbolt last year. In his limited action, he made 20 tackles. Only a sophomore, he's expected to soon become a star of the secondary. Strong safety Brandon Williams, Sr. - At 6-3 and 193 pounds, Williams is a big player with enough speed to play corner if necessary. He made five tackles last year, but was mostly in on special teams. Weak safety Marvin Godbolt, Jr. - Godbolt broke up nine passes last year after moving over from free safety. He was great at getting into the backfield a few years ago, but his stats went down when his role changed. Even so, he's a fantastic blitzer if the coaching staff chooses to send him. Top Backups Cornerback Jerome Braziel, Jr. - He saw a little bit of action last year and made a decent impact when he was in. He'll back up Sanders on the right side. Free safety Chris Peoples, Jr. - Peoples will once again provide the top safety depth. He made 14 tackles last year and broke up a pass. - Strong safety Flander Malone, Soph.- He mostly played on special teams last year. He'll back up Williams. Special Teams - Punter John Braziel, Jr. - It'll be Braziel's job to replace the steady Joey Biasatti. He's a big boomer even though he only averaged 37.5 yards per kick in 2001. Now he has to prove he has Biasatti's ability to put it inside the 20. Mike Wynn will be in the mix after hitting a few bombs in spring ball. Placekicker Nick Browne, Sr. - Browne became one of the nation's best placekickers last season hitting 23 of 30 field goals nailing 17 of 19 from inside 40 yards. He has a huge leg, but he was inconsistent from longer ranges.

TULANE

HEAD COACH: CHRIS SCELFO

Ten starters return, and that doesn't count star receiver Roydell Williams coming back from an early season injury. It'll all be up to the line. After giving up 42 sacks, it needs to keep quarterback J.P. Losman clean so he has time to connect with his loaded receiving corps. Running back Mewelde Moore is one of the best backs in college football. Quarterbacks - J.P. Losman, Sr. - Losman has a ton of experience in the offense and should become one of the nation's statistically best quarterbacks. He's big quarterback with a live arm and a great ability at reading defenses. After throwing for 2,368 yards and 19 touchdowns last season, look for him to add at least 500 yards and five more scoring passes to the total. Top Backups - Billy Don Malone, RFr. - He's a great pure passer getting better and better with the more practice time he gets. He'll most likely start the season as the number three quarterback coming off a broken ankle. - Nick Cannon, RFr. - Cannon could be the quarterback of the future with great passing ability and decent mobility. He's a nice sized player with a good arm.

Running Backs - Mewelde Moore, Sr. - Moore had a little bit of a down year, but that's only because he set a ridiculously high standard in a monster 2001 season.. He led the team with 1,128 rushing yards and six touchdowns, while also leading the way with 52 catches for 545 yards and three touchdowns. He's a great mix of smarts, blinding speed and decent power. With 5,182 career all-purpose yards and 27 touchdowns, he's one of the most productive returning backs in college football. - Fullback Kris Coleman, Sr. - When Tulane uses a fullback, Coleman is the man as the Green Wave's blocking back. He only has 46 career carries for 136 yards and thee touchdowns. Top Backups - Jovon Jackson, Soph. - There wasn't much need for him, but Jackson was a nice fill-in for Moore rushing for 168 yards and catching five passes for 16 yards. With nice power, he's going to see a little more time giving Moore a bit of a break. - Fullback Quintin Jones, Fr. - At 215 pounds, Jones might be more of a ball-carrier than a blocking fullback. He'll combine with the 245-pound Tye Graham to back up Coleman.

Receivers - Roydell Williams, Jr. - Williams was supposed to be the team's star receiver, but he suffered a broken ankle against East Carolina and missed the rest of the season. He wasn't back for spring ball, but he should be ready to roll by the start of the season giving the Green Wave one of the best receivers in the league. When he was healthy, he made 56 catches for 886 yards and 11 touchdowns in 2001 and 15 grabs for 151 yards and a score last season. - James Dunn, Sr. - Dunn's production dropped off a bit only catching 14 passes for 184 yards and a touchdown. He isn't big at only 5-8 and 172 pounds, but he's extremely quick and a reliable fourth receiver. - Chris Bush, Jr. - Bush is one of the best all-around athletes on the team. At 6-1 and 195 pounds, he's a big receiver with good hands catching 20 passes for 254 yards and a touchdown. - Nick Narcisse, Jr. - Narcisse was supposed to be a possession receiver coming off an average 2001 season, but he turned into the Green Wave's top deep threat averaging 16.2 yards per catch on 21 catches. - Tight end Bobby Hoover, Jr. - Hoover is a decent receiver and an experienced starter catching 11 passes for 95 yards and a touchdown, but his real strength is as a blocker. Top Backups - Damarcus Davis, Soph. - Davis grew into a top starter catching 21 passes for 241 yards and two touchdowns in ten games. He was a great fill-in as a true freshman when Williams went down. Tristan Smith, Jr. - Smith has a few years of experience and is the team's top returning wide receiver. Even though he made 43 catches fro 372 yards and five touchdowns, he's going to play behind Dunn. - Jerome Landry, Soph. - Landry might not seem like a key cog, but the Green Wave offense suffered when he went down with an illness. Tulane likes to occasionally use two tight end sets, and the 6-4, 240-pound Landry was a strong all-around player catching three passes for 23 yards and two touchdowns.

Offensive Line - Guard Chris McGee, Soph. - McGee is only 265 pounds, but he's great as a powerful run blocker and one of the rising pass blockers in the league. He has tremendous feet gets great leverage on running plays. - Tackle Matt Traina, Soph. - Traina became a key player on the left side getting better and better as last season went on. With a year of experience, he should become an even stronger all-around blocker. At 267 pounds, he's better at pass blocking than his is at opening holes for the running game. - Center Will Blaylock, Soph. - Blaylock saw a little bit of playing time in a reserve role. He's trying to get over an injured knee and is neck and neck with Joe Traina for the starting job, but he's over 30 pounds bigger and the most experienced option in the middle. Guard Donald Madlock, Soph. - At 300 pounds, Madlock provides the beef on the line. As a reserve, he grew into a solid run blocker. He's trying to get over a problem with his shoulder, but he should be ready for the start of the season. Tackle Jimmy Kosienski, Jr. - Kosienski has bulked up 15 pounds to 280 to become stronger as a run blocker. He's an experienced player and should turn into a rock on the left side. Top Backups- C Joe Traina, Soph. - He's in the mix for the starting job in the middle. He's not as big as Blaylock, but he's quicker. - OG Derek Rogers, RFr. - The line isn't all that huge, so the 315-pound Rogers needs to play a big role at right guard. The defensive production improved last year by leaps and bounds allowing 120 fewer yards per game.

With only three returning starters, the potential is there for a return to the dark times of the Green Wave defense. There's great athleticism everywhere, but no depth on the line or secondary. The linebacking corps is going to have to carry things for a while. Defensive Line - Defensive end Michael Roberts, Soph. - Roberts became a top reserve as a freshman making 27 tackles, one sacks and four tackles for loss. While he hasn't done all that much yet, he's the most experienced lineman. - Defensive tackle Terrence Tarver, Sr. - The 270-pound Tarver has a little bit of experience making 21 career tackles. He missed the last four games of last year with a groin injury. Defensive tackle Wallace Mateen, Jr. - Mateen found ways to make plays as a backup recovering three fumbles and three quarterback hurries in limited time. He's a good run stuff and one of the bigger linemen on the team, but he has to come back healthy after breaking his foot. Defensive end Daniel Nevil, Sr. - A reserve linebacker last year, he missed time with a sprained knee. Even though he missed four games, he made 24 tackles and recovered a fumble. He'll move to the end to give the line some experience and some speed. Top Backups - DT Taurean Brown, RFr. - The 270-pound Brown is big and athletic with outstanding potential. He'll be a key player behind Tarver on the inside. - DT Michael Purcell, RFr. - Purcell could end up playing more than expected if Mateen isn't 100% after his foot injury. At 3-5 pounds, Purcell will get in the rotation early as a top run stuffer. - DE Taylor Bertin, RFr. - The 240-pound redshirt freshman will have to be the top reserve on the end. He saw a little time in practice last season, and now he needs to shine right away.

Linebackers - Wesley Heath, Sr. - Heath made a successful move from the weak side to the strong side making 64 tackles. He has defensive back athleticism and good size at 222 pounds. Brandy Quick, Sr. - Quick returns for another season in the middle after finishing with 97 tackles and seven tackles for loss. The 235-pound former Kansas State transfer has grown into one of the better all-around middle linebackers in the league.- Anthony Cannon, Soph. - Cannon was tremendous as a true freshman leading the team with 114 tackles showing a sensational nose for the ball and good durability. Now that he has the subtle nuances of the defense down, he should be even better. Top Backups - Antonio Mason, Soph. - Mostly playing on special teams, Mason made eight tackles and a tackle for loss. He's a smart player with good speed on the strong side. He bulked up 12 pounds since last year. - Blake Baker, Jr. - Baker had a hard time staying healthy before finally being able to get through a full season. He was tremendous as a top reserve making 48 stops, five sacks and eight tackles for loss. - Brandon Spincer, Soph. - Spincer was a big-time player as a true freshman making 65 tackles. After missing all of last season, he gives the Green Wave an experience and talented player on the weak side.

Secondary - Cornerback Bruce Youmans, Soph. - Youmans was the Florida state high school champion in the 200 meters running a 21.2 to go along with a 10.5, 100-meter dash. He played a little bit in a reserve role and on special teams, but now he has to become a star on the left side. Strong safety Tra Boger, Jr. - The 6-1, 203-pound Boger missed spring ball getting over shoulder surgery. He mostly played on special teams, but he turned into a top reserve safety making 57 tackles and three interceptions playing behind Adrian Mitchell - Free safety Joey Dawson, Jr. - Dawson has a little bit of experience starting in two games and playing in nine others making 45 tackles and an interception. A smart player attending Tulane on an academic scholarship, the 6-2 former walk-on should turn into a reliable safety with a little more work. Cornerback Sean Lucas, Soph. - It'll be up to Lucas to be the new star corner now that Lynaris Elpheage is gone. He was a steady reserve defensive back making 54 tackles, two interceptions, 2.5 sacks and broke up eight passes. Great with the ball in his hands, he scored three touchdowns off of turnovers. Top Backups - Cornerback Darren Sapp, Soph. - Sapp has a little bit of career experience at corner making 30 tackles in 2001. That makes him one of Tulane's most experienced defensive backs. He'll play behind Lucas at right corner. Strong safety Winfred Brown, Sr. - The Georgia Tech transfer adds wonderful speed and a little bit of experience to the secondary. Special Teams - Punter Chris Beckman, Fr. - The 6-2 Beckman has to replace Seth Marler and his 42.9 yard per kick average. Beckman is a good all-around athlete with a big leg. Placekicker Barrett Pepper, Fr. - It'll be up to Pepper to replace Marler's production. As good as Marler was, he was wildly inconsistent last season. The Green Wave hopes Pepper will be stable out of the gate.

INDEPENDENTS

CONNECTICUT

HEAD COACH: RANDY EDSALL

UConn has some great young stars with junior quarterback Dan Orlovsky ready to become a big-time player if some receivers step up. Terry Caulley is a great running back, but he might not be big enough to handle a ton of work without getting hurt. The line should be fine, but there's little developed depth. Quarterbacks - Dan Orlovsky, Jr. - Orlovsky made the transition from being a shaky freshman to an average sophomore with a little bit of success. And then the light went on and he became one of America's best young passers. The 6-5 junior completed over 60% of his passes throwing 19 touchdown passes and 11 interceptions. He comes into this season as a more confident passer and the leader of a decent offense. He's not a rushing threat, but he did run for four scores. Top Backups Jermell Williams, Soph. - More of a rushing option than Orlovsky, Williams ran for 34 yards in a reserve role. He's an accurate passer that should be a fine fill in if need be.

Running Backs - Terry Caulley, Soph. - With all of the hype around Maurice Clarett and T.A. McLendon, the nation's best true freshman running back was Caulley ripping off 1,247 yards and 15 touchdowns starting in only nine games. A great all-purpose back, Caulley caught 25 passes for 205 yards and a touchdown to go along with all of his workhorse duties. At only 5-7 and 180 pounds, he needs help to carry the load as he missed time last year with a few injuries even though he only carried the ball 220 times. Fullback Deon Anderson, Soph. - The 224-pound sophomore played in every game as a true freshman on special teams, a blocking fullback and an occasional power back rushing for 119 yards and a score. Top Backups Chandler Poole, Sr. - At 204 pounds, Poole has a little more pop than Caulley. He has rushed for 371 yards in his career playing as both a tailback and fullback. Chris Bellamy, Jr. - After becoming a decent player in 2001, his role was reduced last season only carrying the ball 61 times for 95 yards. He's a big back that has to see more action to help out Caulley. Cornell Brockington, RFr. - Brockington has moved up the charts in spring ball and could take over the number two role. He's a decent sized back that has star written all over him. Evan Benson, Sr. - He's not a true fullback at only 5-8 and 205 pounds, but he's listed as one. A factor in the rushing game over his first two seasons, he only carried the ball once last year mostly playing on special teams.

Receivers - Jason Williams, Soph. - A spot starter last season, Williams was UConn's best deep threat averaging 15.4 yards per catch scoring three touchdowns. He has all the makings of a star with decent size and track speed finishing seventh in the 55 meter dash in the Big East Championships. Shaun Feldeisen, Sr. - A big receiver, the 6-1, 218-pound Feldeisen was second on the team with 33 catches for 425 yards last year. He's not necessarily a possession receiver, but he could work well underneath with Williams making plays deep. Brandon Young, Jr. - One of the team's better punt returners, Young also caught 22 passes for 269 yards and two scores. Tight end Tim Lassen, Soph - Lassen has some big news to fill replacing 2002's leading receiver Tommy Collins. The 270-pound Lassen caught three passes with two going for scores, but he's used as a blocker. Top Backups O'Neil Wilson, Jr. - The 6-3 Wilson adds another big target to the mix. He has started nine games in his career and has made 34 catches for 379 yards and two scores. If used right, he can be a decent deep threat. Keron Henry, Jr. - The former quarterback has become a decent receiver making five catches. He has the athleticism, timed at 4.42, and the smarts to be a decent regular contributor. This spring he was growing into the job and could be one of UConn's stars by the end of the year. Matt Cutaia, Jr. - He tore up his knee early last year after making 14 catches for 212 yards. He was a great kickoff returner in 2001 and should be a top target for Orlovsky. Terry McClowry, Sr. - Seeing time at both fullback and tight end, McClowry will be in the mix for the starting tight end job. He had problems with an ankle injury all of last year.

Offensive Line - Tackle Ryan Krug, Jr. - Krug will have to be the rock on the line as the only returning tackle with any experience. The 297-pound senior is UConn's best blocker and is growing into a fantastic pass blocking lineman. Guard Brian Markowski, Jr. - One of the regulars on the line. Markowski will start on the left side to join Krug to form a solid nucleus. Markowski has started 23 straight games at both guard and center. Center Billy Irwin, Jr. - His emergence allowed Markowski to move to guard. The 281-pound Irwin started every game last year and is expected to grow into a top player Guard LeAndre Dupree, Jr. - At 301 pounds, Dupree is UConn's biggest starter and has the experience to become a solid player at right guard. With twelve starts in his career, he's not starting from scratch. Tackle Grant Preston, Soph. - Without any experience at tackle outside of Krug, Preston will move over from right guard. One of the team's rising stars, Preston has the talent and versatility to be a star. Top Backups OG Lawrence Oliver, Sr. - The 274-pound Oliver has seen time in 21 games and has started five times. The team needs his experience with few developed backups. C Jeff Fox, Jr. - Used as the long snapper, he'll fill in for Irwin when necessary.

The depth isn't quite there and there are a few problems with overall athleticism, but this is a solid defense with some superstar players. End Uyi Osunde, safety Chris Meyer (if reinstated after a suspension) and linebacker Maurice Lloyd could play for almost anyone. The run D could stand to be a little stronger, but this defense will get to the quarterback and will be fine against the pass. Defensive Line - Defensive end Uyi Osunde, Sr. - One of the nation's best unknown pass rushers, Osunde led UConn with 9.5 sacks and 15.5 tackles for loss. He was out this spring with shoulder surgery, but he's expected to be fine coming into the 2002 season. With linebacker speed and great moves for a lineman, he's a sleeper NFL prospect. Defensive tackle Ryan Bushey, Sr. - Mostly playing as a reserve throughout his career, the 276-pound Bushey will get the first look in the middle of the line. He made 19 tackles and a sack last season. Defensive tackle Sean Mulcahy, Sr. - The staple of the run defense, the senior has started 26 straight games making 99 tackles and four sacks in his career. He's the leader of the line along with being the anchor. Defensive end Tyler King, Jr. - A sensational complement to Osunde, King is a nice pass rusher in his own right making 5.5 sacks and 29 tackles last year. His stats would've been even better if he didn't miss time with the chicken pox. He's a big player with decent quickness. Top Backups DE Hakeem Kashama, Sr. - An experienced player, Kashama has seen plenty of action as a spot starter making 57 tackles and 8.5 tackles for loss in his career. He's had problems with a knee injury, but he was fine last year. DT Deon McPhee, Soph. - A rising player in the middle. McPhee saw time in every game last year making 11 tackles.

Linebackers - James Hargrave, Soph. - Hargrave is the new guy to the starting mix having to replace Jamal Lundy. He has experience seeing time in 11 games in his first season making 45 tackles in a reserve role. He was wonderful when he spelled Lundy making 17 tackles in a game against Ohio. Alfred Fincher, Jr. - The man in the middle. Fincher was third on the team with 92 tackles last season. An active player with nice size, Fincher is great against the run and not all that bad when dropping into pass coverage. Maurice Lloyd, Jr. - Lloyd led UConn with 113 tackles last year and was sensational at getting into the backfield making 18 tackles for loss. He's outstanding in pass coverage with the ability to play like another safety, but his role changed last season and was used more as a blitzer. If there's such a thing as an All-Independent team, he'd be on it. Top Backups Kinnan Herriott, Jr. - He'll get every shot at the starting job on the strong side along with Hargrave. Mostly a reserve linebacker and a special teams player, Harriott has the experience and the speed to make an impact. Taurien Sowell, Soph - Sowell made four tackles as a reserve last year. At 232 pounds, he adds a nice sized backup to the mix on the weakside.

Secondary - Cornerback Cathlyn Clarke, Soph. - The young player mostly saw time on special teams last season, but he did see a bit of action as a reserve defensive back. He has nice size at 5-11 and 186 pounds and will get the first look at the left corner spot. Free safety Terrance Smith, Sr. - A rock in the secondary, Smith has started 26 straight games with 186 tackles, four interceptions and 15 broken up passes on his career. A solid hitter Strong safety Chris Meyer, Sr. - If he played for anyone else, he'd be heralded as a superstar. Meyer has made 216 tackles and has broken up 19 passes in his career. A big hitter, he's always around the ball and always making plays. One major problem though ... he was suspended this spring after his arrest in November in connection with the investigation of an alleged off-campus rape by a friend of his. He wasn't involved with the rape, but he was charged with allegedly interfering with the investigation. He's still eligible, for the moment, to rejoin the team and get back in school this fall. Cornerback Marlon Jones, Jr. - Jones missed time this spring with a shoulder problem, but he should be back in his starting role this year. He stepped in when Justin Perkins went down with a knee injury and made 65 tackles and picked off two passes. Top Backups - Cornerback Ezra Carey, Sr.- With Jones out this spring, Carey saw plenty of action at right corner. He saw time in 11 games last year making 14 tackles and picking off a pass. Cornerback Justin Perkins. Jr. - After winning the starting job last season, Perkins was lost for the year with a knee injury. He started in every game in 2001 making 61 tackles and breaking up nine passes. He missed spring ball still recovering from his injury, but he'll be a valuable player if he can come back 100%. Strong safety John Fletcher, Jr. - Playing like an undersized linebacker, the 5-9, 186-pound Fletcher has seen time in 21 games in his career making 29 stops in 2001 and ten in 2002. Special Teams - Placekicker David Butts, Soph. - Gone is Mark Hickok, so Butts, Matt Nuzie and Robert Halpern will battle for the starting job. This will be a battle up until the start of the opener. Punter Adam Coles, Sr. - A steady punter over the past three years, Coles has a steady career average of 39.8 yards per kick, but that's a bit misleading as he's fantastic as putting the ball inside the 20.

NAVY

HEAD COACH: PAUL JOHNSON

The offense is going to run, run and run some more with several players in an experienced backfield that can break off big runs. Now that these players know the offense, they should form a devastating rushing attack and be among the top five in the country. There won't be much of a passing game other than what comes out of the backfield. Quarterback - Projected Starter - Craig Candeto, Sr. - Even though Candeto wouldn't be classified as an option wizard like Chance Harridge of Air Force, he's still an extremely effective runner. He led the team with 775 rushing yards and ran for 16 touchdowns including six against Army. The leader of the offense, he could be even better if he improves his passing a little bit after throwing for 843 yards and five touchdowns. Top Backups - Aaron Polanco, Jr. - A faster runner than Candeto, Polanco adds a decent backup to the offense. When Candeto was out at times last season, Polanco came in and ran for 211 yards and seven touchdowns. He has a big arm, but he can't throw as well as Candeto throwing four interceptions and no touchdowns. Lamar Owens, Soph. - At 5-9 and 166 pounds, Owens is a shifty runner and will be third in the rotation.

Running Backs - Eric Roberts, Jr. - The most dangerous running back on the roster, the 195-pound Roberts has outstanding moves and great cutting ability. He averaged 8.1 yards per carry rushing for 469 yards and four touchdowns. It also helps that he's the best receiver on the team leading the Midshipmen with 17 catches for 429 yards and two touchdowns averaging 25.2 yards per grab.- Tony Lane, Sr. - A good kick returner as well as a runner, Lane is a more powerful back than Roberts. He ran for 480 yards and a touchdown averaging 8.4 yards per carry. He also caught 11 passes for 174 yards and a score. Fullback Michael Brimage, Jr. - Brimage took over when injuries hit the position and ran for 291 yards and a touchdown. He's only 5-7 and 203 pounds, but he's hard runner between the tackles averaging 7.5 yards per carry. Top Backups- Aaron Weedo, Jr. - A good special teams player and kick returner, Weedo averaged a whopping 15.8 yards per carry on five attempts. A good all-around athlete, Weedo was also a top relief pitcher for the Navy baseball team. - Sam Mathews, Soph. - He'll play a big role after seeing time as a freshman running for 80 yards. He mostly played on special teams and will be a solid all-around backup. Kyle Eckel, Jr. - A fullback, the 231-pound Eckel is big, very strong and very fast clocking in at 4.55 in the 40. He was second on the team in rushing attempts carrying the ball 144 times for 510 yards and four touchdowns. - Ryan Barry, Jr. - Mostly a special teams player, Barry will be third in the fullback rotation. He's a little bit bigger this year bulking up to 207 pounds.

Receivers - Amir Jenkins, Jr. - Jenkins has experience in the offense and now he has to become a factor in the passing game. More of a blocker than a receiver, Jenkins only caught three passes for 22 yards. Lionel Wesley, Jr. - It took a while for Wesley to become a target. By the time he started running better routes, he became a factor in the passing game finishing with eight catches for 115 yards and a touchdown. Top Backups Cory Dryden, Jr. - At 6-3 and 213 pounds, Dryden is a big and physical receiver that'll be a top blocker. Mike Youkitis, Soph. - Expected to be a playmaker in the offense, the 6-2, 204 pound sophomore is a rising player who should be decent in the passing game if Jenkins is struggling at all.

Offensive Line - Tackle Nick Wilson, Jr. - The 259-pound Wilson will get the first look at left tackle. If he has problems at all, the 277-pound Tucker Bennett will step in and take over adding more bulk. Guard Sean Magee, Sr. - At 287 pounds, Magee is a big player on the inside. He has to prove he can be a physical player and has to play well with another inexperienced player with him on the left side. - Center August Roitsch, Jr. - Magee is a tall player at 6-5, but he's not all that huge at 255 pounds. He has a little bit of experience and should end up rotating with 283-pound Dan Peters. Guard Shane Todd, Sr. - The biggest lineman on the squad, the 304-pound Todd is a good player that can play at center or guard. He'll start at right guard after starting mostly in the middle of the line last year. He'll have to be the anchor and the one the key plays are run behind on the inside. Tackle Josh Goodin, Sr. - After coming into the 2002 season buried on the depth chart at center, Goodin ended up being a top player at right tackle. Todd is a good lineman, but Goodin is the star of the line and the one who'll spring the big plays when the running game goes to the right. He's more than just a football player, he's an accomplished singer belting out the national anthem before the Army-Navy game. Top Backups OG Nate Chase, Sr. - He's a bigger option at left guard than Magee. He needs a little more mobility. OT Tucker Bennett, Sr. - He hasn't done much so far in his career. He's looking to make an impact in his senior season at left tackle.

The defense had some major problems last season giving up too many yards both on the ground and in the air. The 2002 Midshipmen defense didn't do any one thing well and will stick with the 3-4 scheme. Now the team has to incorporate several new starters and hope the old ones can get better. The secondary has to find ways to breakup and pick off more passes, while the defensive line has to get in the backfield on a more consistent basis. Defensive Line - Defensive end Pierre Moss, Jr. - After having a great spring, Moss didn't do much last season only finishing with 17 tackles. He has speed and strength to go with decent size. - Defensive tackle Kevin Schwind, Sr. - A big player with a non-stop motor, Schwind will get the first look on the inside this year after not seeing much action in 2002. - Defensive end Ralph Henry, Sr. - One of the faster player on the line, Henry is 260 pounds and speedy coming off the edge. He made 18 tackles last season and is expected to be a top player on the line this year. Top Backups - DT Babatunde Akingbemi, Jr. - Ridiculously strong, Akingbemi will be a presence on the inside along with Schwind. He made nine tackles last season. DE Steve Adair, Sr. - An experienced lineman, Adair has played sparingly over the last two seasons making 13 total tackles and three sacks. He'll see time behind Moss.

Linebackers - Lane Jackson, Jr. - The most improved player on the team as last season went on, Jackson finished the season with 53 tackles and was a fine player on the outside. He's quick and very active.. Jeremy Chase, Soph. - Chase started last season finishing out as one of the stalwarts on the inside in four of the final five games making 33 tackles. He has a good nose for the ball and is decent at getting into the backfield. Ben Mathews, Sr. - A good all-around player, Mathews will start again on the inside after finishing last year with 53 tackles and eight tackles for loss. He also recovered three fumbles. Eddie Carthan, Sr. - The team's leading returning sacker with three, Carthan is the best athlete on the Navy defense and one of the best all-around players. He made 67 tackles last season using his good speed and sensational athleticism. Top Backups - Dustin Elliott, Jr. - Eliot is a good backup in the middle with enough experience to push for a starting spot. He had his biggest game of the year in the brightest light making 13 tackles against Notre Dame. His season was cut short by a broken foot. Bobby McClarin, Jr. - At only 211 pounds, he's a bit small to play on the inside, but he does making 23 tackles with his tough style of play.

Secondary - Cornerback Shalimar Brazier, Sr. - A speedy player and a sensational all-around athlete, Brazier is excellent in run support making 59 tackles last season. A top track man for the Navy varsity team, he has to use that speed to make more plays in the secondary only picking off one pass and breaking up nine passes over the course of his career. Free safety Wayne Irons, Jr. - At 5-9 and 179 pounds he's not all that big, but he makes plays finishing last year with 12 tackles. He'll battle Lane Montgomery for the starting free safety job. - Rover Josh Smith, Jr. - The leading returning tackler on the team, Smith made 127 stops and also led the Midshipmen with two interceptions. Not expected to do much of anything going into 2002, Smith became a terror always finding his way around the ball. This year, he'll be expected to be one of the better strong safeties among Independent teams. Cornerback Vaughn Kelley, Jr. - A good athlete with decent size, Kelley made 68 tackles and broke up four passes last year. He has to be a stronger cover corner using his 6-1 frame to handle the opposing team's bigger receivers. Top Backups Safety Eli Sanders, Sr.- A safety that can play either spot, Sanders has the experience to be counted on as a top backup. He's primarily a special teams player. Cornerback Marcus Perkins. Sr. - A decent backup corner and good special teams player, Sanders has 13 tackles on the year and will back up Brazier on the left side. Special Teams - Placekicker Eric Rohlfs, Sr. - After splitting time, Rolfs could be an excellent kicker for the Midshipmen coming off a season hitting four of six field goals. Punter John Skaggs, Sr. - One of the best punters in America, Skaggs averaged 44.8 yards per kick showing a strong leg and outstanding accuracy. He's a big-time weapon for the Midshipmen.

NOTRE DAME

HEAD COACH: TYRONE WILLINGHAM

The offense was downright painful to watch at times last year. The skill position players are there to improve the overall production, but the line isn't close to being as strong. There's only one returning starter and no depth meaning the skill players must be even sharper. The receiving corps could be outstanding with a little time. Quarterbacks - Carlyle Holiday, Sr. - Holiday can dazzle at times with his playmaking ability and frustrate at others for his inability to move the team. After being used primarily as a runner by Bob Davie, Holiday stayed in the pocket a little bit more using his passing skills under Willingham. With a year of work under the new coaching staff, he has to make even more strides in his decision making ability and in his accuracy. Top Backups - Chris Olsen, Soph. - The 6-4, 220-pound Olsen is the Irish quarterback of the future with a big arm and fine passing skills. He'll flourish in this offense with a little more experience after looking sensational at time this spring - Pat Dillingham, Jr. - Dillingham filled in when Holiday was briefly injured last season throwing for 434 yards and a touchdown. The problem? He had a bad habit of giving the ball to the other team throwing seven interceptions. After spring ball, he's the number three quarterback in the rotation.

Running Backs - Ryan Grant, Jr. - Grant was the entire offense for long stretches last season. A workhorse back with some decent moves, he was able to pound the ball behind the veteran offensive line rushing for 1,085 yards and nine touchdowns averaging 4.2 yards per carry. He won't have the best line in the world to run behind, so he'll have to be even better this season. Fullback Rashon Powers-Neal, Jr. - Powers-Neal can play fullback or be a power tailback averaging 4.3 yards per carry on 77 runs last year. His main job will be as a blocker for Grant and Marcus Wilson. Top Backups - Marcus Wilson, Jr. - Grant and Powers-Neal are the power backs, Wilson provides the wheels. He didn't do much when he got the chance last season, but he'll be needed to give the Irish a change of pace once Grant has worn defenses down. Jeff Jenkins, Soph. - At 211 pounds, Jenkins is another bruising player in the Irish backfield. Julius Jones, Sr. - The most talented of all the Irish rushers is back on the team after becoming academically eligible. Willingham has said Jones can come back to the team, so the Irish will get a huge boost in the running attack with its star back in the mix. He was the team's leading rusher in 2000 and 2001. - Nate Schiccatano, Soph. - The Irish don't have a true bulldozer at fullback, but Schiccatano could come close with a little more work.

Receivers - Omar Jenkins, Sr. - Like most of the Irish receivers, Jenkins is a big player with good all-around skills. He was the second leading receiver on the team with 37 catches for 633 yards and three touchdowns. With his size and speed, he could be a major player if Holiday can consistently get him the ball. - Maurice Stovall, Soph. - Stovall will take over the full-time role now that Arnaz Battle is gone. Look for Stovall to emerge as a superstar with his outstanding combination of blazing speed and 6-5 height. He showed his deep threat ability last year averaging 17.3 yards per catch as a freshman. Tight end Gary Godsey, Sr. - The former quarterback has beefed up into a great tight end prospect. He's 250 pounds with nice hands catching 16 passes for 155 yards. Even though he was mostly used as a blocker, look for him to be even more involved in the passing attack. Top Backups Rhema McKnight, Soph. - McKnight isn't quite the overall prospect that Stovall is, but the coaching staff has to be drooling over the thought of how good these two are going to be over the coming years. The 6-2 sophomore caught nine passes for 91 yards and was trued out as a punt returner. Ronnie Rodamer, Sr. - Rodamer gives the corps a bit of experience seeing time in 22 games over the last season years. He hasn't made much of an impact only catching three passes. Matt Shelton, Jr. - Shelton is another big receiver with good speed. He'll be the fifth man in the rotation. Billy Palmer, Sr. - Used more as a blocker than a receiver, the 251-pound Palmer will back up Godsey and come in when the Irish goes to a two-tight end set. Jared Clark, Sr. - Like Godsey, Clark has made the transformation from quarterback to tight end. He didn't catch a pass, but he's been a decent special teams player.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jim Molinaro, Sr. - The 301-pound senior will get his chance to start in a full-time role on the left side after seeing a little bit of action in every game last year. The former defensive lineman can play at either tackle spot. Guard Mark LeVoir, Jr. - The 320-pound junior could be the new top player on the line. He's the biggest offensive lineman on the team with decent athleticism and nice versatility. He's able to play tackle or guard. Center Zachary Giles, Jr. - The loss of Jeff Faine is a killer on the inside. Giles has yet to prove himself with a little bit of playing time in one game. Guard Sean Milligan, Sr. - Milligan is the lone returning starter to the line and one of the few lineman with any experience. He can play either guard spot and will get the starting nod on the right side. Tackle Dan Stevenson, Jr. - After spending most of his time at guard, the 297-pound junior will start at right tackle. Top Backups - OG Jeff Thompson, Jr. - Thompson has a little bit of experience and will see time as both a backup guard and center. - OG Darin Mitchell, Jr. - Even though he's not huge, he's a decent sized player backing up LeVoir on the left side.

The Irish defense was dominating at times last season and should be a force again. It'll be hard to run against this group with a mostly unsung, but talented, front seven returning many of the key parts. If the secondary can find an adequate replacement for Shane Walton, the pass defense should be solid. Defensive Line - Defensive end Justin Tuck, Jr. - The 238-pound Tuck was primarily used as a pass rushing specialist making 44 tackles, five sacks and ten tackles for loss. With his athleticism, he could become a superstar now that he has the full-time job on the left side.- Defensive tackle Darrell Campbell, Sr. - A fixture at tackle, Campbell is one of the nation's unsung run stoppers. He's an athletic 296-pound player with the strength to hold the double team at the point of attack and the quickness to get into the backfield. He finished last year with 33 tackles and six sacks. - Nose guard Cedric Hilliard, Sr. - Hilliard has a year and a half of starting experience on the line with 60 career tackles and four sacks. He's 295 pounds, but he carries it well with decent moves and athleticism. - Defensive end Kyle Budinscak, Sr. - Budinscak started last year on the right side giving the Irish a 270-pound body on the end. With his size, he's able to see time at tackle or on the nose. He's a better run stuffer than a pass rusher. Top Backups - DE Brian Beidatsch, Jr. - Even though he's 283 pounds, Beidatsch spends more of his time as a reserve defensive end. With his size, he's a top backup at tackle as well. DT Greg Pauly, Sr. - Pauly was able to fill in when Hilliard was hurt and was a rock in the middle. He'll push for the starting job this year.

Linebackers - Derek Curry, Sr. - Notre Dame technically uses one outside linebacker. Curry will fill the role moving from the inside to use his mobility and speed. At 6-4 and 241 pounds, he's a big player and a sure tackler able to consistently get into the backfield. - Courtney Watson, Sr. - Watson returns as one of the best linebackers in America and as the team's leading returning tackler. Few have the all-around skills Watson has showing strength against the run and speed to drop back into pass coverage. He picked off four passes, broke up four others and made three sacks to go along with his 90 tackles. Mike Goolsby, Sr. - Goolsby came out of nowhere to become a star last season making 75 tackles and four sacks. He became a player from the opening snap and proved to be a sensational running mate next to Watson. He broke his clavicle against NC State in the Gator Bowl, but all appears to be fine. Top Backups - Brandon Hoyte, Jr. - Hoyte will begin the season behind Goolsby and Watson, but he's good enough to start. He made 57 tackles in a reserve role and will see even more action this year. Jerome Collins, Sr. - At 256 pounds, Collins is the biggest linebacker on the roster. As a former receiver, he has the athleticism and speed to become a major force at outside linebacker or at defensive end.

Secondary - Cornerback Vontez Duff, Sr. - One of the best athletes in the country, Duff is a good sized playmaker with outstanding open field moves. He's great at returning kicks and will go into the season as Notre Dame's top cover corner. Free safety Glenn Earl, Sr. - Earl should be one of the best defensive backs in the country. A big-time hitter, the 204-pound Earl was second on the team making 81 tackles. He'll be all over the field used to make plays in the backfield and also asked to be an intimidator in pass coverage. Strong safety Garron Bible, Sr. - It'll be up to Bible to take over for Gerome Sapp and his 71 tackles. Normally used in dime packages, Bible has a little bit of experience making 32 tackles and breaking up two passes last year. Cornerback Jason Beckstrom, Sr. - It'll be up to Beckstrom to take over for Shane Walton and on the right side. He missed all of last season with a torn bicep, but he has a little bit of experience both in the secondary and on special teams. Top Backups Cornerback Preston Jackson, Sr.- Jackson has been used more as a special teams player and has also seen action in the secondary making 26 tackles. He'll back up Duff on the left side. Cornerback Dwight Ellick. Jr. - Ellick has experience on special teams and will push Beckstrom for time. He's one of the fastest players on the team. Strong safety Lionel Bolen, Jr. - The former cornerback is a good sized defensive back with a little bit of experience. He won't take over the starting job from Bible, but he'll see plenty of action. Special Teams - Placekicker/Punter Nicholas Setta, Sr. - Setta will start off the season handling all the kicking duties. He wasn't all that consistent on field goals last season, but he's a veteran and should be able to improve on a 14 for 25 season. He has a decent leg hitting a 51-yard shot. He'll also take over the punting duties for Joey Hildbold. Hildbold didn't have a huge leg, but he was incredibly good at placing the ball. D.J. Fitzpatrick will be the backup punter.

SOUTH FLORIDA

HEAD COACH: JIM LEAVITT

USF might not have a Marquel Blackwell to carry the offense on his shoulders, but the overall production might not slip with several good looking offensive players ready to shine. If quarterback Ronnie Banks plays well, all should be fine with a deep corps of running backs, good young receivers, and a rising group of stars on the line. Quarterbacks - Ronnie Banks, Jr. - Banks is a 230 pound rock with a huge arm and solid passing skills. He doesn't have the mobility Marquel Blackwell did, but don't be surprised if he puts up more passing yards. What he won't do is equal Blackwell's 18 to 3 touchdown to interception ratio. Top Backups Jean Julmiste, RFr. - Julmiste is still making the transition from a Wing T high school quarterback to a top passer. He has the size and the passing skills to go with the mobility. David Mullins, Soph. - Mullins is a mobile player able to throw on the run or stay in the pocket. He'll need time to develop finally getting some quality practice reps.

Running Backs Projected Starter Clenton Crossley, Jr. - Crossley is a good sized back who didn't see too much action last year, but he was still the team's leading rusher going for 415 yards and three touchdowns. He only carried the ball 92 times, so look for his workload to increase this year as more of the offense revolves around his skills. He also caught 15 passes for 93 yards and two touchdowns. Top Backups DeJuan Green, Sr. - The former Georgia Bulldog has more talent than any back on the team. He's USF's fastest player with good power, but he has to show he can be effective on a consistent basis. Now he has to get the ball in his hands more after only carrying the ball 61 times for 192 yards and a touchdown. Vince Brewer, Sr. - A one-time starter, Brewer led the team in carries for 95 rushing for 383 yards and a touchdown. He had a problem with a shoulder injury in 2001, and then Crossley came on to star last year. At 215 pounds he's the biggest back in the rotation.

Receivers - Huey Whittaker, Sr. - The 6-5 Whittaker is one of the team's most dangerous deep threats averaging 14.7 yards per grab. Even though he had problems with a sprained MCL and an injured foot, he still made 26 catches for 383 yards and three touchdowns. Now he'll have to replace the production of Hugh Smith as the team's best target. Quinton Callum, Soph. - Callum will take over Ryan Hearn's spot as the team's H-Back. He's a physical player used as a running back last year carrying the ball 32 times for 99 yards and two touchdowns. Brain Fisher, Jr. - Fisher is one of the quickest players on the team used as a receiver as well as a running back in certain situations. He was a backup last year behind Smith at the Y catching 11 passes for 112 yards and a touchdown. He's too good not have the ball in his hands. - Chris Iskra, Sr. - Iskra has been one of the USF's most dependable receivers over the last three years catching 81 passes 1,045 yards and six touchdowns over the course of his career. He's a tremendous athlete with great speed starting as the Z receiver. Tight end Mark Feldman, Jr. - Feldman took over the starting job at the end of last season catching three passes for 17 yards and a touchdown. He has decent hands, but he'll be used as much for his blocking. Top Backups Elgin Hicks, Sr. - Hicks became a valuable player at the X playing behind DeAndrew Rubin catching 21 passes for 250 yards. The former Florida Gator should become a factor along with Iskra at the Z this year. Allynson Sheffield, Jr. - The former Prairie View A&M quarterback finally saw some time as a receiver last season making two catches for 18 yards. Will Bleakley, RFr. - Bleakley is a bulked up wide receiver playing at tight end adding 20 pounds to his frame. He's the team's most athletic tight end.

Offensive Line - Tackle Frank Davis, Soph. - Davis is a natural specimen coming in at 6-4 and 310 pounds. He's still learning how to become a top lineman, but he's strong enough and big enough to grow into an elite lineman starting at right tackle. He got one start last year. Guard Shelly Houston, Soph. - Houston looks ready to become a solid run blocker. He has decent feet for a player of his size, but he's not quite athletic or big enough to play tackle. He could move in the middle to play center if he has to, but his experience at guard will need more needed. Center Alex Herron, Jr. - Herron is one of the experienced anchors on the line. He's a strong player with the potential to be a top talent at center, or if guard if needed. Guard Chris Carothers, Soph. - He stepped in to be a dependable guard on the right side. He's growing into a great run blocker after having a solid freshman year starting ten straight games after winning the job early on. Tackle Levi Newton, Jr. - Newton was a top backup as a true freshman before blossoming as a great right tackle. He's one of the most experienced, and most versatile, players on the line able to play guard or tackle. Top Backups OG Mark Sopcik, Jr. - Even though he had problems with an ankle, Sopcik was a valuable reserve player with a little bit of starting experience. He'll back up Carothers on the right side. C John Miller, Soph. - Miller isn't that big compared to the rest of the line at only 265 pounds, but he's a solid backup and a true center.

On defense, the entire front four is gone along with star linebacker Kawika Mitchell and both corners. The defense won't completely collapse with athletic prospects at each position, but the team will be backing on instant production from these newcomers in key spots. The starting safety tandem is one of the best in America. Defensive Line - Defensive end Tim Jones, Jr. - Jones moved from tight end to the line early last year and became a wonderful backup behind Chris Daley making 27 tackles and five sacks. The scary part is that he's still learning how to play the position. Once he has it down, he'll be one of the best pass rushers in the league. Defensive tackle Lee Roy Selmon, Sr. - Selmon is finally back from the torn ACL he suffered playing basketball last year. He was becoming a top tackle using his quickness, and lessons from his dad, to make 71 tackles and 15 quarterback hurries. Defensive tackle Cedric Battles, Sr. - Battles was a regular in the rotation making thirty tackles and two sacks backing up Greg Walls. Now the 270-pound run has the starting job to himself. Defensive end Terrence Royal, Soph. - Royal showed flashes of becoming a big-time player as a true freshman making 30 tackles and two sacks. He's too quick not to become a star speed rusher. Top Backups DE Craig Kobel, Jr. - Kobel has all the makings of a great pass rusher with good size and tremendous speed. The former fullback will see time on the right side behind Royal. DT Kenny Huebner, Soph. - Huebner saw time as a true freshman making eight tackles. He isn't big at 260 pounds, but he's an active player with a great motor.

Linebackers - Maurice Jones, Sr. - Jones became a tackling machine on the strong side finishing third on the team with 54 tackles, six sacks, 14 tackles for loss and he broke up five passes. He's a good linebacker, but he's almost like a third defensive end with his pass rushing ability. He'll switch over to the weak side this season. Devon Davis, Soph. - Davis saw enough time as a true freshman to make 27 tackles and six tackles for loss. He bulked up 20 pounds since getting to Tampa, but he's not all that big as a 225-pound middle linebacker. He's extremely talented with tremendous all-around ability, so now he has to use that to replace leading tackler Kawika Mitchell in the middle. Courtney Davenport, Sr. - Davenport's emergence on the weak side allowed former star Kawika Mitchell to move to the middle. The 220-pound Davenport made the successful conversion from running back made 30 tackles and a sack. Now he has to be more of a factor. Top Backups Julian Johnson, Sr. - Johnson spent last year backing up Maurice Jones on the strong side. This year, he'll be a reserve behind Davenport after making 11 tackles. He's mostly been a special teams performer. Vincent Capogna, Soph. - The former walk-on is more of a special teams player than anything else, but he'll be asked to play a big role as the backup in the middle behind Davis.

Secondary - Cornerback Sidney Simpson, Jr. - Simpson backed up Ron Hemingway last year on one side seeing time in every game making 16 tackles and a tackle for loss. He isn't big and has average athleticism, but he's going to have to perform right away or the pass defense is going to have problems. Strong safety Kevin Verpaele, Sr. - The 6-0 Verpaele came into his own last season making 84 tackles, eight tackles for loss, three interceptions and forced four fumbles. The former quarterback has turned into w whale of a hitter. Free safety J.R. Reed, Sr. - Reed is one of the best defensive backs in America. He's a great hitting safety with tremendous speed and talent with 201 career tackles, 11 interceptions and 26 broken up passes. It's hard to stay away from him cause he's all over the field. - Cornerback D'Juan Brown, Soph. - Brown was a part-time starter last year at corner making 44 tackles and an interception with seven broken up passes. He's a decent sized corner with solid lock down skills. He's one of the team's rising stars. Top Backups Free safety Javan Camon, Jr. - Not that Reed ever needs a break, but Camon might be too good not to give the senior star a break or two. The 6-0 Camon made 27 tackles and a tackle for loss last year. Cornerback Antonio Warren, Jr. - Warren mostly spent his time on special teams making three tackles. This year he'll be one of the top backup defensive backs as the biggest corner on the team. Special Teams - Punter Brandon Baker, Soph. - Baker is a big player with a good leg, but he didn't show it off on his two punts last year only averaging 29 yards per kick. He'll have to take over for Devin Sanderson who averaged 41.9 yards per boot putting 15 inside the 20. Placekicker Santiago Gramatica, Jr. - Gramatica was a strong field goal kicker last year hitting 16 of 21, but he failed to show a big leg with his longest kick coming from 41 yards. He's expected to be one of the best in Conference USA this year.

TROY STATE

HEAD COACH: LARRY BLAKENEY

The offense wasn't able to do anything last season only breaking 16 points against one D-I team. New offensive coordinator Mark Fleetwood will change things around from the spread offense to more of an I-formation attack. Several key players return, but everyone has to play much, much better especially quarterback Hansell Bearden. Quarterbacks - Hansell Bearden, Jr. - Bearden is a lock for the starting job, but he needs to improve his overall production. He struggled with his accuracy only completing 43% of his passes and gave away 16 interceptions with only six touchdown passes. The new offense might suit Bearden better as he won't have as much responsibility. Top Backups - Franco Johnson, Jr. - The JUCO transfer has a big arm and good all-around athleticism. He won junior college national title in 2001 and threw for 17 touchdowns in 2002. He's a better runner than Bearden, but he won't have a shot at the starting job yet. Matt Ray, Sr. - After backing up Bearden last year, Ray had surgery on his elbow and won't be back until this fall. He has a good arm and nice size.

Running Backs - DeWhitt Betterson, Jr. - The 210-pound Betterson gets the full-time job this season after playing behind LeBarron Black. Betterson is the better runner averaging seven yards a carry rushing for 711 yards and five touchdowns. Look for his numbers to go through the roof as the main ball carrier in the new attack. Fullback Chris Cox, Sr. - Now that TSU has gone away from the spread offense, Cox will play more of a role. He's only 200 pounds, but he'll be a blocker and carry the ball a little bit. Top Backups Marrio Fraser, Soph. - A scatback, Fraser ran for 255 yards and a touchdown as a reserve last year. He had a hard time hanging on to the ball. Mario East, RFr. - East might have the most speed in the backfield. Redshirted last year, he's neck and neck with Fraser for the number two job. Kyle Eckel, Jr. - A fullback, the 231-pound Eckel is big, very strong and very fast clocking in at 4.55 in the 40. He was second on the team in rushing attempts carrying the ball 144 times for 510 yards and four touchdowns. Jordan Lesley, Jr. - At 223 pounds, Lesley is a bigger option at fullback. The former defensive lineman should be a sledgehammer of a blocker.

Receivers - Jason Samples, Jr. - Samples led the team with 45 catches for 552 yards and three touchdowns last season. At 6-3, he's a big target with outstanding speed. He'll be the team's top receiver and deep threat. Toris Rutledge, Soph. - Rutledge is another big receiver, but he's not as strong or as fast as Samples. He made seven catches for 66 yards last season. Tight end Adrian Moore, Sr. - An outstanding combination of blocking and receiving skills, Moore had a great season after tearing up his knee in 2001. He wasn't used as much as he should've been as a receiver spending most of his time as one of the team's best blockers. Top Backups Brant Stewart, Jr. - The JUCO transfer could take over Rutledge's spot in the starting rotation right away. He was ultra-productive at Reedley College in Fresno catching 80 passes for 1.374 yards and 16 touchdowns. Zsan Robinson, RFr. - Another big receiver, Robinson will see plenty of time behind Samples. Tight end Rob Austin. Soph. - Austin has gotten huge over the last few years bulking up to 252 pounds. He can catch the ball, but he's better at blocking.

Offensive Line - Tackle Branden Hall, Sr. - The best Trojan offensive lineman, the 318-pound Hall has outstanding feet and great technique. - Guard Donnie Bostian, Jr. - A starter in every game last year, the 321-pound Bostian missed spring ball with a shoulder injury. He should be back this fall to be one of the anchors of the line. Center Lee Milliner, Jr. - Milliner will take over on the inside for Rodney Jordan. He's big at 270 pounds, but he'll have to contend with even bigger players for the job. - Guard Kirbie Bodiford, RFr. - It'll be up to the 271-pound Bodiford to start at left guard for Robin Lee. He'll compete with JUCO transfer Junior Louissaint for the job. - Tackle Henry Tellis, Jr. - After seeing a little bit of time, Tellis will get the starting nod at left tackle battling with JUCO transfer Joe Fowler. Top Backups - OT Joe Fowler, Jr. - At 305 pounds, Fowler has more size than Tellis on the left side. He also has more overall playing experience as a fixture for Georgia Military College. OG Junior Louissaint, Jr. - A mauling guard from West Hills Junior College, Louissant might take the over the guard job on the left side. The Troy State defense has been strong over the last few years, but new defensive coordinator Vic Koenning, the former Wyoming head coach, will have his work cut out for him with several major holes to fill.

Even though only one starter returns among the defensive front seven, the Trojans should be more athletic up front. The secondary could be tremendous if several injured stars can return healthy. Defensive Line - Defensive end Cedric Phillips, Sr. - The former tight end is still learning on the job. He has solid overall athleticism and should be better with more time coming off a 21 tackle season. Defensive tackle Torre Lankford, Soph. - At 280 pounds, Lankford is one of the bigger bodies on the line. The sophomore is the only nose guard with any experience making 18 tackles in nine games. Defensive tackle Eric Thomas, Jr. - A backup last year, the 250-pound Thomas uses his quickness to make plays. He made 28 tackle and a sack last season. Defensive end Demarcus Ware, Jr. - The best pass rusher you haven't heard of, the 6-5, 220-pound Ware will be asked to do even more this season to make up for the loss of Osi Umenyiora. He's the one returning starter to the line and has to handle being the object of every opposing team's blocking scheme. Top Backups DT Guye Goodlow, RFr. - With the experience thin, Goodlow will have to become an instant factor on the inside. DT Davis Tramble, Soph. - At 280 pounds, Tramble ads more side at tackle than Thomas. He played in three games last season making four tackles.

Linebackers - Bernard Davis, Soph. - Getting the start on the weak side, the 230-pound Davis has a little bit of experience making 32 tackles last season. He's a quick player that'll be a solid player with a little more experience. Leverne Johnson, Soph. - Out of all the new linebackers, Johnson might be the most ready to shine. He was a backup last season in the middle making 49 tackles. Robby Farmer, Jr. - An extremely fast player on the strong side, Farmer got enough playing time over the last two years to be ready to take over. Top Backups - Torrence Smith, RFr. - Expected to make an instant impact, Smith will push for time in the middle. David Johnson, Soph. - He saw action in 11 games last year making nine tackles.

Secondary - Cornerback Rayshun Reed, Sr. - Reed is a sensational defensive back when he's healthy. He hurt his knee in the opening game against Nebraska and is still trying to come back to be the player he was. After extensive rehab, the big, athletic corner should be the team's top cover corner. - Free safety Derrick Ansley, Jr. - Ansley had a huge 2002 making 82 tackles and two interceptions. As great as he is against thern, he's just as strong when the ball is in the air. Strong safety Damien Coleman, Jr. - Still a question mark after a neck injury, Coleman will try and get back to his starting strong safety spot this fall. A good hitter, he made 24 tackles before getting knocked out against Missouri. Cornerback Freeman White, Jr. - A good athlete with decent size, Kelley made 68 tackles and broke up four passes last year. He has to be a stronger cover corner using his 6-1 frame to handle the opposing team's bigger receivers. Top Backups Safety Arthur Adams, Jr.- A strong fill-in for Coleman, Adams made 23 tackles at strong safety. At the very least, he'll push Coleman for the starting job. Cornerback Johnny Faulk, Soph. - Faulk stepped in when Reed went down and did a good job of manning the left corner spot making 60 tackles and picking off two passes. Until it's certain that Reed is 100%, Faulk will be the man. Cornerback Adrian Ghent, Jr. - Ghent isn't all that big, but he can cover breaking up four passes and making 33 tackles in place of Freeman White. Special Teams Punter/Placekicker Thomas Olmsted, Soph. - After a solid freshman year, Olmsted could be one of the best all-around kickers in the country. He averaged 39.9 yards per punt putting 17 inside the 20. He hit 11 of 15 field goals showing decent consistency.

UTAH STATE

HEAD COACH: MICK DENNEHY

The Aggies always seem to find ways to move the ball and put up points, but it might take a while before this group finds its stride. There are questions at all the skill positions with almost no returning production. The line is good, but it's not so good that it'll be the wall needed to give the newcomers time to get their feet wet. Quarterbacks - Travis Cox, Jr. - After spending his career watching Jose Fuentes and Jeff Crosbie, it's time for Travis Cox to shine. He's thrown a mere nine passes in his career, all last year, for a total of 11 yards. He's a big player with a nice arm, and all that's missing is game experience. Don't be shocked if he puts up some big numbers. Top Backups - Matt Crivello, Jr. - The redshirt junior will most likely run the scout team if he doesn't end up pushing for the number two job. He's a solid drop-back prospect. Bryan Black, RFr. - Black is considered to be the team's future, but he needs to get used to the offense first.

Running Backs - Richard Watson, Soph. - Watson saw a little bit of action last year behind James Samuel rushing for 260 yards. He has a little bit of quickness and decent power. Top Backups - David Fiefia Sr. - Fiefia was a factor in 2001, but did next to nothing last year only running the ball last year. He'll have to carry much of the load this season splitting time with Watson. - Tyrone McKinney, Jr. - At 5-5, McKinney isn't going to power over anyone. The JUCO transfer is a decent kick returner.

Receivers - Raymond Hicks, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is still learning the position after playing defensive back in high school, but he's expected to do some big things right away in the X position. - Barry Tolli, Jr. - The former quarterback successfully made the transition to receiver in junior college and will start at the H position. He might have the best wheels of any of the Aggie receivers. Chris Stallworth, Sr. - The team's leading returning wide receiver, Stallworth caught 17 passes last year and will start at the Z. He's not all that fast, but he used his 6-3 size well. Tight end Chris Cooley, Sr. - A hybrid of tight end and fullback, Cooley caught 31 passes last season and is expected to be the team's top short yardage receiver. The coaching staff is expecting him to be a factor for all-conference honors. - Tight end Patrick McNutt, Soph. - It'll be up to McNutt to replace the production of a top player like Casey Poppinga. Cooley will be more of a passing tight end, McNutt will be more of a blocker. Top Backups - Jerome Eason, Soph. - The 6-3, 213-pound sophomore is expected to make a big impact at the Z after making two catches last year. Jason Thomas, Soph. - The 6-3 sophomore will back up Tolli at the H spot. He didn't catch a pass last year. Tight end Trent Nate, Jr. - Nate might used more as a true fullback than as a tight end. He's only 5-9 and 222 pounds.

Offensive Line - Tackle Donald Penn, Soph. - Penn moves over from the right side to try and give some help to the lost production from the left side. He's growing into a reliable starter after a good freshman season. Guard Greg Vandermade, Sr. - He started the opener last year and retakes his spot at left guard. He'll be pushed hard for playing time. Center Aric Galliano, Sr. - Talk about tough, Galliano grinded out a full season despite playing with a broken right hand. He had to snap with his left. Guard Trevor Hutton, Sr. - The 308-pound senior returns to his spot on the right side. He's the star of the line and the best run blocker of the group. Tackle Elliott Tupea, Jr. - The 313-pound San Jose State transfer could become the line's best player. He was great in junior college over the last two year and is ready to step in and star on the right side. Top Backups T Grant Calverley, Sr. - He'll push Tupea for time on the right side and should be far better now that he's healthy. G Ryan Gunstream, Soph. - He'll see plenty of action on the left side being groomed as one of the team's top linemen.

The Aggies gave up 472 yards and over 39 points per game last year, so radical changes needed to be made. New defensive coordinator David Kotulski has switched the alignment to a 3-4 to try and beef up the middle of the D. Defensive Line - Defensive tackle Justin Jackson, Sr. - Jackson made 30 tackles and was one of the team's best players at getting into the backfield. At 267 pounds, he gives the Aggies nice size on the line. Nose guard Ronald Tupea, Jr. - This is his third year in the middle. At 293 pounds, he's a big player and run stopper, but he has to make more plays. Defensive tackle John Chick, Soph. - The team's best pass rusher, Chick is an emerging star after making four sacks and 42 tackles as a freshman. Top Backups DT Jeremy Guenther, Soph. - At 270 pounds, Guenther can see time at tackle or as more of an end. He made ten tackles last year. DT Michael Gates, Soph. - He made three stops in a limited role last year. He'll play on the right side. DT Ryan DeQuillettes, Soph. - Much is expected out of the sophomore as the Aggies need more production in the middle.

Linebackers - Robert Watts, Jr. - The new leader of the corps now that Jesse Busta is gone, Watts is the team's leading returning tackler making 85 tackles last year. He's not all that big, but he's extremely active and should be outstanding in the middle. Nate Putnam, Jr. - The 6-7 Putnam missed all of 2002 with a shoulder problem. With his return, the linebacking corps becomes much, much stronger. Nate Fredrick, Soph. - The 230-pound sophomore will take over on the weak side after making 17 tackles in a reserve role last year. Rodney Wilson, Sr. - Wilson made 47 tackles and two sacks last year from the strong side. He's a two-year starter and one of the leaders of the group. Top Backups Matt Wiser, Soph. - When Watts needs a breather in the middle, Wiser will step in. He made eight tackles last year. Jared Johnstun, Soph - He'll battle for playing time on the strong side behind Wilson. Wilson's only 215 pounds, so the 231 pound Johnstun adds a bit more bulk. Jake Stewart, Soph. - He'll see plenty of playing time on the weak side. At 6-4, he has room to fill out and become a big-time player.

Secondary - Cornerback Jerome Dennis, Jr. - A sensational kick returner, Dennis has to become a lock down corner on the left side. He made one interception in a reserve role last year taking it 75 yards for a score against BYU. Cornerback Mark Estelle, Sr. - He has speed and the No. 1 corner spot on the right side. He'll be asked to handle everyone's best receiver after breaking up 13 passes last year. Free safety Mike Rosencrans, Sr. - He'll get the first crack at the free safety spot after making 21 tackles in a reserve role. He's the team's biggest defensive back. Strong safety Derrek Shank, Sr. - His senior leadership will be needed this season. The team's third leading tackler in 2002, he's far better in run support than he is against the pass. Top Backups - Cornerback Marvin Clark, Jr. - Clark will have to step in right away and provide depth behind Dennis. He'll have a battle with 6-3 sophomore Cornelius Lamb for playing time. Free safety Ross Luna, Jr. - He made 30 tackles last year and will fight Rosencrans for time. Strong safety Bryan Jackson, Sr.- Jackson is more than capable to backup Shank and will come in as the nickel back. He made 33 tackles and picked off a pass last year. Cornerback Reggie Willson, Soph. - The 5-10 sophomore will back up Estelle on the right side. Special Teams - Punter/Placekicker Ben Chaet, Soph. or Justin Hamblin, Fr. - The Aggies have to replace punter Steve Mullins and kicker Dane Kidnman. Chaet and Hamblin will battle for both jobs and could keep fighting for starting jobs up until the start of the season.

MID AMERICAN CONFERENCE

AKRON ZIPS

HEAD COACH: LEE OWENS

The offense could be among the best in the MAC with all eleven starters returning. The line is huge and experienced so running back Bob Hendry should have a big season. The player that makes it all go is quarterback Charlie Frye. He has mobility and a big arm to get the ball to the experienced and deep receiving corps. Quarterbacks - Charlie Frye, Jr. - One of the rising stars in the MAC, Frye completed 66% of his passes throwing for 2,824 yards and 15 touchdowns. He's also a decent rusher punching in seven touchdown runs and running for 125 yards. With two years under his belt, he should be a weapon with his mobility and huge arm. Top Backups - Micah Faler, Sr. - Now the number two quarterback with Nick Sparks moving to receiver fulltime, Faler will have to be counted on this season more than ever, He completed seven of 13 passes last season fro 31 yards and two touchdowns. Jabari Arthur, Fr. - After coming to the team early, one of the best prospects out of Canada will get every chance to take over the number two job.

Running Backs - Bob Hendry, Sr. - One of the best running backs in the MAC, Hendry averaged 4.9 yards per carry rushing for 1,021 yards and eight touchdowns. A power back with decent quickness, he's great at finding the hole and blowing through it. Fullback Dan Basch, Jr. - He tried to come off a knee injury last season, but he wasn't ready and had to end up redshirting. A smart player, he'll have to shake off the rust after not being 100% for two years. Top Backups Thomas Plummer, Soph. - He didn't see too many carries last season only rushing for 84 yards on ten carries, but he showed some explosiveness averaging 8.4 yards per carry. He has a little more power than Hendry. Jerell Ringer, Soph. - He ran for 52 yards in a reserve role last season. The best pass catching back on the roster, he might be a third down back. Ashanti Barbee, Sr. The West Virginia transfer played in every game last season and will back up Basch at full back. He's a big player with decent speed.

Receivers - Matt Cherry, Sr. - A big receiver, the 6-1, 202-pound Cherry had a decent year catching 35 passes for 463 yards and three touchdowns, but he didn't crank out the big season expected of him missing several games with a shoulder injury. If healthy, he'll be a weapon. - Miquel Irvin, Sr. - After setting the team's single-season record for catches with 53, he's expected to be even more of a force this season. He only scored one touchdown and didn't make too many big plays, but he became a reliable receiver with Cherry hurting. Tight end Mike Brake, Sr. - A big tight end who can block, he became a great pass catcher last season making 15 grabs for 215 yards and five touchdowns. He averaged a whopping 15.4 yards per catch last season even though he had problems with a dinged up shoulder. Top Backups Nick Sparks, Sr. - The former quarterback is an outstanding prospect at receiver. He saw a little bit of time under center last season, but the 6-3, 215-pound senior is expected to flourish now that he has a full time job catching passes - Morris Ellington, Jr. - Ellington is the speed receiver the team desperately needs, but he only averaged 9.9 yards per catch on his 31 grabs. He'll play behind Cherry. Tight end Aaron Holderman, RFr. - A former linebacker will have to learn the position in a hurry to back up Brake.

Offensive Line - Tackle Bryan Shaw, Sr. - A smart player who has beefed up to 318 pounds. At left tackle, he has some of the best feet out of any of the big linemen. - Guard Aaron Conley, Jr. - He's not a mauling lineman like some of the other experienced players on the line, but he's a big and experienced left guard. Center Jim Borrieci, Jr. - The 302-pound center became a top player in the getting better and better as last season went on. Guard Mike Piccirillo, Sr. - He ended up played at right guard starting in every game last season. At 320 pounds, he's a great run blocker and has decent pass blocking abilities. Tackle Jud Cummins, Sr. - The returning right tackle is a big, smart player with good all-around athleticism. At 315 pounds, he's a nice sized tackle. Top Backups C Mike Grzeskowiak, Jr - The 339-pound junior can play tackle or center. He'll back up Borrieci in the middle. OT Justin Hein, Soph. - Yet another huge lineman, the 335-pound Heim played a little bit last year, but will have to play a big role behind Cummins.

The defense got much better as last year went on and became relatively strong against the run. The Zips should be even better against running games this season with decent tackles and a good pair of linebackers. The secondary needs more playmakers, but already has two decent prospects in Rickey McKenzie and Domenik Hixon. Defensive Line - Defensive end Dwayne LeFall, Jr. - Considered a top pass rusher, he had a disappointing season after sitting out the 2001 campaign to concentrate on his schoolwork. He's big, quick and has a nose for getting into the backfield. After working hard in the off-season to improve his overall game, he should be one of the better pass rushers in the MAC. Defensive tackle Andy Wills, Soph. - At 297 pounds, Wills, a former offensive lineman, gives the defensive interior more beef than it's had in the past. He played sparingly last season making three tackles. - Defensive tackle Marques Hayes, Jr. - After moving from linebacker to end, Hayes will make another move from end to tackle this season. At 262 pounds, he's an active player and an underrated playmaker who'll be fine in the middle. Defensive end Brian White, Soph. - Playing as a true freshman, White made 11 tackles moving from linebacker to end. He'll get the start on the other side of LeFall. Top Backups - DT Antonio Shippy, Sr. - At 340 pounds, he's a huge player in the middle and should become a factor against the run as the season goes on. DT Bobby Gardner, Jr. - Gardner played a little bit over his first two seasons making three tackles, but he's expected to be a factor this season behind Hayes. DE Charlton Lewis, Soph. - He missed his freshman year working on his studies, and then missed last year with a shoulder problem. He'll have to be a factor in the defensive end rotation.

Linebackers - Chase Blackburn, Jr. - Blackburn turned out to be a force after moving over from defensive end finishing with a team leading 96 tackles in the middle. He'll move over to the weak side this season to take advantage of his all-around skills and playmaking ability. Dointre Earl, Soph. - Switching places with Blackburn, earl will play on the middle this season after finishing third on the team with 67 tackles last season. He was great at getting into the backfield with 12 tackles for loss, but those numbers might go down from his new spot while his overall tackles will go up. Matt Robinson, Sr. - Mostly a special teams player, Robinson made 12 tackles last season. He's a nice sized player on the strong side. Top Backups - Jared Smith, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is expected to push Robinson for time on the strong side. He's big with nice overall quickness. - Joe Radich, Jr. - Radich started one game in the middle last season and finished with 31 tackles. He's going to see plenty of time filling in for both Earl and Blackburn.

Secondary - Cornerback Rickey McKenzie, Sr. - The team's best corner, McKenzie is a nice sized corner with a good deal of speed. He broke up four passes last season and picked off two passes. He can also tackle making 37 stops. Free safety Domenik Hixon, Soph. - At 6-2 and 193 pounds, he's a big player who's gotten bigger since his true freshman season adding thirty pounds. He came on to become of the MAC's top safeties finishing the season with 65 tackles and two interceptions. Strong safety John Fuller, Soph. - He can play free safety or strong safety. He has a little bit of experience starting in four games last season and finishing with 29 tackles. He's another of the big Akron defensive backs. Cornerback Jesse Smith, Sr. - A big corner, Smith is a good player with experience, but he's coming off a shoulder injury that cost him almost all of last year. If he's 100%, he'll be a great complement to McKenzie. Top Backups Cornerback Montrae Russell, Jr. - A good all-around athlete, Russell will push for time behind Smith. Free safety Greg Williams, Jr. - After starting five games last year as a corner, Williams will be moved to free safety behind Hixon. He made 22 tackles last season. Strong safety Jason Nedd, Soph. - A JUCO transfer, he's expected to make a big impact pushing Fuller for time. Special Teams Punter Andy Jerdon, Sr. - One of the rising punting starts in the MAC, Jerdon averaged 40-3 yards per kick last year putting seven inside the 20. He doesn't get a lot of height on his kicks, but he has decent placement skills. Placekicker Billy Sullivan, Soph. - The team's starting placekicker and backup punter, Sullivan hit half of his kicks last year missing five on nine from 20 to 39 yards. His consistency has to improve.

BALL STATE

HEAD COACH: BRADY HOKE

The offense revolved around the sensational all-around talents of Marcus Merriweather last season. There isn't a player of that caliber to carry the load this year, so several average players must turn into top producers. There are several good options at almost every position highlighted by a decent quarterback battle between Andy Roesch and Talmadge Hill. Quarterbacks - Andy Roesch, Sr. - Roesch took over the starting job and proved to be the far more effective passer. Contrary to popular belief, he's not a statue with better rushing numbers last year than the quicker Talmadge Hill. Roesch threw for 1,341 yards and 15 touchdowns showing a big arm and an ability to move the offense. Top Backups -Talmadge Hill, Sr. - Hill is a sometimes dynamic, but occasionally frustrating player able to spark the offense and make the big play in one moment, and then throw an interception the next. He didn't show it much last year, but he has great running ability. With 36 interceptions and 31 touchdown passes, he has to move the team with his legs.

Running Backs - Scott Blair, Jr. - Blair is a big back with a little bit of experience with 180 yards and a touchdown last season. He doesn't have the moves of the speed of Marcus Merriweather, but he'll have to try and find a way to make up for Merriweather's lost production. - Fullback Brad Salyer, RFr. - The 242-pound Salyer will take over as the team's top blocking back. He's a great run blocker and can carry it a little bit. Top Backups Charles Wynn, Soph. - Wynn is a big, big, big back with excellent power. The 237-yard sophomore saw a little bit of time rushing for 76 yards and a touchdown. Brad Seiss, RFr. - Seiss is a good sized back with outstanding speed. He's neck and neck with Wynn for the number two job. Don't be shocked if he's the best runner of the bunch before the season is over. Jason Sieman, RFr. - Seiman is faster than Salyer, but not nearly the blocker. He's 218 pounds compared to the 242-pound Salyer.

Receivers - Larry Bostic, Soph. - Bostic is one of the team's fastest receivers and one of the most productive. He led the Cardinals with five touchdown catches on 23 grabs. He was also one of the team's better deep threats averaging 12.6 yards per catch. - Ryan Hahaj, Soph. - The 6-3 Hahaj is a the biggest target and brings a bit of experience with 23 catches for 206 yards and two touchdown grabs. He wasn't much of a deep threat making more short to mid-range grabs. Tight end Mark Franklin, Jr. - Franklin has a couple of years of experience playing mostly as a reserve. He's 6-4, 259 pounds and a solid blocker. He caught six passes for 61 yards last year. Top Backups - Dante Ridgeway, Soph. - Ridgeway had a good enough spring to push Hahaj for a starting job. He has nice hands and showed a good ability to get open. - Derek Broussard, RFr. - Broussard is the fourth man in the receiving rotation, but he's the fastest of the bunch. His deep speed will be needed to add more pop to the receiving corps. - Tight end Bryan Smith, Soph. - Smith is another big tight end that can run and catch. He'll be behind Franklin, but he'll make a big impact.

Offensive Line - Tackle Joel Hofmann, Sr. - Hoffman has been a career reserve, but a valuable one seeing plenty of time over the last three years. He's a big player at 301 pounds with good feet starting at left tackle. - Guard Jeff Ramsey, Jr. - Ramsey moved into the starting lineup and became a top blocker. A smart player with good drive, Ramsey will be one of the anchors at left guard. - Center Nick Tabacca, Jr. - Tabacca is a good sized player with a good deal of experience. He's more athletic than he was a year ago. - Guard Mike Brown, RFr. - The 297-pound Brown is the biggest player among the starters and is ready to be one of the new stars. He's big with decent athleticism and solid power. - Tackle Travis Barclay, Sr. - Barclay is one of the top players on the line as an experienced and productive tackle. He has played guard and tackle, but will be entrenched at right tackle this season. Top Backups - OG Adam Rothstein, Soph. - At 317 pounds, he's one of the bigger players and should become a solid producer in the running game. C Patrick Neils, Soph. - An outstanding student in the classroom, Neils has decent talent and will be groomed as the center of the future behind Tabacca. He could end up seeing time at guard. OT Ty Knisley, Jr. - The 344-pound junior is the biggest player on the line and mountain of a run blocker. Now he has to become more of a factor in the tackle rotation.

Six starters return to a decent defense that wasn't all that bad last season. It'll struggle with power running games and high octane passing attacks, but it should hold down most average MAC offenses. Defensive Line - Defensive end Paul Strabavy, Sr. - Strabavy has been great as a backup and solid at getting into the backfield. Now he has to start putting pressure on quarterbacks. - Defensive tackle Conrad Slaughter, Jr.- Slaughter became one of the team's top tackles as last year went on finishing with 29 stops, two sacks and five tackles for loss. He's decent at shedding blocks and has good strength. Defensive tackle Greg Pagnard, Sr. - Pagnard has bulked up to 290 pounds to add more size to the line. He's one of the most experienced players on the defense. Defensive end Riley Larimore, RFr. - Larimore is a tremendous athlete and should shine on the right side with a little bit of time. He's not huge at 244 pounds, but he should be fine against the run. Top Backups - DT Nick Graymire, Soph. - He should almost be considered a third starter at tackle. As a steady fill-in behind Pagnard on the right side, or Slaughter on the left if needed, he'll make an impact after making 25 tackles last year. - DE Blair Kramer, Soph. - Kramer is a smart player getting bigger and better. He has put on 12 pounds and should be a factor coming off a 24 tackle season.

Linebackers - Lorenzo Scott, Sr. - One of the best linebackers in the MAC, the 211-pound Scott has made 344 tackles and 28 tackles for loss so far in his career. He's extremely quick with a great nose for the ball on the weakside. - Donta Smith, Soph. - The 220-pound Smith will move to the middle to replace no-safety Justin Beriaiult. After mostly working in practice on the weakside, he'll be a physical presence in the middle. Justin Riley, Sr. - Riley is very athletic and very big for a BSU linebacker. The 249-pound Riley is the biggest linebacker on the team and is great at getting into the backfield with 60 tackles, three sacks and six tackles for loss. Top Backups - Andy Stark, Soph. - Stark is a smart player and good in practice so far. He'll need to make an impact as a reserve in the middle. Anthony Corpuz, RFr. - There's a drop-off in size from the 249-pound Riley to the 206-pound Corpuz on the strongside. He's a decent athlete and should add more speed to the corps.

Secondary - Cornerback Jesse Avant, Sr. - Avant is one of the better corners in the MAC. He's very quick and very productive with 136 career tackles, five tackles for loss, four interceptions and 17 broken up passes. - Free safety Douglas Owusu, Sr. - Owusu is experienced making 21 tackles and leading the team with three interceptions in a reserve role. He's not big, but he can tackle and make plays when the ball is in the air. Strong safety Justin Beriault, Jr. - All Beriault has done in his first two seasons as a Cardinal is make 238 tackles and establish himself as one of the league's best hitters. He did that as a linebacker and needs to keep working to be a stud defensive back. Cornerback Quentin Manley, Sr. - One of the team's bigger corners, the 6-0, 190-pound Manley can tackle as well as cover. He was fourth on the team in tackles making 69 stops and tied for the team lead in broken up passes with five. Top Backups - Free safety David Gater, Soph. - A good tackler and a rising reserve, Gater has a little bit of experience in the secondary. He'll play behind Owusu at free safety. Cornerback Tommy Schembra, Jr. - The former running back, and brother of former Cardinal receiver Sean, Tommy has a little bit of experience on the corner and will back up Manley. Special Teams - Placeckicker Mike Langford, Sr. - Langford was solid last season and almost automatic from midrange going 9 of 12 from inside 50 yards. His long kick for 45 yards and hit 31 of 33 extra points. Punter Reggie Hodges, Sr. - Hodges was tremendous averaging 40.3 yards per kick and put a whopping 23 punts inside the 20. He's good at getting ball off quickly and can boom it when he has time.

BOWLING GREEN

HEAD COACH: GREGG BRANDON

The Falcons should be able to overcome the loss of their leading rusher, Joe Alls, and leading receiver, Robert Redd, with several great prospects at the skill positions. The line will turn out to be fine with a little bit of time. The star of the show, quarterback Josh Harris, could be the type of player that carries the team on his back to the MAC title. Quarterbacks - Josh Harris, Sr. - There are more effective runners, and many can throw the ball better, but there aren't many 6-3, 225-pound quarterbacks that can do everything that Harris can. He completed 56% of his throws with 19 touchdown passes and 11 interceptions last year. While he's a good passer, he's deadliest on the move rushing for 737 yards and 20 touchdowns. When the Falcons brought in Andy Sahm to mix things up, Harris was used as a receiver catching three passes for 51 yards and two scores. He won't get any Heisman consideration, but there aren't many more productive players in college football. Top Backups - Omar Jacobs, RFr. - Jacobs is big, athletic, and very, very fast. It's asking a lot for him to be able to step and be Harris if something happens, but he could end up being a top quarterback in the system with some more work.

Running Backs - P.J. Pope, Soph. - The 210-pound became the team's top backup running back as a true freshman rushing for 577 yards and touchdowns averaging 5.7 yards per carry. He proved he could handle a full-time work load rushing when Joe Alls went down, and he should be a consistent force now that the starting job is his. As a receiver coming out of the backfield, he caught eight passes for 52 yards and a touchdown. Top Backups - B.J. Lane, Soph. - Lane spent most of last year as a top special teams player. He also saw a few carries rushing for 156 yards and a touchdown on nine carries. While he isn't the overall talent that Pope is, he's an effective rusher in spurts. Raishaun Stover, RFr. - Stover was a wildly productive high school player rushing for 52 touchdowns with 36 coming in his senior year. He's a fast back with great moves, and should add another great option in the backfield.

Receivers - Steve Sanders, Soph. - Sanders is a good sized receiver with excellent athleticism and speed. The 6-3 sophomore saw a little bit of action making two catches for 19 yards and a touchdown, and will be one of the lead receivers at the Z position. - Cole Magner, Jr. - Magner continues to be a jack of all trades for the offense. He can return kicks, carry the ball and serves as one of the team's primary targets. He ran for 81 yards and a touchdown and caught 26 passes for 374 yards and two touchdowns leading the receivers with a 14.4-yard-per-catch average. James Hawkins, Jr. - Hawkins turned into became on of the most dangerous receivers in the Falcon attack finishing second on the team with 44 tackles for 546 yards and five touchdowns. He's 6-1, 210 pound with good quickness. Charles Sharon, Soph. - Sharon might be the best athlete in the receiving corps. He immediately turned into a productive player catching 33 passes for 465 yards and three touchdowns. Now that he has the offense down, he should blossom into one of the MAC's most dangerous receivers. Tight end Craig Jarrett, Sr. - Jarrett has mostly spent his time as a fullback and power runner, but the academic all-star will get the first look at tight end to use his size and hands. Top Backups - Cornelius McGrady, Jr. - The 6-3 McGrady has been a solid punt blocker, but he hasn't made much of an impact in the passing attack only catching one pass for nine yards. At 6-3, he's too big and too fast not to find a spot on the field. He'll play behind Sanders at the Z. - Van Johnson, RFr. - Johnson is a converted quarterback getting a shot as an H receiver. He's extremely quick with nice hands. - Kenneth Brantley, RFr. - One of the faster players in the receiving corps, the 5-11 Brantley will play behind Hawkins as a speed receiver on the outside. - Derrick Lett, Soph. - Let didn't get much of a chance to use his 4.4. speed for anything other than special teams last season. He'll back up Sharon at the X. - Tight end Todd DiBacco, Jr. - DiBacco has mostly made his mark on special teams. He'll be a factor playing behind Jarrett.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jonathan Culp, Soph. - Culp has finally filled out his 6-6 frame adding 30 pounds in the off-season. He's a smart player with great feet. Give him more time, and he'll turn into a star pass blocker. - Guard Scott Mruczkowski, Jr. - One of the stars of the line, the 305-pound junior returns for his third straight season as the team's starting left guard. He should grow into one of the top run blockers in the conference, and will be the anchor of the Falcon front wall. Center Ryan Lucas, Sr. - Lucas is versatile enough to play guard or center. He'll start out the season in the middle after seeing action in eight games last year in a reserve role. He's big, powerful and should be ready to take over Jon Mazur's job. - Guard Andrew Hart, Jr. - Hart has had problems over the last few years with a knee injury, but that allowed him to spend time in the weight room bulking up to 295 pounds. If he's back to 100%, he'll be an experienced run blocker on the right side. Tackle Robert Haley, Sr. - Haley has emerged as a great tackle after beginning his career on the defensive side. The 290-pound senior started in five games on the right side. He has the starting job for now, but he'll split time with Williams. Top Backups - T James Williams, Sr. - Williams progressed into a good tackle last season starting in six games. The former defensive lineman has enough experience to start on the right side, but he'll begin the season playing behind Haley. C Jesus Yanez, Sr. - The JUCO transfer has enough experience and size to turn into a factor. He'll see plenty of action behind Lucas in the middle. G Rob Warren, Soph. - Warren has bulked up in the last year getting up to 295 pounds. With his size, he'll be one of the top backup guards playing behind Hart.

On the defense, the back seven should be among the best in the MAC with a pair of lock down corners to go along with speed and experience at safety and in the linebacking corps. The line will count on a true freshman and several sophomores to come through. Defensive Line - Defensive end Mitchell Crossley, Soph. - Crossley grew into a pass rushing terror leading the team with seven sacks and 13 tackles for loss. He has a frightening speed burst off the edge, and is great against the run with 52 tackles. Defensive tackle Matt Leininger, Soph. - Leininger was too good as a true freshman to keep off the field. He should be even better this season after spending time in the weight room adding 20 pounds. He played in every game last year with seven starts making 37 tackles and a sack. Defensive tackle Mike Thaler, Soph. - Thaler played in almost every game last season making ten tackles. He has good size and enough experience in games and practice to be a top run stopper. Defensive end Devon Parks, Fr. - The 248-pound Parks is expected to shine right off the bat. He has the quickness and strength to instantly be one of the team's best pass rushers. Top Backups - DE Monty Cooley, Soph. - At 260 pounds, Cooley adds more size to the outside. He isn't nearly the pass rusher that Crossley and Parks are, but he could become a top reserve. DT Jamal Bryant, Soph. - He's one of the biggest linemen on the team, and should be ready to become a factor in the tackle rotation. He made eight tackles last season in a limited role.

Linebackers - Daniel Sayles, Jr. - Sayles has good speed and great athleticism on the strong side. He'll get the starting role after making 19 tackles and should be strong as a starter. - Jovon Burkes, Jr. - Burkes got a chance to show what he could do in a full-time role coming through making 51 tackles and three sacks in the middle. He's not big at 225 pounds, but he's the biggest of the BGSU linebackers. Mitch Hewitt, Sr. - Hewitt has a great nose for the ball finishing third on the team with 84 tackles on the weak side. He's a good all-around player able to drop into pass coverage, and he can also rush the passer. Top Backups Jamien Johnson, Soph. - The athletic sophomore got a little bit of experience as a true freshman making three tackles. He'll play behind Hewitt on the weak side. - Jeff Runnells, Sr. - The former JUCO All-American will look to make a bigger impact on the strong side after making five tackles. He'd start for just about anyone else in the MAC.

Secondary - Cornerback Janssen Patton, Sr. - Patton is a three-year starter and the star of the secondary. He upped his game going from being a good hitting defensive back with speed, to a sensational tackling, outstanding all-around cover corner. He was fourth on the team with 63 tackles and led the Falcons with three interceptions and 13 tackles for loss. Free safety Jason Morton, Sr. - Morton returns to his spot at safety after having a huge season. The former special teams star finished with 85 tackles and broke up 11 passes as the big hitting safety. Strong safety Michael Malone, Sr. - Malone went from being a good special teams player to a great defensive back. He made 55 tackles and broke up three passes as an athletic all-around player. Cornerback Keon Newson, Jr. - Newson isn't quite the player Patton is, but he's a big, experienced corner that should have a big season. He picked off two passes and broke up eight while being a top hitter making 62 tackles. Top Backups - Cornerback Jelani Jordan, Soph. - Jordan became a top reserve last year and should be a nice fill-in behind Patton. He made 24 tackles and broke up eight passes. - Free safety T.J. Carswell, Jr. - Carswell has been a decent reserve and will once again play behind Morton. At 6-1 and 200 pounds, he's a big hitter and should be a strong backup. Special Teams - Punter Nate Fry, Soph. - It'll be up to Fry to replace Pat Fleming. Fleming was an outstanding kicker averaging 39.2 yards per boot and put a whopping 21 inside the 20. Fry is can both punt and kick field goals. In high school, he averaged 40.5 yards per kick. Placekicker Shaun Suisham, Jr. - Suisham couldn't have made a bigger improvement. After only hitting 3 of 8 field goals in 2001, he came back to nail 12 of 14 last season and connected on a school-record 57 of 59 extra points.

BUFFALO

HEAD COACH: JIM HOFHER

The offense welcomes back eight starters and should be far better on the ground than it was last year. The line is deep and relatively good while the running backs could be solid if someone develops behind Aaron Leeper. The passing attack could be a major problem without much explosion in the passing game. Quarterbacks - Randall Secky, Jr. - It took a while, but Secky started to become a solid player as last season went on. The 6-4 junior threw for 2,015 yards and 12 touchdowns including a 350-yard performance against Ohio. Even though he has all the experience and a nice arm, he'll be pushed for the starting job. Top Backups - P.J. Piskorik, Soph. - A far better all-around athlete than Secky, Piskorik had a good spring and is still in the mix for the starting job.

Running Backs - Aaron Leeper, Soph. - Leeper was a huge recruit for Hofher and paid off handsomely in his freshman year rushing for 917 yards and ten touchdowns. He only averaged 3.9 yards per carry, but he bulked up in the off-season and should be more powerful and less injury prone. He's a fine receiver out of the backfield as well. - Fullback Ramon Guzman, Soph. - Even though Guzman missed most of spring ball with a hamstring injury, he'll get the first look at fullback combining with Jared Patterson. The 225-pound Guzman adds more size. Top Backups - Dave Dawson, Soph. - The quick Dawson saw his role increase as last season went finishing the year rushing for 362 yards and two touchdowns averaging 5.9 yards per carry. Stephen King, RFr. - At 200 pounds, King is the power, pounding back in the backfield. He saw a bulk of time this spring with Leeper down with a sprained knee. Chris McDuffie, RFr. - He wasn't healthy this spring, but he's still expected to make an impact with his moves and quickness.

Receivers - Tim Dance, Soph. - Dance is the leading returning receiver making 16 catches for 167 yards and two touchdowns last season. He is a good player who'll make plenty of plays, but he's not a deep threat. - Matt Knueven, Jr. - Kneueven was never healthy last year with a variety of injuries limiting him to only eight catches for 89 yards and a touchdown in seven games. He looked fine this season and is even stronger since last season. He's a big receiver with nice athleticism and speed. Tight end Tom Shaughnessy, Sr. - The former fullback will get the first shot as one of the only options on the roster to replace Chad Bartoszek. Top Backups Brian Watson, RFr. - At 6-5 and 218 pounds, Watson will provide a huge target in the corps. He's considered the star of the future for the Bulls. - Gabe McClover. Soph. - The 211-pound McClover is a physical receiver with a little bit of experience. He made five catches for 47 yards last season. - Adam Johnson, Sr. - Yet another big, physical receiver, Johnson looked great this spring and should see plenty of action this season. - Tight end Chad Upshaw, RFr - The Bulls are in big trouble at tight end unless the 250-pound Upshaw can become a factor in the offense.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jeff Mills, Sr. - Mills will be one of the rocks on the line. He has experience and should have a solid season on the right side. All is fine after minor back surgery this spring. Guard Erik Zeppuhar, Jr. - Zeppuhar has started 23 straight games getting better and better with each start. He's only 285 pounds, but he's experienced and growing into one of UB's top linemen. Center Eric Weber, Jr. - He was supposed to start last year after a strong freshman season, but he was knocked out with a knee injury. If he can come back to form, he should be a sleeper All-MAC candidate in the middle. Guard Alex Alvarez, Sr. - A big, experienced player, Alvarez will get the first look at left guard battling Dan Minnocchi. - Tackle Zach Love, Soph. - Growing into one of the better line prospects on the Bulls, the 296-pound sophomore showed flashes of greatness last season and could be the best lineman on the team as this year goes on. Top Backups - C Kevin Dunn, Sr. - Dunn can play anywhere on the line. He'll start this year pushing for time at center after starting for Weber when he went down. OG Mike Schiafano, Soph. - He missed all of spring ball with an injury, but he's expected to be back at the starting spot at left guard at some point if not play on the right side behind Zeppuhar. He's growing into a dependable player. OG Dan Minocchi, Jr. - Minocchi has experience and should be a solid backup behind Zeppuhar.

The defense had major problems fighting through inexperience last year. Now most of the top players return including almost all of the front seven. The concern will be on the corners and at defensive tackle where there's barely enough D-I level starters much less and depth. Defensive Line - Defensive end Phil Jacques, Soph. - Jacques played a little bit at tackle, but he's better suited to the outside weighing only 240 pounds. He looked great this spring and should shine this year. - Defensive tackle Rashad Clark, Sr. - With Bill Meholif going down for the year with an ACL injury, Clark will have to become a force on the inside or the run defense is going to have some serious problems. - Defensive tackle Rob Schroeder, Soph. - The returning starter in the middle will have to be a rock with injuries and inexperience being a problem at tackle. He made 37 tackles and 4.5 sacks last year. Defensive end Demetrius Austrum, Sr. - Austrum returns to his spot on the end coming off a 29 tackle, three sack season. He'll be asked to be one of the team's better pass rushers. Top Backups - DT Bill Meholif, Soph. - Meholif was scheduled to start at tackle this season before tearing up his ACL. He's out for the year after starting every game in 2002. - DE Anthony Andriano, Jr. - The 240-pound Andriano is coming on as an experienced and productive end. He made 31 tackles, four sacks and 11 tackles for loss. DE Aaron Sanders, Soph. - Sanders will be in the rotation at one of the ends after playing in eight games in 2002.

Linebackers - Rodney Morris, Jr. - Morris became a force on the outside making 62 tackles and a sack. He's only 218 pounds, but he's an active playmaker. - Lamar Wilcher, Sr. - The leader of the defense, Wilcher was finally healthy for a season and was a top player making 69 tackles even though he played with a cast on his hand. Bryan Cummings, Soph. - Cummings became a solid producer last season on the outside making 54 tackles and two sacks. He's expected to make even more of an impact this year. Top Backups - Chris Clifton, Sr. - Clifton made 18 tackles last season not making much of an impact. That could change this year after looking fantastic this spring. Obadiah Harris, Sr. - He hasn't done all that much so far, but he's an experienced backup in the middle.

Secondary - Cornerback Gemara Williams, Soph. - Williams spent most of last year at strong safety before going to his more natural position at corner. He made 43 tackles and an interception. Free safety Mark Graham, Sr. - The UB free safety ends up making the most plays and last year was no exception with Graham making 89 tackles and six interceptions. The former corner is the team's most experienced defensive back and should once again be the leader. Strong safety J.J. Gibson, Jr. - Gibson is a tackling machine with 176 tackles over his first two seasons. With good speed and a great nose for the ball, he'll be one of the leaders of the secondary again. Cornerback Delando Bradford, RFr. - Bradford isn't all that big, but he wasn't bad this spring and will get the first look at one of the corners. Top Backups Safety Joe DiGiorgio, Soph. - A little bit bigger than Graham, DiGiorgio will see more time somewhere in the defensive backfield. He'll be behind Graham again after making 24 tackles. Cornerback Brandon Smith, RFr. - With corner a major question mark, Smith will battle with Bradford for playing time on the other side of Williams. Special Teams - Placekicker/Punter Dallas Pelz, Sr. - Pelz has a big leg and has shown solid consistency hitting nine of 13 field goals. The problem? Extra points missing five of 13. Two of those misses were blocked kicks. He'll also handle most of the punting duties taking over for Scott McMahan and his 40.2 yards per punt.

CENTRAL FLORIDA

HEAD COACH: MIKE KRUCZEK

The offense will only go as far as the inexperienced line and receiving corps can carry it. Quarterback Ryan Schneider and running back Alex Haynes are among the best in the country and will put up some huge numbers once again. The line is counting on several redshirt freshmen, while the receiving corps doesn't have many productive players returning. Quarterbacks - Ryan Schneider, Sr. - No quarterback in college football comes into the 2003 season with more touchdown passes than Schneider. With 69 career scoring throws and 9,027 yards, he has the experience and production to be considered among the best quarterbacks in the country. He has a nice arm, but his real talent is his decision making. This is his fourth year as a starter, so there's nothing he hasn't seen before. With a young, inexperienced receiving corps, don't expect him to throw for 3,770 yards and 31 touchdowns again, but don't look for there to be much of a drop in his 151.62 passer efficiency rating. Top Backups - Jon Rivera, Jr. - Rivera is a little bit bigger than Schneider with a good arm and better mobility. With a few years of experience in the offense, he'll be a solid No. 2 option. He threw for 60 yards in mop-up duty.- Brandon Sumner, Jr. - Sumner is 6-4 with a huge arm and tremendous mobility. He's going to be the No. 3 quarterback, but he might be the most talented quarterback on the roster.

Running Backs - Alex Haynes, Jr. - Haynes is one of the rising stars in the MAC. He averaged 5.1 yards per carry rushing for 1,038 yards and eight touchdowns using his 210-pound frame to power through the line, and his great speed to breakaway once he got through it. He's also a tremendous receiver catching 24 passes for 132 yards and a touchdown. Fullback Andreal Curry, Sr. - The 250-pound Curry isn't just a sensational blocker, he can carry the ball in short yardage situations rushing for 88 yards and five touchdowns. His main role will be as a lead blocker for Haynes, but he won't be limited asked to catch the ball a little bit as well. Top Backups - Keith Williams, Soph. - Williams turned into a good reserve as the season went on rushing for 85 yards. The 200-pound sophomore has good power and excellent quickness, but he isn't the all-around talent that Haynes is. Dontavius Wilcox, RFr. - Wilcox is one of the quicker players on the team, and he can pound away as well. He's a good receiver out of the backfield with nice enough hands to be used on third downs. Fullback Dee Brown, Jr. - Brown will once again be a backup fullback, but he'll get more carries than Curry. Not the blocker that Curry is, Brown could be used a little more as a tailback after finishing second on the team with 170 yards and two touchdowns. He also caught 12 passes for 167 yards and a touchdown.

Receivers -Tavaris Capers, Jr. - The lightning quick Capers is great with the ball in his hands able to make big plays after the catch. Even though he's not as big as the other UCF receivers, the 5-9 junior is able to use his 4.4 speed to grow into a deep threat. He's the leading returning receiver making 43 catches for 456 yards and five touchdowns last year. Brandon Marshal, Soph. - The 6-5 Marshall will have to fill-in for Doug Gabriel and his 75 catches for 1,237 yards and 11 touchdowns. He's a tremendous athlete with good overall skills. Now he's expected to turn into a star. Tight end Darcy Johnson, Soph. - Johnson is an athletic player with good speed for a player of his size. He bulked up twenty pounds to take over the starting tight end job. Top Backups Al Peterson, Soph. - Peterson got hurt and failed to get in the mix coming off a redshirt season. The 6-2, 190-pound sophomore will be expected to shine as a third receiver in the mix. Andre Sumpter, RFr. - The high school quarterback brings good size and outstanding quickness to the corps. He's a smart player and an excellent all-around athlete. Luther Huggins, Jr. - Huggins is one of the fastest and most talented players on the team, but he hasn't quite lived up to expectations. He caught 19 passes for 163 yards and two touchdowns last season. Tight end Michael Gaines, Sr. - Gaines has been a solid backup tight end over the last few seasons. He isn't the pass catcher that Johnson will be, but at 280 pounds, he's a far better blocker. Even with his size, Gaines can move averaging 17.4 yards per catch on 11 grabs.

Offensive Line - Tackle Larry Peoples, RFr. - Peoples will get thrown into the starting job at right tackle. He's a big player with good footwork, but he might take a few lumps as he gets used to the full-time job. Guard David Ashkinaz, Sr. - Ashkinaz is one of the line's stronger players with good size and nice drive in the running game. He has great feet for a guard. Center Cedric Gagne-Marcoux, RFr. - He doesn't have a lock on the starting job with Adam Butcher pushing him, but he's very talented and will get the first look. He's a good enough run blocker to be moved to guard if needed. Guard Alex Mendez, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer has grown into one of the stars on the line. He's a big and athletic lineman with enough experience to become one of the team's dominant players. Tackle Kyle Watkins, Sr. - At 340 pounds, Watkins is the biggest lineman on the team with experience and strength. He isn't out of shape, he's 6-8 and is simply a mountain of a player. He'll start once again on the right side. Top Backups G Marcus Clemons, Soph. - The 300-pound Clemons will battle with Larry Peoples for the starting left tackle job. He's bigger than Peoples, but he isn't quite the athlete the redshirt freshman is. C Adam Butcher, Soph. - He was supposed to take over the center job until Gagne-Marcoux emerged. He's a big player with decent quickness.

Even though the defense loses two stars in DE Elton Patterson and CB Asante Samuel, don't expect UCF to have too many problems. The front seven should be the best in the MAC, while the secondary will be strong if Rovel Hamilton can be almost as good as Samuel. There's good depth almost everywhere. Defensive Line - Defensive end Paul Carrington, Soph. - Carrington is the lone newcomer to the starting front four, but he could eventually turn into the best of the UCF linemen. The 6-6 sophomore is quick coming off ball and needs to somehow replace the 9.5 sacks of Elton Patterson. Carrington is 250 pounds with room to put on at least twenty pounds of muscle. Defensive tackle DeMarcus Johnson, Sr. - The JUCO transfer came through as one of the best players on the team making 58 tackles and two sacks. The 295-pound senior is great against the run and an anchor on the line. He isn't just strong, he's extremely quick.- Defensive tackle Larry Brown, Sr. - Brown is a little lighter than he was last season, but don't expect a drop-off in production. He made 43 tackles last season as a run stuffer on the nose. He's very strong with good quickness. Defensive end Brent Bolar, Sr. - Bolar was supposed to be a starter in 2001, but he had some problems with his knee and never made the impact expected. He's been a career backup, but he has the talent to start playing right away now that Jeanty is gone. Top Backups DT Roy Williams, Sr. - Williams is a strong all-around tackle and a great reserve. He made 21 tackles and two sacks. This year, the 275-pound Williams will see time as both a tackle and an end. DE Rashad Jeanty, Jr. - Jeanty has always been a tremendous pass rusher, but he improved last year becoming a top run stopper. He made 79 tackles last year making 5.5 sacks, but he's gone now leaving to go play in the CFL.

Linebackers - Gerren Bray, Jr. - Bray has bulked up to 220 pounds to add even more punch to his tackles. Not that he needed it. He's been one of UCF's most feared hitters, and now he should be a superstar in a full-time starting role. He made 27 tackles and a sack last season. Chad Mascoe, Sr. - Mascoe lived up to expectations and more in his first year after transferring from junior college. The 255-pound senior made 97 tackles last season playing as a leader and a rock in the middle. Expect him to be even better this season now that he fully understands the defensive scheme. Antoine Poe, Jr. - Poe might be the most talented linebacker on the team, but he can't stay healthy. He missed time in 2001 with a hamstring strain, and then he missed all of last year after breaking an ankle before the season even began. All the injuries have put a damper on his career, but he should take over on the weak side if he can avoid more bad luck. Top Backups- Stanford Ruhle, Jr. - Ruhle led the team in tackles with 127 making three sacks and ten tackles for loss taking the place for an injured Poe. He's experienced and very talented on the weak side. If he doesn't end up taking over the starting job in the battle with Poe, he'll still see more than his share of time as a reserve. James Cook, Soph. - Cook isn't big and isn't all that fast, but he should turn into a good player on the strong side. He saw time as a reserve making eight tackles.

Secondary - Cornerback Omar Laurence, Soph. - Laurence turned into a top cover corner last season finishing second on the team with ten broken up passes. The All-Freshman selection was also a great open-field tackler making 52 solo stops. Free safety Peter Sands, Jr. - Sands is growing into a top player finishing second on the team with 119 tackles and picked off three passes. He's 6-2, 215 pounds and an outstanding hitter. With his experience and talent, he should push for All-MAC honors. Strong safety Atari Bigby, Jr. - Bigby is one of the best defensive backs in America. He's 215 pounds, very fast, and a sensational hitter making 104 tackles last year. The former corner made a smooth transition over to safety. Cornerback Rovel Hamilton, Jr. - The Maryland transfer made 29 tackles in his first season at UCF backing up Asante Samuel. Now he'll get the full-time starting job needing to replace Samuel's four interceptions and 15 broken up passes. Top Backups Cornerback Rashard Johnson, Jr. - Johnson has a few years of experience as a reserve. The former walk-on should be a valuable corner as the third man in the rotation. Defensive back Alphonzo Hopkins, Jr. - One of the most valuable reserves on the defense, Hopkins can fill in at corner or strong safety. He has good size and nice playmaking ability making 59 tackles in a reserve role. Free safety Patrick Holland, Sr. - Holland is an experienced player formerly coming to UCF as a possible quarterback or receiver. He turned into a defensive back making 26 tackles as a reserve. Special Teams - Punter Kevin Beorlegui, Soph. - Gone is the 41.8-yard average of Ryan Flynn. It'll be up to Beorlegui to take over the duties. He comes from a long line of kickers, and should be solid with a little bit of time. Placekicker Matt Prater, Soph. - Prater had a strong freshman season hitting 14 of 21 field goals. He had a few problems from bigger distances, but he showed a strong leg hitting a 53 yarder. He's expected to get better with more time and more experience.

CENTRAL MICHIGAN

HEAD COACH: MIKE DEBORD

The offense was completely reliant on the running game last season and now the coaching staff wants to get the passing attack going. With several receivers coming off of injury, that could happen, but CMU will still be strongest in the running game. Running back Terrence Jackson is a load when he’s healthy while the line will be good enough to give him some big holes to run through. Quarterbacks - Derrick Vickers, Sr. - The senior doesn’t make a whole bunch of big plays, but he’s steady throwing for nine touchdowns and five interceptions. A great scrambler with excellent quickness, Vickers can make plays with his feet as well as his arm. His brother is Miami star defensive back Maurice Sikes and his stepbrother is Willis McGahee. Top Backups Jeff Perry, Jr. - Perry had a big spring and has a slight edge for the starting job. In the end, Vickers will probably get the start with his experience, but Perry is right in the mix. Grant Arnoldink, Jr. - Arnoldink threw for 41 yards last year before getting knocked out for the season with a hand injury. At 6-4, he's a big player with a good arm. - Kent Smith, Soph. - Arnodink's injury opened the door for Smith to see playing time throwing for 96 yards and a touchdown. At 6-5, he's a tall player, but he doesn't have the arm Arnoldink has.

Running Backs - Kenan Lawhorne, Sr. - The 215-pound Lawhorne averaged five yards per carry rushing for 328 yards and two touchdowns. He's not as big and doesn't have the power of Jackson, but he has far more speed. - Adam Supianoski, Sr. - He’s not only a sensational blocker, he can catch out of the backfield as well. He only ran the ball twice for nine yards. Projected Backups - Terrence Jackson, Sr. - Jackson is the most talented back on the roster, but he has a hard time staying healthy missing time last year with an injured foot. Even so, he finished with 399 yards and six touchdowns. When he's right, he can be a top MAC runner. - Bryan Lindstrom, Jr. He's a good blocker and a solid worker. He'll play behind Supianoski and won't run the ball much.

Receivers - Jacob Brown, Jr. - Brown returns after catching six passes for 46 yards last year. The 6-2, 205-pound junior will get the start at the Z utilizing his track speed and athleticism. - Justin Harper, Soph. - Harper caught 19 passes for 170 yards as primarily a possession receiver. He's a speedy player becoming a better and better receiver with more practice reps. Tight end Tory Humphrey, Jr. - Humphrey was the team’s fourth leading receiver making 22 grabs for 276 yards and two touchdowns. He's not a great blocker, but he makes up for it with his pass catching ability. Projected Backups - Steve Messam, Sr. - Messam is the leading returning receiver finishing last year with 26 catches for 300 yards and three touchdowns, but he's third-string coming out of spring ball. With his experience, he'll still see plenty of action. Scott Gibson, Soph. - Gibson missed last season with a shoulder problem. At 6-3, he's the biggest of the CMU receivers and is a solid route runner. Willie Hill, Sr. - Hill was knocked out with a leg injury. He's one of the fastest players on the team clocking in at 21.1 in the 200 meters and 10.54 in the 100. Dave Kurzen, Jr. - The 252-pound Kurzen is a better blocker than Humphrey and will see plenty of time in two tight-end sets. He's good around the goal line with two of his four catches going for touchdowns.

Offensive Line - Tackle Adam Kieft, Jr. - Kieft will return at left tackle after bulking up to 320 pounds. This is his third season as the starter. Guard Derek McLaughlin, Sr. - McLaughlin has turned into a solid guard. At 310 pounds, he’s teams most consistent run blocker and an All-MAC candidate. Center Eric Ghiaciuc, Jr. - The returning starter at center, Ghiaciuc can also play tackle if needed. He's an excellent run blocker with good technique. Guard Drew Mormino, RFr. - A great mix of strength and speed, he's one of the quickest linemen on the team. He should shine with a little bit of experience. Tackle Jeff Jenerou, Soph. - Jenerou got a little bit of experience as a backup last year and will take over the right tackle job. He's a tall player at 6-7 and can even get a little bigger. Projected Backups - OG Brandon Pitzer, Jr. - Pitzer will push Mormino for time at right guard. He's not as talented, but he's a little bit bigger. - OT Tom Langton, Sr. - At 6-7 and 325 pounds, Langton is a big body and has a little bit of experience. He'll back up Kieft on the left side.

The run defense should turn out to be fine again if the line can be as active as it was last year. The problem is in the secondary where one of the nation’s worst pass defenses has to almost start from scratch. This is by no means a big defense and a rash of injuries would be disastrous. Defensive Line - Defensive end William Brookshire, Jr. - A quick player on the left side, Brookshire will start after making 17 tackles and two tackles for loss in a reserve role. - Middle guard Tony Thompson, Soph. - The 290-pound Thompson is one of the rising stars on the line taking over the starting spot this spring. He should be the team's top run stuffer. - Defensive tackle Matt Wohlgemuth, Sr. - Wohlgemuth was the team’s top pass rusher finishing with six sacks and 12 tackles for loss. He'll move inside to tackle to use his quickness and moves to give the Chippewas more production on the inside. Defensive end Dan Bazuin, RFr. - Bazuin bulked up 25 pounds and took over the starting job on the right side. He's a great all-around athlete with great quickness and strength. Projected Backups - DT Kalani Muragin, Jr. - One of the only returning starters on the line, Muragin is behind Thompson on the depth chart. He made 36 tackles last year. DE Ike Ajoku, Sr. - He saw a little bit of time at tackle, but he’s better suited for end at 260 pounds.

Linebackers - Ed Hillery, Sr. - The 235-pound Hillery was the team’s fifth leading tackler last year with 66 stops as a strong player in the middle. He'll be moved to the weak side this year. Anthony Tyus, Jr. - Tyus is only 225 pounds, but he can run. He has a nice nose for the ball making 63 tackles last season. He'll start in the middle. Jon Nelson, Soph. - Originally a strong safety, Nelson overcame injuries to make 36 tackles in seven games of action. He's a fast player with nice hitting ability. Projected Backups - Omari Colen. Jr. - Colen is neck and neck with Hillery for the weak side job. At 205 pounds, Colen is a safety adding more speed to the linebacking corps. Jimmy Reese, Soph. - Reese is the main backup in the middle after making seven tackles last year. He's a smart player, but he's built more like a strong safety.

Secondary - Cornerback Derrick Holoman, Jr. - Holoman started off at corner, moved to receiver, and now is back at corner starting on the left side. He has great speed and should be great once he learns how to play the position full-time. Strong safety James King, Jr. - The star of the secondary, King is an outstanding playmaker on special teams, and also excels at stopping the run making 100 tackles last year. He has good speed and always seems to be around the ball. Free safety Mike Thomas, Jr. - He's not that big at only 5-8, but he became a top player whit spring. He'll take over the starting free safety job pushed by Orlando Walton. - Cornerback Dante McKnight, Sr. - McKnight is the team’s best cover-corner, and also the team’s top returning tackler after making 104 stops and four interceptions. He missed spring ball, but is expected to take back his starting job this fall. Marlin Maxwell is currently listed as the starter at right corner. Projected Backups CB Marlin Maxwell, Soph. - A projected starter coming out of spring ball, he still might take over one of the spots by the start of the season if McKnight isn't ready to return or if Holoman has problems. CB Fabrice Raymond, Soph. - With good speed and excellent cover skills. he'll be in the hunt for playing time all year long. CB Jesse Dailey, Soph. - Dailey is neck-and-neck with Raymond for playing time on the right side. He's one of the team's quickest defensive backs. SS Doug Kress. RFr. - At 6-2 and 200 pounds, Kress adds more size to the secondary. Kickers Projected Starters - Placekicker Mike Gruzwalski, Soph. - Gruzwalski was extremely consistent connecting on 14 of 19 field goals hitting nine of nine inside of thirty yards. Punter Brian Brandt, Sr. - Brandt had a good 2002 averaging 39.6 yards per kick.

EASTERN MICHIGAN

HEAD COACH: JEFF WOODRUFF

The Eagles were able to move the ball and score points last season, but the three key members that made the offense go (QB Troy Edwards, RB Ime Akpan and WR Kevin Walter) are gone. If the skill players become playmakers out of the gate, the offense should be decent with several returning starters and decent overall depth. Quarterbacks - Jeff Crooks, Sr. - Crooks hasn't been able to stay healthy giving way to Troy Edwards last year. A big, strong passer, Crooks appears to be 100% going into the season and should put up a ton of yards. He has good mobility. Top Backups Chinedu Okoro, Soph. - Okoru hasn't seen much of the field, but he has enough practice time and enough reps to be considered a decent number two option. He has the skills and talent to push for the starting job.

Running Backs - Ashantti Watson, Sr. - It'll be up to Watson to take over the full-time job replacing the 1,221 yards and 15 touchdowns of Ime Akpan. Watson isn't as big as Akpan, but he has power and is a decent receiver. Now he has to prove he can handle the workload. Top Backups Nelson Drew, Soph. - Drew only saw eight carries last season, but he'll play a huge role as the number two back. The former defensive back has nice size and should be productive with the increased workload. Anthony Sherrell, Soph. - A little more of a speed back than Drew or Watson, Sherrell will see time as a change of pass. He split time with the other two backs this spring.

Receivers - Alonzo Harris, Jr. - The 6-1 Harris has experience, but that might not be enough to keep the starting job with JUCO transfer Marc Mathieu pushing hard for the job. Harris is extremely fast and needs to establish himself as a deep threat. Chris Talley, Jr. - Talley is a veteran returning to his starting spot at the X. He's the team's best deep threat averaging 14.8 yards per catch, but he failed to score a touchdown. Chris R. Roberson, Jr. - The former tailback has turned into a heck of a receiver. Starting as the Z receiver, Roberson caught 40 passes for 379 yards and seven touchdowns. He has speed, but he hasn't been much of a burner so far only averaging 9.5 yards per grab. Tight end Kevin Zureki, Sr. - Zureki is coming off an injury to start again at tight end. He became a factor in the passing attack catching 28 passes for 342 yards and three touchdowns. The 263-pound senior is a solid blocker. Top Backups Marc Mathieu, Jr. - The JUCO transfer has speed and should instantly be a productive player in the passing game. LaGarian Houston, Soph. - The shifty 5-6 receiver made one catch last year and should be a factor behind Roberson at the Z. Eric Deslauriers, RFr. - A backup quarterback, Deslauriers is too big and too fast to keep on the sidelines. Moved to receiver late this spring, he starred in the spring game catching six passes for 75 yards. Tight end Wes Kesner, Soph. - Kesner will battle with Josh Riske for the number two job behind Zureki. He's not the blocker Zureki is, but he has decent hands and should see far more passes this year.

Offensive Line - Tackle Tom Kaleita, Jr. - Kaleita has nice feet and good athleticism for a 306-pound tackle. He'll start on the left side. Guard Michael Romeli, Soph. - The only new starter to the line, he has a little bit of starting experience. He's a 299-pound rising star. Center Lloyd Wilson, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer became a solid player on the inside. At 291 pounds, he's a solid run blocker and has gotten more athletic. Guard Gemayel Cowser, Soph. - One of the best athletes on the line, Cowser returns to his starting spot at right guard. Tackle Dan Davis, Jr. - Davis has overcome injury problems to become one of the team's top players. He'll start again at right tackle. Top Backups - OT R.J. Seehase, RFr. - One of the stars of the future, Seehase will see time at left tackle behind Kaleita. OG Steven Godbold, Jr. - An experienced player, Godbold is versatile enough to see time at either guard spot.

The defense had to deal with injuries and inconsistency last season leading to one of the worst defensive performances in college football history. New defensive coordinator Tim Rose is changing some things around experimenting with different formations to try and find something that'll work. If nothing else, there's a ton of returning experience. Defensive Line - Defensive end Matt Kudu, Jr. - The 277-pound Kudu came off a solid true freshman season to make 39 tackles and lead the Eagles with three sacks. He's the team's best pass rusher and most dependable lineman. Defensive tackle Jason Robert, Soph.- After being thrown into the fire as a freshman, Robert leaned as he went along making 25 tackles and two sacks. As the biggest EMU defensive lineman, he'll have to be a force in the middle. Defensive end Matt Lisek, Soph. - A good sized end, the 256-pound Lisek had to learn on the job as a redshirt freshman. He isn't the pass rusher Kudu is, but he has the potential to be a solid producer now that he has a year of experience. Top Backups - DE Eric Pettaway, Jr. - At 273 pounds, Pettaway can play end or tackle. He became a major factor in the line rotation last season making 25 tackles. DT Brian Jenkins, Sr. - A starter at tackle last season, he'll split time with Robert in the middle in the funky new defensive scheme. He's not huge, but he has experience and is decent against the run making 31 tackles last year.

Linebackers - Kevin Harrison, Jr. - Returning to the strong side is Harrison after finishing second on the team with 83 tackles. He bulked up to 248 pounds, but he doesn't appear to have lost any of his speed. David Lusky, Sr. - Lusky took over the job in the middle and became the team's top tackler making 141 stops and ten tackles for loss. Part of that production was due to the horrible job done by the line up front, and part of it was because Lusky was simply that good. Keyvon Barbee, Jr. - Barbee is a smart player with solid all-around athleticism. He's still progressing on the weak side and should come up with a solid season. He made 45 tackles last year. Top Backups - Steven Bednarik, Soph. - An active player, Bednarik saw enough time in the rotation to make 39 tackles. He'll play behind Harrison at the strong side. Mike Salvatori, Sr. - A veteran linebacker, Salvatori will use his athleticism to push for time on the weak side. The Skinny: The linebackers weren't horrible last season, but they could be more physical. There's a ton of returning experience and nice athleticism so there should be more big plays. Lusky can play with anyone.

Secondary - Cornerback Michael Woods, Jr. - Woods has started for two years using his 4.3 speed to be EMU's best cover corner. He has to make more big plays and could stand to intercept a pass or two. Safety/Cat Rontrell Woodruff, Jr. - Woodruff will play a hybrid of safety and inside linebacker. At 196 pounds, he's not big enough to play linebacker full time using his speed and athleticism to try and make more plays against the run. He was one of the team's top tacklers last year making 51 stops. Bandit Jamie Manor, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer became one of the top playmakers last year with 66 tackles. He's one of the bigger players in the secondary and a strong hitter. Free safety Jerry Gaines, Jr. - Gaines has the size to play safety and the speed to see time at corner if absolutely necessary. He'll return to his starting spot at free safety after finishing third on the team with 73 tackles. Cornerback Steven Lewis, Soph. - Lewis makes up for his lack of size with great quickness. The 5-8 sophomore will have a battle on his hands to keep the starting job on the other side of Woods. Top Backups Safety Nate Brooks, Jr. - Formerly a corner, Brooks is now a backup safety adding a little bit more speed to the position. He's not big, but he can tackle making 65 stops last year. Cornerback Yves Dieudonne, Soph. - Dieudonne is a big corner with a little bit of experience. He'll push Lewis for the starting job. Free safety Corey Parker, Jr. - Parker can play corner or safety. He'll start out the season behind Gaines at free safety. Special Teams - Punter David Rysko, Sr. - Rysko is one of the better punters in the MAC averaging 41.6 yards per kick. He also has nice accuracy putting 14 inside the 20. - Placekicker Brian Klaban, Soph. - Brian Klaban will replace his brother, Eric, and will hopefully do a better job. Eric only hit three of nine field goals, but he only attempted two from less than forty yards.

KENT

HEAD COACH: DEAN PEES

Quarterback Josh Cribbs has to be on the field. The Golden Flashes don't have the talent level necessary to compete with the better teams in the MAC, but Cribbs at least gives them a chance. The coaching staff is making a conscious effort to get a little more balance to the offense, but it'll be interesting to see if that actually happens. Quarterbacks - Josh Cribbs, Jr. - Cribbs is one of the most dynamic and exciting quarterbacks in the country when he's healthy. After a breakout 2001 season, Cribbs had problems with a hamstring over the back half of last year and the team never recovered. One of the nation's top rushing threats, Cribbs has rushed for 2.076 yards and 15 touchdowns over the last two seasons. He has to cut down on his interceptions after throwing 14 last season. Top Backups Darryl Polk, Jr. - Thrown into service when Cribbs went down, Polk threw for 428 yards and two touchdowns. Antwan Smith, RFr. - He has a ton of upside and could push for the No. 2 job with a little more experience. He'll have to hold off fifth-year senior Adam Frederick.

Running Backs - David Alston, Sr. - It's all up to Alston to find a way to stay healthy or else the KSU running game will have to rely on a bunch of redshirt freshmen. An ankle injury knocked him out of most of last season, but he has talent earning All-MAC honors a few years ago. Fullback Charles Newton, Jr. - He gained 215 yards and a touchdown last year and isn't a bad blocker. He can also catch the ball a bit seeing time at tight end. Top Backups Elijah Brooks, RFr. - Brooks was fantastic on the scout team last season and could turn into the team's top weapon if Alston isn't effective. Mohammed Bah, RFr. - He's not big, but he still provides a little bit of pop. Philip Johnson, RFr. - A speedy back, he still need a little bit of polish. Fullback Lucas Bowen, Jr. - The 220-pound back could be used in short-yardage situations in a pinch.

Receivers - Darrell Dowery Jr., Jr. - The leading returning receiver isn't all that big, but is a decent security blanket for high school teammate Cribbs. Bowery Jr. led the team with 34 catches, but didn't score. - Daryl Moore, Sr. - He'll get the first look at flanker, but sophomore Derrick Bush could take over the job. Moore is the team's top returning deep threat. Tight end Neil Buckosh, Sr. - He's the only tight end on the team with any experience. He caught two passes in a part-time role last year. Top Backups Derrick Bush, Soph. - The good news: Bush doubled the touchdown receptions of any other Golden Flash. The bad news: He caught two touchdown passes. He might as well be listed as No. 1A on the depth chart behind Moore. Maurio Medley, Sr. - The team's tallest target, the 6-6 Medley has to be more of a factor after a 13 catch season. Tight end Austin Novak, RFr. - The 240-pound Novak will battle with converted defensive lineman Jim Alexander for the backup job.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jason Andrews, Jr. - The team's best offensive lineman, the 300-pound Andrews will star on the left side, but could see time at center as well. Guard Shaun Sarrett, Sr - The 310-pound senior will get the first shot on the right side, but he'll have to battle to keep the job from redshirt freshman Craig Rafdal. Center Steve Smith, Sr. - Smith has started in the middle in each of the last two years. At 285-pounds, he's big and good. Guard Daniel Carter, Soph. - He took over this spring as the team's starting left guard adding a 320-pound body to the mix. Tackle Chad Bandiera, Jr. - The 280-pound junior split time with Andrews last year and will get the first shot at the right tackle job. Top Backups OG Craig Rafdal, RFr. - He didn't win the starting job this spring, but he'll see plenty of action in the rotation. OT Luke McKenzie, Soph - An up and coming player, all he needs to do is get a little more experience before he's a solid producer.

On defense, Kent State is strong up the middle and in trouble on the outsides. The tackles, inside linebackers and safeties are great. Now the ends, outside linebackers and corners have to develop. Head coach Dean Pees is taking over the defensive coordinator duties and will get creative as the year goes on. Defensive Line - Defensive end Tomas Rodriguez, Soph. - He'll have to battle Daryl Evans to keep the job on the left size. Rodriguez is faster, but Evans is bigger. Defensive tackle Alan Williams, Sr.- He's the only returning starter on the line after leading D line with 36 tackles last year. He's by far the team's best run stopping lineman. Defensive tackle Daniel Muir, Soph. - He sat out last season as a partial qualifier and should be a key addition on the inside. He's listed as a tackle, but he's more of an end. Top Backups DT Roger Attieh, Soph. - At 290 pounds, he's the team's biggest defensive lineman and he has to find a way to get on the field. His bulk is needed. DE Tom Crock, Sr.- Almost by default, Crock is the team's best pass rusher. At 280-pounds, he's like another tackle that's technically playing end. DE Daryl Evans, Jr. - Evans has the potential to be a strong player, but he just has to put it all together. DE Justin Parrish, Soph. - The former defensive end could give Kent State a nice sized outside linebacker. He made 13 tackles in a reserve role last year and will move back to end.

Linebackers - Damian Stolowski, Jr. - He returns to his starting spot on the outside after making 34 tackles last season. He has nice size at 230 pounds, but doesn't have the sideline to sideline skills. Anthony Henriquez, Sr. - A tackling machine in 2001, Henriquez suffered from injuries last year. If he's healthy, he's one of the MAC's most active inside linebackers. Eric Mahl, Jr. - Mahl suffered a broken wrist last year, but he still finished third on the team with 60 tackles. He led the team with 8.6 stops per game. Antonio King, Jr. - The former running back switches over to the defense to provide a more speed to the group. At 6-0 and 210 pounds, the hope will be for King to be a big hitting difference maker moving up from safety to linebacker. Top Backups Jeff Jensen, Sr. - Jensen could see plenty of action if Henriquez or Mahl gets hurt again. The senior didn't see time last year, but could become a factor. John Mathews, Soph. - Mathews made 43 tackles last season filling when the inside linebackers were injured. He's not as good as Mahl or Henriquez, but at least he has a little bit of experience. - Jon Sessler, Soph. - Splitting time with Mathews, Sessler made 34 stops last year.

Secondary - Cornerback Barry Drakeford, Soph. - He sat out last season as a partial qualifier and took over the starting spot this spring. He's a good overall player that can be a physical. Free safety Shannon Davis, Jr. - Davis is the lone returning starter in the secondary and he's a good one. He led the team with 86 tackles and was second with eight broken up passes. Kent State needs to have a decent season for him to get any notice, but he's a legitimate all-star candidate. Strong safety Vashwan Patrick, Jr. - Patrick made 14 tackles last year and was solid at making plays in the backfield. He'll have to fight to get the job over Antonio King. Cornerback Andre Ashley, Jr. - Ashley saw a little bit of action last year making seven tackles. He's not all that big, but he'll have to do as the most experienced returning corner. Top Backups Cornerback Terrell McElroy, Soph. - It'll be trial by fire for the two cornerbacks. McElroy will get the first look on one side pushed hard by Barry Drakeford. McElroy has nice quickness, but he needs time to develop. Strong safety Desmond Turner, Sr. - With Antonio King moving to linebacker, Turner becomes the main backup at free and strong safety. Special Teams Punter Joshua Brazen, Soph. - the former walk-on takes over for Jared Fritz. Fritz was a great weapon for the Golden Flashes and might be sorely missed. Brazen needs to find the same consistency and boom that Brazen had. Placekicker Travis Mayle, Jr. - Mayle was outstanding last year hitting 12 of 14 field goals. He has a nice leg hitting eight of nine from more than thirty yards.

MARSHALL

HEAD COACH: BOB PRUETT

Marshall's offense isn't going to suddenly be mistaken for Nebraska's, but look for more running with a talented corps of backs, and a quarterback with good running skills. Stan Hill can throw the ball a bit and will put up some good numbers with Darius Watts and Josh Davis to throw to. Quarterbacks - Stan Hill, Jr. - All Hill has to do is be the next Marshall quarterback after Byron Leftwich and Chad Pennington. Hill has seen plenty of practice time and was the star in the Miami game leading the Herd to a huge 36-34 win. He isn't anywhere near the player Leftwich and Pennington were, but no college quarterback can live up to what those two did. What he does have that those two didn't is a little bit of mobility. He's a nice sized quarterback with a big arm, now he just has to stay out of trouble and cut down on his interceptions. Top Backups - Graham Gochneaur, Jr. - All the junior needs are reps before becoming a top player. He's a big prospect with talent, but he doesn't have the handle of the offense, or the overall skills, of Hill. Jimmy Skinner, RFr. - Skinner is battling Adam Black for the number three job. He has more mobility than Black, but Black has the bigger arm.

Running Backs - Franklin Wallace, Sr. - Wallace has been one of the forgotten stars on the team, but he won't be this season as he gets more work coming off a 614-yard, seven rushing touchdown season. He's a big runner with a decent speed burst and tremendous hands. Now he has to shake all the injuries that have nagged him for the past few years unable to shake various pulls and strains. Top Backups - Earl Charles, Jr. - The 215-pound JUCO transfer could be the star of the corps once he has the nuances of the offense down. He has tremendous talent and great running skills, so now he needs to prove he can be the all-around back needed in the Marshall offense. - Tank Tunstalle, RFr. - One of the bigger backs on the team, Tunstalle adds more power. He's one of the Herd's strongest runners and one of the team's rising stars.

Receivers - Darius Watts, Sr. - Watts had a little bit of a down year hampered a bit by injuries. Some slide. All he did was catch 71 passes for 1,030 yards and 12 touchdowns. He's big, fast, and always finds ways to get open. Josh Davis, Jr. - Davis has been one of the most productive receivers in college football with 154 catches for 2,152 yards and ten TD’s over the first two years of his career. He has tremendous speed as one of the team's top deep threats, and he's great at making the catch across the middle as well. - Jason Schroeder, Sr. - Schroeder will take over for Denero Marriott after making two catches for 33 yards last season. The former JUCO transfer is a big receiver who seems to have a better understanding of the offense than he did last year. Tight end Jason Rader, Sr. - The former Georgia transfer has turned into a magnificent receiver making 30 catches for 320 yards and two touchdowns. At 260 pounds, he's a tremendous blocker and, possibly, the best pro prospect on the team. Top Backups- Tremel Guillory, Jr. - Guillory is one of the best athletes among the receivers and could turn into a top producer behind Davis in the slot. Brad Bates, Jr. - Bates was knocked out early last year with a knee injury. Even though he missed spring ball still recovering, he's expected to push Schroeder hard for the starting Z job. Tight end Jeff Mullins, Soph. - Mullins is a good receiver and a physical blocker. He's a the team's long snapper to go along with his increased role in the offense.

Offensive Line - Tackle Nate Griffin, Jr. - Griffin has to replace All-Everything tackle Steve Sciullo on the left side. The 334-pound junior has gotten much, much bigger and even though he has improved, he has a long way to go to give the line what Sciullo did. - Guard Luke Salmons, Sr. - Salmons became a steady player last season as the starting left guard. With a few years of work, he has become a consistently good run blocker. Center Joey Stepp, Sr. - The 302-pound center will get the starting job, but he can play anywhere on the line. He has gotten bigger over the course of his career and should be fine with his years of experience as a reserve. - Guard Toby Bullock, Soph. - Bullock is one of the rising stars on the line using his 335-pound frame as a great run blocker. He takes over for Steve Peretta, and should become one of the team's most dependable players. - Tackle Nate McPeek, Sr. -McPeek is the best player on the line, but he has to get over the bad back that limited him this spring. He should be an All-MAC selection, if he's healthy, with wonderful technique and good all-around skills. Top Backups OT Josh Blakey, Jr. - The 310-pound Blakey could develop into the team's most vital reserve able to play either tackle position. If McPeek's back continues to give him trouble, Blakey might step in on the right side, or he might play behind Griffin on the left. He's had a few problems adjusting from life as a defensive lineman, but the hope is for him to turn into a steady force. OT Dwayne Robinson, Jr. - The 313-pound Robinson has moved from right guard to right tackle where he's looked like a natural. The defense was far better last year than it was in 2001, but it needs work going into 2003.

This is a very young, very thin defense hoping to be strong against the run without much size, and great against the pass with an inexperienced secondary. Just about everyone on the defense can run, but this group will have problems against anyone with a power running attack. Defensive Line - Defensive end Jonathan Goddard, Jr. - Goddard might have finally turned into the end the coaching staff has been hoping for. He's a more disciplined player looking ready for a breakout season starting again on the left side. He made 68 tackles and three sacks. Defensive tackle Reggie Hayes, Jr.- After backing up Toriano Brown and Orlando Washington, Hayes will get the starting job on the left side. The coaching staff would like him to be more consistent, but he has too much talent and too much potential to keep off the field. He made 42 tackles last year. Defensive tackle Toriano Brown, Sr. - Brown missed time this spring undergoing surgery on a big toe that gave him problems all of last year. He gutted it out to make 91 tackles and five sacks as one of the team's top run defenders. - Defensive end Jamus Martin, Jr.- Martin should be one of the premier pass rushers in the MAC coming off a 100 tackle, five sack, 19 tackle for loss season. Even though he isn't that big, the 224-pound junior doesn't get pushed around too much against the run. He has tremendous speed off the edge. Top Backups - DE Maurice McKinney, Sr. - McKinney was knocked out for the year with a knee injury in pre-season practice. He's just now coming back working his way back into football shape. Look for him to become one of the top ends in the rotation.- DT Paul Sinclair, Sr. - Sinclair mostly played on the end, and now he'll be a tackle on a full-time basis pushing Hayes for the left tackle job. He was a good pass rusher on the outside making three sacks and 6.5 tackles for loss. - DE Marcus Hairston, Jr. - Hairston was all over the place this spring looking ready to have a huge season. The 245-pound senior will most likely be a situational pass rusher, but he's looking like he can become an every down player if needed.

Linebackers - Charles Tynes, Sr. - Tynes is only 194 pounds, but he's been one of the team's steadiest players over the last few years making 167 career tackles as a safety. He's a little more suited for defensive back than linebacker, but he'll line up on the weak side. - Dionte Wilson, Jr. - Wilson will combine with Kevin Atkins to take over for the 160 tackles of Duran Smith. The 221-pound Wilson was a top reserve last year making 54 tackles, two sacks, seven tackles for loss, and a drive stopping interception against Kent State. J.T. Rembert, Jr. - Rembert was one of the stars of last spring, and he came through all season with a 72 tackle season with two sacks and two interceptions. The Marshall coaching staff is looking for the next great Herd linebacker. Rembert might be it. Top Backups - Donte Newsome, Soph. - Newsome saw plenty of action as a true freshman making nine tackles. The former running back is beginning to grow into a tremendous linebacker prospect with speed and athleticism on the weak side. - Kevin Atkins, Jr. - Atkins filled in for Smith against Miami making 14 tackles. He was a top special teams performer and should be a big factor along with Wilson in the middle. Carlos Morgan, Soph. - Morgan got hurt early last year and wasn't able to get back in the mix. He looks like he should be 100%, and maybe even better, once he's able to go full-tilt this fall behind Rembert on the inside.

Secondary - Cornerback Willie Smith, Soph. - Smith came in as a top reserve in dime packages along with filling in for Yancey Satterwhite against Virginia Tech. He's the biggest corner on the team, so it'll be his job to match up with the taller, more physical receivers. Free safety Gladstone Coke, Sr. - Coke isn't all that big at 5-9, but he can pop. The one-time running back has seen time as an outside linebacker and special teams, but he's now entrenched as the team's starting free safety. Strong safety Moriah Anderson, Jr. - Anderson looked like a star-in-the-making this spring taking over the strong safety job. At 6-2 and 188 pounds, he's one of the Herd's biggest defensive backs, and he has good speed to fly all over the field. He made 25 tackles as a reserve. Cornerback Roberto Terrell, Soph. - Terrell is generously listed at 5-9, but that doesn't limit him from making plays finishing second behind Satterwhite with 15 broken up passes. He's a good hitter and is solid when the ball is in the air using his tremendous quickness to make up for any mistakes. He'll be the leader of the secondary. Top Backups - Strong safety Chris Royal, Soph. - Royal saw a little time as a true freshman mostly playing on special teams. He'll be a factor this year as one of the team's top backup safeties playing behind Coke. Cornerback Renaldo Williams, Jr. - Williams is one of the faster defensive backs on the team getting a little bit of experience over the last few years. He'll be the primary backup behind Smith. Special Teams Placekicker Ben Lewis, Sr. - Gone is Curtis Head after hitting 16 of 21 field goals last year. Lewis will get the first shot at the job with Jesse Cortez and Nick Kelly right behind him. Lewis could turn into an accurate kicker from midrange, but he doesn't have the deep leg that Head had. Punter Klint Rose, RFr - Rose has the starting punting job, for now, over Lewis. Rose has a bigger leg, but Lewis has a little bit of experience averaging 39 yards on three kicks. Head averaged 43.1 yards per punt putting 14 inside the 20.

MIAMI-OHIO

HEAD COACH: TERRY HOEPPNER

With a quarterback like Ben Roethlisberger operating behind a big, veteran offensive line, the Miami offense should explode. The receivers are average, but there are a lot of them to work with. Luke Clemens and Cal Murray give the RedHawks a great rushing punch. Quarterbacks - Ben Roethlisberger, Jr. - Roethlisberger comes into the 2003 season as one of the best young quarterbacks in college football. He avoided a sophomore slump by throwing for 3,238 yards and 22 touchdowns while completing over 63% of his passes. He's not a runner, but he's big enough to power for a yard or two when needed. He has a big arm, great poise, and excellent decision making ability. If he can cut down on his interceptions a bit, he might start to be considered one of the top NFL prospects. Top Backups - Josh Betts, Soph - The 6-3, 208-pound Betts is a big quarterback with a live arm and better mobility than Roethlisberger. He saw a little but of action completing 7 of 17 passes for 93 yards and three touchdowns with two interceptions.

Running Backs - Luke Clemens, Sr. - Clemens was healthy and showed what he could do rushing for 1,009 yards and 16 touchdowns. At times, he was just as effective running the ball as Roethlisberger was passing it. Not to be left out of the mix in the passing game, Clemens caught 27 passes for 334 yards and a touchdown. Fullback Andy Capper, Jr. - When Miami uses a fullback, it has a good one as the 263-pound Capper should be a great blocker when a power running game is needed. Top Backups - Cal Murray, Sr. - Murray hasn't been able to get through a season healthy. When he's right, he's one of the faster backs on the team and a good all-around player. He'll be a great complement to Clemens. Fullback Adam Ciborowski, Jr. - He's a tough player, but is simply not big enough to do much to help the running game as a fullback. The 219-pound junior will play behind Capper.

Receivers - Korey Kirkpatrick, Sr. - Kirkpatrick is one of the best blocking receivers on the team. He caught 26 passes for 375 yards and two touchdowns with a 14.4 yard per catch average. Look for him to come close to doubling his numbers. Mike Larkin, Jr. - Larkin has speed, great hands, and good route running ability finishing second on the team with 39 catches for 436 yards and eight touchdowns. With his speed, it's a shock that his longest catch was merely 31 yards. - Andre Henderson, Jr. - Henderson is a big player with decent all-around skills. At 6-2, he's the biggest starter and should make a bigger impact than he did last year catching 20 passes for 198 yards. Tight end Matt Brandt, Sr. - The 248-pound Brandt took over the starting position last year and turned into one of the best all-around tight ends in the MAC. He's an above-average blocker, but his real talent is being Roethlisberger's top safety valve catching 33 passes for 348 yards and a touchdown. Top Backups - Martin Nance, Soph. - The 6-4 Nance hasn't done too much yet, but he was a big play receiver when he was involved in the action averaging a team best 15.8 yards per catch on his 12 grabs. - Mike Iriti, Jr. - Iriti has great hands and decent quickness. He didn't see a lot of action last season, but he caught nine passes for 126 yards. - Geoff Robinson, Sr. - The 261-pound senior is a pure blocking tight end. He can move and is athletic, but he's more of a sixth offensive lineman than a receiver.

Offensive Line - Tackle Ben Herrell, Sr. - Herrell has been able to play at either tackle spot. He's 6-7, 316 pounds and the best player on the line. He's a punishing run blocker with the feet to help protect Roethlisberger. Guard Frank Smith, Sr. - Smith worked his way up into a starting role early on in his career and is only getting better. He put on a little weight to get to 295 pounds to give the RedHawks a wall on the left side. - Center Todd Londot, Soph. - Londot has seen plenty of action throughout his young career stepping in when injuries hit the line. The 6-7 pound sophomore has bulked up sixty pounds since he started his career while not losing much of his all-around athleticism. - Guard Nate Bunce, Soph. - After being groomed as a tackle, Bunce will get the start as a solid right guard. He has gotten bigger and far stronger in the last year. Tackle Jacob Bell, Sr. - Bell has had a few injury problems in the past, but there wasn't a problem last season as he turned into a valuable lineman. Able to play guard, he'll start at right tackle. Top Backups OT Mark Kracium, Soph. - He has hit the weight room hard in the last two years adding over sixty pounds to his 6-5 frame. OG Dan Kosta, Sr. - Kosta has become a valuable reserve on the line and looks like a far stronger player this year. He'll back up Smith on the left side. OG Chris Fessell, Soph. - Fessell didn't see too much action last season, but he should push Bunce hard for starting time on the right side.

On the defense, only three starters return and there's almost no depth at any key spot. The defensive tackles are light while the ends have to prove they can consistently get into the backfield. The secondary has the most overall talent, but they have to be much better after getting torched last year. Defensive Line -Defensive end Phil Smith, Sr. - Smith is a former linebacker playing on the end. He's big with good quickness finishing with five sacks, ten tackles for loss and 51 tackles. Defensive tackle John Glavin, Soph. - Glavin saw a little bit of action last season making nine tackles. He's not huge at only 269 pounds, but he's extremely strong and won't get pushed around in the middle. Defensive tackle Larry Burt, Jr. - Burt started to become a player at the end of 2001 and looked like a major impact player going into 2002. It never happened as he was only healthy enough to play in eight games making 19 tackles. At 299 pounds, he's the biggest RedHawk defensive linemen. He has to stay on the field. - Defensive end Jarrod Rich, Soph. - Rich converted from linebacker to the right side being a valuable backup. He'll get the starting nod this season needing to become a factor on the other side of Smith. Top Backups - DT Will Rueff, Jr. - He missed all of spring ball and needs to be back at 100% as one of the team's best run stoppers. - DE Will Stanley, Sr. - Stanley is still learning how to play on the line after moving over from fullback. He's a decent athlete with a bit of experience. - DT Marcus Johnson, Soph. - Johnson has gotten in better shape and should be more of a factor on tackle. Miami doesn't have a lot of size in the middle, so he needs to make a ton of plays.

Linebackers - John Busing, Soph. - Busing became a valuable backup seeing plenty of action making 17 tackles. He came to Miami as a big quarterback and has turned into a pretty good linebacker. - Terrell Jones, Sr. - When he's healthy, he's one of the best linebackers in the MAC. He's had a few problems being able to stay on the field, but there's no denying his production making 91 tackles and five tackles for loss last season. He has 309 career tackles in the middle. Terna Nande, Soph. - Nande is the speed guy in the linebacking corps. A championship high school sprinter, he brings those wheels to the outside. Now he'll get a starting spot after making 49 tackles, two sacks and five tackler for loss. Top Backups - Derek Rehage, Jr. - The former running back has turned into a valuable player in the middle behind Jones. He made 39 tackles last season as a backup and filling in when Jones couldn't go. Matt Cohen, Soph. - Matt is the younger brother of former MAC Player of the Year, Dustin. He's not quite as good as his brother was, but he's a rising star in the linebacking corps and should be a top backup behind Nande.

Secondary - Cornerback Aphonso Hodge, Jr. - Hodge is big enough to play safety or even linebacker, but he's better suited to corner with some of the best wheels on the team. He was a top reserve last season making 40 tackles and broke up seven passes. He'll shine as a starter. Free safety Steve Burke, Soph. - The former walk-on has impressed a bit in practice. He didn't make too much of an impact last year only making seven tackles, but he has the speed and the decent size to be a top free safety. - Strong safety Matt Pusateri, Jr. - This guy can really play. The junior led the team with 125 tackles last season and has 247 for his career. He isn't huge, but he packs a big wallop with his hits becoming an intimidating MAC defensive back. Cornerback Ryan Sprague, Sr. - More of a nickel player throughout his career, Sprague became a decent contributor last season finishing fifth on the team with 71 tackles and led the RedHawks with 11 broken up passes. Top Backups Cornerback Ryan Redd, Soph. - The former running back made a little bit of an impact as a reserve defensive back with 19 tackles and an interception. He'll push Hodge for time. Strong safety Bryan Tyson, Soph. - Tyson is a good sized defensive back tremendous speed and athleticism. Too good to keep off the field, he'll see plenty of action. Special Teams - Placeckicker Jared Parseghian, Jr. - Parseghian didn't have too bad a year. All he did was hit 14 of 14 field goals and 44 of 46 extra points. He doesn't have a huge leg, but he's obviously accurate. - Punter Mike Wafzig, Jr. - Wafzig showed a nice leg averaging 41.7 yards per kick. He doesn't get huge hang-time, but he can put the ball inside the 20 and can get it off in a hurry.

NORTHERN ILLINOIS

HEAD COACH: JOE NOVAK

It’s no secret that Northern Illinois University head coach Joe Novak spent most of his career on the defensive side of the football at a linebacker coach and coordinator. Yes, defense wins championships. The fact that this Huskie Attack Four-Three alignment makes things happen might be the Understatement of the Year. “We surely did make some big plays on defense,” the eighth-year Northern Illinois boss admitted, adding this caveat during his second week of spring practice. “We also gave up some big plays on defense. That’s a major concern. Consistency is what you want, that’s always our goal.” Seven regulars---including four All-Mid-American Conference performers---return from a Northern Illinois “D” that ranked No. 3 nationally in team pass interceptions (21), No. 26 in team major-college turnover margin (+0.67 per game), and No. 39 in 1-A rushing defense (131.8 yards-per-game yield) in 2002.

In the MAC, this bend-but-not-break platoon rated No. 1 in rushing defense, No. 1 in QB sacks (47 for 330 yards), No. 1 (tie) in fewest opposition touchdowns allowed (34), No. 2 in scoring defense (24.8 ppg.), No. 2 in fewest opposition first downs allowed (230), and No. 3 in red-zone defense last fall. As Novak indicated, his Huskie Rapid Deployment Force did some good things and some not-so-good things. Northern Illinois imposed its will with the school’s most single-season pass thefts (21) since 1951 (29), the most single-game QB sacks (10 vs. No. 22-ranked Wisconsin) in its major-college history since 1969, plus the most single-season team pass deflections (65), QB pressures-hurries (91), tackles for loss (101 for 450 yards in losses), and QB sacks in recent memory. Six times---twice against Top 25 major-college opposition---the Huskies limited the enemy to double-digit team rushing totals (21 yards by Eastern Michigan, 35 by Western Illinois, 47 by Miami (OH), 53 by Central Michigan, 68 by Wisconsin, and 86 by Bowling Green State). Havoc? Northern Illinois victimized Ball State with a season-high 13 pass deflections and four “picks” and recorded a 49-0 shutout against Central Michigan---the program’s first Mid-Am zero job since 1985. Mid-East Miami (OH) got on the wrong end of 11 tackles for loss, nine deflections, six sacks, and three interceptions.

Eastern Michigan ran into 16 tackles for loss, eight sacks, and three pass thefts. Bowling Green State saw 11 pass deflections. Can you see Novak smiling? At the same time, that same high-risk Huskie “D” yielded over 400 yards total offense five times last autumn (572 by Miami (OH), 563 by Toledo, 451 by Wake Forest, 417 by Western Illinois, and 417 by Ball State), lost two thrillers in the closing minutes on big plays (final 1:10 vs. Western Illinois and the last 0:41 vs. Toledo), plus ranked No. 7 in MAC total defense (376.2 ypg.) and No. 12 in league pass defense (254.9 ypg.). Do you see Novak frowning? Well, expect more big plays in 2003. And why not? Considering the fact that Northern Illinois starts the season with probably the league’s best linebacker corps and one of the top secondaries in the Mid-Am. Senior-to-be Nick Duffy (Wheaton / Warrenville South) and junior Brian Atkinson (Chicago / Fenger)---both Second-Team All-MAC picks a year ago---headline the experienced and talented Huskie LB group. With 247 tackles in the last two campaigns, the 6-foot-2, 238-pound Duffy carries that MLB swagger, run-stuffing ability, savvy, and 405-pound bench press. As a junior, Duffy finished No. 22 in National Collegiate Athletic Association 1-A solo tackles (79) after winding up sixth in the nation as a soph (92 solos). With 23 consecutive starts in 33 appearances and 277 career hits, No. 45 looks for a big senior year and entrance into the school’s exclusive 300 Tackle Club. At SLB, the 6-1, 210-pound Atkinson arrived on the scene in his first season as a regular with 74 tackles in 12 starts.

Don’t overlook junior Kursten Strothman (Rochelle) at WLB. The ex-Duffy back-up owns two blocked punts that directly led to Northern Illinois TDs the last two years. The 6-1, 239-pounder posted 31 stops a year ago as a back-up and special teams stud. Junior Jason Hawkins (Schaumburg) moves into the back-up MLB spot and ditto for fleet soph Javan Lee (Michigan City, IN) at WLB. Former TE Jason Hutton (Chicago / Whitney Young) switched to SLB. “We’re decent at linebacker,” Novak said. “Our top four are excellent and our starters are as good as there is in the MAC. Nick Duffy is solid at MLB. Brian Atkinson is our best athlete at that spot, and, if he had to, Kursten Strothman could play all three LB spots. Then I would make Javan Lee the up-and-coming guy in that group. They’re good.” Obviously, the key loss at LB would be three-time All-MAC pick Larry Williams, a Huskie mainstay and multi-year captain who finished No. 5 on the school’s all-time hit list with 434 career tackles, won 44 starts in 45 appearances, earned First-Team All-MAC status as a soph and a senior, and ranked among the NCAA 1-A’s top tacklers in 2001 and 2002. Novak welcomes one returning All-MAC regular back in his defensive backfield, which began 2002 ranked as the nation’s ninth-best secondary, according to Athlon Sports, and, by season’s end, lived up to the preseason “props.” Those Northern Illinois DBs combined for 48 of the team’s 65 pass deflections and 18 of the program’s 21 pass thefts last fall---despite playing 11 plus games without injured FS Lionel Hickenbottom (Dolton / Chicago Robeson) who Novak calls “our best defensive back.” You bet these “Mad Dawgs” can play. Dandy Randee Drew (Milwaukee, WI / Glendale Nicolet), a First-Team All-MAC selection a year ago at CB, heads a (a) deep, (b) versatile, and (c) veteran secondary that includes nine returning lettermen at four positions. How valuable was Drew? The 5-8, 185-pound senior-to-be ranked No. 4 in team all-purpose yardage with 495 in 2002. His seven interceptions last fall represented (1) the most by a Huskie since All-Century DB Dan Meyer (eight “picks” in 1965), (2) led the Mid-Am, and (3) ranked No. 8 in the NCAA.

Drew also was No. 2 in league “passes defended” (21 based on the seven “picks” and 14 pass break ups) and No. 11 in the U.S.A. By the way, his 14 deflections stand as a single-season school record. Whew, if those stats left you breathless, then consider that Drew also led the MAC in kickoff returns (26.1 ypr.) and wound up No. 15 nationally in the same category. Think his :04.42 speed in the 40 helped? At SS, senior Akil Grant (Kankakee) topped the local charts in more ways than one. During the 2002 campaign, the 5-11, 186-pounder led the Huskies in tackles with 138---the most by a Northern Illinois defender since OLB Steve Wild (140 in 1993). Those 138 stops finished No. 5 in the Mid-Am and No. 18 in the nation a year ago. In addition, Grant ranked No. 9 in solo NCAA stops (92) by playing both FS and SS last autumn. No. 21 heads into his senior year with 268 career hits---252 the last two seasons. Hickenbottom---injured (right knee PCL and MCL sprain) on the ninth play of the Wake Forest opener---might be the exception to Novak’s hype-for-no-good-reason rule. With only nine appearances in NIU’s last 23 games due to knee problems, “Boogie” has the natural instincts at FS to go beyond All-MAC. In 2001, the 5-10, 192-pounder won two Mid-Am West Defensive Player of the Week awards in an eight-game period, notched a career-high 17 tackles vs. No. 31-rated Illinois, plus added 13 stops and a 56-yard interception return TD in a 33-29 win vs. Ball State. Opposite Drew, senior Gerard Taylor (Hollywood, FL / McArthur) heads the list of Huskie RCB candidate. A three-year letterman with six starts, 56 career tackles, one interception, and one fumble recovery the last two seasons, the 5-7, 184-pound Taylor offers valuable snaps and hopes to turn that into a regular gig. Back-up secondary strength comes from junior FS Devron Francis (Jacksonville, FL / Raines)---one of the heroes of the Wake Forest victory for his overtime tackle on the PAT attempt, junior CB Rob Lee (Port Washington, WI), junior FS Brandon Hawkins (Chicago / Lane Tech), soph CB Deon Smith (University Park / Crete-Monee)---who scored a TD vs. Western Michigan by recovering a blocked punt in the end zone, and soph SS Ray Smith (Crown Point, IN / St. John Lake Central). Watch for red-shirt “double mint” frosh twins Adriel and Alvah Hansbro (Madison, WI / Edgewood) to make an impact this year at CB. Big shoes to fill?

Yes, the Huskies lost two DB regulars. Regular No. 1: Cagey Northern Illinois co-captain and CB Vince Thompson, a two-time First-Team All-Mid-Am player with 15 career interceptions, 28 deflections, 30 starts, and 210 tackles who ranked No. 9 in NCAA “picks” last fall. Regular No. 2: Feisty SS Justin Dole, a back-up turned starter, turned team Most Improved Player who contributed 103 tackles, 11 deflections, and three interceptions in 2002. Novak’s one $64,000 Question comes in the Huskie defensive interior where departed NT Eric Didesch (6-4, 286) and DT Anthony Falbo (6-3, 276) knew the ropes in the trenches with a combined 52 career starts. Northern Illinois appears to be well-stocked at both DE slots with First-Team All-MAC and junior-to-be Travis Moore (Robbins / Blue Island Eisenhower) on the right side and rangy 6-5, 243-pound senior Academic All-America candidate Jason Frank (Lakeville, MN / Senior) on the left. A self-made player in the weight room, the six-foot, 231-pound Moore went from walk-on to 12-game starter, shared the team sack (seven) and QB hurries-pressures (17) leads, and wound up among the league leaders in tackles for loss (13 for 77 yards). Frank topped all Huskie D-line personnel with 61 tackles and four pass deflections. Senior DE Vinson Reynolds (Detroit, MI / St. Martin dePorres) and his strong pursuit (17 QB hurries-pressures and 10 tackles for loss in 2002) gives the Cardinal and Black some quality depth. Meanwhile, the coaching staff drools at the potential of red-shirt frosh DE Ken West (Calumet City / South Holland Thornwood), who did a 505-pound squat lift during conditioning. The answer upfront for Northern Illinois? Patience and growing pains this spring and during August may eventually pay dividends, The top two candidates at both spots boast varsity letters and playing time. At DT, six-foot, 273-pound junior Martin Wilson (Lisle) and 6-1, 313-pound soph Charles Johnson (Waterloo, IA / Cedar Falls Northern University) rank one-two. Six-foot, 273-pound senior Leonard Cooksey (Harvey / Thornton) and 6-0, 297-pound soph Justin McIntyre (Shreveport, LA / Evangelic Christian) head the depth chart at NT. Stats-wise, Cooksey leads this foursome with 29 stops, five tackles for loss, and five QB hurries-pressures last fall.

OHIO UNIVERSITY

HEAD COACH: BRIAN KNORR

A 4-8 season and a .500 finish in the Mid-American Conference signified improvement in the Ohio football program a season ago, and this spring the Bobcats plan to continue along that path. Much of the focus will center on replacing standouts Chad Brinker and Joe Sellers at running back and safety, respectively. But the competition should be intense at many positions on both sides of the ball. The Ohio coaching staff will be seeking more consistency from a team that won a conference game by 50 points two weeks after losing by 50 during MAC play. Injuries took their toll on Ohio in 2002 and some of those physical ailments are expected to impact the spring schedule as well.

A number of Bobcats missed significant time last season, including OL Dennis Thompson (10 games, leg), LB Ricky Cherry (10, knee), OL Shane Yates (10, ankle), QB Dontrell Jackson (5, foot), QB Fred Ray (3, ankle), DT Andre Parker (3, foot), LB Rich Constantine (2, hamstring), and DE Garrett Bush (season, knee). Thompson, Parker and Bush will not be available during the spring and the status of Yates and Cherry is in question for the Bobcats’ slate of 15 practices. Coaching Adjustments: The Ohio staff underwent a number of changes during the offseason, with the addition of two new coaches and position assignments being altered as well. Jeff Bleamer takes over as offensive line coach, and former Bobcat defensive back Nick Toth also returns to the program. Toth will be working with Ohio’s tight ends, as Pete Germano moves to the defensive side of the ball to coach outside linebackers. Defensive Coordinator Tim DeRuyter, who worked with the OLB’s in 2002, will now work individually with the secondary.

New Position: A number of Bobcats will be moved this spring to a different position, but there are no guarantees that they will all stay at those new spots come August. Rob Stover, who paced the Bobcats in big plays last year at the Bandit OLB position, will work at strong safety. Meanwhile, Chip Cox will try the free safety position in April. Cox started every game at cornerback in 2002, finishing fourth on the squad in tackles. Some Bobcats, like Demetri Taylor, will be returning to positions they played in the past. Taylor, a starting inside linebacker during the second half of his sophomore year, moved outside last spring. He is headed back to ILB this April. Rich Constantine will trade spots with Taylor, shifting outside. On the other side of the ball, Derek Gandy will get an opportunity at offensive tackle this spring after serving as a tight end the past three years. As well, a pair of Bobcats will be trading in their green jerseys for white ones, or vice versa. Cole Wesley, who played on the defensive line as a freshman, will try the offensive line this spring. And Chris Hutchinson goes from running back to cornerback.

Quarterback: Senior Fred Ray certainly earned the right to be designated the returning starter this spring, based on his play over the last six games of the 2002 season. In that stretch, Ray completed 45 of 76 passes (59%) for 613 yards and five touchdowns. Just as significantly, he did not throw an interception during that period, while also running for over 300 yards and 7 touchdowns. Ray emerged as a leader during the second half of the season, distributing the ball very effectively to his backs and receivers and making good decisions in the option-based attack. His quarterback rating over that period was 148.67, almost unheard of for a signal-caller in an option offense. Ray can’t rest on his laurels, however. Junior Ryan Hawk, who sat out last season after transferring from rival Miami (OH) University, impressed the coaches with his throwing ability while running the scout team in 2002. He is now eligible and will also get reps with the first unit during spring practice. Hawk still must prove that he can run the ball well enough to earn playing time in the multiple option offense of coordinator Greg Gregory. Fifth-year senior Adam Porter returns as well. Running Back: Ohio Coach Brian Knorr knows that he won’t find a comparable back to replace Chad Brinker this spring. Instead, he will look to develop depth at all three running back positions to form a committee of runners for 2003. Brinker leaves as Ohio’s fourth all-time leading rusher and the team’s hardest worker.

Getting first shot at his fullback position will be a pair of youngsters who each played as true freshmen in 2002. Brad Young appeared in nine games and rushed for 186 yards while Phillip Fountain was used primarily on special teams. At halfback, junior Ray Huston hopes to overcome the injury problems that limited his production last season. And Justin Roush continues to fight for more playing time after a sophomore season that saw him rush 29 times for 120 yards. Both Huston and Roush showed an ability to catch the ball coming out of the backfield last season, combining for 7 catches and 148 yards. The slot back position will once again be manned by Stafford Owens, who is looked upon as the only secure starter in the Ohio offense. Owens is Ohio’s leading returning rusher and receiver. As a sophomore, he gained 371 yards on an average of six yards per carry while catching 17 passes for 259 yards. Owens scored eight touchdowns last season on a variety of big plays. Battling for playing time behind Owens is redshirt freshman Chris Jackson, who led the state of Alabama in rushing his senior year in high school.

Wide Receivers: A relatively untested group of youngsters will be fighting for playing time this spring, headed up by Anthony Hackett, who caught five balls as a true freshman a season ago. Brian Ingram has been in the program for a couple of years now and has a chance to translate that experience into more game action with a strong spring. Also in the mix will be redshirt freshman Ahmona Maxwell and senior Justin Halada, who caught only one ball last season but is considered a solid possession receiver. As always, Ohio’s receivers will earn playing time based as much on their ability to block as on their ability to catch passes. Tight End: Junior college transfer Ryan Antle was brought in to take over this position, and will get first crack at it this spring. Looked upon as a good blocker, Antle also caught 33 passes last season at Pasadena City College. Junior D.T. Boon and sophomore Bobby Teten also figure into the mix.

Offensive Line: Offensive coordinator Greg Gregory says his biggest goal this spring is to find three starters on the line to combine with the guys who will be with the team in the fall. Gregory is missing two probable starters right now due to injuries. Dennis Thompson is still recovering from a broken leg suffered in week two of the 2002 season, and Brian Brown is out after having surgery to repair a broken foot following the conclusion of last season. Brown started all 11 games at right guard last year and Thompson began the season as the starting left guard before his injury. As well, redshirt freshman Matt Coppage will miss spring ball after undergoing reconstructive surgery on his ankle. He could also be a big factor in the fall. Two junior college transfers, Steve Wiggins and Ralph Bracamonte, were also recruited to help shore up the line. Wiggins won’t join the squad until August, but Bracamonte is enrolled at Ohio University for spring quarter and is expected to get a shot at taking over the center position. Shane Yates should also be competing at center, after having missed most of his redshirt-freshman season with an ankle injury suffered in the second game last year.

With so many linemen unavailable for spring practice, the opportunity exists for some unproven players to become factors. Among them are senior Derek Gandy, who moves to tackle after spending his entire career at tight end, and Cole Wesley, who played on the defensive line as a true freshman last season. Redshirt freshmen Aaron Bryant and J.J. Knabb will also be in the mix. Defensive Line: Much like the offensive line, the Bobcats will not be at full strength on the defensive front during spring practice. It is hoped that Andre Parker can take over at nose guard next season, but the senior continues to be nagged by a foot injury that limited his effectiveness in 2002. Similarly, Garrett Bush would provide a huge boost for Ohio at defensive end, but will not be available this spring following knee surgery. Bush missed all of last season due to problems with his other knee. That leaves the trio of Eli Kiener, Kevin Carberry and Keith Adamson as the experience up front defensively. Kiener will work at nose guard with Carberry and Adamson holding down the end positions. Two walk-ons, Dave Escobar and Perrier Paul, will get shots to prove themselves this spring. Linebackers: Talk about shuffling the deck! Ohio brings back every linebacker from last season’s depth chart, but will experiment during spring practice with a lot of the returning talent at different positions. Starting with what won’t change, Dennis Chukwuemeka is entrenched as the starter at one inside position. Chukwuemeka was a pleasant surprise last season, leading Ohio in tackles for loss while compiling 116 total stops.

And Spencer Tatum, who took over the other inside linebacker post due to injuries in week three last season, will be staying there. Demetri Taylor is moving back inside after playing last season at OLB. The senior joins Pete Brately as a backup and gives Ohio plenty of experience in case injuries strike the position hard again. As well, Ricky Cherry hopes to be back in the mix after being lost last season in week two with a knee injury. Cherry was the starter opposite Chukwuemeka prior to going down. Seniors Hugh Grant and Rich Constantine will battle for one outside linebacker position, with Constantine playing outside for the first time in his career. Last year’s starter on the opposite side, Rob Stover, will get a look at safety this spring. While that experiment is going on, senior Chuck Terry will get the opportunity to shine at the Bandit position, which would make the move of Stover a lot easier for Defensive Coordinator Tim DeRuyter to pursue. The defensive staff feels that Terry’s performance this spring will be very important to the future of the unit in 2003. Redshirt freshman Tyler Russ is also hoping to claim the Bandit spot. Secondary: Replacing Joe Sellers, Ohio’s leading tackler for the past two seasons, is job one this spring in the defensive backfield. The move of Stover is Plan A. Stover came up with more big plays than anyone else on the Ohio defense last year as a sophomore, but seems like a more natural fit at strong safety. Similarly, Chip Cox started every game his sophomore year at cornerback, but his aggressive nature seems cut out for free safety. Cox, who was fourth on the team in tackles in 2002, will get an opportunity to prove that theory this spring. Returning starter Rashad Butler will try to fight off Cox’s challenge, while senior Bo Lebherz will once again serve as the backup on the strong side unless Stover is forced to move back to linebacker. Bop White finished his college career with the second most interceptions in Bobcat football history. And with Cox moved to free safety, Ohio could be breaking in two new cornerbacks in the fall. Sophomore Dion Byrum has the athletic ability to be a good one, picking off two passes and breaking up three more as a nickel back last season. Junior college transfer Andre Bradford enrolled at Ohio for winter quarter and therefore will get a chance to participate this spring. As well, redshirt freshmen T.J. Wright and Marcquis Parham impressed on the scout team last year and are candidates for playing time now.

TOLEDO

HEAD COACH: TOM AMSTUTZ

If Yogi Berra was asked for his evaluation of the 2003 Toledo football team, there ’s no doubt what ol ’ Yogi would say. “It feels like deja vu all over again.” Tom Amstutz, another coaching sage with a proclivity for homespun wisdom, would certainly agree. As he looks at his football team on the eve of the 2003 spring practice season, Amstutz can’t help but feel like he ’s been here before. A year ago the Rockets came into spring drills high off MAC and Motor City Bowl championships, but wondering how they would replace the likes of running back Chester Taylor and quarterback Tavares Bolden. This spring UT is coming off a MAC West title and Motor City Bowl appearance, but again needs to replace its quarter-back and other key skill players.

“It is very familiar,” said Amstutz. “Once again we have to replace some big-time players: Tom Ward, David Gardner, Chris Tuminello, Brian Jones, Carl Ford, Dontà Greene. Those are guys who were very important players on two championship teams.” Despite the similar challenge to last year, Amstutz pointed out that he doesn’t have quite so many starters to replace this year. “It wasn’t quite as traumatic as last year,” said Amstutz, whose teams have gone 10-2 and 9-5 in his first two seasons as head coach. “This year after taking off the senior names, there was still a football team up on that board. How we will be is still up in the air depending on how hard we work and how the team chemistry develops. So it ’s a football team with some unanswered questions.” The first and most important question remains the same as 2002: who will line up as Toledo ’s quarterback?

“Everything starts with the quarterback,” Amstutz agreed. “We need to find out who will fill the leadership role at quarterback. Our candidates this spring are (junior)Cedric Stevens and (sophomore) Bruce Gradkowski. The good news is that both have been around for a couple of years running our plays and learning the offense. Both are athletically gifted. Both have leadership personalities. Just whom the new quarterback will be throwing to is another important question. Toledo lost three wide receivers who had started a combined 118 games in their careers. Questions on the defensive side of the ball mostly surround the departure of the Rockets ’ bookend inside linebackers, Tom Ward and David Gardner. “We do have a lot of work to do,” said Amstutz.. “At the same time, we are optimistic. We have young players who have contributed that have a chance to step into new roles.” And while Amstutz agrees there is a degree of familiarity between this year’s team and last year’s team entering spring drills, he emphasized that the same success next fall cannot be taken for granted. “We will approach this season the same as we did last year,” said Amstutz.. “Each season is unique. Once again we have a tremendous amount of work ahead of us. Each team has its own chemistry and we will have to work to find this team ’s chemistry. And that starts with spring football. It ’s the time when we get to evaluate our personnel, figure out where players can best help the team and what style of football we will play next fall.” In other words, this spring Amstutz and his staff will be following the advice of another famous Yogism: “You can observe a lot by watching.”

The following is a closer look at the Rockets heading into 2003 spring drills: Offense If Amstutz knows whom he favors in the battle for starting quarterback, he isn’t tipping his hand. “I think they are coming into spring head to head. It ’s an even battle right now,” he said.. Neither junior Cedric Stevens nor sophomore Bruce Gradkowski played much last year behind record-set- ting QB Brian Jones. Stevens completed 9-of-14 passes in four games, while Gradkowski saw most of his action as the team ’s holder. Nevertheless, Amstutz feels either player is ready to step up. “I think both Cedric and Bruce got to see how much Brian improved and how important it is to understand the offense,” said Amstutz.. “I think you will see the same kind of improvement in Cedric and Bruce that you saw in Brian last year.” To make matters even more challenging for the new quarterback, the Rockets will have a brand-new set of starting wide receivers in 2003. Carl Ford (79 receptions in 2002),Donta ’ Greene ((63 catches)and Manny Johnson (34 catches)are all gone, leaving the door open for a group of hungry juniors. “We have a lot of young receivers who have either played quite a bit or taken a lot of reps in practice,” Amstutz said.“ These are guys with similar skills as Carl Ford or Dontà Greene, but now will have the chance to develop. Lance Moore (23 receptions in 2002)has shown that he can make plays. Corterris Reese ,Chris Charleton and Terrance Hudson all have experience. And we’ve got some guys who redshirted last year who are eager to get their chance to prove themselves.” On the plus side, Toledo has an experienced and accomplished offensive line. Junior Nick Kaczur (6-5,320) is a two-time All-MAC left tackle, while seniors Erik Faasen (6-8,345), Tim Dirksen (6-4,309)and Darric Randolph (6-4, 318)help make up one of the biggest offensive lines in the country. The Rockets are also loaded at tight end, with juniors Andrew Clarke (37 receptions, 7 TDs in 2002)and Chris Holmes (21 receptions)combining to form one of the most productive tight end duos productive tight end duos in the country. “Thinking about the tight ends makes me smile,” said Amstutz. “We’ve got two good ones there. They ’re solid players who are as good or better than any tight ends in our conference. Both guys are productive and dependable. It ’s a unique situation to have two tight ends with their ability.

” If a team can be both young and experienced at a position, then that would be UT ’s situation at running back. The Rockets played three freshmen running backs in 2002, dubbed the “Baby Backs ” by Amstutz. They combined for over 1,700 yards rushing and 22 touchdowns, led by Astin Martin (785 yards, six TDs),Trinity Dawson (754 yards, 12 TDs)and Quinton Broussard (228 yards, four TDs).All three are likely to be part of a three-man rotation next fall. “The way we run our offense we do have room for several running backs to rotate in and play,” Amstutz said. “That ’s the way we like to do it. We feel with a year to develop and get stronger, all three of those guys can be better than they were a year ago.” Defense -The Rockets lost more than a pair of first-team All- MAC linebackers when David Gardner and Tom Ward graduated last year. They lost the heart and soul of the defense. But a veteran defensive backfield, an improving defensive line and an eager group of linebackers should help anchor the Rocket ‘D.’ The top priority for Amstutz will be finding a new pair of inside linebackers. He is confident he has the talent on his squad; all they need now is experience. We ’re going to move (sophomore)Anthony Jordan from defensive end to inside linebacker. That’s his natural position anyway,” said Amstutz..“(Junior)David Thomas is another guy we will be looking at, along with(redshirt freshman) Seth Thitoff and some others. They are all very athletic. Now it ’s their turn to show what they can do.” A year ago it was the defensive line that was green. Though the D-line had some growing pains early in the season, by the end of the year the front four showed considerable improvement. All four starters are back, so Amstutz is counting on them to be a plus for the defense this year. Typical of the defensive line ’s performance last year was senior Frank Ofili. Bothered by injuries early on, Ofili found his groove in the second half of the season, ending up with four sacks and nine tackles for loss.

“I think Frank Ofili will be a good player for us,” said Amstutz. “He had some nagging injury problems but he came on at the end of the year when he was healthy and his conditioning improved. We have Chaz Williams back from a solid year, along with (senior) Lantz Jeudy who we think will be much improved. He ’s worked himself into great shape right now.(Junior)Phil Alexander improved as he played more.(Senior) Robert Menefee did a great job in our winter conditioning program and is in the best shape of his life. A year ago none of those guys had played much except for Ofili. Now we can say we have an experienced line and I think we will continue to improve.” Toledo ’s defensive backfield was solid in 2002, and Amstutz expects more of the same this year. Rover Keon Jackson ,runner-up for MAC Freshman of the Year in 2002, had 78 tackles, three interceptions and 11 passes broken up. He earned a reputation as UT ’s big-play maker in the secondary. Paired up with Jackson is junior Patrick Body ,whose mid-season move to free safety from whip helped solidify the secondary. Body had 83 tackles and two interceptions in 2002. he man who moved into Body ’s whip position, junior Brock Dodrill ,finished third on the team with 89 tackles and added eight tackles for loss. Factor in senior rover Paul Dye (40 tackles in 2002) and sophomore free safety Jamar Landrum (25 tackles) and it ’s clear that the defensive backfield is in good hands. The two cornerback spots remain somewhat of a question mark, however, depending upon the status of senior Brandon Hefflin. Hefflin, a second-team All-MAC selection thanks to six interceptions in 2002, was suspended indefinitely from the team in January. His status this spring is still up in the air. Fortunately, Amstutz has talented cornerbacks waiting in the wings “I ’m excited about some of our young guys back there,” Amstutz said.. “Antonio Malone and Bo Martin have shown us that they have some potential.”

WESTERN MICHIGAN

HEAD COACH: GARY DARNELL

During the years of 1999 and 2000, Western Michigan University’s football team won with such regularity, winning became habit forming. Back-to-back West Division titles under head coach Gary Darnell bred confidence among the Broncos, who turned Waldo Stadium into one of the toughest road venues in the MAC. Over a short period, WMU became one of the elite teams in the Mid-American Conference. The last two seasons, however, have been more arduous. During that time, WMU has gone 9-14 overall and 7-9 in MAC play. It’s little consolation to Darnell that four losses last year were by four or less points, or that the team played the toughest schedule in school history. Instead, the focus is on execution and re-instilling the team’s confidence in 2003. “There’s an effort to really go to grass roots, back to basics,” Darnell said during spring drills. “We have to stress the things that are important to winning, and I feel that has happened.” “We’re tailoring more things to the player,” he added. “We’ve always had a system in place, but we are offering more to our players to take advantage of what they can do.”

The quarterback picture in 2003 is more clear than a year ago, when top prospect Chad Munson didn’t arrive until August and nine quarterbacks filled the roster. Munson served as backup to incumbent Jon Drach until week six, when he took over starting duties full-time. A pocket passer with a strong arm, Munson at times was interception prone, finishing with 17 INTs and 14 touchdowns. At the same time, he proved worthy of turning in big games, evident in a 328-yard performance against No. 25 Bowling Green which included completions of 41, 45 and 51 yards. A year wiser, Munson is the guy to beat out at the No. 1 spot. Fifth-year senior Jon Drach is a scrambler with good decision making capacities. He has nine career starts and chose to return for another year, even though his academic studies were complete. Two other players in the QB mix are sophomore Blayne Baggett and junior college transfer Robbie Haas. Baggett took his first snaps as the No. 3 quarterback last season while Haas improved his arm mechanics. “Chad Munson and Jon Drach will be the lead horses, but we also have a lot of confidence in Blayne Baggett and Robbie Haas. We should have a high quarterback level,” said Darnell.

The Bronco backfield features a proven returnee in 1,000-yard rusher Phil Reed, and a trio of exciting prospects, some of whom have already introduced themselves to the MAC. Reed made the most of 12 games last season to become the fifth 1,000-yard rusher in six seasons at WMU. A straight ahead runner with excellent spin moves, Reed pounded out 226 yards against Northern Illinois. Reed can also catch the ball, and as the team’s strongest player, is a load to bring down. Trovon Riley and Daniel Marks platooned at the No. 2 spot in WMU’s one-back scheme last season. Riley improved his stock with two TDs and 109 yards at Central Michigan. Marks nearly hit the 100-yard plateau against Eastern Michigan, rushing for 93. Throw-in big back Ameer Ismail, who resembles more of a fullback, and its easy to see why the coaching staff is excited about the team’s backs. “There’s no question Phil Reed is the heir apparent. We know what he can do. From a personnel standpoint, I think we have the answers at running back, but we have to find the right chemistry, timing and sequence as to when to use those guys,” said Darnell. Traditionally, the Broncos have been deepest at the wide receiver spot.

This should be the case again in 2003, as four seniors lead the way. Kendrick Mosley would be a showcase receiver at many schools, but has been overshadowed by the likes of Steve Neal and Jermaine Lewis in recent seasons. Mosley’s blend of speed and athleticism makes him a “go-to” guy. Antonio Thomas caught a team-high 45 passes last season, and will likely be a work horse again in the fall. The 6-4 Thomas is complimented by another tall target in 6-3 Brandon Johnson, who is out to improve upon his numbers from last year. One of the pleasant surprises of 2002 was the play of junior college transfer Chris Chestnut, who started seven of the last eight games. The rookie became a deep pass threat, averaging a team-best 14.6 yards per reception. Junior Tyrone Walker and sophomore Greg Jennings are key receivers, as well, due to their speed. Offensive coordinator Brian Rock will oversee the receivers, a unit he instructed for five seasons before taking over tight ends last year. Western Michigan returns one starting lineman from last year’s squad, which can be viewed either as a negative or positive considering the unit gave up the most sacks in the MAC. It’s no secret the offensive line is a work in progress and Darnell feels strides are being made. “Our line is athletically talented as any since I’ve been here,” Darnell said, cautioning that “there is a degree of experience that you need to have, and we just flat don’t have that. It’s going to be trial by fire.” Kyle Ras’ one year of starting experience represents the total sum of the line, which last year brought aboard a converted defensive lineman in Chad Wangerin and a former tight end in Walter Stith, both of whom will play at tackle. Brandon J a m e s, one of two true freshmen to play last season and Dominic Moran, who redshirted, will challenge for time out-side. Long snapper Charles Missant will take over at center while sophomore Mark Ottney seem the logical fit at the guard spot opposite of Ras. Guard candidates include veteran C.R. Moultry and D.J. Lockart. Among other things, Darnell would like to build some depth on the offensive line.

“Since I’ve been here, we’ve never had more than four guys ready to go at any one time. We really have worked hard to address that problem, we have some good players and prospects — it’s just going to take time getting it together." Interesting enough, WMU has three former lineman currently playing at various levels of professional football. Tom Nütten is a starter for the St. Louis Rams, Paul Lambert has earned a spot with the CFL Hamilton Tiger-Cats and Colin Greczek plays for the Arena League’s Orlando Predators. There are big shoes to fill at tight end, which has produced two of the best players at that position in recent years with Jake Moreland (1996-99), then Mobolaji Afariogun (1999-02). Both players were excellent pass catchers and left their names in the school record book. Tony Scheffler looks to fill the void in 2003, bringing unlimited potential. The 6-5, 250-pound end has added weight to his frame, has soft hands and is a true athlete (he also plays on the baseball team). Scheffler is equally bright, carrying a 3.71 overall GPA. In short, he appears to be the total package. Anthony Kiner and former linebacker Erik Oleson will serve as blocking tight ends, although Kiner does have three TDs to his credit. The Broncos return five starters and 18 letterwinners on offense, a unit that will likely add a few wrinkles for the upcoming season says Darnell. “Offensively, we have to re-establish a personality. I think all good offenses and all good football teams have a personality of some sort, and I think we lost our identity last year. Without question, we want to be balanced in what we do. We are considered a down-the-field passing team, but need to depend more on the shorter pass than in the past.” Senior Jason Babin won’t be able to sneak up on opponents in 2003 after earning All-America accolades last season. The MAC’s Defensive Player of the Year, Babin will have to fight through double teams — something he encountered last year — to match the school-record setting totals he amassed in sacks (15) and tack-les for losses (26). Babin has proven he is more than just a pass rusher. Athletic and quick at 6-4, 265 pounds, Babin blocked two punts on special teams last year and caught three first down passes as a receiver on offense. He has also been used as a blocking back in the power I. Juniors Jack Gitler and Nick Melcher will rush opposite of Babin to fill the loss of graduated senior Chris Browning, an All-MAC first teamer. The interior line will be led by a pair of junior college transfers now in their second seasons at WMU. Hausia Falofa and Jon Jones are stocky tackles, compliment-ed by promising sophomores in Joe Alvarez and P a u l Moersch. Junior Ernest Osborne, a special teamer in recent seasons, will backup Babin.

Western Michigan traditionally has platooned 8-10 linemen during a game and this year should be no different. “We have a couple of guys with better speed than Chris Browning, but we will miss his intensity. We do have some guys who can get the job done athletically. If Hauisa plays to his ability, Jason had better play well if he wants to make any tackles. We also need a high level of play from Jonathan Jones. If he has a really good year, we’ll be everything we’ve always been at that position.” “I would not be surprised to see a couple of freshmen playing this year,” Darnell surmised. The graduation of starters Bryan Lape and Jason Malloy, along with injuries, have depleted the linebacker corps. Much of WMU’s success will depend on the health of Willie Miller, lost last year to a knee injury and Josh Behrens, who did not participate in spring drills. Waiting in the wings are redshirt freshman Paul Tithof, MVP of the state championship game two years ago, and three players who joined the team in January: Dan Steinau of Orange Coast JC, along with walk-ons Anthony Belmonte and S t e v e Robbins. That trio saw extensive action during the spring and will be better prepared when August camp rolls around.

To add depth to the position, underrated Anthony Turner was moved in from safety and André Harris from the receivers spot. “We’re pretty thin at inside linebacker, we’re just going to have to wait and see how it plays out,” said Darnell. This fall will mark a transition year in the defensive secondary, where a bevy of junior college players from the 2002 recruiting class are primed to make contributions. From a veterans’ standpoint, junior Anthony Carr is coming off a breakout season where he finished seventh in MAC interceptions (7), bolstered by three picks in the Eastern Michigan game. Senior Sam Reynolds has gone against many top-flight WMU receivers in practice and is an athletic talent. JUCOs looking to make an impact include Willie Pope, Eugene Childs and Jimmie Vincent. Pope and Childs were special team performers last season. Several years ago WMU modified its defense to include an extra safety (a weak safety or “whip”) in place of an outside linebacker. And in that spot Jason Feldpausch has become one of the best stories on the team, a former walk on who through his fine play, is now a team leader. while not exceptionally big at 5-10, 195, Feldpausch made enough big plays in 2002 to be named the team’s most valuable player. Feldpausch, a former special teams MVP as well, will be joined by hard-hitting Kevin Ford and Scott Robinson, both of whom earned starts last season. Shawntey Lopez and Christian Hodges of the junior college ranks also figure into the equation, as does redshirt freshman Jon Hall. Darnell likes what he sees from the defensive backfield. “Our secondary looks healthy right now. I like the mix we have of seasoned players and newcomers. We have enough talent back there to get the job done and then we have five really good ones coming in (2003 class).” WMU’s defense kept the team in games last season, and finished as the top-rated unit in the MAC. Despite the losses of some key down linemen and both starting linebackers, Darnell doesn’t expect any kind of drop off. “We finished with the top-rated defense in the MAC last year and that is a trend we certainly want to continue. We always have had an attitude on defense and I think we have the type of players that can continue to carry things out.”

MOUNTAIN WEST CONFERENCE

AIR FORCE FALCONS

HEAD COACH: FISHER DE BERRY

Air Force head coach Fisher DeBerry enters his 20th year in 2003 and not much as changed. The Falcons consistently compete for the conference title, dominate the Commander-in-Chief's Trophy race and are one of the most competitive teams in the country. DeBerry himself has not changed a bit. Despite the fact the coach finds himself in a particularly nice situation heading into the season, you'd never guess it. The coach usually has to replace the most starters of any team in the Mountain West Conference and must look to inexperienced players to do so. This year, that's not the case. The Falcons return the most starters during DeBerry's tenure (17) and have a host of young players with plenty of experience. The coach himself seems to be like a fine wine, getting better with age. The 64-year-old DeBerry may be coming off the best coaching job in his brilliant career. The coach took the youngest team in the nation with just seven returning starters to an 8-5 overall record and a berth in the San Francisco Bowl. The Falcons finished third in the MWC with a 4-3 mark. Air Force spent four weeks in the national rankings, rising as high as No. 15 after a 6-0 start. Part of the coach's success is that his team takes on his attitude.

That's true again this season, as the team has adopted the motto of unfinished business. Offense - You can't talk about Air Force football without starting with the multiple option offense. The Falcons were explosive last season, winning their second MWC scoring title in three years with a 33.8 average per game. Air Force averaged 398.2 total yards per game, including a 307.8 rushing to win the school's first national rushing title. The multiple option starts with the offensive line. Air Force returns four starters from a group that could rank among the best in school history. In addition to the national rushing title and conference scoring title, the line helped Air Force control the ball in typical Falcon fashion with an average time of pos-session of 32:20 per game. Senior Brett Huyser (6-4, 295) leads the group. Huyser was a fourth-team All-American by The Sporting News in 2002. He averaged 13.1 knock-down blocks per game to rank third on the team. He should garner several preseason honors in 2003. Fellow seniors Jesse Underbakke (6-3, 285), Blane Neufeld (6-5, 280) and Brett Waller (6-7, 275) round out the group.

They are the biggest offensive line in school history. Underbakke led the team in knockdown blocks last year with a 17.1 average. He had a career-high 24 knockdowns against Wyoming which was the most by a Falcon last year. He earned second-team all-conference honors in 2002. Neufeld and Waller averaged 11.3 and 11.0 knockdown blocks, respectively. Waller was in double figures in knockdown blocks 10 times last season while Neufeld hit double digits six times. Starting center Wayne Southam is lost to graduation, but when a knee injury sidelined him for six games a year ago, John Peel (6-2, 255) stepped in and played solidly. The junior from San Antonio, Texas, recorded double figures in knockdown blocks in four of his six starts. Peel and senior Stephen Maddox (6-2, 260) are the favorites to win the starting job.

The glamour position in the option, like most offenses, is the quarterback. The Falcons have one of the nation's best at the position in senior Chance Harridge. He produced one of the best single-sea-sons in school history last year breaking the NCAA record for rushing touchdowns by a quarterback with 22. Harridge was seventh in the nation in scoring with a 10.2 norm. His 132 points and 22 touch-downs set school records for points, rushing and total touchdowns, respectively. Harridge also became the fifth player in Air Force history and 16th in NCAA history to rush and pass for over 1,000 yards each in a season. Harridge rushed for 1,229 yards, the seventh most in AFA history. In the passing department, Harridge threw for 1,062 yards and 10 touchdowns. His 10 scoring tosses rank as the third most in the option era in school history. As impressive as those numbers are, the most impressive thing about the Bonaire, Ga., product is that he is a winner. Harridge won his first six career starts which is the third best start in school history, trailing only Bob Parker's 8-0 start in 1970 and Blane Morgan's 7-0 start in 1997. Harridge could close his career as one of the winningest quarterbacks in AFA history.

The backup quarterback position has the coach worried. Last year’s backup Bryan Blew is lost to graduation while third-string QB Brad Baca decided to leave the team to concentrate on academics. The backup spot is likely to go to Travis Thurmond, a junior without a down of varsity experience. He missed all of last season with a foot injury, but returns healthy this spring. The Falcons lost three halfbacks from last year, including both starters. Departed seniors Leotis Palmer, Tom Heier and Don Clark combined for over 600 yards last year. Palmer finished second on the team in rushing with 559 yards and was a multiple threat as a punt return specialist. Heier and Clark provided valuable leadership and blocking. While the loss will be tough to overcome, the returning halfbacks are as talented a young group as the team has had recently. Juniors Anthony Butler and Darnell Stephens, along with sophomore Matt Ward and senior Joe Schieffer give the Falcons plenty of options. Butler suffered through a injury-riddled season, missing four games due to shoulder and ankle injuries. He was still able to rack up 349 yards rushing, including 56 in the big comeback win at Utah. Butler also had a team highs of 84 yards at Army and 75 in the San Francisco Bowl against Virginia Tech. A powerful inside runner, Butler can do as much damage between the tackles as outside of them. Stephens came off the bench to roll up 431 yards last year and averaged 6.8 yards per carry. He rushed for 75 yards at Army and a team- and career-high 89 yards at UNLV. Ward chipped in with 246 yards and a 7.0 yards per carry average last year. Schieffer added 61 yards rushing and 72 yards receiving and has lots of experience with the offense.

The fullback position is loaded with talent. Junior Dan Shaffer returns after missing all but the season opener with a knee injury that required surgery. Due to a medical stop-out and red-shirt last year, he'll return in the fall with two season's of eligibility remaining. Shaffer will not participate in spring drills. Last year's starter returns in senior Steve Massie. The Fairfax Station, Va., product made the most of his chances last year after the injury to Shaffer. Massie finished third on the team in rushing with 467 yards. He recorded a career-high 123 yards and scored on a career-long 59-yard run against San Diego State. Junior Adam Cole also returns. He rushed for 196 yards last year and burst on the scene with 63 yards at California. Junior Cedric Adams, who was solid last spring, but suffered through injuries all of last fall, will join the pair. The wide receiver and tight end positions are very solid. Senior tight end Adam Strecker is not only a talented blocker, but a gifted receiver. The Littleton, Colo., native caught a team-high 14 passes for 261 yards and four touchdowns last year. His four touchdowns are the most by a tight end in the option era at the Academy. The Falcons return three of the top four wide receivers. Junior J.P. Waller is the top returner. He had 12 catches for 164 yards and a touchdown last year. He had four catches for 51 yards against Wyoming. His four catches were the most by a Falcon in a game last year. Alec Messerall and Anthony Park also return to give the Falcons a three-man rotation. Messerall had three catches for 84 yards last year while Park was third on the team in receiving with 11 catches for 283 yards. His 25.7 yards per catch average led the team. He also recorded an 80-yard TD reception against Wyoming last year which is the fourth-longest TD catch in school history. Defense-Defensively, the Falcons made huge strides a year ago. A switch to a 3-3-5 system paid off big.

In 2001, the Falcons allowed 32.2 points per game. That averaged dropped to 23.3 last year which was third best in the MWC. Air Force gave up an aver-age of 452.7 yards per game in 2001 and just 354.3 last year which was third in the MWC. The defense held Utah to just 57 total yards in the second half in a come-from-behind win in Salt Lake City. AFA also had BYU to -21 yards rushing and held California, the nation's No. 2 scoring offense with a 50.0 average, to just 21 points. The unit will need to replace five starters, two of which were first-team all-conference performers in 2002. Departing senior Wes Crawley led the conference in interceptions with four while earning first-team honors. As big a replacement as Crawley will be, none are bigger than replacing first-team all-MWC linebacker Anthony Schlegel. The Dallas, Texas, native finished third in the conference in tackles with 118 and was establishing himself as one of the top young players in AFA history. The sophomore left he Academy in January to transfer to defending national championship Ohio State. Also gone from last year's team are defensive backs Joel Buelow (graduation) and Mark Marsh (left the team). The defensive line will be a strength, as all three starters return. The trio of seniors Monty Coleman, Nick Taylor and Charles Bueker form an talented, experienced group. The group combined for 12.5 tackles for loss and 5.0 sacks. Coleman led the linemen with 5.0 tackles for loss and 2.5 sacks after making the switch from outside linebacker to down lineman. Taylor had 4.5 tackles for loss and 1. 5 sacks in his first year as a starter. Bueker chipped in with 3.0 and 1.0, respectively. The linebackers will also be a strength, despite the loss of Schlegel. Junior John Rudzinski moves to the middle to replace Schlegel. Rudzinski started 12 of 13 games last year and recorded 7.0 tackles for loss and 4.0 sacks to go along with 50 total tackles.

The other returning starters are seniors Trevor Hightower and Marchello Graddy. Hightower led the team in sacks with 6.5 and was second in tackles for loss with 8.0. Graddy, who will sit out spring drills due to shoulder surgery, was fourth on the team in tackles with 70. He also had 8.0 tackles for loss and 1.5 sacks. Graddy also recorded four fumble recoveries. The secondary must replace three starters lost to graduation. Seniors Larry Duncan and Jeff Overstreet anchor the group. Duncan finished second on the team in tackles with 78 and had two interceptions. He is the team's active career leader in interceptions with five. Overstreet is a versatile player, who played both safety and corner last year. He had 31 total tackles and an interception last year. Junior Sean Rodgers and Grant Mallory, along with seniors Adrian Wright and Felix Cole are the favorites. The team will also look to several younger players like Andrew Braley, John Taibi and Dennis Poland to fill the void.

BYU

HEAD COACH: GARY CROWTON

The offense took a nose dive last year only averaging 22.7 points per game. The team was able to move the ball, but it had problems finishing off drives. Expect there to be a little more production this year with more experience at quarterback helped by a strong corps of running backs. The receivers and line are average at best. Quarterbacks - Matt Berry, Soph. - The 6-5 Berry had to learn on the fly last year, and he came through completing 108 of 184 passes for 1,309 yards and seven touchdowns. As a freshman, he made freshman mistakes throwing nine interceptions. Out of all the current BYU quarterbacks, he has the most upside and the most talent. Top Backups Todd Mortensen, Jr. - He's a big, bright quarterback with a little bit of experience completing 9 of 23 passes for 92 yards and no touchdowns with two interceptions. He's a hard worker and a fine backup, but he doesn't seem to be the type of star that can make the offense explode. Lance Pendleton, Soph. - Pendleton is the best running quarterback on the team rushing for 149 yards and four touchdowns. He had a little bit off passing success throwing for 376 yards and two touchdowns. but he'll be more of a role player coming in as a change up because of his speed. John Beck, R Fr. - Beck has a good arm and nice mobility. He's back a bit on the depth chart, but he can come in and take over if necessary after being one of the top passers this spring.

Running Backs - Marcus Whalen, Jr. - Whalen has all the talent in the world, and he could be one of the best pure running backs BYU has had in years (Doak Walker winner Luke Staley excluded.) He can't stay healthy. It's not that he missed a bunch of game time, but he was banged up with several bumps and bruises limiting his effectiveness. Even so, he ran for 918 yards and six touchdowns and caught 27 passes for 203 yards. He's fast with wonderful breakaway speed once he gets past the line. Tafui Vakapuna, RFr. - The 230-pound fullback will be the power runner and could be the short-yardage goal line back. He has good, but not great, blocking skills. Top Backups Naufahu Tahi, Soph. - He's back from a Church mission to be one of the top backs on the team. At 230 pounds, he provides more of a pop than Whalen showing excellent all-around skills this spring. Kyle Wilson, Sr. - He's a solid backup fullback with good receiving skills and excellent power. Most of his time will be spent on special teams.

Receivers - Toby Christensen, Sr. - He was the team's third leading receiver last year making 30 grabs for 346 yards and two touchdowns. He's a decent sized player with wonderful quickness and a great ability to get open. Rodney Wilkerson, Jr. - Even though he didn't show it much last year, Wilkerson is the team's most dangerous deep threat making 27 catches for 371 yards and a touchdown. At 6-2 and 190 pounds, he can be physical, but his real talent is getting deep to open things up underneath. David Christensen, Jr. - He missed a lot of time in spring ball recovering from a shoulder injury. Even so, he'll start at one of the receiver slots coming off an 11 catch, 117-yard, one touchdown season. He isn't big and doesn't have blazing speed, but he has good hands and is quick. Tight end Justin Jory, Sr. - Jory redshirted last season with Spencer Nead and Gabe Reid handling all the duties. He isn't a sensational player like Nead or Reid were, but he'll be a reliable pass catcher and a good blocker. Top Backups Jason Kukahiko, Jr. - He's big and improving coming into his own by the end of last year finishing with nine catches for 131 yards and two touchdowns. The coaching staff is expecting big things out of the junior. Chris Hale, Soph. - Hale has great hands and tremendous deep speed. He was the team's best receiver in spring drills making him neck-and-neck with Wilkerson for the starting X job. Tight End Daniel Coates, RFr. - The former wide receiver has been moved to tight end to give the tight ends a reliable pass catcher. He bulked up forty pounds to handle the workload. Look for 265-pound sophomore Aisaac Aiono to push for time utilizing his blocking skills.

Offensive Line - Tackle Brandon Stephens, Jr. - The former defensive tackle has picked up the job at right tackle in a hurry. He's used to moving around starting his career as a tight end, so he has the athleticism, and the feet, to be a solid pass blocker. Guard Jake Kuresa, RFr. - Huge things are expected out of the 330-pound star-in-the-making. He was a top defensive line prospect before moving over to the offensive side. He has good athleticism for a player of his size with a great ability at finishing off his blocks. Center Scott Jackson, Sr. - Jackson started every game last year, but he was never quite right still recovering from a knee and ankle problem. Now the 300-pound senior appears to be 100% and should be one of the top centers in the conference. Guard Quinn Christensen, Sr. - Christensen started every game at left guard and should be one of the anchors this year. He's fine in pass protection, but he's a strong run blocker. Tackle Eddie Keele, RFr. - Keele is coming off a mission in the Dominican Republic to take over the starting tackle job on the left side. He'll get pushed hard by several newcomers this fall. Top Backups OG Brian Sanders, Soph. - Sanders is a massive, 340-pound run blocker in the middle. He saw a little bit of action as a redshirt freshman and will see even more time this year backing up Kuresa. C Hanale Vincent, Jr. - Vincent is 315 pounds with experience. He can play guard, but he excels at center where he'll back up Jackson. OG Scott Young, Sr. - The former defensive tackle has moved over to offense to give the line some much needed depth. The 312-pound senior made 13 tackles last season and will push for time behind Christensen at left guard.

On defense, the Cougars are changing things around going to a 3-3-5 alignment, and it'll be interesting to see if the porous run defense is helped by bringing another defensive back onto the field. Eleven starters come back, and that doesn't even count the return of the best player, corner Jernaro Gilford. The Cougars have enough experienced backups to field a whole other front six. Defensive Line - Defensive end Brady Poppinga, Jr. - The rest of the defensive line will shuttle players in and out. That won't happen at right end where the 260-pound junior has the job to himself. The best pass rusher on the team, he chalked up eight sacks and 14 tackles for loss last year. Defensive tackle Ifo Pili, Sr. - Pili provides the beef and the maturity in the middle. The 24-year-old, 310-pound senior is the anchor of the line making 41 tackles and two sacks last season. He should be even more effective getting a little bit of rest in a rotation of the tackles. Defensive end Bill Wright, Sr. - The former linebacker bulked up to 250 pounds and proved to be a terror on the end. While others will still push for the starting job, he was so impressive this spring that Crowton said he'd most likely be the starter to utilize his speed and athleticism. Top Backups DE John Denney, Jr. - Denney overcame the herniated disk in his neck to start in seven games on the left side. He's a big end with decent moves, but he wasn't too much of a pass rusher finishing with 25 tackles and a half a sack. DE Nate Kolbaba, Jr. - One of the stars of spring ball, Kolbaba saw a little bit of time as a tackle last year making four tackles. He'll move to the end this year playing behind Popponga. DE Ryan Gunderson, Sr. - Gunderson missed most of spring ball with a back problem, but he's expected to come back to be a factor in the tackle rotation. He's an active player in the middle able to get into the backfield. - DE C.J. Ah You, Soph. - Ah You spent the off-season rehabbing a torn knee. It was his second major knee injury in two years after getting knocked out in his freshman season. Even though he missed spring ball, he's expected to push for time at one of the end spots when he comes back.

Linebackers - Paul Walkenhorst, Sr. - Walkenhorst has been one of the best players on the BYU defense for the last two seasons, and lead the team with 107 stops last year playing both in the middle and on the outside. He missed time this spring recovering from the knee injury that knocked him out late last year, but he's expected to be back this fall playing on the outside. Mike Tanner, Sr. - Tanner took over in the starting job in the middle halfway through last season and finished with 57 tackles. He isn't the biggest player in the middle using his quickness to make plays. Colby Bockwoldt, Jr. - The starter on the right side, the 230-pound senior is experienced, physical, and can flat out fly. He was third on the team with 85 tackles with his biggest contribution coming as a blitzer making three sacks, six quarterback hurries and 12 tackles for loss. Top Backups Levi Madarieta, Sr. - The former Washington transfer is listed as the starter on the outside coming out of spring ball, and he'll get the nod is Walkenhorst's knee isn't 100%. He was a strong fill-in last year making 22 tackles and two interceptions still learning the position after moving over from safety. Bryant Atkinson, Soph. - One of the few backup linebackers with extensive playing experience, Atkinson was a top special teams player last season and will push for time on the outside behind Bockwoldt.

Secondary - Cornerback Jenaro Gilford, Sr. - Finally, Gilford appears to be 100% overcoming a knee problem that limited him to only seven games last year. After looking as good as new this spring, expect him to be the premier shut-down corner in the Mountain West and push for All-America honors as the season goes on. He's a great mix of size and speed able to hang with any style of receiver. Cougarback Aaron Francisco, Jr. - The 206-pound junior had a tremendous 2002 season earning honorable mention All-Mountain West honors finishing with 99 tackles and four broken up passes. He's better against the run than he is when the ball is in the air, but he isn't a poor pass defender. Right Katback Jon Burbidge, Jr. - One of the best athletes on the team, the 205-pound junior is very strong with good speed and an excellent nose for the ball. He made 39 tackles and two interceptions last season. Left Katback Kip Nielson, Sr. - Nielson is smart with good size and great instincts. He'll get the starting nod again after making 29 tackles and three interceptions last year. Cornerback Chad Barney, Sr. - Barney is a big player who turned into a top all-around corner last year making 35 tackles and an interception. He also tied for the team lead in broken up pass with five. As productive as he is, he's not necessarily a shut-down number one corner. Top Backups CB Brandon Heaney, Sr. - Heaney filled in last year when Gilford couldn't go. As the fastest player on the team, he's too good to keep off the field, so look for him to see time somewhere coming off a 34 tackle, three interception season. He missed most of spring ball trying to get his shoulder healthy, but he should be fine by the fall. S Jared Meibos, Jr. - Meibos will back up Burbidge and will see plenty of action coming off a 13 tackle season. He was a blitzing terror this spring showing a great instinct for getting to the quarterback. Special Teams Placekicker/Punter Matt Payne, Jr. - Payne will handle all the kicking duties utilizing his huge leg and experience to be a weapon in all areas. He averaged a whopping 47.6 yards per punt last year putting 11 inside the 20. As a field goal kicker, he hit 13 of 16 going 8 for 8 inside 43 yards How big is his leg? He had a 76-yard punt and hit a 52-yard field goal.

COLORADO STATE

HEAD COACH: SONNY LUBICK

If you like last year's Ram offense, you'll enjoy the 2003 version. It'll be a steady diet of runs with a trio (and possibly a foursome) of good backs along with a gritty running quarterback in Bradlee Van Pelt operating behind a veteran offensive line. The passing game isn't explosive, but it might not need to be with this running game. Quarterbacks - Bradlee Van Pelt, Sr. - Van Pelt isn't going to light anyone up with his passing skills, but he's a tough quarterback with great legs, a fiery will to win and all the intangibles. He ran for 819 yards and 11 touchdowns last year with the speed to bust off a 79-yard run and the arm to throw an 80-yard touchdown pass. He has the gun, he just can't shoot straight. His accuracy improved a bit completing just over 52% of his passes last year, but his talent is in his running ability and in all the intangibles that he provides. Top Backups - Justin Holland, Sr. - More of a pure passer than Van Pelt, Holland threw for 480 yards and four touchdown passes in a reserve role, but he also threw five interceptions. He has enough experience in the offense to start if Van Pelt goes down, or he'll continue to play when the Rams need a boost in the passing attack.

Running Backs - Rahsaan Sanders, Sr. - Sanders was third on the team with 311 rushing yards averaging 5.4 yards per carry. After seeing time at defensive back earlier in his career, Sanders moved back to he offensive side and appears to be a ready for a breakout season with his speed and power. Top Backups - Tristan Walker, RFr. - Walker is 222 pounds, powerful, and very, very good. He might not be Cecil Sapp yet, but he might be a great replacement as the season goes on. At the very least, he'll push Sanders for a starting spot. - Uldis Jaunarajs, Soph. - He saw time in four games last year carrying the ball 11 times for 39 yards. A quick back with nice size, he adds another element to the mix. Marcus Houston, Sr. - Houston appeared on his way to being the nation's best running back early in his Colorado Buffalo career, but he can't catch a break. First it was a torn hip flexor and then a groin tear and then a torn knee. He transferred to CSU and wants a fresh start and will get it this fall. If he's healthy, he's the team's best back. After getting his clearance, look for him to be a huge factor in the Ram offense.

Receivers - Chris Pittman, Sr. - Pittman led the team last year with 60 catches for 807 yards and a score. A sensational athlete, he became a top receiver and Van Pelt's go to guy. It's hard to fault Pittman too much for only catching one touchdown pass since the Rams don't throw with any regularity, but he needs to become more of a threat with Joey Cuppari gone. He'll start at flanker. - Eric Hill, Sr. - Hill could become the team's top deep threat. He only caught six passes last year, but he has the speed to go along with a 6-1, 195-pound frame that can make him a weapon at split end. He'll also see time in the defensive secondary. - H-Back Joel Dreessen, Jr. - Dreessen might be the most athletic tight end in the nation. At 6-4 and 253 pounds, he's a great blocker and has excellent speed. He caught 14 passes last year as CSU's third leading receiver. Look for Dreessen to play an even bigger role in the offense this year. Tight end Matt Bartz, Soph - While Dreessn fits the role of a pass catching tight end, the 244-pound Bartz is more of a blocking tight end. Even so, he caught eight passes last year with half going for touchdowns. Top Backups Russell Sprague, Sr. - Sprague hasn't played much of a role only catching one pass last season. He's mostly a special teams player, but he'll be backing up Pittman at the Z. David Anderson, Soph. - The speedy Anderson made eight grabs last year and was great at coming off the edge as a punt blocker. he'll put Pittman for time at the X.

Offensive Line - Tackle Erik Pears, Jr. - The 307-pound Pears can play on either side of the line and will start on the strong side this season. He slimmed down a little bit and has become a mainstay on the line. - Guard Jamie Amicarella, Sr. - Amicarella played in every game last year, but was pushed for playing time and rarely started. He'll join Pears on the strong side this season. He has enough experience to be a factor in the running game. - Center Mark Dreyer, Sr. - This is his third year as a starter with 26 stars under his belt. He was a second-team All-MWC player last year and should be in the mix for first-team honors this year. At 275 pounds, he's a big player with the smarts to be the quarterback of the line after he recovers from a shoulder problem. - Guard Albert Bimper, Soph. - The 290-pound sophomore is extremely strong and might be the top athlete on the line. He played in 13 games last year starting 11, but he suffered a knee sprain limiting him for a couple of game. - Tackle Mike Brisiel, Soph. - Brisiel became a top producer as last year went on finishing off the season with five straight starts. He had a few problems with back spasms, but there's nothing to be concerned about. Top Backups - OT Zeke Hacker, Sr. - Hackers started five games when Brisiel was out. The former junior college transfer is one of the only backups with any appreciable experience. - C Jon Van Lant, Soph. - Van Lant can play anywhere on the line, but he's mostly used as a long snapper at times and as a reserve center.

New defensive coordinator Steve Stanard has a lot to work with. Seven starters return to a defense that was outstanding at times last year. The linebackers and corners should be tremendous, but there's a concern that there's no pass rush coming from the line. The linebackers are the best pass rushers on the team, but they're even better when they don't have to blitz. Defensive Line - Defensive end Patrick Goodpaster, Jr. - Goodpaster can play tackle or end. He didn't get hit with the injuries that limited him in 2001, but he was average at best last year making only 16 tackles in 14 games. At 280 pounds, he'll provide much needed bulk on the end. Defensive tackle Bryan Save, Sr. - After taking over the inside job at the end of the 2001 season, he became an honorable mention All-MWC last season as an active tackle in the middle making 31 stops and three tackles for loss. He'll start on the nose. Defensive tackle Lavell Mann, Sr. - Mann saw action in every game before starting in the Liberty Bowl. He made 15 tackles as a reserve and is expected to become one of the team's best run stuffers in the middle. Defensive end Andre Sommersell, Jr. - Used on the line, and then as a linebacker and then again as an end, the 218-pound Sommersell will be asked to give the line a speed rusher from the outside. He'll get the first look on the right side. Top Backups - DT Chris Kiffin, Jr. - The 281-pound Kiffin will back up Mann at tackle coming off a 14 tackle season. He also made a sack and used his 6-6 frame to knock down two passes. DT Delroy Parke, Soph. - The 298-pound Parke is CSU's biggest lineman. He'll have to play a huge role in the tackle rotation this season. DT Jonathan Simon, Jr. - He hasn't made too much of an impact yet, but he saw time in every game last year making four tackles. He'll be a backup tackle again this season.

Linebackers - Adam Wade, Sr. - An honorable mention All-Conference player, Wade made 72 tackles, three sacks, and 11 tackles for loss in 2002. By the end of last season, he became a force making ten unassisted stops in the pivotal game against New Mexico and also made ten tackles in the Liberty Bowl. - Drew Wood, Sr. - On the weak side, Wood made 112 tackles and led the team with seven sacks last year. At 235 pounds, he's one of the stronger linebackers on the team with 211 tackles under his belt. He can play in the middle if necessary. - Eric Pauly, Sr. - An experienced player in the middle with smarts and speed, he's made 242 tackles last season to go along with a 3.78 GPA. A quick player with great range, he could be a first-team All-MWC player this year. Top Backups - Jeff Flora, Sr. - Mostly a special teams player, Flora has also seen a little bit of time as a reserve linebacker making 14 tackles last season. He'll back up Wood in the middle. Courtney Jones, Soph - He hasn't seen much time yet, but he's expected to become a top backup behind Pauly on the weak side.

Secondary - Cornerback Dexter Wynn, Sr. - Wynn is one of the nation's best kick returners, but he's becoming an elite corner as well. He's CSU's best cover corner and is just as strong as a tackler finishing fourth on the team with 73 stops. At 5-10 and 175 pounds, he's not all that big, but he's not afraid to get his nose dirty. He'll end up playing about ten plays a game on offense. - Free safety Landon Jones, Jr. - Jones is a big player and can be used as another linebacker at 6-2 and 211 pounds. He made 41 tackles last year starting over the first half of the season and playing more as a reserve over the second half. Strong safety Benny Mastropaolo, Sr. - A JUCO transfer last year, Mastropaolo cranked out a sensational season making 59 tackles even though he struggled through the first half of the year with a leg injury. By the end of the year, he became a force and could be an All-MWC caliber player in 2003. Cornerback Ben Stratton, Soph. - Stratton is a corner with safety size. He saw time in six games in 2002 making 22 tackles and becoming a dependable performer by the end of the year. He'll get the first look on the right side. Top Backups Strong safety Adam Hayward, Soph. - Hayward has mostly played on special teams so far in his young career, but he has seen a little bit of time in the secondary making nine tackles. At 220 pounds, he's the team's biggest defensive back. - Free safety Landon Jones, Soph. - Foley played on special teams last year and ended up making five tackles as a situational player on defense. Special Teams - Placekicker/Punter Jeff Babcock, Jr. - Babcock has a big leg, but he hasn't shown it off much. He's almost automatic from close range, but he wasn't all that consistent on his midrange kicks. From 40-46 yards, he was awesome hitting 7 of 10. Joey Huber was an excellent punter last year averaging 40.3 yards per kick and putting 23 inside the 20. Babcock will get the first look at handling the punting duties along with Kevin Mark and Tyler Powell.

NEW MEXICO

HEAD COACH: ROCKY LONG

The offense rarely showed pop last year and was positively painful against UCLA in the Las Vegas Bowl. That should change with a sensational line and veterans everywhere since ten starters are returning. The power running game should be fine, but there has to be some explosiveness. Quarterbacks - Casey Kelly, Sr. - A great leader and a solid all-around player, Kelly threw for 14 touchdowns and ran for six more last year. After breaking his arm, he was out for three weeks before coming back to be even better. He has nice size and good mobility. He won't get too many all-conference accolades, but he's a steady quarterback that should be in for a strong season. Top Backups - Tali Ena, Jr. - The Washington State transfer has a big arm and is expected to be a top backup. He was a top scout player last year and is ready to step in if necessary. Kole McKarney, Soph. - McKarney might be the best running quarterback of the bunch. He's believed to be close to ready to challenge for the starting job.

Running Backs - DonTrell Moore, Soph. - What more could you want out of a debut season? Moore took over when Quincy Wright went down and tore off 1,134 yards and 13 touchdowns over the final 11 games of the season showing outstanding power and nice quickness. If he keeps on improving, he should be a dark-horse for All-America honors. Fullback Landrick Brody, Jr. - When New Mexico goes to a two-back set, Brody will be the fullback. He's a hard runner when he gets the ball rushing for 121 yards last year, but he'll mostly be used as a blocker. Top Backups - D.D. Cox, Jr. - The Oklahoma State transfer is a big and powerful back that might be the perfect backup behind Moore. At 210 pounds, Cox fits in to what New Mexico loves to do. With Moore's style, the Lobos will need a backup to split time. - Fullback Adrian Byrd, Soph. - Byrd has had problems with injuries, but has starter's talent. Brody has the starting job, but Byrd could play a major role.

Receivers - Dwight Counter, Sr. - Counter has size and has been one of the team's most reliable receivers. Now he has to become more of a factor and more consistent. He made 35 catches for 404 yards and three touchdowns last year with eighty of those yards coming on one play. Adrian Boyd, Sr. - Boyd will need to have a huge year so defenses don't key on Counter. He made 27 catches for 323 yards last year, but he failed to get into the end zone. The former running back should be even better with more experience. Tight end Bryan Penley, Sr. - Penley returns for another year as the team's starting tight end. He made 17 grabs last year and three touchdowns, but his true talent is as a blocker. He should be even more of a factor in the passing game this year. Top Backups Rashaun Sanders, Sr. - Sanders can fly. He was times at 4.45 on a pro timing day. He hasn't played too much of a role yet, but with his speed and at 6-2 and 200 pounds, he might be too good to keep off the field. Hank Baskett, Soph. - At 6-4 and 208 pounds, he's a big and physical receiver that should become a top player as the season goes on. Tight end Zach Cresap, Sr. - Cresap started five games last year and played in two tight end formats making eight grabs. He's extremely strong and should be a top backup.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jason Lenzmeier, Sr. - A second-team All-MWC performer last year, Lenzmeier is one of the best tackles in the league after moving over from guard a few years ago. He's a sensational run blocker. Guard Claude Terrell, Jr. - Terrell combines with Lenzmeier to give the Lobos one of the best sides in the league. He should be a first team All-Conference guard and will battle Lenzmeier for the honor of being the team's best lineman. At 330 pounds, he's a mauler who's getting better and better. Center Ryan Cook, Soph. - The former walk-on is one of the nation's biggest centers at 340 pounds. He shocked everyone by turning into a great player right off the bat. Guard Calvin McDonald, Sr. - McDonald has lost a little bit of weight and is down to "only" 323 pounds. It's done him a world of good as he's been far more effective as a quick guard. Tackle Justin Colburn, Sr. - The senior has seen time at every position on the line throughout his career. he's a tough worker and extremely strong. At 280 pounds, he's the lightweight on the line. Top Backups OT Nate Hembree, Jr. - Hembree started the first six games before tearing his ACL. The hope is he'll be at 100% by the fall, but it's doubtful he'll get his starting spot again right away. OT Terrence Pennington, Soph. - Because the Lobo line doesn't have enough players big enough to block out the sun, Pennington adds his 6-7, 340-pound body to the mix. He'll be the top backup at both tackle spots.

The New Mexico defense got better and better as last year went on becoming a brick wall by the end of the season. Seven starters return with the front seven looking outstanding on the ends, but weak up the middle. In the secondary, the safeties are tremendous, but the corners are soft. Defensive Line - Defensive end Daniel Kegler, Sr. - Kegler led the team with seven sacks last year finishing with second-team All-MWC honors. His motor isn't always running but when it's on, he's one of the best ends in the league. Defensive tackle Guillermo Morrison, Sr. - Morrison is a scary athlete. He's 272 pounds with a 37" vertical leap. As a backup, he made 17 tackles last year and will get the first look on the nose. Defensive end D.J. Renteria, Sr. - The second-team All-MWC pick made 37 tackles and two tackles for loss last year. At 274 pounds, he's more of a tackle than an end, but he's athletic enough to be a force on the outside. Top Backups - DE Zach Rupp, Sr. - The 234 pound Rupp became a top contributor as last season went on and will be a factor as Kegler's backup. DE/DT Kyle Coulter, Jr. - He started three games at the end and also saw time at tackle ending last year with 21 tackles and three sacks.

Linebackers Billy Strother, Sr. - Strother will return on the left side after being a major playmaker last year. The 230-pound senior was third on the team with 89 tackles making five sacks. He's the team's highlight reel linebacker. Daniel Gawronski, Sr. - It's asking a lot of Gawronski to provide the leadership and production left by Charles Moss. He has the most experience of the returning middle linebackers making 15 tackles last year. He's big, but doesn't have too much range. Nick Speegle, Jr. - He's an extremely smart and solid producer making 89 tackles last year on the right side. He's the total package of size and athleticism giving the corps a 6-5, 235-pound consistent player. Top Backups Shannon Kincaid, Sr. - He started last year before getting knocked out with a knee injury on the first play, but he's considered the team's top backup on the right side and will see a little bit of time in the middle. Crishone Harris, Jr. - He's mostly been a special teams player, but he's expected to make more of an impact in the middle this year.

Secondary - Cornerback Aaron Brack, Soph. - The former running back is a big player with great speed and leaping ability, but he needs lots and lots of time to grow into a corner. He should be a top player with more work. Safety Terrell Golden, Jr. - Golden has become one of league's best safeties. He has more experience than anyone in the secondary and plays like it rarely making mistakes. He made 61 tackles and always finds ways to get around the ball. Safety Brandon Ratcliff, Sr. - The first-team All-MWC pick became a star last year in every phase. He was great in run coverage making 73 tackles. He also found ways to get into the backfield making 13 tackles for loss and 3.5 sacks. LOBO Sidney Wiley, Sr. - Wiley is a sensational athlete and plays the LOBO, or free safety spot. He got better and better as last year went on finishing with 41 tackles. Cornerback Corey Brown, Sr. - A returning starter with the most experience of an of the corners, Brown made 23 tackles last year and will be asked to be the team's top cover corner right away. Top Backups Safety Kevin Walton, Jr. - He's been the backup LOBO over the last two years making 17 tackles last year. He can jump and is extremely strong, but he's been an average contributor. Cornerback Brandon Payne, Jr. - The JUCO transfer didn't play last year working on his studies. He's a big players with enough talent to push for playing time at corner. He'll backup Brown on the left side. Safety Josh Bazinet, Jr. - Bazinet has been a tremendous special teams player, and now he has to make more of an impact in the secondary. He holds several weightlifting records for New Mexico safeties. Special Teams Placekicker Kenny Byrd, Soph. - Byrd will battle with Wes Zunker for the kicking job. He hit one of two field goals last year and nailed 27 of 28 extra points. Punter Tyler Gaus, Soph. - Gaus had a solid year last season averaging 40.5 yards per kick and put 24 inside the 20. He's expected to be one of the league's top kickers.

SAN DIEGO STATE

HEAD COACH: TOM CRAFT

The offense will move the ball and score points, but it has to do it with some consistency and overcoming a serious downgrade in receiving talent. The line could end up being outstanding with a little bit of time. There's talent at running back and there needs to be more work for Fred Collins and Michael Franklin. Quarterbacks - Adam Hall, Sr. - Hall threw for 3,253 yards and 17 touchdowns despite missing the last few games of the season with a concussion. He's a big, strong quarterback with a huge arm and is deadly accurate from short to medium range. When he was on last season, there were few better throwing for more than 500 yards twice. How tough was Hall? He played with a torn labrum for most of the season. Top Backups Matt Dlugolecki, Soph. - The Illinois transfer a cousin of Ron Powlus has a big arm and is expected to grow into a great backup.

Running Backs - Frederick Collins, Soph - Collins was a huge recruit for the program and should be far stronger, and more of a factor, this season. He's a powerful back with exceptional speed rushing for 333 yards and two touchdowns last year. Top Backups - Mike Franklin, Soph. - A speedy back, Franklin averaged 5.6 yards per carry rushing for 346 yards and a score. He had problems with an ankle injury, but still became a factor in the rushing and kick return games. Lynell Hamilton, Fr. - The superstar recruit will get every chance this fall to win the starting job. DeAngelo Nedd, Sr. - After looking tremendous last spring moving over from the defense, Nedd didn't see any action carrying the ball. He's a big back and should play a big role. Jason Van, Jr. - Van didn't play much last year, but he'll be expected to push for playing time behind Franklin and Collins.

Receivers - Lonnel Penman, Jr. - Penman is the same size as J.R. Tolver, but it's asking way too much to replace the 128 catches and 13 touchdowns. After catching five passes for 16 yards, Penman isn't totally inexperienced and should put up some big numbers in the offense. Jermaine Moore, Sr. - Moore could be the new star in the passing game. During spring ball, he became one of the best playmakers in the slot. Robert Ortiz, Soph. - With 13 catches, Ortiz is the team's leading returning receiver. He's not the most talented of receivers, but he finds ways to get open and could become a clutch third down receiver. Tight end Raleigh Fletcher, Sr. - More of a blocker than a pass catcher, the 270-pound Fletcher will split time with Jason Dion. Top Backups Jeff Webb, Soph. - Webb is lightning fast and big, but wasn't needed last year after catching 16 passes in 2001. He'll push Moore for time at split end. Devin Pitts, Jr. - After transferring from USC, Pitts is expected to become a top player in the receiving rotation. He's big, fast and talented and should take over Ortiz's job soon. Kyle Conerly, Jr. - He made some noise this spring making two catches for 61 yards and a score at the end of spring ball. Jason Dion, Sr. - Dion will push for time at tight end along with David Gorman and Raleigh Fletcher. Dion is 265 pounds and a solid blocker.

Offensive Line - Tackle Brendan Darby, Sr. - An All-Mountain West performer, the 300-pound Darby is the best player on the line and an excellent pass blocker. With 32 starts, he has more experience than anyone on the line. Guard Jesper Harvey, Soph. - The 295-pound Harvey took over as a start last year and can play either center or at left guard. He's listed as the starting center, but will most likely begin next to Darby if Anthony Foli works out in the middle. Center Anthony Foli, Sr. - The former defensive lineman will get the first shot at center and might end up at guard with Harvey coming back to the middle. He's not huge, but he's athletic and could turn into a top player. Guard Gerald Sykes, Sr. - At 310 pounds, he's a big player with decent feet and experience. Tackle Damien Holman, Sr. - He has the experience and size, at 315 pounds, to keep Hall's jersey clean. The coaching staff is expecting him to be one of the better players on the line. Top Backups OT Mike Kracalik, Jr. - At 340 pounds, he's one of the beefier players on the line and should be the first man in the tackle rotation. C Danny Negrete, Soph. - He's a big player in the middle challenging Foli and Harvey for time at center.

Defensive Line - Defensive end Ryan Iata, Sr. - Iata got a sixth year of eligibility from the NCAA after missing most of last year with a knee injury. It'll be Iata's job to take over as the star on the end now that Akbar Gbaja-Biamila and his 45 tackles, 13 tackles for loss and five sacks are gone. Defensive tackle Brook Miller, Sr. - The 270-pound Miller will once again start on the inside. One of the team's better run stoppers, Miller made 28 tackles and four sacks. Defensive tackle Blake Lobel, Jr. - Lobel isn't all that big, but he'll have to play big to replace the full-time production of Jared Ritter. Formerly an end, Lobel played a bit inside last year finishing with 34 tackles. Defensive end Brandon Rager, Sr. - Rager was a decent spot player last season and is expected to be a top pass rusher this year. The former Arkansas State transfer made 18 tackles and three sacks. Top Backups DE Kurt Kahui, Soph. - Kahui will play behind Rager and is expected to progress into one of the team's better pass rushers. He played in five games making three tackles last year. DT Freddie McCutcheon, Soph. - At 290 pounds, McCutcheon should be a factor in the line rotation needing to provide his bulk against the run. DT Va'ati Make, Jr. - The JUCO transfer was a coup for the Aztecs. He's not huge, but he'll be an active player on the inside.

Linebackers - Beau Trickey, Sr. - Trickey turned out to be fine after suffering a knee injury in 2001. An active linebacker on the weak side, Trickey made 60 tackles and two sacks after taking over the starting job in the second half of the season. Kirk Morrison, Jr. - One of the best middle linebackers in the Mountain West, Morrison is the star of the team making 97 tackles, three sacks, three interceptions and recovered five fumbles. He has nice size, good speed and is very, very active. Stephen Larsen, Jr. - Larsen took over the starting job as a redshirt freshman and progressed nicely last year on the strong side. A good athlete with a nose for the ball, Larsen made 51 tackles and three sacks. He's also solid in pass coverage. Top Backups Heath Farwell, Jr. - Farwell will once again backup Larsen on the strong side, but he'll see more time after making an impact with 59 tackles and ten tackles for loss last season. Matthew McCoy, Soph. - McCoy is more of a strong safety playing linebacker, but he's a player finishing with 55 tackles in a reserve role. He'll back up Trickey again on the weak side. Adam Nyssen, Jr. - He won't see too much action with Morrison starting in the middle, but he's expected to make more than the two tackles ha made last year.

Secondary - Cornerback LaVance Ray, Sr. - Ray will battle for the starting spot trying to replace all-star corner Ricky Sharpe. Ray saw time in 11 games making 12 tackles and an interception, but he'll have to fight off Jacob Elimimian for the job. Strong safety Josh Dean, Jr. - A big hitting player, Dean was on his way to a great season before having problems with a shoulder injury. He still made 56 tackles and five tackles for loss and should be a star this year. Free safety Marviel Underwood, Jr. - A safety with cornerback speed, Underwood is a great tackler making 83 and isn't bad in pass coverage. He's one of the fastest players on the team and will be an all-conference player if he can avoid the nicks and bumps that slowed him down last year. Cornerback Jeff Shoate, Sr. - Shoate turned into a solid player last season finishing with all-conference honors. A good cover corner, he intercepted two passes and broke up 11 passes. He's also a great open field tackler making 57 stops. Top Backups Safety Marcus Demps, Soph. - Demps played in nine games making 24 tackles last season. He can play either safety spot and will start off behind Underwood. Cornerback Hubert Caliste, Jr. - A big, strong corner, Caliste was never healthy last year and didn't make much of an impact. He should be a top backup. Cornerback Jacob Elimimian, Soph. - A potential star, Elimimian is almost neck and neck with Ray for a starting corner job. He has outstanding skills. Special Teams Placekicker Brock Emmanuel, RFr. - Potentially a big problem, Emmanuel has to star right away replacing the big leg of Tommy Kirovski. Punter Seth Santro, Sr. - It'll be tough to replace the 42.1 yard per kick average that Brian Simnjanovski had, but Santro has looked fine in early practices averaging 48.7 yards per kick in the final scrimmage.

UNLV

HEAD COACH: JOHN ROBINSON

UNLV has way too many weapons not to be one of the more explosive teams in the Mountain West. With NFL-caliber talents at both receiver and running back, there's no reason the Rebels shouldn't put points up on the board in bunches. Quarterback Kurt Nantkes has to build on the great performance against Colorado State to end last year, and the line must develop some quality depth. Quarterbacks - Kurt Nantkes, Jr. - Nantkes has a huge arm and showed his talent with a sensational performance against Colorado State to close the season. He's not the most mobile quarterback in the world, but he's a better passer than Jason Thomas was and should shine with two great receivers to throw to. Top Backups Tyler Arciaga, RFr. - It's a dead heat for the number two job. Arciaga has the biggest arm of the backups and looked great at times this spring. Scott Turner, Soph. - The son of NFL coach Norv and nephew of Illinois head coach Ron has the system down. He'll have to fight all season to take over the backup job behind Nantkes.

Running Backs - Larry Croom, Sr. - The former Arizona transfer averaged a whopping 7.2 yards per carry rushing for 605 yards and four touchdowns. He blew up for 222 yards in the season finale against Colorado State showing his workhorse ability. He's also a tremendous receiver catching 20 passes for 267 yards and two touchdown. Fullback Andrew Faga, Sr. - The 240-pound Faga is only a blocker not seeing any carries last season. He's a former quarterback with good all-around athleticism. Top Backups Alvin Marshall, Jr. - The JUCO transfer could become a star from the word go. He's lightning quick with great all-around moves. Croom might be a fast back, but he doesn't have the burst Marshall has. Deon Burnett, Sr. - The former Washington State transfer didn't see much action last season and could be the odd man out with the emergence of Marshall. Dominique Dorsey, Jr. - The 5-6 Dorsey might not be all that big, but he's a big-time producer averaging a team best 7.3 yards per carry rushing for 568 yards and three touchdowns. Fullback Dyante Perkins, Jr. - The 220-pound Perkins isn't the blocker Faga is. He caught one pass for 14 yards and a touchdown.

Receivers - Earvin Johnson, Jr. - Johnson could be the best unknown receiver in America coming off a 51 catch, 793-yard, four touchdown season. With all the talent in the world, he needs a consistent quarterback to get him the ball. When Nantkes took over, his production went up catching 23 passes for 132 yards against Colorado State. He's 6-3, 200 pounds and fast. Michael Johnson, Sr. - Johnson was the second leading receiver on the team catching 42 passes for 793 yards and two touchdowns. Even with all of his speed, he hasn't proven to be much of a deep threat year. - Tight end Ryan Clifford, Sr. - Clifford has the unenviable task of replacing DeJhown Mandley. He's not much of a receiver, but he can block. Top Backups Terry Furlow, Soph. - The former Fresno State quarterback has outstanding wheels and decent size. He'll end up taking over a full-time role at receiver playing behind Michael Johnson. David Relf, Sr. - Relf got better as the season went on finishing with six catches for 80 yards and a touchdown. He's a big receiver backing up Earvin Johnson. Greg Estandia, Jr. - The JUCO transfer got time in spring ball at tight end. He's 6-8 and should turn into an excellent target in the passing game.

Offensive Line - Tackle Matt Williams, Sr. - The former JUCO star adjusted quickly to the big time becoming a top left tackle. He's a huge player with decent feet. Guard Marcus Johnson, Jr. - Johnson is a big guard with experience. Now he has to improve to become a more reliable player on the left side. Center Dominic Furio, Sr. - The 295-pound senior is the anchor of the line with the most experience of any of the Rebel linemen. He has a non-stop motor setting the tone for the rest of the front wall. Guard Joe Critchfield, Jr. - The JUCO All-American should make an instant impact on the right side. He's 315 pounds and could turn into the team's best guard with a little bit of time. Tackle Zach Gorham, Soph. - Gorham saw a little bit of playing time last year and will battle with Tyler Crandal for playing time on the right side. Gorham is a little bit bigger at 310 pounds. Top Backups OT Tyler Crandal, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is expected to push for the job on the right side. He has better feet than Gorham, but he isn't quite the mauler. OG Marco Guerra, RFr. - The 330-pound Guerra is the team's biggest lineman. He was solid in practices last year. OT Brandon Gray, R Fr. - He doesn't have any experience, but he should be a factor in the rotation at 305 pounds.

The defense wasn't horrible last season, but it was rarely clutch. With a ton of returning experience and some superstar talents in safety Jamaal Brimmer and linebackers Adam Seward and Ryan Claridge, the defense should be better. This will be a much faster and far more athletic defense. Defensive Line - Defensive end Chris Eagen, Sr. - The former JUCO superstar missed spring ball with an abdominal injury, but he should be ready to go by the fall. At 265 pounds, he's a big player with good pass rushing ability making four sacks and nine tackles for loss. Defensive tackle Dietrich Canterberry, Sr. - Canterberry is the star of the line as the team's best run stuffer. He made 38 tackles and 2.5 sacks as the team's anchor. Defensive tackle Joe Oniwor, Sr. - Oniwar took over the starting job last season and made 20 tackles and a sack. He has gotten bigger over the last few years bulking up to 300 pounds. Defensive end Leon Moore, Soph. - He's the only new starter to the line and he could turn into the team's best pass rusher. The 255-pound freshman All-American made 39 tackles, three sacks and 11 tackles for loss in a limited role. Top Backups - DT Brian Nicholson, Jr. - He's a 6-5, 265 pound JUCO transfer that should make an impact behind Canterberry at left tackle. DE Pete Dunbar, Sr. - Dunbar made seven tackles in a reserve role. He'll see more action in the rotation this season.

Linebackers - Reggie Butler, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is only 215 pounds, but the guy can move. He's a smart player combining with John Andrews on the weak side. Adam Seward, Jr. - Seward led the Mountain West in tackles 133 tackles. At 250 pounds, he's a good sized player in the middle with the quickness to make plays in the backfield. Ryan Claridge, Jr. - The Rebels get a huge boost with the return of Claridge from the abdominal injury that cost him all of last season. The 250 pound junior is a member of the UNLV tennis team and is able to use that quickness as a force on the strong side. Top Backups - John Andrews, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is 210 pounds and fast. He'll combine with Butler on the weak side. Terrence Young, Jr. - Young joined Bell to make up for the loss of Claridge making 32 tackles and five tackles for loss. The 235-pound junior will back up Seward in the middle. Zach Bell, Jr. - Bell was an effective, but not equal, fill-in for Claridge last season making 21 tackles. The former defensive back has the speed to go sideline-to-sideline.

Secondary - Cornerback Ruschard Dodd-Masters, Jr. - Dodd-Masters was a top reserve last season finishing fifth on the team with 48 tackles and made two interceptions. Strong safety Jamaal Brimmer, Jr. - Where the heck did that come from? Brimmer came in to the 2002 season as a decent defensive prospect and ended up becoming one of the best players in America. The 6-1 junior was all over the field making 100 tackles, 5.5 sacks, 17 tackles for loss and broke up six passes. He showed the speed to get to every play and the pop to make the big hit once he got there. Free safety Will Togai, Jr. - The 6-1 JUCO transfer will have to earn the starting free safety job this fall. He has an amazing mix of speed and athleticism. Cornerback Jason Rogers, RFr. - The former wide receiver has the speed and all-around athleticism to be a star at one of the corner spots once he learns how to play the position. Top Backups - Cornerback David Olsen, Soph. - The former receiver joins fellow former receiver Rogers on one side after making ten tackles last season in a reserve role. He holds the Nevada state record for the long jump. Free safety Joe Miklos, Soph. - The 205-pound sophomore will hold on to the starting job until Togai comes to campus. He's a big player with a little bit of experience, but he doesn't have the all-around skills Togai will bring. Cornerback Ernest Gordon, Fr. - The true freshman got to school early and impressed so much in spring ball that he's in the mix for a starting spot. He's a big player with good speed. Special Teams Placekicker Dillon Pieffer, Sr. - Pieffer has a good leg with range just on 50 yards, but he isn't consistent only hitting four of seven kicks inside 40. This is his fourth year as UNLV's kicker and needs to be more of a weapon. Punter Gary Cook, Jr. - Cook lacks a huge leg, but he's deadly accurate putting a whopping 26 kicks inside the twenty. With two years to go, he's expected to become one of the better kickers in the Mountain West.

UTAH

HEAD COACH: URBAN MEYER

The offense is making some changes under Urban Meyer going to a spread formation taking out the fullback and asking the quarterback to run as well as throw. The Utes will mostly go to the no-huddle offense, but they might not have the receivers to run it properly. The line and running backs should be extremely strong. Quarterbacks - Lance Rice, Sr. - Rice had the starting job over the first five games and ended up throwing for 758 yards and six touchdowns. It wasn't that he was bad, but there was little overall pop to the offense when he was in. In Utah's three losses when he was in, the Utes lost to Arizona, Michigan and Air Force by a total of 13 points. He's a great running quarterback and has a nice short to mid-range arm. Top Backups Brett Elliott, Jr. - Elliott stepped into the starting role last year and had some nice performances leading the Utes to wins over UNLV, Wyoming and BYU in the final three games. He has a better arm than Rice and is a fine scrambler. By the opener, he might be the starter after seeing many first team reps in practice. Alex Smith, Soph. - Smith has talent, but he might not be right for this offense. He has the best arm of the three, but lacks the rushing element that Rice and Elliott provides.

Running Backs - Brandon Warfield, Jr. - In the one back set, there will be plenty of carries to go around and there should be a big battle to see who the number one guy is. The 212-pound Warfield stepped in when Marty Johnson went down and rushed for 919 yards and nine touchdowns showing a combination of power and deceptive speed. In Mountain West play, he was the league's best running back averaging 127 yards per game. Top Backups Marty Johnson, Sr. - Johnson got the medical hardship clearance necessary from the NCAA to play another year. Over the first two games of 2002, Johnson led the nation with 405 yards before going down with a knee injury. Granted, those two games were against Utah State's and Indiana's miserable run defenses, but he was still impressive. At 230 pounds, he's a thunderous power back. Edwin Benton, Sr. - The 209-pound Benton saw a few carries rushing 24 times for 113 yards. He'll become a major factor if Johnson and Warfield have any problems. Rob Sirstins, Jr. - At 216 pounds, Sirstins is yet another big back that might work perfectly in the one-back set. He's a former fullback trying to make the conversion to tailback. Mike Liti, RFr. An intriguing prospect, Liti is a big runner with lights out speed.

Receivers - Larry Miles, Sr. - Miles is a pure speed receiver and should be used to stretch the defenses. Yes, he only caught five passes last year, but he led the Utes averaging 14.6 yards per catch. He'll get the first look at the Z position on the outside. Steven Savoy, RFr. - Savoy lit up the Ute defense in early practices last year and was expected to be one of Utah's best weapons. A knee injury changed all of that costing him last season. He's as good as new and is expected to be a star in the slot. Paris Warren, Jr. - The 6-2, 212-pound Warren comes over from Oregon and is ready to be one of the new stars of the conference. He's big, fast and ready to roll after killing the Utah scout team last year. Tight end Matt Hansen, Sr. - Hansen is a pure blocker. The 249-pound senior caught six passes, but with so many big pass catchers on the team, he'll primarily be used in running situations. Top Backups - Lynzell Jackson, Jr. -After academic problems kept him out of 2001, Jackson made a mild splash last year playing in nine games catching six passes for 79 yards and a score. He's extremely fast and will push Savoy for time at the X. Jerome Wright, Jr. - Look out. The JUCO transfer is considered one of the team's top recruits and he's good enough to take over a starting spot right away. Travis LaTendresse, Jr. - At 6-1, LaTendresse has nice size and is a decent possession receiver. He's the team's leading returning receiver making 21 catches for 195 yards in 2002, but he'll have a hard time seeing the field with the infusion of new talent. Ben Moa, Sr. - Moa is a big player with nice hands. At 265 pounds, he's a solid blocker and can catch making 14 catches for 128 yards last year. When all is said and done, he could be the starter ahead of Hansen.

Offensive - Tackle Thomas Herrion, Sr. - How do you replace a top ten caliber draft pick? That'll be what Thomas Herrion has to do moving over from right tackle to the left side to provide some experience to the key spot in place of Jordan Gross. The new coaching staff thinks the former JUCO transfer could become a one of the new stars of the Mountain West with an athletic 6-3 and 320 pound frame. Guard Chris Kemoeatu, Jr. - The 339-pound Kemoeatu is the best player on a great line. A mauling guard with great technique, he's good enough to bolt early for the NFL after this year. Center Max Petersen, Jr. - Peterson took over when Dustin McQuivey went down last year and became a more than adequate fill-in. At 298 pounds, he's big and should be in the hunt for All-MWC honors. Guard Siuaki Livai, Soph. - This isn't a lock. Livai will have to battle sophomores Andrew Johnson and Jesse Boone for the job on the right side. Boone has a little more experience, but Livai is a bit more talented. Tackle Sean Souza, Sr. - Taking over for Herrion who moved over to the left side, the 293-pound Souza gives the right side some experience and talent. He can also play center if necessary. Top Backups OG Jesse Boone, Soph. - The 291-pound Boone played in six games last year and will be in a year-long battle for time at right guard. C Andrew Johnson, Soph. - The 300-pound sophomore is big enough that he might be moved to another spot if his help isn't needed at center.

On defense, there is talent and Kyle Whittingham's return as defensive coordinator will help mold this group into a decent defense. The secondary will be a bit of a concern if the safeties don't come around. The linebackers have potential, but can't be expected to star. The ends are the best in the Mountain West. Defensive Line -Defensive end Jason Kaufusi, Sr. - One of the league's best players, the 250-pound Kaufusi was a shoulder injury in 2001 away from being a three-time, first-team all-MWC player. He has 19 sacks in his career making 38 tackles and 10.5 tackles for loss in 2002. Defensive tackle Sione Pouha, Jr. - Pouha added a little bit of weight in the off-season and will step up into the starting tackle role this year. He made 15 tackles and two sacks as a backup last year. Defensive tackle Steve Fifita, Soph. - Fifita has gotten bigger bulking up to 302 pounds. He'll start on the nose after making 16 tackles in a reserve role in 2001. With his size and quickness, he could become a top player. Defensive end Josh Savage, Sr. - At 277 pounds, Savage has a little more size than Kaufusi. While he doesn't get the accolades or limelight that Kaufusi gets, he's almost as effective at getting into the backfield. Top Backups DE Marquess Ledbetter, Soph. - After a redshirt year, the coaching staff is excited about turning him loose on the end. He won't see a whole bunch of time behind the two star ends, but he's expected to become a top backup. DT Lewis Powell, Sr. - At 297 pounds, he's a nice sized backup with experience behind Pouha at tackle. He made 18 tackles and three sacks last year.

Linebackers - Spencer Toone, Soph. - The 234-pound Toone will play at the Rover using his speed and talent on the outside. He didn't see any action last year, on a mission, but he's expected to become a top player. Ray Holdcraft, Sr. - Holdcraft was going to redshirt last year, but he took over when Zach Tune got hurt making 31 tackles. He'll have to battle to keep his job over Tune. Corey Dodds, Jr. - Formerly a reserve, Dodds appears ready to become a playmaker on the strong side. As a back up, Dodds made nine tackles last year. At 224 pounds, he has to use his quickness. Top Backups Zach Tune, Jr. - The starting job in the middle was his until an injury knocked him out. When he came back, he wasn't quite 100% and Holdcraft had the gig. With his speed and size, Tune will at least see plenty of carries in the middle. Aaron Bryant, Sr. - Backing up Dodds on the strong side, Bryant brings a bit of experience to the group with five tackles last year. Secondary Projected Starters Cornerback Arnold Parker, Sr. - An all-star as a safety in 2001, the 6-2, 215-pound Parker struggled after getting moved to the corner last year. He has too much talent and too much speed not to be a star. If the light turns on for him at the position, he could round into a superior pro prospect with his 4.3 speed. Free safety Morgan Scalley, Jr. - With Antwoine Sanders off to the NFL, Scalley, a former running back and receiver, has to use his all-around talent to step into the role. He made eight tackles as a reserve last season. Strong safety Dave Revill, Sr. - Revill's talent allowed Parker to move over to corner. He led the team in tackles last year and has turned himself into a star player. He's not the biggest of hitters, but he can play. Cornerback Bo Nagahi, Jr. - As a part-time player, Nagahi made 21 tackles and an interception last year. He's a great athlete and a nice sized corner on the right side. Top Backups Strong safety Anthony White, Sr. - White won't see too much time with Revill owning the position, but he made 11 tackles last year. Cornerback Antonio Young, Soph. - Young saw action in eight games last year making a tackle. He'll play a bigger role combining with Nagahi on the right side. Cornerback Shayne Scruggs, Sr. - Scruggs is a physical player that'll push Shaun Harper for time behind Parker. Parker doesn't have the experience Scruggs has, but he's a little bit better. Special Teams Placekicker Bryan Borreson, Soph. - Borreson started out as a solid kicker, but he tailed off as the season went on. On the year, he hit 11 of 21 field goals hitting better shots from deep than mid-range. Placekicker Ford Hall, Jr. - With Borreson's problems, Hall will be in the mix for the starting kicking job. Punter Matt Kovacevich, Jr. - The JUCO transfer had better be the real deal as he's the only college level punter on the roster.

WYOMING

HEAD COACH: JOE GLENN

While this isn't going to be a four-yard-and-a-cloud-of-dust offense, there's going to be more of a running game than there was in the past. With a decent stable of backs, UW should be able to move the ball on the ground with a little bit of consistency. Even with the minor change, the passing game is still going to dominate as Casey Bramlet looks ready for a big senior season with a loaded receiving corps. Quarterbacks - Casey Bramlet, Sr. - Bramlet is one of the most productive returning quarterbacks in America with 6,647 yards and 34 touchdown passes. Even with all the yards and all the experience, he continues to have problems throwing interceptions with 39 for his career with 18 coming last year. His completion percentage and decision making ability was far better last year and should be even stronger going into his senior season. He's a smart player with a good arm. Top Backups Corey Bramlet, Soph. - Corey isn't as big as Casey and doesn't have the arm. Even so, he's a talented prospect learning behind his brother. In limited duty, he threw for 67 yards and a touchdown. J.J. Raterink, Jr. - Raterink's main role has been as a holder for the kicking game and can step in at quarterback if necessary. He has experience in practice and will compete for the number two spot.

Running Backs - Derek Armah, Sr. - Armah came off suspension to lead the team in rushing going for 596 yards and six touchdowns averaging 4.8 yards per carry. He's a quick back with decent power and nice open field moves. It's next to impossible to put up big rushing numbers in this offense, but Armah should push for 750 yards and ten scores. Top Backups Ivan Harrison, RFr. - He's only 5-9 and 176 pounds, but his quickness, speed and moves did enough to get him to number two on the depth chart. Kit Bradshaw, Jr. - At 206 pounds, Bradshaw is used as a power back with outstanding speed finishing second on the team in rushing with 302 yards and two touchdowns. C.R. Davis, Soph. - Davis adds more experience to the corps seeing time in nine games rushing for 34 yards. He's a smart player with decent moves. Fullback Kevin Fulton, Jr. - He's only 203 pounds, but he'll be UW's starting fullback. He only carries the ball twice last season and will be used as a blocker this year. James Pecosky, RFr. - At 220 pounds, Pecosky is a bigger fullback option than Fulton.

Receivers - Ryan McGuffey, Sr. - McGuffey was expected to come up with a breakout season after making 128 catches for 1,447 yards and five touchdowns in his first two seasons. Last year turned out to be a bit of a disappointment making 35 grabs for 417 yards and three touchdowns. He's a big receiver and a team leader. Jovon Bouknight, Soph. - Bouknight blew up in his redshirt freshman season leading the team with 63 catches for 689 yards and three touchdowns. He wasn't much of a deep threat with his longest catch only being 36 yards, but he has become the team's most reliable pass catcher starting at the H. Malcom Floyd, Sr. - Floyd is 6-6 and experienced with 123 career catches and eight touchdown grabs. He's one of the team's faster receivers and best deep threat averaging 15.8 yards per catch. H-Back Aaron Robbins, Soph. - Robbins was a backup tight end playing in ten games making three catches for 25 yards and a touchdown. He needs to become a top blocker. Tight end Marshall Schaap, Sr. - With the H-Back being used as more of a big receiver, the tight end position will be used for a blocker. Enter Schaap at 245 pounds to take over the job. Top Backups Dustin Pleasant, Soph. - Pleasant adds blazing speed to the corps clocking a 4.5 40. He became a solid target as last season went on making 18 catches for 188 yards. He'll back up McGuffey at the Z. Jarreau Grant, RFr. - Grant is a nice sized receiver with great open field moves. He'll play behind Bouknight at the Y - Tight End Chris Cox, Jr. - More of a blocker than Robbins or Schaap, Cox will be in the tight end rotation.

Offensive Line - Tackle Chase Johnson, RFr. - Johnson has bulked up 25 pounds since joining the team. At 6-8, he's a mountain of a player getting the first shot at left tackle. Guard Isaac Morales, Jr. - The 303-pound veteran got better as last year went on becoming a fixture at left guard. He's athletic and should grow into one of the team's better run blockers. Center Trenton Franz, Jr. - Franz is the star on the line with athleticism, experience and decent technique. He's a great player to build around. Guard Henry Randle, Sr. - Randle has been a steady player over the last few years getting bigger and stronger. The former JUCO transfer is one of the most experienced players on the line. Tackle Dan Fisher, Soph. - The former tight end has been converted to tackle and could be a decent player. At 293 pounds with good feet, the staff is expecting him to immediately become a factor. Top Backups OG Drew Severn, Soph. - The former defensive lineman has moved over to offense to give the line a little bit of overall playing experience on right guard. OT Brandon Avery, Soph. - After spending time as a reserve tackle, Avery will push for time at one of the starting spots. At 296 pounds, he's the biggest lineman.

The defense was one of the worst in the nation giving up a whopping 36 points and 491 yards per game. Things will change a little bit trying to attack more and using blitzes from all angles. The coaching staff is going to be very creative to find ways to get to the quarterback. Defensive Line - Defensive end Derrick Glasper, Soph. - Glasper saw a little bit of time as a backup tackle making five stops. He's not big, but he was a quick nose guard better suited for the end. Defensive tackle Zach Morris, Jr. - The 270-pound Morris will move inside full-time after playing most of the time as a reserve end. He made 20 tackles last season and should be an active player on the inside. Defensive tackle Jacob Bonde, Jr. - At 289 pounds Bonde is the team's biggest defensive lineman coming off a 22 tackle reserve season. He has gotten bigger over the last two years and should be UW's top run stuffer on the nose. Defensive end Brandon Casavan, Sr. - Casavan had problems with an ankle injury two years ago and became a playmaker making 32 tackles and two tackles for loss. At 279 pounds, he's a big defensive end that could move to tackle if needed. Top Backups DT Casey Adams, Sr. - Adams will back up Morris at tackle. As a reserve, the 263-pound senior made 13 tackles. DE Anthony Jones, Jr. - Jones should finally be the player the former coaching staff thought he'd be on one of the ends. He's too athletic not to be a decent pass rusher backing up Casavan. DE John Flora, Soph - Flora started out his career as a defensive back and moved to the end. The starter on the Buck has outstanding all-around athleticism and should start to make an impact after making two tackles.

Linebackers - Guy Tuell, Jr. - The 207-pound Tuell will move to linebacker from strong safety. Coming off a 56 tackle and five tackle for loss season, he's bringing his speed and hitting ability to the weak side. Randy Tscharner, Jr. - It'll be up to the JUCO transfer to make an instant impact in the middle. At 231 pounds, he's one of the bigger linebackers on the team. Tyler Gottschalk, Sr. - Gottschalk is the team's leading returning tackler making 125 tackles and six tackles for loss last season. He'll start on the strong side moving over from the weak side. Top Backups J.C. Trautwein, Sr. - The 205-pound senior will use his speed to backup Gottschalk on the strong side. Matt Chase, Soph. - If Tscharner isn't ready to take over, it'll be up to the 221-pound Chase and the 222-pound Shane Powell to become playmakers in the middle. Tom Vincent, Sr. - The 6-2 Vincent made 24 tackles in a reserve role. He's a big hitter with solid toughness moving from safety to linebacker.

Secondary - Cornerback Chris Dixon, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer returns to his spot where he made 60 tackles and broke up three passes. He didn't intercept a pass and didn't make too many plays when the ball was in the air. He's big and has fine all-around athleticism. - Free safety Nate Young, Sr. - Young was second on the team with 102 tackles and made three interceptions. He'll combine with Jacque Finn at free safety and will be one of the leaders of the secondary. - Strong safety Jay McNeal, Jr. - McNeal took over the strong safety spot this spring adding experience and big hitting ability. He made 69 tackles last year. Cornerback Roderrick Jackson, Sr. - Jackson is an outstanding athlete becoming a top tackler with 47 stops. He wasn't much of a playmaker against the pass with only one broken up pass. Top Backups Free safety Jacque Finn, Sr. - Finn was fourth on the team making 61 tackles and five tackles for loss and was also was one of the team's leaders with three interceptions. With his experience, he's expected to be a leader in the secondary. Cornerback Stephon King, Soph. - King didn't see much action last season only making one tackle in six games. He'll be expected to play a huge role behind Jackson. Special Teams - Placekicker Deric Yaussi, Soph. - With Scott Parker connecting on four of eight field goals with one of four coming from beyond 30 yards, Yaussi took over the job this spring. Obviously, he has to be more of a weapon. Punter Luke Donovan, Sr. - Donovan was outstanding last season averaging a whopping 43 yards per kick putting 11 inside the 20. He'll be counted on to be a weapon again this year.

SUN BELT CONFERENCE

ARKANSAS STATE

HEAD COACH: STEVE ROBERTS

ASU loses two stars off the offensive line, leading WR James Hickenbotham and record-setting running back Danny Smith. The offense was hardly explosive last season and certainly won't be this year needing to get more production out of the passing game. Mike Cox is an emerging star at receiver. Quarterbacks - Elliot Jacobs, Jr. - Jacobs is a great runner and an emerging passer. He's not a natural thrower, but he has good size and decent decision making abilities. With his mobility, he's one of ASU's most dangerous rushing threats running for 193 yards and six touchdowns. Top Backups Bryan Gauthreaux, Jr. - He saw a little bit of action in 2001 and is trying to become a reliable reserve. He's not all that big and has an average arm. - Reid McKinney, RFr. - Considered the star of the future, McKinney showed what he can do on the scout team last year using his big arm. He's the best passer on the team.

Running Backs - Antonio Warren, Jr. - Warren is the best returning running back coming off a 554-yard, three touchdown season. He missed time with cracked ribs and wasn't the same back when he returned. He's a burner with 4.5 speed. Fullback Oren O'Neal, Soph. - The 224-pound sophomore won't get too many carries, but he'll be a decent lead blocker as the season goes on. Top Backups Clinton Roy, Soph. - Roy is the power back in the lineup. At 6-2 and 225 pounds, he'll be seeing time battling for the number two spot behind Warren. Shermar Bracey, Jr. - If you're looking for a running back to come out of nowhere and shine, Bracey could be it. The JUCO transfer is big and can fly clocking in at 4.38. He doesn't have much experience playing football, but he could be too good an athlete not to see time. Ramon Williams, Jr. - The JUCO transfer will immediately push for the starting fullback job. He's a good blocker and can run.

Receivers - Jason Wood, Jr. - Wood isn't going to scare anyone as the team's main possession receiver, but he does the dirty work underneath catching 22 passes for 185 yards. His longest grab was 18 yards. Chuck Walker, Jr. - Walker will combine with Stegall at the Y. He can play on the outside as a burner or in the slot as a short-range receiver. He made 19 catches for 237 yards. Mike Cox. Sr. - Cox started last year looking like one of the best receivers in the Sun Belt before breaking his foot in a practice. He made 21 catches for 363 yards and a touchdown averaging 17.3 yards per grab. He's back at 100% and should be ASU's top deep threat. Tight end Mike Brooks, Jr. - The former linebacker is being tried out at tight end to use his blocking skills. He's a big, physical player that needs to learn how to be a reliable pass catcher. Top Backups Jerome Stegall, Jr. - The former quarterback and running back has finally settled in at receiver to use his great speed and size. The 6-0 Stegall made 12 catches for 128 yards last year and will backup Walker at the Y. Jason Boyd, Soph. - The 6-3 Boyd is the biggest receiver on the roster with decent speed. He made seven catches for 96 yards and will back up Cox. Manuel Burton, Soph. The 6-4 basketball player is too athletic and too good to keep off the field. He made three catches for 15 yards and a touchdown.

Offensive Line - Tackle Matt Roth, Jr. - Roth will get the first chance to replace All-Star Garry Johnson at left tackle. The 319-pound JUCO transfer isn't nearly the talent Johnson was, but he'll be an Adequate fill-in as the season goes on. Guard Steven Gibbs, Jr. - Gibbs is one of the rising stars on the team. The 339-pound junior has started for the last two years on the right side and will move over to the left. Center Tab Slaughter, Jr. - The center position was a concern going into the 2002 season and Slaughter stepped up and performed. The 293-pound junior got better as last year went on. Guard Brandon Crocker, Jr. - Crocker is a mountain of a player at 6-5 and 330 pounds. He became a great reserve last season and should be a solid starter. Tackle Kimani Jones, Sr. - The 313-pound Jones is the new star on the line now that Johnson is gone. The former JUCO transfer could end up moving over to the left side, but he'll start the season on the right. Top Backups OT Frank Arritt, Sr. - Arritt moved from tight end to guard to tackle backing up Jones on the right side. He's only 255 pounds, but he has great feet. OG Anthony Mitchell, Sr. - The 354-pound senior has a little bit of starting experience. He'll push for time at left guard behind Gibbs.

After switching to a 4-2-5 alignment, the defense became better and faster with one of the better pass defenses in the Sun Belt and a productive front six. The tackles are outstanding while there are four good options at linebacker. This will be the strongest defense in the league behind North Texas. Defensive Line - Defensive end Zach Grigsby, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer turned into a top end showing a non-stop motor and nice quickness making 46 tackles for two sacks. Defensive tackle Jon Bradley, Sr. - An All-Conference player, Bradley is a sensational pass rusher from the inside and has proven to be nearly unstoppable by one blocker. The 279-pound star was fourth on the team with 68 tackles and made with sacks and 13 tackles for loss. Defensive tackle Corey Williams, Sr. - The 292-pound nose guard was a First-team Sun Belt performer making nine sacks and 48 tackles despite missing time with an injured ankle. He's great paired alongside of Bradley. Defensive end Courtney Todd, Soph. - The 228-pound Todd turned into the team's best pass rushing end making ten tackles for loss and six sacks. He's not all that big, but he's fast and very active. Top Backups DT Myron Anderson, Soph. - Anderson became a decent reserve making 19 tackles and five tackles for loss in a limited role. He'll play behind Bradley. DT Bryant Berry, Sr. - Berry filled in when Williams went down and made 33 tackles and five sacks. At 306 pounds, he's the biggest player on the line. DE Anthony Camp, Soph. - Camp is ASU's top backup end making eight tackles behind Grigsby.

Linebackers - Steven Tookes, Jr. - Tookes turned into one of ASU's top players making 93 tackles and four tackles for loss. He's a guided missile in the middle against the run and has the quickness to be decent in pass coverage. Les Echols, Sr. - ASU's leading tackler returns on the weak side after making 105 tackles, four sacks and seven tackles for loss. The former safety has used his speed to become and active all-around playmaker. top Backups - Reggie Everett, Jr. - Everett is an experienced player with 122 career tackles and seven quarterback hurries. He'll back up Tookes again in the middle. Eddie Walker, Jr. - Walker is a great backup behind Echols on the weak side making 49 tackles. He's a nice sized player with good speed.

Secondary - Cornerback Lamar Lee, Sr. - Lee is a big corner with great moves. The former quarterback turned into a good safety making 40 tackles and three tackles for loss. Now he'll move over to corner. Free safety Alex Peoples, Jr. - A big hitter and a top all-around playmaker, Peoples was second on the team with 103 tackles and broke up seven passes. The coaching staff is expecting him to be an All-Sun Belt performer this year. Strong safety Chris Littleton, Soph. - After mostly playing on special teams and as a reserve safety, Littleton will get the full-time role at strong safety. He made 25 tackles last year. Weak safety LeKeith Grace, Sr. - Injuries have forced Grace to mostly be a reserve since joining the team from the JUCO ranks. He played in every game making 34 tackles and four tackles for loss. Cornerback Jonathan Burke, Sr. - Burke became a top star as the season went on starting over the last five games making 62 tackles and five interceptions. The Sun Belt Newcomer of the Year is expected to be a top player in a full-time role. Top Backups WS LeUndo Adams, Jr. -The JUCO transfer is expected to step in immediately and push for a starting spot. At 6-2 and 208 pounds, he's the biggest defensive back on the team and is also the fastest. FS Casey Venters, Sr. - Venters missed last year with a knee problem. Now he's 100% and ready to make an impact at safety. Special Teams Placekicker/Punter Eric Neihouse, Soph. - Neihouse had a hard time in his first season as the ASU placekicker only hitting 10 of 22 field goals going 0 for 6 from beyond 40 yards. Four of his kicks got blocked. He's also getting the first shot at the punting job as the coaching staff hopes a walk-on can make an impact. Former punter Mike Alexander averaged 38.6 yards per kick.

IDAHO

HEAD COACH: TOM CABLE

The line is experienced and could be strong if some depth develops. That'll be a huge plus for a team trying to keep its quarterback upright and needing to get a little more boost in the running game. The receiving corps will be the key needing a few playmakers to emerge. Quarterbacks - Brian Lindgren, Sr. - Lindgren is a passing machine attempting 382 passes for 2,763 yards and 19 touchdowns even though he went down with a broken collarbone with two games to go. He improved his decision making ability and became more accurate completing 63% of his passes. With two years of experience in the offense, he should be even more productive this year. With no mobility, Lindgren has to make sure he gets rid of the ball to avoid sacks. Top Backups Michael Harrington, Soph. - Harrington got a little bit of experience last season throwing for 272 yards and two touchdowns but gave away six interceptions. He's a pure passer that needs to be ready to be ready to step in as the only developed backup.

Running Backs - Zach Gerstner, Sr. - A good all-around back, Gerstner ran for 281 yards and a touchdown while catching 17 passes for 146 yards and three touchdowns. After spending his career as a backup, he'll get the first look as the starter. Fullback Brian Yarno, Jr. - Yarno was most valuable last season as a long snapper and played a little bit of fullback. The 236-pound junior will get the first chance to take over for Kevin O'Connell. Top Backups Malfred Shaw, Sr. - Shaw has a nice mix of speed and power running for 201 yards and a touchdown averaging 5.1 yards per carry. He's not quite the receiver Gerstner is, but he packs a bit more power. Kevin McKenzie, Jr. - The former Tulsa Golden Hurricane back became a top player in junior college last year. He's the most talented running back on the roster only needing a little time to learn the system. Mike Lowery, RFr. - The X factor in the mix looked excellent at times this spring. He led the way in the spring game rushing for 85 yards. Nate Griffin, Jr. - Griffin will combine with converted linebacker Jordan Lampos to push for time at fullback. The 236-pound Griffin has been injured for most of his career and is coming off a redshirt year.

Receivers - Bobby Bernal-Wood, Jr. - The 6-2 JUCO transfer is a big, physical receiver with outstanding athleticism. He's supposed to push for immediate time if not start right away. Justin Wall, Jr. - Wall was in school early to get a chance to work out with the team. He was a running back in junior college and became a star once he became a receiver. Tight end Kelly Nead, Sr. - Nead returns to his starting spot at tight end. He's a big player at 252 pounds with nice hands catching 11 passes for 144 yards. He's very athletic for his size. Top Backups Orlando Winston, Sr. - Winston is the team's leading returning receiver making 50 catches for 624 yards and a touchdown. He's a great all-around athlete with a knowledge of the offense. He might end up starting by the start of the season. Matt Miller, Jr. - The JUCO transfer isn't the most talented player in the world, but he's a dependable player and will immediately see action in the receiver rotation. Cedric Thompson, Sr. - Thompson is mostly used as a kick returner. With good moves and quickness, he might be used more in the passing game making four catches for 50 yards. Jeff Stowe, Soph. - Stowe is a nice sized receiver with experience. He caught 39 passes for 363 yards and two touchdowns averaging 12.1 yards per catch. Michael McCoy, Sr. - The former starter was injured for most of last year, but he still played in eight games making nine catches for 109 yards. He's an experienced pass catcher and a good option behind Nead.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jake Scott, Sr. - Scott is the best player on the line and a decent all-around blocker. He's starting for his fourth season and could push for All-Sun Belt honors this year. Guard Jason Cobb, Sr. - One of the better run blockers on the team, the experienced Cobb returns to his starting spot as the weakside guard. He's 298 pounds and very strong. enter Matt Martinez, Sr. - On the Rimington Watch List as one of the best centers in America, the 304-pound Martinez is experienced and talented. He has grown into an excellent player on the inside. Guard Kyle Stewart, Sr. - Stewart can play tackle or guard. He's been a backup throughout his career and will get a shot starting on the strong side. He's 296 pounds and ready to make an impact in the starting role. Tackle Hank Therien, RFr. - The 313-pound senior moves back to the offensive line after playing on the D line the last few years. Top Backups OT Matt Newell, RFr. - Newell will push for time at strongside tackle after seeing a little bit of playing time last year. He's 6-8 and has room to get a little bit bigger. OG Jade Tadvick, RFr. - The 298-pound redshirt freshman might still be growing. He was a high school receiver just a few years ago. He'll battle with Geoff Zuber for time behind Stewart.

The Idaho defense has to find something it can do well. The pass defense was abysmal giving up 274.4 yards per game while the Vandals allowed 190.2 yards per game on the ground. There's experience in most of the key areas, but those returning have to play much, much better. The team needed an infusion of newcomers to give hope for things to be better. Defensive Line - Defensive end Brandon Kania, Jr. - Kania showed flashes of becoming a top pass rusher making four sacks and eight tackles for loss. Since Idaho doesn't have much on the ends, he'll have to become a top performer for the line to do anything. Defensive tackle Brian Howard, Sr. - The rock on the line, the 287-pound Howard is the team's best run stopper finishing third on the team with 54 tackles. He also made five sacks and ten tackles for loss. All things will rotate around him. Defensive tackle Kelly Talavou, Soph. - Talavou became a dependable player as a true freshman making 23 tackles. He's expected to grow into one of the team's better tackles with a little more experience. Defensive end Mike Bonelli, Soph. - At 228 pounds, the former backup to Kania will get the first look on the right side. Top Backups DT Jeff Edwards, Soph. - After spending his career on the scout team, Edwards adds quickness to the inside. At 250 pounds, he needs to always be moving. DT Jason Jones, Sr. - At 330 pounds, Jones is a much needed big body in the middle. He didn't do much of anything last year only making two tackles and must play a more prominent role this year. DT Michael Togafau, Jr. - After spending his career as a backup offensive lineman, Togafau will move over to the defense to try and give the line more production.

Linebackers - Chad Kodama, Sr. - The former quarterback has turned into a heck of a linebacker making 48 tackles and becoming one of the most dependable defensive players. He brings experience and stability to the defense. Patrick Libey, Sr. - Libey is the biggest of the Idaho linebackers at 240 pounds. He's also the leading returning tackler making 69 tackles and a sack. Mike Anderson, Soph. - Anderson turned out to be a pleasant surprise last season making 54 tackles and two sacks. He's an active player with a great knack for getting into the backfield. Top Backups Kody Kraus, Sr. - The former JUCO star is moving to the linebacking corps after starting at defensive end last year. He had problems against the run on the line, but he has the overall athleticism to become a playmaker now that he'll play in space. Jaron Williams, RFr. - After missing all of last year with a shoulder injury, he'll add more speed to the linebacking corps.

Secondary - Cornerback Brandon Mascorro, RFr. - He'll have a battle on his hands to keep the starting job. He isn't big and doesn't have any experience, but he has too many raw skills to keep off the field. Safety Darryl Murphy, Sr. - Murphy can play corner or safety. The 5-11, 185-pound senior started four games making 26 tackles and broke up two passes. Safety Robert Ortega, Sr. - The JUCO transfer played in six games making 14 tackles. He's a big player with decent speed. While he's trained more as a corner, he'll see most of his time at safety. Cornerback Rod Bryant, Sr. - One of the rising stars in the Sun Belt, Bryant turned in a great season making 51 tackles and two interceptions. He also led the team with seven broken up passes. The former JUCO transfer and big and can hit like a safety. Top Backups S Nate Nichols, Soph. - Nichols will be first in the safety rotation after seeing time in 11 of 12 games. He made eight tackles and recovered a fumble. At 6-2 and 206 pounds, he's one of the bigger defensive backs on the roster. S Chad Troxel, Sr. - He made nine tackles in a reserve role last year and will push for time at safety. S Simeon Stewart, Jr. - One of the true safeties on the team, the 5-8 Stewart has a little bit of experience over the last two years. He'll be third among the backup safeties in the rotation. S Jedidiah Getzlaff, Sr. - After missing all of last season with an injury, he's expected to make an impact as one of four players in the safety rotation. CB J.R. Ruffin, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is one of the speediest corners on the roster and a member of the Idaho track time. He'll push for time behind Mascorro at one of the corners if not take over the job outright. Special Teams Placekicker Brian Pope, Sr. - Pope will be in a three-way battle for the starting job to replace Keith Stamps. It shouldn't be hard as Stamps hit 7 of 17 kicks. Pope has a big leg dealing with all the kickoff duties last year. Punter Ryan Downes, Sr. - Downes is a Ray Guy candidate with a huge leg averaging 41.6 yards per punt. He also has direction putting 17 inside the 20. If anything needs improving, it's getting some height on his kicks only forcing two fair catches.

MIDDLE TENN STATE

HEAD COACH: ANDY McCOLLUM

Quarterback Andrico Hines could make a big jump up and become one of the breakout quarterbacks of 2003, but he needs weapons. The receiving corps is nothing special (unless some of the big young players make plays right away), and the running game needs the backups to help out Don Calloway. The line could be the best in the Sun Belt. Quarterbacks - Andrico Hines, Sr. - Hines amazes at times, struggles at others. Getting better in the off-season and has become the leader of the team. With a big arm and great mobility, he has all the tools to become an all-Sun Belt talent. He only threw six touchdown passes last year, but he ran for ten. Top Backups Josh Harris, Soph. - A tall player, he saw a little bit of time only completing one of four passes for six yards. A collarbone injury knocked him out of last season.

Running Backs - Don Calloway, Sr. - After the graduation of Dwone Hicks and the early departure of ReShard Lee, Calloway becomes the team's best rushing option. He's not a big player measuring in at 5-6, but he has enough talent, athleticism, cut back moves and experience to have a strong season. He rushed for 227 yards and two touchdowns averaging 5.8 yards per carry. Fullback Nick McAfee, Jr. - The 243-pound McAfee is a pure blocker and the only fullback option. Top Backups - Kelvin German, Soph. - Mainly a special teams player, German will have to play a big factor. Calloway won't be able to be a workhorse, so German will see plenty of action. Kevin Davis, Soph. - He had to sit out last year, but he's expected to be an immediate factor this season. He's the third option behind Calloway and German, but he'll still see plenty of carries.

Receivers - Wardell Alsup, Sr. - The 5-9 Alsup came on at the end of last season to become one of the team's top receivers after starting his career as a defensive back. He'll start at the X after making ten catches. Chris Henry, Soph. - The experienced Henry played in every game catching 14 passes. Now he has to become a deep threat playing the H spot. Hashem Joyner, Jr. - Joyner isn't big at 5-9 and 154 pounds, but he has sensational quickness. He'll start at the Y spot. Kerry Wright, Jr. - Wright saw a little bit of time in every game making 11 catches. He'll need to stretch the field at flanker. Tight end Chris Sapp, RFr. - MTSU needed help at tight end, so Sapp moved over from the defensive line. Now the coaches have to figure out if he can catch. Top Backups San Williams, RFr. - At 6-1 and 170 pounds, Williams will bring a taller option to the H. Pedro Holiday, Jr. - He had a huge spring making play after play after play. He might not start, but he'll make an impact. Tommy Manus, Jr. He's the team's biggest receiver at 6-4 and 215 pounds with the speed to be a difference maker. Now he has to show it on the field.

Offensive Line - Tackle Brandon Westbrook, Sr. - One of the Sun Belt's best linemen, he has been an All-Conference performer each of the last two years. A big player, he can move as well as maul. - Guard Germayle Franklin, RFr. - The Blue Raiders need help at guard, and Franklin might be the one to provide it. He had a great spring showing great athleticism taking over the job at left guard. Center Shavaskey Brown, Soph. - He's 338 pounds and could end up getting moved over to guard. His feet aren't the best, but he can pound Guard Josh Willoughby, Sr. - Willoughby could end up playing center. A natural guard, he's one of the team's best run blockers and one of the most improved players. Tackle Julius Gant, Jr. - A great prospect with sensational feet for a player of his size, Gant wasn't able to stay healthy when he got his chance to start. If he can stay healthy, he'll combine with Westbrook to form the Sun Belt's best tackle tandem. Top Backups OG Bill Brasch, Jr. - The 304-pound junior is expected to become a big-time player in the running game. All he needs is a little more experience. - OT Brandon Parker, Jr. - He started a little bit last season and could push for time at either tackle spot. The defense had some major problems never coming through with the big play. Chalk it up to youth as several players needed to learn on the fly.

The 2003 defense could be better with a little improvement in the pass defense. There was no pass rush last year, but that could change with more talent on the ends. Returning Leaders Defensive Line - Defensive end Jerry Vanderpool, Jr. - The best player on the line, the 288-pound Vanderpool can play tackle or end. He made 40 tackles last year. Defensive tackle Jeff Littlejohn, Soph. - At 330 pounds, he's the team's biggest defensive lineman and needs to be the top run stuffer. He saw time in every game making 13 tackles. Defensive end Devarick Scandrett, Soph. - A big time talent, Scandrett could be the star of the line if he reaches his potential. He got bigger in the off-season and might be a force this year. Top Backups DE Dominic Jones, Sr. - He was O.K. last year coming out of junior college, but the 283-pound senior has to make more of an impact. DT Thomas Johnson, Jr. - The Blue Raiders don't have too many true tackles, so Johnson has to be a solid backup behind Littlejohn.

Linebackers - Dennis Burke, Soph. - In a reserve role, Burke made nine tackles last year. He'll get the start on the left side this season and is expected to become the team's best linebacker with a little bit of experience. Randy Arnold, Sr. - Arnold became a solid playmaker in the middle making 88 tackles last season. He's a big hitter and a solid quarterback of the defense. Kenny Edwards, Sr. - Edwards became a solid player by the end of last year. He'll start on the right side after making 21 tackles. Top Backups Joey Montalbano, Sr. - Mostly used as a special teams player, Montalbano, who made 23 tackles, He'll back up Burke on the left side. Alvin Fife, Jr. - Fife hit the weight room and bulked up to 221 pounds. He saw time in all twelve games last year making eight tackles.

Secondary - Cornerback Tony Sutton, Sr. - Sutton came on as a starter last season He tied for the team lead with three interceptions and is great at tackling in the open field making 55 tackles. Strong safety Michael Woods, Sr. - Woods had a slightly disappointing season, but he still made 48 tackles. He'll need to be more a factor against the pass this year. Essentially, he's another linebacker that can flat out fly. Weak safety Brandon Lynch, Sr. - Lynch is a heck of a blitzer and isn't too bad against the pass. He made 7.5 tackles for loss last year and was fourth on the team with 75 tackles. Free safety Will Martin, Jr. - The team's leading returning tackler with 78, the 204-pound Martin is one of the better safeties in the Sun Belt. Cornerback Muhammad Rashada, Sr. - Possibly the team's fastest defensive back, Rashada is the team's top corner and should be even stronger with an experienced player in Sutton on the other side. He'll start again at the right corner. Top Backups FS Chris Johnson, Sr. - After starting last year, he broke his arm against Alabama knocking him out for the year. If he doesn't take over the starting free safety job again, he'll still see plenty of action. CB Aaron Pitts, Sr. - He'll start the season as the team's primary backup corner. He made 14 tackles last year, but he didn't break up a pass. CB Danny Tolbert, Jr. - He's not all that big, but he's good enough to instantly move into the starting lineup. Special Teams - Placekicker Brian Kelly, Sr. - Kelly didn't come into last season with a whole bunch of experience, but he turned in a whale of a season hitting 10 of 13 field goals and 31 of 32 extra points. He doesn't have a huge leg, but he hit four of five kicks from 40 to 45 yards. Punter Robert Billings, Sr. - Billings was one of the nation's better punters last year averaging 42.6 yards per kick and put 18 inside the 20. He should once again be a star.

NEW MEXICO STATE

HEAD COACH: TONY SAMUEL

The Aggie option offense should keep on rolling. Without much talent at receiver, there'll be more of a reliance than ever on the running game. Quarterbacks Paul Dombrowski and Buck Pierce should run the offense well, but they'll need to run for a while behind a line that needs time and depth. Quarterbacks - Paul Dombrowski, Soph. - After Buck Pierce was injured, Dombrowski stepped in and became one of the best young stars in the Sun Belt not only leading the team in passing, but also in rushing with 868 yards and 12 touchdowns on the ground. He's a big quarterback with sensational athleticism. He was also a solid leader as a freshman going 5-3 when he started. Top Backups Buck Pierce, Jr. - NMSU likes to use two quarterbacks, so the coaching staff wants Pierce to return healthy from a knee injury so he can get back into the mix. He ran for 180 yards and three touchdowns and threw for six touchdowns and only one interception. Doug Brady, Jr. - The 5-9 junior will see playing time as a solid option quarterback.

Running Backs - Eric Higgins, Sr. - The 200-pound JUCO transfer was supposed to contribute last season, and he did averaging 5.3 yards per carry and three touchdowns. He missed four games, but he was still able to be a workhorse rushing for three, 100-yard games. He also showed nice breakaway speed with a 75-yard touchdown run. Fullback Marcus Dixon, Sr. - Dixon was the top fullback last year and carried the ball a little bit rushing for 129 yards and a touchdown. Top Backups - Tony Bostic, Sr. - After having a great spring in 2002, Bostic was supposed to start, but he only rushed for 254 yards. He's 190 pounds and has enough experience to be counted on. Rambo Fiaseau, Soph. - He's 241 pounds with surprising speed. He'll back up Dixon and rushing for only 11 yards last year. Keith Mouton, Soph. - Mouton is only 5-6 and 177 pounds, but he's productive when he gets a chance averaging 4.8 yards per carry. Muammar Ali, Fr. - As spring ball went on, he became more and more of a factor in the running attack. Spencer McIllwain, Jr. - The true freshman might be see playing time instantly once he gets to camp this fall. He was one of NMSU's top recruits.

Receivers - Preston Williams, Sr. - The 6-1 Williams gives the receiving corps size and a nice blocker, but little past production. He only caught three passes last season. Ronshay Jenkins, Sr. - The 5-7 Jenkins is lightning quick and the team's top deep threat averaging 20.6 yards per catch last season on 18 grabs. Tight end Alex Davis, Sr. - Davis caught 12 passes last season, but his real strength is in his blocking and his experience having started 32 straight. Top Backups Chris Duncan, Jr. - The 6-2 Duncan is the team's second leading returning receiver catching 16 passes last season. A big player, he'll split time with Williams. Chris Lumpkin, Sr. - The team's leading returning receiver, Lumpkin made 19 catches for 224 yards and a touchdown last year. He has nice size and is a decent blocker. Leon Oloya, Jr. - After having problems with injuries Oloya is expected to make a little bit of an impact this year. Dustin Ditmore, Jr. - Ditmore will backup Davis at tight end. He's a little bigger than Davis, but he hasn't seen much time.

Offensive Line - Tackle Trevor Kine, Sr. - One of the few returning starters on the line, the 6-6, 276-pound Kine is expected to be one of the team's leaders. He's one of the best overall players on the line. Guard Nick Cole, Soph. - Cole started the first two games of last year, but he broke his hand and spent the rest of the year as a backup. At 348 pounds, he's a big young player that's expected to become a star over the next few years. Center Andy Dale, Sr. - Dale isn't quite as big as B.J. Van Briessen was, but he's expected to be equally as productive after starting eight games over the last two years. Guard Steve Subia, Jr. - Subia is a mammoth at guard. The 6-3, 370-pound junior started the last nine games last year and was a pounding run blocker. Tackle Matt Sanchez, Sr. - Sanchez was quickly becoming one of the team's better linemen before having problems staying healthy. He'll get the first look on the right side. Top Backups OT David Colston, RFr. - Much is expected of the 298-pound redshirt freshman filling in on either side of the line. OT Cole Leslie, Jr. - When the JUCO transfer arrives, he might be an instant starter. He was a huge recruit for the Aggies and might be the team's best lineman.

At times, NMSU's defense was strong and now it returns the whole front seven. It should be a little better against the run, but the brand new secondary could have some major problems. Defensive Line - Defensive end Traydell Bullock, Jr. - Bullock missed spring ball, but he should be ready to roll to start the season. Bullock made 36 tackles last year and has two years of experience, but he has to do a much better job of getting into the backfield. Defensive tackle Lionel Apineru, Jr. - He started nine games last year making 18 tackles. At 298 pounds, he's one of the bigger players on the line and has to be a factor against the run. Defensive tackle Joe Olivo, Sr. - Olivo is only 263 pounds, but he's an extremely active player who earned All-Sun Belt honors last year. He made 36 tackles, but he played better than the stats would indicate. Defensive end Greg Scaffidi, Jr. - He started eight games last year and was one of the team's better players at getting into the backfield. He'll have to make more of an impact at getting to the quarterback. Top Backups DE John Sioui, Sr. - He might not be a great starter if needed, but he's a fine backup making two sacks and 17 tackles last year. DE/DT Tommy Laborin, Jr. - Laborin has trimmed down a bit to 307 pounds and he'll need to use that size on the small line. He can play on the end, but he'll see most of his time at tackle. He started every game in 2001.

Linebackers - Tim Patrick, Sr. - After a rocky and injured start to his Aggie career, Patrick had a solid season last year making 63 tackles. Jimmy Cottrell, Soph. - Cottrell was supposed make a bit of an impact last year, but he wasn't expected to be the major factor he turned out to be leading the team with 102 tackles. He's a big player in the middle getting better and better. Richard Glover, Jr. - Glover turned into a star last season making 95 tackles and tied for the team lead with two interceptions. He's an athletic player who's always around the ball. Top Backups Travis Jones, Jr. - Jones has a decent amount of experience moving over from the weak side to the middle. He made 12 tackles last year as a reserve.

Secondary - Cornerback Cameron Wright, Soph. - The 6-1 Wright gives the Aggies a big corner on the right side. Wright made 13 tackles in nine games and should be the team's best corner. Free safety Matt Griebel, Soph. - Griebel is only 5-10 and 179 pounds, but he'll get the start at free safety. He's a sure tackler making 29 stops last year, but he's not a huge hitter. Tyrone Gilford made 71 tackles here last year. Strong safety Wuan Harris, Jr. - The 206-pound Harris adds a bit more size to the secondary. He'll get the first look at strong safety, but it's not a lock that he has the job. He has to replace the 93 tackles lost from Siddeeq Shabazz. Cornerback Chris Davis, Soph. - He'll battle with David Malloy to start on the right side. Davis made five tackles last year in seven games of playing time. Top Backups FS Shurkee Shabazz, Soph. - Shabazz isn't all that big, but he's a great athlete who should push hard for playing time. CB Jeremiah Imperial, Sr. - The JUCO transfer sat out last year and could immediately start on either side. Special Teams Placekicker Dario Aguiniga, Sr. - Aguiniga is a three-year starter and an All-Sun Belt talent. He hit 17 of 23 field goals with a big enough leg to hit five of eight from beyond 40 yards. He should be in the mix for the Lou Groza Award. Punter Steven Smith, Jr. - The JUCO transfer replaces Brian Copple. Copple was average last season, so all Smith needs to do is be consistent to be able to replace his production.

NORTH TEXAS

HEAD COACH: DARRELL DICKEY

The Mean Green offense was downright painful to watch at times last season only averaging 19.2 points per game. Things started to pick up as the season went on facing Sun Belt teams, but it'll be hard for this group to do much against good competition. The key will be the play of the line breaking in two redshirt freshmen on the left side. Quarterbacks - Scott Hall, Jr. - Hall tore his pectoral muscle and couldn't make a contribution last year. He's 100% now and in a neck-and-neck battle with Andrew Smith for the starting job. In 2001, Hall threw for 1,453 yards and 17 touchdowns leading the Mean Green to the Sun Belt title. He adds a little bit more mobility than Smith. Top Backups - Andrew Smith, Jr. - Smith filled in for Hall and led the team to a conference championship and a New Orleans Bowl win. It took him a while to get used to the starting job struggling to get the offense moving early. As the year went on, he became a more confident passer and was able to make more plays. He isn't quite as big as Hall and has quickness, but he didn't run much last year.

Running Backs - Patrick Cobbs, Soph. - Cobbs might not be the workhorse that Kevin Galbreath was, but he's quicker and provides an excellent speed burst. He ran for 761 yards and eight touchdowns. He was used a little bit as a pass catcher making seven grabs for 34 yards. If this spring was any indication, the rushing game will be just fine. Fullback Chad Boyd, Jr. - The 200-pound Boyd isn't a punishing blocker, but he'll be used at full back. He could se a few carries in short yardage situations. Top Backups Roy Bishop, Soph. - Bishop was supposed to be the team's number two back with his 207-pound frame, but he couldn't stay healthy this spring and Michael Ruff and Kevin Moore became more vital. The offense needs Bishop and his power to complement Cobbs. Jimie Williams, Soph. - At 225 pounds, he's a bigger back than Boyd and a better fullback option.

Receivers - Ja'Mel Branch, Jr. - The 5-7 Branch isn't exactly an ideal number one receiver, but he can make plays with his quickness and was a star at times this spring with three touchdowns grabs in the spring game. He was the second leading receiver last year with 27 grabs for 384 yards and two touchdowns. He's exceptionally strong at making plays in the red zone. Michael Thrash, Sr. - The 6-2 Thrash caught seven passes for 84 yards last season. The former JUCO transfer adds much needed size to the receiving corps. Tight end Randy Gardner, Sr. - Garnder will have to make up for the loss of UNT's great blocker Jeff Muenchow. He's not starting from scratch having started ten games and is a better receiver catching five passes for 81 yards. Top Backups Kevin Howard, Sr. - Howard has been a consistent receiving threat catching 12 passes for 191 yards and two touchdowns last year. He's the team's best deep threat and should be a key player with his experience. Joel Nwigwe, Soph. - Nwigwe was in the mix in multiple receiver packages making one catch for 14 yards. He'll start the season behind Thrash. Tight end Andy Blount, Jr. - Blount is only 215 pounds and isn't quite the all-around tight end that Gardner is. He'll combine with Matt Bradshaw as Gardner's backup.

Offensive Line - Tackle Jason May, Soph. - May played a little bit as a freshman and will now take over on the right side. He has gotten in better shape and has better feet now than he did last year. He missed time this spring with a broken finger. Guard Nick Zuniga, Sr. - Zuniga is the leader and most talented player on the line. The 319-pound All-Sun Belt star has started 32 straight games and should be an all-star player again. Center Andy Brewster, Jr. - Brewster is a talented blocker and gets the job done even though he's only 247 pounds. His quickness and experience are assets to the line. He's as tough as nails. Guard Dylan Lineberry, RFr. - The 310-pound redshirt freshman is one of the bigger players on the line. He needs a little time to become a top blocker, but he's too big to keep off the field. Tackle Weston Thaggard, RFr. - Thaggard is 270 pounds and has experience seeing time in the final eight games of last year. He'll have to be strong out of the gate on the left side. Top Backups T Ian Hobbs, Sr. - Hobbs can play center or tackle. His experience will be a key with so many young linemen in the mix. C Lonnie Chambers, Jr. - At 284 pounds, the JUCO transfer is about forty pounds heavier than Brewster at center. He could be moved to tackle if need be.

This is one of the best defenses in America with almost every starter returning. Granted, the team plays in the Sun Belt, but this D should be able to give everyone on its schedule a nasty time. Forget running on the front seven as long as star tackle Brandon Kennedy is healthy. The secondary boasts one of the best safety combinations in America. Defensive Line - Defensive end Adrian Awasom, Jr. - Awasom is big enough to be a great run stopper and quick enough to be a fearsome pass rusher making 41 tackles and eight sacks. He's 270 pound and plays on the UNT basketball team. Defensive tackle Brandon Kennedy, Sr. - Kennedy might be the best defensive tackle in the country. The 5-10, 315-pound mini-Sapp spent the off-season rehabbing his knee, but he should be fine for the start of the season. He's unblockable by one player with extremely quick moves on the inside making ten sacks and 25 tackles for loss. He made 76 tackles. Defensive end Luke Conder, Sr. - Conder was a valuable reserve making 22 tackles and a sack last year. He's the equivalent of another tackle on the inside and is very experienced. Defensive end Chris Miller, Soph. - Miller and Grady Davis will combine to take over for Darrell Daniels. Miller is a big player with decent moves. Top Backups DE Grady Davis, Soph. - Davis didn't see much action as a freshman. He'll combine with Miller at one of the end spots looking to become a top pass rusher. DT Evan Cardwell, Jr. - Cardwell is a big reserve on the inside. The 270-pound junior has a little bit of experience playing behind Kennedy.

Linebackers - Taylor Casey, Sr. - Casey led the team and was second in the Sun Belt making 117 tackles. From the strong side, he was also outstanding at getting into the backfield with two sacks and nine tackles for loss. Cody Spencer, Sr. - Spencer had the unenviable job of taking over for Brad Kassell and did a great job making 66 tackles, five sacks and three interceptions even though he missed almost half the season with an elbow problem. He's not huge, but he's a very active player in the middle. Chris Hurd, Sr. - Hurd became a force on the weak side finishing second on the team with 91 tackles. He has seen time as a backup middle linebacker and could move inside if injuries strike. Top Backups Koryee Wyatt, Sr. - Wyatt filled in when Spencer was hurt and finished with 60 tackles and four sacks. He'll see action on the weak side along with Hurd. Montrell Parks, Jr. - Parks has a little bit of experience making five tackles last year. He'll see more time in the rotation behind Casey. Justin Claborn, Sr. - He hasn't seen too much action, but he has a couple of years of experience. He's the biggest linebacker on the team playing in the middle behind Spencer.

Secondary - Cornerback Jeremy Pearl, Jr. - The job on the left side is all his taking over for Don McGee. At 6-3 and 190 pounds, Pearl is a physical corner Free safety Jonas Buckles, Jr. - The 213-pound Buckles is one of the best safeties in the league coming off a 52 tackle, two interception season. He's equally strong against the run as well as when the ball is in the air. Strong safety Craig Jones, Sr. - Jones has been a starter from day one and is a tackling machine. The 211-pound strong safety made 90 tackles last season and broke up four passes. Cornerback Walter Priestley, Jr. - After splitting time with Pearl last season, Priestley has the full-time job as one of the team's better cover corners. Even though he's not as big as Pearl, he's a good hitter making 29 tackles and two sacks. Top Backups - FS Markeith Knowlton, Jr. - Knowlton can play anywhere in the secondary. He has the speed to play corner, practicing there this spring, and the size and hitting ability to fill in at either safety spot. He made 33 tackles last year. CB Dominique Mackey, Soph. - He missed all of last year after tearing up his knee. If spring ball was any indication, everything is fine again and he should become a top producer behind Priestly on the right side. Special Teams Placekicker Nick Bazaldua, Soph. - It took a little while for the true freshman to get used to kicking in the big-time, but he turned out to be O.K. hitting 10 of 15 field goals and showed a good leg. Punter Brad Kadlubar, Jr. - One of the best punters in the country, Kadlubar averaged 42.6 yards per kick and put 29 inside the 20. He also showed nice hang time on his kicks forcing 11 fair catches.

UL-LAFAYETTE

HEAD COACH: RICKEY BUSTLE

The passing game should be solid with quarterbacks with strong arms throwing to Fred Stamps and a decent receiving corps. The line is deep and should be good in the Sun Belt. Now they have to find a way to open up the lanes to get a running game going. Quarterbacks - Jerry Babb, RFr. - Call this a work in progress. Babb is a big quarterback with nice mobility and a decent arm, but he hasn't seen any game action yet. The coaching staff will sink or swim with him, at least to start, and he should be a decent player with a good receiving corps to throw to. Top Backups Eric Rekieta, Sr. - The 237-pound Rekieta was a great fill-in last season throwing for 652 yards and four touchdowns leading the team to wins over Idaho and Arkansas State. He's still in the mix for the starting job after missing spring ball with an elbow problem. Matt Lane, Jr. - Lane didn't see any time last season, but he'll still have a shot at the starting job. At 6-0 and 191, he's not a big quarterback compared to Babb and Rekieta. The Skinny: ULL might be playing around with the starting quarterback job all season long. Babb has the number one spot for now with Rekieta a proven option. The key as a group will be to cut down on interceptions.

Running Backs - Dwight Lindon, Jr. - The 210-pound Lindon will battle Josh Harrison for the starting job left open by the loss of Jerome Coleman. Lindon has a little bit of experience carrying the ball 19 times for 42 yards. Fullback Wayne Stein, Sr. - Stein will compete with Travis Cones for the starting fullback job. He's not a big player, but he's a fighter and is a decent blocker. Top Backups Josh Harrison, RFr. - Harrison is a 5-7 scatback adding more speed to the mix than Lindon. He'll get every chance to add some punch to the rushing offense. Fullback Travis Cones, Jr. - Cones was one of the best JUCO fullbacks in the country. He's a big player with speed and could turn out to be the starting tailback with a little bit of work.

Receivers - Frederick Stamps, Sr. - Stamps had a huge season catching 54 passes for 1,002 yards and eight touchdowns. He's the premier deep threat in the Sun Belt averaging 18.6 yards per catch. There's no reason to think he can't compete to be the Sun Belt offensive player of the year. Kemmie Lewis, Soph. - The 6-2 JUCO transfer is big and fast. He's expected to make an instant impact along with Eric Bartel. Tight end Josh Joerg, Sr. - One of the best tight ends in the conference, the 237-pound Joerg is a good pass catcher averaging 18.8 yards per catch. He's also a decent blocker. Top Backups Bill Sampy, Jr. - Sampy is a big and productive player making 30 catches for 327 yards. He'll see time behind Stamps and should be the first option in three-wide sets if he doesn't take over Bartel's slot. Eric Bartel, Sr. - Mostly a special teams player, Bartel will battle for the starting spot on the other side of Stamps. He played in all twelve games making ten catches for 130 yards and a touchdown. Lawrence Johnson, Jr. - Joerg is the receiving tight end while Johnson is the better blocker. At 250-pounds, he'll see more action on running plays.

Offensive Line - Tackle Corey Glover, Soph. - Glover will move to right tackle as one of the team's top linemen. He missed most of last year for personal reasons and now appears ready to have a big season. Guard Greg Hodges, Jr. - For being 305 pounds, Hodges moves extremely well. He'll get the start at left guard. Center Ronnie Harvey, Jr. - A dependable player in the middle, Harvey is a big player at center. Guard Demetrios Brooks, Jr. - The 290-pound Brooks is experienced at tackle, but he'll move over to right guard to take over the spot vacated by Jonathon Raush. Tackle Brandon Cox, Fr. - The 6-7, 295-pound true freshman is expected to start right way at right tackle. After a little bit of time, he's expected to be one of the team's best linemen. Top Backups C Mike Moore, Soph. - The 318-pound Moore is one of the team's biggest linemen and is neck and neck with Harvey for the starting center job. OT D'Anthony Batiste, Sr. - He's an experienced and versatile player able to play either tackle or guard.

The Ragin' Cajuns have to replace almost the entire secondary and needs to generate more of a pass rush. A massive infusion of junior college players should not only shore up the depth, but also fill in some major holes. The front six, or seven depending on the alignment, shouldn't be too bad. Defensive Line Projected Starters Defensive end Eugene Kwarteng, Soph. - Kwarteng has bulked up ten pounds and should be a fearsome pass rusher on the right side. He was a defensive back in high school and hasn't lost much of his athleticism. Defensive tackle Daniel Taylor, Jr. - Taylor moved from the end to inside and made 16 tackles. He's not a huge player, but he has enough experience as a reserve to be an effective tackle. Defensive tackle Darryl Blappert, Jr. - The 275-pound honorable mention JUCO All-American will take over on the left side. At 6-7, he's a big player with room to get even bigger. Defensive end Antonio Floyd, Sr. - Floyd is ULL's best pass rusher with five sacks and 14 tackles for loss last season. He's also not all that bad against the run with 39 tackles. Top Backups DE Derace James, Sr. - James is a nice sized player with a great deal of experience. If he doesn't take over the starting job on the left side, he'll at least split time with Floyd. He made 39 tackles and two sacks. DT George Benson, Jr. - The 290-pound JUCO transfer was a major coup for the ULL recruiting class. He's big enough to be an instant factor on the inside. DT Shawn Williams, Sr. - At 313 pounds, Williams is the biggest of the defensive linemen. He'll be pushed hard for playing time. DT Kendrick Haynes, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is an active 285-pound player in the middle. He'll battle with Williams for a spot behind Taylor.

Linebackers - Ross Brupbacher, Sr. - Brupbacher gets another year of eligibility getting knocked out for most of last season. When he's on the field, he's one of the best tacklers in the Sun Belt and should be an all-star candidate this season. He's a sure tackler and one of the team's leaders. Stanley Smith, Jr. - Smith became ULL's top linebacker after Brupbacher went down finishing the season with 49 tackles and two tackles for loss. He's not a burner, but he has decent speed and is an excellent tackler. Top Backups Jamaal Sanders, Jr. - Sanders plays a little bit of linebacker and a little bit of safety .He was a valuable reserve making 26 tackles and a sack. Tyler Norman, Soph. - The 205-pound Norman will get every shot at seeing time behind Brupbacher. Ricky Calais, Sr. - Calais adds more side than more of the ULL backup linebackers and decent experience. He made 12 tackles last season.

Secondary - Cornerback Terryl Fenton, Soph. - Fenton became a playmaker as a true freshman making 14 tackles and an interception. At 6-1 and 200 pounds with 4.5 speed, he's expected to be one of the top young defensive backs in the Sun Belt. Whip safety Patrick Lamy, Sr. - The former walk-on became a decent reserve last season making 25 tackles. He's a quick player expected to be better as the year goes on. Free safety David Prater, Jr. - Prater will have to step in immediately and be a factor. At 5-11 and 205 pounds, he has decent size and good speed. Rover Jamal Smith, Sr. - The only defensive back with any appreciable experience, Smith has been used as a linebacker, corner and safety. He was second on the team with 51 tackles and picks off two interceptions. He has a nice nose for the football recovering four fumbles. Cornerback Jerrell Carter, Jr. - Carter saw time in five games making six tackles. He'll be asked to take over on the right side battling with JUCO transfer Ricky Thomas. Top Backups CB Ricky Thomas, Jr. - Adding lightning speed to the corps, the JUCO transfer should make an immediate impact in the secondary possibly taking over on the right side for Carter. Rover C.C. Brown, Jr. - A JUCO star, the 6-2, 205-pound Brown should be a big hitting factor. CB Antwain Spann, Jr. - An all-star JUCO player, Spann will push for time behind Fenton on the left side. Special Teams Placekicker Sean Comiskey, Soph. - It might take a little while, but Comiskey should become a fine kicker with a little more work. He hit nine of 18 field goals last year going 6 of 8 from inside 40 yards. Punter Grant Autrey, Sr. - Autrey wasn't bad averaging 39.8 yards per kick while putting eight inside the 20. With a little more boom on the ball, he could be one of the best in the Sun Belt.

UL-MONROE

HEAD COACH: CHARLIE WEATHERBIE

The offense was non-existent at times last season, but it should be better this year with experience everywhere but running back. The passing attack should be excellent with rising star Steven Jyles throwing to an experienced and dangerous receiving corps. The running game could be a problem. Quarterbacks -Steven Jyles, Soph.. - Jyles became one of the more exciting players in the Sun Belt highlighted by a 470-yard passing performance against Utah State. He's a mobile quarterback rushing for 165 yards and three touchdowns, but his real strength is making something happen through the air when he's on the move. As a freshman, he threw for 2,318 yards and 17 touchdowns and only gave away nine interceptions. If he can improve on his overall accuracy, he'll have a huge season. Top Backups Daniel DaPrato, Sr. - DaPrato started the first three games of last season and didn't move the offense at all. He threw for 195 yards and no touchdowns with five interceptions. As bad as he was, he's smart and experienced for a number two quarterback.

Running Backs - Krishun Williams, Soph. - The 221-pound Williams has gotten bigger and should be a decent replacement for Bryant Jacobs. He has decent speed and has a little bit of experience carrying the ball 39 times for 172 yards and a touchdown. Fullback Jason Schule, Soph. - The 223-pound Schule isn't much of a runner, but he'll see plenty of chances this year after running the ball nine times for 19 yards. He's a decent pass catcher with six grabs for 49 yards and a touchdown. Top Backups Kevin Payne, RFr. - Payne is 200 pounds ran for 17 yards last season. He's expected to be make an impact after lighting up the scout team last year. Errol Hogan, Soph. - He adds more of a speed element to the mix. He has a little bit of experience and will be the third man in the rotation. Joey Trappey, Soph. - Trappey's a former receiver trying to get more overall production at fullback. He's not a top blocker, but he should be a bit of a factor cause of his athleticism.

Receivers - Mack Vincent, Sr. - One of the best all-around receivers in the country, the 5-11 Vincent is a great deep threat with consistent hands making 79 grabs for 1,198 yards and seven touchdowns last year. He'll be even stronger with a decent receiving corps around him. H.J. Adams, Sr. - One of the team's stronger receivers, Adams will get the start at the Z coming off a 15 catch season. Drouzon Quillen could take over the starting job. Tight end Justin Ebersole, Sr. - it'll be Ebersole's job to replace Ben Wright. Ebersole is just as good a catcher, but he's not quite the same blocker. Top Backups Floyd Smith, Jr. - A superior athlete, Smith is still emerging as a receiver finishing last season second on the team with 39 catches for 429 yards and three touchdowns. Drouzon Quillen, Soph. - The 6-6 Quillen is an intriguing prospect finishing last year as the team's top deep threat averaging 16.1 yards per catch on 32 grabs. Jeremy Hammock, Soph. - The 225-pound Hammock will back up Ebersole adding more speed to the position.

Offensive Line - Tackle Bruce Hampton, Jr. - He got his weight down a little bit and should be better and better with more time. There's a chance he could be an all-star at left tackle. - Guard Ben Zapata, Sr. - Scheduled to be a starter, Zapata suffered a knee injury early last year. He's the team's biggest offensive lineman at 316 pounds and will be back to take over the starting spot at left guard. Center Hayden Wadsworth, Jr. - One of the team's best combination of strength and quickness, Wadsworth should be a solid center returning to his spot in the middle. Guard Shane Luna, Sr. - Luna is a three-year starter giving the Indians a big, strong player on the right side. He's the leader on the line because of his experience, and he's also talented with quick feet for a 310-pound player. Tackle Josh Wade, Sr. - The 280-pound Wade will start at right tackle combining with senior Robert Aguirre. He has gotten stronger and his technique has greatly improved. Top Backups OT Robert Aguirre, Sr. - Aguirre has seen time at center and tackle. At 313 pounds, he'll give ULM more side on the right side. OG Don Pitt, Jr. - The 295-pound junior is an up-and-coming player that should make an impact after redshirting last year.

The defense should be much, much better if it can avoid the injuries that hit them so hard last year. With the return of players like linebacker Maurice Sonnier and defensive end Mabrae Wilson, the Indians will have more playmakers and be more effective. Defensive Line -Defensive end John Thompson, Sr. - The 271-pound Thompson had a strong 2002 season and is expected to push for All-Sun Belt honors again. He made 41 tackles and 3.5 sacks using a great combination of size and quickness. Defensive tackle Jamond Mason-Taylor, Sr. - The 286-pound run stuffer made 19 tackles on the inside. He should be solid in the middle with a little more time to learn. Defensive tackle Corey Conde, Sr. - Conde is only 245 pounds, but he's very active and has a non-stop motor that helps him to make plays. He made 54 tackles and five sacks last year. Defensive end Maynard Johnny, Jr. - The 250-pound junior is an athletic player that took over the starting job this spring. One of the strongest players on the team, he'll combine with Mabrae Wilson for the job. Top Backups DE Mabrae Wilson, Sr. - One of thee team's best pass rushers, Wilson made ten tackles before getting knocked out for the season with a torn ACL. He'll push Maynard Johnny for time on the other side of Thompson. DE Alnecco Shine, Jr. - Shine filled in for Wilson when he went down and made 31 tackles. He's the team's fastest defensive lineman. DT Dilandos Johnson, Jr. - At 285 pounds, Johnson gives ULM a bigger option in the middle than Conde.

Linebackers -John Winchester, Sr. - Winchester somehow returned from a torn ACL suffered last spring to finish third on the team with 74 tackles. He's a little bit bigger and should be a force now that he's healthy again. Maurice Sonnier, Sr. - Sonnier is one of the best linebackers in the country that no one knows about. If he can come back 100% from a broken ankle, he'll be one of the nation's leading tacklers and will end up being an All-Sun Belt performer. Top Backups LaKeith Robinson, Jr. - A sensational athlete, Robinson filled in when Sonnier went down and made 68 tackles, 2.5 sacks and nine tackles for loss. L.B. Jeter, Soph. - Jeter is more of a big safety than a linebacker. He'll play behind Winchester after making eight tackles.

Secondary - Cornerback Cash Mouton, Jr. - The 6-1 Mouton is a decent tackler and the team's best cover corner. With his size, he matches up well with any big receiver. He led the team with six broken up passes. Free safety Chris Harris, Jr. - The team's top tackler last year, the 6-1, 200-pound Harris is an All-Sun Belt candidate coming off a 127 stop season. With a little more work, he should be a top player. Safety Travin Moore, Jr. - He's not quite as big as the other starting safeties, but he's a bigger hitter. He's one of the strongest defensive backs on the roster winning the "Iron Indian" for his improvement in the weight room. Strong safety Damien Richard, Jr. - Is a player with some pop making 59 tackles last season. He's experienced with linebacker-like hitting ability. Cornerback Jaron James, Jr. - James gives the secondary some speed. He's only 5-9, but he runs a 4.34 and will be asked to cover the top speed receivers. Top Backups CB Vernard Wilkerson, Jr. - He missed most of last year with a hand injury, but he's ready to go this season. He might be the team's most natural defensive back with outstanding speed. SS Shaune Maynard, Jr. - Maynard is another big safety with a little bit of experience seeing time in every game last year making 38 tackles and an interception. Special Teams - Placekicker Tyler Kuecker, Sr. - Keucker was supposed to be a decent kicker, but he failed miserably only hitting four of ten field goals. He'll get another shot this year. - Punter Nick Bascle, Soph. - He'll get every opportunity to become the team's punter with Kuecker also in the mix. The Indians didn't get much production here last year.

WAC CONFERENCE

BOISE STATE

HEAD COACH: DAN HAWKINS

The backfield should be outstanding with quarterback Ryan Dinwiddie and running back David Mikell, but there are huge problems everywhere else. The top four pass catchers are gone as are the stars on the offensive line. Quarterbacks - Ryan Dinwiddie, Sr. - After breaking his ankle early in the season against Arkansas, Dinwiddie came back and went on a tear highlighted by a brilliant 19 of 22 for 406-yard, five touchdown day against Fresno State. He didn't throw enough passes to qualify for the nation's leaders, but he ended up with a whopping 188.18 rating completing 65.4% of his passes. He's had some problems keeping out of trouble and has a standing reservation in the doghouse. When he's on, there are few quarterbacks in college football as accurate. Top Backups - Michael Sanford, Jr. - There wasn't much of a role for him over the last two seasons, but he's a big quarterback with talent. The 6-4 Sanford was three for three last season.

Running Backs - David Mikell, Sr. - Always used as a change of pace back, Mikell gets the full time role trying to replace Brock Forsey and his 1,611 yards and 26 rushing touchdowns. Mikell is a strong back with great speed averaging 5.8 yards per carry rushing for 606 yards and eight scores. A strong kickoff return man, Mikell can catch as well with 16 grabs for 193 yards and a touchdown. Fullback Greg Swenson, Sr. - Even though he's only 215 pounds, he's a solid blocker and expected to be a quality starter. He'll almost never touch the ball. Top Backups Donny Heck, Jr. - Heck has experience and will see an expanded role. He rushed for 275 yards and to scores last year. Quinton Jones, RFr. - A combination receiver/running back, Jones adds a speed burst to the mix. Antwaun Carter, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is a big back with speed. The 210 pounder was the South Carolina high school state champion in the 100 meters clocking in at 10.51. Fullback Brad Lau, RFr. - Lau will back up Swenson at fullback adding a bit more size at 227 pounds.

Receivers - Tim Gilligan, Sr. - The leading returning receiver, Gilligan takes over a starting role at the X after catching 23 passes for 349 yards and a score. He's only 5-9, but he has nice hands. He's not a blazer, but he has 4.6 speed. Jerry Smith, Sr. - As a reserve, Smith caught nine passes for 108 yards. He'll get the start at the Z needing to become a star and a reliable player. Tight end Kevin Louwsma, Sr. - A pure blocking tight end, the 250--pound Louwsma didn't catch a pass last season coming in on running situations. Top Backups Tony McPherson, Jr. - The former JCUO transfer adds a bit more size to the outside. He'll battle Gilligan for time. Drisan James, RFr. - The 6-1 redshirt freshman could be the new receiving star. He's a bigger receiver to a corps that needs it. Tight end Andy Weldon, Jr. - After redshirting, the former JUCO transfer is expected to be the team's top pass catching tight end. He'll have to battle several other tight ends, but he's expected to make an instant impact.

Offensive Line - Tackle Daryn Colledge, Soph. - One of the top freshman tackles in the country last year, the 288-pound Colledge started every game and became a star. He has sensational quickness and is getting better and better. - Guard Michael Ansel, Jr. - Ansel moves up into the starting role on the left side. He'll get a ton of help playing on the same side as Colledge. Center Mike MacLeod, Sr. - MacLeod will get the first shot at replacing all-star Scott Huff, but he'll have to fight to keep the job with redshirt freshman Joe Wiegand expected to be a solid player. Guard Tyrone Tutogi, Sr. - Tutogi will replace Rob Vian at right guard. It'll be asking a lot for him to be the all-star that Vian was, but he should be a productive player. Tackle Russell Colburn, Jr. - The 313-pound Colburn was having a big season before he broke his leg. He was able to come back for the bowl game, but the off-season has finally given him time to get back to 100%. Top Backups OT Jason Turner, Sr. - When Colburn went down last year, Turner stepped in and was fine. He'll back up Colburn on the right side again. He'll see a little bit of time at center as well. C Joe Wiegand, RFr. - He might be the team's best lineman very soon. He needs a little more polish, but he'll get every shot at taking over the starting job. OG Ryan Keating, RFr. - At 305 pounds, Keating provides much needed size to the line. He'll push hard for the left guard job.

The defense is extremely small for a top 25 caliber team, but it's very effective. The corners and outside linebackers should be excellent. The line doesn't have any real stars, but it gets the job done. Even with eight returning starters, it's asking a lot of the defense to repeat the performance of last year without Quintin Mikell and Chauncy Ako. Defensive Line - Defensive end Julius Roberts, Jr. - The returning starter on the left side, Roberts has to get in the backfield more after only making 15 tackles and one sack last season. - Defensive tackle Paul Allen, Sr. - The team's biggest defensive lineman, the 291-pound Allen has to be the best run stuffer. He saw time in every game last year making 20 tackles. Defensive tackle Dane Oldham, Sr. - Oldham went down with a knee injury against San Jose State forcing him to miss the final five games of the year. The 265-pound senior made 16 tackles and two sacks. Defensive end Jason Wardlow, Soph. - Wardlow ended up redshirting last season and is expected to be a top playmaker on the right side this year. The USC transfer has the speed and talent to step in right away. Top Backups DT Alex Guerrero, Soph. - The former end will move inside to give the line a 279-pound run stuffer. He'll initially back up Oldham. DE Mike Dominguez, RFr. - He's not all that big, but the 227-pound redshirt freshman is athletic and expected to make an impact on the left side.- DE Mike Williams, RFr. - Williams is only 217 pounds, but he can move. He should make for a fine speed rusher.

Linebackers - Travis Burgher, Sr. - Coming off a 46 tackle season, the 209-pound Burgher is has two years of starting experience and is expected to be an All-WAC level performer this season. With his speed, the Broncos like to send him into the backfield. Clint Furr, Soph. - The 231-pound Furr adds some much needed size to the group. He'll get the first shot at replacing Chauncey Ako fighting with Chris Barrios and Korey Hall for the gig. He made 23 tackles last year. Andy Avalos, Jr. - Avalos led the team with 107 tackles last year and was great at getting into the backfield with five sacks. At 213 pounds, he uses his speed to chase everyone down and isn't too bad in pass coverage. Top Backups - Chris Barrios, Soph. - The 212-pound Barrios can play at any spot in the linebacking corps, but he'll push for time in the middle coming off a 26 tackle season. Korey Hall, RFr. - Hall adds much needed size and nice versatility to the corps. He'll try to win the starting job in the middle, but he'll most likely play on the outside.

Secondary - Cornerback Gabriel Franklin, Sr. - A strong performer last year, Franklin broke up nine passes, picked off eight and was fifth on the team with 51 tackles. He's a solid all-around corner that should be in for a big season. Free safety Wes Nurse, Sr. - The all-star candidate returns to his spot at free safety where he made 89 tackles last season. He's not the biggest of hitters, but he can make stop the run and is fine in pass coverage. Strong safety/Rover Chris Carr, Jr. - More suited for corner, the 181-pound Carr is surprisingly great against the run. Replacing Quintin Mikell, Carr isn't coming in cold finishing last season with 47 tackles and 4.5 sacks. Cornerback Julius Brown, Sr. - Boise's best covercorner with track speed, Brown broke up 15 passes and makes teams pay when they stay away from Franklin. He'll start on the left side and will be in the mix for All-WAC honors. Top Backups Cornerback Lee Marks, Soph. - He's only 5-7 and 168 pounds, but he's good enough to play on either side. He made ten tackles last year. Defensive back Gerald Alexander, RFr. - The best athlete in the secondary, the coaches can't help but rave about the guy. He'll either take over the strong safety job or else become the team's top backup. Strong safety Brad Allen, Soph. - The 5-7 Allen will made 16 tackles and 1.5 sacks. He's a fine reserve at either safety spot. Special Teams - Placekicker Tyler Jones, Jr. - Replacing Nick Calaycay might not hurt too much. Jones has a much stronger leg handling the long field goals last year hitting 3 of 6 from beyond forty yards including a 52 yarder. He's sensational on kickoffs with 54 touchbacks. Punter Sean Steichen, Soph. - The punting game was merely average last season. Out with a foot injury last season, Steichen should be a solid replacement for Keith Schuttler and his 39.9 yard average.

FRESNO STATE

HEAD COACH: PAT HILL

The Bulldogs could have one of the most potent attacks in the nation with a sensational receiving corps, a workhorse back that could be a superstar and an up-and-coming quarterback. The line is decent, but not very deep. Quarterbacks - Paul Pinegar, Soph. - Everyone's WAC Freshman of the Year, Pinegar was thrown to the wolves after Jeff Grady went down and he took over the offense throwing for 2,929 yards and 20 touchdowns with only ten interceptions. A big player, he has a nice arm, but not a howitzer, yet he has little trouble on his deep passes. More important than anything, he seems to have a knack for being able to pull out wins. He didn't light it up in spring ball, but there isn't any reason to worry. Top Backups - Jeff Grady, Sr. - A decent backup option, Grady has starting experience looking strong in the opener against Wisconsin last year before getting knocked out. He's a smart player who knows the system and could make the seamless transition to starter if need be. Jordan Christensen, RFr. - A big quarterback with a nice arm, Christensen will battle with Tommy Barrington, and Tim Bessalo for the third spot, but he has it for now after a solid spring.

Running Backs - Rodney Davis, Sr. - After coming into the 2002 season as a backup, Davis took the job over as his own setting a school record with 1,586 yards. The brother of starting receiver Marque, Rodney averaged 5.1 yards per carry and showed a great workhorse ability to carry the offense at times. He's in fantastic shape and could be in for a huge season. Don't be surprised if he starts creeping up the draft charts as the season goes on. Fullback James Cummings, Soph. - He's only 5-8 and 209 pounds, but he'll be used as the team's primary fullback and another running option. He ran for 61 yards and two touchdowns last year. Top Backups - Bryson Sumlin, Soph. - The speedy Sumlin was the team's second leading rusher in 2002 going for 249 yards. He's not a bad receiver catching five passes. Sumlin had problems with an injured shoulder this spring. Fullback Jamal Jones, Jr. - Jones is a top special teams player and a former linebacker. At 240 pounds, he provides more bulk at fullback than Cummings and looks like a natural.

Receivers - Marque Davis, Sr. - When Berrian went down, Davis stepped up catching 64 passes for 956 yards and seven touchdowns. He's not the speed receiver that Berrian is, but he's plenty fast and can make the tough catch in traffic. He caught a touchdown pass in six of the last seven games of the season. Bernard Berrian, Sr.. - Berrian was preseason All-American at both receiver and as a kick returner going into the 2002 season, but a knee sprain against Wisconsin never healed. It's fine now and he looks as good as ever. A big player with blazing speed, he should once again be one of the nation's best weapons. Adam Jennings, Soph. - A top return specialist, Jennings also caught 34 passes last year averaging 17.3 yards per grab in a reserve role. Tight end Duncan Reid, Jr. - A quick player who can find the holes in a defense, Reid came on as a top pass catching tight end making 25 grabs for 321 yards. He'll also handle the long snapping duties. H-Back Stephen Spach, Jr. - When the Bulldogs use an H-Back instead of a tight end, Spach comes in. He's a better blocker than any of the tight ends and is sometimes used as a fullback. He can catch as well making eleven grabs, but will probably be used as a backup if Greco continues to progress. Top Backups Deandre Gilbert, Sr. - The third receiver in the offense now that Berrian is back, Gilbert is a veteran that can make the tough catch. He should be lethal with defenses concentrating on Davis and Berrian. Jermaine Jamison, Soph. - Jamison appears to be the next great Bulldog receiver. At 6-3 and 190 pounds, he's a big play receiver with size. He's also one of the team's smartest players making the Dean's List. Alec Greco, Sr. - The backup H-Back behind Spach, Greco has experience starting 12 games in 2001. He's a nice big play threat and has shown great blocking ability and decent speed. Adam Jennings, Soph. - A quick receiver, Jennings adds yet another option. He made 34 grabs last year and was a decent punt returner.

Offensive Line - Tackle Logan Mankins, Jr. - The 305-pound junior returns to the left side again after starting 28 games. He's recovering from ankle surgery, but he'll be back to be one of the most dependable pass blockers in the WAC. Guard Sean Finnerty, Soph. - After seeing time in a reserve role, the 305-pound Finnerty will get a shot at taking over the job in the middle of the line playing either center or guard. Center Kyle Young, RFr. - Young is huge and provides power at 320 pounds. After looking tremendous this spring, he'll get the first look at center. Guard Dartagnon Shack, Soph. - A mauling player that can play center or guard, Shack also saw a little time at fullback. He's expected to be one of the team's best linemen over the next few years. Tackle Matt Stevenson, Soph. - After seeing a great deal of action in a reserve role, Stevenson will get the first look at right tackle. He's nursing a shoulder injury, but is still expected to get the starting job. Top Backups G James Martin, Jr. - The former JUCO superstar could solidity himself on the left side of the line with a little but of work. He has the potential to be a big-time player. T Kawika Edwards, Jr. - The team's top backup tackle, he has the size and the feet to replace Mankins or Stevenson. C Kyle Sweeney, Jr. - The JUCO transfer provides a big body and some experience as the backup center. G Dan Roush, Soph. - He's not all that big listed at 231 pounds, but he's the only backup guard with any experience. The defense had to overcome some major injuries last year that not only sapped several starters, but also many of the backups.

The 2003 defense should be a little bit better if the secondary is developed. The linebacking corps will be great and should make a ton of tackles behind an average line. Defensive Line - Defensive end Claude Sanders, Jr. - The 240-pound end might be the best combination of size and athleticism on the defense. He was seventh on the team in tackles last year with 62 stops and made five sacks. Defensive tackle Fai Satele, Jr. - At 290 pounds, Satele adds a big body to the middle. He made 18 tackles last year and two tackles for loss. He still has work to do and needs to become a major factor. Nose tackle Donyell Booker, Jr. - The 305-pound Booker was a star JUCO player and could be an instant impact player. He's not Alan Harper, but that's who people are comparing him to. Look for him to be a star by the end of the year. Defensive end Garrett McIntyre, Soph. - The walk-on has established himself as a top contributor and a solid pass rusher. He ended up starting in the bowl game and made 22 tackles on the year. Top Backups DE Brian Morris, Sr. - If he can overcome knee problems, he could be a top producer at one of the ends. At 260-pounds, he's one of the team's bigger ends. DE Clarence Denning, Jr. - He was the 2002 starter on the end before getting knocked out for the year. There's a major concern that his back will be a problem all year. DT Del Hawkins, Jr. - A bowling ball of a player, the 6-0, 270-pound Hawkins started seven games last year at tackle making 33 tackles.

Linebackers - Bryce McGill, Sr. - McGill was a top safety and moved to linebacker when the corps was hit by injuries. He's only 205 pounds, but he brings superior athleticism to the position making 80 tackles, six sacks and broke up four passes in a great 2002 season. He's also a devastating hitter when he gets a head of steam. - Marc Dailey, Jr. - Starting in the middle, Dailey made 73 tackles last season. He's not a special player, but he's a good starter with a ton of experience. He's not going to make many mistakes. David Adamo, Jr. - Expected to be an impact player on the outside, Adamo is a big hitter who made 45 tackles last year. Top Backups Kyle Goodman, Soph. - A leader, even though he's young, Goodman made 30 tackles last year and should play a major role on the outside. Todd Garcia, Jr. - Garcia is more of a special teams contributor, but he's expected to help out on the outside this year behind Adamoi.

Secondary - Cornerback Kendall Edwards, Sr. - Edwards is back after missing last year with a blown up knee. He's finally expected to be back this summer and the Bulldogs need him. A great lock down corner when healthy, he can also tackle. Free safety Tyron Culver, Soph. - Culver is a big, smart safety making 24 tackles last season. He has a nose for the ball and should be in for a big season if he can hang on to the job. Redshirt freshman Vince Mays is pushing him hard. Strong safety James Sanders, Soph. - An up-and-coming superstar, Sanders has great football intelligence and is always making plays. He was second on the team with 83 tackles and led the team with nine broken up passes. Cornerback Raymond Washington, Soph. - Washington is a big corner with amazing athletic ability. Mostly a special teams player and a kick blocking specialist, Washington will lock down one of the starting corner jobs after starting in the Silicon Valley Bowl. Top Backups - Free safety Dee Meza, Sr. - Meza will see time at free safety after playing at corner last year. He picked off three passes and took one for a touchdown against Georgia Tech. Strong safety Nate Ray, Jr. - The former quarterback has turned into a solid backup defensive back. Ray made 33 tackles and returned an interception 103 yards. Corner Awan Diles, Soph. - He's only 5-8, but he's expected to be one of the up and coming impact players. He made 21 tackles last season and might take over the starting corner job if Edwards isn't 100%. Corner Therrian Fontenot, Jr. - An interesting prospect, the former running back is the team's fastest player and has nice size. He has work to do on learning the position, but he could become a top contributor. With his speed, he has to be on the field. Special Teams - Placekicker Brett Visintainer, Jr. - He'll have to replace Lou Groza Award level kicker Asen Asparuhov. Visintainer has a big leg and is fine when practicing, but he had some major problems this spring when pressured. Punter Mike Lingua, RFr. - A natural after switching over to football from soccer, Lingua can hit the ball a mile in the air. His consistency will be the key. Kickoff and Punt Returners Bernard Berrian - After a year off with a knee injury, Berrian should be back in his place as one of the nation's top kick returners.

HAWAII

HEAD COACH: JUNE JONES

The passing game will lead the nation. Quarterback Timmy Chang is experienced enough to run it to perfection with a vast array of decent, but not ultra-talented, receivers. The running game will be fine if it's ever used. The line is strong up the middle, but a potential nightmare on the ends. Quarterbacks - Timmy Chang, Jr. - Chang returns for what seems like his 17th year in the Hawaii program, and he still has two years to go. He has always put up big numbers, but it wasn't until last season that he started winning games. Always injured, Chang will have to avoid the shots he's taken over the last couple of years and needs to make quicker decisions with the line breaking in two redshirt freshman tackles. It's not that he's not tough, he's simply had bad luck. If he plays the whole season, he'll lead the nation in passing. Top Backups - Jason Whieldon, Sr. - With Chang's history of injuries, Whieldon has to be ready. As the only roster player with even a slight bit of experience, he'll need to be a top second quarterback in case bad luck strikes Chang again. He has nice mobility. Jeffrey Rhode, Soph. - A big player at 6-5 and 243 pounds, Rhode has a huge arm and could progress into a star of the future with a little more time. Kainoa Akina, Soph. - Akina was one of the bright young stars in college football after some explosive performances as an Eastern Michigan freshman. After sitting out last year, he should work his way up into the number two spot as the season goes on. The coaching staff has to find a way to get him into the mix.

Running Backs - Mike Bass, Jr. - The 5-6 Bass had hernia problems in 2001 and even more problems last year, but he'll be asked to be the team's main ball-carrier early on. He's extremely quick and actually has some decent power for being only 158 pounds. He rushed for 311 yards averaging 6.0 yards per carry and caught ten passes. Top Backups - John West, Sr. - If given a chance, West could become a great back in this system. He averaged 7.6 yards per carry in 2002 leading the team with 451 yards while rushing for five touchdowns and catching 11 passes. Michael Brewster, Jr. - Another 5-6 back, Brewster will be UH's third rushing option. He ran for 90 yards and three touchdowns on only 16 carries last year. Corey Donohue, Soph. - At 6-1 and 223 pounds, he gives the Warriors a big back. He might become a top player around the goal line.

Receivers - Kanale George, Jr. - George had shoulder problems in 2001 and didn't play last year. At 6-2 and 193 pounds, the Warriors need him in the lineup to give the receiving corps some size at the X position. Chad Owens, Jr. - A great kick returner, Owens tweaked a knee last year missing four games. He made 47 catches for 550 yards and two scores. He'll line up as the H back. Clifton Herbert, Sr. - Starting at the Y, Herbert is a jitterbug of a receiver making 30 catches for 377 yards and three touchdowns. At 5-8 and 157 pounds, he relies on his quickness. Jeremiah Cockheran, Sr. - Starting at the Z, Cockheran became a top player as the year went on. The former JUCO transfer lit up Alabama for 207 yards on nine catches finishing the season third on the team with 49 grabs for 731 yards and five scores. Top Backups Britton Komine, Jr. - Scheduled to be a reserve, Komine became one of Hawaii's top receivers catching 58 passes for 886 yards and ten touchdowns. He led the team with a 15.3 yard per catch average as the team's top deep threat. He's listed as a backup behind Owens at the H, but he'll end up starting somewhere. Nate Ilaoa, Soph. He's only 5-9, but he's physical and strong. He'll back up Herbert at the Y after catching 46 passes for 532 yards and three scores last year.

Offensive Line - Tackle Samson Satele, RFr. - This is a critical spot. Satele isn't all that experienced, but he'll have to grow up in a hurry protecting Chang's blind side. The 289-pounder will combine with Dane Uperesa for the spot. Guard Shayne Kajioka, Sr. - He had some problems with injuries at the end of last year, but he's expected to be the team's rock on the left side. At 308 pounds with more experience than anyone else on the left side, he has to have a big season. Center Derek Faavi, Soph. - He's a small, powerful blocker at 6-0 and 266 pounds. He took over the center job by the end of last season and was solid. Guard Uriah Moenoa, Jr. - One of the WAC's better linemen, the 327-pound junior has the bulk to be a powerful guard moving over from his tackle position. His feet are good, but he's better suited to guard where he should shine. Tackle Dane Uperesa, RFr. - The 305-pound redshirt freshman is expected to shine right away. He'll combine with Ryan Santos to man the right side. Top Backups OG Chad Kahale, Jr. - He was mostly a backup last year and he got even bigger beefing up to 337 pounds. He has to be able to find a way to play at his hefty weight to become a factor behind Poenoa on the right side. OT Ryan Santos, Jr. - The 320-pound Santos might be better suited for guard, but he'll combine with Uperesa at right tackle if not take over the job outright.

This could be the best Hawaii defense under June Jones if he can find a decent replacement for Boston College bound defensive coordinator Kevin Lempa. The pass rush should be tremendous taking the pressure off the loaded secondary. All three starting linebackers have to be replaced, but if some players step up to take over the production and leadership provided by Chris Brown and Pisa Tinoisamoa, the D will be outstanding. Defensive Line - Defensive end Houston Ala, Sr - The 250-pound Ala can play on the end or at tackle if necessary. He was plenty of action last year as a pass rushing terror making 45 tackles, six sacks and 13 tackles for loss. Defensive tackle Lance Samuseva, Sr. - Named the team's most inspirational player, Samuseva made 48 tackles in the middle. At 290 pounds, he's one of the biggest linemen and is always among the most active. Defensive tackle Isaac Sopoaga, Sr. - How good was Sopoaga against the run? He was fourth on the team with 72 tackles and made seven tackles for loss. The 315-pound senior is a pure run stuffer. Defensive end Travis LaBoy, Sr. - LaBoy always seems to be dinged up, but he always ends up producing. The 249-pound senior is a great pass rusher leading the team with seven sacks and 17 tackles for loss. Top Backups - DT Lui Fuga, Sr. -The 301-poiund Fuga has had some injury problems and missed time this spring. He'll use his size to rotate in the middle on the left side with Sopoaga. - DE Kevin Jackson, Sr. - Jackson will once again see time on the left side and be used for an occasional pass rushing boost. He made 21 tackles and 3.5 sacks last year.

Linebackers - Keani Alapa, Sr. - He'll have to be the leader of the linebacking corps with the most experience and the most talent of the group. He played in every game last year making 39 tackles and four sacks. Alapa is a 221-pound player with talent, and he should be in for a big season on the strong side. Chad Kalilimoku, Sr. - After playing behind Chris Brown last year, Kalilimoku will finally get the chance to start in the middle after making 26 tackles, six tackles for loss and a sack. Ikaika Curnan, Soph. - The Warrior weak side linebackers are all strong safety side. The 210-pound Curnan will have to blossom into a big-time player after a 15 tackle freshman season. He has the speed, but now he has to prove he can handle the full-time role in place of Pisa Tinoisamoa. Top Backups - Patrick Harley, Jr. - He'll push Alapa on the strong side following a six tackle season. Tanuvasa Moe, Soph. - Moe made six tackles as a reserve last year. He's only 218 pounds, but he'll back up Kalilimoku in the middle. Kilinahe Noa, Jr. - He might split time with Curnan on the weak side. Noa played in the 12 games and made 13 tackles.

Secondary - Cornerback Abraham Elimimian, Jr. - Elimimian isn't all that big, but he's quick and can tackle. He was sixth on the team last year with 68 tackles and broke up eight passes with two interceptions. With his experience, he's a solid corner the Warriors can count on. Free safety David Gilmore, Sr. - An experienced player, Gilmore made 70 tackles in 2002. He'll combine with Leonard Peters for the spot. While Gilmore is better against the run, Peters is better in pass coverage. Strong safety Hyrum Peters, Sr. - He can play corner or safety. A first-team All-WAC talent, Peters missed the end of last year after getting hurt with a sprained knee in the Alabama game, but he still finished third on the team with 77 tackles and intercepted four passes. He's only 5-8, but he's extremely quick. Cornerback Kelvin Millhouse, Sr. - Millhouse is the team's best cover corner. The 6-1, 205 pound senior is a big corner that can play safety is absolutely necessary. He picked off four passes and busted up 12 others last year and was great at times on the blitz. Top Backups Free safety Leonard Peters, Soph. - If Peters is healthy, he'll take over the starting job competing with David Gilmore. He's had problems with a knee, but he still made 25 tackles in nine games last year. Cornerback Kenny Patton, Soph. - Patton saw time in 11 games last year making ten tackles and broke up a pass. He'll back up Elimimian on the left side. Cornerback Gary Wright, Sr. - The senior provides size and experience at the corner. He made 13 tackles in 2002 and will back up Millhouse in 2003. Special Teams Placekicker Justin Ayat, Jr. - Ayat is as consistent as any kicker in the country from close range, but he's not big from a distance. Inside forty yards, Ayat hit 14 of 16 kicks, but was one of seven from beyond forty with the longest kick coming from fifty yards. Punter Kurt Milne, RFr. - Mat McBriar became a force last year averaging 44.8 yards per kick on his was to an All-WAC season. Milne will battle with Tim Wright to replace him.

LOUISIANA TECH

HEAD COACH: JACK BICKNELL

All the pieces are there with a marquee quarterback, a way-too-deep receiving corps, and a nice prospect at running back. It could all fall apart if the young offensive line doesn't jell right away. Luke McCown has mobility, but he could get killed if the line isn't at least as strong as last season. Quarterbacks - Luke McCown, Sr. - The wildly productive quarterback has all the tools to be a top NFL prospect. Some have whispered that he's the best quarterback prospect in the country with a big arm, nice size and good mobility. He can dazzle at times, and look like a JV player at others making too many bad reads and trying to make too many plays with his arm. It's inexcusable, even in this offense, for a player of his talent and experience to throw the 19 interceptions he gave away last year. Top Backups - Maxie Causey, Sr. - Causey has proven he can come in when needed leading the team on a clutch drive against Nevada. He knows the offense and would be fine if he gets put into the starting role.

Running Backs - Ralph Davis, Sr. - The hope is for Davis to produce like Joe Smith did last season. He's roughly the same size and has the same running style, but he has to prove he can produce and rack up the 1,216 yards and 16 touchdowns like Smith did. Davis rushed for 57 yards last season. He showed nice hands in the passing game this spring. Top Backups - Ryan Moats, Soph. - A quick and shifty runner compared to the powerful Davis, he showed a great speed burst this spring and will be a more-than-capable backup to Davis. He'll see plenty of carries as a change of pace back. - Danny Wilson, Jr. - The former wide receiver moves into the backfield to add another option. He's a stronger pass catcher than Davis and Moats.

Receivers - D.J. Curry, Sr. - The speedy Curry had a good season in 2002, but not the breakout campaign expected with injuries keeping him down. He's a great player with nice hands. If healthy, he'll be one of the best in the WAC and a scoring threat from anywhere on the field. Chris Norwood, Sr. - The team's leading returning receiver, Norwood made 61 catches for 748 yards and four touchdowns. He's a tough player that always seems to be open when McCown needs him most, and is able to bail out the quarterback with great catches. Erick Franklin, Sr. - Franklin only caught 28 passes, but he scored four touchdowns. He's expected to have a strong season as one of the team's most dangerous receivers. Tramissian Davis, Jr. - Davis took over in the final four games last season and was outstanding finishing the year averaging a team best 20.1 yards per catch. He's a nice sized player and has the speed to get deep. Tight end Aaron Capps, Jr. - Known more as a blocker, Capps came on to catch 14 passes for 115 yards and a touchdown in a reserve role. He has worked hard to become an top all-around tight end. At 6-6 and 250 pounds, he has NFL size. Top Backups Freddie King, Soph. He's only 5-7, but he finds ways to get open making 17 catches for 160 yards and a touchdown last season. He'll back up Curry at the Y. Julius Cosby, A big receiver, the 6-1 Cosby was a decent reserve last season making six catches for 79 yards. - Shawn Piper, Jr. - He'll push for time behind Davis. He made four catches for 28 yards in nine games last season. Alton Bryant, Soph. - He couldn't stay healthy last season, but he's expected to be a top producer behind Norwood. Jason Thomas, RFr. - He's young and inexperienced, but he's the biggest receiver on the team at 6-4. Jamie Spigener, Soph. - He missed all of spring ball with a broken rib, but he should be a solid all-around player come fall.

Offensive Line - Tackle Clarence Casey, Sr. - He has a little bit of experience playing in five games and will get the first look at left tackle. He'll be pushed hard by JUCO transfer Lester brown for the gig. Guard Aaron Lips, Soph. - The 292 -pound sophomore showed tremendous poise and talent for a redshirt freshman. With nice technique and talent, he should be one of the team's best lineman this season. If Marcus Stewart doesn't come back healthy, Lips could play at center. Center Marcus Stewart, Soph. - He only played in two games, but he has the raw talent to be a great center. His progress has been stalled after suffering a broken leg this spring. The hope is that he'll come back 100% by the fall, but Lips is seeing time in the middle just in case. Guard Adrian Gonzalez, Soph. - He'll battle with Ira Horyna for the job. Gonzalez has more experience than Horyna and will find a spot on the line somewhere. Tackle Michael Gilmore, Jr. - A 310-pound rock on the line, Gilmore is the leader on the line with the most experience. He should be the team's best lineman. Top Backups OG Ira Horyna, Jr. - After redshirting last season, Horyna could play a big role if Lips moves to center. OG Jordan Lang, Jr. - Lang will push for time at left guard and could end up taking over the job if Lips plays on the middle. OT Marcus Lindsay, RFr. - An interesting prospect, the 6-7, 365-pound tackle will get a shot at playing time at one of the tackles.

The defense has a ton of returning experience everywhere but linebacker. The secondary had problems last season against everyone, but some of the problems stemmed from a front seven that had a hard time getting to the quarterback. There's no proven pass rusher and there's a desperate hope that a brand new linebacking corps can be better than last season's veteran crew. If the D can cut down on giving up the big play, it might not be that bad. Defensive Line - Defensive end Booker T. Washington, Sr. - Washington isn't all that big at 249 pounds, but he has experience after stepping in when a knee injury hit Carlin Thomas. He has to make more plays and needs to find ways to get to the quarterback. If he doesn't have a big season, that'll put pressure on the rest of the line to get into the backfield Defensive tackle Chris Van Hoy, Jr. - The 293-pound junior is a decent run stuffer making 51 tackles last season. He started every game at right tackle last season, but he'll move to the left side this season. Defensive tackle Lacorey Street, Sr. - At 314 pounds, Street will get the first look in the middle of the line. He has experience playing in every game last season, but he'll have to perform to keep his job with two tough players behind him. Defensive end Travon Brown, Jr. - Brown made 19 tackles last season as a decent player on the edge. He has the potential to be a decent player, but he'll need to find a way to get to the quarterback. Top Backups DT Ladarius Love, Soph. - Love is 334 pounds and could turn out to be a menace on the inside. He'll push Street for time. DE Moqut Ruffins, Soph. - He's extremely raw, but he has all of the makings of a star. If he can get time to develop, he could be the best end of the bunch. DT Jermelle Cage, Sr. - He has a little bit of experience on the inside making 29 tackles last season. If he doesn't back up Van Hoy, he'll move to the end to give the team more bulk.

Linebackers - Antonio Crow, Sr. - Crow has the most experience of any of the new linebackers. The 230-pound senior saw action in nine games last season making 39 tackles on the strong side. He's the one sure thing in the corps. John Nash, Jr. - The 237-pound Nash has nice size and could be solid if he can stay healthy. He has turned it on looking strong this spring against the run after hurting his knee last season. Jonte Price, Sr. - Price will get pushed by Jeremy Hamilton on the weak side. The coaching staff appears to be comfortable with him after he made 15 tackles in a reserve role last season. Top Backups Jeremy Hamilton, Soph. - He's had problems with a hamstring injury, but he has more raw talent than Price on the weak side. Gregory Hollins, RFr. - He's raw, but he'll see time this season in the middle behind Nash. Byron Santiago, Soph. - He won't be out Crow on the strong side, but he has enough speed to see plenty of action.

Secondary - Cornerback Kevin Brown, Sr. - Brown will be pushed for this spot on the field side. He has nice speed and could end up holding off Jerron Wishom and Robert Burrell. Free safety Michael Johnson, Sr. - After starting every game last season, Johnson will get the starting nod again at free safety. He led the team with 113 tackles, but he needs to make more plays when the ball is in the air. Strong safety Gavin Cato, Sr. - Cato will split time at the position after starting three times last year and made 51 tackles. Junior Lee Johnson will see equal time. - Cornerback Corey Brazil, Sr. - He's not very bi at only 5-7, but he's extremely quick and is an outstanding tackler for his size finishing second on the team with 93 tackles last year. He's the team's best cover corner breaking up 12 passes. Top Backups Strong safety Lee Johnson, Jr. - At 6-2 and 198 pounds, he adds more size to the position than Cato. He'll at least see half of the time after finishing third on the team with 83 tackles last season. Free safety Orlandus Williams, Sr. - He's a little bigger than Michael Johnson and will see plenty of action. He made 47 tackles. Cornerback Delone Williams, Soph. - At 6-2, Williams brings much needed size to the corner. He'll back up Brazil. Cornerback Jerron Wishom, Jr. - He has a great deal of experience and has the potential to be a nice playmaker behind Brown on the field corner. he Secondary: The pass defense was abysmal last season giving up 265 yards per game and 24 touchdowns. The secondary had to go through some growing pains, but now there are several options at each position in case the projected starters have problems again. Everyone can tackle, but this group has to make more interception and has to break up more passes. Special Teams Placekicker Josh Scobee, Sr. - Scobee is one of the best kickers in America. He's hit 46 of 61 career field goals nailing almost everything inside forty yards. He has a nice leg on kickoffs as well. Punter Dustin Upton, Sr. - Upton has three years of experience as the team's punter. He doesn't have a big leg, but he's consistent and fine at placing the ball inside the twenty.

NEVADA

HEAD COACH: CHRIS TORMEY

Seven starters return to an offense that averaged 27.6 points and 434.2 yards per game. However, two of the main cogs, quarterback Zack Threadgill and receiver Nate Burleson are gone, but the line returns strong and deep to pave the way for a great corps of running backs. Quarterbacks - Jeff Rowe, Soph. - Rowe became a solid backup as last season went on completing 17 of 26 passes for 138 yards and a touchdown in six appearances. Like most star Nevada quarterbacks, he's tall with a good arm. He has the knowledge of the offense after seeing plenty of reps in practice last year, so expect him to be solid out of the gate. Top Backups Andy Heiser, Jr. - Heisler worked his way up to number two on the depth chart this spring. He's a better runner than Rowe and has spent more time learning the offense, but doesn't have the same passing skills. Travis Moore, RFr. - Moore was the best player on the scout team. He has good size and decent potential.

Running Backs - Chance Kretschmer, Jr. - After tearing up his knee early last year, he's had time to rehabilitate and get back to 100%. The 6-1, 226-pound junior has added some muscle in his time off, so he could be even more powerful than he was in his record setting freshman season. Will he be the same player that ran for 1,732 yards and 15 touchdowns as a freshman? No, cause there's more than enough talent to take some of the heat off, but look for him to be a force. Top Backups Matt Milton, Soph. - Milton was Kretschmer, but he had a very nice season in a fill-in role rushing for 1,108 yards and nine touchdowns. He's a big back with great power. While not fast, he showed decent speed tearing off a 71-yard run. He's more than capable of handling the workload. B.J. Mitchell, Soph. - Mitchell started the last game of the year and finished off the season with 232 yards and three touchdowns. He isn't as big as Milton or Kretschmer, but he's stronger in the weight room.

Receivers - Del McGee, Jr. - The JUCO All-American will push hard for a starting spot at the H. He averaged 14.1 yards per catch last season and was a tremendous kick returner for Glendale CC. Nichirien Flowers, Soph. - The 6-3, 202-pound Flowers is a big, physical receiver with good deep ability averaging 13.6 yards per grab. He was second on the team with 450 yards and four touchdown catches. Tim Fleming, Sr. - Fleming has been the team's number two receiver over the last few years playing second fiddle to Nate Burleson. The 6-1 164-pound senior caught 39 passes for 430 yards and three touchdowns. Tight end Anthony Pudewell, Soph. - Pudewell has to replace Erick Streelman and Bill Lynch as the team's top tight end. He hasn't caught a pass yet, but he looks like he'll be a solid blocker with a strong 25-pound frame. Top Backups Tony Moll, Soph. - Nevada occasionally uses a funky H-back/tight end. In this formation, the 256-pound sophomore will play a huge role as the Pack's biggest tight end. - Buddy Lewis, Sr. - Lewis is neck and neck with McGree for the starting spot at the H position. He only caught two passes last year, but he showed nice flash averaging 20.5 yards per grab. Maurice Mann, Sr. - The 6-2 Mann was a solid starter last season making 18 catches for 233 yards. He has good deep speed and should be a dangerous reserve. Travis Branzell, RFr. - He'll start the season backing up Moll. A great all-around prospect, he should grow into one of Nevada's top tight ends.

Offensive Line - Tackle Alan Parker, Sr. - Parker has experience and size. He has most of his experience at right tackle, but will play on the left side this season as one of the leaders of the line. Guard Chris Hines, Jr. - The former defensive lineman became a top guard last season starting every game. He'll start at left guard after becoming a decent all-around lineman with solid power and decent feet. Center Kyle Gosselin, Soph. - Center is the only starting spot missing a returning regular as All-WAC Cody Johnson is gone. Gosselin only started one game last season, but he should be fine in the middle. Guard Isaiah Ross, Sr. - Ross has been a top run blocker over the last two seasons. The former defensive lineman is 322 pounds and a dominant player on key running downs. Tackle Harvey Dahl, Jr. - Dahl has turned into the team's best blocker and a menacing force as a sophomore. He should be even better now that he's bulked up to 309 pounds. Top Backups OT Adam Kiefer, Soph. - The 302-pound Kiefer can start at guard of tackle. He started five games as a freshman, and will play behind Dahl at right tackle. OT John Tennert, Jr. - A 321 pounds, Tennert is one of the bigger players on the line. He missed all of last year after being a fixture in a starting role for two years. He can play guard, but will start the season behind Parker at left tackle. OG Steve Church, Sr. - Church will begin the year as a backup guard, but he might get moved over to center where he started five games last year.

On Defense, technically, ten starters return, but it might as well be 11 with Ronnie Hardiman expected to be a full-time starter again at Rover. This was, and continues to be, a young defense still trying to get some production. With all the returning experience and all the returning depth, there's no reason the D should give up 31 points and 420 yards per game again. Defensive Line - Defensive end Jorge Cordova, Sr. - Cordova has made the successful transition from great linebacker to great defensive end. The 250-pound senior led the WAC with nine sacks and 14 tackles for loss using his quickness to become a terror on the edge. Defensive tackle Derek Kennard, Sr. - Kennard has gotten bigger and stronger as a tackle after moving over from the end. He is a solid pass rusher from the inside with four sacks and nine tackles for loss to go along with 34 tackles. Defensive tackle Chris Barry, Jr. - At 294 pounds, Barry is the biggest Nevada defensive lineman in the rotation. An all-academic performer, Barry is a smart, tough, and experienced player. Defensive end J.J. Milan, Soph. - The 255-pound Milan had a decent true freshman season making 22 tackles while splitting time with J.D. Morscheck. Milan ended up starting most of the second half of the season as one of the Pack's rising stars. Top Backups - DT Tim Sylvester, Soph. - The 290-pound Sylvester mostly saw time on the offensive line before moving over to the defensive side. He adds bulk to the inside. DE Keenan Curtis, Jr. - Curtis will see plenty of action splitting time with Milan. He has a little bit of starting experience making 18 tackles last year. DE Craig Bailey, Soph. - The former linebacker will see plenty of action on the end. He's not going to push Cordova out of a job, but he'll be a good situational pass rusher when needed.

Linebackers - Daryl Towns, Sr. - The 230-pound Towns has been one of the team's leaders in tackles over the last few seasons. He was second on the team with 66 tackles and has 225 career stops in the middle. Logan Carter, Soph. - Carter had a strong redshirt freshman season finishing third on the team with 62 tackles. He's great in the open field and solid at getting into the backfield with three sacks and eight tackles for loss. He's only 215 pounds, so he'll need to platoon a little bit against top running teams. Carl LaGrone, Sr. - LaGrone isn't all that big, but he bulked up to 230 pounds while keeping his speed. Versatile enough to play anywhere in the linebacking corps or at safety, he got better and better as last year went on becoming a top player on the outside. He finished with 54 tackles and eight tackles for loss. Top Backups Shaun Tagatauli, Jr. - He should be back and ready to roll after missing most of last season with a knee injury. He's in the mix with Towns for time in the middle. J.D. Morscheck, Soph. - The 235-pound Morscheck has seen time as a defensive end and at linebacker playing a little bit in the middle. He'll push for time behind Carter on the inside coming of a 30 tackle season. Chad Conley, Sr. - Part free safety and part linebacker, the 198-pound senior will start the season as a reserve behind LaGrone on the weak side using his speed and athleticism.

Secondary - Cornerback Chris Handy, Soph. - Handy had a strong All-Freshman season making 41 tackles as mostly a reserve. He came on to start six games cementing himself as one of Nevada's better corners for the next few years. Rover Ronnie Hardiman, Sr. - The former free safety made the switch over to Rover after the emergence of Keone Kauo. The leader of the secondary for years, Hardiman wasn't ever at 100% having problems with asthma. When healthy, he's an outstanding all-around defensive back with great speed and 193 career tackles. Free safety Keone Kauo, Jr. - Kauo turned into a force as a sophomore leading the team with 85 tackles and four interceptions. He has the speed to play corner and the hitting ability to continue to be one of the WAC's best safeties. Cornerback Marlon McLaughlin, Jr. - McLaughlin continues to be Nevada's best tackling cornerback. He made 42 stops and led the team with seven broken up passes. With his quickness and moves, he needs to be a better all-around cover corner. Top Backups Nickel Leondre Lewis, Sr. - Hurt for almost all of last year, Lewis returns as an experienced player in the mix. When Nevada needs an extra defensive back in nickel situations, he's the man. CB Ali Jones, Sr. - Jones provides experience and size at the corner. He has a little bit of starting experience and is able to fill in on either side. He'll back up Handy to start the season. Rover Ekene Agwuenu, Jr. - If Hardiman continues to have problems with his asthma, Agwuenu will play more of a role in the secondary. At 6-2 and 207 pounds, he's the biggest defensive back on the roster. He made 21 tackles and two sacks. Special Teams - Placekicker Damon Fine, Jr. - Fine is one of the better kickers in the WAC from close range, but he struggled a bit once he moved back only hitting 6 of 13 from beyond 30 yards. He has the leg, with a 58-yard boot in his career. Now he needs to be more consistent. Punter Derek Jones, Sr. - Jones is one of the team's rocks working for his fourth year as the Nevada's punter. He has a big leg and is extremely consistent averaging 40.9 yards per kick putting 16 inside the 20.

RICE

HEAD COACH: KEN HATFIELD

The offense sputtered a little too much last season and didn't control the clock like it should've. With a good line and more experienced quarterbacks, Rice should be able to run things more efficiently, and should be more dangerous in WAC play. Quarterbacks - Kyle Herm, Sr. - Herm has a few years of experience starting 22 games over the last two years. He's a shifty runner rushing for 897 yards and 11 touchdowns in 2001, and 416 yards and a score last year. Even though he doesn't throw much, he's the best passer on the team throwing for 685 yards and four touchdowns. His real talent is in his leadership showing great all-around toughness and great decision making ability. Top Backups - Greg Henderson, Jr. - At 5-10 and 190 pounds, Henderson is a bigger player than Herm with a better arm and good quickness. He isn't the passer that Herm is only competing 39% of his throws with two touchdowns and four interceptions, but he led the quarterbacks with 482 yards and four scores.

Running Backs - Joe Moore, Jr. - Moore is a good sized back with decent speed once he gets on the outside. He'll start on the right side after rushing for 105 yards and a touchdown. Clint Hatfield, Jr. - Hatfield is a strong all-around back as a part-time kickoff returner, the team's third leading receiver with seven catches for 126 yards and a touchdown, and a runner with 153 yards. He'll start at the left halfback spot. Fullback Robbie Beck, Sr. - Beck is the pounder up the middle leading the team rushing for 601 yards and eight touchdowns. He isn't just a power runner, he has speed to break away once he gets through the line. Top Backups Thomas Lott, Soph. - If you're the son of the Oklahoma great by the same name, you have to play in an option offense. Lott is one of the fastest players on the team and should turn into a home-run hitter when he gets the ball on the outside. Ed Bailey, Jr. - Bailer is fast enough to play halfback and big enough to be a backup fullback. He saw plenty of carries last year rushing for 277 yards and seven touchdowns playing behind Beck. Mike Falco, RFr. - The 185-pound Falco is built for this offense. He's a slashing runner backing up Moore on the right side.

Receivers - Marcus Battle, Soph. - The 5-9 Battle became the team's top pass catcher making 26 grabs for 430 yards and two touchdowns averaging 16.5 yards per catch. He was the first freshman to ever lead Rice in receiving, and he should be a tremendous player whenever the Owls decide to throw the ball. Tight end Joe Wood, Soph. - Wood backed up Travis Thompson last year not catching a pass. He has the athleticism to be a good receiver, but he'll spend most of his time as a key blocker. Top Backups Jeremy Hurd, Sr. - The former quarterback grew into a top deep threat last season averaging 25.8 yards per catch on 11 grabs. He'll have to come back from a slight knee problem after leading the team with three touchdown catches. Andy Hall, RFr. - Hall became a top player this spring seeing time when Hurd couldn't go. At 6-4, he's a big target and a good downfield blocker. Matt Bolding, RFr. - The 6-4, 250-pound redshirt freshman isn't quite the athlete that Wood is, but he's a bigger player and blocker.

Offensive Line - Tackle Scott Mayhew, Jr. - Mayhew is a former defensive lineman that has grown into a strong blocker. After seeing time as a reserve, the 280-pound junior will get the start on the left side. He has quick feet and good all-around athleticism. Guard Micah Meador, Jr. - Meador moves into the starting role after spending a year as an understudy behind Keith Meyer. He's a big player with room to get bigger, but he probably won't in order to keep his quickness. Center Ross Huebel, Jr. - The 300-pound senior takes over for Aaron Sandoval. Look for him to be a decent producer. - Guard Mike Holman, Sr. - Holman was more of a pass blocker than a dominant run blocker, but he grew into the role at left tackle last season showing a nice pulling ability and good feet. He'll move to right guard this season giving the line an experienced, athletic player on the interior. Tackle Chris DeMunbrun, Sr. - The former defensive lineman became a regular on the offensive line as a tackle on both the left and right sides. He'll be starter on the right side this year as one of the veterans on the line as one of the top all-around linemen on the team. Top Backups C Ben Stephens, Sr. - Stephens is one of the few returning starters to the line. Even with all of his experience at both center and guard, he'll start off the season behind Huebel in the middle. Don't expect this to last for too long as the 300-pound veteran will fit in somewhere on the line. G Greg Wilson, Jr. - The 310-pound junior is the biggest player on the line, but he's also quick. He'll back up Meador on the left side.

The Rice defense doesn't do any one particular thing well. It was a strong D against the run last year, but now it needs to replace most of the front seven. The secondary might be a little bit better if the all the young players can come through. Defensive Line - Defensive end Jimmy Shaw, RFr - Shaw has to instantly turn into a star on the end replacing all-time leading sack leader Brandon Green. Shaw is a pure pass rusher and a nice prospect. - Defensive tackle Jeremy Calahan, Jr. - The 270-pound Calahan is one of the few returning veterans to the line. He made 37 tackles last year showing a good mix of strength and quickness. Defensive tackle Ross Lassley, Sr. - Lassley will replace B.J. Forguson and his 44 tackles in the middle. He spent the first part of his career as a defensive end, but he's too big not to use on the inside. Defensive end John Syptak, Soph. - Syptak had a strong true freshman season making 19 tackles and two tackles. He's only 215 pounds, but he has enough speed and quickness to become a top pass rusher. Top Backups - DE Rob Daniel, Soph. - The 235-pound sophomore is the big end in the rotation. He's a great athlete making 21 tackles and a sack last year. DT Jonathan Chism, Sr. - Chism is a big player and a fine fill-in at defensive tackle behind Calahan. He made 15 tackles and a sack last year. DE Thadis Pegues, Soph. - Pegues is 210 pounds using his quickness to make plays on the edge with 14 tackles last year. He'll back up Syptak.

Linebackers - Jeff Vanover, Sr. - Vanover overcame the knee injury that knocked him out of 2001 to have a huge season leading the team with 92 tackles to go along with four sacks. He'll start on the strong side as the leader of the defense. Adam Herrin, Soph. - Herrin isn't all that big, but he's extremely intense and should be a strong player on the weak side. Top Backups Brandon Boyd, Sr. - The former receiver uses his speed to see time as a defensive back and a linebacker. He'll push Herrin for time on the weak side after making 16 tackles last year. Omeke Alikor, RFr. - Alikor should grow into one of the team's top all-around defenders playing behind Vanover on the strong side. He's a fast, active player with good instincts.

Secondary - Cornerback Patrick Dendy, Sr. - Dendy has been a consistent performer with great size and wonderful speed. He needs to become more of a shut-down corner and needs to make more plays when the ball is in the air. Free safety Raymorris Barnes, Jr. - Barnes has the speed to play corner and the hitting ability to start at safety. He started his career as a backup corner making 21 tackles before making 47 stops last year as a safety. He also broke up four passes. Strong safety Michael Merrick, Soph. - Merrick made seven tackles as a backup to Antwan Shell last year. He needs to replace Shell's 72 tackles and two interceptions of production. With some of the best speed on the team, Merrick should be a strong player for the Rice secondary. Rover Terry Holley, Jr. - Holley is one of the bigger defensive backs on the team and a great hitter. He looked tremendous this spring and should be in for a huge season after making 27 tackles and two interceptions as a reserve. Cornerback Andray Downs, RFr. - Downs might have the best wheels of anyone in the secondary closing in 10.14 100-meter dash and 21.4 in the 200. He'll need that speed to handle the faster receivers while Dendy locks on to the bigger ones. At 5-10, Downs should be able to deal with good sized receivers as well. Top Backups Safety Clifford Sparks, Jr. - Sparks has been a key backup and a strong special teams player making 17 tackles and an interception last year. He'll back up Holley at the Rover. Cornerback Lance Byrd, RFr. - He'll join a slew of other redshirt freshmen and young players needing to play big roles on the team. Byrd is one of the bigger, more athletic corners on the team backing up Downs. Special Teams Placekicker Brennan Landry, Soph. - Landry was a fine kicker from close, but he had little to no leg from deep going one of six from beyond forty yards. Brandon Skeen has a bigger leg and will handle kickoffs. Punter Jared Skruggs, RFr. - The 6-3 Scruggs has a decent leg replacing the 40.6 yard average of Travis Hale.

SAN JOSE STATE

HEAD COACH: FITZ HILL

The offense should be one of the most explosive in America with a veteran quarterback throwing to an experienced receiving corps behind a big, strong line. The running game isn't used all that much, but the talent is there to move the ball on the ground. Quarterbacks - Scott Rislov, Jr. - The former JUCO transfer had a huge season throwing for 3,251 yards and 22 touchdowns while completing over 61% of his passes. Very smart as a member of the WAC All-Academic team, he's a great decision maker. He's not a runner, but he has decent mobility in the pocket. Top Backups - Beau Pierce, Jr. - Pierce is bigger, stronger and has a better arm than Rislov. He's the holder for the kickers and a strong number two option. Danny Armstrong, Jr. - The former San Diego State quarterback will come to camp this fall pushing for time behind Rislov. He isn't the passer Rislov and Pierce are, but he's a little more mobile.

Running Backs - Lamar Ferguson, Jr. - The 5-5 Ferguson became a mighty mite on the ground leading the Spartans with 634 yards and eight touchdowns averaging five yards per carry. He's extremely quick and a decent receiver out of the backfield. After missing spring ball with a knee injury, the hope is that he'll be back to new by the start of the season. Top Backups Damarcus Ingram, Sr. - Ingram offers the best mix of size and speed among the backs. He's the number one back coming out of spring ball, but he might move down the depth chart once Ferguson comes back. In only five games, Ingram ran for 209 yards averaging 5.8 yards per carry. Lance Martin, Jr. - At 212 pounds, Martin adds more power to the rushing mix averaging 6.1 yards per carry going for 249 yards and three touchdowns. He can play fullback if need be, but he's role will be at tailback with Ferguson coming off his knee problem. Ezekiel Staples, Soph. - Even though he's only 198 pounds, he's technically a fullback. He ran for 63 yards and a touchdown.

Receivers - Kendrick Starling, Jr. - Starling was great at finding ways to get into the end zone catching five touchdown passes. He's a big player with outstanding speed. After originally signing with Marshall, he became a JUCO superstar before joining the Spartans. Look for an All-WAC caliber season. Jamall Broussard, Jr. - Broussard doesn't have the overall talent Starling has, but he's been more productive leading the team with 62 catches for 681 yards and five touchdowns. Even though he's not necessarily a deep threat, he can get deep. Tuati Wooden, Sr. - Wooden was the team's fourth leading receiver making 35 catches for 539 yards and two touchdowns last year. He's not a No. 1 receiver, but he's a great complement to Broussard and Starling always finding ways to get open deep. Tight end Courtney Anderson, Jr. - The 6-7, 267-pound Anderson caught 13 passes and two touchdowns showing his ability to get open. He's a big blocker. Top Backups - Rufus Skillern, Soph. - After not catching a pass last season, he's expected to become an impact player behind Broussard. He's a big-time deep threat prospect. Clarence Cunningham, Jr. - The former running back moved over to receiver behind Starling. He has good open field moves and decent quickness. Casey Miranda, Jr. - The junior redshirted last year and worked his way up to the backup role this spring behind Wooden. Tight end Justin James, Soph. - He's 237 pounds and not as big as Anderson, but he's expected to be a decent pass catching option.

Offensive Line - Tackle Joseph Hayes, Sr. - Hayes can play guard or tackle. At 310 pounds, he's a mauling run blocker with the feet to play tackle. After missing time with an injury last year, he appears to be 100% this season. he might move back to guard at some point. Guard Kevin Israel, Sr. - Israel is a 310 player without the quickness of Hayes. He's better suited for center or guard starting on the right side. Center LaMons Walker, Sr. - Walker will get an extra year of eligibility after graduating this summer. He moved from tackle to center last year and was a reliable all-around player. Guard Justin Arrington, Sr. - Arrington has bulked up to 300 pounds and will be one of the rocks on the line. The former JUCO All-American could turn into the best player on the line. Tackle Jeff Gordon, Sr. - Gone is Tim Provost from the right side. Gordon moved over from the left to the right tackle spot after this spring to allow Hayes to move to tackle. Top Backups OG Eric Olson, Jr. - At 315 pounds, Olson is one of the team's biggest offensive linemen and will push for time at right guard. C Matt Cantu, RFr. - The 325-pound Cantu is one of the rising stars on the line. He'll back up Walker at center and can play guard if need be.

The Spartan defense improved in 2002. It only gave up 493 yards per game rather than the 501 it gave up in 2001. This is the ultimate boom-or-bust defense finishing fourth in the nation in takeaways and third in interceptions. With the offense always moving the ball, it's a shame the defense can't come close to stopping anyone allowing 300.5 yards per game and 32 touchdowns through the air and 193 yards per game and 25 scores on the ground. A ton of experience returns to hopefully make things better under new defensive coordinator Chris Wilkerson. Defensive Line - Defensive end Tony Ficklin, Jr. - Ficklin will move over from linebacker to defensive end after making 35 tackles. He has outstanding quickness and should turn into a pass rushing terror. Defensive tackle Larnell Ransom, Soph. - Ransom split time last season making 16 tackles. He's only 257 pounds, so he needs to be replaced from time to time to keep him fresh against bigger running teams. He'll once again compete with Steve Nash for time. Defensive tackle Kinji Green, Soph. - Green is one of the bigger regulars among the linemen at 263 pounds. He's also turning into one of the team's best run stoppers. Defensive end Philip Perry, Sr. - The former linebacker has become the team's best player on the line making 74 tackles and seven sacks. He isn't huge, but he has a sensational first step and has great all-around athleticism. He was also third in the nation in forced fumbles with seven. Top Backups DT Joshua Smith, Soph. - The 280-pound Smith needs to make more of an impact as one of the team's biggest linemen. He made 26 tackles as a top reserve. DT Jason Gustus, Sr. - At 310 pounds, Gustus is ready to roll after redshirting last season. He was a JUCO superstar and could be too good to keep off the field. DT Steve Nash, Sr. - Nash combined with Ransom at a spot on the inside last year making 12 tackles. DE Sean McNamara, Jr. - He's only 206 pounds, but he's one of the team's top options at end. He'll be used as a situational speed rusher.

Linebackers - Paul Okumu, Sr. - Okumu got a break getting a sixth year of eligibility after missing time over his career with a knee injury. He's a good sized linebacker with a great nose for the ball making 48 tackles last year. He's very, very fast. Onyeka Ossai, Sr. - Ossai is a more of a strong safety playing linebacker, but he can hit. He made 49 tackles last season and has the quickness to get to almost any ball carrier. Top Backups Mike Liranzo, Jr. - Liranzo was an invaluable reserve last season making 34 tackles and three sacks. The former H-back uses that athleticism to get into the backfield whenever he's on the field. Michael Smith, Sr. - Smith has seen a little bit of starting time as one of the team's bigger linebackers. He made 43 stops as a reserve last season showing no effects of a knee injury that took him down a few years ago.

Secondary - Cornerback Trestin George, Soph. - George made an instant impact last year playing on both sides of the ball. He made 21 tackles and broke up three passes as a corner catching four passes for 39 yards and a score as a receiver. He'll be a full-time cornerback this year using his speed and quickness to try and tighten up the Spartan pass defense. Safety Josh Powell, Jr. - Powell joins Gerald Jones as the team's leading returning tackler coming off an 86 tackles season. He's one of the best all around athletes on the team with great leaping ability. Safety Gerald Jones, Sr. - Jones had a tremendous season making 86 tackles and picking off eight passes. He's always around the ball and is equally strong against the run and when the ball is in the air. Safety Eric Wilson, Jr. - Wilson is getting stronger and stronger as a safety. He isn't huge, but he has speed like a cornerback. He'll battle with Melvin Cook for the starting job. Cornerback Malcolm Thompson, Soph. - Thompson is a 6-1 corner With a little bit of experience. He only played in six games last season, but he made ten tackles and looked like one of the Spartan's stars of the future. Top Backups Cornerback Quincy Washington, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer saw plenty of time making 23 tackles, an interception and broke up five passes. Safety Melvin Cook, Sr. - Cook was mostly a corner last year making 59 tackles and four interceptions. He'll move over to safety where he'll push Wilson for a slot. Cornerback Jerrell Hardy, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is expected to come in and immediately push for the starting job at one of the corner spots. He's 6-2 and has excellent moves. Special Teams Placekicker Jeff Carr, Jr. - It'll be up to Carr to replace Nick Gilliam. A punter by trade, the JUCO transfer will battle Andrew Lewis for the job. Carr's brother Michael was the Spartan punter over the last few years. Punter Bryce Partridge, Sr. - Partridge will take over for the steady, but unspectacular, Michael Carr. If he struggles at all, Carr will take over the job.

SOUTHERN METHODIST

HEAD COACH: PHIL BENNETT

The offense is loaded with experience and could be far better if all the key parts can stay healthy. This is a running offense with a great stable of backs, but the Mustangs might be able to throw a bit with the return of receiver Chris Cunningham and the development of quarterback Richard Bartel. Quarterbacks - Richard Bartel, Soph. - The offense started to pick up last year once Bartel took over with five games to go. At 6-5 and 215 pounds, he's a big player who can move a little bit. If he can get over the shoulder injury that knocked him out of the end of last year, he'll be a decent playmaker. Top Backups Tate Wallis, Soph. - Wallis started the first seven games of last year, but he flat out stunk. To be fair, his receiving corps wasn't all that great, but he only complete 46% of his passes throwing three touchdowns and ten interceptions. He has a huge arm and needs practice time to improve.

Running Backs - Keylon Kincade, Sr. - After ShanDerrick Charles went down, Kincaide became a superior workhorse back carried the ball 327 times. At times, he was the whole offense rushing for over 100 yards eight times. At 210 pounds, he has some pop, but he only averaged 3.9 yards per carry. Fullback Derron Brown, Jr. - He was never healthy last year, but he'll be the team's starting fullback. When 100%, he can do everything, but he's not very big at only 215 pounds. Top Backups ShanDerrick Charles, Jr. - After a sensational freshman season, the 5-9, 180-pound Charles had problems with his back in the spring and wasn't right all season. He only played a little bit over the first five games rushing for 83 yards. If he's right, he's one of the best weapons in the WAC. Johnnie Fitzgerald, RFr. - At 6-2 and 213 pounds, he's a big back with speed. When he gets a chance, he could be a big time talent.

Receivers - Trey Griffin, Jr. - Griffin made 13 catches in the final four games last year becoming a factor last in the season. He's not all that big, but he looks like he'll be a factor - Chris Cunningham, Sr. - After missing all of last year with a broken left foot, Cunningham returns as one of the WAC's top receivers. He made 45 catches for 516 yards and seven touchdowns in 2001 and gives the Mustangs a big-time target they desperately need. Daniel Francis, Soph. - Francis looked great as a true freshman catching 29 passes for 276 yards. He didn't show much deep ability, but he should still be the team's No. 2 target behind Cunningham. Tight end Trent Herncir, Sr. - There's no way he can replace the production and the talent of John Hampton, but he might be a better blocker. He'll need to learn how to become a factor in the passing game. Top Backups Wesley Medlock, Jr. - Medlock moves over from the secondary with most of his experience coming on special teams. At 6-1, he's one of SMU's bigger receivers. Matt Rushbrook, Jr. - He started his career at safety, but will move over to give the receiving corps more speed. Tight end Ryan Kennedy, RFr. -Kennedy could quickly become a top tight end factor. He's 261 pounds and can catch.

Offensive Line - Tackle Eric Neil, Jr. - Neal was a top backup last year and saw a little bit of starting time. He added 15 pounds and should be a factor on the left side. Guard Brad Kieschnick, Soph. - The concern on the line going into last season, the 290-pound sophomore held his own and got better as last year wore on. He'll start on the left side. Center Steve Reindl, Sr. - The 285-pound center became a decent player last season making the job his progressing well. Guard Townsend Hargis, Jr. - Hargis hit the weight room and bulked up 25 pounds. He should be a stronger force this year. Tackle Sterling Harris, Sr. - Harris returns to star and will get the job on the right side. He bulked up to 310 pounds and has become more of a run blocker. Top Backups OT Martin Guidry, RFr. - The redshirt freshman is expected to become a top backup and could push Neil for starting time. C Grant Edison, Soph. - The sophomore is mainly a center and will back up Reindl. He should be a good player in the future, but all he needs is time.

SMU's defense had problems last year wearing down. It's not a big defense and it showed giving up 127 points in the fourth quarter. The secondary has to play far better and needs to make more plays, but the front seven should be relatively strong. Defensive Line - Defensive end Melvin Williams, Jr. - Williams was supposed to be a top pass rusher last year and it didn't really happen. He wasn't bad making 57 tackles and two sacks. Defensive tackle Allan Adami, Jr. - Adami is only 265 pounds but he's a great tackle using his quickness to make plays. He was second on the team with 77 stops last year and led the team with 13.5 tackles for loss. Nose guard Randy Denman, RFr. - At 260 pounds, Denman will have to use his athleticism to keep the starting job in his first year. 283-pound Darrin Johnson might take over this spot. Defensive end Don Ieremia-Stansbury, Soph. - After starting out as an outside linebacker, Ieremia-Stansbury became a terror with put on the end over the final third of the season making four sacks and generally becoming a disruptive force. Top Backups DT Darrin Johnson, RFr. - He's the biggest player on a line that sorely needs bulk. DT Marcus Walker, Soph. - At 270 pounds, he adds a little bit more size when Adami comes out. DE Justin Rogers, RFr. - The "has great potential" tag has been put on him. Rogers should be a decent situational pass rusher and will be the top backup option at end.

Linebackers - Brian Bischoff, Sr. - Always playing second fiddle to better linebackers, now is the time Biscoff will shine. A fast outside linebacker on the strong side, he plays well in space making 59 tackles and four sacks last year. D.D. Lee, Jr. - Lee has a little bit of starting experience taking over when All-WAC star Vic Viloria went down late last year. Lee made 23 tackles in the reserve role. He's great at stopping the run, but he doesn't have Viloria's playmaking ability. D.D. Johnson, Sr. - Johnson will start on the weakside after missing most of last year with injuries. He was a top playmaker in 2001 and needs to regain his form. Top Backups Jarrian James, Sr. - He's only 207 pounds, but he's a solid reserve playmaker. He made 35 tackles last year and will back up Bischoff on the strong side. Reggie Carrington, RFr. - At 240 pounds, he's a big, young talent expected to contribute on the inside. Cole Horton, RFr. - The 220-pound redshirt freshman will have to be counted on right away on the weakside behind Johnson.

Secondary - Cornerback Jonas Rutledge, Sr. - After a stellar 2001 All-WAC season, Rutledge was merely average last year. He was in on tackles making 40 and led the team with 11 broken up passes, but he appeared to lose a little bit after teams stopped throwing at him all the time. Free safety Rico Harris, Jr. - The 210-pound Harris adds some needed size to the secondary. He was fourth on the team with 71 tackles. He hits like a linebacker, but he also covers like one. Strong safety Jamey Harper, Soph. - Harper saw a bunch of time as a true freshman and has the potential for being a top playmaker. He made 19 tackles as a reserve. Cornerback Rolando Humphrey, Soph. - Humphrey stepped in when Kevin Garrett went down last year and made 38 tackles and picked off a pass. He'll get the first look at the cornerback job, but he'll have to battle Ruben Moodley for the gig. Top Backups Free safety Alvin Nnabuife, Soph. - The 202-pound Nnabuife will be in the mix for the free safety job seeing a little bit of time last year before missing almost the whole season with a pectoral injury. Cornerback Ruben Moodley, Sr. - The former safety was always a little more of a corner. He'll battle Humphrey for a starting job after starting at safety for two years. The Secondary: The Mustang secondary was one of the bigger disappointments in the WAC last year giving up over 244 yards per game. It had talent, but Rutledge had a down year and Kevin Garrett was merely average. The 2002 defensive backs have a bit more athleticism and some experience, but it's not a physical group. Special Teams Placekicker Chris McMurtray, Soph. - McMurtray has a big leg, but he had problems only hitting one of four field goals and was replaced by Trent Stephenson. He'll have to be far stronger this year. Punter Ryan Mentzel, Soph. - Mentzel wasn't bad last year averaging 38.2 yards per kick, but he could use a bit more boom.

TULSA

HEAD COACH: STEVE KRAGTHORPE

The offense was never potent last year, but the potential is there for some big things to happen. With eight starters, there might be a ton of improvement in every phase. The running game needs a second back to help out Eric Richardson. The receivers could surprise and have a big season. If James Killian has a huge year replacing Tyler Gooch, the offense should be fine. Quarterbacks - James Killian, Jr. - A pure passer, Killian threw for 208 yards and a touchdown. He's being given every shot at winning the starting job, and now it's his with the loss of Gooch. Top Backups Tyler Gooch, Jr. - Gooch carried the offense at times last season while running for his life.. An accurate passer, Gooch completed 55% of his throws with 17 touchdown passes and eight interceptions. He can scramble running for 219 yards and a touchdown. He's only 5-11, but he finds ways to make plays. Problem ... he's no longer on the team. Gooch chose to leave the program to go to Oklahoma to play baseball.

Running Backs - Eric Richardson, Sr. - Richardson showed what he can do when he can stay healthy rushing for 957 yards and six touchdowns averaging 5.3 yards per carry. He can catch out of the backfield as well making 34 grabs for 249 yards. At only 5-10 and 175 pounds, he can't take too much of a pounding. Fullback Mark Holata, Jr. - Holata got the starting nod last season as a decent blocker for Richardson. The 243-pound junior is a good receiver and can carry the ball a little bit. Top Backups Uril Parrish, Soph. - Parrish came on to see a little bit of action rushing for 89 yards and three touchdowns, but he averaged a pathetic 1.6 yards per carry. He needs to be more of a factor to take the heat off Richardson. Larry Lane, RFr. - Lane had a great spring and could end up being the number two back by the time the season starts. Fullback James Clancy, RFr. - Clancy is ten pounds bigger than Holata and could be used more in the running game.

Receivers - Romby Bryant, Sr. - Bryant came out of the JUCO ranks to become the team's main receiving threat catching 49 passes for 582 yards and seven touchdowns. He's a big player with good moves and nice deep speed. Montiese Culton, Jr. - Culton has the potential to be a top receiver in the offense. Even though he was knocked out for a few games, he still caught 35 passes for 415 yards and four scores. He's big and should form even more of a rapport with Gooch this season. Tight end Caleb Blankenship, Jr. - The 6-3, 227-pound junior is a solid pass catcher making 25 grabs for 290 yards and two touchdowns. Now he has to be more of a dominant blocker. Top Backups Sean Yoder, Soph. - More of a quick receiver than Bryant, he'll still see plenty of action in the rotation. He caught eight passes for 78 yards last season. Jermaine Landrum, Jr. - Only 5-9 and 158 pounds, Landrum has to use his quickness to make plays. One of the team's sop punt returners, Landrum averaged seven yards per return and caught 12 passes for 148 yards and a touchdown including a 78-yard grab. Tight end Garrett Mills, Soph. - A smaller player than Blankenship, Mills will try to be used more as a receiver while junior Josh Reed handles the blocking duties. Mills wasn't healthy this spring.

Offensive Line - Tackle Austin Chadwick, Sr. - The rock on the line, Chadwick will take play on the left side as the best overall blocker on the team with decent overall skills. Guard Jesse Stoneham, Soph. - At 316 pounds, Stoneham is one of the bigger players on the line. The former walk-on will have to keep improving to win the job on the left side over Victor Mercado. Center Derek Warehime, Jr. - The former guard will move over in the middle to add more experience and size to the position. Guard Matt Black, Sr. - The 300-pound Black is a three year starter on the line returning to right guard. Tackle Jeff Perrett, RFr. - The 312-pound Perrett is neck and neck with Tony Guined for the starting job at right tackle. Top Backups OG Ashcon Madjid, Jr. - The redshirt junior should play more of a role at right guard this season. At 303 pounds, he's a big player that needs to get on the field at missing last year with an injury. OG Victor Mercado, Soph. - Expected to progress into a top lineman, it didn't happen last year after starting the first four games of the season. At 312 pounds, he looks the part and should eventually become a top player. OT Dustin Kline, Soph. - He's not as big as Chadwick, but he's a prime candidate to see time at one of the tackle spots.

This was one of the worst defenses in America last season, but all hope isn't lost with several options at every position. While there's great depth everywhere, there aren't many top starters. The switch to the 3-3-5 alignment will need time to work. Defensive Line - Defensive end Jeremy Davis, Sr. - The 255 pound Davis is an active player always finding a way to get around the ball. He had a few problems with an injury and played a little tight end, but he still made 25 tackles a sack, an interception and three fumble recoveries. Defensive tackle Tse Ogisi, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer will have to replace Sam Rayburn as the top player in the middle of the line. He made 28 tackles taking over as a starter. If he doesn't have a big season, the Hurricane will once again have problems stopping the run. Defensive tackle Josh Walker, Jr. - After starting last season as a small defensive tackle, Walker moved out to the end where he ended up making an impact as one of the team's better pass rushers. Top Backups DE Sammy Umobong, Sr. - He didn't make too much of an impact in a reserve role last season, but he should be a stronger player pushing Davis for the starting job. DT Brandon Lohr, Jr. - Knocked out for the year in the first game, it might take him a little bit to get back into the flow. He'll be a 239-pound nose guard. DE Drew Lagow, Soph. - Lagow saw time as a true freshman making 12 tackles. He could either play on the end of at nose guard.

Linebackers - Jorma Bailey, Sr. - One of the more experienced linebackers on the team, Bailey is the leading returning tackler with 71 stops last year making seven tackles for loss. At 199 pounds, he's as much of a strong safety as he is an outside linebacker Brandon Swisher, Jr. - Coming off a two-year Mormon mission, Swisher made 11 tackles last season. He's only 211 pounds, so he's going to rotate with Robert Latu all the time in the middle. Josh DuPree, Jr. - DuPree is one of the faster linebackers on the team with a little bit of starting experience on the outside. He made 30 tackles last year. Top Backups Jason Wiltshire, Sr. - An experienced player with decent all-around ability, Wiltshire will push Bailey for playing time on the outside. Robert Latu, RFr. - The 250-pound Latu is one of the bigger players in the linebacking corps. He'll use that side to see time in the middle. Leroy White, RFr. - A strong linebacker with great speed, White should get in the starting lineup soon on the outside.

Secondary - Cornerback C.J. Scott, Sr. - Scott spent most of the spring sitting out to get healthy. The Hurricane needs him back after losing him for most of last year. An experienced corner. he'll be a factor at right corner if he can shake the injury bug. Free safety Jeff Thibodeaux, Jr. - He bulked up to 174 pounds in order to give him some more pop on his tackles. The fourth leading tackler on the team, he made 66 tackles and picked off three passes. Spur Kedrick Alexander, Soph. - The 6-1, 197-pound Alexander will find a spot somewhere in the secondary at either the Spur or at free safety. He was solid as a true freshman. Bandit Max Kraus, Sr. - Kraus can play almost anywhere in the secondary starting out at the Bandit. He made 34 tackles and has two years of experience to provide some stability in the secondary. Cornerback Darrell Wimberly, Sr. - At 6-1, Wimberly will add more size to the left corner position possibly keeping the starting job full-time from Hope. The former receiver made 48 tackles and three interceptions last year. Top Backups Cornerback Jermaine Hope, Jr. - A small corner at only 5-7 and 154 pounds, he's one of the more experienced defensive backs on the team and one of the team's best corners. He can tackle a little bit making 45 stops. Cornerback Sherman Steptoe, Sr. - Neck and neck with Scott for the starting job on the right side, Steptoe is an experienced player with decent all-around skills. Bandit Jarred Brejcha, RFr. - He could become one of the regulars in the defensive backfield with his size. At 6-2 and 189 pounds, he's a necessary big body to the extremely small secondary. Special Teams Placekicker Brad DeVault, Soph. - DeVault took over the placekicking duties after Ricky Tallant struggled. He was solid hitting seven of 12 field goals showing some decent range and solid consistency. Punter Cort Moffitt, Sr. - Cort Moffitt was a strong player last season averaging 40.2 yards per kick putting 13 inside the 20. He should be one of the better punters in the WAC.

UTEP

HEAD COACH: GARY NORD

The offense was hammered by injuries last season, but the pieces are potentially there to put up some points this year. Finally. There are four options at quarterback, but one has to emerge from the pack and become a star. The receivers are young, but relatively talented. The line could be strong. Quarterbacks - Omar Duarte, Jr. - The competition for the starting job is a four man, wide open race that could continue on through the summer and up until the opener. Duarte is the leading returning signal caller taking over when Orlando Cruz went down with a knee injury. He didn't play full-time, but he was the only one that moved the offense. His problem? He has little to no arm. Projected Backups Jordan Palmer, RFr. - The X factor in the quarterback rotation is Palmer, the younger brother of Carson. He's not as good a prospect as the Heisman winner was as a freshman, but he still has the pedigree and the overall talent to eventually be something special. Jon Schaper, Jr. - Schaper was knocked out for the season with a broken clavicle. He's the best runner of the quarterbacks.

Running Backs - Howard Jackson, Jr. - Even though Jackson had problems with an ankle, he was still the team's best rushing threat averaging 74.5 yards per game. He isn't a bad receiving option and fits into the offense well, but he has to get bigger and he has to stay on the field. - Fullback Rovann Cleveland, Sr. - Cleveland is a solid power back, but he can't stay healthy. He can carry the ball or serve as a lead blocker for Jackson and Austin. Projected Backups Matt Austin, Soph. - Austin ran for 232 yards last year and could be a major factor if he stays focused and keeps working. At 190 pounds, he's a much bigger option than Jackson. Steve Douglas, Soph. - He might have the most speed of any of the Miner running backs, and need him to make an impact. Victor Jones, Jr. - The JUCO transfer adds even more speed with his 4.29 speed. Jimmy Smith, Jr. - Smith will battle Cleveland for the starting fullback job. He became a factor as last year wore on rushing for 227 yards. He can also catch the ball coming out of the backfield.

Receivers - Dirk Dillard, Jr. - The 6-1 Dillard made 24 catches over the last two seasons. He has a little bit of deep speed, but he's not going to tear past too many defensive backs. He's more of a dependable receiver that needs to turn into weapon. Chris Francies, Soph. - Francies is the leading returning receiver after making 27 catches for 347 yards last year. He has averaged 15.9 yards per catch over his career, but now he has to show some game in and game out consistency. Tight end Jonas Crafts, Jr. - Crafts is an excellent blocker and is still working on becoming a top pass catcher. Even though he's not considered a great receiver yet and can still improve, he was still third on the team with 19 catches for 231 yards. His biggest problems is staying healthy. Projected Backups Will Smith, Jr. - Smith is expected to be the team's top deep threat. He only caught six passes last year, but he averaged 14.5 yards per catch. Aaron Givens, Soph. - At 6-2 and 190 pounds, Givens is yet another big receiver in the corps. He became a factor as last season went on finishing with 15 catches for 190 yards. Casey Mauch, RFr. - A solid athlete, Mauch could turn into the team's top pass catching tight end. If Crafts has injury problems again, Mauch will see plenty of action.

Offensive Line - Tackle Trey Darilek, Sr. - Darilek is an all-star candidate with 30 starts under his belt even after missing half of last year with a knee injury. An experienced 300-pound player, he'll be the leader and the anchor of the line.- Guard Ben Graniello, Jr. - After seeing plenty of action as a reserve, he'll take over on left guard. His experience has proved useful in his attempt to hold off Jordan Tubig. Center Chris Kerr, Sr. - Kerr has been a rock on the line. The 280-pound senior is expected to be one of the best in the WAC this season. Guard Robert Clayton, Sr. - Clayton has been on the line for the last two seasons returning to his spot at right guard. He's one of the stronger players on the line. Tackle Robert Espinosa, Jr. - The 295-pound junior took over the starting job at right tackle this spring. He's good enough to play on either side and might move to guard if needed. Projected Backups OT Jose Garcia, Soph. - He's one of the team's bigger offensive linemen at 310 pounds. All he needs is a little bit of time. OG Jordan Tubig, Soph. - Tubig has talent and should see plenty of reps this season getting groomed for the future. He'll play behind Graniello on the left side.

This was one of the worst defenses in America last year, but the potential is there for a huge improvement. The front six are deep and athletic, but not all that big. The secondary is soft and needs a pass rush to help take the pressure off. Defensive Line - Defensive end Sam Clarke, Sr. - A former tackle, Clarke adds an athletic 270 pounds to the end after missing half of last year with a shoulder problem. He's one of the veterans on the line. - Defensive tackle Dan Kerr, Sr. - Kerr returns ready to have a big senior year after starting 26 games over the course of his career. He's not all that big at 275 pounds, but he's the leader and anchor of the line. Defensive tackle Chris Mineo, Soph. - Mineo was the most productive of the defensive tackles last season in a reserve role making 48 tackles and five tackles for loss. Defensive end Brandon Johnson, Soph. - The 230-pound sophomore has taken over the starting job at right end. He has decent speed coming off the edge and could turn into UTEP's top pass rusher. Projected Backups DE Ibok Ibok, Jr. - He doesn't have the size like Clarke, but the 245-pound Iobk should split time at left end. DT Zach West, RFr. - This isn't a big line, so the 285-pound West will need to play a huge role in the middle.

Linebackers - Goodwin Akinduro, Jr. - Even though he's 215 pounds, Akinduro is a better athlete and has sensational potential coming off a 31 tackle season. He is too good to keep off the field. Thomas Howard, Soph. - Howard became a player as last year went on and should be a top producer on the weak side. He finished with 31 tackles and two tackles for loss. Projected Backups Robert Rodriguez, Jr. - Rodriguez led the WAC in tackles in 2001, but had an average 2002 season. At 235 pounds, he has a little more size than Akinduro in the middle. J.D. Hearn, Soph. - After playing as a reserve in 2002, Hearn appears ready to step in and see more playing time this year. He'll start the season playing behind Howard on the weak side.

Secondary - Cornerback Aaron Francis, RFr. - Francis was one of the better players this spring tentatively taking over the starting job on the left side. He'll combine with sophomore Cedric Click and redshirt freshman Nate Droughon on the left side. Rover Tim Woodard, Sr. - Woodard returns at rover essentially playing like a third linebacker. He's the leading returning tackler after making 108 stops last year. With his experience, he'll be the leader of the secondary. Free safety Marshall Sanford, Soph. - Sanford has the inevitable job of trying to replace the 116 tackles of D.J. Walker at free safety. At 6-1 and 200 pounds, he's the team's biggest defensive back. Strong safety Mark Dowdy, Jr. - Dowdy returns to his starting spot at strong safety after missing all of last year with a shoulder problem. The junior isn't huge, but he's a sure tackler. Cornerback Jahmal Fenner, Jr. - The right cornerback situation is in decent shape with his return. Fenner picked off three passes and led the team with five broken up passes. Projected Backups CB Nate Droughon, RFr. - He's still learning on the job, but he's expected to see plenty of time at right corner if he doesn't take over the starting job outright. S Adrian Ward, Jr. - The JUCO transfer might take over one of the starting jobs when he joins the team this fall. He's great in pass coverage and a decent tackler. Specialists Projected Starters Placekicker Keith Robinson, Jr. - Robinson missed spring ball, but should return to handle the placekicking duties. He hit eight of 12 field goals including a 59-yard boot to beat Rice. Punter Bryce Benekos, Jr. - Benekos was the WAC's second best punter last year averaging 40.8 yards per boot.

BIG 12 CONFERENCE

BAYLOR

HEAD COACH: GUY MORRIS

The hope is for more overall explosion with Guy Morris and offensive coordinator Brent Pease installing a more open passing attack. The Bears have enough decent receivers to make this interesting, but it'll take a little while For a team that scored 11 points or less in seven games, they have to do whatever's possible to put points up on the board. With an experienced group of skill players returning, that should be possible. Quarterbacks Projected Starter - Aaron Karas, Jr. - Karas has the starting job as the most experienced quarterback on the roster. He completed almost 60% of his passes and was effective at times, but he threw 13 interceptions to only six touchdowns. He's a good runner with a little bit of mobility, but he's not necessarily a great rushing threat. With his accuracy, all he needs is a little time to throw and more reps in the offense.

Top Backups - Davon Vinson, Soph. - The 222-pound Vinson is a bigger quarterback than Karas, but not nearly as effective a passer. He's a decent runner with good all-around skills, but he's not going to bring his talents to the field this year requesting, and receiving, a transfer. - Shawn Bell, RFr; - With Vinson transferring, it's up to Bell, a decent prospect with good overall skills, to become a player. True freshman Terrence Parks will be in the mix as well. Running Backs Projected Starter - Rashad Armstrong, Sr. - Armstrong isn't big, but the former JUCO transfer turned into a productive rusher leading the team with 647 yards and four touchdowns. He closed out the season strong rushing for 103 yards against Oklahoma and 112 yards and two touchdowns against Oklahoma State. The hope is that he's academically eligible by the start of the season. Word is that he'll be ready to go. -

Fullback Jonathan Evans, Jr. - Evans can run a little bit, but he's mostly a blocker. At 240 pounds and with experience, he'll find a spot on the field even though Morriss doesn't use the a true fullback all that often. Top Backups - Jonathan Golden, Sr. - Golden was second behind Armstrong with 392 yards. The 210-pound senior led the team with eight touchdown runs and caught four passes for 57 yards and a score. Until Armstrong is back, he'll be the starting back again. Anthony Krieg, Jr. - Krieg had an ankle problem limiting his production. He didn't do much last season with Armstrong and Golden taking over most of the load, but he was a factor in 2001 rushing for 245 yards and a touchdown. -

Jontahan Sisk, RFr. - Sisk has added some weight bulking up to 221 pounds. He'll backup Evans when a fullback is needed. Receivers Projected Starters - Robert Quiroga, Sr. - Quiroga was a solid complement to Reggie Newhouse last year finishing second on the team with 49 catches for 556 yards and a touchdown. He's big with outstanding speed. The 6-3, 188-pound senior will need to be the team's number one receiver. - Marques Roberts, Jr. - Roberts was a factor as a freshman catching 20 passes for 311 yards and two scores. He had a down year catching six passes for 117 yards and a touchdown starting six games and playing in 11. He's a good all-around athlete and should regain his form at the Z. - John Martin, Jr. - A smart possession receiver with a little bit of experience catching 42 career passes for 496 yards and two touchdowns. His production dropped from 32 catches to 8. Tight end Shane Williams, Sr. - He saw a little bit of starting time last season finishing the year with two catches for 11 yards. Even though he's more of a blocker than a receiver, he'll play a bigger role in the passing game this year.

Top Backups - J Fields, Soph. - Fields played in seven games, but he didn't catch a pass. He's a big receiver with decent speed. He's expected to push for time behind John Martin at the H. - Baylor Barbee, Jr. - Barbee hasn't seen much action, but the 6-5, 210-pound junior will need to play a big role behind Roberts at the Z. - Tight end Billy Crawford, Jr. - Crawford has mostly played as a defensive end, fullback and on special teams. He turned into a tight end last year playing in two tight end sets. Offensive Line Projected Starters - Tackle Quintin Outland, Jr. - The 333-pound junior has started in 14 straight games and should be much better with the more experience. He has good movement for a player of his size and could end up turning into one of the team's best blockers. - Guard Akeem Rettig, RFr. - Retting is young and inexperienced, but he's 362 pounds and should turn into a mauling run blocker. As you can guess, at that weight he's not particularly light on his feet.

Center Cedric Fields, Sr. - The 278-pound Fields is one of the veterans of the line playing both center and guard. He switched over to center last year after playing mostly at left guard and turned out to be a solid all-around blocker even though he had a problem with a bad ankle. - Guard Joe DeWoody, Jr. - DeWoody has gone from being an afterthought reserve to the top of the depth chart at right guard. The junior will also be one of the backup centers and could move in the middle as the year goes on. Tackle Lequalan McDonald, Soph. - McDonald is a 352-pound mountain trying to get fit. He was as high as 365 pounds as few months ago, but is working to become in better shape so he can handle the starting role on the right side. Top Backups T Brad Schlueter, Jr. - Knocked out of last year with a wrist injury, the 277-pound junior will return to a backup role seeing time behind Outland on the left side.

T Glen Oskin, Soph. - Oskin played in every games last season as a reserve behind Outland. The 303-pound sophomore will move to the right side to play behind McDonald. He's versatile enough to play anywhere on the line. Baylor's defense couldn't stop anyone last season allowing 41.3 points and 405.2 yards per game. This year, seven starters return to a group that should be more athletic, but not all that experienced with no developed depth and some injury concerns at a few key spots. The tackles are starting from scratch, but they need to shine to take the pressure off the small and average linebacking corps. Morriss compares his aggressive defense to Mississippi State's. Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Dominick Cravens, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer became a fixture on the right end last year making 31 tackles, 2.5 sacks and eight quarterback hurries. He has good speed coming off the edge, now he has to become a consistent pass rusher. - Defensive tackle Michael Gary, RFr. - Gary looked like he had the potential to be a contributor on the line, but he hurt his knee early in the season and got a medical redshirt. He's big, but now he has to be healthy and start making plays. - Defensive tackle Lorenzo Davis, Soph. -The 312-pound Davis is the team's biggest defensive lineman and will need to become the team's best run stuffer. He hasn't made much of an impact so far making three tackles in the games. - Defensive end Khari Long, Jr. - Long started in four games last season and played seven more as a reserve making 41 tackles and led the team with 4.5 sacks. He's the team's best pass rusher and should be the top playmaker.

Top Backups - DT Luke Groth, Jr. - The 266-pound junior doesn't have the size, but he's far more experienced than any of the BU tackles. That's not saying much considering he has three career tackles. He mostly played at tight end last season. - DE Joe Simmons, Sr. - Simmons played a big role last year making 38 tackles and two sacks. He doesn't have the overall talent of Cravens or Long, but he'll be a top backup. - DE Montez Murphy, Soph. - Murphy could make a big impact this season with a great combination of size and speed. He needs to get used to the defense after sitting out last year, but he should be in the rotation behind Long.

Linebackers Projected Starters - Stephen Sepulveda, Sr. - Sepulveda is a former walk-on who's grown into a decent tackler. He isn't big, but he sticks in nose into every situation making 47 tackles and six tackles for loss last year. He's experienced, and should be decent in the middle. - Justin Crooks, Jr. - The 230-pound Crooks has played since he was a true freshman becoming a strong player on the weak side. He made 45 tackles last season with two sacks and four tackles for loss. Until John Garrett comes back, he'll be a starter.

Top Backups - John Garrett. Sr. - Garrett made 33 tackles as the team's best linebacker before tearing up his knee against Kansas. He's still rehabbing the knee to try and get ready for the season. - Colin Allred, Soph. - Allred isn't experienced, but he's tough and could turn into a top reserve. He'll push Sepulveda for time in the middle. - Michael Tolbert, Jr. -Tolbert can play in the middle or on the outside. He's the biggest linebacker on the roster with experience making 40 tackles last year. Secondary

Projected Starters - Cornerback Tyson Hampton, Jr. - Hampton is a big corner and became a dependable backup making 18 tackles. He started the season against Cal before getting moved to a reserve role playing in nine games. He needs to be a lockdown corner from the start. - Free safety Maurice Lane, Soph. - Lane made 48 tackles as one of the bigger hitting players on the team. He's still young and still learning on the job, so now he's expected to make more plays when the ball is in the air. - Outside safety Derrick Cash, Sr. - Cash is one of the best players on the team leading the Bears with 50 solo tackles. He's 216 pound playing as much as a third linebacker as a defensive back. That's not to say he can't cover with the speed to handle most receivers.

Outside safety Willie Andrews, Soph. - Andrews played in every game making 26 tackles and an interception. He's was one of the most impressive players this spring, and should become a top player at one of the safety positions. Cornerback Matt Johnson, Sr. - The most experienced corner on the team. Johnson has the speed and quickness to stay with most team's top receiver, but he doesn't have the size, at only 5-9 and 173 pounds, to battle the bigger ones. He made 46 tackles and broke up five passes. Top Backups - S Larry Bynum, Sr. - He's not all that big, but he's an experienced player seeing time in every game last year making seven tackles. He'll play behind Andrews. - S Maurice Linquist, RFr. - He has the size and athleticism to be a solid safety. All he needs is experience before he becomes one of Baylor's better defenders. CB Ahmad Rhodes, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer played in ten games as a reserve making three tackles. He'll back up Johnson.

COLORADO

HEAD COACH: GARY BARNETT

The recipe for the University of Colorado’s 2003 football team has some most interesting ingredients. Take a total of 10 snaps by all the quarterbacks in the program, combine with only one returning starter on the offensive line, mix with no game action last fall by any of the healthy cornerbacks in the spring, add a non-conference schedule featuring four opponents that most schools would face over four years instead of four weeks, and one might think the end result could be a cake left out in the rain, to paraphrase an old song. But Gary Barnett, in his fifth season as head coach of the Buffaloes, and his staff are looking forward to the challenge. “It is fun; nothing is ever the same, that’s the challenge of it all from our end of it,” Barnett said. “I have no idea how it’s going to turn out. I know one thing, we’re not going to force a square peg in a round hole.” However, if those schools lining up across from Colorado think the two-time defending Big 12 Conference North Division champions are down, they’ll be severely mistaken. While there are some question marks, the cupboard is any-thing but bare and the Buffs are still very much a top 25 pro-gram with designs on becoming the first school in the Big 12 to claim three straight division titles.

Colorado returns 43 lettermen from its 9-5 squad in 2002, the first in school history to play 14 games. Spending the bulk of the season in the nation’s top 25, the Buffs rebounded from a 1-2 start to win eight of its next nine games, in eventually finishing ranked No. 20 after consecutive season-ending losses to Oklahoma in the Big 12 Championship game and to Wisconsin (in overtime) in the Alamo Bowl. Despite the sour ending, it was the best comeback in school history after opening a season with two losses in the first three games. Injuries basically caught up with CU by the end of the sea-son, and for the second straight year, the Buffaloes placed the brunt of the load on the shoulders of a backup quarterback.

Though the Buffs couldn’t repeat as league champions, CU’s 14-2 record in its last 16 conference games is currently the best in the league and the fourth best all-time in the seven-year history of the Big 12. “You have to look back and marvel at the job that our seniors did, and our coaches did, holding the team together through a lot of hard times, and to have it persevere and excel the way it did,” Barnett said. “I hate to be trite and say it speaks volumes to… but it does, it speaks volumes to the kind of character we have on this football team, the kind of leadership and the job our assistant coaches did.” Eleven starters from 2002 are back, three on offense and eight on defense, with another five returning that have some starting experience in their careers. Guard Marwan Hage and receivers Derek McCoy and John Donahoe are the starters back on offense, with tailback Bobby Purify, tight end Quinn Sypniewski and tackle Karl Allis as three others with plenty of time on the field, including several starts. But having to find replacements at quarterback, four starters on the line, and perhaps most important to CU’s running success the last two years, fullback Brandon Drumm, it’s no wonder that Barnett will be looking for his defense to carry the team through as the Buffs will attempt to navigate one of the nation’s toughest non-league schedules. “I think the defense comes in with the highest degree of consistency, with the most experience returning, and therefore is going to have to carry the burden of this football team early,” Barnett said. “I also think that defensively, scheme-wise, we’ll take a step forward. Last year, in the infant stages of us being in that scheme, we were pretty simple, and we learned a lot this past year. We’ve had a chance to talk to some other programs that were running it and I think that we’ll be able to take the next logical step with our defense in its evolution this year.” The Buffs switched up from its 4-3 base defense it had been running since 1995 to a 4-2-5 scheme last year, dropping the outside linebacker position in lieu of a third (weak) safety.

It was the first move in gearing future CU defenses to become quicker and faster, especially with how offenses have evolved over the past decade. The players that will line up on defense for the Buffs rep-resent the most diverse group in recent memory when it comes to eligibility. Five seniors, a junior, two sophomores and three freshman redshirts were the first-teamers when spring opened, but the blend of veterans and youth has the look of forming a pretty good defense… with the speed the coaches are looking for. Ends Marques Harris and Gabe Nyenhuis, tackle DeAndre Fluellen, linebacker Sean Tufts and free safety Medford Moorer were the five seniors the defense was to be built around in the spring, with a sixth, cornerback Phil Jackson, to rejoin the fold in the fall once healed from shoulder surgery. But injuries to Harris and Fluellen saw Matt McChesney and Brandon Dabdoub rise to the occasion, as both were one-timer starters.

Tackle Sam Wilder, a junior, completes the defensive front, while sophomores J.J. Billingsley, Akarika Dawn and Brian Iwuh have designs on starting at two of the safety slots, though Billingsley missed the last half of spring to concentrate in academics. Freshman redshirt Sammy Joseph had a great spring in competing for the corner slot opposite Jackson in the fall. And there are others, including several frosh redshirts, capable of making noise and landing high on the depth chart. Youngsters will likely have a role in filling the second ILB spot, as the competition there will be wide open into August.

Barnett’s list of the five most pressing questions regarding his 2003 Buffaloes included, “Who’s going to win the quarter-back position? Which four guys are going to play along with Marwan Hage on the offensive line? Who’s our place-kicker going to be? Who will be our punt returner? Can we survive the 2003 preseason schedule?” Ah, the quarterback position. The players on the roster, including those arriving in August, have a total of 10 collegiate snaps in games on their resumes. Sophomores Joel Klatt and Erik Greenberg and frosh redshirt James Cox duked it out in the spring, with Klatt emerging just ahead of the other two at the conclusion of April drills. How young is the position? The fourth QB, Colt Brennan, is a freshman walk-on (from Worchester Academy) who joined the team in January.

As expected, the battle will carry into the fall, with the coaches to see what two incoming freshmen can bring to the table, but it’s likely the starter will come from the trio who received most of the spring snaps. As for who will team up with Hage on the offensive line, there are at least six players who will continue to vie for starting positions into the fall.

The only other senior O-lineman is guard Karl Allis, who missed the bulk of the spring healing from a chronic foot injury. Sophomore tackles Gary Moore and Clint O’Neal have the most experience after Allis, but after those two, the depth is peppered with freshman redshirts, including two at center, where Mark Fenton emerged from the spring as the top snapping candidate. Another frosh redshirt, Jack Tipton, got plenty of reps at guard in Allis’ absence.

Placekicking was an Achilles heel for the Buffs last fall; when all was said and done, there were 15 missed field goal attempts and three botched extra points, and though three of the kicks were blocked, there were simply too many misses and often in left the Buffs in precarious position, including the overtime loss in the bowl game. Three kickers contended for the job in the spring, with junior J.T. Eberly slightly ahead of freshman recruit Kevin Eberhart, Colorado’s all-time leading kick scorer in high school (Eberhart was a December graduate and enrolled at CU for the spring semester). Sophomore Justin Zaitz remains in the hunt, and another recruit, Mason Crosby, will join the trio in the fall.

As for the punt game, sophomore John Torp will take over for Mark Mariscal, who won the Ray Guy Award as the nation’s best punter in 2002. Torp had a solid 49.7 average for three kicks in games, and often matched Mariscal in practice. As for the top punt return man, it rests on if Jeremy Bloom opts to play football after another successful winter on the international ski circuit. A 2002 United States Olympic team member, Bloom returned to punts for touchdowns last year and ranked fifth nationally. Donahoe had a solid spring returning punts, so if Bloom comes back, he’ll have to win his job back in the fall. A third consecutive division title is something the 2003 team will be shooting for, but the road will be treacherous getting to that point.

The Buffaloes will line up across from intrastate rival Colorado State in Denver, christen the Folsom Field expansion against a revenge-minded UCLA, follow that up against defending Pac-10 champion Washington State, and then travel to the deep south to play at Florida State in what will almost unbelievably be the first meeting ever between the two traditional powers. Our annual refresher: when Barnett returned to CU as head coach in 1999, he coined the phrase, “Return to Dominance” (or RTD). The proclamation included a list of things he felt would accomplish the mission. CU came very close to fulfilling all of them in its run to the 2001 Big 12 championship, as well as in defending its North Division title last year.

The “report card” for 2002: Install a balanced offense and bringing back the constant threat of the big play. The offense was fairly well balanced the first three of the Barnett years, especially in play selection, but last year, the scales tipped to rushing mainly because of injuries and what CU felt it could do in the passing game. Amazingly, CU rushed 65% of the time, for 65% of its yards, with passing doing the 35% for 35% thing. The Buffs had 58 plays of 20 yards or longer, the same exact number as in 2001, with 157, gaining 10 or more yards. Being able to run the football for a first down on third-and-short. The Buffs converted at a 38 percent clip on third downs, a little lower than in ’01 (41%), but were 73 percent (37-of-51) on third-and-short (one, two or three yards). On rushing tries alone, CU was 35- of-71 overall on third downs (51%, better than 2001’s 49%). And the Buffs have converted on 61 percent of its fourth down tries in the last 42 games (39-of-64), many of which were good, old-fashioned smash mouth power running plays. Inspiring awe and fear into the opponent.

The toughest thing annually on this list to gauge, because no one would admit they were in either. When the running game clicked, opponents were on their heels, and the morphing defense, as it got comfortable in its new scheme, showed at times that it could shut down the most powerful of opponents, i.e., Kliff Kingsbury and Texas Tech.

Game day discipline, as in cutting down on the number of penalties and correctable mistakes. Many of the penalties were due to aggressive defensive play; CU had only 23 o offensive penalties in 13 regular season games, a number most teams would envy. CU has clamped down on opponent long plays (only 15 of 40 or more yards the last 27 games), has minimized long opponent returns (only 15 of 30 or more yards, and nine of those were kickoffs), and has had only four kicks blocked in 38 games, while blocking 13). Dictating the game against unranked and lesser opponents. From start to finish, CU dictated the action four times in 2002, but did take over the game early in the second half on another three occasions. CU played the nation’s 13th toughest schedule in the NCAA.

Returning as a mainstay in the national polls, similar to CU’s consecutive 143-week run between 1989 and 1997. The Buffs opened the year at No. 6, and would be ranked for all but three weeks of the year in finishing No. 20 for the season. Playing games in November, December and January that have significant meaning. Other than landing in a bowl game that had a December 28 date, the Buffs met this goal for the second straight year. The Big 12 will be as tough as ever. “You look at our division, it’s going to be us, Nebraska, Kansas State, and I think you have to throw Missouri in there,” Barnett said. “You look at the south and they’re going to be five deep. There are no easy Saturdays in the Big 12.” Fortunately (or unfortunately), the Buffs will have plenty of practice at not having an “easy” Saturday in 2003.

IOWA STATE

HEAD COACH: DAN McCARNEY

You’ve heard it over and over. Defense wins championships. Certainly the evolution of Iowa State’s football program under head coach Dan McCarney from cellar-dweller to first-division finisher has included dramatic improvement on the defensive side of the ball. Since McCarney took over a winless ISU program before the start of the 1995 season, the limelight has been on offensive achievement. All-American and Heisman Trophy runner-up Troy Davis’ pair of 2,000-yard rushing seasons and the heroics of quarterback Seneca Wallace got most of the headlines and sold most of the tickets. But the magnitude of Iowa State’s improvement, three-straight bowl appearances, 23 wins over the last three seasons, the school’s highest ever national rankings, would not have been possible without consistent improvement on defense, particularly in the trenches against the run. Iowa State has allowed progressively fewer yards against the run every season since McCarney’s first team (1995) allowed 296.6 rushing yards per game. That figure dropped to 174.6 yards per game in 2002, against a schedule that included nine bowl teams.

With all-Big 12 defensive tackle Jordan Carstens leading nine returning starters for the 2003 season, that defense will be tested by a schedule that includes seven bowl teams. A year ago, Iowa State played road games at Big Ten champion Iowa, at Big 12 champion Oklahoma and faced Kansas State, Texas, Colorado and Boise State, each a 2002 bowl participant. Iowa State’s solid numbers against a brutal schedule affirm the Cyclones’ defensive improvement. This season’s schedule features home games against Iowa, Oklahoma, Texas, Nebraska, Kansas State and Colorado. Road games at Nebraska and Texas Tech are slated. It will take continued progress against this daunting schedule to make it four-straight bowl games in 2003.

The 2003 season will mark McCarney’s ninth year as Iowa State head coach. McCarney’s tenure ranks second in longevity among Big 12 Conference coaches to Bill Snyder of Kansas State. ISU is the only school to have finished in the Big 12’s North Division the past three seasons. The Cyclones are one of 31 NCAA Division 1-A football programs and six Big 12 schools to have earned a post-season bowl berth in each of the last three seasons. Local interest in the Cyclone football has never been higher. That backing makes Iowa State’s Jack Trice Stadium a tough place to play. ISU has won 14 of its last 19 home games. Iowa State’s depth, a sparse commodity on both sides of the ball early in the McCarney regime, now allows the Cyclone head coach a wider field of choices on offense and defense.

Continued improvement in the trenches will be a key on offense, too. The Iowa State interior offensive line returns three of four starters. The 2002 season marked the first time a McCarney team didn’t feature a 1,000-yard rusher. In part, that was because the Cyclones featured three backs that earned significant playing time. All three, Hiawatha Rutland, Michael Wagner and Brian Thompson, return and competition at that position will include redshirt freshman Steve Hicks. The biggest question mark will be who replaces record-breaking quarterback Seneca Wallace. The fleet runner and superb passer tallied a school career-record 6,118 yards of total offense in just two seasons. There will be no replacing Wallace. But McCarney feels that he has four strong candidates who can fit into the Cyclones’ offensive plans this season. Returnee Cris Love, junior college transfer Waye Terry, and redshirt freshmen Austin Flynn and Kyle Van Winkle will audition for the starting signal-caller role this spring and fall.

Whoever is the Iowa State quarterback in 2003, he’ll have the best stable of wide receivers in school history. The return of starters Lane Danielsen, Jack Whitver, Jamaul Montgomery and Lance Young gives the Cyclones speed, experience and sure-handed receiving. Iowa State has won 23 games in the last three years, only the second time that has happened in school history. The Cyclones beat three bowl teams last season (Iowa, Nebraska and Texas Tech), an ISU first. Another tough schedule awaits. The Cyclones will be ready.

McCarney’s Thoughts on 2003: What are the issues you’ve talked about with your staff, in terms of things you must do in this spring season? “Like always, we go back through the season and critique every play, every series, every quarter. We look at the wins we had, the things we did well, all the highs and all the positives, and see what we did to achieve those things so that we can keep doing them. Then we look at all the setbacks or problems, disappointments, or those kinds of things to see what we have to do. Was it a specific call, was it an adjustment we had to make, was it personnel, was it a mismatch? We have to go back through and critique all those things. We have a great nucleus of veterans coming back, which is the good news. We have to be sure we take each of those kids to another level and make them improve and elevate their game. It’s that time of year where it’s wide open for all the redshirts, the walk-ons, the juniors and seniors that have been here for awhile and haven’t played much to make their move and earn a spot on this football team.

OFFENSE Quarterback Seneca Wallace is gone. It is not that simple. The all-conference quarterback was the leading candidate for the Heisman Trophy at mid-season last fall and left a pile of school records behind him. In just two seasons, Wallace set a school record for career total offense and generated an all-time ISU single-season passing mark, throwing for 3,245 yards in 2002. A passer first, his ability to take off and run was part of his game. Obviously, you don’t replace a player like Wallace. But McCarney is confident that a three-way contest for the 2003 starting job will produce a quarterback capable of leading the Iowa State offense. The search will begin with 6-5, 214-pound returnee Cris Love. The junior made four appearances at quarterback last season and played in five games in 2001 as Wallace’s backup the past two seasons. In all, he has thrown for 243 yards and two TDs in a reserve role. The Texan has the advantage of familiarity of the offense and is the only Cyclone quarterback with game day experience. Love’s challengers have no game experience but both have been in the program for a year. Junior Waye Terry joined Iowa State for the 2002 season. His 6-3, 207-pound frame served him well at Rochester (Minn.) Community College in 2000, where he led his team to a post-season bowl game. In 2001 at Foothill (Calif.) College, he completed 157-of-284 for 2,249 yards with 28 touchdowns. He also led all California junior college quarterbacks with 410 yards rushing. Redshirt freshman Austin Flynn, a native of Deer Park, Texas, stands, 6-1 and 186 pounds. A deft passer, he threw for 2,683 career yards with 27 TDs and averaged 8.6 yards per rush in high school. Former Roland-Story quarterback, Kyle Van Winkle will also get a look.

OFFENSIVE LINE Other than quarterback, this position may hold the season’s success in balance. There is leadership. Two-year starter Bob Montgomery earned second-team all-Big 12 honors from the league’s writers and coaches in 2002. He has started the last 24 Iowa State games. Former junior college All-American Collin Menard will backup Montgomery. Casey Shelton, who began his Iowa State career in the defensive line, returns after making huge strides last season. The rapidly developing Johannes Egbers will serve as an able backup.

Luke Vander Sanden was an inspiration to his teammates last season. The junior, who figured prominently in Iowa State’s plans last fall, broke an ankle in pre-season practice. Expected to be out eight weeks or longer, the Inwood, Iowa, native made it back for Iowa State’s 36-14 win over Nebraska. Unfortunately, he broke the same ankle in that game and was lost for the rest of the season. He moves to center and will be backed up by Matt Bockes, a three-year starter as Iowa State’s deep snapper. A pair of young Iowans will battle at right guard. Seth Zehr, an all-stater from Fort Dodge, Iowa, who redshirted his initial collegiate season, will face a challenge from Aaron Brant of Cuba City, Wis. Brant graduated from high school in December and will be with the team in spring practice. His giant, 6-7, 307-pound frame seethes with potential.

At right tackle, junior Cale Stubbe, another former defensive lineman played in all 14 games last season in the offensive line and Kory Pence who saw action last season, will challenge for playing time.

TIGHT END The departure of Kyle Knock, who made 11 receptions for 82 yards and one TD, puts the spotlight on Kenny Segin, a junior who made two catches for 26 yards last season. He is a sturdy blocker. Brett Kellogg began his career on defense but will be counted on this fall. James Wright, a junior college transfer from Kilgore (Texas) College, is adding to his 6-3, 258-pound frame. The Houston native caught seven passes for 175 yards last season on an undefeated Kilgore team.

RUNNING BACK For the first time during Dan McCarney’s seven-year term as Iowa State head coach, the Cyclones did not boast a 1,000-yard rusher in 2002. This was partly because of ISU’s tailback-by-committee effort last season, forced on the Iowa State coaching staff due to nagging injuries. Another factor was quarterback Seneca Wallace who rushed for 437 yards as a senior. Nevertheless, ISU tailbacks combined for 1,461 yards on 396 carries last fall, preserving the run/pass balance that McCarney so covets. Michael Wagner has rushed for 1,081 career yards on 291 carries. He played a major role in victories over ranked foes, rushing for 107 yards on 19 carries against Nebraska and 102 yards on 32 tries against Texas Tech. It was Wagner who made two major blocks on Seneca Wallace’s much-heralded 12-yard TD run in which the quarterback ran more than 135 yards to reach paydirt. One of Wagner’s combatants will be sophomore Brian Thompson. The Plantation, Fla., native, the 2001 ISU offensive scout team player of the year, burst on the scene in the 2002 home opener against Kansas. He rushed for 92 yards on 14 carries and two touchdowns – all in the fourth quarter. The elusive slasher rushed for 305 yards on 83 carries and four scores last season. Hiawatha Rutland, led Iowa State rushers with 614 yards on 160 carries last season. He also led Cyclone backs with 18 receptions for 90 yards. Rutland, who hails from Bradenton, Fla., is also a good blocker. Injuries limited his contributions last fall. The wild card in the backfield is redshirt freshman Stevie Hicks. ISU’s offensive scout team player of the year rushed for more than 3,000 yards in his junior and senior high school seasons at Creighton Prep in Omaha, Neb. His performance in practice did nothing to dampen the excitement that surrounds his Cyclone future. McCarney has always used the fullback mainly as a blocker. Last year’s starter, Joe Woodley, split time at fullback and linebacker. He had five yards on seven carries and a pair of touchdowns last season. But in redshirt freshman Ryan Kock, McCarney feels he has a big, (6-4, 242), strong rumbler who runs exceptionally well for his size and can lay down the wood as a blocker. The Iowa State coaching staff feels so good about Kock that it moved two-year starter Woodley to linebacker full-time. Woodley’s departure moves senior Derek Walters up to be Kock’s back-up.

RECEIVERS Everyone is back. This receiving corps should be as good as any in school history. Wide receiver Lane Danielsen is back after making 63 catches for a school record 1,073 yards in 2002. The senior, who is as dangerous on a reverse as he is running crisp patterns, has made 117 career receptions (fifth in school history) for 1,918 yards (second in school history) and nine touchdowns (tied for eighth in school history). Danielsen should become the all-time ISU receiver in the former two categories this season. McCarney refers to Danielsen and senior split end Jack Whitver as “the Bopsy Twins.” They are both former walk-ons from the state of Iowa whose sure hands make them dependable receivers. Whitver had 52 receptions (ninth in school history) for 685 yards (10th in school history) last season. Flanker Jamaul Montgomery, known for his acrobatic catches is perhaps the team’s best overall athlete. He was fourth on the team last season with 36 receptions for 485 yards and five TDs. Senior Lance Young, who contemplated leaving school to participate in the NFL draft this winter, was third on the team with 43 catches for 704 yards and six touchdowns. He also averaged 21.1 yards on 28 kickoff returns last fall. Senior David Banks-Bursey made six receptions for 82 yards and a touchdown. The lone non-senior is redshirt freshman Jon Davis. The Papillion, Neb., native would have played in any other season. But the depth ISU had at receiver allowed McCarney to redshirt Davis. Big things are expected from the 6-3 Davis, who made two catches for 73 and a touchdown in the 2002 spring game. Davis spent last season adding bulk to his frame and will be ready for action this fall. Andy Kohler is a seven-foot high jumper. That vertical capability and the junior’s 6-4, 210-pound frame make him a formidable adversary. Punt returner Todd Miller and T.J. Klith will also get a look.

DEFENSIVE LINE You can almost chart the improvement in Iowa State’s ability to stop the run in concert with the development of seniors Jordan Carstens and Tyson Smith. Carstens, once a 228-pound walk-on, is now a two-time all-Big 12 tackle who checks in at 6-5, 303. A first-team academic All-American, he will start the season as one of the Big 12’s best interior linemen. As a junior, Carstens made 103 tackles, including 13 behind the line of scrimmage. He also tallied five sacks. The Bagley, Iowa, native has 232 career tackles and could finish his career as one of the top three tacklers among interior linemen in school history. A 2003 bowl-bound Iowa State would need a big season from senior rush end Tyson Smith. Smith came on strong last season, ranking third on the team with 104 tackles. He was the team co-leader with six sacks and caught 11 opponents behind the line of scrimmage for 28 yards. Senior Shaheed Richardson and sophomore Cephus Johnson start spring ball backing up Carstens and Smith, respectively. If the present of the Iowa State defense is Carstens and Smith. The future is now with nose guard Nick Leaders. The younger brother of teammate Andy Leaders and son of all-Big 12 Cyclone defender Mike Leaders, Nick Leaders was phenomenal last season as a true freshman. McCarney elected not to redshirt Nick. It was the right move, right away. In his first college game against third-ranked Florida State, Leaders made seven tackles, four of them solo in a game that went down to the last play. Tabbed as the Cyclones’ top newcomer last season, he was named a first-team freshman All-American by collegefootballnews.com. Finishing the season with 75 tackles with nine stops behind the line of scrimmage and five sacks, he’s already a defensive anchor, along with Carstens and Smith. Brent Nelson starts spring ball backing up Leaders. Defensive end Tim TeBrink was recruited without a position. McCarney signed him because he was a hard-nosed competitor. TeBrink has found a home at end, where he had 49 tackles last season. Redshirt freshman Beau Klaffke will get his first taste of college play this fall.

LINEBACKER Chris Whitaker has battled injuries his entire Cyclone career. But his presence on and off the field has been such that he was elected a co-captain as a junior. He has 107 career tackles, including 12 stops at Texas last season. Erik Anderson, like Whitaker, played as a true freshman. He saw action mostly on special teams his first season and had 19 tackles last fall. Speedy Nik Moser, who was a place-winner in the Big 12 Conference indoor 400-meters as a freshman, and was ISU’s special teams player of the year last season will make a bid for playing time. Brandon Brown’s presence on the field showed in the final statistics. As a sophomore, Brown was second on the team with

DEFENSIVE BACKFIELD Never has an Iowa State secondary returned so many experienced, talented players. This group is one reason that the Cyclone defense will play such a key role in the extent of ISU’s overall success this fall. At left cornerback, junior Anthony Forrest moves over from his former role as a starter at strong and free safety. In his first collegiate season, he was a Sporting News freshman all-Big 12 honoree. Forrest made 74 tackles last fall, and is expected to be a leader on the field in 2003. Johnny Smith III has had some starting experience and has 42 career tackles. The right corner position is held down by Ellis Hobbs III. The junior, who came to ISU as a running back made a successful transition to the defensive backfield. A starter last season, Hobbs made 51 tackles, had two interceptions and broke up 12 passes. Starting this spring, three-year letterwinner Harold Clewis adds valuable game day experience, with 48 career tackles and seven passes broken up. The individual who asserted himself most obviously last season was strong safety JaMaine Billups. As a prep out of Omaha, Neb., he was considered one of the nation’s most coveted secondary recruits. But Billups, who was also a great running back, wanted to play on the offensive side of the ball. McCarney gave him that chance. In his first two seasons, Billups’ biggest moment was a 74-yard punt return for a touchdown in the Cyclones’ 2000 Insight.com Bowl victory over Pittsburgh. He made the switch to defense last season and it was an auspicious effort. When Forrest went down early in the season-opener against No. 3 Florida State, Billups stepped in and made nine tackles against the Seminoles. He led Iowa State defensive backs with 97 tackles in 13 games. Billups’ performance earned him all-conference honors from Big 12 coaches. Free safety Marc Timmons is a veteran who has made a major contribution to each of Iowa State’s three bowl teams. Tied for ninth on the all-time ISU career interception list with six picks, he has 168 career tackles while breaking up 21 passes. Steve Paris will challenge Timmons. Paris returned an interception for a touchdown against Tennessee Tech in 2002 and is expected to see more action this season.

KANSAS

HEAD COACH: MARK MANGINO

Coming off his first year as head football coach at the University of Kansas, Mark Mangino is looking for steady improvement and development from his players this season, beginning with the 15-practice spring season scheduled to start March 10. As the program looks to take strides this year, the Jayhawks have a strong nucleus back as KU returns 40 letterwinners, including 15 on offense, 22 on defense and three specialists. In addition, the Jayhawks return six starters on offense, seven on defense and both kickers in punter Curtis Ansel and placekicker Johnny Beck. It’s a team that returns a talented duo in the backfield in senior quarterback Bill Whittemore and sophomore running back Clark Green, and five of the top seven receivers from last season. But the spring practices will be used to develop depth at every position, including the offensive line, where only one of five starters returns this season. It’s a program that features three returning defensive linemen, three returning regulars in the secondary plus a handful of young prospects at the linebacker position.

Also back are six of the top 10 tacklers on defense, including sophomore Nick Reid who led KU with six sacks and is the Jayhawks’ top returning tackler this season. Despite a strong returning nucleus, the Jayhawks are still relatively inexperienced as five of seven starters are in their first or second year on defense at Kansas.

QUARTERBACK Returning to lead the Jayhawk offense is Bill Whittemore, who was named as the Big 12 Offensive Newcomer of the Year last season by the league’s coaches despite only appearing in nine contests. Whittemore completed 151-of-305 passes for 1,666 yards and 11 touchdowns in addition to rushing for 549 yards and 11 scores in his debut season. Whittemore averaged 246.1 total yards per game, which ranked as the fourth-best total offense per game in the league and the 27th nationally. The 6-0, 195- pound native of Brentwood, Tenn. broke the KU single-season touchdowns responsible for record after being involved in 22 scores (11 rush, 11 pass) for the Jayhawks last year. In addition, he ranked in the top-10 on several other single-season lists, including total offense (4th - 2,215 yards), passing attempts (5th -305), passing completions (6th - 151), passing touchdowns (t-10th - 11) and rushing yards by a quarterback (2nd - 549). Despite only playing in nine games in his KU career, he begins his senior year just 32 passing yards shy of entering KU’s top-15 career passing yards list. Sophomore Brian Luke, who saw limited action last season competing 17-of-47 passes for 214 yards, and redshirt freshman Joe Hogan will vie for playing time as backups. Kevin Long, who also spends time at the tight end position and on several special team units, and John Nielsen could also add depth at quarterback.

RUNNING BACKS The running back position has the potential to be a strong point of offense this upcoming season with the return of standout sophomore tailback Clark Green along with senior tailback Harold McClendon, senior fullback Dan Coke and junior fullbacks Brandon Watkins and Austine Nwabuisi. As a redshirt freshman last fall, Green led KU in rushing with 813 yards and was the Jayhawks’ second-leading receiver with 37 receptions for 408 yards. Green, a native of Tampa, Fla., was KU’s top rusher in nine of 12 games a year ago and put together two 100- plus yard performances on the ground. McClendon, Coke, Watkins and Nwabuisi all saw limited action but with another year of experience under their belts could look to contribute often this sea-son. Also in the mix at running back are redshirts Jon Cornish and Jerome Kemp, who were highly-touted recruits a year ago. WIDE

RECEIVERS The Jayhawk receiving corps will benefit from the return of five of the top seven receivers from last season including Green, senior Derick Mills and junior Brandon Rideau. The three combined for 86 receptions for 941 yards for an 11 yards per catch average. In addition, sophomore Mark Simmons and senior tight end Adrian Jones also return this season. Simmons, who was one of six true freshmen to see action a year ago, had 23 receptions for 208 yards and two touchdowns. Mills is the most experienced receiver returning, having earned three letters on the way to 40 career receptions for 509 yards and four touchdowns. Several young receivers will add to the depth at wide receiver including redshirt freshmen Charles Gordan and Dominic Roux and transfer Gary Heaggans. Also earning looks for playing time this spring are Justin Williams, Drew Wedel and Chris Steppeg. TIGHT ENDS Senior Adrian Jones, who had 10 receptions for 140 yards and a touchdown a year ago, returns as the leading candidate at tight end this season. Jones, who is an excellent blocker, saw extended playing time last season after David Hurst moved from tight end to offensive guard. Vying for playing time and looking to add depth at tight end is sophomore Denver Latimore, junior Kevin Long, junior college transfer Lyonel Anderson and freshman Kevin Borders. Latimore saw some action in two-tight ends sets last fall and both he and Long saw action on special teams.

OFFENSIVE LINE Headlining the offensive line this spring will be junior Tony Coker, who started the first nine games of the season before being slowed by an injury late in the year. Coker is the only starter returning from a line that lost Justin Sands, Greg Nicks, Hurst and Tony Damiani, in addition to key reserve John Harvey, to graduation. But Coker isn’t the only player with experience returning as sophomore Justin Henry, who has seen playing time at both guard positions and at center, showed steady improvement throughout last season. Also in the mix on the line are seniors Danny Lewis and Nick McCaslin, who look to improve with added experience in spring practices. Coming off their redshirt season and in contention to contribute immediately are Travis Dambach, David Ochoa, Chris Roberts, and Bob Whitaker who all saw action on the scout team last season and figure to benefit from the competition for playing time this spring.

DEFENSIVE LINE A pair of highly talented juniors headline the defensive line in tackle Travis Watkins and end David McMillan. Watkins, who has played both end and tackle in his KU career, started all 12 games last season and finished the year with 37 tackles, two tackles for loss, four pass breakups and five quarterback hurries. McMillan was the Jayhawks’ fifth-leading tackler last season with 55 total stops, nine tackles for loss and a team-best 12 quarterback hurries. In addition, sophomore Tim Allen, who started seven games at nose tackle, and seniors Cory Kipp, Sid Bachmann and Tony Strickland all saw action and made good strides by gaining experience throughout the year. This spring, more assistance at the end position could come from senior Reggie Curry and redshirt Kyle Knighton and in the mix at the tackle position is Roy Teng.

LINEBACKERS Sophomore Nick Reid ranks as the leading returning tackler from last season after appearing in 12 games and starting the final six contests at outside linebacker. Reid, who also tallied a team-high six sacks, had 62 tackles last year and looks to improve those numbers with the departure of Greg Cole and Leo Etienne. The duo, who will graduate this spring, combined for 202 tackles, 27 tackles for loss and six sacks last fall. Reid and fellow sophomores Kevin Kane, Brandon Perkins and Darren Rus, in their short time on campus, showed impressive strength and improvement last season and hope that carries over into spring ball. Also returning this spring are sophomores Banks Floodman and Nick Clapp, who were forced to sit out last season after suffering season-ending injuries early in the year. Floodman was credited with 41 tackles as a true fresh- man in 2001 while appearing in all 11 games and starting the final two contests. Also looking for extended playing time is senior Glenn Robinson, who started five games and had 18 tackles last year, and is a standout on special teams. Juniors Greg Tyree and Josh Holmolka and sophomore Jeff Mulholland add depth to the position.

SECONDARY Three of four starters return in the secondary, including cornerbacks Remuise Johnson and Donnie Amadi and strong safety Zach Dyer. Johnson picked off six passes in his debut season to go along with 40 tackles and a team-high 15 pass breakups. Dyer, who played for two and a half years at quarterback, made an immediate impact in the Jayhawk secondary totaling 48 tackles in just five games in the backfield. The 6-2, 210-pound safety started four of five games and was the Jayhawks’ leading tackler in two contests in addition to recording double-figure tackles in three of five games. Donnie Amadi started the first 10 games for KU, recording 41 tackles, including 32 solo stops. Several talented youngsters, some with game experience, will be competing for playing time and provide quality depth during the spring season including Bobby Birhiray, Ronnie Madi and Leo Bookman. Furthermore, Jonathan Lamb will look to make an instant impact during the fall.

KANSAS STATE

HEAD COACH: BILL (TERMINATOR) SNYDER

One of the goals for success in the Kansas State football program is to improve each day. If the Wildcats are able to accomplish that feat, transitioning from an 11-2 season in 2002 toward head coach Bill Snyder’s 15th season in Manhattan, the 2003 Wildcats could be formidable indeed. The 2003 spring football season, according to Snyder, is an attempt to fill holes, generate unity, but most certainly, to improve. Offensively, the Wildcats return some players who received national attention a year ago, including senior quarterback Ell Roberson, junior running back Darren Sproles and senior offensive lineman Nick Leckey. Roberson and Sproles became the first pair of K-State players to have 1,000-yard rushing seasons in the same year. Defensively, the loss of two defensive tackles, middle line-backer Terry Pierce and Thorpe Award winner Terence Newman will force the Wildcats to find some newcomers able to step up to help K-State continue its six-year trend of finishing in the top five nationally in total defense.

OFFENSE In 2001, it was Josh Scobey running behind an offensive line that used nine different starters and eight different combinations in 12 games. Last year, Darren Sproles ran behind an offensive line that not only stayed basically intact but was solid enough to develop some quality depth. The 2003 Wildcat O-line returns senior Nick Leckey and junior Mike Johnson among those who started games for the ‘Cats in 2002. Leckey was a consensus All-Big 12 first-teamer a year ago and comes into the 2003 season having made 25 consecutive starts at left guard. Leckey, who started two of the nine games he played as a true freshman in 2000, was also a first team All-America pick last year by CBS SportsLine.com. Leckey has played a great deal of center over the past two seasons and the O-line combinations to be developed this spring will continue to have him at both center and guard. Johnson started all but two games at right guard for K-State in 2002, and he returns this spring atop the depth chart at that position. Leading the spring depth chart at the other guard spot is senior Ryan Lilja, a 300-pounder who played as a reserve at a guard spot after transferring from Coffeyville, Kan., CC. K-State will need to replace both tackles from a year ago. Thomas Barnett leaves Manhattan after six seasons (one as a medical redshirt) and 43 career starts, while both Dralinn Burks and Billy Miller, who shared the right tackle spot, both finished their eligibility in 2002. Leading candidates for the starting tackle spots this spring are junior Jon Doty and 305-pound senior Ben Rettele. Rettele is the only one of the two with a start for the Wildcats on the O-line, opening the 2001 game against Texas A&M for his lone career start to date. Pushing Doty and Rettele for the top spots at tackle are promising sophomore Jeromey Clary, who saw a great deal of playing time in 2002 as a true freshman, and junior transfer Peni Holakeituai, who redshirted in Manhattan a year ago. A number of players will get opportunities at inside interior line spots this spring. Jesse Keaulana-Kamakea saw considerable playing time in 2002 for the Wildcats at a backup guard spot, Ryan Schmuecker will open spring drills in the No. 2 spot on the depth chart at center, and 315-pounder Chris Boggas will get an opportunity at a guard spot.

WIDE RECEIVERS The Spring 2002 workouts began with the Wildcats needing to replace the top six players on the receptions list from the year before and only two players who had a catch in their Wildcat career. Taco Wallace emerged from the pack to be the Wildcats’ leader in catches (39) and receiving yards (704) during the march to the 11-2 season and the Holiday Bowl victory. But Wallace has also departed after ending his eligibility. The other receiver to emerge for K-State in 2002 was James Terry, who will return. Terry tied Wallace for the team lead in touchdown catches with five in 2003, and had an impressive 20 yards per catch on his 28 receptions for last year’s ‘Cats. Terry led K-State with five catches for 90 yards in the Holiday Bowl win over Arizona State. He will open 2003 with at least one catch in the last seven games in which he’s played, as he missed last year’s game at Baylor. Four of his catches were for at least 40 yards. Derrick Evans, whose second career touchdown catch was the game-winner in last December’s Holiday Bowl, also returns for the ‘Cats in 2003. Evans was fourth on the team with 13 catches a year ago, making six catches in the first two games of the season. The third returning letterman from 2002 is sophomore Davin Dennis, who had three catches last year. Those pushing the returnees include seniors LaRoy Bias and John Cooper, as well as juniors Antoine Polite and Tony Madison.

TIGHT ENDS The tight end spot was one with both talent and depth in 2002, and should be even better this season with the return of Thomas Hill and Travon Magee, who finished 2002 in the top two spots on the depth chart. Hill was third on the team with 17 catches last year, having at least one catch in 10 of the Wildcats’ 13 games. Hill finished with 294 yards in receiving and a pair of touchdowns. His blend of size, speed and hands earned him honorable mention All-Big 12 status by both the coaches and the Associated Press. Magee also has outstanding speed, hands and size, and will push Hill throughout the spring and fall for the starting spot. Brian Casey earned a letter in 2002 and returns at tight end, while freshman Rimmon McNeese redshirted last year.

QUARTERBACKS Taking center stage in each of the last two springs for Kansas State has been a pitched battle for the starting spot at quarterback. Ell Roberson comes into Spring 2003 as the starter following a breakout year at quarterback. But despite the departure of Marc Dunn, Roberson will still be getting pushed in practice by an ever-improving Jeff Schwinn. Roberson set quarterback-rushing records at Kansas State last year for a single-play (91 yards against Nebraska), a single-game (228 vs. Nebraska), a single-season (1,032) and a career (1,843). In addition to all that prowess on the ground, Roberson greatly improved his passing ability in 2002, improving his completion percentage from .397 to .520 and his pass efficiency rating from 90.5 to 136.5. He suffered only four interceptions in 175 attempts last year, while throwing for 1,580 yards. Roberson finished the season as the Offensive MVP in the Holiday Bowl and as a third team All-Big 12 selection by the league’s coaches. Schwinn was third on the depth chart last year, but proved throughout the season in practice that he is a capable passer. In his three appearances for the Wildcats during games last year, he completed 7 of 12 passes for 103 yards and a touchdown. Dylan Meier will open the spring in the No. 3 spot on the depth chart after redshirting in 2002. Allen Webb, a transfer from Indiana, will also get his first time on the field as a Wildcat after arriving on campus in time for spring drills with the 2003 squad.

RUNNING BACKS There are a number of ways to figure the depth and talent at running back for Kansas State as it goes into spring 2003. First, there have been seven 1,000-yard seasons by Wildcat rushers. One was accomplished last season by a quarterback -Roberson. Two others have been the back-to-back record-setting seasons of Josh Scobey, now an Arizona Cardinal, and Darren Sproles, still a Wildcat. Next, nine players are on the spring depth chart as returning lettermen at the running-back spots. Finally, no less than 18 different Wildcats got at least one carry for the ‘Cats in 2002, with 11 returning this fall. Sproles has gained the most attention of the group of returnees after setting eight school records last year, including most yards in a season both rushing (1,465) and all-purpose (1,800), while averaging 6.2 yards per carry. The 5-foot-7 junior will open the 2003 season within range of becoming K-State’s all-time leading rusher. He is currently ninth on the career rushing list, with his 1,675 yards ranking just behind Roberson’s 1,843. Depending on Roberson’s running in 2003, a second straight 1,000-yard season by Sproles could push him past the man atop the career rushing list, as he needs just 862 yards to match the 2,537 of Eric Hickson (1994-95, ‘96-97). Behind Sproles at tailback is senior Danny Morris, who played in seven games before missing the rest of the 2002 season with an injury, and sophomore Carlos Alsup, who had 70 yards last year carrying the ball in only five games after being moved over from defense following Morris’ injury. Fullback Travis Wilson had an outstanding junior season with the Wildcats after transferring from Michigan State. He also averaged better than six yards per carry, finishing fifth on the team with 126 yards. An effective and tenacious blocker, Wilson led Sproles through many holes in 2002 and finished the year by earning honorable mention on the All-Big 12 team picked by the league’s coaches. Sophomore Ayo Saba made his mark quickly for Kansas State, scoring touchdowns on each of his first three carries as a collegian and finishing his freshman year with eight touchdowns on his 39 carries, scoring at least one TD in seven different games. His 48 points were fourth on the team for the ‘Cats in 2002 and were the most by a freshman non-kicker in school history. Victor Mann is also an outstanding returnee at fullback, having gained 97 yards in his first season with K-State. Senior Lance Kramer, sophomore Paul O’Neil and redshirt freshman Donnie Anders will be in the mix this spring at the two running back spots.

DEFENSE One of the strongest and deepest position groups of the 2002 season emerged as one of the most dominating defensive lines at K-State in some time. The Wildcats allowed only 69.5 rushing yards per game last year, completely erasing the previous school record of 96.5 yards. The loss, though, of three of the four starters, means that many players who got valuable time a year ago will be battling for spots. Andrew Shull is the lone returning starter, coming back at defensive end after starting 11 of the Wildcats’ 13 games last year. He led K-State with 10 sacks a year ago, one of only seven Wildcats in history to have double figures in sacks in a season. Shull also led K-State with 17 tackles for losses and forced four fumbles, earning second team All-Big 12 honors from AP. Thomas Houchin also returns for his senior year at a defensive-end spot, having started the two games Shull missed. Houchin was 10th in tackles last year, but tied with Corey White for the team lead in QB hurries with 14. Houchin had 2.5 sacks a year ago. Junior Alax Carrier and sophomore Scott Edmonds are also strong candidates for the top spots at ends this spring, with Kevin Huntley having made great progress in a redshirt year in 2002. Senior Lee File will also provide depth at this position. Tank Reese and Corey White finished their eligibility last year, leaving both defensive-tackle positions up for grabs this spring. Two-year letterman Justin Montgomery will open the spring atop the depth chart at one tackle spot, entering his junior season with 54 career tackles in 22 games as a Wildcat. Montgomery started seven games as a redshirt freshman in 2001, with his only start of 2002 coming against Arizona State in the Holiday Bowl. Andrew Bulman, an outstanding performer in the weight room for the Wildcats, will battle for the starting spot at the other tackle with junior Jermaine Berry, who sat out last season as a redshirt after transferring from Butler County, Kan., CC. Bulman had 12 tackles in nine games for K-State last year. Sophomore Derek Marso and junior Jerad Cowan will push those at the top of the charts at the tackle spots, along with red-shirt freshman Quintin Echols.

LINEBACKERS The return of Josh Buhl and Bryan Hickman at outside linebacker will certainly help alleviate the opening in the middle created by the departure of Terry Pierce for the NFL Draft. The starting linebackers for K-State finished first, second and fourth in tackles for the Wildcats in 2002, and the trio started all 13 games for K-State. Leading the defensive stats was Buhl, who returns for his senior season after starting 22 games in the last two years. Buhl’s 135 tackles were tied for 11th on the single-season list for the Wildcats, with his 77 solo tackles marking the third-best season in school history. Buhl was selected to the All-Big 12 second team by the AP and third team by the coaches. On the other side, Hickman was one of the most improved players on the team in 2002. He was fourth in tackles with 79, fourth with 13 tackles for loss and picked off three passes, including two against Oklahoma State. Hickman, who had three games with double figures in tackles, including a career-high 11 against Iowa State, earned All-Conference honorable mention from both the coaches and AP last year. In the middle, the spring battle will be between a pair of sophomores in Matt Butler and Ted Sims. Butler had 23 tackles in 13 games as a freshman a year ago, while Sims saw action in three games. Juniors Jerad Johnson and Maurice Thurmond each lettered a year ago for the Wildcats after having strong seasons on special teams. Thurmond finished with 28 tackles as a sophomore in 2002.

DEFENSIVE BACKS Arguably one of the best performances by a Kansas State player in any season was turned in by Terence Newman in 2002. Newman’s dominating season resulted in his selection for the Thorpe Award, given annually to the nation’s top defensive back in college football. At many points in 2002, opposing teams decided to throw away from Newman. The good news from that strategy for the Wildcats was the opportunity for other players to mature, a factor which will be important in 2003. Randy Jordan will open the spring atop the depth chart at the cornerback slot he patrolled last season. Jordan was ninth on the tackle chart for the Wildcats last year, finishing with 46 tackles, three interceptions and seven pass breakups. In the mix for the other corner spot, as well as positions in the rotation this spring is one veteran, junior David Rose, one redshirt, junior Louis Lavender, and two junior-college transfers from Garden City, Kan., CC, Corey Reddick and Cedrick Williams. Rose played in all 13 games for the Wildcats last year, getting 11 tackles. Lavender sat out 2002 after transferring from West L.A. College. Reddick was a honorable mention NJCAA All-America selection a year ago for the Broncbusters, while Williams ended his time at Garden City with 12 career interceptions.

Rashad Washington started all 13 games at strong safety for Kansas State last year, finishing third on the defensive chart with 80 tackles. Washington was an honorable mention All-Big 12 pick by the AP last year and will return as one of the top safeties in the league in 2003. Junior Marcus Patton opens the spring as the backup at strong safety after getting 19 tackles in 13 games last year. Jesse Tetuan, who had 21 tackles and a pair of interceptions in a breakout freshman season a year ago, will battle senior James McGill for the top spot at free safety this spring. Tetuan had a 34-yard interception return for a touchdown at Baylor that created some momentum for the Wildcats in that victory.

MISSOURI

HEAD COACH: GARY PINKEL

Missouri's offense should be unstoppable as long as Brad Smith is playing. The running backs are strong, the offensive line is experienced and talented, and the receiving corps has potential. It all comes down to Smith who has the weight of the entire program on his shoulders.

Quarterbacks Projected Starter Brad Smith, Soph. - Smith emerged from the opening snap of 2002 as one of the most dangerous players in college football rushing for 1,029 yards and throwing for 2,333 more. He's 6-3 with great speed and toughness playing through the second half of last year with a dinged up thumb. Even with his injury, his passing skills didn't suffer completing 54% of his passes with 15 touchdown passes and six interceptions. After one season, he's already eighth on Missouri's all-time total offense list.

Top Backups Santonio Riccio, Soph. - Riccio firmly established himself as the No. 2 quarterback this spring with good mobility and a strong arm. He isn't as big as Smith, but he's a good sized quarterback that should be fine in an emergency.

Running Backs Projected Starter - Zack Abron, Sr. - Abron emerged into a top back last year rushing for 758 yards and 15 touchdowns. He's one of the better goal line backs in the Big XII able to barrel for the tough yards when needed. With good hands, he never fumbles and is also a decent receiver catching six passes for 46 yards and two touchdowns.

Top Backups - Tim Starks, Sr. - Starks has great speed and good moves for a 203-pound back. The former defensive back should emerge as a strong backup behind Abron. Damien Nash, Soph. - Nash was one of Pinkel's top recruits, but he tore up his knee in junior college last year. Once he gets to 100%, he should be the most dangerous back in the mix with tremendous quickness and good power. He was timed at 10.3 in the 100.

Receivers Projected Starters - Darius Outlaw, Sr. - The former quarterback returns to the team after getting a sixth year of eligibility. He turned into a weapon last year finishing second on the team with 46 catches for 552 yards and three touchdowns. Now that he knows how to play the position, he should shine even brighter. Thomson Omboga, Jr. -After missing a few games with a rib injury, Omboga missed the last few games of last year after getting suspended for violating team rules. He's a big, experienced receiver finishing third on the team with 21 catches for 253 yards and a touchdown. Sean Coffey, Soph. - The 6-6 Coffey will get the starting nod at the Z. He was the team's top midrange threat averaging 13.2 yards per catch. He took over Justin Gage's No. 12 jersey, and is expected to take over Gage's production as well. Tight end J.D. McCoy, Sr. - McCoy is coming off a knee injury that knocked him out late last year. He's expected to be 100% by this fall to give the Tigers another strong blocker on the line. He's a decent, but not great, pass catcher making eight grabs for 58 yards and a touchdown. Top Backups Chris Crosby, Soph. - The 6-3 Crosby has a ton of talent and is expected to make a huge impact after showing great potential in practices last year. He'll back up Outlaw at the X. Arnold Britt. Soph. - Britt is another big receiver with good speed. He'll be a factor at the H behind Ombogo. Tight end Clint Matthews, Jr. - Matthews isn't the blocker McCoy is, but he might be a little bit better receiver with more time. He saw plenty of practice time with McCoy recovering from his knee injury.

Offensive Line Projected Starters - Tackle Rob Droege, Sr. - The 6-6, 300-pound senior is one of the best tackles in the country. He's a mauling run blocker with great feet able to pull and move as well as any lineman in college football. He's also one of the team's smartest players with a 3.83 average.

Guard Tony Palmer, Soph. - Palmer was a great player as a redshirt freshman becoming one of the team's best guards. He has a non-stop motor and the intensity to grow into something special. Center A.J. Ricker, Sr. - Ricker is a top candidate for the Rimington Award as one of the nation's best centers. He's a big veteran with 34 straight starts as the team's anchor. He's a mauling in the running game and is outstanding at finishing off his blocks. Guard Cliff Young, Sr. - Young is an experienced player with great run blocking skills, but he still has to work on his pass blocking ability. He started off the season on the weak side before solidifying himself on the strong side. Tackle Scott Paffrath, Jr. - Paffrath got bigger in the off-season. Now he's a good sized player with his decent athleticism. He's tough as nails playing down the stretch with an injured arm.

Top Backups G Joe Gianino, Jr. - Gianino was a part-time starter working on the weak side last year. He bulked up 15 pounds to be a more imposing force. C Scott Sells, Sr. - Sells won't push for the starting job with Ricker in the middle, but he's a solid backup and an experienced reserve. On defense, the Tigers didn't progress well having problems late in the year stopping anyone. This year's crew is young, but there's depth everywhere with some outstanding newcomers to the secondary and good options just about everywhere else.

Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Brian Smith, RFr. - Even at only 210 pounds, Smith is a great looking player with tremendous speed coming off the edge. He won't be an every down player, but he could end up leading the team in sacks. Defensive tackle Atiyyah Ellison, Jr. - The former JUCO transfer moved from end to tackle this spring taking over for the loss of Keith Wright. At 290 pounds, he's better suited for the inside and should grow into a top tackle following a 41 stop season. Nose tackle C.J. Mosley, Soph. - Mosley is one of the rising stars of the line coming off a 41 tackle, three sack redshirt freshman season. The 289-pounder will battle Russ Bell for the starting job on the nose. Defensive end Zach Ville, Jr. - Ville was scheduled to be a one of the team's top linemen last season, but an emergency appendectomy in fall practice ended all of that. The junior looked better than ever this spring taking over Ellison's former spot on the end. Top Backups - DT Russ Bell, Sr. - Bell moved from tackle to nose this spring pushing Mosley for time. He saw plenty of action in the tackle rotation last season making 36 tackles and three sacks. DT Fabian Bean, RFr. - The 269-pound Bean can play either end of tackle. He gained weight over the last year and should be a more physical player. Linebackers Projected Starters - Brandon Barnes, Sr. - The former free safety took over the starting linebacker job replacing Sean Doyle. Barnes made 54 tackles last season and should shine with his speed in the corps. James Kinney, Jr. - Kinney was a tackling machine last season making 148 tackles, six sacks, 11 tackles for loss and recovered three fumbles. He's going to have to be the star of the defense with even more responsibility heaped on him. He's a strong, physical linebacker with good enough speed to drop into pass coverage.

Top Backups Henry Sweat, Jr. - Sweat will battle Barnes for one of the staring jobs. He isn't quite the athlete Barnes is, but he could turn into a better run stuffer. Derrick Ming, Soph. - Ming is one of the best combinations of speed and strength in the linebacking corps. He'll see plenty of action in the rotation to utilize his overall talent. Secondary Projected Starters - Cornerback Calvin Washington, Soph. - Washington is a good sized corner with tremendous speed moving ahead of A.J. Kincaide into a starting spot this spring. He played in every game as a true freshman making seven tackles.

Free safety Nino Williams, Jr. - The JUCO All-American came in this spring and took over the starting job. He's a solid tackler with good quickness and nice size. Rover Dedrick Harrington, RFr. - Harrington is one of the best overall athletes in the secondary. He's 6-4, 223 pounds and can move. Expect him to grow into one of the team's top tacklers and one of the most intimidating hitters. Whip Jason Simpson, Soph. - Simpson was a top player as a freshman making 64 tackles. He's one of the team's most physical players and should grow into an All-Big XII caliber talent. Cornerback Michael Harden, Sr. - Harden was Mizzou's best coverman last year breaking up 15 passes, making two interceptions and making 59 tackles. He added more muscle to his frame so he should be even better against bigger receivers this year.

Top Backups S Justin Scott, Soph. - Scott will see time behind Harrington at the Rover spot. He's a hard hitter with great quickness making 41 tackles and four tackles for loss last year. FS Marcus King, Jr. - King adds more experience to the secondary after starting seven games last season. The former corner is a good player making 48 tackles, but Williams is a star and won't be easily replaced. CB A.J. Kincaide, Soph. - Kincaide is a fast corner with a little bit of starting experience turning into a good player by the end of last year. He'll push for time behind Washington, but he'll see plenty of action throughout the secondary to utilize his 4.4 speed.

Special Teams - Placekicker Mike Matheny, Sr. - Matheny has a good leg, but he didn't use it too much from long range. He came on after Alex Pettersen struggled and hit 9 of 13 field goals to give the Tigers a steady kicking presence. Punter Brock Harvey, Sr. - Harvey became a great weapon last year upping his average from 39.5 to 42.5. All he needs to do is work on his accuracy a bit putting ten kicks in the end zone. If he can angle some of those off a little better, he could be a First Team All-Big XII performer.

NEBRASKA

HEAD COACH: FRANK SOLICH

Nebraska is still going to run the ball out of the I, but there are going to be a few minor changes. New offensive coordinator Barney Cotton is going bring the Nebraska passing game into the 21st century in baby steps by starting out incorporating more short passes. There are a couple of problems with this. 1) Jammal Lord can't throw these passes with any consistency, 2) Nebraska doesn't have any receivers to threaten anyone and 3) the line is learning how to pass block. All is not lost though as there's more speed at receiver than the program has had in years and there are several intriguing running backs to roll behind a great line.

Quarterbacks Projected Starter Jammal Lord, Sr. - The offense didn't move the ball much last year and was positively stagnant at times. Don't blame Lord. He had some gigantic shoes to fill taking over for favorite son Eric Crouch and ended up doing a fine job rushing for 1,412 yards and eight touchdowns while throwing for twelve scores. He's big and has great moves, but he has to find more of an accurate passing touch on his medium range throws if the offense is going to do much through the air. Top Backups - Mike Stuntz, Jr. - Stintz played a little bit last season completing 10 of 25 passes for 100 yards. He's a little more of a passing option than the other quarterbacks. Joe Dailey, Fr. - A great all-around quarterback and the starter of the future, Dailey is expected to come to camp this fall and make an immediate push for the backup job. Curt Dukes, RFr. - Dukes was supposed to push for the starting job over the course of last season, but it didn't happen. He's a good runner and was in a battle for the backup spot with Garth Glissman, but he, along with Glissman, have transferred. He has decided to go to Duke. Garth Glissman, Soph. - A relative unknown, Glissman looked great this spring showing the best passing accuracy of the quarterbacks and a good feel for the offense. Even though he had a shot at the number two job, he's transferring out of the program.

Running Backs Projected Starter David Horne, Soph. - Last season was supposed to be the Dahrran Diedrick show, but Horne changed that by being Nebraska's most effective tailback. He bulked up in the off-season to add more power to his speed game and to handle the workhorse pounding he's going to take. If he stays healthy, he should be a lock for 1,200 yards. Fullback Judd Davies, Sr. - One of the best fullbacks in the country, Davis returns for what seems like his 14th season as a Husker. He's a great blocker who'll be one of the leaders of the offense. He won't carry the ball all that much being used more and more as a pure blocker. Look out for him to become more of a receiver out of the backfield.

Top Backups Cory Ross, Soph. - He might be only 5-6, but Ross has some power and some killer moves. As one of the few shining stars in the spring game, Ross has proven he can be relied on to make some big plays. Josh Davis, Sr. - A great kickoff returner, Davis will be trying to make more of an impact in the backfield. He ran for 162 yards last season. Robin Miller, Sr. - Miller hasn't done much in his Husker career, so now the 230-pound back wants to go out with a bang as a power back in the rotation. DeAntae Grixby, Sr. - Grixby isn't going to replace Davies and is only 215 pounds, but he'll still be a part of the offense and should see a few carries at fullback. Marques Simmons, Soph. - A speed back, Simmons is a 4.4 guy who can hit the home run, but he decided to leave the program after finishing the spring fourth on the depth chart. He rushed 13 times for 57 yards and a touchdown last year, and will transfer to Iowa.

Receivers Projected Starters - Ross Pilkington, Soph. - The only real receiving threat, Pilkington is a decent overall receiver catching 14 passes for 301 yards including a 90-yard grab against Iowa State. If he doesn't have a big season, the offense isn't going to go anywhere. Mark LeFlore, Soph. - LeFlore is one of several options that could end up starting alongside Pilkington. LeFlore made six catches as a true freshman and carried the ball a little bit on reverses. He's a great athlete and could grow into the role. Tight end Matt Herian, Soph. - Possibly the best receiving threat on the team, Herian only caught seven passes, but he averaged 43 yards per grab and scored four touchdowns. Now he has to become a blocker.

Top Backups Isaiah Fluellen, RFr. - He can flat out fly with sprinter's speed, but he has hamstring problems. Jack O'Halleran, Jr. - The walk-on made plays all spring long showing good toughness and nice hands. Tight end Phil Peetz, Sr. - At 270 pounds, Peetz is more of a blocking tight end leaving the receiving to Herian. Tight end Chris Septak, Jr. - Septak became a top player this spring as a dependable receiver and a decent blocker.

Offensive Line Projected Starters Tackle Richie Incognito, Soph. - After turning in a fantastic freshman season, Incognito was moved over to center. After the emergence of Josh Sewell in the middle, Incognito returned to his spot at left tackle where he'll be one of the best in the Big XII. He's big, punishing and can move. Guard Mike Erickson, Jr. - An Academic All-Big XII performer, Erickson wasn't bad on the field getting better and better as last year went on replacing Toniu Fonoti. He's become a great run blocker. Center Josh Sewell, Sr. - Sewell's emergence has become a godsend. After coming out of nowhere to look great this spring, Incognito was able to move back to tackle and now the line looks solidified. He'll have to keep battling to keep the job, but he has been exactly what the line has needed so far. Guard Junior Tagoa'i, Sr. - The 300-pound Tagoa'i is one of the few new starters on the line, but he has a little bit of experience and should fill-in nicely at right guard. He's a big run blocker that has been dominating at times with 18 pancake blocks against Texas A&M. The problem? He was recently arrested on suspicion of domestic assault.

Tackle Dan Vili Waldrop, Sr. - If Incognito is the best player on the line, Vili Waldrop is No. 1A (at least on potential.) At 350 pounds, he's a big tackle with enough quickness to be a potentially decent pass blocker. His forte is run blocking and could develop into one of the better blockers in the Big XII.

Top Backups G Jake Andersen, Jr. - The 300-pound junior will push hard for time at either guard spot, but will see the most time behind Tagoa'i. OT Chris Loos, Sr. - He missed all of last year with a knee injury. If he can come back and contribute, he'll be a huge boost to an already good line. OT Jemayer Phillips, RFr. - The 370-pound "Big Smooth" redshirt freshman might have been a starting tackle if Incognito didn't move back. Instead, Phillips will be a big, and very good, backup. The defense struggled through some major growing pains last season and has to be far better this year. New defensive coordinator Bo Pelini is going to try and changed things up with his hard-nosed attitude and aggressive style. There aren't many standout players like a Chris Kelsay or a DeJuan Groce, but there are several good, rising playmakers.

Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Trevor Johnson, Sr. - A smart player as a three-time Academic All-Big XII performer, Johnson can play a little football as well. He became one of the team's better pass rushers as last season went on with 2.5 sacks and 11 tackles for loss primarily filling in when Chris Kelsay went down on the right side before moving to the left. He'll play on the right side this year. Defensive tackle Ryon Bingham, Sr. - One of the better defensive tackles in the Big XII, Bingham has been a rock on the Husker like finishing with 67 tackles last season. He has nice quickness and a good burst off the ball. Defensive tackle Patrick Kabongo, Sr. - An extremely active tackle, Kabongo is a 320-pound player in the middle who made 62 tackles and nine tackles for loss last season. He's a decent pass rusher from the interior. Defensive end Bernard Thomas, Jr. - He sat out last season after primarily being used as a backup over his first two years. With an NFL type of body, he looks the part and now he has to play like it on the field.

Top Backups DT LeKevin Smith, Soph. - A big body in the middle, Smith ended up being a major player in the tackle rotation making 42 stops and has turned into a nice pass rusher. DT Seppo Evwaraye, Soph. - The 320-pound sophomore had a huge spring playing through an injured shoulder. By the time fall comes around, he'll be one of the mainstays on the line. DT Jason Lohr, Sr. - After getting a sixth year of eligibility, Lohr will find his way back into the mix in the middle after having major knee problems for two years. DE Adam Carriker, RFr. - Carriker was a terror at getting to the quarterback this spring and will push Thomas very hard for the starting spot. DE Titus Adams, Soph. - A tackle by trade, Adams has been moved to the end to give the Huskers a big body on the outside. Linebackers Projected Starters - Demorrio Williams, Sr. - Williams came out of junior college as everything the Huskers could hope for and more. He'll have the weak side job all to himself with T.J. Hollowell moving over to the strong side. The 210-pound Williams can fly all over the field leading the Huskers with 92 tackles last season - Barrett Ruud, Jr. - Ruud was good last year making 91 tackles and should be outstanding this season as he's more comfortable in the new defensive system. He'll get a chance to play more in space and will be able to use his running ability in the more in the middle. T.J. Hollowell, Sr. - After splitting time with Williams last season, Hollowell will get the first look on the strong side this season to better utilize his 230-pound frame against more physical teams. With sixty tackles last season and a good nose for the football, he'll make an impact in a full-time role.

Top Backups - Ira Cooper, Jr. - A big strong side linebacker, Cooper looked tremendous this spring and will make a big impact pushing Hollowell for time. Chad Sievers, Jr. - One of the more valuable backups on the team, Sievers can play any linebacker position and can even fill in at defensive end. He'll spend most of his time in the middle behind Ruud this fall after recovering from a knee injury. Chad Buller, Sr. - Buller will back up Williams on the weak side. He's not all that big, but he'll be a dependable backup.

Secondary Projected Starters - Cornerback Fabian Washington, Soph. - A star in the making, Washington has become the team's best cover-corner and a dependable all-around player. After taking over the starting job on the left side, Washington made 49 tackles intercepted four passes and broke up 13 in all. Even with his youth, he's a leader and a catalyst for the secondary. Free safety Josh Bullocks, Soph. - After working out some freshman mistakes, Bullocks should be a top player this season. He took over the starting job over the second half of the season finishing with 48 tackles and three broken up passes. - Strong safety Philip Bland, Jr. - Bland is one of the leaders in the secondary good enough to play free or strong safety. He's had some problems with a shoulder injury, but he'll be ready to go for the start of the season after finishing third on the team with 84 tackles last year. Cornerback Pat Ricketts, Sr. - Ricketts has the experience starting in eight games last season making 56 tackles and breaking up ten passes, but he lost the starting job to Fabian Washington. Now he's going to be battling Lornell McPherson for the starting gig on the right side.

Top Backups - CB Lornell McPherson, Jr.. - McPherson is just about neck and neck with Ricketts for the right cornerback job. McPherson makes plays all over the field with great speed and a nose for the ball. FS Daniel Bullocks, Soph - Josh's twin brother, Daniel is a little bit bigger, but not quite the overall player yet. His development was slowed a bit by an ankle injury and should become a force behind Bland this year. FS Jerrell Pippens, Sr. - A decent hitter and a top reserve, Pippens has been a valuable player for the Huskers. He'll be in the mix at safety.

Special Teams - Placekicker Sandro DeAngelis, Jr. - This could be a problem. DeAngelis and Dale Endorf have done nothing to make Husker coaches forge about Josh Brown. There's no consistency and little confidence in the placekicking game. Punter Kyle Larson, Sr. - Larson could potentially be one of the best punters in America. He had a good season averaging 43.2 yards per kick, and now he appears ready for a huge campaign after blasting the ball in practices. He also has nice placements on his kicks putting 23 inside the 20.

OKLAHOMA

HEAD COACH: BOB STOOPS

Here is an overview of the team as a whole, the offense and the quarterback position as Oklahoma looks forward to another winning campaign in 2003. Over the last couple years, Oklahoma has proved itself pretty good at the art of retooling. Despite the departures of several notables, including national award winners Rocky Calmus, Josh Heupel and Roy Williams, the Sooners have consistently remained one of the top five teams in the nation.

Although it never happens by chance, success does beget success. In 2003, particularly on offense, OU looks to again reach into its deep talent pool to fill key positions. The defense and special teams are almost carbon copies of last year's squad. The offense, which said good-bye to its top passer, top rusher and top receiver, will look different, at least from a personnel standpoint. Ironically, many of the names that may now be cast in more substantial roles are at least somewhat familiar. Jason White may be the best-known four-game starter in college football. Knee injuries have sidelined him each of the last two years, but he is the only OU quarterback with previous starting experience. He will have to compete for the job, but he does give the coaches an option if previous playing time becomes a determining factor.

Running back Kejuan Jones, a backup last season, who saw most of his action in short-yardage situations, still managed 613 yards and 14 touchdowns. He is far from green. The same can be said of Renaldo Works. In the area of pass-catching, it's rare when one school graduates its top four career receivers in one year (only two were wideouts), but that is precisely what occurred at Oklahoma. Still, the Sooners return players who spent last season combining for 95 receptions and 13 touchdowns. Moreover, behind returning starters Mark Clayton and Will Peoples, the young talent at receiver is thought to be among the best on the team. On defense, nine starters return, including Lombardi and Bednarik finalist Tommie Harris at tackle, Butkus finalist Teddy Lehman at linebacker, Big 12 Defensive Newcomer of the Year Lance Mitchell at linebacker and Thorpe semifinalists Brandon Everage and Derrick Strait in the secondary. The Sooner defense, perhaps more than any of its peers, combines quality with experience. It could be a special year for that unit.

The special teams feature game-breaking return specialist Antonio Perkins and returning performers at placekicker and punter in Trey DiCarlo and Blake Ferguson, respectively. Offense The 2002 season established a scary fact for Oklahoma opponents ... the Sooners are a two-headed monster on offense. OU threw for 2,828 yards and ran for 2,668 last year. Both are impressive numbers made even more so by the fact that they're separated by just 160 yards. In the previous three seasons, Oklahoma had gained at least 1,500 yards more through the air than it had on the ground. The balanced scheme will have a few new names at the controls, but there also are a number of key returnees. * Quarterback Players with starting experience at the position: Jason White. Nate Hybl was 20-3 as Oklahoma's starter and he guided the Sooners to a pair of Jan. 1 bowl victories. Replacing him will not be easy. In fact, OU offensive coordinator Chuck Long already has said that a final decision may not come until August. Four returnees, each with distinctive qualities, head the list of those who vie for the spot.

Jason White has been an Oklahoma starter in each of the last two seasons. In 2001, he won the job at mid-season. Last year, he emerged from a preseason competition. Each time, he went down in his second start with a torn ACL, one in each knee. White will go through spring drills, but like last year, will not participate in the scrimmages or any contact drills.

Brent Rawls is a sophomore who still has not logged any game time at Oklahoma. Last season, he battled a season-long series of ailments, which began with a thumb injury in August. The Louisianan's strength is his throwing arm. It remains to be seen if he has the other components needed for the position. Paul Thompson moved up to second team when White went out last season. He played sparingly, but impressed with raw talent and a quick release. The other returning candidate redshirted last season, but not in obscurity. Noah Allen raised eyebrows with his work on the scout team. He displayed resourcefulness and the ability to move an offense down the field.

As Oklahoma's football team prepares for spring practice, it is obvious that a fair amount of attention will be focused on the offense's skill positions. OU lost the top four receivers in school history and its top ground gainer from last season. Here is a closer look at the Sooner backs and receivers. Running Backs Players with starting experience at the position: Renaldo Works. Short yardage back. Goal line personnel. Backup. Kejuan Jones was all those last season. But unlike the implied status of the labels, Jones rushed for more than 600 yards while scoring 14 touchdowns. Not only that, but he managed to squeeze out those numbers while another player on the team, Quentin Griffin, rushed for 1,884 yards and 15 TDs of his own. Aside from Jones, the Sooners can look to Renaldo Works, the hero of last season's win over Alabama; Jerad Estus, a talented player still seeking his first big break and Donta Hickson, whose stock rose with several strong practice efforts last season. At fullback, J.D. Runnels returns after a stellar true freshman campaign. Much of Jones' success could be attributed to Runnels' work as the lead blocker. Griffin's departure can hardly be ignored. After all, he rushed for more yards as a senior than he did in his first three seasons combined. He also finished as OU's all-time leading receiver. And those are just the tangibles. *

Receivers -Players with starting experience at the position: Mark Clayton, Will Peoples. Oklahoma still has a lot of quality. What it might concern itself with is quantity, or more specifically, length. The two departed seniors, Curtis Fagan and Antwone Savage, distinguished themselves by going the distance. The former had OU's two longest receptions last season, the latter averaged more than 30 yards on his 14 career touchdowns. That said, the Sooners bring back three wideouts who averaged more yards per reception than either Fagan or Savage. Will Peoples ranked second on the team with 39 receptions last season, Mark Clayton pulled in 26 passes and five touchdowns and Brandon Jones caught just seven balls, but three of those were for touchdowns and his average per catch was a lofty 16.7 yards. Others who could figure prominently are sophomores Travis Wilson and Jejuan Rankins, redshirt freshman DaBryan Blanton and perhaps one or two from a much-heralded recruiting class.

To spend so much time on the wideouts is to almost neglect another significant loss in the receiving corps, tight end Trent Smith. Smith set a school record with 66 receptions in 2001 and stands No. 2 on OU's all-time receptions list. Three candidates - Lance Donley, James "Bubba' Moses and Chris Chester - are already in the program, while junior college transfer Willie Roberts, will join the team in August. Smith was unique as a pass catcher among tight ends and developed into a good blocker, but OU likes its list of candidates for the 2003 season.

Players with starting experience at the position: OT Jammal Brown, OT Wes Sims, OG Kelvin Chaisson, OG Davin Joseph, C Vince Carter, C Chris Bush. In 2002, it was easy to spot the improvement of Nate Hybl and Quentin Griffin. Hybl was more effective because he was on his back less and Griffin's productivity increased with more numerous holes in the opposing defenses. The party responsible for both was an offensive line that may have just scratched the surface of its capability. The coaches are downright excited about the development of the line. Both tackles return in All-Big 12 selection Jammal Brown and Wes Sims. Sims moved from the right side to the left after the 2001 season. Brown stepped in on the right for the '02 campaign. Another candidate is Bret Rayl. At guard, OU spent most of last season with seniors Mike Skinner and Brad Davis in the starting roles. Davis was felled in the ninth game by a broken leg, opening the way for then-redshirt freshman Kelvin Chaisson. Skinner had to fight all season to keep true freshman Davin Joseph at bay. Joseph eventually broke through when he got the nod over Chaisson in the Rose Bowl. Just based on last season, those two sophomores come in as top candidates. It may not be that simple, though. Players like Chris Bush and Abner Estrada both worked at center last season, but could play that position or possibly guard. Time will tell. The most experienced center is Vince Carter, who has 21 career starts in the middle of the OU line. Not bad for a junior who never took a redshirt season.

It is impressive that Oklahoma returns nine starters on defense. It is more impressive that the Sooners return five players who have been starters for two years. Beyond its experience, the OU defense is talented and deep. There have been a lot of good Oklahoma defenses over the years, including several during Bob Stoops' four seasons in Norman. This one could be in a position to stand with some of its greatest predecessors.

Defensive Line - Players with starting experience at the position: Tommie Harris, Kory Klein, Dusty Dvoracek, Lynn McGruder. The two interior positions return the entire four-man rotation. Tommie Harris and Kory Klein have taken the bulk of the starts over the past two seasons. Dusty Dvoracek and Lynn McGruder give OU a top four that rivals most in the college ranks. Harris is a headliner who looks to rebound after being slowed by a groin injury last season. The understated Klein is as steady as any player on the team. Dvoracek is as active as any of OU's defensive linemen and McGruder is a space eater with an explosive first step. Oklahoma's defensive middle will hold its own. Defensive Ends -Players with starting experience at the position: Jonathan Jackson, Dan Cody. When Jonathan Jackson had six tackles and two sacks in the Rose Bowl it was like a great finishing hole in golf. The result left Jackson and everyone else looking forward to the next round, or in this case, the next season. Just a junior, Jackson has the maturity and talent to become a dominant player. The other end position is vacant. Dan Cody has starting experience at OU and was the team's top player at the position more than once last season. Others with promise are sophomores Calvin Thibodeaux and Zach Latimer and redshirt-freshman Larry Birdine. - As Oklahoma prepares for the beginning of spring drills (Monday, March 10), it can do so secure in the knowledge that the team is particularly strong at linebacker and defensive back. Of course, that's not anything new. OU has had a Butkus finalist and a Thorpe semi-finalist (or higher) in each of the last three seasons. Linebackers - Players with starting experience at the position: Pasha Jackson, Teddy Lehman, Lance Mitchell.

How good were Oklahoma's linebackers last season? Teddy Lehman, a finalist for the Butkus Award, finished second on his own team in tackles ... to another OU linebacker, Lance Mitchell. Lehman was a first-team All-American. Mitchell earned Big 12 Defensive Newcomer of the Year honors and probably deserved more. When the Sooners employed a three-linebacker set, Pasha Jackson was outstanding. He presented an enthusiastic and physical presence. Other players saw spot duty last season and those youngsters are an athletic and hard-hitting lot. Wayne Chambers, Russell Dennison and Clint Ingram will push hard. Also look for Rufus Alexander, a redshirt freshman, who received raves when the newcomers scrimmaged last fall.

Defensive Backs Players with starting experience at the position: FS Brandon Everage, CB Derrick Strait, SS Eric Bassey, S Antonio Perkins, S Matt McCoy. Free safety Brandon Everage and cornerback Derrick Strait both had six interceptions last season and both have been starters for two years. That alone would be enough to paint a bright picture. But that's a long way from the whole story. Strong safety Eric Bassey, a starter in all 14 games last season, also returns. Then there are players like Antonio Perkins, who can play every position in the secondary, and nickel back specialists Matt McCoy and Brandon Shelby.

Five players with extensive experience return along with a half-dozen or so talented youngsters who look forward to a competitive opportunity. Everage, who will not practice this spring while recovering from an injury, and Strait appear to be set. A new corner must be found to replace the departed Andre Woolfolk. That player could be one of several. Perkins is a candidate, but Bassey could be, too. Those two rate as the fastest players on the team and appear to make sense in the corner role. Mid-year transfer Donte Nicholson, considered one of the top junior college safeties in the nation last season, will make a push at strong safety as could sophomore Brodney Pool.

OKLAHOMA STATE

HEAD COACH: LES MILES

If the tackles can come through and be dependable, there might not be any way to stop this offense. Quarterback Jose Fields will once again put up some huge numbers throwing to the Woods brothers, while an extremely talented stable of backs will tear up defenses on the ground.

Quarterbacks Projected Starter - Josh Fields, Jr. - Fields had a huge 2002 forming working well with Rashaun Woods and the rest of the receivers. While he isn't mobile and doesn't have a huge arm, he can be deadly accurate with a great nose for getting the ball in the end zone completing 226 of 408 passes for 3,145 yards and 31 touchdowns with only ten interceptions. He throws a nice deep ball and doesn't get flustered when pressured.

Top Backups - Jamie Beeghley, RFr. - Beeghley doesn't have all the talent in the world, but he showed nice command of the offense this spring and overcame some rocky moments to cement himself as the No. 2 quarterback. Donovan Woods, Fr. - Woods is the younger brother of fellow OSU players Rashaun and D'Juan. Even though he has as much talent as any prep quarterback in America, it's asking too much for him to be the best of the brothers. He has a big arm and wonderful mobility throwing 37 touchdown passes as a high school senior to go along with 1,001 rushing yards and 13 touchdowns.

Running Backs Projected Starter - Tatum Bell, Sr. - Bell turned into a workhorse over the second half of last year rushing for over 100 yards in five of the last six games. He averaged 6.3 yards per carry showing tremendous burst once he got through the line. At 210 pounds, he has decent power, but his game is all about speed tearing off an 88-yard run. Fullback Tim Burrough, Sr. - As the only fullback on the roster with the slightest bit of experience, he'll have to be a big-time player right off the bat. He was the starter last year before getting knocked out with an arm injury. He's a little bit of a runner spending most of his time as a run blocker.

Top Backups - Seymore Shaw, Soph. - The 220-pound Shaw is a great back between the tackles with great power and decent moves. He averaged 5.6 yards per carry rushing for 495 yards and five touchdowns last year. He isn't much of a receiver and doesn't have the speed of Bell or Vernand Morency, but he's vital to loosening things up for the speed backs. - Vernand Morency, Soph. - Morency is a speedy back trying to work his way into the mix after missing the second half of last year. He was third on the team in rushing with 269 yards and three touchdowns highlighted by a 76-yard dash against Louisiana Tech. - Shawn Willis, Soph. - He hasn't seen any work yet. He'll get plenty of chances this year if Burrough continues to have injury problems.

Receivers Projected Starters - Rashaun Woods, Sr. - Woods returns as one of the best players in college football. He's all but unstoppable in single coverage and is hardly contained when defenses provide safety help. Coming off a 107 catch, 1,695-yard, 17 touchdown season, he should be the target of every defense's game plan. - D'Juan Woods, RFr. - The younger brother of Rashaun, D'Juan is a little bit bigger, but not as explosive. He turned into a star this spring showing great potential with an ability to make the tough catch. The concern going into spring ball was whether or not someone could take the heat off of Rashuan with the loss of John Lewis and T.D. Bryant. D'Juan eased those fears. -

Tight end Billy Bajema, Jr. - Bajema turned into a solid receiving threat last season highlighted by a three catch, 99-yard day against Oklahoma. He's a decent blocker who's just now becoming a great all-around tight end. Top Backups - Kenneth Williams, Soph. - The former Howard transfer is 6-4 with great athletic ability, but he needs a lot of seasoning. Once he figures out how to go hard all the time and how to become a steady receiver, he'll be a top player. - John Wohlgemuth, Jr. - Wohlgemuth didn't see a whole bunch of action last year only making five catches for 58 yards and a touchdown. He's a big athlete missed most of this spring recovering from a knee problem. -

Tight end Charlie Johnson, Soph. - Johnson isn't quite the receiver that Bajema is, but he can catch making eight grabs for 109 yards and two touchdowns. At 275 pounds, he's a big-time blocker.

Offensive Line Projected Starters - Tackle Matt Hardison, Sr. - The 6-6, 285-pound Hardison will battle with Adam Gourley for the starting job on the left side. The former tight end has bulked up, but he hasn't lost his decent feet or lateral movement. - Guard Chris Akin, Jr. - Akin's a big, versatile player able to play guard or center. He's a good run blocker and growing into a dependable factor on the line.- Center Ben Buie, Jr. - Buie had a few problems with his shoulder missing time this spring getting it healed. At 310 pounds, he's one of the biggest players on the line able to move to any spot if need be. Guard Sam Mayes, Jr. - Mayes turned into the best player n the line last year as the driving force behind the running game. He earned a few all-conference honors and should be even stronger this year. Tackle Kellen Davis, Soph. - Davis missed valuable time this spring with a hand problem. He's one of the strongest Cowboy players with good athleticism. Top Backups - C Byton Machado, Soph. - Machado will push Buie for the center job after getting plenty of reps this spring. He isn't nearly as big as Buie, but he's a bit more athletic. - T Doug Koening, Sr. - Koenig adds quality, experienced depth to the line playing behind Davis. - G Corey Curtis, Soph. - Curtis should become more of a factor in the mix now that he bulked up twenty pounds. The 285-pound sophomore will play behind Akin on the left side. The defense wasn't all that strong last year, and that was with a ton of returning experience. It's never a good thing when you're counting on several true freshmen to play big roles.

The run defense should be fine, but the pass defense could have problems breaking in new corners and with few pass rushing threats to put the pressure on.

Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Greg Richmond, Sr. - Richmond came on at the end of last year to become the team's best pass rushing threat from the outside. He's a quick player starting to shine finishing with 55 tackles and seven tackles last year. -

Defensive tackle Clay Coe, Jr. - Coe was a valuable reserve making 20 tackles and a tackle for loss. After playing as a backup in almost every game over the last two years, he appears ready to shine in a starting role. - Defensive tackle Kyle Hix, Soph. - Hix has gotten bigger and a little bit stronger to be ready to take on the starting job once he gets over a leg problem. After making seven tackles and a sack last year, he has a huge task trying to replace Kevin Williams.-

Defensive end Antonio Smith, Jr. - Smith came from the JUCO ranks to be a playmaker on the end. He's a 270-pound run stopper with a good ability at getting into the backfield. With his size, he could eventually get moved to tackle.

Top Backups - DE Khreem Smith, Sr. - Even though he had a few injury problems, Smith turned into a good all-around end making 24 tackles and a sack while breaking up three passes. He'll back up Antonio Smith if he's back on the team after getting suspended for allegedly threatening his girlfriend on two separate occasions - DT Xavier Lawson-Kennedy, Fr. - The Cowboys desperately need some newcomers to play a big role. The 305-pound freshman was one of the nation's top prospects and could turn out to be the biggest lineman in the rotation.

Linebackers Projected Starters - Paul Duren, Soph. - The 235-pound Duren took over as a redshirt freshman and was the team's top tackler making 84 stops. He isn't lightning fast and isn't all that great in pass coverage, but he's a rock against the run. - Lawrence Pinson, Soph. - Pinson turned into a star as a true freshman making 40 tackles and an interception. He got bigger over the past year to become stronger against the run.

Top Backups - Pagitte McGee, Soph. - McGee should be a solid reserve behind Duren after making 18 tackles last year. He's one of the quickest linebacker on the team with a good ability to shed blocks. - Glenn Jackson, RFr. - Jackson has outstanding speed, but he'll take a while to get into the mix coming off a problem with his back.

Secondary Projected Starters - Cornerback Darrent Williams, Jr. - Williams turned into a solid starter leading the team with 13 broken up passes and three interceptions to go along with 53 tackles. Even though he isn't huge, he's not only great at dealing with the speed receivers, he's able to hang with the bigger ones. - Free safety Thomas Wright, Soph. - The 185-pound Wright was mostly a special teams player last year. Now he'll have to take over for some of the lost production of Chris Massey. Wright has solid speed and should grow into a top defensive back. - Strong safety Vernon Grant, Soph. - Grant turned into a valuable player as a true freshman finishing the season 62 tackles and five broken up passes. With his hitting ability, he'll move from corner to safety.

- Weak safety Elbert Craig, Sr. - Craig has been a fixture in the OSU secondary for years with 262 career tackles. At 220 pound, he plays like a third linebacker against the run, while he's tremendous in pass coverage with two interceptions and ten broken up passes last season. -

Cornerback Robert Jones, Soph. - The JUCO transfer is expected to make an immediate impact. At 6-0 and 190 pounds, he's a big corner with good all-around athleticism.

Top Backups - SS Fath Carter, Sr. - Carter has been a regular in the defensive back rotation and a part time starter when needed. He's a big hitting 225-pound player with enough experience to be a key player behind Grant. CB Dan McLemore, Soph. - The former running back turned into a heck of a player as a true freshman making 21 tackles and an interception. He isn't big. but he's very, very quick. - FS Chase Holland, Soph. - The 295-pound sophomore saw plenty of action as a redshirt freshman making 18 tackles. He should grow into a top reserve playing behind Wright.

TEXAS

HEAD COACH: MACK BROWN

Texas might have the best offense in America, but the skill players won't be able to reach their potential if the young and inexperienced line doesn't come together. The quarterback situation will be fine with Chance Mock and Vincent Young each able to lead the team without a problem. The running backs and receivers should be killers.

Quarterbacks Projected Starter - Chance Mock, Jr. - Mock is an experienced backup with great athleticism and a huge arm. The 6-2 Mock might not be the prospect that Vincent Young is, but he's ready to lead the team right now and take over the job without any interruption in production. Compared to Chris Simms, Mock adds a rushing element that the offense has lacked over the last few years.

Top Backups - Vincent Young, RFr. - If Young doesn't take over the starting job, he's at least one of college football's future superstars. At 6-5 and 220 pounds, he's bigger than Mock and is just as strong an athlete. All he needs is a little bit of time. - Matt Nordgren, Soph. - At 6-5, Nordgren is a big and strong quarterback with a nice arm, but he'll have a hard time getting out of the No. 3 spot.

Running Backs Projected Starter - Cedric Benson, Jr. - Ricky Williams has all the talent in the world, but there seems to be something missing. Many in the Longhorn Nation are waiting for Selvin Young to eventually take over the job, but they'll have to wait as Benson has too much talent to take off the field. He led the team with 1,293 yards and 12 rushing touchdowns, but he only averaged 4.2 yards per carry. He's also a solid receiver out of the backfield making 21 catches. - Fullback Ivan Williams, Sr. - Williams can play tailback if necessary, but he'll turned into a decent fullback with his blocking ability getting better and better as last year went on. His carries might be diminished, but he can be used as a receiver out of the backfield.

Top Backups - Selvin Young, Soph. - The 195-pound Young doesn't have the size of Benson, but he has a great speed burst and could be starting if Benson has any problems. Mostly used on kickoffs, Young was second on the team with 408 yards and five touchdowns. - Brett Robin, Sr. - Robin can be lined up at fullback or see carries as a tailback. He carried the ball 11 times for 43 yards last year, but is clearly in the back of the running back rotation. - Albert Hardy, RFr. - A solid all-around prospect, the 215-pound Hardy will start the season as a backup fullback, but he can play tailback as well.

Receivers Projected Starters - Roy Williams, Sr. - Without question, Williams is the single best receiver in college football and might be the best player in the nation. When healthy, he's a dangerous weapon from anywhere on the field with the quickness to handle the ball on handoffs and the deep speed to burn any defensive back. He's had problems with a hamstring injury, but that seems to be the only thing that can stop him. He caught 64 passes for 1,142 yards and 12 touchdowns last year and also carried the ball five times for 85 yards and a touchdown. - B.J. Johnson, Sr. - Overshadowed by Williams, Johnson has never seen the limelight that he deserves. He's a big receiver at 6-1 and 200 pounds with outstanding deep speed. He has caught 122 passes for 1,840 yards and 12 touchdowns over his career.

Tight end Bo Scaife, Sr. - One of the biggest blows to the 2002 Longhorn season came when Scaife went down with a torn up knee. It remains to be seen if he'll be back to his old form, but he's expected to be back at 100% for the start of the season. When he was right, he was one of the best pass catching tight ends in America.

Top Backups - Sloan Thomas, Sr. - The 6-2 Thomas would probably start for any other team in the nation. With all the focus on Williams and Johnson, Thomas cleans up. Like Williams, Thomas has had problems with his hamstring. If need be, he's a lethal deep threat. Tony Jeffery, Jr. - A decent all-around talent, Jeffery will be the star of the show next season. He has a ton of experience, but he's had a hard time getting passes to come his way with all of the other stars. Robert Timmons, Soph. - The 6-2 Timmons is a big, strong receiver that started as a true freshman. He's expected to progress into one of the stars of the future.

Tight end Brock Edwards, Sr. - While it's hard to shine on this team with a receiving corps this good, Edwards is still a nice target to use catching 16 passes for 258 yards last year. He's also a solid blocker. After having problems with his ankle, he missed time in spring ball, but should be ready for the start of the season. Tight end David Thomas, Soph. - He played as a true freshman breaking out with a great Cotton Bowl performance. He'll be even more of a factor this year. Tight end Tony Hills, Fr. - The freshman is a freak of nature as a speedy 260 pound option. It might be hard for him to get on the field with this group of tight ends, but he's player to watch out for.

Offensive Line Projected Starters - Tackle Jonathan Scott, Soph. - Scott might be the next great Texas offensive lineman. He's a tall player at 6-7 and 297 pounds, but he's very athletic getting stronger in his run blocking. He was hurt a bit over his freshman season, but he's expected to be 100%.

Guard Tillman Holloway, Sr. - Holloway might not be the most talented player on the line, but he might be the leader. With 24 starts under his belt, he has the experience to be the one they run behind in a pinch. - Center Jason Glynn, Jr. - Glynn took over the starting job last season and became a solid producer. A two-time first-team All-Academic Big XII performer, he's one of the smartest player on the line.

Guard Terrance Young, Soph. - Young could end up playing tackle. The 350-pound sophomore was a backup guard last year and is expected to be a dominating run blocker this season. - Tackle William Winston, Soph. - At 6-7 and 350 pounds, Winston is a mountain of a player and saw time as a backup tackle last year. As big as he is, he's still relatively athletic and a powerful blocker. He could end up playing guard.

Top Backups - C Will Allen, Soph. - The 297-pound sophomore will push Glynn hard for the starting job. He could play guard if necessary, but he's expected to become a top player in the middle. - G Trey Bates, Jr. - Bates saw a little bit of time as a backup guard and should be more of a factor this year. He's a two-time first-team Academic All-Big XII performer. The defense loses three huge producers, but should be fine.

The secondary will be one of the best in the country with three returning starters, while the linebackers should be solid led by Derrick Johnson. The concern might be the size on the ends other than Kaylen Thornton, but that shouldn't be too much of a problem with the huge players at tackle.

Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end Kaylen Thornton, Sr. - It took a while for him to get back in the lineup after a knee injury, but he got better and better as the season went on breaking out against Oklahoma with ten tackles. With Cory Redding gone, the job of being getting into the backfield with consistency falls to him. - Defensive tackle Marcus Tubbs, Sr. - Tubbs missed a ton of time last year with injuries, but he's one of the best in the Big XII when he's right. He's about as athletic a 305-pound player as can be found in college football.

Defensive tackle Rodrique Wright, Soph. - One of the superstars of an all-star recruiting class, Wright had a huge freshman season making 65 tackles and 4.5 sacks in the middle. He's one of the best money linemen in the Big XII and should be a dark horse All-American. - Defensive end Bryan Pickryl, Soph. - Pickryl became an important player as a freshman making 30 tackles, 4.5 sacks and 14 quarterback pressures. He's only 210 pounds and might not be able to take a consistent pounding on the end.

Top Backups DE Austin Sendlein, Jr. - A big hitter, the 265-pound Sendlein adds more size to the ends. A former linebacker, Sendlein made 24 tackles last year on the line. - DT Larry Dibbles, Soph. - A prize recruit a few years ago, Dibbles played in five games and made five tackles. He's expected to be a prominent player in the tackle rotation. DT Marco Martin, RFr. - He redshirted last season still overcoming a knee injury, but the 310-pounder should become an instant impact player. The Skinny: To listen to many insiders, the Texas line is a major concern. That's not true. The loss of Cory Redding hurts, but the ends should be decent even though they're small. The tackles will be tremendous as the top recruiting classes should pay dividends this year.

Linebackers Projected Starters - Derrick Johnson, Jr. - Johnson is one of the best linebackers in America and should be in the hunt for the Butkus Award. He made 120 stops including 73 solo tackles. He's very athletic, very fast and very, very good. On the weak side, he's deadly when he gets in space. - Reed Boyd, Sr. - After being a backup through most of his career, Boyd turned into a force in the middle last year leading the team with 123 tackles and making 16 quarterback pressures. He might not have the most raw talent of the Texas linebackers, but he's got the instincts and tackling ability that makes him an indispensable leader of the corps.

Aaron Harris, Soph. - Harris was a backup in the middle last season making 13 tackles. He might not start on the strong side, but he'll be one of the most important linebackers on the roster as the season goes on.

Top Backups - Eric Hall, Soph. - At 6-3 and 250 pounds, Hall saw a little bit of time at defensive end making seven tackles. He even has enough speed to be briefly considered at strong safety. Aurmon Satchell, Jr. - With his experience in the program, Satchell will get one of the first looks on the strong side. He played a little bit in the middle and could end up being a backup again if some of the young talent is ready to produce. - Braden Johnson, Soph. - He missed spring ball with a knee injury, but he could be a major factor at the start of the season on the strong side.

Secondary Projected Starters - Cornerback Nathan Vasher, Sr. - Vasher is one of the best corners in America and a sensational kick returner. His only problem last year was his ankle costing him two games and kept him from being his best. For a player that relies on his quickness, his ankles are his life and they need to be 100%. Vasher made 33 tackles last year, picked off four passes and broke up 15 others.

Free safety Dakarai Pearson, Sr. - A safety with cornerback speed, Pearson has turned into a star last season. He made 62 tackles and made some of the biggest plays in the biggest games highlighted by a two interception performance against Oklahoma. At only 185 pounds, he's not all that big, but he makes up for it with his speed.

Strong safety Cedric Griffin, Soph. - Griffin could play corner, but he might be more suited for safety. He saw time last year at strong safety and came in as a nickel back making 73 tackles and broke up four passes. He's the team's best run stopping defensive back.

Cornerback Michael Huff, Soph. - Huff played at strong safety last year, but might end up playing more at corner. He made 70 tackles and broke up ten passes as the team's next great defensive back. Huff can also get into the backfield making ten tackles for loss.

Top Backups - S Phillip Geiggar, Jr.. - Unlike the starting safeties, Geiggar is a pure safety and not a corner. He mostly played on special teams before redshirting last year. CB Edorian McCullough, Soph - One of the team's fastest corners, McCullough has all the makings of an extraordinary shut down corner. He played in every game as a true freshman and can return kicks. - FS Kendal Briles, Soph. - Briles was in the hunt for a starting safety job before hurting his ankle. After he came back, he hurt his shoulder. He was finally healthy by the end of the season and is expected to be a top backup this year.

The Skinny: Texas essentially puts four cornerbacks on the field and lines two of them up at safety. They aren't always the most physical of players, but they can lock down and any group of receivers and chase down any ball carrier. There's speed, depth and tons and tons of talent in this crew. The emergence of Griffin and Huff should ease the loss of Rod Babers.

Special Teams - Placekicker Dusty Mangum, Jr. - Mangum has experience, but he has to improve on his consistency only hitting eight of 19 between 30 and 49 yards. He doesn't have a big leg and doesn't handle kickoffs. - Punter Justin Smith, Jr. - Smith has to replace Brian Bradford and his 40.1 yards per kick average. He'll have to battle with sophomore Taylor Landin for the job, but he has a little bit of experience kicking twice last year and putting one inside the twenty yard line.

TEXAS A&M

HEAD COACH: DENNIS FRANCHIONE

A&M's offense was dying before Dustin Long and Reggie McNeal took over. When Long blew up for seven touchdown passes against Texas Tech, it might have sparked a new era of A&M football with an offense that actually moves the ball. The running backs and receivers need to provide a little more of a spark. The offensive line will be strong on the outside needing the guards to step up in the middle.

Quarterbacks Projected Starter - Reggie McNeal, Soph. - The starting spot could still go to Dustin Long, but that'll only delay the inevitable. McNeal is one of the best young stars in college football able to blow through the vaunted Oklahoma defense like it wasn't even there, while showing a maturity beyond his years. He's a big player with excellent mobility throwing for 456 yards and six touchdowns to go along with 137 rushing yards.

Top Backups - Dustin Long, Jr. - Mark Farris was supposed to be the starter and Reggie McNeal was the star recruit everyone wanted in the starting spot. As the forgotten quarterback, all Long did was set several school records in a great season throwing for 2,509 yards and 19 touchdowns. He isn't nearly the runner McNeal is, but he's a productive player that can run the offense. - Ty Branyon, RFr. - It'll be up to Branyon to run the scout team and get ready in case of an emergency. He won't get the number two job, but he can see time grooming for the future.

Running Backs Projected Starter - Derek Farmer, Jr. - Unless Courtney Lewis takes over, Farmer should be the team's leading rusher for the third year in a row. He combines nice power with a decent speed burst averaging 4.4 yards per carry so far in his career. He's a good back, but he's not a special player like Lewis might be. Fullback Keith Joseph, Jr. - The 241-pound Joseph isn't just a good blocker, he's an excellent receiver out of the backfield catching 13 passes for 126 yards. He was more of a tailback in 2001 finishing second on the team with 371 yards and four touchdowns.

Top Backups - Courtney Lewis, RFr. - Lewis redshirted last year after a stellar high school career. He looks ready to shine after having a monster spring game rushing for 102 yards and a touchdown on 12 carries. Look for him to push for the starting job. Oschlor Flemming, Sr. - He's a leader and a decent player. Now he has to make more of a impact after seeing his yard per carry average go down to 2.4. He hasn't found his way into the end zone yet and hasn't made much of an impact with only 323 career rushing yards.. Thomas Perry, Sr. - After mostly playing on the scout team, Perry will finally get a shot to see the field as a 234-pound backup fullback.

Receivers Projected Starters - Terrence Murphy, Jr. - The former quarterback has blossomed into one of the team's best targets catching 72 passes for 1,117 yards and seven touchdowns over the last two years. He's a big player with good speed able to be the number one target when the other receivers are being shut down. - Jamaar Taylor, Sr. - Taylor had a huge season catching 44 passes for 760 yards and three touchdowns despite missing two games with a knee injury. The former Notre Dame transfer is A&M's top returning deep threat averaging 17.3 yards per catch - John Roberson, Soph. - Roberson was ineligible all of last year. Now he's ready to shine at one of the receiver spots as a very quick and very speedy starter with great open field moves. - Tight end Ryan White, Soph. - White took over the starting tight end job this spring as a decent receiver and fine blocker. There will be several players rotating in and out of this spot.

Top Backups - Anthony Wright, Soph. - Wright started his Aggie career as a receiver, moved to defensive back, and moved back to receiver. At 6-2 and 207 pounds, he's a big player with outstanding speed. He'll back up Murphy. Tim Van Zant, Sr. - Van Zant has worked his way up on the depth chart after spending his time on special teams. He made six catches for 67 yards last year as a reserve flanker. Jason Carter, Jr. - He started this spring as a quarterback before moving over to receiver, or A-Back, adding his sensational athleticism and quickness to the corps. He's also a decent kick and punt returner rolling for 181 yards of total offense in the spring game.

Tight end Taylor Schuster, RFr. - The 260-pound redshirt freshman came to AM as an offensive lineman and spent last year learning how to play tight end. He'll end up being A&M's best blocking tight end. Tight end Andy Matakis, RFr. - The redshirt freshman moves over from linebacker to tight end to add more athleticism and strength to the position. He's 240 pounds and extremely strong.

Offensive Line Projected Starters - Tackle Alan Reuber, Sr. - Reuber was solid in his first season as a starter. He became a dependable player on the right side and at 6-7, 310 pounds should be a force with more experience. - Guard Aldo De La Garza, Soph. - The 317-pound sophomore saw action in every game as a backup left guard. He'll start on the right side this year. - Center Geoff Hangartner, Jr. - Hangartner had to replace Seth McKinney in the middle and did a wonderful job. The 300-pound junior has come into his own as a blocker turning into a decent run blocker and a solid anchor.- Guard John Kirk, Sr. - Kirk was a reserve center in 2002 and will take over the starting job at left guard starting this year. He'll be pushed for time, but he's an experienced player that should be fine with more expectations heaped on him. Tackle Jami Hightower, Jr. - One of the better tackles in the Big XII, Hightower will be starting for the third year in a row at left tackle. He's 327 pounds with excellent feet.

Top Backups - G Andre Brooks, Sr. - If Brooks doesn't end up taking back his starting job, he'll be a key reserve behind John Kirk on the left side. He's can play tackle if needed. - T Dominique Steamer, Soph. - The 313-pound sophomore became a top reserve tackle in his redshirt freshman season. He'll backup Hightower to start the season, but he could end up moving over to the right side.. Several top players need to be replaced and the depth needs to be developed almost everywhere. Even so, Texas A&M, as always, has good defensive players and should be able to adjust from the 3-4 to the 4-3 without too much of a problem. Defensive coordinator Carl Torbush is a good one and should have this group humming.

Returning Leaders Tackles: Jared Morris, 73 Sacks: Marcus Jasmin, 5.5 Interceptions: Jaxson Appel & Byron Jones, 4 Star of the defense: Senior LB Jared Morris Player that has to step up and become a star: Junior SS Keelan Jackson Unsung star on the rise: Sophomore LB Archie McDaniel Best pro prospect: Senior DE Linnis Smith.

Defensive Line Projected Starters - Defensive end David Ross, Soph. - The 270-pound sophomore is a big end with good all-around athleticism. He was a key player last year when Ty Warren went down and ended up being a top reserve over the course of the rest of the season making 17 tackles. - Defensive tackle Johnny Jolly, Soph. - Jolly was a wonderful backup on the nose as a redshirt freshman making 26 tackles. He was great at getting into backfield and getting a push in the middle blocking two kicks. - Defensive tackle Marcus Jasmin, Jr. - The big-time recruit turned into a star in his sophomore season making 66 tackles and 5.5 sacks on the inside. The 318-pound junior is a great all-around tackle and should progress into one of the stars of the Big XII if he can work his way back up the depth chart. He was listed as a backup coming out of spring ball, but that might be done just to motivate him at bit. Defensive end Linnis Smith, Sr. - Smith became a top end using his 288-pound frame to power over stronger tackles. He's a tremendous run stopper making 61 tackles and led the team with eight quarterback hurries. Top Backups - DE Brandon Johnson, Jr. - Johnson has seen a little bit of time on the end making 13 career tackles and two sacks. He was going to push for time behind Ross, but he'll be academically ineligible for the season. - DT Brian Patrick, Soph. - Patrick moves over from the offensive line to start at tackle. He began his career on the defense before moving over to provide depth when injuries hit. At 293 pounds, he's a big body on the inside. - DT Julian "Ju" Parks, RFr. - The 356-pound Parks is a huge player on the inside expected to be one of A&M's top run stuffers.

Linebackers Projected Starters - Archie McDaniel, Soph. - McDaniel showed he was going to be a star of the future making 26 tackles as a true freshman. He has speed and big hitting ability on the strong side. Jared Morris, Sr. - Morris is a big, strong, ultra-productive player in the middle. He's a great run stopper making 73 tackles in each of the last two years. He got better at getting into the backfield as last year went on finishing with five sacks and six tackles for loss. Rover Nurahda Manning, Soph. - Part linebacker, part defensive back, Manning sat out last season working on his studies. The 230-pound sophomore is big, fast and should be ready to make an impact this year.

Top Backups - Blake Kendrick, Jr. - Kendrick spent last year as a top special teams player. He'll back up McDaniel on the strong side.- Scott Stickane, Sr. - He'll get the first shot at backing up Morris on the inside after mostly playing on special teams. JUCO transfer Wade Lightsey will push for the job. - Rover Randall Webb, Jr. - Webb was a big hitter and a great pass rusher making 59 tackles seven sacks and 10.5 tackles for loss. He only started two games and will see more action to get his overall athleticism on the field. Secondary Projected Starters - Cornerback Sean Weston, Sr. - An experienced corner with nice tackling ability, Weston is one of the quicker defensive backs on the team and one of the most active. He made 40 tackles and two interceptions last year. Free safety Jaxson Appel, Soph. - One of the rising stars on the team, Appel had a great freshman season making 69 tackles and four interceptions despite missing three games. He's not a big player, but he packs a punch with his hits. - Strong safety Keelan Jackson, Jr. - Jackson was thrust into the starting role after injuries hit other several top defensive backs. The 219-pound junior is a big hitter starting in three games. He made 24 tackles and broke up four passes. Cornerback Byron Jones, Jr. - Jones is A&M's new star corner tying for the team lead with four interceptions in a reserve role last year. He's a good tackler with 86 tackles over the course of his career. He should be one of the better defensive backs in the Big XII.

Top Backups - FS Kevin Mangum, Jr. - He made eight tackles as a reserve even though he missed part of last season with a hand injury. He'll be a top reserve at free safety along with Brandon Leone. - CB Bryant Singleton, Soph. - A good young player, the former wide receiver saw a little bit of time in the secondary as a key backup corner. He'll play behind Jones on the right side.

Special Teams - Placekicker Todd Pegram, Soph. - Pegram was a huge recruit, for a kicker, and was expected to shine right away. He was good from close to medium range hitting 9 of 12 from within 40 yards, but 3 of 9 from beyond. He has a strong leg and got better as the season went on nailing seven of his final nine attempts. Punter Cody Scates, Sr. - One of the best punters in America, Scates averaged 43.7 yards per kick. He wasn't just a boomer showing consistency and direction by putting 22 kicks inside the 20.

TEXAS TECH

HEAD COACH: MIKE LEACH

Tech won't be quite as potent without star quarterback Kliff Kingsbury, but everyone else returns to what should be an explosive offense. With all four starting receivers returning and two great running backs working behind a decent line, it'll all be up to quarterback B.J. Symons to run the show. He should do just fine.

Quarterbacks Projected Starter - B.J. Symons, Sr. - Symons has spent years watching Kliff Kingsbury pile up numbers and accolades running the high-octane passing attack. Now it's his turn to shine. He has a little bit of experience throwing for 456 career yards and five touchdowns, but he's seen so much practice time that the offense should keep on humming. With a loaded receiving corps and two great running backs to help him out, he should be almost as effective as Kingsbury was.

Top Backups - Sonny Cumbie, Jr. - Cumbie was the third string quarterback last season completing five of six passes for 34 yards in mop up duty. He has enough experience in the offense that he should be ready to step in if anything happens to Symons. - Cody Hodges, Soph. - Hodges isn't as big as Symons or Cumbie and doesn't have the same arm, but he's a mobile quarterback with decent accuracy. The Skinny: Symons isn't going to throw for 45 touchdowns and 5,017 yards like Kingsbury did, but he should have a huge season. Cumbie, who looked wonderful this spring, and Hodges need to see time being groomed for the future.

Running Backs Projected Starter - Taurean Henderson, Soph. - Henderson came in as a true freshman and picked up where Ricky Williams left off leading the team with 98 catches for 633 yards and six touchdowns. He was also effective as a runner carrying the ball 153 times for 793 yards and seven touchdowns. Expect more of the same as he should be one of the nation's leaders in all-purpose running.

Top Backups - Johnnie Mack, Jr. - The JUCO transfer is ready to play after sitting out last season. He isn't the runner Henderson is even though he averaged 123 rushing yards per game, but he should be tremendous with the ball in his hands on the outside. He's one of the fastest players on the team clocking in a 4.35 40. Loliki Bongo-Wanga, Sr. - He missed all of 2001 with an Achilles injury and only played one game last season. He's expected to be ready to go this season as a bigger option behind Henderson and Mack.

Receivers Projected Starters Wes Welker, Sr. - Welker became Tech's most reliable receiver catching 86 passes for 1,054 yards and seven touchdowns. He's extremely quick player with wonderful open-field moves. Great with the ball in his hands, Welker is one of the nation's best punt returners averaging 13.2 yards per return with three touchdowns. - Mickey Peters, Sr. - Peters is a big player playing at the Y. A physical receiver with decent speed, he was the third leading receiver with 64 catches for 749 yards and eight touchdowns. - Nehemiah Glover, Jr. - Glover was the team's most consistent deep threat averaging a team-best 12.9 yards per catch. He had a huge game in the bowl against Clemson catching eight passes for 121 yards and a score finishing the season with 50 grabs for 673 yards and a team-leading ten touchdowns.

Carlos Francis, Sr. - Francis is one of Tech's most experienced receivers catching 141 career passes for 1,850 yards and 12 touchdowns. He has good size and is one of the team's fastest receivers as a former member of the Texas Tech track team.

Top Backups - Clay McGuire, Jr. - Texas Tech doesn't use a true tight end, but McGuire is close. He saw a little bit of time last season catching 20 passes for 184 yards and a touchdown. He'll play behind Welker at the H. - Gabe Hall, RFr. - Hall has bulked up to 270 pounds over the last year. He's more of a tight end than a true receiver backing up Peters at the Y. - Cody Fuller, Soph. - The Red Raider baseball player also got some time as a receiver making six catches for 60 yards. - Trey Haverty, Jr. - Haverty is a big, experienced backup behind Francis making 16 catches for 164 yards.

Offensive Line Projected Starters - Tackle Daniel Loper, Jr. - The 6-7, 325-pound Loper is the biggest player on the line and possibly the most talented. After starting every game as a sophomore, he's expected to grow into an All-Big XII caliber player as he gets stronger. - Guard Cody Campbell, Jr. - Campbell played in seven games with a start. He's a smart player with enough experience to be a factor at left guard. Center Toby Cecil, Sr. - A potential All-Conference performer, Cecil is starting for his fourth year as the team's center. His pass blocking technique has become nearly flawless with good strength and great feet. - Guard Manuel Ramirez, RFr. - Ramirez got in better shape since coming to Lubbock and now looks like he's ready to be a big contributor on the line. He'll start at left guard and can play center if needed. - Tackle Casey Keck, Sr. - Keck missed a little bit of time due to injury, but he was one of Tech's most dependable players. The 310-pound senior is a solid athlete for his size able to play on either side of the line at tackle or guard.

Top Backups T E.J. Whitley, Soph. - The 310-pound Whitley is a smart player with a ton of experience playing in every game last year. He's a big tackle with excellent strength and good overall ability. Even though Loper and Keck have a lock on the starting tackle jobs, Whitley will see plenty of action. C Dylan Gandy, Jr. - It'll be hard for him to see much time with Cecil holding down the center job, but he might end up taking over one of the guard spots. Even with all the experienced talent and playmakers, the Texas Tech defense was worse last year than it was in 2001.

Expect an even bigger drop-off this year with a terrifyingly inexperienced front seven. The secondary has a great pair of safeties, but the group isn't going to have problems against top passing teams. Returning Leaders Tackles: Ryan Aycock, 151 Sacks: Adell Duckett, 5 Interceptions: Vincent Meeks, 3 Star of the defense: Senior SS Ryan Aycock Player that has to step up and become a star: Redshirt freshman NT Chris Hudler Unsung star on the rise: Junior CB Jamaal Jackson Defensive end Seth Nitschmann, RFr. - After bulking up twenty pounds over the last year, Nitschmann will get the start on the left side. He's quick and athletic, now he has to be a pass rushing star.

Nose tackle Chris Hudler, RFr. - Hudler came to Texas Tech last year as a decent 265-pound prospect, now he's 296-pound run stuffer in the middle.

Defensive tackle Ken Scott, RFr. - Scott should be an effective player on the inside after sitting out last season in a redshirt year. He has excellent feet to go with his size.

Defensive end Adell Duckett, Jr. - The only returning starter on the line, Duckett will have to be the leader and anchor. He's a smart player with experience making 99 career tackles with 78 coming last year. He's a good pass rusher and solid at dropping back into pass coverage.

Top Backups - DE Randall Cherry, Soph. - Cherry is expected to be the star of the future at one of the ends. He's a natural pass rusher with a little bit of experience. - DE Marquis Turner, Jr. - Turner was a solid backup linebacker before getting hurt making 27 tackles. He'll move to the line to backup Duckett on the right side. - DT Fred Thrweatt, Soph. - The hope is for the 347-pound Thrweatt to become more of a factor in the middle. He didn't do much last year as a reserve making five tackles in ten games.

Linebackers Projected Starters - Mike Smith, Jr. - Smith will start again on the strong side after finishing fourth on the team with 104 tackles. He's not much of a pass defender, but he isn't bad. His strength is against the run with good instincts and decent hitting ability. - Brock Stratton, Fr. - Stratton originally signed with BYU before deciding to come to Texas Tech after a two-year Mormon mission. He's a mature true freshman with decent size and outstanding speed. - John Saldi, Soph. - Saldi had a huge freshman season making 73 tackles in an honorable mention All-Big XII season. He was all over the field on the weak side making 12 tackles for loss, five quarterback hurries and broke up six passes. With enough speed to be a safety and the tackling ability of a linebacker, he's a good mix of talents.

Top Backups - Geremy Woods, Jr. - Woods saw a little bit of time over the last few years playing behind Lawrence Flugence. The 238-pound junior will back up Smith on the strong side after making 54 tackles last year. - Fletcher Session, RFr. - Session is only 212 pounds, so he'll use his speed to make an impact in the middle.

Secondary Projected Starters - Cornerback Ivory McCann, Jr. - McCann has spent most of his time as a kickoff returner, but he has a little bit of experience in the secondary making ten tackles. He isn't all that big at only 5-8 and 176 pounds, but he has blazing speed.

Free safety Vincent Meeks, Soph. - Meeks isn't huge, but he makes plays picking off three passes and making 27 tackles. He'll be even better once he gets the hang of the position. The former running back ran for 102 yards and caught five passes before moving over to the defensive side.

Strong safety Ryan Aycock, Sr. - Aycock is a good hitter finishing second on the team with 151 tackles. He also proved to be an excellent pass defender as well breaking up 12 passes and picking off a pass. Expect him to be one of the top overall safeties in the conference.

Cornerback Marcus Boyd, Sr. - After spending most of his career as a backup safety and a special teams performer, the 6-0, 198-pound Boyd will get the start on the right side. He made 15 tackles and broke up three passes last season.

Top Backups - CB Jamaal Jackson, Jr. - The JUCO transfer could end up starting right away on the left side. He has decent size and is extremely productive breaking up 18 passes. A receiver as well as a defender, he caught 21 passes for 343 yards and six touchdowns as a JUCO All-American. - FS Byron Johnson, Sr. - Johnson has been a career reserve making 19 tackles last season. He's a speedy player with good size pushing for time behind Meeks.

Placekicker Ryan Bishop, Jr. - Bishop will take over for Robert Treece who hit 13 of 19 field goals. A straight on kicker, Bishop hit all eight of his extra point attempts last year including three in the bowl game against Clemson. He'll be strong from close to medium range.

Punter Wich Brenner, Jr. - Brenner and his huge leg replaces the sometimes strong Clinton Greathouse. Brenner had problems with tendonitis, but he should be ready to roll this season and should average more than the 39.7 yards per kick that Greathouse came through with.

SEC CONFERENCE

ALABAMA

HEAD COACH: MIKE SHULA

It's a new era in Alabama football with head coach Mike Shula coming in to add more of a vertical element. Surprisingly, Alabama has the pieces in place to instantly become a top passing team. The offensive line should be among the nation's best and the running backs are good enough to carry the load when needed, but it'll be up to sophomore quarterback Brodie Croyle to make the offense go. Quarterbacks - Brodie Croyle, Soph. - After seeing a little bit of time in all twelve games, Croyle is hardly wet behind the ears and should be ready to become a star. Coming out of high school, Croyle was one of the nation's top passers and should fit into more of a passing offense better than Watts, a better runner than passer, would have. He has all the tools to be one of the SEC's premier quarterbacks. Top Backups - Spencer Pennington, Soph. - Pennington saw action in six games as a freshman, but he mostly spent time handing the ball off. He's a pure passer with a good arm, and a good future as Croyle's backup. As good as Croyle is, Pennington made the race for the starting job very, very interesting this spring. - Brandon Avalos, RFr. - Avalos adds a speed element to the mix. While Croyle and Pennington are, more or less, pure passers, Avalos, a former receiver, will only be used to run. He missed a little time this spring an emergency appendectomy.

Running Backs - Shaud Williams, Sr. - Even without the 811 yards and 12 touchdowns of Santonio Beard gone, the Tide running game will be fine thanks to the return of Williams. Williams, the team's leading rusher, returns after going for 921 yards and five touchdowns last year. He added a great speed burst averaging 7.1 yards per carry, but that was when he was sharing the workload with Beard and Tyler Watts. Now more of the work will be on his shoulders and at only 190 pounds, he might need some help. Projected Backups - Kenneth Darby, RFr. - The state's best running back coming out of high school, he should be a big part of the offense as the season goes on. Ray Hudson, Jr. - Hudson was the team's fourth leading rusher last season after gaining 306 yards. He spent most of his time returning kickoffs, but will need to take on a bigger role running the ball to help out Williams. After hitting the weight room in the off-season, he'll be a bigger presence.

Receivers - Zach Fletcher, Sr. - The 6-3 Fletcher, a JUCO transfer last season, averaged 27.6 yards per catch on his seven grabs including a 56-yard score against Tennessee. - Triandos Luke, Sr. - Luke led the team with 41 catches last season and was one of the team's better kick returners. While not necessarily a true burner, he has the speed to get deep. - Dre Fulgham, Sr. - The 6-1 Fulgham came on as one of the team's best receivers by the end of last season. He's the team's strongest receiver setting a weight room record for a wide out by bench pressing 420-pounds. He didn't shine this spring, but he's still expected to become a top playmaker. - Tight end Greg McLain, Soph. - The 246-pound McLain will get the starting nod at tight end after switching over from his original linebacking position last year. He carried the ball 19 times last year as a power back, but will combine at tight end with Donald Clarke. Projected Backups - Antonio Carter, Sr. - Carter has missed the last year and a half with a broken leg, but he's expected to be back in time for the fall. A top punt returner when healthy, Carter has the moves and quickness to fit into Shula's system, and should be the team's top deep threat with his sub-4.4 speed. Brandon Greer, Sr. - Even though Greer played in every game, he only caught one pass for ten yards. He's a decent route runner with enough size and speed to play any receiver position. David Cavan, Jr. - Cavan worked his way up the depth chart this spring proving to be a decent receiver. He'll back up McLain at tight end.

Offensive Line - Tackle Wesley Britt, Jr. - Britt has been a fixture on the line from day one starting every game since his freshman season and played 967 snaps last season. - Guard Justin Smiley, Jr. - The 301-pound Smiley is an All-America caliber guard equally adept at steamrolling on a running play or in pass blocking. He has amazing feet for a guard, but his strength is, well, his strength. Smiley simply out muscles opponents, but he's at his most devastating on the move with sub-5.0 speed. Center J.B. Closner, Soph. - Closner takes over at center after backing up All-SEC star Alonzo Ephraim last year. He saw enough playing time that he shouldn't be starting from scratch. - Guard Dennis Alexander, Sr. - Alexander is the newcomers to the starting five getting the look at right guard. He played behind Marco Portis last year and saw time in every game. His motor is always running, which is a frightening thought for a 352-pound player. - Tackle Evan Mathis, Jr. - Mathis has started 22 consecutive games at right tackle. He's not the player that Britt is, but he can more than hold his own. Projected Backups - OT Atlas Herrion, Sr. - At 304 pounds, Herrion is a big backup with experience. He's versatile enough to play on the defensive line, but will spend his time on offense behind Britt. OG/C Matt Lomax, Sr. - Lomax served last year as Smiley's backup seeing a little bit of time. He had problems with injuries a couple of years ago, but now he appears to be one of the team's top backup guards, or might end up being a top backup at center.

The defense is long on potential, but short on depth. The starters should be just fine, especially the linebackers. The secondary is full of cornerback sized players led by rising star Charlie Peprah. The line will be fine if everyone develops around Antwan Odom. If there are any injuries to the ends, there will be big problems. Defensive Line - Defensive end Antwan Odom, Jr. - The potential All-Everything junior finished with ten sacks last year and was decent against the run making 42 stops. He's a big player with great pass rushing ability. With uncertainty on the other end, Odom will have to play even bigger. - Defensive tackle Ahmad Childress, Jr. - Childress made 24 tackles last season and even picked off a pass against Tennessee. He carries his weight well on a 6-7 frame, but he could stand to lose a bit of his 345 pounds to handle more work. - Nose tackle Anthony Bryant, Sr. - Bryant started against Hawaii and finished the season making 32 tackles in a reserve role. He has gotten better and better as his career goes on, and is one of the team's strongest players holding the school record by squatting 755 pounds. Now he has to get in better overall shape. Defensive end Nautyn McKay-Loescher, Sr. - The Canadian, nicknamed the Chief, is quick and has nice movement coming off the edge. He started in seven games making 4.5 sacks and 25 tackles. The key will be his eligibility as he missed the end of spring ball with academic problems due to missing class time with mono. Projected Backups - DE Mark Anderson, Soph. - Anderson is a former linebacker converting to end. He has good speed and a little bit of experience making 13 tackles last year. - DE Chris Harris, RFr. - With the potential problems with McKay-Loescher and the loss of Todd Bates, Harris suddenly becomes one of the team's key backup ends. If he doesn't end up starting, the 230 pounder will be one of the first off the bench. DT Jeremy Clark, RFr. - The 280-pound Clark has a ton of potential, but he'll need to shine right away as one of the team's top backup tackles.

Linebackers - Brooks Daniels, Sr. - Daniels led the team with 110 stops last season to go along with three sacks on the weak side. At 205 pounds, he's more of a safety than a linebacker, but he plays the position like someone much bigger. With his speed, he's a sideline to sideline player. Freddie Roach, Soph. - Roach returns in the middle after making everyone's All-SEC freshman team. He started in eleven games finishing 63 stops while showing a knack for making the big play. He'll get the start with Derrick Pope seeing plenty of action splitting time on the inside. Cornelius Wortham, Sr. - Wortham returns on the strong side after finishing second behind Daniels in tackles with 95. Expect him to have a big season after improving with every game last year. At 233 pounds, he's a big player with great instincts and quickness. Projected Backups Derrick Pope, Sr. - Pope is, possibly, the most talented backup middle linebacker in the SEC. He made 65 tackles, a sack and an interception while turning into a big-time producer at getting into the backfield.- Juwan Garth, RFr. - Daniels isn't big on the weak side, and Garth is even lighter at 193 pounds. Even so, he looked like a star of the future this spring. - DeMarco Ryans, Soph. - Ryans made 27 tackles last year and will be Wortham's backup on the strong side.

Secondary - Cornerback Charlie Peprah, Sr. - Peprah is the team's star defensive back. After an All-Freshman season that say him make 47 tackles and four interceptions, he's expected to be a big-time player after looking even better this spring. He's a solid tackler and has a great nose for the ball. - Free safety Charles Jones, Sr. - Jones isn't all that big for a free safety only packing 180 pounds on his six-foot frame, but he can hit making 85 tackles and forcing three fumbles last year. He's an experienced player with good speed. Strong safety Roman Harper, Soph. - Harper is a free safety playing strong. In a limited role, the 187-pound sophomore made 47 tackles and two sacks, but he needs to get a bit stronger to be more effective. Cornerback Anthony Madison, Jr. - Madison has a little bit of experience making a 11 tackles and started against Georgia. He has great work habits and should grow into a decent stopper on the other side of Peprah. Projected Backups DB Thurman Ward, Jr. - Ward is both a receiver and a defensive back. With his great all-around ability, he might play a bigger role as either a corner or safety. FS Chris James, Jr. - James made 17 tackles last year as a reserve. He has enough experience seeing time in every game, but he's not quite the talent that Harper and Jones are. Special Teams - Placekicker Kyle Robinson, Sr. - Robinson took over halfway through last year hitting 6 of 10 field goals showing decent leg. The left footed kicker secured the starting job this spring. - Punter Jeff Aul, RFr. - Junior Bo Freedland has a cannon for a leg, but he lacks Aul's consistency. Even though he isn't going to wow anyone, Aul should be a good enough kicker to make this not a weak spot.

ARKANSAS

HEAD COACH: HOUSTON NUTT

Arkansas tried to make the commitment to the passing game in the Music City Bowl and got hammered by Minnesota. This is a running team with a veteran line and a good backfield, so the Hogs should stick with what works. Even so, look for more passing to get more diversity into the offense. The receivers are good enough to make plays, but a passing quarterback has to develop to get them the ball. Quarterbacks - Matt Jones, Jr. - At 6-5 and 225 pounds, Jones looks like the prototypical quarterback. He's anything but. Jones runs like a top running back, but he throws like one too rushing for 614 yards and five touchdowns and throwing for 1,592 yards. He threw for 16 scores and eight interceptions completing over 52% of his passes, but he was painful to watch on obvious passing downs. Things weren't all that much better this spring exemplified by his 4 of 11 passing day in the spring game. If Ryan Sorahan develops, Jones might move to receiver. Top Backups - Ryan Sorahan, Soph. - The hope is that Sorahan becomes so strong and plays so well that Jones can be moved to receiver. The 6-4, 240-pound Sorahan has an excellent arm and is a solid passer, but he doesn't have any running ability. A back injury that kept him off the field in 2001 can't flare up. Cedric Washington, RFr. - Washington is an interesting option. He's only 6-0 and 185 pounds looking tiny by comparison to Jones and Sorahan, but he can play. After lighting up the scout team last season, Washington might see a little bit of time this year.

Running Backs - De'Arrius Howard, Soph. - At 227 pounds, Howard packs a punch rushing for 595 yards and a team leading seven scores last year. He was a steady ball-carrier, but he wasn't asked to be the workhorse. Cedric Cobbs will give him a battle for the starting job. - Fullback Mark Pierce, Jr. - Pierce started last year and was excellent as the team's sledgehammer up the middle. He only carried the ball 37 times, but he averaged 5.5 yards per carry and ran for six touchdowns. At times, he'll play tight end. Top Backups - Cedric Cobbs, Sr. - Cobbs returns for what seems like his 25th year as a Razorback. He was solid over the first half of last year before missing time with a toe problem. When he came back, Fred Talley was on his way to a huge season. Cobbs averaged 5.4 yards per carry last year. - Dedrick Poole, Soph. - Poole can do a little of everything catching out of the backfield, running the ball and return kicks. Fullback Brandon Kennedy, Soph. - The 227-pound Kennedy mostly plays on special teams, but he'll be asked to play a bigger role this year at fullback.

Receivers - Richard Smith, Sr. - Smith is the team's top deep threat averaging 17.1 yards per catch last year. He missed spring ball to run track, and he'll use that speed as the starting flanker come fall. If Matt Jones improves as a passer, Smith could become a bigger factor. - George Wilson, Sr. - The 6-1, 210-pound Wilson is a physical receiver with speed. He led the team with 49 catches for 626 yards and seven touchdowns. Because Arkansas runs so much, Wilson doesn't get the credit he deserves. - Tight end Jason Peters, Jr. - Peters played in 13 games last year starting 12, and he made four catches. At 320 pounds, he's more of a third tackle than a pass catcher. Used on the right side, he combines with Shawn Andrews to be a devastating side of run blockers. Top Backups - Steven Harris, Jr. - Harris was looking like a top player before suffering a knee injury last year. He'll back up Smith at split end after looking as good as new catching three passes for 116 yards in the spring game. - DeCori Birmingham, Jr. - Famous for his big playmaking ability late in the season, Birmingham will see plenty of time again this year. He was the team's third leading receiver with 17 catches for 184 yards and three scores. David Thompson, RFr. - One of the rising stars, Thompson is expected to make a big impact this season. Tight end Jared Hicks, Soph. - The 273-pound Hicks played in nine games last year starting in two games. He'll back up Peters.

Offensive Line - Tackle Bo Lacy, Sr. - One of the line's most dominating run blockers, Lacy became a top factor as last season went on. He'll start on the left side again. Guard Jerry Reith, Sr. - When Mark Bokermann went down with an ankle injury for a few games, Reith stepped in and played extremely well starting five games at right guard. He has enough experience to take over on the left side. - Center Dan Doughty, Sr. - After fighting for the starting job last year, Doughty took over and became a dependable starter. He's not the best center in the SEC, but he's not going to hurt the Hogs. Guard Mark Bokermann, Sr. - He had problems all of last year with an ankle injury, but he still started nine games and was still a very productive player. He's helped by playing alongside of Andrews on the right side, but the 302-pound Bokermann is a solid player in his own right if he can get over the knee he sprained this spring. Tackle Shawn Andrews, Jr. - Andrews is probably the best offensive lineman in America. The massive 371-pound junior is a tremendous run blocker and even has decent feet for a man of his size. Top Backups T Zac Dubbs, Soph. - The understudy behind Andrews on the right side, the 351-pound Tubbs is a big reserve that should be a top tackle in the future. C Kyle Roper, Soph. - Roper is expected to push Doughty hard for the starting center job. G Tony Ugoh, RFr. - The start recruit of two years ago is good enough to push for time at left guard behind Reith.

This was an odd defense last season with tons of talent in the back seven, yet gave up a ton of passing yards. The line was relatively average, but was nasty against the run. The hope is for the line to find a way to be solid so the great linebackers can clean everything up. The corners are tremendous. Defensive Line - Defensive end Justin Scott, Sr. - On the bandit end, Scott is a 252-pound player with enough experience to be a pass rushing factor. Defensive tackle Elliott Harris, Jr. - The 262-pound Harris moves from end to tackle. He made 31 tackles on the outside and is being asked to add more production to the middle of the line. He suffered a badly sprained knee at the end of spring ball, but he's expecting to be fine by the start of the season. Defensive tackle Arrion Dixon, Jr. - Dixon will get the first look at nose guard. At 293 pounds, he'll be the biggest starter and will have to be more of a factor this year after making 32 tackles and six tackles for loss last year. Defensive end Jeb Huckeba, Jr. - A former middle linebacker, Huckeba should make a fantastic end. He's 236 pounds, tough as nails and has the quickness to become a big factor. After spring ball, there's no question that he's going to be a big-time player with the speed to wreak havoc on opposing offenses. Top Backups DE Keith Turner, Sr. - Turner was becoming a top reserve before getting knocked out for the season with a hip injury. When healthy, he's one of the more athletic ends. DE Lucas Jackson, RFr. - Without any sure things on the end, the 243-pound Jackson could become a big playmaker this year. DT Jayson Johnson, Sr. - At 333 pounds, Johnson gives the interior some much needed bulk, but he hasn't done much in his Arkansas career so far. DT Scott Davenport, Sr. - The 300+ pound Davenport could be a force inside after proving he can play with the big boys this spring. He won't start still learning after moving over from the offensive side, but he could develop into a sensational backup.

Linebackers - Caleb Miller, Sr. - On the inside, Miller is an active player that doesn't get the credit that Bua gets, but could be just as productive. He doesn't make the big plays, but he's as dependable a linebacker as there is in the SEC coming off a 113 tackle season. Clarke Moore, Soph. - With 61 tackles, Moore had a great freshman season. At 245 pounds, he's the biggest linebacker on the team as the team's rising defensive star. Tony Bua, Sr. - Bua missed spring ball recovering from shoulder surgery and a hernia problem, but he should be ready to return for another All-SEC caliber performance come fall. He's the Hog's leading returning tackler making 131 stops, four sacks and nine tackles for loss. He's not all that big, but he gets to every play. Depending on what the coaching staff decides to do, Bua could end up at safety. Top Backups - Shane Collins, Jr. - The 232-pound Collins gives more bulk to the inside than Miller, but he can't stay healthy. If he can stay 100% and get over his knee problems, he'll make a huge impact on the inside. Desmond Sims, RFr. - If Bua's shoulder is still a problem, Sims and Michael Robinson will see far more time on the outside. Brandon Holmes, Sr. - The former running back has taken to his new position. He needs time to learn the job, but he's too athletic not to be on the field.

Secondary - Cornerback Lawrence Richardson, Sr. - One of the best cornerbacks in the nation, Richardson made four interceptions and broke up 13 passes. He'll occasionally get beaten and has a few problems with bigger receivers, but he's still an All-SEC talent and won't see much action with quarterbacks staying away from him. - Free safety Jimarr Gallon, Sr. - Gallon has to fill the huge void left by Ken Hamlin when he left early for the NFL. Gallon is 5-11 and 195 pounds and while he isn't the hitter Hamlin was, he's still a solid tackler. It might be a problem that he was arrested on suspicion of marijuana possession earlier this spring. He also might end up moving to linebacker. Rover Jimmy Beasley, Sr. - A big hitter, Beasley was fourth on the team last year with 99 tackles including two sacks. He's solid in pass coverage breaking up six passes and picking off a pass. He missed the Minnesota game and spring ball with a calf problem, but he should be ready to go for the season. Cornerback Ahmad Carroll, Jr. - "Batman" will see plenty of action with teams avoiding Richardson. With his sprinter's speed and decent size, Carroll could turn out to be the better pro prospect if he has a big season. Top Backups Strong safety Bo Mosley, Sr. - Mostly a special teams player, Mosley showed he can handle a spot in the secondary as well picking off three passes and breaking up seven passes. Cornerback Eddie Jackson, Sr. - Another track guy, the 6-0 Jackson provides a little more size to go along with his speed at the corner. Free safety Vickiel Vaughn, Soph. - Considered the team's star defensive back of the future, Vaughn will get every shot at seeing time at free safety along with Gallon. He played extremely well at times this spring making a few big plays. Special Teams - Placekicker David Carlton, Jr. - Carlton took over the kicking hob in the Tennessee game last year and never gave it up hitting 12 of 16 field goals going 12 of 13 inside of 47 yards. Punter Brennan O'Donohoe, Sr. - O'Donohoe comes in to replace the steady, but unspectacular season. O'Donohoe was the team's starting placekicker last year hitting six of nine field goals before giving way to David Carlton.

AUBURN

HEAD COACH: TOMMY TUBERVILLE

The Auburn offense will be among the most effective in the country if a receiver or two steps up and becomes a star. QB Jason Campbell has to stay healthy and must keep progressing after finishing 2002 with a strong kick. The running game should be the best in America with three legitimate All-America candidates running behind a veteran offensive line. Quarterbacks - Jason Campbell, Jr. - It’s all Campbell’s show now. He started six games in 2001 leading the Tigers to a 5-1 record as he came on at the end of the year. By the time Auburn faced such tough foes as Alabama and Penn State, Campbell had emerged as a leader. On the season, he threw for 11 touchdowns when splitting time with Daniel Cobb, but now the position is all his. He’ll have to stay healthy as the backup situation is a bit of a question mark. Projected Backup Josh Sullivan, RFr. - Sullivan doesn’t have a lick of experience, but he’ll get plenty of practice reps to try and will get to learn behind Campbell. He's a big quarterback with a decent arm and good athleticism.

Running Backs - Carnell Williams, Jr. - Williams looked like the best running back in America showing sensational quickness and great power rushing for 745 yards and ten touchdown before breaking his leg. He has great size to go along with moves that freeze most defenders in their tracks. When needed, he was a workhorse carrying the ball 40 times against Syracuse and 28 against Mississippi State. Brandon Johnson, Sr. - Johnson had a problem with an ankle injury, but he might be the SEC’s best blocking fullback when he’s healthy. Projected Backups Ronnie Brown, Jr. - After the Cadillac blew a tire, Brown stepped in an steamrolled for 1,008 yards and 13 scores in six games. With size and great breakaway speed, Brown might be the best of the Tigers backs, even though he doesn't get the press of the other stars. When he went head-to-head with Penn State's Larry Johnson in the Capital One Bowl, he came through as the star rushing for 184 yards and a touchdown on 37 carries. Brandon Jacobs, Jr. - The wild card in the mix is the superstar JUCO transfer. Jacobs is 6-4 and hovers around the 260 pound mark combining frightening speed to go along with his power. He ran for 1,899 yards and 20 touchdowns at Colleyville Junior College last year. - Tre Smith, Soph. - When Brown couldn’t play against Alabama, sophomore Smith stepped in and ran for 126 yards. He might be the team’s best speed back, and he can bring some power as well.

Receivers - Ben Obomanu, Soph. - Big things are expected from the sophomore after catching 17 passes for 224 yards last season starting as a true freshman. He has good size and great athleticism. If he emerges as a prime target, the offense should be deadly. Devin Aromashodu, Soph. - The top two receivers are gone, so it’ll be up to Aromashodu to become the newest top target. He’s big and talented providing the team’s best deep threat, but he needs to keep improving to help open things up for the running game. Jeris McIntyre, Sr. - The 207-pound senior caught ten passes for 129 yards and a score adding a more physical presence. He's been a top player in the receiving rotation for years, and will now become the team's number three option. Tight end Cooper Wallace, Soph. - Wallace will have to take over for Robert Johnson and his 30 catches for 365 yards and four touchdowns. As good as Johnson was, Wallace shows just as much receiving promise averaging 15.4 yards per catch including a 50-yard play against Florida. Projected Backups Courtney Taylor. RFr. - As athletic as the rest of the receiving corps is, Taylor might be the best of the bunch. A star high school basketball player who could jump out of the gym, he'll be a big-time player behind Aromashodu. Silas Daniels, Jr. - Daniels has been a part-time starter over the past few seasons making 21 catches for 258 yards and a touchdown. He'll push for time behind Obomanu. Anthony Mix. Soph. - Mix isn't the blocker, or the all-around tight end, that Wallace is, but he's a great receiver finishing fifth on the team with 13 catches for 193 yards and a touchdown.

Offensive Line - Tackle Mark Pera, Sr. - At 312 pounds, he’s a mauling blocker who got better and better as last year went on. As one of the team's best technical blockers, he should grow into an All-SEC caliber player on the left side. Guard Troy Reddick, Soph. - Reddick started three games in 2002 and saw plenty of action throughout the season. Technically, he's the only non returning starter to the line, but he has enough experience, and enough talent, to fill the gap without a problem. - Center Danny Lindsey, Jr. - Lindsey is versatile enough to play either guard or center seeing most of his time last year on the left side. At 300 pounds, he gives the Tigers a big, veteran run blocker in the middle of the line. Guard Monreko Crittenden, Sr. - A 350 pounds, Crittenden is a mauling run blocker using his size as well as any SEC guard. Even though he's huge, he has decent enough feet to play tackle if needed. Tackle Marcus McNeill, Soph. - The 329-pound McNeill had a big freshman season starting in six games. He's 6-9 and a decent pass blocker, but his real strength is as a driving run blocker. He made almost everyone’s SEC All-Freshman team and is still growing into the position Projected Backups - Taylor Bourgeois. Soph. - At 305 pounds, he's the biggest backup on the team playing behind McNeill on the right side. He had problems last year with a shoulder injury, but he gained enough experience in his redshirt freshman season to be a reliable reserve player. Rhett Autrey, Soph. - The former walk-on saw a little bit of time as a reserve last year. The 288-pound sophomore will back up Reddick on the left side.

The defense is full of veterans and should be rock solid. The linebacking corps will get all the headlines, but the front line and secondary aren’t all that bad. This should be one of the top twenty defenses in the country if there aren’t too many injuries. The only concern will be to find a consistent pass rusher on the line and if a lock down corner can emerge to help Carlos Rogers. Defensive Line - Defensive end Bret Eddins, Jr. - The 261-pound Eddins is a good sized player with good athleticism on the end. He'll combine with Jay Ratliff on the right side after making 14 tackles and 1.5 sacks as a spot starter. Nose guard DeMarco McNeil, Sr. - The 300-pound senior made 39 tackles last season and showed a nice knack at getting into the backfield. An unsung star so far, he should be an All-Conference and All-America candidate. He'll be the team's main run stuffer in the middle. Defensive tackle Spencer Johnson, Sr. - Johnson started ten games last season making 33 tackles and two sacks despite having some problems with an ankle injury. With three years of experience and 19 starts under his belt, he combines with McNeil to give Auburn a great set of tackles. Defensive end Reggie Torbor, Sr. - Torbor is the line’s best pass rusher when he’s 100% making 18 career sacks. After a monster 2002 spring, he was merely average last season missing a little bit of time with a knee injury. Projected Backups - DE Jay Ratliff, Jr. - Ratliff isn’t necessarily a pass rusher on the end, but he was always able to apply decent pressure. He’ll push Eddins for the starting job on the left side after having some problems with various injuries.

Linebackers - Karlos Dansby, Sr. - Dansby is a tall, active playmaker equally good at stopping the run and getting into the backfield. He's a sideline to sideline tackler with 135 career stops. With his speed, he's a terror against indecisive running backs making 22 career tackles for loss. Oh yeah, he's good in pass coverage as well with eight career interceptions. Dontarrious Thomas, Sr. - Dansby might be a little more flashy, but Thomas is just as solid with 276 career tackles, 24 tackles for loss and 5.5 sacks. He has the speed to make plays anywhere looking strongest when making plays against good running games on the inside. Travis Williams, Soph. - The 209-pound Williams isn't nearly as big as Dansby or Thomas, so he'll use his speed to be a factor. He only made nine tackles last year in a reserve role, but he looked strong this spring and will get the start on the outside. Projected Backups - Lemarcus Rowell, Soph. - Rowell can play anywhere on in the linebacking corps. He was a top reserve making 24 tackles last season, and will play behind Thomas. Mayo Sowell, Jr. - The 228-pound Sowell saw his time and his production cut down a bit after suffering a knee injury. Even so, he was still able to finish the season with 16 tackles as a key backup. He'll push Williams for a starting job.

Secondary - Cornerback Lamel Ages, Jr. - Ages played in every game last year, but was more of a factor on special teams. The former walk-on isn't all that big, but he's blazing fast working his way into the starting rotation. Safety Junior Rosegreen, Jr. - Rosegreen is an up-and-coming star at safety after finishing fifth on the team with 63 tackles last year. After playing corner at the beginning of his career, he moved to strong safety and improved as the season went on. Safety Donnay Young, Soph. - After seeing time in every game, Young will get the starting job to himself. He has a little bit of experience making 44 career tackles and an interception, but he's mostly been a factor on special teams so far. Cornerback Carlos Rogers, Jr. - Rogers led the team with nine pass break ups last year. He’s the team’s best coverman and can tackle a bit too. At 6-1 and 191 pounds, he pops like a safety. Projected Backups - S Karibi Dede, RFr. - Dede is a big, quick player joining the team last winter to get ready this spring. He was strong enough that he should play a big role behind Young. CB Roshard Gilyard, Sr. - He's a solid veteran backup corner ready to step in if anything happens to Ages of Rogers. While he might not be the most talented corner on the roster, he's a steady backup and a big hitter with 56 career tackles. Special Teams - Placekicker Philip Yost, Jr. - Yost will get the first look at Damon Duval's former job after only hitting one of three kicks last year. He has a solid leg and is great on kickoffs. Punter Michael Gibson, RFr. - Duval’s punting as far better than his placekicking averaging 43.4 yards per kick. Gibson is a big player with a great leg, so don't expect too much of a drop-off in production.

FLORIDA

HEAD COACH: RON ZOOK

The line should be one of the best in the SEC giving time for several new starters in the backfield to learn on the fly. The receiving corps will end up being fine, but the running game could be better than the passing attack with several outstanding backs. Quarterbacks - Ingle Martin, Soph. - Martin is a big, strong player with the only game action of any of the returning quarterbacks. Fast enough to see some time at receiver, Martin adds a speed element that Grossman didn't have. He can punt as well, but he'll probably give up those duties to concentrate at quarterback. Projected Backups - Gavin Dickey, RFr. - Dickey is a little small at 5-10, but he's a good runner and a solid dropback passer. He'll be neck and neck with Martin for the starting job through the summer even though Martin looked better this spring. Chris Leak, Fr. - It's doubtful he'll take over the job right away, but he could make things interesting this fall if none of the other three players produce. Justin Midgett, Fr. - He's not as heralded as Leak, but he'll be in the mix for the starting job once he gets to Gainesville.

Running Backs - Ran Carthon, Sr. - At 218 pounds, he has power along with decent speed. Coming in for Earnest Graham last year. Carthon averaged 5.4 yards per carry busting out against Michigan in the Outback Bowl rushing for 56 yards. A nice receiver, Carthon could be a great fit In Ed Zaunbrecher's offense. After missing time with a sprained foot this spring, he might have lost his hold on the number one job. Projected Backups - DeShawn Wynn, RFr. - The 224-pound redshirt freshman is an extremely talented prospect who could play a huge role this season after lighting it up in practices. At the very least, he'll be starter No. 1A after showing a breathtaking combination of speed and power. His emergence turns this decent corps of running backs into something special. - Willie Green, Jr. - Green has been hurt most of the time with knee problems and a broken foot, but he'll need to stay healthy to see much playing time with the other backs looking so strong. - Ciatrick Fason, Soph. - Fason can play fullback, but he might play a little more at tailback this year. He's fast enough to return kicks if he can overcome a turf toe problem. Jimtavis Walker, RFr. - Walker adds a bit more speed to the mix along with nice size. He's been fine on the scout team, but his role might mostly be on passing downs after showing decent pass catching ability out of the backfield. - Ray Snell, Jr. - Snell is a solid fullback, but there's no developed depth whatsoever behind him. He's not a huge player, but he's an accomplished blocker and can run a little bit. He has apparently left the team, but he's still enrolled in school.

Receivers - Carlos Perez, Sr. - Taking the number one role left by Taylor Jacobs, Perez should be fully healthy and ready to roll by the start of the season. His leg gave him problems this spring and it could cost him a little bit in the pecking order. He wasn't used as much as a deep threat last season, but that should change. - Kelvin Kight, Sr. - Even though Perez should ready to go and might still be the top receiver, Kight will turn into the team's best playmaker. The 6-0, 200-pound Kight stepped up when Perez and Jacobs went down last year and proved he can be the go-to guy. - Jamalle Cornelius, RFr. - He's not all that big, but he's really, really good. When he saw action with the first team in early practices, he lit it up. Tight end Ben Troupe, Jr. - The 262-pound Troupe made 15 catches for 200 yards last year and should be a huge factor in the passing game. He had some problems with a high ankle sprain, but was able to fight through it. Projected Backups Keiwan Ratliff, Sr. - The star corner is practicing with the first team as a receiver. This could change once Perez is 100%.- Dallas Baker, Soph. - Baker was amazing on the scout team last year. At 6-3, he adds a big sized receiver to the mix and is starting to look like the next star Gator receiver. O.J. Small, Jr. - Small came on at the end of the year to become a factor. At 6-1 and 225 pounds, he's a physical receiver with nice speed. Kenneth Tookes, RFr. - The 6-2 Tookes is another big receiver who could see action right away. David Kenner, Jr. - Helping ease the loss of Walker at tight end is Kenner, a JUCO All-American, who should be a tremendous blocker.

Offensive Line - Tackle Max Starks, Sr. - The 349-pound senior should get a few All-SEC votes this season. He has 24 starts of experience under his belt and has been a rock of consistency. A solid pass blocker, he's rounding out into a great run blocker as well. - Guard Shannon Snell, Sr. - The All-SEC star is one of the best linemen in the country. He has a little bit of a problem with a shoulder injury, but he played through it and continued to dominate. Center Mike Degory, Soph. - Degory was one of three Gator freshman offensive linemen to ever start every game. As the season went on, he showed star potential with his aggressive style. Guard Bill Griffin, Jr. - The JUCO star is a smart, strong player in the middle. He enrolled in the spring and will push for the starting job at center and guard. With Mo Mitchell moving to the defensive side, Griffin's production is a key. Tackle Lance Butler, Soph. - After a great spring, Butler could take over on the right side. He'll most likely start the season just ahead of Randy Hand, but he'll see plenty of playing time somewhere on the line if he doesn't start on the right side. Projected Backups - T Randy Hand, Soph. - Hand will push for the tackle spot after starting four times as a true freshman. He can play guard or tackle, but he might get pushed for a job now with the emergence of Lance Butler. G Anthony Guerrero, Jr. - He should make an instant impact at guard. He'll start out backing up Snell, but could end up pushing for time on the left side. T Tavarus Washington, Jr. - The JUCO All-American won't play much with Starks holding down the job on the left side, but he's good enough to push for time.

The Florida defense was outstanding last year, but has to reload after losing several key players including defensive coach John Thompson. The whole front seven is a concern with several new faces. The secondary will be the strength, but they can only carry the defense so far. The Gators are counting on a slew of redshirt freshmen to produce. Defensive Line - End Darrell Lee, Sr. - Lee is a big end with great potential coming back from a shoulder injury that cost him time last year. He was in the rotation of defensive ends finishing with 22 tackles and a sack. Tackle Ronald Dowdy, Jr. - After seeing time on both sides of the line, Dowdy should have a home in the interior of the defense. With McGrew still trying to get healthy, Dowdy has to be more of a factor. Tackle Kenny Parker, Jr. - Parker missed all of last season with a bad back, but he's expected to take over the other tackle job. He started his career on the defense, was moved to the offensive line, and is now back at defensive tackle. End Bobby McCray, Sr. - McCray is the new star on the line with great pass rushing ability. He played in all 13 games last year making 45 tackles and six tackles for loss. Projected Backups: Sylvester McGrew, Soph. - He's not all that big at 274 pounds, but he's extremely quick. Overcoming an ankle injury that cost him all of 2001, he saw a little bit of time last year and should be ready to make a major impact when he gets back in the mix on either the defensive line or even as an offensive lineman. Mo Mitchell, Jr. - The 6-7, 340-pound mountain moved this spring from his normal spot at offensive guard after starting three games last year. He can play offensive tackle as well if need be, but he was too strong on the defensive side this spring to be moved back. He was suspended this spring for violating unspecified team rules, so his status with the team is currently unclear. Steve Harris, RFr. - Still young, the 240-pound Harris could still fit an extra ten to fifteen pounds of weight on his frame. As is, he's a great prospect on the end. Ray McDonald, RFr. - A scout team star, McDonald should push hard for time behind McCray. MacKenzie Pierre, RFr. - Another young defensive end, he'll have to battle Harris, McDonald and a slew of other top, young defensemen in the rotation. Eric Holcombe, Jr. -A JUCO All-American, the 96-pound Holcombe should be an instant playmaker in the middle.

Linebackers - Channing Crowder, Fr. - The true freshman is supposed to push for time on the outside after rehabbing a dinged up knee. He enrolled just after the Outback Bowl and has made an immediate impact. - Taurean Charles, RFr. - The 229-pound Charles will get the first shot at the middle linebacker job after being named Florida's "Co-Outstanding Scout Team Player" on the strong side. He could very quickly become an SEC household name if he can get out of the doghouse. He was suspended this spring for violating team rules. Matt Farrior, Sr. - Farrior was all set to be a starter last season, but he got hurt and never made much of an impact. He's an experienced player who can make a big difference on the strong side. Channing Crowder could also take over this spot. Projected Backups: Todd McCullough, Jr. - McCullough could return to his spot on the weak side after missing most of last year with injuries, but he'll most likely split time with Charles in the middle. He made 36 stops in his limited role, but he's still one of Florida's most experienced linebackers. He's good and he's also smart with a 3.61 GPA. Brian Crum, RFr. - Crum will try and take over on the outside after starting his career at tight end. He's a safety playing linebacker with speed and athleticism that's amazing even for this team. He'll get a look on the strong side. Dwright Jackson, Sr. - Jackson has had problems with injuries throughout his career. If he's healthy, he'll be a factor on the strong side. Reid Fleming, Sr. - The part-time fullback could play on either side of the ball. He was a top special teams player and a nice reserve linebacker before getting hurt last year. It'll be hard for him to see time on defense, so he'll probably end up at fullback.

Secondary - Cornerback Keiwan Ratliff, Jr. - He's only 178 pounds, but he's extremely athletic and one of the best cover corners in the country. He'll also see a little bit of time on offense along with his special teams duties. All of his flash overshadows his excellent skills as an open field tackler. Strong safety Guss Scott, Sr. - Scott was always on the field and is the team's leading returning tackler making 102 last season. A sensational hitter, Scott is solid against the pass as well breaking up eleven and generally intimidating in the middle of the field. Free safety Daryl Dixon, Sr. - Dixon returns after missing last year with a shoulder problem. His production has gone down in each season making 51 tackles in 1999, 28 in 2999 and 24 in 2001. Cornerback Deshawn Carter, Soph. - Carter played in every game last year, but he only made one tackle and broke up one pass after mostly playing on special teams. He had a major problem this spring with a fungus in his lungs that hampers his breathing, but there's a hope that he'll be back and healthy in time for fall practices. Projected Backups: Matt Jackson, Sr. - Jackson wasn't going to see much time at receiver, so he requested to move over to corner. Now, he might be a big-time player in the mix with great speed and nice hitting ability. He could also play at safety. - Cory Bailey, Jr. - Bailey is an experienced player in nickel situations making 43 tackles last year. A good special teams player, he's a good hitter and should turn into a heck of a safety. Jarvis Herring, Soph.- Herring has been both a safety and a corner so far breaking up three passes and making 25 tackles. He's good enough to step in at the starting spot if Dixon has a problem with his shoulder. Johnny Lamar, Sr. - A career special teams player, and a good one, Lamar will battle with Carter for a corner job. He has become a nice corner in practice, and could shine on the defense this season. With Ratliff seeing time on offense, he's been playing with the first stringers. Special Teams Projected Starters: - Placekicker Matt Leach, Jr. - Leach was an adequate placekicker, but nothing special. He's fine from within 40 yards, but his leg dies from long range. Punter Sean Morton, Sr. - Quarterback Ingle Martin was the team's top punter last year averaging 35.2 yards per kick, but he might give up some of those duties if he's the starting quarterback. Sophomore Nick Fleming will get a few kicks in, but Morton has the most experience with 15 punts for a 41.7 yard per kick average. True freshman Eric Wilbur will get every chance to win the job this fall.

GEORGIA

HEAD COACH: MARK RICHT

The Bulldogs are coming off a 2002 campaign in which they won the program's first Southeastern Conference championship since 1982, finished ranked No. 3 in the nation and capped a 13-1 season with a win over Florida State in the Nokia Sugar Bowl. Winning the SEC is tough enough to do, but winning after such a lengthy drought may be even tougher. But now that the Bulldogs have done just that -- "taken the lid off," as Richt likes to say -- they believe they can be perennial contenders. The Bulldogs were hit hard by graduation and early NFL entrees, but they still return plenty of firepower. There are seven returning starters on defense, three on offense and four among the specialists. The 2002 Georgia defense tied for third nationally recording 29 scoreless quarters. In fact, in the final seven games of '02, the Bulldog defense allowed a total of just 31 points in the second half. The Bulldogs will be anchored by Pollack and all four starters from the secondary -- cornerbacks Decory Bryant and Bruce Thornton and safeties Kentrell Curry and Sean Jones -- along with two more starters (end Will Thompson and nose tackle Ken Veal) as well as 14 additional lettermen. But for the first time since 1979, the Bulldogs will have to replace all three starting linebackers (All-America Boss Bailey, Tony Gilbert, and Chris Clemons). The 2002 Georgia offense led the SEC in scoring (32.1 ppg) and in passing efficiency (138.9). But the Bulldogs return only All-SEC quarterback David Greene, tight end Ben Watson and flanker Fred Gibson as starters. However, there are 17 lettermen back, including a handful that have made starts in the past. A key factor in success for 2003 will be replacing all five starting offensive linemen. Place-kicker Billy Bennett, a consensus All-SEC player last year and legitimate All-America candidate, returns to lead the group of specialists. Richt, 21-5 in his first two seasons in Athens, came away from the spring drills in March and April feeling good about his team. Georgia also hopes to again be one of the nation's best in special teams in 2003. Last season, the Bulldogs set a school record in blocking five punts and four field goals. The nine blocks led to 40 points (5 TD's and PAT's, one FG, one safety). In fact, five different Bulldogs blocked a punt last season and all return in 2003 (Jones, Davis, Brown, Pollack, Bryant). Georgia also returned both a punt (Gary) and kickoff (Gibson) for TD's.

Here is a position-by-position breakdown of the Bulldogs: QUARTERBACKS - The Bulldogs boast experience, versatility and depth at quarterback. David Greene (6-3, 230, Jr.) has been spectacular in his first two seasons as a Bulldog. Greene was named consensus First-Team All-SEC after leading the league in passing efficiency in 2002. He passed for 2,924 yards and 22 touchdowns -- both third best in Georgia history -- and was named the MVP of the SEC Championship Game. For his career, Greene has thrown for 5,713 yards -- fourth best in school history -- and 39 touchdowns -- second best in the Bulldog record books. The much-anticipated debut of D.J. Shockley (6-1, 195, RSo.) was worth the wait. Shockley added an extra dimension to the position with his scrambling and escape-ability. Despite missing four games with a broken foot, he threw for 415 yards and five touchdowns, including one in the Nokia Sugar Bowl, while rushing for 107 yards and two touchdowns. Joe Tereshinski III (6-3, 211, RFr.) sat out last season, but he was valuable to the Bulldogs as the scout team quarterback. In fact, Richt commented several times last season how Tereshinski helped the Bulldogs' defense get ready for upcoming games.

RUNNING BACKS The decision to go to the NFL a year early by Nokia Sugar Bowl MVP Musa Smith leaves the Bulldogs young at tailback. Tony Milton (5-10, 200, RSo.) was Smith's primary backup last season as he rushed for 314 yards and proved to be a powerful blocker on blitzing defenders. Milton started against Kentucky when Smith was out with a broken thumb, and he responded with 18 carries for 78 yards. Milton's clutch late run of 25 yards against Tennessee sealed the victory in that contest. Tyson Browning (5-8, 160, So.) saw action in 12 games as a true freshman, rushing for 111 yards and a touchdown. Ronnie Powell (5-11, 216, Jr.) was used sparingly at tailback, while Michael Cooper (5-11, 223, RFr.) sat out last season as a redshirt. Albert Hollis III (5-11, 194, Jr.) is continuing rehabilitation following a major knee injury suffered in the spring of 2001 but hopes are high that he may be able to go full contact in the fall. At fullback, the Bulldogs no longer have unsung hero J.T. Wall or Braxton Snyder, but Jeremy Thomas (5-11, 249, Jr.) gained valuable experience as a reserve last season. Christopher Hickman (5-11, 248, RFr.) sat out the 2002 campaign as a redshirt, but the coaches are excited about his potential.

WIDE RECEIVERS - Terrence Edwards, the SEC's all-time leading receiver, may be gone, but the Bulldogs still have plenty of firepower at flanker and split end. Last season, Fred Gibson (6-4, 196, Jr.) pulled in 43 passes for 758 yards and four touchdowns, all of which ranked second on the team behind Edwards. Damien Gary (5-10, 178, Sr.) had his season interrupted by acute compartment syndrome in his left leg, but he still had 27 catches for 254 yards and four touchdowns. Gibson and Gary also scored touchdowns as the Bulldogs' primary kickoff and punt returner, respectively. Also at flanker, the Bulldogs have Bryan McClendon (5-11, 172, So.), who made strides as a freshman, and Jarrett Berry (6-4, 211, Sr.), who is coming off a knee injury that cost him the final 11 games last season. Michael Johnson (6-3, 220, Sr.) and Reggie Brown (6-1, 195, Jr.) return to anchor the split end slot. Johnson had 373 yards and two touchdowns on 28 catches in 2002, but none was bigger than his last-minute scoring grab on fourth and 15 that lifted Georgia past Auburn and clinched the SEC East title. Brown added 23 grabs for 296 yards and two scores. Mario Raley (6-0, 175, So.) earned playing time last season as he showed consistent progress. Cedric Haywood (6-1, 183, RFr.) will enter the mix after sitting out last season. TIGHT ENDS - The Bulldogs expected to be without Benjamin Watson (6-3, 255, Sr.) in 2003 after he announced his intentions to enter the NFL after his junior season. But Watson reconsidered a few days later, and he will return as one of Georgia's leaders not just on the offensive line but for the entire squad. Watson, one of Georgia's strongest players, had 31 catches for 341 yards and three touchdowns in 2002. Veteran Robert Brannon (6-4, 245, Sr.) is also back, along with Michael Turner (6-4, 248, So.), who saw limited playing time as a backup in 2002. Highly regarded Martrez Milner (6-4, 255, So.) will join the group after a redshirt season.

OFFENSIVE LINEMEN Georgia will be in the unique position of having no juniors or seniors on the offensive line. The Bulldogs will be young after losing a senior-dominated group from 2002 --including all five starters as well as two additional seniors -- but several of the returning players gained valuable experience last season. Russ Tanner (6-4, 290, RSo.) logged time as the reserve center in 2002, and he the top candidate there. At split guard, the Bulldogs have Josh Brock (6-3, 295, So.), along with Ryan Schnetzer (6-3, 296, RSo.). The split tackles are Daniel Inman (6-7, 315, RFr.) and Dennis Roland (6-9, 309, RSo.). At tight guard are Bartley Miller (6-4, 304, So.) and Reggie Weeks (6-4, 295, RSo.). Highly regarded Max Jean-Gilles (6-4, 348, So.) saw action in every game last season and is expected to hold down the tight tackle position, with Roland as the reserve.

DEFENSIVE LINEMEN - Led by the 2002 SEC Player of the Year and a pair of Freshman All-Americans, Georgia returns a solid group up front. At one defensive end position will be David Pollack (6-3, 278, Jr.) who led the SEC with 14 sacks and 23.5 tackles for loss and ranked third on the team with 102 tackles in 2002. He was named First-Team All-America by The Associated Press and the Football Writers Association of America as well as the SEC Player of the Year. He also was a finalist for the Bronko Nagurski Award which goes annually to the nation's outstanding defensive player. Marcus Jackson (6-2, 255, RFr.) and Marquis Elmore (6-4, 262, RFr.) are in the mix behind Pollack as they come off redshirt seasons. At the other end, the Bulldogs return veterans Will Thompson (6-3, 240, Jr.) and Robert Geathers (6-3, 270, Jr.), both of whom have starting experience, along with redshirts Quentin Moses (6-5, 250, RFr.) and Preston Pannell (6-5, 240, RFr.). In the interior defensive front, Kedric Golston (6-4, 295, So.) and Darrius Swain (6-2, 325, So.) both earned Freshman All-America honors in 2002. Backing up Golston at nose are Gerald Anderson (6-2, 325, RSo.) and Ken Veal (6-1, 305, Sr.), who played his best football late last season. Joining Swain at tackle are highly regarded redshirt Ray Gant (6-2, 278, RFr.), Dale Dixson (6-2, 280, RFr.) and Darrell Holmes (6-2, 280, RSo.).

LINEBACKERS - The Bulldogs must replace all three starters from last season, including the team's leading tacklers Tony Gilbert and Boss Bailey, both of whom were taken in the 2003 NFL draft. Thomas Davis (6-1, 220, RSo.) made four starts last season as he shuttled between linebacker and safety, and he now is the top candidate at Sam linebacker. Georgia also has Arnold Harrison (6-3, 224, Jr.) at the position. Junior college transfer Odell Thurman (6-1, 225, So.) and Derrick White (6-2, 223, RSo.) and are at the Mike slot along with Chris Shaw (6-2, 210, Sr.). Thurman was one of the spring's biggest surprises earning the number one position heading into the fall. In the annual spring G-day game, he recorded seven tackles and returned an intercepted pass for at TD. The Will position will be manned by Tony Taylor (6-1, 220, So.) and Derrick Holloway (6-4, 228, Jr.), both of whom recorded significant playing time in '02.

SECONDARY - This experienced, talented group will be a strength for the 2003 Bulldogs and has a combined 72 career starts. All-SEC rover Kentrell Curry (6-1, 198, Sr.) led Georgia last season with four interceptions, one of which he returned for a touchdown. Georgia also has Greg Blue (6-2, 200, RSo.) at rover who has seen significant playing time. At free safety, the Bulldogs return Sean Jones (6-2, 212, Jr.) who recorded 91 tackles, fourth-best on the team. He also had two interceptions, a fumble recovery and returned four punts for 75 yards against Auburn en route to earning SEC Special Teams Player of the Week honors. Georgia also has Olaolu Sanni-Osomo (6-1, 195, RFr.), who is coming off a redshirt season, along with Tommy Wilson (5-10, 210, Jr.). Bruce Thornton (5-11, 195, Sr.) and Tim Jennings (5-8, 164, So.) are back at one cornerback position. Thornton had 43 tackles and two interceptions, including a pick he returned for a touchdown to swing momentum in Georgia's favor in the Nokia Sugar Bowl victory over FSU. Jennings, a Freshman All-America and Freshman All-SEC performer, had three interceptions (including a touchdown return) and 32 tackles. B.J. Fields (5-11, 182, RFr.) and converted running back Mike Gilliam (5-7, 175, RSo.) add depth to the cornerback spot. At the other corner, the Bulldogs return Decory Bryant (5-11, 195, Sr.), who has 18 career starts and had 46 tackles and an interception last year. Georgia also has DeMario Minter (6-0, 185, So.) and veteran Kenny Bailey (5-11, 197, Sr.), both of whom have game experience. SPECIALISTS - Place-kicker Billy Bennett (5-8, 175, Sr.) garnered Third-Team All-America honors in 2002 after converting 26-of-33 field goals and all 52 of his extra-point attempts. His 130 points rank first in school history and second all-time in the SEC for a single season. Georgia also has Gordon Ely-Kelso (6-1, 212, RFr.) at kicker. Snapper Brian Jordan (6-1, 222, RSo.) returns after a solid 2002 campaign. Ely-Kelso and Lee Jackson (5-9, 181, RFr.) are Georgia's top candidates at punter. Gary and Jones return as punt returners, while Jennings, Gibson and Bryant are back as kickoff returners.

KENTUCKY

HEAD COACH: RICH BROOKS

For Rich Brooks, assessing his 2003 Kentucky football team is like trying to buy a new car. They all look good in the showroom, but you really don't know until you take a test drive. Brooks has seen his team on film and has watched the Wildcats go through strength and agility drills. He likes what he's seen so far and is eager to begin the test run at the start of spring practice on March 29. "I've been impressed with how the players have handled the transition so far," Brooks said. "I'm the third head coach that the senior class has had, and that's a tough thing to go through. I think they're past the stage of trying to figure out what we're about. They've settled in and decided that they're going to roll up their sleeves and work hard to get better and move forward." Brooks already has begun tinkering under the hood of his football machine, installing a stringent off-season strength and conditioning program and investing time in teaching the x's and o's of new offensive and defensive systems. "We're trying to get them in shape and introduce what we're doing offensively and defensively as much as we can," Brooks said. "You have eight hours a week (in the off-season) of conditioning and/or meeting time. "In the spring we need to introduce and get implemented as much of the offense and defense as possible in the 15-day practice period. We need to address the losses by graduation as far as who is going to step up and replace them. "We need to get a good look at everybody and evaluate their talents because, as a new staff, I told them that all the jobs are open.

It's conceivable that someone who started last year won't start this year if they don't continue to get better. We have to sort out our starters, our backups, the guys we can count on. Some of those questions won't be answered until next fall but we'll get a pretty good idea about many of them this spring." Theoretically, the job should be easier on offense, where seven starters return. It's tougher on defense, with only four returning starters, and in the special teams, a new punter and long snapper must be chosen. All totaled, 61 lettermen return from the team that exceeded expectations in posting a 7-5 record a year ago. On offense, coordinator Ron Hudson hopes to duplicate the success he enjoyed at Kansas State, where his unit led the nation in scoring in 1998 and was second nationally in 2002. Hudson plans to tailor his system around the talent available.

Senior Jared Lorenzen - Returning at quarterback is fifth-year senior Jared Lorenzen. Lorenzen showed maturity as a field general last season, completing 183 of 327 passes for 2,267 yards, with 24 touchdowns against only five interceptions. He was a semifinalist for the Davey O'Brien National Quarterback Award and was chosen second-team All-SEC. Challenging Lorenzen is junior Shane Boyd, who completed 10 of 19 passes for 99 yards last season and also ran for 124 yards and one touchdown. A fast, bullish runner, Boyd fits the mold of the pass/run quarterbacks Hudson utilized at Kansas State. Whoever wins the quarterback job should have the benefit of a veteran offensive line. Five returnees have a total of 86 career starts between them - junior left tackle Matt Huff (11 career starts), senior left guard Sylvester Miller (5), senior center Nick Seitze (18), junior right guard Jason Rollins (18), and senior right tackle Antonio Hall (34). Hall was a first-team All-Southeastern Conference selection last season. Unlike past years, however, the line isn't set in stone.

For the first time in recent memory, Kentucky appears to have quality depth in the O-Line. Returning lettermen Daniel Burnett and Jared McGowan, along with five redshirts, including former junior college All-American Yancey Reynolds, should engender fierce competition in the spring. Kentucky has to rebuild its running game in the absence of Artose Pinner, who led the SEC in rushing last season. Immediate contenders include sophomores Alexis Bwenge (81 yards last season) and Arliss Beach (111), along with redshirt freshman Monquantae Gibson. Another key hole to fill is at tight end, where last year's reserves, senior Win Gaffron and sophomore Jeremiah Drobney, compete to replace departed Chase Harp. Four seasoned wide receivers are available, including senior Derek Abney (40 catches for 569 yards and four touchdowns last season), junior Tommy Cook (22-276, two TDs), senior Chris Bernard (14-197, 1 TD), and sophomore Glenn Holt (4-31, 1 TD). The coaches would like to develop additional depth during the spring. New defensive coordinator Mike Archer plans to install a 3-4-4 defense in the spring. He became an admirer of that scheme while using it during his seven-year term on the staff of the Pittsburgh Steelers. Junior Ellery Moore - The Wildcats look strong up front with the return of senior Jeremy Caudill and juniors Ellery Moore and Vincent "Sweet Pea" Burns. Caudill made 39 tackles last season, including four for loss, and harassed the passer with two quarterback sacks, 16 QB hurries, and four pass breakups. A tackle throughout his career, he will receive a trial at end in the new defensive system. Moore moves into the nose tackle spot. He had 28 tackles last season, including five TFL and three sacks. At defensive end, Burns was a second-team All-SEC pick in 2002. He is the team's leading returning tackler with 65 stops, including a team-high 14.5 tackles for loss and three sacks. He tied for the team lead in fumbles caused and recovered with two in each category. Also vying for playing time in the line are promising sophomore end Trey Mielsch (nine tackles, two sacks), junior end Jacob Steuber (two tackles), and senior end Nate Van Sickel (three tackles).

Redshirt freshman nose tackle Lamar Mills, redshirt freshman end Kareem Reid, and junior nose tackle Bennie Mills, now eligible after his transfer from Florida a year ago, provide more competition. The big question mark is at linebacker, where no starters return. Four lettermen are available at the inside linebacker posts, including junior Justin Haydock (25 tackles last season), sophomore Dustin Williams (35 tackles, two TFL), junior Kamaal Ahmad (five tackles), and soph Chad Anderson, who made one tackle last season before being sidelined by injury. New outside linebackers must be developed. Getting a trial at those spots will be converted sophomore defensive ends Deion Holts and Raymond Fontaine. Holts made 30 tackles a year ago, including 3.5 for loss, and was named to the SEC All-Freshman team. Fontaine made nine tackles and also made significant contributions on the special teams. True freshmen Durrell White and Travis Day, who enrolled in January, also will get strong looks at outside linebacker. Senior Leonard Burress - Eleven lettermen are back in the secondary. At cornerback, senior Leonard Burress (18 tackles, 10 pass breakups) is back, along with junior Claude Sagaille (39 tackles, one interception), and sophomores Antoine Huffman (16 tackles, nine PBU) and Bo Smith (13 tackles, two PBU). Talented soph Warren Wilson missed last season with a knee injury and will take part in non-contact drills in the spring. Junior strong safety Mike Williams started every game last season and made 53 tackles, five for loss, had two interceptions, and broke up five passes. Sophomore Muhammad Abdullah (13 tackles) gives the team good depth. An earnest battle should ensue at free safety with junior Earven Flowers (22 tackles, one interception, four PBU), junior Travis Atwell (21 tackles, one interception), senior Tim Funderburk (two tackles), and junior Eric Ogletree. In the kicking game, All-America punter Glenn Pakulak, the long snapper, and placekick holder must be replaced. Sophomore Taylor Begley is the returning regular at placekicker. He made 9 of 14 field goals last season and was chosen for the SEC All-Freshman team. Junior Clint Ruth has handled kickoffs for two seasons. A potential strong suit is the return game, where Derek Abney returned a total of six kicks for touchdowns last season, four punts and two kickoffs, more than any player in one season in the history of college football. Abney was named first-team All-America by several organizations.

LOUISIANA STATE

HEAD COACH: NICK SABAN

It all comes down to the backfield. The quarterbacks have to throw with a little more consistency while Joseph Addai has to be a force in the running game. The receiving corps is loaded with speed and talent, but someone needs to be able to get them the ball. While the quarterbacks can play, throwing isn't their forte. The line could turn into the best in America if several young players improve a little bit. Quarterbacks - Matt Mauck, Jr. - Mauck might not be the most talented quarterback in the world, but he a playmaker that finds ways to win. He struggled with a foot injury knocking him out for half of the season forcing Marcus Randall to come in and take over, but all appears fine now. While he's not a polished passer, he appears to be better if this spring is any indication. His real strength is scrambling rushing for 175 yards and two touchdowns in 2002. Top Backups Marcus Randall, Jr. - Randall is a better passer than Mauck with a bigger arm and more pocket presence. As good as he is, he failed to win the way Mauck did going 2-4 as a starter of LSU's final six games and needing a miracle to get one of those wins over Kentucky. He can run gaining 348 yards and two touchdowns.

Running Backs - Joseph Addai, Soph. - Addai has to replace the production of LaBrandon Toefield and Domanick Davis. A big runner with tremendous moves, Addai averaged 5.5 yards per carry rushing for 438 yards and four touchdowns. Fullback Brandon Hurley, Soph. - The former defensive tackle is a 289-pound monster at fullback. He won't carry the ball at all, but he'll be a sledgehammer of a blocker. Top Backups - Shyrone Carey, Jr. - A speed back in every sense of the word, the 5-6 Carey averaged 5.7 yards per carry rushing for 97 yards and a touchdown. He's also a nice receiver out of the backfield. Jason Spadoni, Soph. - Spadoni can play fullback or tailback, but he mostly played on special teams last season. He saw more work this spring carrying the ball ten times for 36 yards in the spring game. Fullback Kevin Steitz, RFr. - He's only 5-9, but the 250-pound Steitz can block. He'll back up Hurley.

Receivers - Devery Henderson, Sr. - Henderson is a big receiver with blinding speed. He missed the last few games with a broken arm, but not before making the most exciting catch Tiger fans had seen since The Earthquake Game. What people forget is that Henderson was having a fantastic game even before The Bluegrass Miracle finishing the day with five catches for 201 yards and three touchdowns. Michael Clayton, Jr. - If Clayton played for a team that could consistently throw the ball, he'd get more All-America recognition. The 6-4 junior is one of the best pro prospects in the country with great all-around athleticism able to play defensive back if needed. On offense, he caught 57 passes for 749 yards and five touchdowns. On defense, he made 14 tackles. Tight end Eric Edwards, Sr. - A big player and a great blocker, Edwards has shown nice hands in the past. He's not used all that much in the receiving game, but he can catch making 13 grabs for 195 yards and four touchdowns in his career. Top Backups - Skyler Green, Soph. - Green came on when Henderson got hurt and finished the season catching seven passes for 123 yards and a touchdown. He has sensational open field moves carrying the ball three times for 28 yards. Bennie Brazell, Soph. - The LSU receivers might be fast, but Brazell makes the rest of them look like they're running in sand. One of the top sprinters in America, Green anchored LSU's national title winning 4x100 meter relay team. He'll be used more in the passing game after catching three passes for 28 yards. Tight end Demetri Robinson, Jr. - Mostly a special teams performer, Robinson will back up Edwards at tight end. He caught two passes last season for 11 yards and a score.

Offensive Line - Tackle Andrew Whitworth, Soph. - After finishing last season as one of the nation's best freshman performers, Whitworth will try and build on his successful season to compete for All-SEC honors at left tackle. At 6-7 and 325 pounds, he's a big player that's still improving. Guard Terrell McGill, Soph - McGill saw plenty of action as a true freshman mostly seeing time at tackle. Too good to get off the field, he'll get the first look at left guard. Center Ben Wilkerson, Jr. - Working his way up as one of the best centers in America, Wilkerson is a 300-pounder with outstanding technique. He had problems with his back, ankle and knee, but he should be fine this year. Guard Stephen Peterman, Sr. - As big an as strong as the rest of the line is, Peterman is the anchor. The 6-4, 325-pound All-Star will be in the hunt for All-America honors if he has a season like he did last year. A great run blocker, Peterman dominates like few other SEC linemen when he locks on to a player. Tackle Rodney Reed, Sr. - The smartest player on the line, Reed has made several Academic All-America teams. He's not bad on the field either as a fixture at tackle moving from the left side to the right. Top Backups C Rudy Niswanger, Soph. - Versatile enough to play anywhere on the line, he'll spend this season backing up Wilkerson at center and seeing time at left guard. T Nate Livings, Soph. - At 322 pounds, Livings provides a big bodied backup at tackle and should end up starting soon. He'll push for time behind Reed.

LSU's defense started off the season as one of the best in the country before struggling a little bit over the second half. Expect a strong performance with an extremely deep line and a solid secondary led by its tremendous corners. Replacements must be found for Bradie James and Norman Lejeune, but there's enough overall talent to pick up the slack for the 261 tackles of lost production. Defensive Line - End Marcus Spears, Jr. - One of the better defensive linemen in the SEC, the 295-pound Spears is a monster on the end. He was had a few problems with an ankle sprain last season, but he was still able to finish with 46 tackles and three sacks. Interestingly enough, he also picked off two passes including a brilliant one-handed grab against Florida. Tackle Kyle Williams, Soph. - Williams showed enough potential as a true freshman that he'll get the first look at left tackle. He played on the end last year, got a bit stronger, and will be moved inside. Tackle Chad Lavalais, Sr. - Lavalais is one of the best interior linemen in America. The 289-pound senior is an active and athletic player with 141 career tackles and 16.5 tackles for loss. He's growing into the type of player that demands double teaming on every play. End Marquise Hill, Jr. - Another big end, the 6-7, 294-pound Hill is the physical equal of any offensive lineman and has enough athleticism to run past most of them. He made 58 tackles and three sacks last year. Projected Backups: - Melvin Oliver, Soph. - Coming off a sensational freshman season, Oliver appears ready be one of the best pass rushers in the SEC after leading the team with six sacks. He'll backup Marcus Spears on the left side. Bryce Wyatt, Sr. - Wyatt became a dependable end as the season went on making 20 tackles and two sacks seeing playing time in every game. Brandon Washington, Soph. - The 295-pound Washington will push for time at left tackle behind Williams. He made four tackles appearing in 12 games. Torran Williams, Sr. - Williams didn't do too much coming out of the JUCO ranks, but he's expected to provide solid depth behind Lavalais after playing in 12 games last year. The Skinny: The line is very deep and very talented with like Lavalais and Spears to count on. It's always good thing when your starting ends are each 295 pounds. The group could stand to be stronger against the run and needs to get to the passer a little bit more.

Linebackers - Lionel Turner, Jr. - After seeing most of his action as a big weak side linebacker, Turner will get the start on the strong side. He's the team's leading returning tackler making 71 stops, three sacks and 9.5 tackles for loss last year. He should be a force and the team's new star linebacker. Jason LeDoux, Sr. - The former Texas A&M transfer hasn't done too much so far in his career other than see time on special teams, but he'll get the start in the middle. Cameron Vaughn, Soph. - It's just a question of time before he becomes one of the team's bigger stars. He played in every game as a true freshman making 38 tackles and three sacks combining great speed with outstanding instincts. Projected Backups: Eric Alexander, Sr. - Alexander has been one of the better special teams player for the Tigers over the last few years. He has seen a limited amount of linebacker duty making 12 career tackles. He'll battle Cameron Vaughn for time on the weak side. Willie Demps, RFr. - Demps has shown flashes of star talent in practices and will push for playing time in the middle.

Secondary - Cornerback Corey Webster, Sr. - Webster was a ball hawking terror last season after moving over from receiver breaking up 17 passes and picking off seven. A big corner with outstanding moves, he was mainly a nickel back before finally entrenching himself as one of the starting corners in the Cotton Bowl. The starting job on the left side is all his. Strong safety Adrian Mayes, Sr. - A backup at free safety last year, Mayes will get the first look at strong safety to use his big hitting ability and speed. He made 13 tackles last season and should turn into a decent playmaker. Free safety Jack Hunt, Sr. - Hunt took over the starting free safety job finishing with 58 tackles and two sacks. A former receiver, Hunt is still learning the ins and outs of the position. Once he gets them down, he should be outstanding. Cornerback Randall Gay, Sr. - One of the fixtures at corner, Gay will move over from the left to the right side. A solid lockdown corner, Gay is a fine open-field tacklers and has decent recovery skills when the ball is in the air. Projected Backups: Travis Daniels, Jr. - An experienced player in nickel and dime packages, Daniels played in five games even though he had problems with a hamstring injury. He'll see time both as a backup corner and free safety. Ryan Gilbert, Soph. - Gilbert, a former running back, was moved over to safety this spring to ad some size and depth to the secondary. He'll back up Mayes at strong safety. Ronnie Prude, Soph.- Prude saw time on special teams and corner last year. The extremely quick sophomore will be a factor behind Gay. Special Teams

MISSISSIPPI

HEAD COACH: DAVID CUTCLIFFE

The focus will be on doing anything to try and improve the horrible rushing attack, but it'll be too tempting all season long to use a weapon like Eli Manning and his fantastic receiving corps. There aren't many all-stars on the offense other than No. 10, but this could be a potent attack if a running back can step up and become a playmaker. Quarterbacks - Eli Manning, Sr. - Manning didn't have a horrible junior season, but he didn't progress the way many expected him to throwing for 21 touchdowns and 15 interceptions. He averaged 262 passing yards per game, but he had to with no running game to give him any support. After flirting with the idea of turning pro, he made a great decision to come back for his senior season. The knock on him from NFL scouts is in his work ethic. It's not bad, but, unfair or not, he gets compared to Peyton. Top Backups - Michael Spurlock, Soph. - He has no game experience whatsoever, but the 5-11 sophomore saw plenty of action this spring as the team's No. 2 quarterback with sophomore Seth Smith playing for the Ole Miss baseball team.

Running Backs - Tremaine Turner, Sr. - Turner will combine with Ronald McClendon to give the Rebels two of their top three rushers. Turner was third on the team with 300 rushing yards and three touchdowns. He's also a decent receiver making eight catches last year. Fullback Rick Razzano, Jr. - A pure blocker, the 240-pound Razzano is almost never used to carry the ball, but he's a nice receiving option catching 23 passes last year. He only carried the ball 26 times. Top Backups Ronald McClendon, Sr. - The former JUCO transfer led the team in rushing with 378 yards last year. The quick McClendon will battle Turner for the starting job all season long if he can get over a hamstring injury that limited him this spring. Vashon Pearson, Soph. - The 205-pound Pearson saw plenty of action this spring as other backs couldn't go because of injuries. He's a powerful back that should play a huge role this year after leading the team in rushing all spring. Jamal Pittman, RFr. - Pittman was one of the team's most interesting prospects, but he tore up a knee this spring. He's 6-2 and 240 pounds providing far more power than speed backs like Turner and McClendon, but he might not make it back for the season. Fullback Brandon Jacobs, Soph. - Jacobs isn't quite as big as Razzano, but he'll see plenty of action as his backup.

Receivers - Chris Collins, Sr. - There might not be a better unsung player in college football. All Collins has done is become the top target for one of the nation's premier quarterbacks catching 55 passes for 812 yards and ten touchdowns in 2002. Mike Espy, Soph. - The speedy flanker caught 30 passes for 465 yards and three touchdowns last season. He's one of the team's top deep threats catching a 78-yard scoring pass. Tight end Eric Rice, Jr. - Rice has to replace Doug Ziegler and while he won't be all-SEC, there might not be a huge loss in production. Rice is a solid pass catcher making ten grabs last year, but he's not quite the blocker Ziegler was. Top Backups Bill Flowers, Jr. - Technically a starter, Flowers missed spring ball recovering from foot surgery. He was second on the team with 53 catches for 588 yards and three touchdowns. He's not much of a deep threat, but he's extremely dependable on short routes. Taye Biddle, Soph. - A rising star, Biddle missed out on spring practices to run for the Ole Miss track team. With that speed and at 6-2, he's expected to soon be one the team's best players after averaging 20.1 yards per grab last year. Kerry Johnson, Jr. - The 6-3, 193-pound receiver will provide plenty of matchup problems coming off a 15 catch season. He's expected to combine with 6-3 Cameron Myers to give the Rebels even more weapons. Tight end Lawrence Lilly, RFr. - At 265 pounds, Lilly is pure blocking tight end prospect. He'll have to battle Jimmy Brooks for playing time.

Offensive Line - Tackle Tre Stallings, Soph. - The 317-pound left tackle has star written all over him. It's asking a lot to be the one that protects Manning's blind side, but Stallings has the feet and the skill to do it. Guard Doug Buckles, Jr. - The 300-pound junior returns to his starting spot on the left side. He won't get any all-conference honors, but he's a rock solid player that has to become a little more of a mauling run blocker. Center Justin Sawyer, Sr. - Sawyer has the toughest job on the line replacing all-star Ben Claxton. At 315 pounds, he's one of the line's biggest players. Guard Marcus Johnson, Jr. - He's the biggest player on the line at 330 pounds. He has to use that size to open more holes for the running game, but he has just enough experience to hold off Chris Spencer for the starting job. Tackle Cliff Woodruff, Sr. - Along with center, this is the other concern on the line. Belton Johnson was a good right tackle, but Woodruff has seen plenty of action and should be up to the task. Top Backups G Chris Spencer, Soph. - At 320 pounds, he's big enough and good enough to start at either guard spot. He might be too good to keep out of the starting mix. C Tony Bonds, Soph. - He'll battle Sawyer up until the start of the season for the starting center job. T Antonio Sanders, RFr. - All he needs is a little experience. He'll backup Woodruff on the right side, but he could step up and take over some starts by the end of the season.

The Ole Miss defense went through a mid-season lull last year unable to stop Alabama, Arkansas, Auburn or Georgia, but then turned it on late finishing with three strong performances. It loses two key players in linebacker Eddie Strong and safety Matt Grier, but everyone else returns. There aren't many obvious All-Conference players on this defense, but it should be even better than last year with eight returning starters. Defensive Line - Defensive end Josh Cooper, Sr. - One of the team's top pass rushers, Cooper is back at his starting spot on the left side. All he's missing is little bit of consistency. - Defensive tackle McKinley Boykin, Soph. - Boykin has some problems with his back, but he's expected to be one of the stars on the line come fall. He had a strong freshman season making 48 tackles. Defensive tackle Jesse Mitchell, Sr. - The 277-pound Mitchell should be in contention for All-SEC honors. From his spot on the nose, he was third on the team with 77 tackles last season and was sensational at getting into the backfield with 11 tackles for loss. Defensive end Charlie Anderson, Sr. - Expected to be one of the leaders on the line, Anderson returns to the right side as the team's leading returning sacker. He'll pair with Cooper to give Ole Miss two of the more experienced ends in the league. Top Backups DT Daniel Booth, Jr. - He saw time in twelve games last year making 14 tackles. He'll back up Mitchell on the nose. DT Michael Bozeman, Soph. - At 290 pounds, Bozeman gives the interior the most size of any tackle in the rotation. DE Jayme Mitchell, Soph. - The coaching staff is hoping for big things out of the 280-pound sophomore. He made 28 tackles and gives the line more size. DE Cory Robinson, Jr. - He saw a limited amount of action last year, but is expected to play a big role on the right side behind Anderson.

Linebackers -Justin Wade, Sr. - The 225-pound senior is experienced and should be solid on the strong side. He was seventh on the team last year in tackles making 59 with two sacks. He's going to have to be a bit stronger against the run. L.P. Spence, Sr. - It'll be up to Spence to replace all-star Eddie Strong in the middle. Spence is quick and has a nice nose for the ball. He's not starting from scratch filling in last season when Strong was injured. Top Backups Rob Robertson, Jr. - He'll back up Wade on the strong side. He has nice range and should double his tackle production this season after making 24 in 2002. Jamil Northcutt, Sr. - He saw a limited amount of action in all thirteen games making three tackles. He'll back up Spence in the middle.

Secondary - Cornerback Travis Johnson, Soph. - At 6-1, Johnson is the team's best corner against bigger receivers. He's a solid open field tackler finishing last year with 47 stops and three interceptions. Cornerback Von Hutchins, Sr. - Hutchins is a rock on the right side. The senior is talented enough to play safety if other players emerge at corner, but he'll be sure to be on the field all the time. He was fourth on the team last year with 66 tackles and led the team with six interceptions. Free safety Eric Oliver, Jr. - Oliver led the Rebels with 129 tackles last season used as much as a third linebacker as he was a free safety. At 6-2 and 210 pounds, he has solid size and isn't afraid to use it to make the big hit. Strong safety Kelvin Robinson, Soph. - Robinson is the key player in the secondary as the only one of the group that didn't start last year. He'll have to replace the all-around production of Matt Grier who did it all from stopping the run, to leading the team in sacks, to picking off five passes. Robinson made 34 tackles last year. Weak safety Travis Blanchard, Sr. - It'll be up to Blanchard and Wes Scott to combine at the weak safety. Blanchard was fifth on the team with 63 tackles last season. Top Backups Weak safety Wes Scott, Sr. - If Travis Blanchard is the starter, then Scott, the bigger of the two players, should be listed as 1A on the depth chart. He made 32 tackles last season. Cornerback Bryan Brown, RFr. - He's not all that big, but he more than held his own this spring and looks like he might give the Rebels the depth they need at corner. Cornerback Bryant Thomas, Soph. - He'll start the year backing up Hutchins, but is so good that he might take over the job full-time moving Hutchins over to safety. Strong safety Jeremy Ruffin, Soph. - He was out of spring ball to have surgery on his foot, but he's expected to be back in time to become a solid backup behind Robinson if not push for the starting job. Special Teams - Placekicker Jonathan Nichols, Jr. - All Nichols needs is a bit of consistency. He nailed all six of his kicks from beyond forty yards, but he was four of eight from 30 to 39 yards away. Even though he has a big leg, senior Lee Rogers will handle the kickoffs. Punter Cody Ridgeway, Jr. - He's one of the best in the nation. Ridgeway had a big 2002 averaging 42.4 yards per kick putting 18 inside the 20. His off-season shoulder surgery shouldn't hamper his kicking.

MISSISSIPPI STATE

HEAD COACH: JACKIE SHERRILL

Former Michigan State head coach Morris Watts takes over the offense and should get things moving. He has speed and experience to work with, but the actual talent at the skill positions is questionable. The line could be night and day better than last year by the midway point of the season. Quarterbacks - Kevin Fant, Sr. - Fant returns to his starting role after for 1,918 yards and ten touchdowns, but he also threw 12 interceptions and only completed 52% of his passes. He's not a running threat, so he's hoping Morris Watts will open up the offense a little bit to allow him to throw the ball downfield. He has a nice arm and he has experience. Now he has to put it all together after getting knocked out for most of spring ball with an abdominal injury. Top Backups - Kyle York, Soph. - York started two games last year and has seen plenty of other action. He threw for 693 yards and three touchdowns last year, but he also threw it ten times to the other team. He has a little more mobility than Fant, but not much. Justin Tyler, RFr. or Aries Nelson, RFr - Tyler and Nelson are big and strong quarterbacks that will battle for the number three spot. Even with York's experience, one of these two will be the starter for the 2004 season.

Running Backs - Fred Reid, Jr. - Reid was third on the team in rushing last year with 338 yards and ran for three scores. The scat-back will get the starting role and be asked to add more speed to the backfield after using more powerbacks over the last few years. Reid can catch the ball out of the backfield as well making 19 grabs last year. If the offensive line can give him a sliver a daylight, he'll make big plays. - Fullback Darnell Jones, Jr. - Jones has played in every game over his first two years and has plenty of starting experience. The 231-pound blocker isn't going to carry the ball much, but he might be the best short yardage option over the small Reid. Top Backups - Jerious Norwood, Soph. - Norwood could be the team's best back. He was second on the team last year with 394 yards, but he didn't get into the end zone. He has the decent package of quickness and power for a 185 pound back. Nick Turner, Soph. - Turner has had problems with suspension and injuries over the early part of his career. He's expected to make a big impact this season as yet another speedy back. He has to keep his nose clean after getting put on probation for possessing and passing counterfeit bills. In spring ball, he looked sensational rushing for 121 yards and three touchdowns in a scrimmage. Fullback Nick Signaigo, Jr. - Signaigo will be the primary backup behind Jones. The Alabama transfer had to sit out all of last year, but he provides an even bigger blocking option. The Skinny: After using big and powerful backs over the last years, the 2003 Bulldogs will strictly be about speed and quickness. There isn't a Donate Walker-like back that can thunder through a line, but that might not be a bad thing after the lack of production in the running game last year. Reid, Norwood and Turner are great talents that should come from out of nowhere to combine and give a much needed boost to the rushing attack.

Receivers - Justin Jenkins, Sr. - The 6-1 Jenkins caught 28 passes last year, but he completely failed to improve on his 2001 season. in 2001, he became a weapons catching eight touchdown passes. He failed to score last year. He's so dangerous when he gets the ball in his hands that the Bulldogs have to find a way to get it to him. - Ray Ray Bivines, Jr. - After a rocky start to his career, Bivines has become the team's most dangerous receiver. He led the team with 40 catches and four touchdowns last year. He hasn't been a big deep threat, but he has the speed to be one. A torn thumb ligament this spring shouldn't be a problem this fall. Tight end Aaron Lumpkin, Sr. - The 6-4 Lumpkin has played in 32 games rarely cracking the starting lineup. He only has four catches for his career mainly working on special teams, but he's talent is as a blocker. Top Backups - Milas Randle, Sr. - The 6-2, 205-pound Randle is a big and strong receiver, but he hasn't made all that much of an impact. He went from receiver, to corner, to special teams, to receiver and looked like a natural in spring scrimmages. He'll back up Bivines at split end this year. McKinley Scott, Jr. - He overcame an knee injury that knocked him out of the 2001 season to play in nine games last year. He only caught two passes. He has the raw talent and now he has to use it to make an impact. Tight end Tommy Ferrill, Sr. - After playing mostly on special team, Ferrill should be a decent receiving option at tight end. He doesn't have great all-around skill, but he works his tail off.

Offensive Line - Tackle Richard Burch, Soph. - Burch was thrown to the wolves as a true freshman starting twice before suffering a dislocated ankle. At 302 pounds, he has the size only needing more time and more reps before he lives up to his prep hype. Guard Brad Weathers, Jr. - The 313-pound junior adds some size on the left side. He started eight games last year missing a little bit of time with a sprained thumb. A decent run blocker, he's expected to be even stronger this season after grading out as one of the team's best linemen. - Center Blake Jones, Sr. - The anchor of the young line, Jones brings 24 games of experience with 18 straight starts under his belt. The former walk-on has become better and better as his career has gone on as he's made himself into a nice SEC player. Guard Chris McNeil, Soph. - McNeil started three games last year before getting knocked out for the year with a foot problem. If healthy, he's expected to progress into one of the team's best linemen and will start on the right side. Tackle David Stewart, Jr. - Stewart is the team's best offensive lineman, but he had problems with a knee problem this spring. The 6-6, 304-pound junior is a powerful blocker with decent feet. Top Backups G Rusty Holloway, Jr. - If beef is what the line is looking for, it has it in the 399-pound Alcorn State transfer, He'll back up Weathers on the left side and will see plenty of reps in relief. C Avery House, Soph. - After spending his career as a backup guard, he'll move to center to combine with Manuel Dickson as the backups. T James Redmond, RFr. - One of the highest touted recruits, the 317-pound Redmond is expected to push Burch for playing time on the left side. T

he coaching hires should do wonders for the defense With John Blake coaching the line, Curley Hallman coaching the corners and Ron Cooper taking over the defensive coordinator job, this defense, which wasn't all that bad last year considering the offense gave them no help, could potentially be one of the best in the SEC. Defensive Line - Defensive end Tommy Kelly, Sr. - The 296-pound Kelly will move from tackle to the end after having a decent season inside. The Bulldogs have to find a way to get to the passer and hope the strong Kelly will be the one to get into the backfield. Defensive tackle Ronald Fields, Jr. - The 303-pound Fields will be the big run stuffer in the middle after seeing time on the end. He isn't all that fast, but he can make plays. He'll be a much stronger player at tackle. Defensive tackle Lennie Day, Sr. - Day has seen time at fullback and defensive end. Now he'll become an athletic, but undersized tackle. He doesn't have all that much experience and will have to rely on Fields to help him hold tough on the inside. Defensive end Willie Evans, Soph. - Now that Evans has the full-time job, he should be the team's main pass rushing threat. He made 38 tackles an five tackles for loss in a reserve role last year starting off last year at fullback before playing on the nose. He'll flourish on the end. Top Backups - DT Kamau Jackson, Sr. - Jackson was a main factor last year starting six games and playing in all 12 making 47 tackles. He'll be in the rotation behind Day. DE Robert Spivey, Jr. - The 239-pound Spivey has seen plenty of action as a backup and will see time behind Evans. DE Roosevelt Tate, Fr. - After initially signing with the Bulldogs last year, he didn't enroll. He'll come in this season as one of the prime backups on the end.

Linebackers - Marvin Byrdsong, Soph. - It's asking a lot to immediately replace what Mario Hagan provided, but Byrdsong might eventually do it. He made 17 tackles last year playing in every game and could be one of the SEC's breakout players. He has size, athleticism and a nice nose for the ball. T.J. Mawhinney, Sr. - Mawhinney was a force last year finishing second on the team with 88 tackles and made 4.5 tackles for loss. The 230-pound senior is the quarterback of the defense and is outstanding at dropping back into coverage. Top Backups - Tarus Morgan, Jr. - Morgan played in 11 games playing mostly on special teams. He's most suited to play in the middle. Kenny Kern, Soph. - Kern hasn't seen the field much, but he's expected to play a huge role this season backing up Mawhinney.

Secondary - Cornerback Demetric Wright, Sr. - He made 46 tackles last year and picked off two passes in 2001, but he was never right with problems with his knee and his forearm. He's 100% and should be the team's best cover corner. Free safety Darren Williams, Soph. - Williams took over the free safety job late last year and finished with 62 tackles and picked off three passes. At 6-2 and 194 pounds, he gives the secondary a nice sized hitter that can run. Strong safety Jason Clark, Sr. - In one of the bigger position changes possible, Clark moves from defensive end to become a 240-pound strong safety. He was third on the team with 66 tackles last year with the athleticism to run in space and become a fearsome hitter as a defensive back. Essentially, he's a third linebacker. Strong safety Chris Swain, Jr. - The junior college transfer has talent and should be an immediate producer as the team's true strong safety. He'll handle more of the pass coverage while Clark will handle the running games. Cornerback Kevin Dockery, Soph. - Dockery started seven times last season making 29 tackles and broke up five passes. He's not as talented as Wright and could see plenty of action from teams staying away from the other side. Top Backups Strong safety Clarence McDougal, Soph. - He's the only other safety on the team under scholarship. He's a big, strong player who can't stay healthy so far. Cornerback Odell Bradley, Sr. - He played in eight games last year, but mostly on special teams. He'll backup Dockery on the right side giving the secondary a little bit of speed. Cornerback David Heard, Fr. - Heard could make an immediate impact as a top backup at corner coming off a foot injury. Special Teams - Placekicker Brent Smith, Sr. - Smith was outstanding last year hitting 16 of 20 field goals going 12 of 12 from inside 40 yards. He showed a big leg hitting two of three from beyond 50 yards including a 53 yarder. Punter Jared Cook, Jr. - Cook had a huge season averaging 42.2 yards per kick. Competing for time is Robert Wallis who averaged 43.9 yards on his 18 punts last year. Fred Reid and Ray Ray Bivines are the most likely options to return kicks.

SOUTH CAROLINA

HEAD COACH: LOU HOLTZ

South Carolina will look to get back on the winning track in 2003. Following the most successful two-year run in school history (17 victories over the 2000 and 2001 seasons), the Gamecocks slipped to 5-7 in 2002, dropping their last five games in a row. USC will look to resume its winning ways when it opens the 2003 season on Aug. 30 at home against Louisiana-Lafayette. The Gamecocks play eight home games at Williams-Brice Stadium, the most home contests for Carolina since the 1982 season. The Gamecocks return 32 lettermen (14 offense/16 defense/2 specialists) from last year's squad. Ten starters are back, including three on offense, six on defense and one specialist. Carolina will employ a new look on defense this fall.

The Gamecocks will play more of a four-man front, after having relied primarily on a 3-3-5 alignment the past three seasons. Chris Cosh takes over the defensive coordinator position, with the departure of Charlie Strong to the University of Florida. Cosh has been on the Gamecock staff for the past four seasons and also oversees the linebackers. The Gamecock defensive staff visited during the off-season with Monte Kiffin, the defensive architect of the Tampa Bay Buccaneers Super Bowl championship team. Coach Lou Holtz also visited with Pete Carroll, head coach at the University of Southern California, and exchanged defensive ideas. Both Kiffin and Carroll coached for Holtz at Arkansas. With the new defensive look, there has been a re-shifting of coaching responsibilities among the staff. As mentioned above, Chris Cosh is the new defensive coordinator; Dave Roberts moves from defense over to offense where he will coach the running backs; Paul Lounsberry moves from the offensive line to the defensive tackles; and Jappy Oliver is the new defensive ends coach. Additionally, Todd Fitch will move from running backs to quarterbacks and Dave DeGuglielmo will work with the entire offensive line, instead of just the tackles. Charlie Williams, formerly of the Tampa Bay Bucs, is the new wide receivers coach. Speaking of defense, there will be some big shoes to fill on that side of the football. Langston Moore, the team's MVP at nose tackle is gone, as is the top two leading tacklers from 2002 - spurs Jonathan Martin and Rashad Faison.

Jermaine Lemon, a linebacker who started nine games, is also gone, as is defensive end Dennis Quinn, who started seven games. Carolina will be looking for a new punter in 2003. Tyeler Dean, who held down that position for three seasons, has graduated. Dean averaged 42.4 yards per punt a year ago. Likely candidates to fill that post include Josh Brown and Joey Bowers. The Gamecock offense will work towards achieving more consistent productivity this spring. Carolina averaged just 319 yards and 18.8 points per game in 2002. The offensive line will feature four new faces, while the quarterback position will receive ample attention during the spring. Dondrial Pinkins started the final two games of the 2002 season at quarterback and enters the spring as the leading candidate to assume the starting position. Bennett Swygert is a redshirt freshman who is coming off of reconstructive knee surgery from last summer - the second such surgery he has had over the past two years - and will also receive a close look. Carolina looks to become more effective in both its passing and running games. Pinkins threw for 431 yards and two touchdowns in limited action last season. Troy Williamson, who was a Freshman All-America selection a year ago, caught a team-leading four touchdown passes and averaged nearly 29 yards per reception. Kenny Irons (201 yards), Daccus Turman (179 yards, two touchdowns), and redshirt freshman Regis Edgerson are the leading candidates at running back. USC placekicker Daniel Weaver is back for his senior season, after having an inconsistent junior campaign. Weaver, whose 42-yard field clinched the 2002 Outback Bowl victory over Ohio State, connected on just 10 of 16 field goals last season, and was just 4-10 outside of 30 yards. Spring practice begins on March 21, with the annual Spring Game set for April 12. Due to scheduling reasons, the Gamecocks will also practice on April 15 and 17 before concluding spring practice.

Offensive Starters Returning (2) Travelle Wharton, OT, Sr. - All-America candidate. Three-year starter who should be one of the top offensive tackles in the country ... Named Freshman All-America in 2000. Received a Winner's Certificate in 2000, 2001 and 2002 Named a team captain for the 2003 season. Hart Turner, TE, Sr. - Much-improved tight end who could be a sleeper this season for the Gamecock offense ... Started nine of the 12 games in 2002 ... Had four catches for 35 yards and one touchdown - a 26-yard scoring reception vs. Mississippi State. Defensive Starters Returning (6) - George Gause, DE, Jr. - All-SEC candidate ... Started 11 of the 12 games in 2002 at either linebacker or defensive end ... Should benefit from the move to a four-man front ... Totaled 55 tackles, including 7.5 tackles for loss and a team-leading four quarterback sacks ... His three forced fumbles led the team and was among the SEC leaders ... 2001 SEC All-Freshman selection. Moe Thompson, DE, So. - All-SEC candidate - Freshman All-America pick in 2002 ... Also chosen to the SEC All-Freshman squad ... Started the last 11 games of the season at defensive end ... Had 52 total tackles, including 4.5 tackles for loss ... Also had two QB sacks, one interception, three pass break ups and recovered two fumbles. Lance Laury, LB, So. - All-SEC candidate ... 2002 Freshman All-America and SEC All-Freshman choice ... Team's third leading tackler with 90 total hits despite missing two games with a knee injury ... Had four tackles for loss, two pass break ups and three QB pressures ... Had a career-high 17 tackles vs. Virginia. Jeremiah Garrison, LB, Sr. - All-SEC candidate ... Named a team captain for 2003 ... Team's fourth leading tackler in 2002 with 88 total hits ... Also had six tackles for loss, three QB sacks, two QB pressures, one fumble recovery and one forced fumble. Dunta Robinson, CB, Sr. - All-SEC candidate ... Named a team captain for the 2003 season ... Led team with four interceptions in 2002 ... Finished the year with 49 total tackles and a team-high 10 pass break ups. Deandre' Eiland, CB, Sr. - All-SEC candidate ... Played free safety for most of his career, but is expected to move to cornerback in the new defensive alignment, a position he played the final two games of the 2002 season ... Finished last year with 70 total tackles ... Returned an interception 69 yards for a touchdown vs. Temple ... Has seven career interceptions. Specialist Starters Returning (1) Daniel Weaver, PK, Sr. - Looks to rebound from an up and down junior season ... In 2002, he was 10-16 on field goals, but just four of 10 outside 30 yards ... Enters his senior year having made 25 of 35 field goals and 63 of 69 career extra points ... His 42-yard field goal as time expired lifted USC to a victory over Ohio State in the 2002 Outback Bowl. Other Players to Watch - Jonathan Alston, OL, Jr. - With four starters along the offensive line departing from last year's club, he should have the opportunity to step up and contend for a starting role ... Primarily played tackle in 2002.

Jeff Barnes, OL, Sr. - Veteran offensive lineman who can play several positions ... Has been steady as a utility performer, however, with four starters lost from last year's team, his ability to contend for a starting berth could be a key in the overall development of the line ... Had off-season wrist surgery, but is expected to be ready for spring practice. Andy Boyd, TE, So. - Young tight end prospect who could be a surprise in the spring ... Has worked hard to improve his strength and his weight is up to 255 pounds. Jason Capers, DE, Jr. - With the move to a new defensive look, expect to see more of him on the field. Ted Crawford, CB, Sr. - Will be counted on to provide leadership and depth in the secondary ... Had three starts at cornerback in 2002. Regis Edgerson, FB, Fr. - Was redshirted in 2002, but with the departure of Andrew Pinnock, he will be in the thick of the battle for playing time at fullback. Andrea Gause, WR, Jr. - Has been slowed with a knee injury the past year, but he has exceptional talent that could allow him to be a real contributor on offense. Na'shan Goddard, OL, So. - Freshman All-America pick in 2002, he can play both center and guard ... Candidate for a starting role along the offensive front. Mikal Goodman, WR, Sr. - Fifth-year player who has good hands and could be a contributor as a possession receiver. Gonzie Gray, RB, Jr. - Started to come on towards the end of last season ... Has deceptive speed. Jermaine Harris, FS, Jr. - Was redshirted in 2002 ... Could contend for starting job at free safety. Ricardo Hurley, LB, So. - Talented young prospect who has the ability to emerge as one of the top linebackers in the SEC by season's end. Kenny Irons, RB, So. - Displayed flashes of talent in 2002 ... Has decent speed and elusiveness to go along with strength. Jamacia Jackson, S, Jr. - Good-looking athlete who appears to be poised to have a break-out season in 2003. Randy Jackson, DT, Sr. - Will vie for starting position at defensive tackle ... Underwent ankle surgery in the off-season but is expected to be available for spring drills. Jabari Levey, OL, So. - The sky could be the limit for this youngster ... Expect him to contend for starting role somewhere along the offensive front. Taqiy Muhammad, WR, Sr. - As a first-year player in 2002, he started five games at cornerback ... Has been moved to receiver for spring practice, where coaches hope to take advantage of his athleticism. Dondrial Pinkins, QB, Jr. - Started the final two games of the season (Florida, Clemson) at quarterback and enters spring drills as the #1 quarterback. Darrell Shropshire, DL, Jr. - Junior college transfer who was a JC All-America in 2002 ... Will be given strong look during spring camp ... Underwent shoulder surgery during the off-season but is expected to be ready for spring practice. Bennett Swygert, QB, Fr. - Was contending for playing time at quarterback during 2002 preseason camp when he went down with a season-ending knee injury - the second time in two years he had injured the same knee ... Is expected to be cleared for spring practice and will be given a close look. Rod Thomas, LB, Sr. - Missed last season with an ankle injury ... Is a veteran player who looks to go out strong his senior year. Preston Thorne, DT, Jr. - Has been a steady backup the past two seasons but now looks to step his game up and assume more of a role. Daccus Turman, RB, So. - Was impressive as a true freshman a year ago ... Has strength and the ability to hit the hole ... Scored three touchdowns in 2002. Troy Williamson, WR, So. - Freshman All-America and SEC All-Freshman selection in 2002 ... Had a team-best four touchdown receptions last season ... Averaged 29 yards per reception (17 catches for 491 yards) ... Had a 60-yard TD reception vs. LSU and a season-best 70-yard TD catch vs. Clemson Rodriques Wilson, S, Jr. - Talented athlete who will contend for starting berth at safety ... Has also played quarterback and receiver during his career.

TENNESSEE

HEAD COACH: PHIL FULMER

Coach Phillip Fulmer has vowed to return the Tennessee football program to the high ground it occupied until an admittedly disappointing 2002 season sidetracked one of the nation's most successful and consistent dynasties. The resolute Vols skipper is leaving nothing to chance in making certain the unaccustomed decline in fortunes is short lived. A veteran coaching staff and a squad with promising potential will be expected to respond with the level of play that has made UT football a model of efficiency during Fulmer's 11-year incumbency. First order of business -- although Lady Luck's role in it can't be discounted -- will be to avoid the staggering amount of injuries that shriveled the ranks of experienced players available at a given moment during the 2002 campaign. The raw statistics -- 19 starters missed a total of 71 games -- don't tell the full story of the necessity to bring up untested players and insert them as regulars at critical times against good competition. A greater continuity of personnel will make the Vols more formidable when it comes to finding the right team chemistry.

Assuming questions about personnel are satisfactorily answered in spring practice and early fall workouts, UT fans are confident the Vols will regain the momentum that has earned Fulmer's rank as the second winningest coach in the nation. His record, a remarkable 103-25, reflects the inner drive that Fulmer combines with a minute attention to detail. Standing in the way of the Vols' return to glory is a schedule that pits them against the usual number of SEC stalwarts and sends them to South Florida for a rematch with the national champion runner-up Miami Hurricanes. Offense - The question at quarterback isn't so much what Casey Clausen (6-4, 225) is capable of delivering -- the California senior is a proven quantity -- but what happens to the Vols when he's not in the lineup. Clausen is money in the bank. In racking up a 62 percent completion ratio last year, he became Tennessee's second most prolific passer of all time. None of his tosses was more timely than the touchdown pass he threw to Jason Witten to put an end to the six-overtime marathon against Arkansas. Clausen's importance was illustrated when injuries kept him out of the crucial midseason game at Georgia. Pressed into action after spending most of his practice-field time at wide receiver, James Banks (6-3, 200) put in a claim for future action by displaying some deft running and accurate passing.

But he needs a great deal of work to give coaches the same comfort level they feel when Clausen's in the lineup. Determination of who mans the backup slot at quarterback will be one of the key elements in forming the 2003 offense. Senior C.J. Leak (6-4, 225) will contend with Banks for the opportunity to be second in command. One of the many Vols who spent time on the injured list, Cedric Houston (6-0, 215) plans to cling to the starting tailback assignment the entire season. The sturdy junior showed that workhorse responsibilities suit him fine when he carried the ball 32 times against Mississippi State for 149 yards. He led UT rushers with 779 yards and a 5.1 average. It's not as though Houston has a lock on the job, not with three other qualified candidates breathing down his neck. The powerful Jabari Davis (6-0, 225), the elusive Derrick Tinsley (6-0, 195) and the gifted Gerald Riggs (6-0, 220) will bear watching for signs they are ready to overtake Houston. Versatility is another Davis quality, enhancing his value because of the ability to play tailback or fullback. Davis, a master of short-yardage situations, led the Vols with 10 touchdowns and revealed a potential to carry the ball for the long haul when he reeled off a 62-yard run against South Carolina. With 569 yards, he finished second to Houston on the rushing list. Tinsley, too, deserves the versatility tag. He lined up at tailback and wide receiver during the season and even threw a touchdown pass against Georgia. Riggs hopes to see more play after serving mainly on special teams last year. Except on those occasions when a tailback might slide in for a few plays, fullback should be pretty much the domain of the experienced Troy Fleming (6-2, 230). Under publicized last year while the media concentrated on the plethora of more heralded running backs, Fleming developed his skills as a runner, blocker and receiver.

Chances to run the ball from scrimmage were limited -- 34 carries for 162 yards -- but the Franklin native set career highs with 21 receptions for 120 yards. Coaches like Troy mainly, though, because of his willingness to lay it on the line as a blocker. William Revill (6-1, 250) is a sophomore listed as Fleming's backup, along with redshirt freshman Ruben Mayes (6-0, 245), who also will battle for playing time. Fans shouldn't be surprised when Davis lines up at fullback in keeping with Fulmer's oft-stated desire to prepare his troops for double duty -- in Davis' case, at tailback and fullback. February's recruiting push emphasized bringing in help for the pass-catching corps, which last year didn't meet the usual standards that had earned UT the sobriquet of Wide Receiver U. A passel of highly regarded prospects will make their way onto the campus this fall, opportunity beckoning them to make a first-year contribution to the Vols offense. The old hands returning, however, hope to restore their one-time towering image as first-rate receivers, capable of turning the course of a ball game with athletic moves that incorporate an acrobatic twist. For years, Tennessee has feasted on the work done by standout receivers. Tony Brown (6-2, 200) enters the season stamped as the go-to receiver because of his team-leading 39 catches in 2002. Other returnees that coaches will check for a game-breaking spark include Montrell Jones (6-2, 200), C.J. Fayton (6-2, 190), Jonathan Wade (6-0, 180) and Chris Hannon (6-4, 180). Tight end is one position where lack of experience could be a problem early in the season. Jason Witten, ideally qualified for the job and a first-team All-SEC selection last year, decided to pass up his senior season in favor of turning pro. Witten's decision left the Vols in something of a quandary when it comes to assigning tight end responsibilities. Victor McClure (6-4, 290) gets first call based on his employment as a blocker last season. He hasn't logged so much as a single pass reception, however, leaving to anybody's surmise what he will do when a spheroid is aimed in his direction.

Listed also on the roster as potential successors to Witten are a pair of sophomores, Aaron Kirkland (6-4, 250) and Jake Finlayson (6-5, 260), both of whom made their mark last season on special teams. As of spring practice, tight end shaped up as a place where reinforcement from newcomers next fall might be in order. One area the Vols mentor intends to see corrected before the team takes the field against Fresno State is a tendency to give up sacks, a deficiency that imperiled the health of quarterback Clausen. Between Clausen and Banks, the Vols were sacked 35 times; another six sacks victimized Leak. There are enough veteran and potentially solid offensive linemen on hand to cut the sacks drastically. Michael Munoz (6-6, 305) is counted on to make his junior season his best so far following his return last year from knee surgery. Tellingly, Tennessee's clinching, ground-based 17-play touchdown drive against South Carolina last November followed a path that cut square across Munoz' tackle position. A battle royal could go all the way up to opening night to determine the starter at the other tackle slot. Sean Young (6-7, 310) as a senior has an experience advantage over the sophomore, Cody Douglas (6-4, 320), but the coaches see Douglas' youthful exuberance as a plus. Depth at this position will be provided by redshirt freshman Brandon Jefferies (6-4, 275) along with newcomer Steven Jones (6-4, 291), who entered school in January. The question at guard revolves around who will emerge as the leader from a collection of veterans who, combined, should give the position adequate representation. Jason Respert (6-3, 305), Chavis Smith (6-3, 300) and Anthony Herrera (6-4, 305) have the edge in experience over sophomore Rob Smith (6-5, 304). Rob Smith is considered a good bet to work his way up on the depth chart. Herrera's versatility -- he also has logged starting time at tackle -- gives him added value. Respert and Chavis Smith have fought their way back from the injured list. Redshirt freshman Heath Benedict (6-6, 285) adds depth to the guard spot. Scott Wells (6-2, 300) was elevated to the starter's role at center a couple of years ago, taking over the slot with no fanfare or hoopla. In the intervening time, Wells' grit and determination have transformed him to the point that he is referred to in official UTAD documents as "a rock in the middle of the line." He is an unerring snapper at a position that demands steadiness and consistency. Scott Newsome (6-2, 230) and Adam Miles (6-0, 225) are expected to continue battling or sharing duties as long snappers for punts and placements.

Defense - A sad reminder: Tennessee's string of bad luck with injuries last season had its inception before the opening game with Wyoming. Constantin Ritzmann (6-4, 265), the import from Germany who had bided his time in a reserve capacity for three seasons, was set to move into the starting lineup at defensive end. Ritzmann's season went up in a puff of smoke when, in the final major scrimmage before the first game, he sustained a season-ending injury to his knee. A rigorous rehabilitation year behind him, Ritzmann figures to resume his career in the defensive line, probably as the starter at right end. Karlton Neal (6-4, 255) may have something to say about that. Neal took over the job when Ritzmann was injured, started three games, dropped to reserve status but will try to win back a first-team assignment. Co-captain Omari Hand ended his service with the Vols last season, opening the doors for a fight to succeed him among sophomores Parys Haralson (6-2, 240), J.T. Mapu (6-5, 260) and other candidates plugging for a promotion. Demetrin Veal joined Hand in the graduation ranks, creating a situation in which experience will be in short supply. Mapu, a defensive end who practices the Mormon religion, has postponed his church mission and is a candidate for playing time this fall along with Jason Hall (6-3, 265), who lettered as a freshman, and sophomore Ovince Saint Preux (6-3, 220). Both starting tackles finished their UT eligibility, setting the stage for an intense battle among inexperienced hopefuls to take over first-team berths. Rashad Moore and Aubrayo Franklin graduated, as did first-line backup Edward Kendrick. Unlike the wide receivers situation, where new signees should make a significant contribution, recruiting dividends might not soon be apparent at defensive tackle. The Vols' main experience at this position comes in the form of Mondre Dickerson (6-5, 290), who logged considerable backup time last year.

The only other lettermen returning are senior Terriea Smalls (6-3, 305) and sophomore Greg Jones (6-6, 300), neither of whom played extensively last season. Smalls' toughness led to his employment in short-yardage defense. Coaches will look for signs of quick development from two redshirt freshmen -- Justin Harrell (6-4, 300) and LaRon Harris (6-3, 305). Tennessee posted highly respectable statistics on defense last season, an achievement that takes on a miraculous cast when the injury situation among linebackers is weighed. The physical damage they suffered gives credence to a long-held theory -- usually expressed by linebackers -- that "linebacker is where it's at." To say Tennessee has only four defensive starters returning might be a bit misleading. Two linebacker lettermen listed on the 2003 roster were on the first team and regarded as game-breakers until injuries kayoed them for the rest of the season. Neither had played in enough games to earn the distinction of being listed as starters in the season capsule. First linebacker to be lost for the year was Kevin Burnett (6-3, 235), who went down in the first quarter of the opening game. He returns at right linebacker, eager to resume his role as disrupter of opponent offenses. Kevin Simon (5-11, 225) moved in as Burnett's replacement and quickly showed why his return from a previous knee injury was eagerly anticipated. In his first start Simon had 11 tackles and registered a fumble recovery TD. Two games later, Simon sustained an injury that shelved him. Expected to play on the left side, he and Burnett should form a destructive duo at the outside linebacker positions. Located between Simon and Burnett, filling the middle linebacker slot, will be Robert Peace (6-3, 235), who bowed to the injury bug, too, but lasted deeper into the season than his two teammates. Peace went out in the early November game with Miami.

Rising from the linebacker corps rubble was Jason Mitchell (6-1, 220), who finished the season still on his feet. Mitchell started four games and factors into an expected scramble for playing time among a talented assembly of candidates. Omar Gaither (6-2, 225) and Marvin Mitchell (6-3, 230) are two others who were called to service because of the mounting injury toll. An addition during spring practice will be early enrollee Jon Poe (5-11, 235), who arrived at mid-semester from Coffeyville Community College. Jabari Greer (5-10, 175), a steady playmaker for three years, will employ his nose for the football at one of the cornerback slots. In and out of the starting lineup last season, Greer made his presence known by breaking up a team-leading 14 passes. He and safety Rashad Baker (5-11, 185), both seniors, give the secondary stability on the basis of their experience. They will be entrusted with critical leadership responsibilities. Corey Larkins (5-8, 205), better known for his kick return prowess, can help at cornerback. Robert Boulware (5-10, 185) is a sophomore who spent time with special teams as an apprenticeship for his campaign to win a starting cornerback post. Jason Allen (6-2, 200) is only asking for a chance to play; where, is immaterial to the ambitious sophomore. His most likely role appears to be as first-line reserve at either cornerback. With Julian Battle and Willie Miles no longer around, Boulware and Allen will have an early opportunity. Baker, bouncing back from a knee injury that kept him out of the last three regular season games but did not prevent his earning All-SEC, is the reigning graybeard of the secondary, sound in every respect. At the time of his injury, Baker was leading the league in interceptions. He was mentioned last season as a possibility to put some spark into the wide receivers corps, but the needs of the secondary prevailed and he stayed put. Baker and Mark Jones (5-9, 185) team up to give the Vols highly competent play at free safety. Meeting expectations that junior college products will provide immediate help, Gibril Wilson (6-1, 190) turned out to be a valuable scholarship investment for the 2002 Vols. By mid-October he had developed at strong safety to the point he made 11 tackles in the Georgia game and is the leading returning tackler with 82 hits. His alert play nailed down a starting job that puts him in position to play a key role in his senior season. He figures to join Greer and Baker in giving the Vols secondary a wicked wallop. Allen could be a backup at strong safety as well.

Special Teams - Dustin Colquitt-P At Tennessee, where the kicking game has been king ever since the days of Gen. Robert Neyland, you couldn't be much more comfortable than with the current punting game. Dustin Colquitt (6-2, 196), second team all-conference, has two years remaining with the Vols. Colquitt averaged 43.6 yards and was one of three finalists for the Ray Guy Award, the top national honor available for a punter. The situation with Colquitt contrasts sharply with the placekicking area, which is wide open after the graduation of Alex Walls. Phillip Newman (6-1, 190) and James Wilhoit (5-10, 190) will battle it out in spring practice and possibly into fall workouts. Mark Jones, Rashad Baker and Corey Larkins all have distinguished themselves on kickoff and punt returns, constituting a valuable head start over anybody who might challenge them.

VANDERBILT

HEAD COACH: BOBBY JOHNSON

As Vanderbilt Head Coach Bobby Johnson begins his second season, he will oversee a squad that blends more youth, athleticism and experience than recent Commodore teams, despite the lack of a large senior class. In his first year, Johnson successfully changed the mindset of the program. Despite recording just a pair of victories, Johnson had the Commodores positioned late in the fourth quarter to win at least five other games. Under Johnson, the Commodores were fourth-quarter contenders. This spring, Johnson will push the Commodores to focus on successful finishes, whether it’s an individual practice drill or a last-minute drive by the offense, as he continues to stress daily improvement by the entire team. “Winning football games at Vanderbilt is a matter of our squad focusing on doing the right things,” Johnson said. “It’s a way you get a little better every day. “We will work on the right way to perform practice drills, the right way to catch a pass, and the right way to block and tackle. If we can improve in those areas, we will be successful this spring,” Johnson said. Johnson will greet 71 Commodores, including 51 returning letter-winners, during the first of 15 spring practices. The roster includes only seven seniors and just one, tight end Nick Getter, penciled in as a probable starter. The roster features 16 returning starters from a year ago, including the entire offensive background, and 45 players that are either sophomores and redshirt freshmen. Johnson will address a number of key topics this spring, including the replacement of 11 starters from the 2002 season. They include All-SEC linebacker Hunter Hillenmeyer, receivers Dan Stricker and M.J. Garrett, safety Justin Giboney and cornerback Rushen Jones. The sessions will also provide an evaluation for several Commodores returning from severe injury, including tailbacks Ronald Hatcher and Norval McKenzie, offensive lineman Jordan Pettit, and defensive ends Robert Dinwiddie and Chris Booker.

THE OFFENSE - Despite returning their entire offensive backfield, Commodore coaches have numerous concerns to resolve. How effectively will two of their three best tailbacks return from serious injury a year ago? Can SEC Freshman Player of the Year Kwane Doster shoulder more of a rushing load for the team? Who will step forward to replace receivers Dan Stricker, M.J. Garrett and Tom Simone? How difficult will the transition become for an offensive line that lost three-year starters Jamie Byrum and Jim May?

QUARTERBACK - The Commodores are in their best shape in years at quarterback. Sophomore Jay Cutler (6-4, 217) returns after starting 11 games and will be expected to accept more of a leadership role with this unit. In 2002, he posted the second finest year ever by a freshman Commodore quarterback, earning All-SEC Freshman Team honors along the way. Benji Walker (6-4, 208, Sr.) is a very capable backup, starting once in 2002. Both Cutler and Walker run an offense that suits their dual-threat abilities. A third quarterback, redshirt freshman Steven Bright (6-3, 215), is ready to show the staff this spring that he has the ability to contribute in 2003.

TAILBACK - Kwane Doster (5-11, 186, So.) will open the spring as the No. 1 tailback after posting a superb season in 2002. He was named a freshman all-American and the SEC Freshman Player of the Year on the strength of four 100-yard rushing games and the highest single-season rushing total ever by a Vanderbilt freshman back. With the Commodores’ Power I offense, he has an opportunity to become a star at tailback. Doster opened the season as the Commodores’ third tailback, behind Norval McKenzie (5-11, 205, Jr.) and Ronald Hatcher (5-10, 185, Jr.). This spring, McKenzie and Hatcher are returning from season-ending leg fractures suffered early in the 2002 campaign. They are expected to see limited contact at the start of spring practice. Athletic junior Ian Gaines (5-11, 196) also has the skill to help the Commodores. Senior Jason Bourque (5-7, 183) was a walk-on last spring and ended the 2003 season seeing action at tailback. Redshirt freshman Ron Bullock (5-11, 225) will try to catch the coaches’ eye after a knee injury last year.

FULLBACK - Though Matthew Tant (5-11, 227, So.) enters spring practice as the No. 1 fullback, the Commodores must identify a top reserve. The candidates include Zeke Brandon (6-2, 220, Sr.), Clark Lea (6-0, 233, Jr.) and Brad Anderson (6-0, 225, R-Fr.). Tant was solid as a blocker and rusher in 2002. Brandson and Lea were active on special teams, and saw limited action at fullback. RECEIVING CORPS - The Commodores must replace 90 percent of their receiving production from a year ago in wideouts Dan Stricker and M.J. Garrett and tight end Tom Simone. Brandon Smith (6-1, 185, Jr.) was one of the team’s most experienced receivers from a year ago and will be in the mix this spring. He should get competition from four sophomores, Keith Williams, Jason Caldwell, Grant Brigham and Erik Davis. Williams (6-1, 180) saw the most action a year ago and should benefit from his experience. Caldwell (6-1, 201) has natural abilities and has worked hard during the offseason. Brigham (6-0, 170) and Davis (6-2, 185) both provide excellent speed and good hands, and were having solid freshman sea-sons before being slowed by injury. A junior who sat out last year, Chris Young (6-2, 190), is one of the team’s top athletes and is expected to provided big-play abilities and veteran leadership to this group. At tight end, Nick Getter (6-4, 255) could serve as Vanderbilt’s only starting senior next fall. He will be pressed by a pair of letterwinners, junior Curtis Brancheau (6-4, 243) and sophomore Dustin Dunning (6-5, 240). A walk-on senior, Dan Murphy (6-3, 215) also will get work.

OFFENSIVE LINE - The Commodores, thin on the offensive line a year ago, must replace center Jamie Byrum and left guard Jim May, both three-year starters. The line is anchored by a pair of offensive tackles, Justin Geisinger (6-4, 327, Jr.) and Kenan Arka (6-7, 300, Jr.). Geisinger is a two-year starter as the Commodores’ important left tackle and is among the SEC’s elite linemen. Arkan has worked hard during the offseason to add weight after wearing down in 2002 through 11 consecutive starts. Sophomore Ryan King (6-7, 302) and redshirt fresh-man Blake Luker (6-5, 313) also will compete at tackle this spring. Jordan Pettit (6-3, 288, Jr.) and Steven Brent (6-3, 277, So.) are expected to battle as Byrum’s replacement at center. Pettit, who was granted a medical redshirt last year after fracturing his leg in the first game while playing guard, will likely see limited contact at the start of spring practice. Brent had a reserve role at center in 2002. Brian Kovolisky (6-7, 278, Jr.) is expected to move to left guard after playing right tackle and right guard in 2002. Adam Dossett (6-4, 270, R-Fr.) also will compete at the position. If Pettit moves to center, the right guard starting job will fall to Mac Pyle (6-4, 312, So.) or Nigel Seaman (6-5, 307, So.). Pyle was impressive in 2002 when pressed into duty following injuries to Pettit and Kovolisky, earning All-SEC Freshman honors.

THE DEFENSE -The defensive improvement that materialized for Vanderbilt in 2002 must continue this spring if the Commodores figure to rise out of the East Division cellar. To accomplish that goal, coordinator Bruce Fowler and his staff must mold a youthful group while replacing five starters lost from a year ago. Last spring, the Commodores transitioned from a four-linebacker set to 4-3 base approach. Many underclassmen adapted to the change in defensive philosophy and are positioned to broaden the scheme this spring.

DEFENSIVE LINE - The competition would be fierce at every position as seven different players with at least one start from 2002 will return this spring. Four letterwinners, including three multiple starters, will compete for two defensive tackle slots. Aaron Carter (6-3, 286, Jr.) started every game last year. Another junior, Matt Clay (6-2, 285) earned a DT opening day assignment, but was slowed by injuries as the season progressed. Clay’s ailments provided a path for sophomore Ralph McKenzie (6-4, 303) to finish the season with three consecutive starts. The fourth letterwinner, sophomore Trey Holloway (6- 2, 282) has the ability to challenge Carter, Clay and McKenzie at defensive tackle. Sophomore Jovan Haye (6-3, 255) is one of the Commodores’ top athletes and could blossom this spring as a returning starter at defensive end. A pair of skilled sophomores, Chris Booker (6-4, 237) and Antoine Morgan (6-5, 230) will push Haye, though Booker will be limited as he recovers from a leg injury suffered last year. Three others –Libnir Telusca, Robert Dinwiddie and Richard Freeman – are expected to compete for the second defensive end position. Dinwiddie (6-5, 270, Jr.) was injured at the end of an excellent spring last year and never returned to 100 percent form during the season. If Dinwiddie is healthy, he should be a force. Telusca (6-3, 253, Sr.) has plenty of experience while Freeman (6-5, 234) is back after a shoulder injury and redshirt season in 2002.

LINEBACKERS - Though the Commodores return four linebackers that earned starts in 2002, the squad must replace its most productive performer from a year ago, All-SEC middle linebacker Hunter Hillenmeyer. Two-year letterwinner Pat Brunner (6-3, 235, Jr.) will compete for the interior position with promising sophomore Otis Washington (5- 11, 227) and Paul Meadows (6-2, 234, So.). Competition will be intense at both outside linebacking positions. A junior, Eric Byrum (6-4, 226) and sophomore Herdley Harrison ( 6-2, 233) return at strongside linebacker after starting multiple games in 2002. Redshirt freshman Funtaine Hunter (6-3, 217) has the potential to push both Byrum and Harrison for playing time. At weakside linebacker, sophomore Moses Osemwegie (6-0, 220) played well enough in 2002 to earn Freshman All-SEC honors while playing through injuries. When Osemwegie missed action last fall, Marty Morgan (6-3,225, So.) performed well in the role and could battle for the job this spring as could redshirt freshman Kevin Joyce (6-3, 205).

SECONDARY - Commodore safeties will be largely untested entering the 2003 season after the losses of senior starters Jonathan Shaub and Justin Giboney. This spring, at least five underclassmen – Nick Lyle, Kelechi Ohanaja, Ben Koger, Andrew Pace and Ronnie Swoopes - will get opportunities at the positions. Lyle (6-2, 210, Jr.) could compete with Pace (6-1, 195, So.) and Koger (6-1, 198, R-Fr.) at strong safety. Ohanaja (6-1, 188, So.) could go after the free safety position with Swoopes (6-2, 197, So.). Three key contributors in the 2002 secondary - Dominique Morris, Lorenzo Parker and Cheron Thompson - are among the contenders for starting cornerback roles. Morris (6-0, 188,So.), Parker (5-11, 190, Jr.) and Thompson (5-11,188, So.) bring valuable experience and multiple starts to the team. A redshirt freshman, Tim Miller (6-2, 190), and a junior college transfer, Bill Alford (5-9, 175, Jr.) will be in the mix this spring. SPECIALISTS What appeared to be a concern last spring is a strength of the 2003 Commodores. A year ago, Vanderbilt had no game experience returning in the kicking game. This spring, the Commodores return starters at nearly every position, including a legitimate all-American punter. Greg Johnson (6-1, 186) is back after earning First Team Freshman All-American honors a year ago as Vanderbilt’s punter. Johnson ended the 2002 season with a 43.8-yard punting average. It ranked fifth in the NCAA and was a team record by first-year punters. His 38.7-yard net average ranked fourth in the NCAA. In 2002, Johnson was the Commodores’ multi-talented kicking specialist. Besides his superb punting, Johnson hit eight of 13 field goal attempts and all 27 of his extra point tries. This spring, redshirt freshman Patrick Johnson (5-11, 175) is expected to push for a placekicking role. Patrick Johnson doesn’t have Greg Johnson’s power, but should offer accuracy and consistency. Senior placekicker Abtin Iranmanesh (5-11, 205) is absent from spring practice, but could return during preseason drills. Another punting prospect, junior Matt Weiss, returns as a walk-on. This spring, the Vanderbilt staff will work to identify a replacement for former holder Howdy MacPherson. Senior Jason Daniels (6-3, 242) returns as the team’s top snapper.